CHRYSLER FINANCIAL CO LLC
S-3, 1999-01-26
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: MONEY STORE ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES SERIES 1998-B, 8-K, 1999-01-26
Next: JACKSONVILLE BANCORP INC /FL/, SB-2/A, 1999-01-26




   As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 26, 1999
                                                     REGISTRATION NO. 333-_____

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                      ------------------------------------

                                    FORM S-3
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                      ------------------------------------

                        CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)



MICHIGAN                                                      52-2109803
(State or other jurisdiction of                            (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)                            Identification No.)

      
                               27777 FRANKLIN ROAD
                         SOUTHFIELD, MICHIGAN 48034-8286
                                 (248) 948-3060
          (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
             area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)

                         CHRISTOPHER A. TARAVELLA, ESQ.
                        CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.
                               27777 FRANKLIN ROAD
                         SOUTHFIELD, MICHIGAN 48034-8286
                                 (248) 948-3060
            (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                      ------------------------------------
                                 With a Copy to:
                             RENWICK D. MARTIN, ESQ.
                                BROWN & WOOD LLP
                             ONE WORLD TRADE CENTER
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10048
                                 (212) 839-5319
                      ------------------------------------

     Approximate  date of  commencement  of proposed sale to the public:  From
time to time after this Registration Statement becomes effective as determined
by  market  conditions.

                     ------------------------------------

     If the only  securities  being  registered on this Form are being offered
pursuant  to  dividend  or  interest  reinvestment  plans,  please  check  the
following box. / /

     If any of the securities  being registered on this Form are to be offered
on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act
of 1933,  other than  securities  offered only in connection  with dividend or
interest  reinvestment plans, please check the following box. /X/

     If this Form is filed to register  additional  securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b)  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  please check the
following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the
earlier  effective  registration  statement  for  the  same  offering. / /
__________________.

     If this Form is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  check  the  following  box and list the
Securities  Act  registration   statement  number  of  the  earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. / / _________________.

     If delivery  of the  prospectus  is expected to be made  pursuant to Rule
434, please check the following box. / /

                     ------------------------------------
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==========================================================================================================================
                                                             PROPOSED           PROPOSED
                                                              MAXIMUM            MAXIMUM
  TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF              AMOUNT TO BE        OFFERING PRICE        AGGREGATE              AMOUNT OF
SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED           REGISTERED           PER UNIT(2)        OFFERING PRICE       REGISTRATION FEE
==============================    ===================    ================    ================     ==================
<S>                               <C>                    <C>                 <C>                  <C>
Asset Backed Securities...         $4,000,000,000.00(1)        100%           $4,000,000,000.00(2) $1,112,000.00
==============================    ===================    ================    =================    ==================
</TABLE>

(1)  $931,300,210.82  aggregate  principal  amount of Asset Backed  Securities
     registered under  Registration  Statement No. 333-31093 referred to below
     and not previously sold is carried forward in this Registration Statement
     pursuant to Rule 429. A  registration  fee of  $282,183.96  in connection
     with such unsold amount of Asset Backed  Securities  was paid  previously
     under the foregoing Registration Statement.

(2)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.


                     ------------------------------------

     Pursuant to Rule 429 and Rule 414, the prospectus and forms of prospectus
supplement  contained in this Registration  Statement also relate to, and this
Registration Statement constitutes a post-effective amendment to, Registration
Statement  No.  333-31093,  which was  filed  on July 11,  1997,  by  Chrysler
Financial  Corporation and any unsold securities  registered  thereunder.  The
Registrant  is the  successor to Chrysler  Financial  Corporation,  a Michigan
corporation,  as a result of a merger of Chrysler  Financial  Corporation into
the  Registrant.  The  merger  was  effective  as of  October  25,  1998.  The
Registrant  expressly adopts  Registration  Statement No. 333-31093 as its own
registration  statement for all purposes of the Securities Act of 1933 and the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY  TO DELAY ITS  EFFECTIVE  DATE UNTIL THE  REGISTRANT
SHALL  FILE  A  FURTHER   AMENDMENT  WHICH   SPECIFICALLY   STATES  THAT  THIS
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL  THEREAFTER  BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION  8(A) OF THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF  1933,  OR  UNTIL  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL  BECOME  EFFECTIVE  ON SUCH  DATE AS THE  COMMISSION,  ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                INTRODUCTORY NOTE

     This Registration  Statement contains (i) a form of Prospectus  relating to
the offering of series of Asset Backed Notes and/or Asset Backed Certificates by
various  Premier  Auto Trusts  created  from time to time by Chrysler  Financial
Company  L.L.C.  and (ii) two forms of  Prospectus  Supplement  relating  to the
offering by Premier  Auto Trust ___-_ of the  particular  series of Asset Backed
Certificates or of Asset Backed Notes described therein. Each form of Prospectus
Supplement relates only to the securities  described therein and is a form which
may be used, among others,  by Chrysler  Financial Company L.L.C. to offer Asset
Backed Notes and/or Asset Backed Certificates under this Registration Statement.
The features  applicable  to any actual  series of Asset Backed  Securities  may
include any features specified in the Prospectus.


INFORMATION  CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT  TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  RELATING TO THESE  SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION.  THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT TO THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE  SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL
THERE BE ANY SALE OF  THESE  SECURITIES  IN ANY  STATE  IN WHICH  SUCH  OFFER,
SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR  QUALIFICATION
UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.


<PAGE>


Subject to Completion, dated ____________.

Prospectus Supplement
(To Prospectus dated           ,     )
                                 ----

                                       $
                             PREMIER AUTO TRUST -
                    $ % ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, CLASS A
                   [$ % ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, CLASS B]

                      CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.,
                              SELLER AND SERVICER
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

BEFORE  YOU  DECIDE  TO INVEST IN ANY OF THE  CERTIFICATES,  PLEASE  READ THIS
PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT AND PROSPECTUS,  ESPECIALLY THE SPECIAL  CONSIDERATIONS
BEGINNING  ON  PAGE  S-8  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT  AND  PAGE 7 OF THE
PROSPECTUS.

The Certificates will evidence interests in the Trust only. Chrysler Financial
Company L.L.C.  and its  affiliates  will not be obligated to make payments on
the Certificates or the assets of the Trust.

    GENERAL:
o        Premier  Auto Trust  ___-_ will  issue the  Certificates,  which will
         evidence interests in the Trust. The Trust's main source of funds for
         making  distributions on the Certificates  will be collections on the
         retail installment contracts owned by the Trust.
o        Interest  and  principal  will be payable  on the ___ of each  month,
         unless the ___ is not a Business Day, in which case, the payment will
         be made on the following  Business Day. The first payment will be due
         ___________, ____.

    CREDIT ENHANCEMENTS:
o        A reserve fund and, for the Class A Certificates,  the  subordination
         of the Class B Certificates.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

=====================================================================================================================
                                         ORIGINAL                                UNDERWRITING         PROCEEDS TO
                                     PRINCIPAL AMOUNT    PRICE TO PUBLIC(1)        DISCOUNT          SELLER(1)(2)
- ----------------------------------- -------------------- -------------------- -------------------- ------------------
<S>                                 <C>                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>
Per Class A Certificate..........     $______________         ________%            ________%           ________%
- ----------------------------------- -------------------- -------------------- -------------------- ------------------
- ----------------------------------- -------------------- -------------------- -------------------- ------------------
Per Class B Certificate..........     $______________         ________%            ________%          __________%
- ----------------------------------- -------------------- -------------------- -------------------- ------------------
Total............................     $______________      $_____________       $______________     $_____________
=====================================================================================================================
    (1) Plus accrued  interest,  if any from  ________  __,  ____.
    (2) Before deducting expenses, estimated to be $__________.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     We expect that  delivery of the  Certificates  will be made in book-entry
form only through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company and Cedelbank
and the Euroclear System on or about ______________.

    Neither  the SEC nor any  state  securities  commission  has  approved  or
disapproved the Certificates or determined that this Prospectus Supplement and
Prospectus are accurate or complete.  Any  representation to the contrary is a
criminal offense.

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               [UNDERWRITERS]
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

The date of this Prospectus Supplement is                  .

CONTENT OF PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND PROSPECTUS

    You should rely only on the  information  contained in this  document.  We
have not  authorized  anyone to provide you with  different  information.  You
should not assume that the  information  in the  Prospectus  Supplement or the
Prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this
document.

    We  provide  information  to you about the  Certificates  in two  separate
documents  that  provide  varying  levels  of  detail:   (a)  this  Prospectus
Supplement,  which describes the specific terms of the  Certificates,  and (b)
the  Prospectus,  which provides  general  information,  some of which may not
apply to the Certificates.

    If the terms of the Certificates  described in this Prospectus  Supplement
vary with the accompanying  Prospectus,  you should rely on the information in
this Prospectus Supplement.

    We  include   cross-references  in  this  Prospectus  Supplement  and  the
Prospectus to captions in these  materials  where you can find further related
discussions. The Table of Contents on the back cover of this document provides
the pages on which these captions are located.

    You can find a listing of the pages where  capitalized  terms used in this
Prospectus  Supplement and the Prospectus are defined under the caption "Index
of Terms" on page S-27 in this  Prospectus  Supplement  and under the  caption
"Index of Terms" beginning on page 60 in the Prospectus.

LIMITATIONS ON OFFERS OR SOLICITATIONS

     We do not intend this document to be an offer or solicitation:

(A)  if used in a  jurisdiction  in which  such offer or  solicitation  is not
     authorized;

(B)  if the person  making such offer or  solicitation  is not qualified to do
     so; or

(C)  if such offer or solicitation is made to anyone to whom it is unlawful to
     make such offer or solicitation.

TRANSACTIONS THAT MAY AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE CERTIFICATES

     Certain persons participating in this offering may engage in transactions
that stabilize,  maintain,  or otherwise affect the price of the Certificates.
Such transactions may include  stabilizing and the purchase of Certificates to
cover syndicate short positions.

                         REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

    Unless and until Definitive  Certificates are issued,  Chrysler  Financial
Company L.L.C.,  as servicer,  will send monthly and annual unaudited  reports
containing information concerning the Receivables only to Cede & Co. ("Cede"),
as nominee of The Depository  Trust Company  ("DTC") and registered  holder of
the  Certificates.  See  "Certain  Information  Regarding  the  Securities  --
Book-Entry   Registration"  and  "--  Reports  to   Securityholders"   in  the
Prospectus.  Such reports will not constitute financial statements prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles.  Chrysler Financial
Company  L.L.C.,  as  originator  of the  Trust,  will  file with the SEC such
periodic reports as are required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC.


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                    PAGE
                                                    ----

REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS......................  S-2
SUMMARY OF TERMS...................................  S-4
   Issuer..........................................  S-4
   Seller of the Receivables to the Trust..........  S-4
   Servicer of the Receivables.....................   S-4
   Trustee.........................................  S-4
   Certificates....................................  S-4
   Receivables.....................................  S-4
   Closing Date....................................  S-4
   Terms of the Certificates.......................  S-4
     Payment Dates.................................  S-4
     Per Annum Interest Rates......................  S-4
     Class A Interest..............................  S-5
     Class A Principal.............................  S-5
     Class B Interest..............................  S-5
     Class B Principal.............................  S-5
   Subordination of Class B Certificates...........  S-5
   Optional Prepayment.............................  S-5
   Mandatory Repurchase............................  S-5
   Pre-Funding Account.............................  S-6
   Reserve Account.................................  S-6
   Priority of Payments............................  S-6
   Tax Status......................................  S-6
   ERISA Considerations............................  S-7
   Rating of the Offered Certificates..............  S-7
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS.............................  S-8
   Limited Liquidity...............................  S-8
   Servicing.......................................  S-8
   Subordination of the Class B Certificates.......  S-8
   Sources of Funds................................  S-8
   Ratings of the Certificates.....................  S-9
   There May Not be Sufficient
     Eligible Subsequent Receivables
     Originated During the Pre-Funding
     Period. This Will Cause a
     Prepayment to be Made on
     the Certificates..............................  S-9

   Financial Information for Chrysler Financial
     Company L.L.C................................. S-10
   Risks Associated with Computer
     Systems and the Year 2000..................... S-11
THE TRUST.......................................... S-12
   General......................................... S-12
THE RECEIVABLES POOL............................... S-12
   CFC's Performance History....................... S-16
CHRYSLER FINANCIAL
   COMPANY L.L.C................................... S-17
WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE
    CERTIFICATES................................... S-18
DESCRIPTION OF THE
   CERTIFICATES.................................... S-18
   General......................................... S-18
   Mandatory Repurchase............................ S-19
   Optional Prepayment............................. S-19
   Sale and Assignment of
     Receivables; Subsequent Receivables........... S-19
   Accounts........................................ S-20
   Servicing Compensation
     and Payment of Expenses....................... S-20
   Distributions................................... S-20
   Subordination of the Class B
     Certificates; Reserve Account................. S-24
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES............ S-25
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS............................... S-25
   The Class A Certificates........................ S-25
   The Class B Certificates........................ S-25
UNDERWRITING....................................... S-25
LEGAL OPINIONS..................................... S-26
INDEX OF TERMS..................................... S-27
ANNEX I............................................  A-1


                               SUMMARY OF TERMS
    The following summary is a short, concise description of the main terms of
the  Certificates.  For this  reason,  the  summary  does not  contain all the
information that may be important to you. You will find a detailed description
of the terms of the Certificates following this summary and in the Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                   <C>

Issuer...........................................     Premier   Auto  Trust   _______   (the  "Trust"  or  the
                                                      "Issuer"), a Delaware business trust.

Seller of the Receivables to the Trust...........     Chrysler  Financial  Company  L.L.C.  (the  "Seller"  or
                                                      "CFC").

Servicer of the Receivables......................     CFC (in such capacity, the "Servicer").

Trustee..........................................     __________________________,   as   trustee   under   the
                                                      Agreement (the "Trustee").

Certificates.....................................     The Trust will issue the  Certificates  described on the
                                                      cover  page.[The  Class B  Certificates  are  not  being
                                                      offered.]  The  Certificates  will  be  secured  by  the
                                                      assets of the Trust.

Receivables......................................     The Trust's main source of funds for making  payments on
                                                      the  Certificates  will  be  collections  on  its  motor
                                                      vehicle   retail   installment   sales   contracts  (the
                                                      "Receivables").   Initially,   the  Trust  will  acquire
                                                      Receivables   with  a   total   principal   balance   of
                                                      $________________  (the  "Initial  Pool  Balance") as of
                                                      _____________(the  "Cutoff  Date").  As  of  the  Cutoff
                                                      Date,  the weighted  average annual  percentage  rate of
                                                      the Receivables was  approximately  ____%,  the weighted
                                                      average  remaining   maturity  of  the  Receivables  was
                                                      approximately  _____  months,  and the weighted  average
                                                      original  maturity of the Receivables was  approximately
                                                      ____  months.  No  Receivable  has a scheduled  maturity
                                                      later than  _____________.  See "The  Receivables  Pool"
                                                      herein.

Closing Date.....................................     The "Closing Date" is _______________________.

Terms of the Certificates

        A. Payment Dates.........................     Payments of interest and  principal on the  Certificates
                                                      will be made on the _______  day of each  month,  unless
                                                      the _____ is not a  Business  Day,  in which  case,  the
                                                      payment  will  be  made on the  following  Business  Day
                                                      (each,  a "Payment  Date").  The first Payment Date will
                                                      be ______________.

        B.Per Annum Interest Rates...............     Class A Rate ____%
                                                      Class B Rate ____%

        C. Class A Interest......................     On each  Payment  Date,  the Class A  Certificateholders
                                                      are  entitled  to receive  one  month's  interest at the
                                                      Class   A  Rate   on  the   balance   of  the   Class  A
                                                      Certificates.  The funds  available to pay such interest
                                                      are    described     under     "Description    of    the
                                                      Certificates--Distributions."

        D. Class A Principal.....................     In general,  on each  Payment  Date,  the  Trustee  will
                                                      distribute  pro  rata to Class A  Certificateholders  an
                                                      amount equal to the Class A Percentage  of the Principal
                                                      Distribution  Amount for the Collection Period preceding
                                                      such  Payment  Date.   The  funds   available  for  such
                                                      distribution  are described  under  "Description  of the
                                                      Certificates--Distributions."

           E. Class B Interest...................     On each  Payment  Date,  the Class B  Certificateholders
                                                      are  entitled  to receive  one  month's  interest at the
                                                      Class   B  Rate   on  the   balance   of  the   Class  B
                                                      Certificates.  The funds  available to pay such interest
                                                      are    described     under     "Description    of    the
                                                      Certificates--Distributions."

        F. Class B Principal.....................      In general,  on each  Payment  Date,  the Trustee  will
                                                      distribute  pro  rata to Class B  Certificateholders  an
                                                      amount equal to the Class B Percentage  of the Principal
                                                      Distribution  Amount for the Collection Period preceding
                                                      such  Payment  Date.   The  funds   available  for  such
                                                      distribution  are described  under  "Description  of the
                                                      Certificates--Distributions."

Subordination of Class B Certificates............     On each  Payment  Date,  the Class A  Certificateholders
                                                      are  entitled to full  payment of the amount due to them
                                                      before  the  Class B   Certificateholders   receive  any
                                                      payment.

Optional Prepayment..............................     The   Trust   may   redeem   the   outstanding   Class A
                                                      Certificates  and Class B  Certificates in whole, if the
                                                      Servicer   exercises   its   option  to   purchase   the
                                                      Receivables.  The Servicer may purchase the  Receivables
                                                      when their aggregate  principal  balance has declined to
                                                      10%  or  less  of  their  initial  aggregate   principal
                                                      balance.

Mandatory Repurchase.............................     If there is any money  left in the  Pre-Funding  Account
                                                      at the end of the Funding Period,  the Certificates will
                                                      be prepaid,  in part,  on the  following  Payment  Date.
                                                      The aggregate  principal  amount of  Certificates  to be
                                                      prepaid  will be an amount  equal to the amount  then on
                                                      deposit in the Pre-Funding Account.

                                                      A  mandatory   prepayment   premium  (the   "Certificate
                                                      Prepayment    Premium")    may    be    paid    to   the
                                                      Certificateholders  if the aggregate principal amount of
                                                      Certificates  to  be  prepaid  pursuant  to a  Mandatory
                                                      Repurchase exceeds      $      .

Pre-Funding Account..............................     A pre-funding account will be  established  to  purchase
                                                      additional  Receivables  after  the  Closing  Date.  The
                                                      Pre-Funded Amount will initially equal approximately $ ,
                                                      and  will be  reduced  by the  amount  used to  purchase
                                                      Receivables  and the amount  required to be deposited in
                                                      the  Reserve  Account.   The  Seller  expects  that  the
                                                      Pre-Funded  Amount will be reduced to less than $ by the
                                                      Date. Any Pre-Funded  Amount remaining at the end of the
                                                      Funding  Period will be paid to the  Certificateholders.

Reserve   Account..................................   A reserve account was established to protect you against
                                                      losses on your  certificates,  up to  $________________.
                                                      [Each time a subsequent Receivable is purchased, ___% of
                                                      the purchase  price will be  deposited  into the reserve
                                                      account.]  The  amounts  in  the  reserve  account  will
                                                      increase,  decrease  or stay the same  depending  on the
                                                      level of losses and excess collections.

                                                      The Trustee  will apply funds in the reserve  account to
                                                      make  payments  due on the  Certificates  that  are  not
                                                      covered by  collections on the  Receivables.  Amounts in
                                                      the reserve account on any Payment Date in excess of the
                                                      required  amount will be released to __________ and will
                                                      no  longer  be  available   to  make   payments  on  the
                                                      Certificates.

Priority of Payments.............................     In  general,  the  Servicer  will be  required  to remit
                                                      collections  received  with  respect to the  Receivables
                                                      within two  Business  Days of  receipt  to a  collection
                                                      account.  The  Trustee  will  withdraw  funds  from such
                                                      account  and apply such funds on each  Payment  Date to:
                                                      (i) the  Servicing Fee any overdue Servicing Fees to the
                                                      Servicer,  (ii) the Class A  Distributable Amount to the
                                                      Class A     Certificateholders,     (iii) the    Class B
                                                      Distributable Amount to the Class B  Certificateholders,
                                                      and (iv) the Reserve Account.

Tax Status.......................................     In the  opinion  of Brown & Wood LLP,  the Trust will be
                                                      treated  as a  grantor  trust  for  federal  income  tax
                                                      purposes,  will not be subject to federal income tax and
                                                      will  not  be  characterized  as  an  association  (or a
                                                      publicly traded  partnership)  taxable as a corporation.
                                                      See "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences" herein and
                                                      "Certain Federal Income Tax  Consequences"  and "Certain
                                                      State Tax Consequences" in the Prospectus.

ERISA Considerations.............................     Subject to the  considerations  discussed  under  "ERISA
                                                      Considerations" herein and in the Prospectus,  the Class
                                                      A  Certificates  are  eligible  for purchase by employee
                                                      benefit plans.

Rating of the Certificates.......................     At the Closing Date, at least two nationally  recognized
                                                      rating  agencies will rate the Class A  Certificates  in
                                                      the highest  investment  rating  category.  [The Class B
                                                      Certificates  will  be  rated  at  least  "____"  or  its
                                                      equivalent by at least two nationally  recognized rating
                                                      agencies.]
</TABLE>


                            SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS

LIMITED LIQUIDITY                        There is currently no secondary  market
                                         for the Certificates.  Each Underwriter
                                         currently  intends  to  participate  in
                                         making  a   secondary   market  in  the
                                         Certificates,   but  it  is   under  no
                                         obligation   to  do  so.  There  is  no
                                         assurance that a secondary  market will
                                         develop.  If a  secondary  market  does
                                         develop,  there is no assurance that it
                                         will  continue or that you will be able
                                         to resell your Certificates.

SERVICING                                CFC  is  not   obligated  to  make  any
                                         payments in respect of the Certificates
                                         or  the  Receivables.  However,  if CFC
                                         were  to  cease   acting  as  Servicer,
                                         delays in  processing  payments  on the
                                         Receivables  and information in respect
                                         of  the  Receivables  could  occur  and
                                         result in delays in payments to you.

SUBORDINATION OF THE CLASS B             Distributions of interest and principal
CERTIFICATES                             on  the  Class B  Certificates will  be
                                         subordinated  in priority of payment to
                                         interest and principal due on the Class
                                         A Certificates. Consequently, the Class
                                         B  Certificateholders  will not receive
                                         any  distributions  with  respect  to a
                                         Collection Period until the full amount
                                         of interest  and  principal  due on the
                                         Class A  Certificates  on such  Payment
                                         Date has been  distributed to the Class
                                         A       Certificateholders.        Such
                                         subordination   has   the   effect   of
                                         increasing the likelihood of payment on
                                         the Class A Certificates  and therefore
                                         decreasing the likelihood of payment on
                                         the Class B Certificates.

SOURCES OF FUNDS                         The Trust will not have any significant
                                         assets  or  sources  of  funds  to make
                                         payments on the Certificates other than
                                         the   Receivables,    the   Pre-Funding
                                         Account  and the Reserve  Account.  You
                                         must   rely  for   repayment   of  your
                                         Certificates   upon   payments  on  the
                                         Receivables  and  amounts,  if any,  on
                                         deposit in the Pre-Funding  Account and
                                         the Reserve  Account.  The  Pre-Funding
                                         Account will be  available  only during
                                         the  Funding  Period  and  is  designed
                                         solely  to  cover  obligations  of  the
                                         Trust  relating  to a  portion  of  its
                                         funds not invested in  Receivables  and
                                         is not  designed to cover losses on the
                                         Receivables.  Similarly, although funds
                                         in the Reserve Account may be available
                                         on   each   Payment   Date   to   cover
                                         shortfalls in distributions of interest
                                         and  principal  on  the   Certificates,
                                         amounts  in  the  Reserve  Account  are
                                         limited.  If  the  Reserve  Account  is
                                         depleted,  the Trust will depend solely
                                         on   current    collections    on   the
                                         Receivables  to make  distributions  on
                                         the Certificates.

RATINGS OF THE CERTIFICATES              On  the   Closing  Date  at  least  two
                                         nationally  recognized  rating agencies
                                         (the "Rating  Agencies")  will rate the
                                         Class  A  Certificates  in the  highest
                                         rating   category,   and  the  Class  B
                                         Certificates  at least in the  "______"
                                         or its  equivalent.  A rating  is not a
                                         recommendation  to  purchase,  hold  or
                                         sell  Certificates,  inasmuch  as  such
                                         rating  does not  comment  as to market
                                         price or  suitability  for a particular
                                         investor.    The    ratings    of   the
                                         Certificates  address the likelihood of
                                         the payment of  principal  and interest
                                         on the  Certificates  pursuant to their
                                         terms.  However, the Rating Agencies do
                                         not  evaluate,  and the  ratings of the
                                         Certificates   do  not   address,   the
                                         likelihood    that   the    Certificate
                                         Prepayment  Premium will be paid. There
                                         can  be  no  assurance  that  a  Rating
                                         Agency will not lower or  withdraw  its
                                         rating if in its judgment circumstances
                                         in the future so warrant.

THERE MAY NOT BE SUFFICIENT  
ELIGIBLE SUBSEQUENT
RECEIVABLES ORIGINATED
DURING THE PRE-FUNDING
PERIOD.  THIS WILL CAUSE A
PREPAYMENT TO BE MADE ON
THE CERTIFICATES                         On the  Closing  Date,  the Seller will
                                         transfer  to  the  Trust  approximately
                                         $_______  representing  the  Pre-Funded
                                         Amount.  If  the  principal  amount  of
                                         eligible Receivables  originated by CFC
                                         during the Funding  Period is less than
                                         the Pre-Funded  Amount, the Seller will
                                         have  insufficient  Receivables to sell
                                         to the Trust Subsequent Transfer Dates,
                                         thereby  resulting in a  prepayment  of
                                         principal to the  Certificateholders as
                                         described in the  following  paragraph.
                                         In   addition,    any   conveyance   of
                                         Subsequent  Receivables  is  subject to
                                         the   satisfaction   of  the  following
                                         conditions precedent, among others: (i)
                                         each Subsequent Receivable must satisfy
                                         the eligibility  criteria  specified in
                                         the Agreement; (ii) the Seller will not
                                         select such Subsequent Receivables in a
                                         manner  that it  believes is adverse to
                                         the        interests       of       the
                                         Certificateholders;      (iii)      the
                                         Receivables  in the Trust at that time,
                                         including the  Subsequent  Receivables,
                                         must satisfy the  parameters  described
                                         under "The  Receivables  Pool"  herein;
                                         (iv)  the  applicable  Reserve  Account
                                         Deposit  must  be  made;  and  (v)  the
                                         Seller must  execute and deliver to the
                                         Trustee a written assignment  conveying
                                         such  Subsequent.  Moreover,  any  such
                                         conveyance  of  Subsequent  Receivables
                                         will   also   be    subject    to   the
                                         satisfaction     of    the    following
                                         conditions  subsequent,  among  others:
                                         (a) the  Seller  will  deliver  certain
                                         opinions of counsel with respect to the
                                         validity of the  conveyance of all such
                                         Subsequent Receivables; (b) the Trustee
                                         shall     have     received     written
                                         confirmation  from a firm of  certified
                                         independent public accountants that the
                                         Receivables  in the Trust at that time,
                                         including the  Subsequent  Receivables,
                                         satisfied  the   parameters   described
                                         under "The  Receivables  Pool"; and (c)
                                         the  Rating  Agencies  shall  have each
                                         notified  the Seller in  writing  that,
                                         following  the  addition  of  all  such
                                         Subsequent       Receivables,       the
                                         Certificates   will  be  rated  by  the
                                         Rating  Agencies in the same respective
                                         rating  categories  in which  they were
                                         rated on the Closing  Date.  The Seller
                                         will    immediately    repurchase   any
                                         Subsequent Receivable, at a price equal
                                         to the Repurchase Amount thereof,  upon
                                         the  failure  of the  Seller to satisfy
                                         any of the foregoing  conditions.  Such
                                         confirmation  of  the  ratings  of  the
                                         Certificates   may  depend  on  factors
                                         other than the  characteristics  of the
                                         Subsequent  Receivables,  including the
                                         delinquency,  repossession and net loss
                                         experience on the  automobile and light
                                         duty truck receivables in the portfolio
                                         serviced  by CFC.

                                         To  the  extent  that  amounts  in  the
                                         Pre-Funding Account have not been fully
                                         used to purchase Subsequent Receivables
                                         by the end of the Funding  Period,  the
                                         Certificateholders will receive, on the
                                         Payment   Date   on   or    immediately
                                         following  the last day of the  Funding
                                         Period, a prepayment of principal in an
                                         amount equal to the  Pre-Funded  Amount
                                         remaining in the  Pre-Funding  Account.
                                         It is  anticipated  that the  principal
                                         amount of Subsequent  Receivables  sold
                                         to the Trust will not be exactly  equal
                                         to  the   amount  on   deposit  in  the
                                         Pre-Funding  Account and that therefore
                                         there will be at least a nominal amount
                                         of    principal    prepaid    to    the
                                         Certificateholders.

                                         Each Subsequent Receivable must satisfy
                                         the eligibility  criteria  specified in
                                         the   Agreement  at  the  time  of  its
                                         addition.      However,      Subsequent
                                         Receivables may have been originated by
                                         CFC  at  a  later  date  using   credit
                                         criteria  different  from  those  which
                                         were applied to the Initial Receivables
                                         and  may  be  of  a  different   credit
                                         quality and seasoning.  In addition, an
                                         increasing percentage of the Subsequent
                                         Receivables    may   be   Fixed   Value
                                         Receivables  or  Receivables  generated
                                         under the Market Value Pricing program.
                                         Therefore,  following  the  transfer of
                                         Subsequent  Receivables  to the  Trust,
                                         the   characteristics   of  the  entire
                                         Receivables  Pool included in the Trust
                                         may vary  significantly  from  those of
                                         the  Initial   Receivables.   See  "The
                                         Receivables   Pool"   herein  and  "The
                                         Receivables  Pools" in the  Prospectus.


FINANCIAL   INFORMATION   FOR
CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.

                                         Chrysler  Financial  Company L.L.C. and
                                         its  consolidated   subsidiaries'   net
                                         earnings  were  $116  million  and $344
                                         million  for the three and nine  months
                                         ended  September 30, 1998,  compared to
                                         $111  million and $307  million for the
                                         three and nine months  ended  September
                                         30, 1997.  The increase in net earnings
                                         primarily  reflects  higher  gains  and
                                         servicing fees from sales of automotive
                                         receivables,  a decrease  in  provision
                                         for credit losses, and gains from sales
                                         of certain  nonautomotive  assets.  Net
                                         earnings  for the first nine  months of
                                         1997  reflect a one-time  benefit  from
                                         the  adoption of Statement of Financial
                                         Accounting Standards No. 125.

                                         Pursuant to a plan of merger,  dated as
                                         of October 22,  1998,  effective  as of
                                         October 25,  1998,  Chrysler  Financial
                                         Corporation   merged   with   and  into
                                         Chrysler  Financial Company L.L.C. with
                                         Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C. being
                                         the  surviving  entity.  The purpose of
                                         the  merger  was to change  the form of
                                         organization   of  Chrysler   Financial
                                         Corporation  from a corporation  into a
                                         limited liability company. Prior to the
                                         merger,   Chrysler   Financial  Company
                                         L.L.C.   had  no  operations   and  had
                                         nominal  assets  and  liabilities.   In
                                         connection  with the  merger,  Chrysler
                                         Financial  Company L.L.C.  succeeded to
                                         all of the  assets and  liabilities  of
                                         Chrysler Financial Corporation.

                                         On November  12,  1998,  the  Company's
                                         parent, Chrysler Corporation,  became a
                                         wholly-owned        subsidiary       of
                                         DaimlerChrysler     Aktiengesellscchaft
                                         ("Daimler")  and on November  17, 1998,
                                         Chrysler  Corporation  changed its name
                                         to     DaimlerChrysler      Corporation
                                         ("Chrysler").

RISKS  ASSOCIATED WITH COMPUTER
SYSTEMS  AND THE YEAR 2000               CFC has  conducted an evaluation of the
                                         actions  necessary  to ensure  that its
                                         business critical computer systems will
                                         function   without    disruption   with
                                         respect  to the  application  of dating
                                         systems in the Year  2000.  As a result
                                         of this  evaluation,  CFC is engaged in
                                         the process of upgrading, replacing and
                                         testing  certain of its information and
                                         other  computer  systems.  While  CFC's
                                         remedial  actions are  scheduled  to be
                                         completed  during the third  quarter of
                                         1999,  there can be no  assurance  that
                                         the remedial actions being  implemented
                                         by CFC  will  be  completed  in time to
                                         avoid dating systems  problems.  If CFC
                                         is  unable  to  complete  its  remedial
                                         actions  in  the   planned   timeframe,
                                         contingency  plans will be developed to
                                         address those business critical systems
                                         that may not be Year 2000 compliant.
 
                                         In addition,  disruptions  with respect
                                         to  computer   systems  of  vendors  or
                                         customers,   which  are   outside   the
                                         control  of  CFC,   could   impair  the
                                         ability  of  CFC  to  obtain  necessary
                                         services or to provide  services to its
                                         customers.  CFC has a process  in place
                                         to assess  the Year 2000  readiness  of
                                         its  business   critical   vendors  and
                                         customers.  As part  of the  assessment
                                         process,  CFC will develop  contingency
                                         plans  for  those   business   critical
                                         vendors   who  are  either   unable  or
                                         unwilling to develop  remediation plans
                                         to become Year 2000 compliant. Although
                                         these  plans have yet to be  developed,
                                         CFC  expects   that  these  plans  will
                                         include    selective    resourcing   of
                                         services   to   Year   2000   compliant
                                         vendors.  CFC expects  that  vendors in
                                         this   category   will   represent   an
                                         insignificant part of its total service
                                         base.  It is expected  that these plans
                                         will be in place by the  third  quarter
                                         of 1999.


                                   THE TRUST

GENERAL

    The Seller will  establish  the Trust by selling and  assigning  the Trust
property, as described below, to the Trustee in exchange for the Certificates.
The Trust will be governed by a Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  dated as of
____________ (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the "Agreement").
The Servicer will service the  Receivables  pursuant to the Agreement and will
be  compensated  for  acting  as  the  Servicer.   See   "Description  of  the
Certificates--Servicing  Compensation and Payment of Expenses".  To facilitate
servicing and to minimize administrative burden and expense, the Servicer will
be appointed custodian for the Receivables by the Trustee,  but will not stamp
the  Receivables to reflect the sale and assignment of the  Receivables to the
Trust or amend the  certificates  of title of the  Financed  Vehicles.  In the
absence of amendments to the  certificates of title,  the Trustee may not have
perfected security interests in the Financed Vehicles securing the Receivables
originated in some states.  See "Certain Legal Aspects of the  Receivables" in
the Prospectus.

    If the  protection  provided  to  the  Certificateholders  by the  Reserve
Account and, in the case of the Class A Certificateholders,  the subordination
of the Class B Certificates is  insufficient,  the Trust will look only to the
Obligors on the Receivables and the proceeds from the repossession and sale of
Financed Vehicles which secure defaulted  Receivables.  In such event, certain
factors,  such as the Trust's not having  first  priority  perfected  security
interests in some of the Financed Vehicles,  may affect the Trust's ability to
realize on the collateral  securing the  Receivables,  and thus may reduce the
proceeds  to  be  distributed  to  Certificateholders   with  respect  to  the
Certificates.  See  "Description  of  the   Certificates--Distributions"   and
"--Reserve  Account" herein anD "Certain Legal Aspects of the  Receivables" in
the Prospectus.

    Each Certificate  represents a fractional  undivided ownership interest in
the Trust.  The Trust  property  includes  retail  installment  sale contracts
between Dealers and Obligors,  and all payments due thereunder on or after the
related  Cutoff  Date with  respect  to the  Precomputed  Receivables  and all
payments received  thereunder on or after the related Cutoff Date with respect
to the Simple Interest Receivables.  The Trust property also includes (i) such
amounts  as  from  time to time  may be  held  in one or more  trust  accounts
established  and  maintained  by the Servicer  pursuant to the  Agreement,  as
described  below;  (ii)  security  interests in the Financed  Vehicles and any
accessions  thereto;  (iii)  the  rights  to  proceeds  with  respect  to  the
Receivables  from  claims  on  physical  damage,  credit  life and  disability
insurance policies covering the Financed Vehicles or the Obligors, as the case
may be; (iv) the  interest of the Seller in any  proceeds  with respect to the
Receivables from recourse to Dealers on Receivables or Financed  Vehicles with
respect to which the Servicer has determined  that eventual  repayment in full
is unlikely;  (v) any property  that shall have secured a Receivable  and that
shall have been acquired by the Trustee; (vi) the Pre-Funded Account and (vii)
any and all proceeds of the foregoing.  The Reserve Account will be maintained
by the Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders, but will not be part
of the Trust.


                             THE RECEIVABLES POOL

    The pool of Receivables (the "Receivables  Pool") will include the Initial
Receivables  purchased  as of the  Initial  Cutoff  Date and will  include any
Subsequent Receivables purchased as of any Subsequent Cutoff Date (the Initial
Cutoff  Date or any  Subsequent  Cutoff  Date being  individually  referred to
herein as a "Cutoff Date").

    The Initial  Receivables  were purchased,  and the Subsequent  Receivables
were or will be purchased, by the Servicer from Dealers in the ordinary course
of  business,  and were or will be selected  from the Seller's  portfolio  for
inclusion in the Receivables Pool by several  criteria,  some of which are set
forth  in the  Prospectus  under  "The  Receivables  Pools",  as  well  as the
requirement  that each  Receivable (i) has an outstanding  gross balance of at
least [$_____] and (ii) as of the applicable  Cutoff Date, was not or will not
be more than 30 days past due. As of the applicable Cutoff Date, no Obligor on
any  Receivable  was or will have been  noted in the  related  records  of the
Servicer as being the subject of a  bankruptcy  proceeding,  and no Obligor on
any Receivable will have financed a Financed Vehicle under CFC's  "New-Finance
Buyer Plan"  program.  No  selection  procedures  believed by the Seller to be
adverse  to  Certificateholders   were  or  will  be  used  in  selecting  the
Receivables.

    The  obligation of the Trust to purchase the  Subsequent  Receivables on a
Subsequent  Transfer  Date will be  subject to the  Receivables  in the Trust,
including  the  Subsequent  Receivables  to be  conveyed  to the Trust on such
Subsequent Transfer Date, meeting the following criteria:  (i) not more than %
of the  principal  balances  of the  Receivables  in the Trust will  represent
vehicles  financed at CFC's used vehicle rates,  and (ii) the weighted average
APR of the Receivables in the Trust will not be less than %, unless the Seller
increases the Reserve Account Initial Deposit by certain specified amounts. In
addition,  such obligation will be subject to the  Receivables,  including the
Subsequent  Receivables  to be  transferred  to the  Trust on such  Subsequent
Transfer  Date,  having a weighted  average  remaining  term not greater  than
months.  Such  criteria  will be based on the  characteristics  of the Initial
Receivables on the Initial  Cutoff Date and any Subsequent  Receivables on the
related  Subsequent  Cutoff Dates. In addition,  no Receivable will be sold to
the Trust if such  Receivable  has been  repurchased by the Seller through the
exercise of optional repurchase  provisions  contained in other securitization
transactions.

    The Initial  Receivables  will represent  approximately % of the aggregate
initial  principal  balance  of the  Certificates.  However,  except  for  the
criteria  described  in the  preceding  paragraphs,  there will be no required
characteristics  of  the  Subsequent  Receivables.  Therefore,  following  the
transfer of Subsequent Receivables to the Trust, the aggregate characteristics
of the entire Receivables Pool,  including the composition of the Receivables,
the  distribution  by  annual  percentage  rate  ("APR")  and  the  geographic
distribution  described in the following tables,  may vary  significantly from
those of the Initial Receivables.

    The  composition,  distribution by APR and geographic  distribution of the
Initial  Receivables  as of the  Initial  Cutoff  Date are as set forth in the
following tables.

               COMPOSITION OF THE INITIAL RECEIVABLES AS OF THE
                              INITIAL CUTOFF DATE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                WEIGHTED           WEIGHTED                     
   WEIGHTED                                                      AVERAGE            AVERAGE          AVERAGE
AVERAGE APR OF          AGGREGATE            NUMBER OF          REMAINING          ORIGINAL         PRINCIPAL
  RECEIVABLES       PRINCIPAL BALANCE       RECEIVABLES           TERM               TERM            BALANCE
- ----------------  ----------------------  ----------------   ----------------   ----------------   -------------
<S>                <C>                    <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
          %         $                                            months             months           $
</TABLE>


                              DISTRIBUTION BY APR
                          OF THE INITIAL RECEIVABLES
                         AS OF THE INITIAL CUTOFF DATE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                              PERCENT OF
                                                                                               AGGREGATE
                                                       NUMBER OF             AGGREGATE         PRINCIPAL
                     APR RANGE                        RECEIVABLES        PRINCIPAL BALANCE      BALANCE
- -------------------------------------------       ------------------    ------------------   ------------
<S>                                               <C>                   <C>                  <C>

0.00% to 3.00%.......................
3.01% to 4.00%.......................
4.01% to 5.00%.......................
5.01% to 6.00%.......................
6.01% to 7.00%.......................
7.01% to 8.00%.......................
8.01% to 9.00%.......................
9.01% to 10.00%......................
10.01% to 11.00%.....................
11.01% to 12.00%.....................
12.01% to 13.00%.....................
13.01% to 14.00%.....................
14.01% to 15.00%.....................
15.01% to 16.00%.....................
16.01% to 17.00%.....................
17.01% to 18.00%.....................
18.01% to 19.00%.....................
19.01% to 20.00%.....................
Greater than 20.00%..................                                                             ------
    Totals...........................                                                             100.0%
                                                                                                  ======
</TABLE>


              GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE INITIAL RECEIVABLES
                  AS OF THEIR RESPECTIVE INITIAL CUTOFF DATES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

State(1)                       Percent of Aggregate    State(1)                         Percent of Aggregate
                               Principal Balance(2)                                     Principal Balance(2)
- -----------------------------  ----------------------  ------------------------------  ------------------------
<S>                            <C>                     <C>                             <C>

Alabama.....................                           Montana......................
Alaska......................                           Nebraska.....................
Arizona.....................                           Nevada.......................
Arkansas....................                           New Hampshire................
California..................                           New Jersey...................
Colorado....................                           New Mexico...................
Connecticut.................                           New York.....................
Delaware....................                           North Carolina...............
District of Columbia........                           North Dakota.................
Georgia.....................                           Oklahoma.....................
Hawaii......................                           Oregon.......................
Idaho.......................                           Pennsylvania.................
Illinois....................                           Rhode Island.................
Indiana.....................                           South Carolina...............
Iowa........................                           South Dakota.................
Kansas......................                           Tennessee....................
Kentucky....................                           Texas........................
Louisiana...................                           Utah.........................
Maine.......................                           Vermont......................
Maryland....................                           Virginia.....................
Massachusetts...............                           Washington...................
Michigan....................                           West Virginia................
Minnesota...................                           Wisconsin....................
Mississippi.................                           Wyoming......................
Missouri....................                                                                 _______
                                                              Total................            100%
                                                                                             =======
</TABLE>

- ------------------------
(1)  Based on physical addresses of the Dealers originating the Receivables.
(2)  Percentages may not add to 100.0% because of rounding.


    By aggregate principal balance, approximately % of the Initial Receivables
constitute  Precomputed  Receivables,  % of the Initial Receivables constitute
Simple Interest Receivables and % constitute Fixed Value Receivables. See "The
Receivables  Pools"  in  the  Prospectus  for a  further  description  of  the
characteristics of Precomputed  Receivables,  Simple Interest  Receivables and
Fixed Value Receivables.

    By  aggregate   principal   balance,   approximately   %  of  the  Initial
Receivables,  constituting % of the number of Initial  Receivables,  as of the
Initial Cutoff Date,  represent  vehicles financed at CFC's new vehicle rates,
which  apply to new and  certain  previously  owned  vehicles;  the  remainder
represent  vehicles  financed at CFC's used vehicle rates.  Approximately % of
the aggregate principal balance of the Initial Receivables represent financing
of vehicles manufactured or distributed by Chrysler.


    CFC'S PERFORMANCE HISTORY

    Set forth below is certain  information  concerning  the experience of the
Seller and its United  States  subsidiaries  pertaining to retail new and used
automobile and light duty truck  receivables,  including those previously sold
which  CFC  continues  to  service.   There  can  be  no  assurance  that  the
delinquency,  repossession  and net loss experience on the Receivables will be
comparable to that set forth below.

                           DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE(1)
                             (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               AT SEPTEMBER 30,
                                --------------------------------------------
                                       1998                      1997
                                ------------------------   -------------------
                                   NUMBER                   NUMBER      
                                     OF                       OF        
                                  CONTRACTS     AMOUNT     CONTRACTS    AMOUNT
                                -----------     ------     ---------    ------

<S>                               <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>

Portfolio......................   1,786,809   $ 24,700     1,700,645   $ 21,749
Period of Delinquency
  31-60 Days...................      41,473   $    484        52,839   $    656
  61 Days or More..............       3,935         51         8,202        119
                                -----------   --------     ----------  --------
Total Delinquencies............      45,408   $    535         61,041  $    775
                                     ======        ===         ======       ===
Total   Delinquencies   as   a
  Percent of  the Portfolio....        2.54%       2.17%         3.59%     3.56%
</TABLE>

<TABLE>

                                                AT DECEMBER 31,
                                ----------------------------------------------
                                       1997                      1996
                                ------------------------   -------------------
                                   NUMBER                   NUMBER      
                                     OF                       OF        
                                  CONTRACTS     AMOUNT     CONTRACTS    AMOUNT
                                -----------     ------     ---------    ------
<S>                               <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
Portfolio......................   1,697,755   $ 21,879    1,679,880   $ 21,197
Period of Delinquency
  31-60 Days...................      58,421   $    708       65,297   $    843
  61 Days or More..............       7,360        102        8,175        118
                                -----------   --------    ---------   --------
Total Delinquencies............      65,781   $    810       73,472   $    961
                                     ======        ===       ======        ===
Total   Delinquencies   as   a
 Percent of  the Portfolio....        3.87%       3.70%       4.37%       4.53%
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           AT DECEMBER 31,
                                        --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  1995                     1994                     1993
                                        ------------------------  ------------------------  --------------------
                                           NUMBER                   NUMBER                   NUMBER
                                            OF                       OF                       OF
                                         CONTRACTS     AMOUNT      CONTRACTS     AMOUNT     CONTRACTS     AMOUNT
                                         ---------     ------      ---------     ------     ---------     ------
<S>                                      <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>

Portfolio......................          1,653,533     $20,913     1,444,736     $16,977    1,352,218     $14,116
Period of Delinquency
 31-60 Days...................              55,507     $   720        25,888     $   293       16,350     $   153
 61 Days or More..............               6,792         100         2,085          27        1,383          15
                                         ----------    -------     ----------    -------    ----------    -------
Total Delinquencies............             62,299     $   820        27,973     $   320       17,733     $   168
                                            ======         ===        ======         ===       ======         ===
Total  Delinquencies as a Percent of
  the Portfolio................               3.77%       3.92%         1.94%       1.88%        1.31%       1.19%
</TABLE>

- ----------
   (1) All amounts and percentages are based on the gross amount  scheduled to
       be paid on each  contract,  including  estimated  unearned  finance and
       other  charges.  The  information  in the table  includes an immaterial
       amount of retail  installment  sale  contracts  on vehicles  other than
       automobiles  and  light  duty  trucks  and  includes   previously  sold
       contracts which CFC continues to service.


                    CREDIT LOSS/REPOSSESSION EXPERIENCE(1)
                             (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           NINE MONTHS
                                                       ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                       -------------------
                                                        1998         1997
                                                        -----        ----
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>

Average  Amount  Outstanding  During
the Period ...................................         $23,214      $21,394
Average Number of Contracts
  Outstanding During  the Period..............       1,736,375    1,686,274
Percent of Contracts Acquired During
  The Period  with  Recourse  to the Dealer...           8.98%        10.14%
Repossessions as a Percent of
  Average Number of Contracts
  Outstanding(2)...............................          2.82          3.32%
Net Losses as a Percent of
  Liquidations(3)(4)...........................          2.80          2.98%
Net Losses as a Percent of Average
  Amount Outstanding(2)(3).....................          1.41          1.64%
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                           --------------------------------------------------------------
                                               1997         1996         1995         1994           1993
                                           ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------   --------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>

Average  Amount  Outstanding  During
the Period...........................         $21,485       $21,062     $19,4486     $15,517       $12,882
Average Number of Contracts
  Outstanding During  the Period.....       1,688,525     1,671,405    1,572,963   1,396,497     1,341,084
Percent of Contracts Acquired During
  The Period  with  Recourse  to the
  Dealer...............................         10.91          9.05%      14.80%       17.00%       16.20%
Repossessions as a Percent of
 Average Number of Contracts
 Outstanding(2)........................          3.40          3.82%       3.05%        2.36%        2.15%

Net Losses as a Percent of
  Liquidations(3)(4)...................          3.36          3.17%       2.25%        1.38%         1.34%
                                                                  
Net Losses as a Percent of Average
  Amount  Outstanding(2)(3)............          1.80          1.68%       1.16%        0.73%         0.75%
</TABLE>
                                                                
- ----------

(1)  Except as indicated,  all amounts and  percentages are based on the gross
     amount  scheduled  to be  paid  on  each  contract,  including  estimated
     unearned finance and other charges. The information in the table includes
     an immaterial  amount of retail  installment  sales contracts on vehicles
     other than automobiles and light duty trucks and includes previously sold
     contracts that CFC continues to service.

(2)  Percentages  have been annualized for the nine months ended September 30,
     1998 and 1997 and are not  necessarily  indicative of the  experience for
     the year.

(3)  Net losses are equal to the  aggregate of the  balances of all  contracts
     which  are  determined  to be  uncollectible  in  the  period,  less  any
     recoveries on contracts  charged off in the period or any prior  periods,
     including any losses resulting from  disposition  expenses and any losses
     resulting from the failure to recover commissions to dealers with respect
     to contracts that are prepaid or charged off.

(4)  Liquidations  represent a reduction  in the  outstanding  balances of the
     contracts as a result of monthly cash payments and charge-offs.

Notwithstanding  the  improvement  in credit  losses for the nine months ended
September  30, 1998,  higher credit  losses could be  experienced  in the near
term. No assurance can be given as to future results.


    The net loss figures  above  reflect the fact that the Seller had recourse
to  Dealers  on  a  portion  of  its  retail   installment   sale   contracts.
Approximately % of the aggregate  principal balance of the Initial Receivables
as of the Initial Cutoff Date  represents  contracts with recourse to Dealers.
This factor was taken into consideration in determining the principal balances
of the Class A and Class B  Certificates  and the  Specified  Reserve  Account
Balance.  The  Seller  applies  underwriting  standards  to  the  purchase  of
contracts without regard to whether recourse to Dealers is provided.  Based on
its  experience,  the Seller  believes  that there is no  material  difference
between the rates of delinquency  and  repossession on contracts with recourse
against Dealers as compared to contracts  without  recourse  against  Dealers.
However, the net loss experience of contracts without recourse against Dealers
is higher than that of contracts with recourse against Dealers because,  under
its recourse  obligation,  the Dealer is responsible to the Seller for payment
of the unpaid balance of the contract, provided the Seller retakes the vehicle
from the retail buyer and returns it to the Dealer within a specified time. In
the event of a Dealer's  bankruptcy,  a bankruptcy  trustee  might  attempt to
characterize recourse sales of contracts as loans to the Dealer secured by the
contracts.  Such an attempt, if successful,  could result in payment delays or
losses on the affected Receivables.


                       CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.

    Certain  information  regarding  the Seller is set forth  under  "Chrysler
Financial Company L.L.C." in the Prospectus.  In addition, as of September 30,
1998, the Seller had nearly 3,400  employees and was managing $46.8 billion in
finance  receivables and provided financial services to automobile dealers and
their customers through 29 zone offices in the United States. During the first
nine months of 1998, the Seller financed or leased  approximately  738,000 new
and used  vehicles at retail,  including  approximately  563,000 new  Chrysler
passenger  cars and light duty trucks,  representing  30% of  Chrysler's  U.S.
retail  and  fleet   deliveries.   The  Seller  also   financed  at  wholesale
approximately  1,338,000  new Chrysler  passenger  cars and light duty trucks,
representing  69% of  Chrysler's  U.S.  factory unit sales for the nine months
ended September 30, 1998. Wholesale vehicle financing accounted for 69% of the
total  automotive  financing  volume of the Seller in the first nine months of
1998 and  represented  22% of net automotive  finance  receivables  and leases
outstanding at September 30, 1998.

    Chrysler Financial  Corporation  converted from a corporation to a limited
liability  company  ("LLC") on October 25, 1998. The conversion to an LLC had,
and will continue to have, no effect on the day-to-day  operations of Chrysler
Financial  Corporation.  The new LLC is the surviving legal entity of a merger
between  Chrysler  Financial  Company L.L.C., a newly created Michigan limited
liability  company,  and  Chrysler  Financial   Corporation.   DaimlerChrysler
Corporation,  which  owned  all of the  capital  stock of  Chrysler  Financial
Corporation,  is the sole member (owner) of Chrysler  Financial Company L.L.C.
Chrysler  Financial  Company  L.L.C.  succeeded to the  operations of Chrysler
Financial  Corporation  upon the completion of the conversion and acquired its
assets and assumed its debt and other obligations.


                   WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE CERTIFICATES

    Information regarding certain maturity and prepayment  considerations with
respect to the  Certificates is set forth under "Weighted  Average Life of the
Securities"  in the  Prospectus.  As the rate of payment of  principal of each
class of Certificates  depends on the rate of payment  (including  prepayments
and liquidations due to default) of the principal  balance of the Receivables,
the  final   distribution   in  respect  of  the   Certificates   could  occur
significantly    earlier   than   the   Final    Scheduled    Payment    Date.
Certificateholders  will  bear the risk of being  able to  reinvest  principal
payments  on the  Certificates  at yields at least equal to the yield on their
respective Certificates.


                        DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

    The Certificates will be issued pursuant to the terms of the Agreement,  a
form of which has been filed as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement.  A
copy of the Agreement will be filed with the Commission following the issuance
of the  Certificates.  The following  summary  describes  certain terms of the
Certificates  and the  Agreement.  The summary does not purport to be complete
and is subject to, and  qualified  in its  entirety by  reference  to, all the
provisions  of the  Certificates  and the  Agreement.  The  following  summary
supplements,   and  to  the  extent  inconsistent   therewith  replaces,   the
description  of the general terms and  provisions of the  Certificates  of any
given series and the related  Agreement set forth in the Prospectus,  to which
description reference is hereby made.


GENERAL

    In general,  it is intended that Class A  Certificateholders  receive,  on
each Payment Date, the Class A Percentage of the Principal Distribution Amount
plus  interest  at the  Class A Pass  Through  Rate on the  Class A  Principal
Balance. Subject to the prior rights of the Class A Certificateholders,  it is
intended that the Class B  Certificateholders  receive,  on each Payment Date,
the Class B Percentage of the Principal  Distribution  Amount plus interest at
the Class B Pass Through Rate on the Class B Principal Balance.

    The Certificates will evidence  interests in the Trust created pursuant to
the  Agreement.  The Class A  Certificates  will  evidence in the aggregate an
undivided  ownership interest (the "Class A Percentage") of approximately % of
the Trust and the Class B  Certificates  will  evidence  in the  aggregate  an
undivided  ownership interest (the "Class B Percentage") of approximately % of
the Trust.  [The Class B  Certificates,  which are not being  offered  hereby,
initially will be held by the Company.]


MANDATORY REPURCHASE

    Cash  distributions  to  Certificateholders  will be  made,  on a pro rata
basis,  on the Payment Date on or  immediately  following  the last day of the
Funding  Period in the event that the  amount on  deposit  in the  Pre-Funding
Account  after giving  effect to the purchase of all  Subsequent  Receivables,
including   any  such   purchase  on  such  date,   exceeds  $  (a  "Mandatory
Repurchase").

    The  Certificate  Prepayment  Premium  will be payable by the Trust to the
Certificateholders pursuant to a Mandatory Repurchase if the amount on deposit
in the Pre-Funding Account exceeds $ . The Certificate Prepayment Premium will
equal the excess, if any,  discounted as described below, of (i) the amount of
interest   that  would  accrue  on  the  remaining   Pre-Funded   Amount  (the
"Certificate Prepayment Amount") at the Class A Pass Through Rate or the Class
B Pass  Through  Rate,  as  applicable,  during the period  commencing  on and
including  the Payment  Date on which such  Certificate  Prepayment  Amount is
required to be  distributed to  Certificateholders  to but excluding over (ii)
the amount of interest that would have accrued on such Certificate  Prepayment
Amount over the same period at a per annum rate of interest  equal to the bond
equivalent yield to maturity on the Determination  Date preceding such Payment
Date on the . Such excess shall be discounted to present value to such Payment
Date at the yield  described in clause (ii) above.  The Trust's  obligation to
pay the  Certificate  Prepayment  Premium  shall be  limited to funds that are
received  from the Seller under the  Agreement as  liquidated  damages for the
failure to deliver Subsequent Receivables having an aggregate principal amount
equal to the Pre-Funded Amount. No other assets of the Trust will be available
for the purpose of making such payment.


OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT

    If the Servicer  exercises its option to purchase the Receivables when the
Pool Balance declines to 10% or less of the Initial Pool Balance,  the Class A
Certificateholders   will  receive  an  amount  in  respect  of  the  Class  A
Certificates  equal to the outstanding  Class A Certificate  Balance  together
with  accrued  interest  at the  Class  A  Pass  Through  Rate,  the  Class  B
Certificateholders   will  receive  an  amount  in  respect  of  the  Class  B
Certificates  equal to the outstanding  Class B Certificate  Balance  together
with accrued  interest at the Class B Pass Through Rate,  which  distributions
shall effect early  retirement of the  Certificates.  See  "Description of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Termination" in the Prospectus.


SALE AND ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES; SUBSEQUENT RECEIVABLES

    Certain  information  with  respect  to  the  conveyance  of  the  Initial
Receivables  from the Seller to the Trust on the Closing Date  pursuant to the
Agreement  is set forth  under  "Description  of the  Transfer  and  Servicing
Agreements  -- Sale and  Assignment  of  Receivables"  in the  Prospectus.  In
addition,  during the Funding  Period,  pursuant to the Agreement,  the Seller
will be  obligated  to sell to the  Trust  Subsequent  Receivables  having  an
aggregate  principal balance equal to approximately $ (such amount being equal
to  the  initial  Pre-Funded  Amount)  to  the  extent  that  such  Subsequent
Receivables are available.

    During the Funding Period on each Subsequent Transfer Date, subject to the
conditions  described  below,  the  Seller  will sell and assign to the Trust,
without recourse,  the Seller's entire interest in the Subsequent  Receivables
designated  by the  Seller  as of  the  related  Subsequent  Cutoff  Date  and
identified in a schedule attached to a subsequent transfer assignment relating
to such  Subsequent  Receivables  executed on such date by the  Seller.  It is
expected that on the Closing Date, subject to the conditions  described below,
certain of the  Subsequent  Receivables  designated  by the Seller and arising
between the Initial  Cutoff Date and the Closing  Date will be conveyed to the
Trust.  Upon  the  conveyance  of  Subsequent  Receivables  to the  Trust on a
Subsequent  Transfer  Date,  (i) the Pool Balance  will  increase in an amount
equal to the aggregate principal balance of the Subsequent  Receivables,  (ii)
an amount equal to % of the  aggregate  principal  balance of such  Subsequent
Receivables  will be  withdrawn  from  the  Pre-Funding  Account  and  will be
deposited  in the Reserve  Account and (iii) an amount  equal to the excess of
the aggregate principal balance of such Subsequent Receivables over the amount
described in clause (ii) will be withdrawn  from the  Pre-Funding  Account and
paid to the Seller.

    Any conveyance of Subsequent  Receivables is subject to the  satisfaction,
on or before the related Subsequent Transfer Date, of the following conditions
precedent,  among others: (i) each such Subsequent Receivable must satisfy the
eligibility   criteria  specified  in  the  Agreement   (including  that  such
Subsequent  Receivable  has not been  repurchased  by the Seller  through  the
exercise of optional repurchase provisions contained in another securitization
transaction);   (ii)  the  Seller  will  not  have  selected  such  Subsequent
Receivables  in a manner that it believes is adverse to the  interests  of the
Certificateholders;  (iii)  as of the  related  Subsequent  Cutoff  Date,  the
Receivables, including any Subsequent Receivables conveyed by the Seller as of
such  Subsequent  Cutoff  Date,  satisfy  the  criteria  described  under "The
Receivables Pool" herein and "The Receivables  Pools" in the Prospectus;  (iv)
the applicable  Reserve Account  Initial Deposit for such Subsequent  Transfer
Date  shall  have been  made;  and (v) the  Seller  shall  have  executed  and
delivered  to the  Trustee  a written  assignment  conveying  such  Subsequent
Receivables to the Trust  (including a schedule  identifying  such  Subsequent
Receivables).  Moreover,  any such conveyance of Subsequent  Receivables  made
during any Collection Period will also be subject to the  satisfaction,  on or
about the  fifteenth  day of the month  following  the end of such  Collection
Period, of the following conditions  subsequent,  among others: (i) the Seller
will have delivered  certain opinions of counsel to the Trustee and the Rating
Agencies with respect to the validity of the conveyance of all such Subsequent
Receivables  conveyed  during such Collection  Period;  (ii) the Trustee shall
have received written confirmation from a firm of certified independent public
accountants   that,  as  of  each  applicable   Subsequent  Cutoff  Date,  the
Receivables in the Trust at that time,  including the  Subsequent  Receivables
conveyed  by the  Seller as of such  Subsequent  Cutoff  Date,  satisfied  the
parameters  described  under  "The  Receivables  Pool"  herein  and under "The
Receivables Pools" in the Prospectus; and (iii) the Rating Agencies shall have
each notified the Seller in writing  that,  following the addition of all such
Subsequent Receivables,  the Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates
are rated in the same respective rating categories in which they were rated at
the  Closing  Date.  The Seller will  immediately  repurchase  any  Subsequent
Receivable,  at a price  equal  to the  Repurchase  Amount  thereof,  upon the
failure of the Seller to satisfy any of the  foregoing  conditions  subsequent
with respect thereto.

    Subsequent  Receivables  may have been  originated  by CFC at a later date
using credit  criteria  different from those which were applied to the Initial
Receivables. See "Special Considerations--The  Receivables and the Pre-Funding
Account" and "The Receivables Pool" herein.


ACCOUNTS

    In addition to the Accounts referred to under "Description of the Transfer
and Servicing  Agreements--Accounts" in the Prospectus, the Servicer will also
establish  and will  maintain  with the  Trustee,  the Payahead  Account,  the
Pre-Funding  Account  and the Reserve  Account,  in the name of the Trustee on
behalf of the Certificateholders.  The Reserve Account will not be part of the
Trust.


SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

    The  Servicing Fee Rate with respect to the Servicing Fee for the Servicer
will be 1.00%  per  annum  of the  Pool  Balance  as of the  first  day of the
Collection  Period  (after giving  effect to  distributions  to be made on the
following  Payment Date).  The Servicing Fee (together with any portion of the
Servicing Fee that remains  unpaid from prior  Payment  Dates) will be paid on
each Payment Date solely to the extent of the  Interest  Distribution  Amount.
See   "Description   of  the  Transfer  and  Servicing   Agreements--Servicing
Compensation and Payment of Expenses" in the Prospectus.


DISTRIBUTIONS

    Deposits to Collection Account. On or about the Business Day of each month
(the "Determination Date"), the Servicer will provide the Trustee with certain
information  with respect to the preceding  Collection  Period,  including the
amount of aggregate collections on the Receivables,  the aggregate Advances to
be made by the Servicer and the aggregate  Repurchase Amount of Receivables to
be repurchased by the Seller or to be purchased by the Servicer  (exclusive of
Payaheads  allocable to principal that have not been applied as payments under
the related  Receivables in such Collection  Period and inclusive of Payaheads
allocable  to principal  that have been applied as payments  under the related
Receivables in such Collection Period).

    On or before each Payment Date, the Servicer shall cause to be transferred
from the Payahead  Account to the Collection  Account  scheduled  payments due
during the related  Collection Period or as may be applied to full prepayments
on the Precomputed Receivables.

    On or  before  each  Payment  Date,  the  Servicer  will  cause  the Total
Distribution  Amount to be deposited into the Collection  Account.  The "Total
Distribution  Amount"  for a  Payment  Date  shall be the sum of the  Interest
Distribution  Amount and the  Principal  Distribution  Amount  (other than the
portion thereof attributable to Realized Losses).  "Realized Losses" means the
excess of the principal balance of any Liquidated  Receivable over Liquidation
Proceeds to the extent  allocable  to  principal  received  in the  Collection
Period in which the Receivable became a Liquidated Receivable.

    The "Interest  Distribution  Amount" for a Payment Date  generally will be
the sum of the  following  amounts  with respect to the  preceding  Collection
Period:  (i) that portion of all  collections  on the  Receivables  (including
amounts  withdrawn from the Payahead Account but excluding  amounts  deposited
into the Payahead  Account)  allocable  to interest;  (ii) all proceeds of the
liquidation  of  defaulted  Receivables  ("Liquidated  Receivables"),  net  of
expenses  incurred by the Servicer in connection with such liquidation and any
amounts  required  by law to be  remitted  to the  Obligor on such  Liquidated
Receivables  ("Liquidation  Proceeds"), to the extent attributable to interest
due thereon in accordance with the Servicer's customary servicing  procedures,
and all recoveries in respect of Liquidated Receivables which were written off
in prior  Collection  Periods;  (iii) all  Advances  made by the  Servicer  of
interest due on the Receivables; (iv) the Repurchase Amount of each Receivable
that was  repurchased  by the Seller or  purchased  by the  Servicer  under an
obligation  which arose during the related  Collection  Period,  to the extent
attributable to accrued interest thereon; and (v) Investment Earnings for such
Payment Date.

    The "Principal  Distribution  Amount" for a Payment Date generally will be
the sum of the  following  amounts  with respect to the  preceding  Collection
Period:  (i) that portion of all  collections  on the  Receivables  (including
amounts  withdrawn from the Payahead Account but excluding  amounts  deposited
into the  Payahead  Account)  allocable  to  principal;  (ii) all  Liquidation
Proceeds  attributable  to the principal  amount of  Receivables  which became
Liquidated  Receivables  during such Collection  Period in accordance with the
Servicer's customary servicing procedures,  plus the amount of Realized Losses
with respect to such Liquidated  Receivables;  (iii) all Precomputed  Advances
made by the Servicer of principal due on the Precomputed Receivables;  (iv) to
the extent  attributable  to principal,  the Repurchase  Amount  received with
respect  to each  Receivable  repurchased  by the Seller or  purchased  by the
Servicer under an obligation which arose during the related Collection Period;
(v) partial  prepayments  relating to refunds of extended warranty  protection
plan costs or of physical damage,  credit life or disability  insurance policy
premiums,  but only if such costs or premiums were financed by the  respective
Obligor  as of the  date of the  original  contract;  and  (vi)  on the  Final
Scheduled  Payment Date, any amounts  advanced by the Servicer with respect to
principal on the Receivables.

    The Interest Distribution Amount and the Principal  Distribution Amount on
any Payment Date shall exclude the following:

                  (i)  amounts  received  on  Precomputed  Receivables  to the
         extent  that  the  Servicer  has  previously   made  an  unreimbursed
         Precomputed Advance;

                  (ii)  Liquidation  Proceeds  with  respect  to a  particular
         Precomputed Receivable to the extent of any unreimbursed  Precomputed
         Advances thereon;

                  (iii)  all  payments  and  proceeds  (including  Liquidation
         Proceeds) of any Receivables the Repurchase  Amount of which has been
         included  in the  Total  Distribution  Amount  in a prior  Collection
         Period;

                  (iv)  amounts  received  in  respect of  interest  on Simple
         Interest Receivables during the preceding Collection Period in excess
         of the  amount  of  interest  that  would  have been due  during  the
         Collection Period on Simple Interest  Receivables at their respective
         APRs  (assuming  that a payment is received  on each Simple  Interest
         Receivable on the due date thereof);

                  (v)  Liquidation  Proceeds with respect to a Simple Interest
         Receivable  attributable to accrued and unpaid interest  thereon (but
         not including  interest for the then current  Collection  Period) but
         only to the extent of any unreimbursed Simple Interest Advances; and

                  (vi) amounts released from the Pre-Funding Account.

    The Interest  Distribution  Amount and Principal  Distribution Amount with
respect  to any  Payment  Date  will  not be  determined  on the  basis of the
reconciliation  methodology  described under  "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreements--Distributions--Allocation of Collections on Receivables;
Reconciliation".

    Calculation of Distributable  Amounts. The "Class A Distributable  Amount"
with  respect to a Payment Date shall be an amount equal to the sum of (i) the
"Class A Principal Distributable Amount", consisting of the Class A Percentage
of the  Principal  Distribution  Amount,  plus  (ii)  the  "Class  A  Interest
Distributable Amount", consisting of thirty (30) days' interest at the Class A
Pass  Through  Rate on the  Class A  Certificate  Balance  as of the  close of
business on the last day of the preceding  Collection Period. In addition,  on
the Final Scheduled Payment Date, the Class A Principal  Distributable  Amount
will  include  the lesser of (A) the Class A  Percentage  of any  payments  of
principal due and remaining  unpaid on each  Receivable in the Trust as of the
last day of the preceding Collection Period and (B) the portion of such amount
necessary  (after  giving effect to the other  amounts  described  above to be
distributed  to the  Class A  Certificateholders  on  such  Payment  Date  and
allocable to principal) to reduce the Class A Certificate Balance to zero.

    The  "Class  A  Certificate  Balance"  shall  equal,   initially,  $  and,
thereafter, shall equal the initial Class A Certificate Balance reduced by all
amounts previously  distributed to Class A Certificateholders and allocable to
principal.

    The "Class B Distributable Amount" with respect to a Payment Date shall be
an  amount  equal  to the  sum of (i) the  "Class  B  Principal  Distributable
Amount",  consisting of the Class B Percentage  of the Principal  Distribution
Amount plus (ii) the "Class B Interest  Distributable  Amount",  consisting of
thirty  (30) days'  interest at the Class B Pass  Through  Rate on the Class B
Certificate  Balance  as of the  close  of  business  on the  last  day of the
preceding Collection Period. In addition, on the Final Scheduled Payment Date,
the principal  required to be  distributed  to the Class B  Certificateholders
will  include  the lesser of (i) the Class B  Percentage  of any  payments  of
principal  due and  remaining  unpaid with respect to the  Receivables  in the
Trust as of the  last  day of the  preceding  Collection  Period  and (ii) the
portion  of the amount in clause (i) above  that is  necessary  (after  giving
effect   to  all   other   amounts   distributed   to  Class  A  and  Class  B
Certificateholders  on such Payment Date and allocable to principal) to reduce
the Class B Certificate Balance to zero.

    The  "Class  B  Certificate  Balance"  shall  equal,   initially, $   and,
thereafter,  shall equal the initial Class B Certificate  Balance,  reduced by
all amounts previously distributed to Class B Certificateholders (or deposited
in the Reserve Account, but not including the Reserve Account Initial Deposit)
and allocable to principal and by Realized Losses.

    Calculation of Amounts to Be Distributed.  Prior to each Payment Date, the
Servicer  will  calculate  the  Total   Distribution   Amount,   the  Class  A
Distributable Amount and the Class B Distributable Amount.

    The holders of the Class A Certificates  will receive on any Payment Date,
to the extent of available  funds,  the Class A  Distributable  Amount and any
outstanding  Class A  Interest  Carryover  Shortfall  and  Class  A  Principal
Carryover  Shortfall  (each as defined below) as of the close of the preceding
Payment  Date.  On each  Payment Date on which the sum of the Class A Interest
Distributable  Amount and any outstanding Class A Interest Carryover Shortfall
from the  preceding  Payment  Date  (plus  interest  on such  Class A Interest
Carryover  Shortfall  at the Class A Pass  Through  Rate  from such  preceding
Payment  Date to the current  Payment  Date,  to the extent  permitted by law)
exceeds the Class A Percentage  of the  Interest  Distribution  Amount  (after
payment  of  the   Servicing   Fee)  on  such  Payment   Date,   the  Class  A
Certificateholders shall be entitled generally to receive such amounts, first,
from the Class B Percentage of the Interest  Distribution  Amount;  second, if
such  amounts  are  insufficient,  from the amounts  available  in the Reserve
Account;  and  third,  if such  amounts  are  insufficient,  from the  Class B
Percentage  of the  Principal  Distribution  Amount  (other  than the  portion
thereof  attributable  to Realized  Losses).  The "Class A Interest  Carryover
Shortfall" as of the close of any Payment Date means the excess of the Class A
Interest  Distributable  Amount for such Payment  Date,  plus any  outstanding
Class A Interest  Carryover  Shortfall from the preceding  Payment Date,  plus
interest on such  outstanding  Class A Interest  Carryover  Shortfall,  to the
extent  permitted by law, at the Class A Pass Through Rate from such preceding
Payment Date  through the current  Payment  Date,  over the amount of interest
that the holders of the Class A Certificates actually received on such current
Payment Date.

    On  each  Payment  Date  on  which  the  sum  of  the  Class  A  Principal
Distributable Amount and any outstanding Class A Principal Carryover Shortfall
from  the  preceding  Payment  Date  exceeds  the  Class A  Percentage  of the
Principal   Distribution   Amount   on  such   Payment   Date,   the  Class  A
Certificateholders  shall be entitled to receive such amounts first,  from the
Class B  Percentage  of the  Principal  Distribution  Amount  (other  than the
portion thereof attributable to Realized Losses);  second, if such amounts are
insufficient,  from amounts  available in the Reserve  Account;  and third, if
such amounts are  insufficient,  from the Class B  Percentage  of the Interest
Distribution  Amount.  The "Class A Principal  Carryover  Shortfall" as of the
close of any Payment  Date means the excess of the Class A plus any  Principal
Distributable  Amount outstanding Class A Principal  Carryover  Shortfall from
the  preceding  Payment Date over the amount of principal  that the holders of
the Class A Certificates actually received on such current Payment Date.

    The holders of the Class B Certificates  will receive on any Payment Date,
to the extent of available  funds,  the Class B  Distributable  Amount and any
outstanding  Class B  Interest  Carryover  Shortfall  and  Class  B  Principal
Carryover  Shortfall  (each as defined below) as of the close of the preceding
Payment  Date.  On each  Payment Date on which the sum of the Class B Interest
Distributable  Amount and any outstanding Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall
from the  preceding  Payment  Date  (plus  interest  on such  Class B Interest
Carryover  Shortfall  at the Class B Pass  Through  Rate  from such  preceding
Payment  Date to the current  Payment  Date,  to the extent  permitted by law)
exceeds the Class B Percentage  of the  Interest  Distribution  Amount  (after
payment of the  Servicing  Fee) on such Payment Date less any portion  thereof
required to be distributed to the Class A Certificateholders pursuant to their
prior  rights as  described  above,  the Class B  Certificateholders  shall be
entitled generally to receive such amounts, first, from the Class A Percentage
of the  Interest  Distribution  Amount  that is not  otherwise  required to be
distributed to the Class A Certificateholders  as described above and, second,
from the amount, if any, available in the Reserve Account (after giving effect
to   any   withdrawals   therefrom   for   distribution   to   the   Class   A
Certificateholders  on such  Payment  Date).  The "Class B Interest  Carryover
Shortfall" as of the close of any Payment Date means the excess of the Class B
Interest  Distributable  Amount for such Payment  Date,  plus any  outstanding
Class B Interest  Carryover  Shortfall from the preceding  Payment Date,  plus
interest on such  outstanding  Class B Interest  Carryover  Shortfall,  to the
extent  permitted by law, at the Class B Pass Through Rate from such preceding
Payment Date  through the current  Payment  Date,  over the amount of interest
that the holders of the Class B Certificates actually received on such current
Payment Date.

    On  each  Payment  Date  on  which  the  sum  of  the  Class  B  Principal
Distributable Amount and any outstanding Class B Principal Carryover Shortfall
from  the  preceding  Payment  Date  exceeds  the  Class B  Percentage  of the
Principal  Distribution  Amount on such Payment Date less any portion  thereof
required to be distributed to the Class A Certificateholders pursuant to their
prior  rights as  described  above,  the Class B  Certificateholders  shall be
entitled to receive such amounts, first, from the Interest Distribution Amount
that is not  otherwise  required to be  distributed  to the Class A or Class B
Certificateholders  as described above and, second,  from amounts available in
the Reserve Account (after giving effect to any withdrawals  therefrom on such
Payment  Date  for  distribution  to the  Class A  Certificateholders  and for
distribution  of  interest  to the Class B  Certificateholders).  The "Class B
Principal  Carryover  Shortfall" as of the close of any Payment Date means the
excess of the Class B  Principal  Distributable  Amount  plus any  outstanding
Class B Principal Carryover Shortfall from the preceding Payment Date over the
amount of principal that the holders of Class B Certificates actually received
on such current Payment Date.


SUBORDINATION OF THE CLASS B CERTIFICATES; RESERVE ACCOUNT

    The rights of the Class B Certificateholders to receive distributions with
respect to the Receivables generally will be subordinated to the rights of the
Class A  Certificateholders  in the event of defaults and delinquencies on the
Receivables as described herein and provided in the Agreement.  The protection
afforded  to the  Class A  Certificateholders  through  subordination  will be
effected both by the preferential right of the Class A  Certificateholders  to
receive  current  distributions  with  respect to the  Receivables  and by the
establishment of the Reserve Account. The Reserve Account will be created with
an initial  deposit by the Seller of the Reserve  Account  Initial Deposit and
will be  augmented by deposit  therein on each Payment Date of the amount,  if
any, remaining from the Total Distribution  Amount after the distributions due
to the  Certificateholders  have been made  until  the  amount in the  Reserve
Account reaches the Specified Reserve Account Balance for such Payment Date.

    The Reserve  Account  will not be part of or otherwise  includible  in the
Trust and will be a segregated  trust  account  held by the  Trustee.  On each
Payment  Date,  (i) if the amounts on deposit in the Reserve  Account are less
than the Specified  Reserve Account Balance for such Payment Date, the Trustee
will,   after  payment  of  any  amounts   required  to  be   distributed   to
Certificateholders  and the payment of the  Servicing  Fee due with respect to
the  related  Collection  Period  (including  any unpaid  Servicing  Fees with
respect to prior Collection  Periods) withdraw from the Collection Account and
deposit in the Reserve Account the amount remaining in the Collection  Account
that would  otherwise be  distributed  to the Company,  or such lesser portion
thereof as is sufficient to restore the amount in the Reserve  Account to such
Specified  Reserve  Account  Balance for such  Payment  Date,  and (ii) if the
amount on deposit in the Reserve  Account on such Payment  Date (after  giving
effect to all  deposits or  withdrawals  therefrom  on such  Payment  Date) is
greater than the Specified  Reserve Account Balance for such Payment Date, the
Trustee will release and distribute  any such excess to the Company.  Upon any
such distribution to the Company, the  Certificateholders  will have no rights
in, or claims to, such amounts.

    Amounts held from time to time in the Reserve  Account will continue to be
held for the benefit of holders of the Class A Certificates and holders of the
Class B  Certificates.  Funds in the  Reserve  Account  shall be  invested  as
provided in the  Agreement  in  Eligible  Investments.  The  Company  shall be
entitled to receive all investment earnings on amounts in the Reserve Account.
Investment  income on amounts in the Reserve Account will not be available for
distribution to the  Certificateholders  or otherwise subject to any claims or
rights of the Certificateholders.

    The time  necessary  for the  Reserve  Account to reach and  maintain  the
Specified  Reserve  Account Balance at any time after the Closing Date will be
affected  by  the  delinquency,   credit  loss,  repossession  and  prepayment
experience of the Receivables and, therefore, cannot be accurately predicted.

    The  subordination  of the Class B  Certificates  and the Reserve  Account
described  above are intended to enhance the  likelihood of receipt by Class A
Certificateholders  of the  full  amount  of  principal  and  interest  on the
Receivables  due  them  and to  decrease  the  likelihood  that  the  Class  A
Certificateholders  will experience losses. However, in certain circumstances,
the Reserve Account could be depleted and shortfalls could result.

    If on any  Payment  Date the  holders of the Class A  Certificates  do not
receive  the sum of the Class A  Distributable  Amount,  the Class A  Interest
Carryover  Shortfall  and the Class A Principal  Carryover  Shortfall for such
Payment Date (after  giving effect to any amounts  withdrawn  from the Reserve
Account  and the Class B  Percentage  of the  Total  Distribution  Amount  and
applied to such deficiency,  as described  above),  the holders of the Class B
Certificates  generally will not receive any portion of the Total Distribution
Amount. While the Class B  Certificateholders  are entitled to receive amounts
from the Reserve Account as described above,  such entitlement is subordinated
to the rights of the Class A  Certificateholders  to receive  amounts from the
Reserve Account as described  above. If the Reserve Account becomes  depleted,
the Class B Certificateholders  may experience shortfalls in the distributions
due them and incur a loss on their investment.


                    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

    In the opinion of Brown & Wood LLP, the Trust will be treated as a grantor
trust for federal  income tax purposes,  will not be subject to federal income
tax and will not be  characterized  as an  association  (or a publicly  traded
partnership)  taxable  as a  corporation.  See  "Certain  Federal  Income  Tax
Consequences" and "Certain State Tax Consequences" in the Prospectus.


                             ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES

     Subject    to    the    considerations    set    forth    under    "ERISA
Considerations--Senior  Certificates Issued By Trusts" in the Prospectus,  the
Class A Certificates may be purchased by or with assets of an employee benefit
plan or an  individual  retirement  account  (a  "Plan")  subject  to ERISA or
Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").  A
fiduciary of a Plan must  determine that the purchase of a Class A Certificate
is consistent  with its fiduciary  duties under ERISA and does not result in a
nonexempt prohibited transaction as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section
4975 of the Code. For additional  information regarding treatment of the Class
A Certificates under ERISA, see "ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.


THE CLASS B CERTIFICATES

    The Class B  Certificates  may not be acquired by (a) an employee  benefit
plan (as defined in Section  3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the  provisions
of Title I of ERISA, (b) a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code or
(c) any entity  whose  underlying  assets  include  plan assets by reason of a
plan's  investment in the entity.  By its acceptance of a Class B Certificate,
each  Class  B  Certificateholder  will be  deemed  to  have  represented  and
warranted that it is not subject to the foregoing  limitation.  For additional
information  regarding  treatment of the Class B Certificates under ERISA, see
"ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.


                                 UNDERWRITING

    Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an Underwriting Agreement
(the  "Underwriting  Agreement"),  the Seller has agreed to cause the Trust to
sell to each of the Underwriters named below (the "Underwriters"), and each of
the  Underwriters  has severally  agreed to purchase,  the principal amount of
[Class A] Certificates set forth opposite its name below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                      PRINCIPAL  AMOUNT  OF          PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
UNDERWRITERS          CLASS A CERTIFICATES          CLASS B CERTIFICATES
- ------------          ---------------------         --------------------
<S>                   <C>                           <C>

                      $                             $

 Total......          $                             $
</TABLE>


    The  Seller  has  been  advised  by the  Underwriters  that  they  propose
initially to offer the [Class A]  Certificates to the public at the prices set
forth herein, and to certain dealers at such price less the initial concession
not in excess of % per [Class A] Certificate.  The Underwriters may allow, and
such  dealers  may  reallow,  a  concession  not in excess of % per  [Class A]
Certificate to certain other dealers. After the initial public offering of the
[Class A] Certificates, the public offering prices and such concessions may be
changed.


                                LEGAL OPINIONS

    In addition to the legal  opinions  described in the  Prospectus,  certain
legal  matters  relating  to the  Certificates  will be  passed  upon  for the
Underwriters  and certain  federal income tax and other matters will be passed
upon for the Trust by [ ]. [ may from time to time  render  legal  services to
CFC and its affiliates].


                                INDEX OF TERMS


Agreement..............................................................S-12
APR....................................................................S-13
Cede....................................................................S-2
Certificate Prepayment Amount..........................................S-19
Certificate Prepayment Premium..........................................S-5
CFC.....................................................................S-4
Chrysler...............................................................S-11
Class A Certificate Balance............................................S-22
Class A Distributable Amount...........................................S-22
Class A Interest Carryover Shortfall...................................S-23
Class A Interest Distributable Amount..................................S-22
Class A Percentage.....................................................S-18
Class A Principal Carryover Shortfall..................................S-23
Class A Principal Distributable Amount.................................S-22
Class B Certificate Balance............................................S-22
Class B Distributable Amount...........................................S-22
Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall...................................S-23
Class B Interest Distributable Amount..................................S-22
Class B Percentage.....................................................S-18
Class B Principal Carryover Shortfall..................................S-24
Class B Principal Distributable Amount.................................S-22
Closing Date............................................................S-4
Code...................................................................S-25
Cutoff Date............................................................S-12
Daimler................................................................S-11
Determination Date.....................................................S-21
DTC.....................................................................S-2
Initial Pool Balance....................................................S-4
Interest Distribution Amount...........................................S-21
Issuer..................................................................S-4
Liquidated Receivables.................................................S-21
Liquidation Proceeds...................................................S-21
LLC....................................................................S-18
Mandatory Repurchase...................................................S-19
Payment Date............................................................S-4
Plan...................................................................S-25
Principal Distribution Amount..........................................S-21
Rating Agencies.........................................................S-9
Realized Losses........................................................S-21
Receivables.............................................................S-4
Receivables Pool.......................................................S-12
Seller..................................................................S-4
Servicer................................................................S-4
Total Distribution Amount..............................................S-21
Trust...................................................................S-4
Trustee.................................................................S-4
Underwriters...........................................................S-25
Underwriting Agreement.................................................S-25



- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                             PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

                                                         PAGE
                                                         ----

Reports to Certificateholders........................    S-2
Table of Contents....................................    S-3
Summary of Terms.....................................    S-4
Special Considerations...............................    S-8
The Trust............................................    S-12
The Receivables Pool.................................    S-12
Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C.....................    S-17
Weighted Average Life of the Certificates............    S-18
Description of the Certificates......................    S-18
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences..............    S-25
ERISA Considerations.................................    S-25
Underwriting.........................................    S-25
Legal Opinions.......................................    S-26
Index of Terms.......................................    S-27

                      PROSPECTUS                          
Available Information................................    3
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference......    3
Summary of Terms.....................................    4
Special Considerations...............................    7
The Trusts...........................................    11
The Receivables Pools................................    12
Weighted Average Life of the Securities..............    14
Pool Factors for Securities and Trading Information..    14
Use of Proceeds......................................    15
Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C.....................    15
Description of the Notes.............................    16
Description of the Certificates......................    20
Certain Information Regarding the Securities.........    21
Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements.    31
Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables.............    41
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences..............    44
Certain State Tax Consequences.......................    55
ERISA Considerations.................................    55
Plan of Distribution.................................    59
Legal Opinions.......................................    59
Index of Terms.......................................    60

DEALERS WILL DELIVER A PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT  AND  PROSPECTUS  WHEN ACTING AS
UNDERWRITERS OF THE OFFERED NOTES AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD  ALLOTMENTS
OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.  IN ADDITION, ALL DEALERS SELLING OFFERED NOTES WILL DELIVER
A PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT AND  PROSPECTUS  UNTIL 90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS
PROSPECUTS SUPPLEMENT.


==============================================================================



                                $-------------

                              PREMIER AUTO TRUST

                                    -------

                                  $----------
                    __% ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, CLASS A

                                  $----------
                   [__% ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, CLASS B]



                              CHRYSLER FINANCIAL
                                COMPANY L.L.C.
                              SELLER AND SERVICER

                                ---------------

                             PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

                             DATED ______________

                                ---------------


                                [UNDERWRITERS]




==============================================================================


<PAGE>

INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT  TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.   A
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  RELATING  TO THESE  SECURITIES  HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION.  THESE  SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR
THE  SOLICITATION  OF AN  OFFER  TO BUY NOR  SHALL  THERE  BE ANY  SALE OF THESE
SECURITIES  IN ANY STATE IN WHICH  SUCH  OFFER,  SOLICITATION  OR SALE  WOULD BE
UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY
SUCH STATE.


Subject to Completion, dated             .
                             ------------
Prospectus Supplement
(To Prospectus dated ___________, ____)

                                $_______________
                            PREMIER AUTO TRUST ____-_
        $____________ CLASS A-2, ____% ASSET BACKED NOTES, DUE _________
        $____________ CLASS A-3, ____% ASSET BACKED NOTES, DUE _________
        $____________ CLASS A-4, ____% ASSET BACKED NOTES, DUE _________
                       CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.,
                               SELLER AND SERVICER
                              ____________________

          BEFORE  YOU  DECIDE TO INVEST IN ANY OF THE  OFFERED  NOTES,
          PLEASE  READ  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT  AND  PROSPECTUS,
          ESPECIALLY THE SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS  BEGINNING ON PAGE S-8
          OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND PAGE 7 OF THE PROSPECTUS.

          The Notes will be obligations of the Trust only, and neither
          the  Notes  nor  the  assets  of the  Trust  will  represent
          interests in or  obligations of Chrysler  Financial  Company
          L.L.C. or any of its affiliates.

GENERAL:

o         Premier Auto Trust ____-_ will issue the above Offered Notes to obtain
          funds for the purchase of a pool of motor vehicle  retail  installment
          contracts.  The securities represent obligations of the Trust, and the
          Trust's main source of funds for making  payments on the securities is
          collections on the retail installment contracts.

o         Interest  and  principal  will be  payable  on the ___ of each  month,
          unless the  ____________  is not a Business  Day, in which  case,  the
          payment will be made on the following  Business Day. The first payment
          will be due ___________, ____.

o         Principal will be paid on the notes in sequence. All principal will be
          paid on the Class A-1 Notes until they are fully  paid,  then on Class
          A-2 Notes until fully paid, etc.


TOTAL SECURITIES ISSUED:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=================================== ==================== ==================== ==================== ==================
                                         ORIGINAL                                UNDERWRITING         PROCEEDS TO
                                     PRINCIPAL AMOUNT    PRICE TO PUBLIC(2)        DISCOUNT          SELLER(2)(3)
- ----------------------------------- -------------------- -------------------- -------------------- ------------------
<S>                                 <C>                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>
Class A-1 Notes(1)...............     $______________            n/a                  n/a                 n/a

Class A-2 Notes..................     $______________         ________%            ________%          __________%

Class A-3 Notes..................     $______________         ________%            ________%          __________%

Class A-4 Notes..................     $______________         ________%            ________%          __________%

Certificates (Subordinated)(1)...     $______________            n/a                  n/a                 n/a
- ----------------------------------- -------------------- -------------------- -------------------- ------------------
Total............................     $______________      $_____________       $______________     $_____________
=================================== ==================== ==================== ==================== ==================
</TABLE>
(1)  Not being offered hereby.
(2) Plus accrued  interest,  if any from ________ __, ____.
(3) Before deducting expenses, estimated to be $__________.

INITIAL CREDIT ENHANCEMENT (1):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==================================================== ===================== ===================== =====================
                                                           INITIAL             CERTIFICATES              CASH
                                                     OVERCOLLATERALIZATION    (SUBORDINATED)         RESERVE FUND
- ---------------------------------------------------- --------------------- --------------------- ---------------------
<S>                                                  <C>                   <C>                   <C>
Amount............................................      $_____________       $_______________       $____________

Percent of Initial Securities Amount..............          ____%                 ____%                 ____%
==================================================== ===================== ===================== =====================
</TABLE>

(1) Excess Spread, if any, may also provide credit enhancement.
                               ___________________

     We expect that  delivery of the  Offered  Notes will be made in  book-entry
form only through the facilities of The Depository  Trust Company and Cedelbank,
and the Euroclear System on or about ___________________.

     Neither  the  SEC nor any  state  securities  commission  has  approved  or
disapproved the Offered Notes or determined that this Prospectus  Supplement and
Prospectus  are accurate or complete.  Any  representation  to the contrary is a
criminal offense.
                               ___________________

                                 [UNDERWRITERS]
                                  ------------

            THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT IS _______________
<PAGE>

    Application  will be made to list the Offered Notes on the Luxembourg  Stock
Exchange.

CONTENT OF PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND PROSPECTUS

    You should rely only on the information  contained in this document. We have
not authorized anyone to provide you with different information.  You should not
assume that the  information in the  Prospectus  Supplement or the Prospectus is
accurate  as of any date  other than the date at the bottom of the front page of
this document.

    We  provide  information  to you about  the  Offered  Notes in two  separate
documents that provide varying levels of detail: (a) this Prospectus Supplement,
which describes the specific terms of the Offered Notes, and (b) the Prospectus,
which provides general  information,  some of which may not apply to the Offered
Notes.

    If the terms of the Offered Notes  described in this  Prospectus  Supplement
vary with the accompanying Prospectus, you should rely on the information in the
Prospectus Supplement.

    We include cross-references in this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus
to captions in these documents  where you can find further related  discussions.
The Table of Contents on the back cover of this  document  provides the pages on
which these captions are located.

    You can find a listing  of the pages  where  capitalized  terms used in this
Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus are defined under the caption "Index of
Terms" on page S-25 in this  Prospectus  Supplement and under the caption "Index
of Terms" beginning on page 60 in the Prospectus.

LIMITATIONS ON OFFERS OR SOLICITATIONS

    We do not intend this document to be an offer or solicitation:

               (A)  if  used  in  a   jurisdiction   in  which   such  offer  or
                    solicitation is not authorized;
               (B)  if the  person  making  such  offer or  solicitation  is not
                    qualified to do so; or
               (C)  if such offer or  solicitation  is made to anyone to whom it
                    is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation.

TRANSACTIONS THAT MAY AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE OFFERED NOTES

    The Underwriters  may engage in transactions  that stabilize,  maintain,  or
otherwise affect the price of the Offered Notes.  Such  transactions may include
stabilizing  and  the  purchase  of  Offered  Notes  to  cover  syndicate  short
positions. For a description of these activities, see "Underwriting" herein.

                                      S-2
<PAGE>
                             REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS

    If and when Definitive Notes are issued,  Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C.,
as  servicer,   will  send  monthly  and  annual  unaudited  reports  containing
information  concerning the Receivables to the Indenture Trustee to be delivered
to Cede & Co.  ("Cede"),  as nominee of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") and
registered holder of the Offered Notes. See "Certain  Information  Regarding the
Securities -- Book-Entry  Registration" and "-- Reports to  Securityholders"  in
the Prospectus.  Such reports will not constitute  financial statements prepared
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  Chrysler Financial
Company L.L.C., as originator of the Trust, will file with the SEC such periodic
reports as are required under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.

                                      S-3
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                     PAGE
                                                     ----

REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS.............................  S-3
SUMMARY OF TERMS...................................  S-5
   Issuer..........................................  S-5
   Seller of the Receivables to the Trust..........  S-5
   Servicer of the Receivables.....................  S-5
   Indenture Trustee...............................  S-5
   Owner Trustee...................................  S-5
   Offered Notes...................................  S-5
   Certificates....................................  S-5
   Receivables.....................................  S-5
   Closing Date....................................  S-5
   Terms of the Notes..............................  S-5
     Payment Date..................................  S-5
     Per Annum Interest Rates......................  S-6
     Interest Accrual Period for the Notes.........  S-6
     Principal.....................................  S-6
   Credit Enhancement..............................  S-7
     Initial Overcollateralization; Use of
       Excess Spread to Increase
       Overcollateralization.......................  S-7
     Reserve Account...............................  S-7
     Priority of Payments; Subordination of
       Certificates................................  S-7
   Tax Status......................................  S-7
   ERISA Considerations............................  S-7
   Rating of the Offered Notes.....................  S-7
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS.............................  S-8
   Limited Liquidity...............................  S-8
   Servicing.......................................  S-8
   Sources of Funds................................  S-8
   Ratings of the Offered Notes....................  S-8
   Financial Information for Chrysler Financial
     Company L.L.C.................................  S-8
   Risks Associated with Computer Systems
     and the Year 2000............................. S-10
THE TRUST.......................................... S-11
   General......................................... S-11
   Capitalization of the Trust..................... S-11
   The Owner Trustee............................... S-11
THE RECEIVABLES POOL............................... S-12
   CFC's Performance History....................... S-13
CHRYSLER FINANCIAL                             
  COMPANY L.L.C.................................... S-14
WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE                   
  NOTES............................................ S-15
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES........................... S-15
   General......................................... S-15
   Payments of Interest............................ S-15
   Payments of Principal........................... S-16
   Optional Redemption............................. S-16
   Book-Entry Registration......................... S-17
DESCRIPTION OF THE                             
  CERTIFICATES..................................... S-17
DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER                    
   AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS........................ S-17
   Sale and Assignment of Receivables.............. S-17
   Accounts........................................ S-17
   Servicing Compensation and Payment of       
     Expenses...................................... S-17
   Distributions................................... S-18
     Deposits to Collection Account................ S-18
     Allocations and Distributions................. S-18
     Payments to Noteholders....................... S-20
   Overcollateralization and Release of the    
     Initial Overcollateralization Amount.......... S-20
   Reserve Account................................. S-21
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX                     
  CONSEQUENCES..................................... S-22
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS............................... S-22
UNDERWRITING....................................... S-22
LEGAL OPINIONS..................................... S-24
INDEX OF TERMS..................................... S-25
ANNEX I............................................  A-1

                                      S-4
<PAGE>
                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

    The following summary is a short,  concise  description of the main terms of
the  Offered  Notes.  For this  reason,  the  summary  does not  contain all the
information  that may be important to you. You will find a detailed  description
of the terms of the Offered Notes following this summary and in the Prospectus.

Issuer...................................   Premier  Auto  Trust  ____-__   (The
                                            "Trust" or the "Issuer"), a Delaware
                                            business trust.

Seller of the Receivables
   to the Trust..........................   Chrysler  Financial  Company  L.L.C.
                                            (the "Seller" or "CFC").

Servicer of the Receivables..............   CFC   (in    such    capacity,   the
                                            "Servicer").

Indenture Trustee........................   ____________________________________
                                            (the "Indenture Trustee").

Owner Trustee............................   ____________________________________
                                            (the "Owner Trustee").

Offered Notes............................   The  "Offered   Notes"  include only
                                            the Class A-2  Notes,  the Class A-3
                                            Notes and the Class  A-4  Notes,  as
                                            described  on the  cover  page.  The
                                            Trust will also issue  $____________
                                            principal  amount of Class A-1 ____%
                                            Asset  Backed  Notes.   The  "Notes"
                                            include  the  Offered  Notes and the
                                            Class A-1 Notes.

Certificates.............................   The Trust will also issue $_________
                                            principal  amount  of  Asset  Backed
                                            Certificates  (the  "Certificates").
                                            The   Certificates   will  represent
                                            fractional  undivided  interests  in
                                            the Trust.  The Certificates are not
                                            being    offered     hereby.     The
                                            Certificates will not bear interest.
                                            No  principal  will  be  paid on the
                                            Certificates  until the  Notes  have
                                            been paid in full. The  "Securities"
                                            include    the    Notes    and   the
                                            Certificates.

Receivables..............................   The Trust's main source of funds for
                                            making  payments  on the  Securities
                                            will  be  collections  on its  motor
                                            vehicle  retail   installment  sales
                                            contracts    (the    "Receivables").
                                            Initially,  the Trust  will  acquire
                                            Receivables  with a total  principal
                                            balance  of  $________________  (the
                                            "Initial   Pool   Balance")   as  of
                                            ____________ (the "Cutoff Date"). As
                                            of the  Cutoff  Date,  the  weighted
                                            average  annual  percentage  rate of
                                            the  Receivables  was  approximately
                                            ____%,    the    weighted    average
                                            remaining     maturity     of    the
                                            Receivables was approximately  _____
                                            months,  and  the  weighted  average
                                            original maturity of the Receivables
                                            was  approximately  _____ months. No
                                            Receivable has a scheduled  maturity
                                            later than ______________.  See "The
                                            Receivables Pool" herein.

Closing Date.............................   The   "Closing  Date" is _______ __,
                                            ____.

Terms of the Notes

    A.  Payment Date.....................   Payments  of interest and  principal
                                            on the  Notes  will  be  made on the
                                            _____ day of each month,  unless the
                                            _____  is  not a  Business  Day,  in
                                            which case, the payment will be made
                                            on the following Business Day (each,
                                            a "Payment Date).  The first Payment
                                            Date will be ______________.

                                      S-5
<PAGE>
    B.  Per Annum Interest Rates.........   Class A-1 Rate ____%
                                            Class A-2 Rate ____%
                                            Class A-3 Rate ____%
                                            Class A-4 Rate ____%

   C.    Interest Accrual Period for the
         Notes...........................   Monthly,    as    described    under
                                            "Description of the  Notes--Payments
                                            of  Interest".  However,  the  first
                                            interest  accrual  period will begin
                                            on the Closing Date.

    D.  Principal

        (i) Sequential Payment
            among Classes................   No principal  payments  will be made
                                            (i) on the Class A-2 Notes until the
                                            Class  A-1  Notes  have been paid in
                                            full;  (ii) on the  Class  A-3 Notes
                                            until the Class A-2 Notes  have been
                                            paid in full and; (iii) on the Class
                                            A-4 Notes  until the Class A-3 Notes
                                            have been paid in full.

       (ii) Final Scheduled Payment
            Date.........................   The  Trust must pay the  outstanding
                                            principal  amount  of each  Class of
                                            Notes by the Final Scheduled Payment
                                            Date indicated below:

                                                                 FINAL SCHEDULED
                                            CLASS                  PAYMENT DATE
                                            -----                ---------------
                                             A-1                 ______________
                                             A-2                 ______________
                                             A-3                 ______________
                                             A-4                 ______________

      (iii) Amount of Principal Pay-
            able on Each Payment
            Date.........................   In  general,   the  Trust  will make
                                            payments of  principal  of the Notes
                                            on each  Payment  Date in an  amount
                                            equal  to the  excess  of the  total
                                            amount  collected on the Receivables
                                            over  Servicing Fees and interest on
                                            the Notes. If certain conditions are
                                            met, amounts that would otherwise be
                                            paid as  principal on the Notes will
                                            instead be  released  to the Company
                                            until  the  Company   has   received
                                            $_____________     (the     "Initial
                                            Overcollateralization      Amount"),
                                            which is the  amount of the  initial
                                            overcollateralization supporting the
                                            Securities.  Once  the  Company  has
                                            received         the         Initial
                                            Overcollateralization   Amount,  the
                                            Trust will resume  making  principal
                                            payments  in  the  manner  described
                                            above.

                                            For a description  of the amounts to
                                            be  released  to the Company and the
                                            timing   of   such   releases,   see
                                            "Description  of  the  Transfer  and
                                            Servicing        Agreements       --
                                            Overcollateralization and Release of
                                            Initial        Overcollateralization
                                            Amount" herein.

       (iv) Optional
            Redemption...................   The  Trust may, but is not obligated
                                            to,  redeem  at par the  outstanding
                                            Class A-4 Notes in whole, but not in
                                            part,  on any Payment  Date on which
                                            the Servicer exercises its option to
                                            purchase   the   Receivables.    The
                                            Servicer     may     purchase    the
                                            Receivables   once   the   aggregate
                                            principal balance of the Receivables
                                            has  declined  to 10% or less of the
                                            Initial Pool Balance.

                                      S-6
<PAGE>
Credit Enhancement

A.      Initial Overcollateralization;
        Use of Excess
        Spread to Increase
        Overcollateralization............   The    Initial     Pool   Balance of
                                            $_________________  will  exceed the
                                            $________________  initial aggregate
                                            principal  amount of the  Securities
                                            by the Initial Overcollateralization
                                            Amount  of  $____________,  which is
                                            approximately  ____% of the  initial
                                            aggregate  principal  amount  of the
                                            Securities.  Unless offset by losses
                                            on the Receivables or the release of
                                            cash  to the  Company  as  described
                                            above,  the use of Excess  Spread to
                                            pay  principal  of  the  Notes  will
                                            cause  the   outstanding   principal
                                            amount  of  the  Notes  to  decrease
                                            faster than the principal balance of
                                            the Receivables  decreases,  thereby
                                            increasing overcollateralization and
                                            the            overcollateralization
                                            percentage.

                                            "Excess  Spread"  is the  excess  of
                                            interest    collections    on    the
                                            Receivables  (exclusive  of  certain
                                            amounts)  over  Servicing  Fees  and
                                            interest  on the Notes.  This amount
                                            will be used  first  to  offset  net
                                            losses on the Receivables,  then, if
                                            necessary,  to increase  the Reserve
                                            Account to the  required  amount and
                                            finally  to  pay  principal  on  the
                                            Notes or, in certain  circumstances,
                                            release cash to the Company.

    B.  Reserve Account..................   The initial  amount in the  "Reserve
                                            Account" will be $___________, which
                                            is ____% of the  Initial  Securities
                                            Principal  Balance.   The  Indenture
                                            Trustee  will  apply  funds  in  the
                                            Reserve Account to make payments due
                                            on the Notes that are not covered by
                                            collections on the  Receivables.  In
                                            subsequent   periods,   the  Reserve
                                            Account  will be  reinstated  to its
                                            required  amount with Excess Spread,
                                            if available.

C.      Priority of Payments;
        Subordination of
        Certificates.....................   On each Payment Date, the  Indenture
                                            Trustee   will  apply  the   Trust's
                                            available  funds  (as  described  in
                                            this   document),   first,   to  pay
                                            interest  on the Notes and,  second,
                                            to  pay  the  outstanding  principal
                                            amount  of the  Notes  in the  order
                                            described  herein  and/or to release
                                            cash  to the  Company  as  described
                                            above.    This    subordination   of
                                            payments  on  the   Certificates  is
                                            intended to decrease the  likelihood
                                            that  the  Trust  will   default  in
                                            making payments due on the Notes.

Tax Status...............................   In  the opinion of Brown & Wood LLP,
                                            for federal income tax purposes, the
                                            Offered Notes will be  characterized
                                            as debt,  and the Trust  will not be
                                            characterized  as an association (or
                                            a   publicly   traded   partnership)
                                            taxable   as  a   corporation.   See
                                            "Certain    Federal    Income    Tax
                                            Consequences"  herein  and  "Certain
                                            Federal Income Tax Consequences" and
                                            "Certain State Tax  Consequences" in
                                            the Prospectus.

ERISA Considerations.....................   Subject    to   the   considerations
                                            discussed        under        "ERISA
                                            Considerations"  herein  and  in the
                                            Prospectus,  the  Offered  Notes are
                                            eligible  for  purchase  by employee
                                            benefit plans.

Rating of the Offered Notes..............   At  the Closing  Date,  at least two
                                            nationally     recognized     rating
                                            agencies will rate the Offered Notes
                                            in  the  highest  investment  rating
                                            category.

                                      S-7
<PAGE>
                             SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS

LIMITED LIQUIDITY                        There   is   currently   no   secondary
                                         market  for  the  Offered  Notes.  Each
                                         Underwriter    currently   intends   to
                                         participate   in  making  a   secondary
                                         market in the Offered Notes,  but it is
                                         under no  obligation to do so. There is
                                         no  assurance  that a secondary  market
                                         will  develop.  If a  secondary  market
                                         does  develop,  there  is no  assurance
                                         that it will  continue or that you will
                                         be able to resell your Offered Notes.

SERVICING                                CFC  is  not   obligated  to  make  any
                                         payments in respect of the Notes or the
                                         Receivables.  However,  if CFC  were to
                                         cease  acting  as  Servicer,  delays in
                                         processing  payments on the Receivables
                                         and   information  in  respect  of  the
                                         Receivables  could  occur and result in
                                         delays in payments to you.

SOURCES OF FUNDS                         The Trust will not have any significant
                                         assets  or  sources  of  funds  to make
                                         payments  on the Notes  other  than the
                                         Receivables  and the  Reserve  Account.
                                         You  must  rely for  repayment  of your
                                         Notes upon payments on the  Receivables
                                         and  amounts,  if any,  in the  Reserve
                                         Account.  Although funds in the Reserve
                                         Account  may  be   available   on  each
                                         Payment  Date to  cover  shortfalls  in
                                         distributions of interest and principal
                                         on the Notes, the amounts  available in
                                         the Reserve Account are limited. If the
                                         Reserve Account becomes  depleted,  the
                                         Trust  will  depend  solely on  current
                                         collections on the  Receivables to make
                                         payments on the Notes.

RATINGS OF THE                           On   the   Closing  Date  at  least two
OFFERED NOTES                            nationally  recognized  rating agencies
                                         (the "Rating  Agencies")  will rate the
                                         Offered Notes in the highest investment
                                         rating  category.  A  rating  is  not a
                                         recommendation  to  purchase,  hold  or
                                         sell Notes,  and it does not comment as
                                         to market  price or  suitability  for a
                                         particular investor. The ratings of the
                                         Offered notes address the likelihood of
                                         the payment of  principal  and interest
                                         on the Offered Notes  pursuant to their
                                         terms.  There  is no  assurance  that a
                                         rating will remain for any given period
                                         of time or that a  Rating  Agency  will
                                         not lower or withdraw  its rating if in
                                         its  judgment   circumstances   in  the
                                         future so warrant.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR                Chrysler  Financial  Company L.L.C. and
CHRYSLER FINANCIAL                       its    consolidated   subsidiaries' net
COMPANY L.L.C.                           earnings   were   $116 million and $344
                                         million  for the three  and nine months
                                         ended  September 30, 1998,  compared to
                                         $111  million and $307  million for the
                                         three and nine months  ended  September
                                         30, 1997.  The increase in net earnings
                                         primarily  reflects  higher  gains  and
                                         servicing fees from sales of automotive
                                         receivables,  a decrease  in  provision
                                         for credit losses, and gains from sales
                                         of certain  nonautomotive  assets.  Net
                                         earnings  for the first nine  months of
                                         1997  reflect a one-time  benefit  from
                                         the  adoption of Statement of Financial
                                         Accounting Standards No. 125.

                                         Pursuant to a plan of merger,  dated as
                                         of October 22,  1998,  effective  as of
                                         October 25,  1998,  Chrysler  Financial
                                         Corporation   merged   with   and  into
                                         Chrysler  Financial Company L.L.C. with
                                         Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C. being
                                         the  surviving  entity.  The purpose of
                                         the  merger  was to change  the form of
                                         organization   of  Chrysler   Financial
                                         Corporation  from a corporation  into a
                                         limited liability company. Prior to the
                                         merger,   Chrysler   Financial  Company
                                         L.L.C.   had  no  operations   and  had
                                         nominal  assets  and  liabilities.   In
                                         connection  with the  merger,  Chrysler
                                         Financial  Company L.L.C.  succeeded to
                                         all of the  assets and  liabilities  of
                                         Chrysler  Financial   Corporation.

                                      S-8
<PAGE>
                                         On November  12,  1998,  the  Company's
                                         parent, Chrysler Corporation,  became a
                                         wholly-owned        subsidiary       of
                                         Daimler Chrysler    Aktiengesellscchaft
                                         ("Daimler")  and on November  17, 1998,
                                         Chrysler  Corporation  changed its name
                                         to     DaimlerChrysler      Corporation
                                         ("Chrysler").

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH                    CFC  has conducted an evaluation of the
COMPUTER SYSTEMS AND THE                 actions necessary  to  ensure  that its
YEAR 2000                                business critical computer systems will
                                         function   without    disruption   with
                                         respect  to the  application  of dating
                                         systems in the Year  2000.  As a result
                                         of this  evaluation,  CFC is engaged in
                                         the process of upgrading, replacing and
                                         testing  certain of its information and
                                         other  computer  systems.  While  CFC's
                                         remedial  actions are  scheduled  to be
                                         completed  during the third  quarter of
                                         1999,  there can be no  assurance  that
                                         the remedial actions being  implemented
                                         by CFC  will  be  completed  in time to
                                         avoid dating systems  problems.  If CFC
                                         is  unable  to  complete  its  remedial
                                         actions  in  the   planned   timeframe,
                                         contingency  plans will be developed to
                                         address those business critical systems
                                         that may not be Year 2000 compliant.

                                         In addition,  disruptions  with respect
                                         to  computer   systems  of  vendors  or
                                         customers,   which  are   outside   the
                                         control  of  CFC,   could   impair  the
                                         ability  of  CFC  to  obtain  necessary
                                         services or to provide  services to its
                                         customers.  CFC has a process  in place
                                         to assess  the Year 2000  readiness  of
                                         its  business   critical   vendors  and
                                         customers.  As part  of the  assessment
                                         process,  CFC will develop  contingency
                                         plans  for  those   business   critical
                                         vendors   who  are  either   unable  or
                                         unwilling to develop  remediation plans
                                         to become Year 2000 compliant. Although
                                         these  plans have yet to be  developed,
                                         it is expected that these plans will be
                                         in place by the third quarter of 1999.

                                      S-9
<PAGE>
                                    THE TRUST

GENERAL

    The Issuer, Premier Auto Trust _______, is a business trust formed under the
laws  of  the  State  of  Delaware  pursuant  to the  Trust  Agreement  for  the
transactions described in this Prospectus Supplement. The Trust will be governed
by an Amended and Restated Trust Agreement dated as of _____________ (as amended
and supplemented  from time to time, the "Trust  Agreement"),  among the Seller,
the Owner Trustee and Premier  Receivables  L.L.C.  (the "Company"),  a Michigan
limited liability company that is indirectly wholly-owned by the Seller, for the
transactions described in this Prospectus Supplement.  The Trust will not engage
in any activity other than (i) acquiring,  holding and managing the  Receivables
and the other assets of the Trust and proceeds therefrom, (ii) issuing the Notes
and the  Certificates,  (iii) making payments on the Notes and the  Certificates
and (iv) engaging in other activities that are necessary, suitable or incidental
to do those things.

    The Trust will  initially  be  capitalized  with  equity  (exclusive  of the
amounts deposited in the Reserve Account) equal to $_________________,  which is
the difference  between the aggregate  principal amount of the Receivables as of
the Cutoff Date and the initial  aggregate  principal  amount of the Notes.  The
equity  in the Trust  (including  the right to  receive  distributions  from the
Reserve   Account)  will  be  evidenced  by  the   Certificates  and  additional
certificates issued by the Trust to the Company,  which may thereafter hold such
equity  or sell or  otherwise  transfer  it.  In the  case of any  such  sale or
transfer to another entity, such entity may become the "Company" with respect to
the Trust. The net proceeds from the sale of the Notes will be used by the Trust
to purchase the  Receivables  from the Seller  pursuant to a Sale and  Servicing
Agreement.

    If the  protection  provided to the  investment  of the  Noteholders  by the
Reserve Account is insufficient, the Trust will look only to the Obligors on the
Receivables and the proceeds from the repossession and sale of Financed Vehicles
which secure defaulted Receivables.  In such event, certain factors, such as the
Trust's not having first priority  perfected  security  interests in some of the
Financed  Vehicles,  may affect the Trust's ability to realize on the collateral
securing the Receivables,  and thus may reduce the proceeds to be distributed to
Noteholders  with  respect to the Notes.  See  "Description  of the Transfer and
Servicing  Agreements  --  Distributions"  and "-- Reserve  Account"  herein and
"Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables" in the Prospectus.

    The Trust's  principal offices are in  _____________,  Delaware,  in care of
____________________________,  as Owner  Trustee,  at the address  listed  below
under "-- The Owner Trustee".

CAPITALIZATION OF THE TRUST

    The following table  illustrates the  capitalization  of the Trust as of the
Closing  Date,  as if the issuance and sale of the Notes had taken place on such
date:

                     Class A-1 Notes            $________________
                     Class A-2 Notes            _________________
                     Class A-3 Notes            _________________
                     Class A-4 Notes            _________________
                     Certificates               _________________
                     Equity.........            _________________
                        Total.......            $
                                                =================

THE OWNER TRUSTEE

    ________________________  is the Owner  Trustee  under the Trust  Agreement.
________________________  is a Delaware  banking  corporation  and its principal
offices are located at _________________________, Delaware _____. The Seller and
its affiliates may maintain normal  commercial  banking relations with the Owner
Trustee and its affiliates.

                                      S-10
<PAGE>
                              THE RECEIVABLES POOL

    The pool of  Receivables  (the  "Receivables  Pool") will  include  only the
Receivables  purchased  on the Closing  Date having an Initial  Pool  Balance of
approximately  $________ as of the Cutoff Date. The Receivables  were purchased,
directly or  indirectly,  by the Seller from Dealers in the  ordinary  course of
business and were  selected  from the Seller's  portfolio  for  inclusion in the
Receivables  Pool by  several  criteria,  some of  which  are set  forth  in the
Prospectus under "The Receivables Pools", as well as the requirement that, as of
the  Cutoff  Date,  each  Receivable  (i) had a  principal  balance  of at least
$_________  and (ii)  was not more  than 30 days  past  due (an  account  is not
considered  past due if the  amount  past due is less than 10% of the  scheduled
monthly payment).  As of the Cutoff Date, no Obligor on any Receivable was noted
in the  related  records  of the  Seller as being the  subject  of a  bankruptcy
proceeding,  and no Obligor on any Receivable  financed a Financed Vehicle under
the Seller's  "New-Finance Buyer Plan" program. No selection procedures believed
by  the  Seller  to be  adverse  to  Noteholders  were  used  in  selecting  the
Receivables.  No  Receivable  has  a scheduled maturity later than _________ __,
____.

    Set forth in the following tables is information concerning the composition,
distribution by annual  percentage rate ("APR") and the geographic  distribution
of the Receivables Pool as of the Cutoff Date.

                           PREMIER AUTO TRUST _______
                       COMPOSITION OF THE RECEIVABLES POOL

                                         WEIGHTED       WEIGHTED
WEIGHTED AVERAGE AGGREGATE   NUMBER       AVERAGE        AVERAGE      AVERAGE
     APR OF      PRINCIPAL     OF        REMAINING      ORIGINAL     PRINCIPAL
  RECEIVABLES     BALANCE  RECEIVABLES     TERM           TERM        BALANCE
- ---------------- --------- ----------- -------------- -------------  ---------
      ____%      $________  _________   _____ months   _____ months  $________

    Approximately _____% of the Initial Pool Balance, constituting _____% of the
number of the Receivables,  represent new vehicles,  and approximately _____% of
the Initial Pool Balance,  constituting _____% of the number of the Receivables,
represent  used  vehicles.  Approximately  _____% of the  Initial  Pool  Balance
represents  financing of vehicles  manufactured  or  distributed by Chrysler and
approximately  _____%  of the  Initial  Pool  Balance  represents  financing  of
vehicles  manufactured  or  distributed  by  vehicle  manufacturers  other  than
Chrysler.

    All of the Receivables are Simple Interest Receivables. See "The Receivables
Pools" in the Prospectus for a further  description  of the  characteristics  of
Simple Interest Receivables.

                                      S-11
<PAGE>
                           PREMIER AUTO TRUST _______
                   DISTRIBUTION BY APR OF THE RECEIVABLES POOL

                             NUMBER OF       AGGREGATE     PERCENT OF AGGREGATE
       APR RANGE           RECEIVABLES  PRINCIPAL BALANCE  PRINCIPAL BALANCE(1)
- -------------------------- -----------  -----------------  ---------------------
  0.00% to  5.00%.......                $                             %
  5.01% to  6.00%.......
  6.01% to  7.00%.......
  7.01% to  8.00%.......
  8.01% to  9.00%.......
  9.01% to 10.00%.......
 10.01% to 11.00%.......
 11.01% to 12.00%.......
 12.01% to 13.00%.......
 13.01% to 14.00%.......
 14.01% to 15.00%.......
 15.01% to 16.00%.......
 16.01% to 17.00%.......
 17.01% to 18.00%.......
Greater than 18.00%.....
                           -----------  -----------------  ---------------------
Totals...................               $                          100%
                           ===========  =================  =====================
______________
(1)      Percentages may not add to 100.0% because of rounding.


                           PREMIER AUTO TRUST ________
              GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE RECEIVABLES POOL(1)(2)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          PERCENT OF                                              PERCENT OF
                                          AGGREGATE                                               AGGREGATE
STATE                                 PRINCIPAL BALANCE       STATE                            PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -----                                 -----------------       -----                            -----------------
<S>                                   <C>                     <C>                              <C>
Alabama.......................                                Montana....................
Alaska........................                                Nebraska...................
Arizona.......................                                Nevada.....................
Arkansas......................                                New Hampshire..............
California....................                                New Jersey.................
Colorado......................                                New Mexico.................
Connecticut...................                                New York...................
Delaware......................                                North Carolina.............
District of Columbia..........                                North Dakota...............
Florida.......................                                Ohio.......................
Georgia.......................                                Oklahoma...................
Hawaii........................                                Oregon.....................
Idaho.........................                                Pennsylvania...............
Illinois......................                                Rhode Island...............
Indiana.......................                                South Carolina.............
Iowa..........................                                South Dakota...............
Kansas........................                                Tennessee..................
Kentucky......................                                Texas......................
Louisiana.....................                                Utah.......................
Maine.........................                                Vermont....................
Maryland......................                                Virginia...................
Massachusetts.................                                Washington.................
Michigan......................                                West Virginia..............
Minnesota.....................                                Wisconsin..................
Mississippi...................                                Wyoming....................
Missouri......................                                                                     ______
                                                                Total...................           100.0%
                                                                                                   ======
</TABLE>
______________
(1) Based on physical addresses of the dealers originating the receivables.
(2) Percentages may not add to 100.0% because of rounding.

                                      S-12
<PAGE>
CFC'S PERFORMANCE HISTORY

    Set forth below is certain  information  concerning  the  experience  of the
Seller  and its United  States  subsidiaries  pertaining  to retail new and used
automobile and light duty truck  receivables,  including  those  previously sold
which CFC continues to service.  There can be no assurance that the delinquency,
repossession  and net loss experience on the  Receivables  will be comparable to
that set forth below.

                            DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE(1)
                              (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)

                                                 AT SEPTEMBER 30,
                               ------------------------------------------------
                                         1998                      1997
                               ------------------------  ----------------------
                                  NUMBER                    NUMBER
                                    OF                        OF
                                 CONTRACTS    AMOUNT       CONTRACTS    AMOUNT
                               -----------   --------    -----------   --------
Portfolio.....................   1,786,809   $ 24,700      1,700,645   $ 21,749
Period of Delinquency
  31-60 Days..................      41,473   $    484         52,839   $    656
  61 Days or More.............       3,935         51          8,202        119
                               -----------   --------    -----------   --------
Total Delinquencies...........      45,408   $    535         61,041   $    775
                               ===========   ========    ===========   ========
Total Delinquencies as a
  Percent of  the Portfolio...        2.54%      2.17%          3.59%      3.56%

(TABLE CONTINUED)
                                                 AT DECEMBER 31,
                               ------------------------------------------------
                                          1997                     1996
                               ------------------------  ----------------------
                                 NUMBER                    NUMBER     
                                   OF                        OF       
                                CONTRACTS     AMOUNT      CONTRACTS     AMOUNT
                               -----------   --------    -----------   --------
Portfolio.....................   1,697,755   $ 21,879     1,679,880   $ 21,197
Period of Delinquency
  31-60 Days..................      58,421   $    708        65,297   $    843
  61 Days or More.............       7,360        102         8,175        118
                               -----------   --------    -----------   --------
Total Delinquencies...........      65,781   $    810        73,472   $    961
                               ===========   ========    ===========   ========
Total Delinquencies as a
  Percent of  the Portfolio...        3.87%      3.70%          4.37%      4.53%


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   AT DECEMBER 31,
                                    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              1995                     1994                     1993
                                    ------------------------ ------------------------ -----------------------
                                      NUMBER                   NUMBER                   NUMBER      
                                        OF                       OF                       OF        
                                     CONTRACTS     AMOUNT     CONTRACTS     AMOUNT     CONTRACTS     AMOUNT
                                    -----------  ----------- -----------  ----------- -----------   ---------
<S>                                 <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>
Portfolio......................       1,653,533  $ 20,913      1,444,736   $ 16,977     1,352,218   $ 14,116
Period of Delinquency
  31-60 Days...................          55,507  $    720         25,888   $    293        16,350   $    153
  61 Days or More..............           6,792       100          2,085         27         1,383         15
                                    -----------  ----------- -----------  ----------- -----------   ---------
Total Delinquencies............          62,299  $    820         27,973   $    320        17,733   $    168
                                    ===========  =========== ===========  =========== ===========   =========
Total Delinquencies as a Percent
of the Portfolio................           3.77%        3.92%       1.94%        1.88%       1.31%       1.19%

</TABLE>
______________
(1) All amounts and  percentages  are based on the gross amount  scheduled to be
    paid on each  contract,  including  estimated  unearned  finance  and  other
    charges.  The  information  in the table  includes an  immaterial  amount of
    retail  installment  sale contracts on vehicles other than  automobiles  and
    light duty trucks and includes previously sold contracts which CFC continues
    to service.

                                      S-13
<PAGE>
                     CREDIT LOSS/REPOSSESSION EXPERIENCE(1)
                              (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)

                                            NINE MONTHS
                                        ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                      ------------------------
                                         1998         1997
                                      ----------- ------------

Average Amount Outstanding During
 the Period ........................     $23,214      $21,394
Average Number of Contracts
 Outstanding During the Period .....   1,736,375    1,686,274
Percent of Contracts Acquired
 During the Period with Recourse to
 the Dealer ........................       8.98%       10.14%
Repossessions as a Percent of                                  
 Average Number of Contracts
 Outstanding(2) ....................       2.82%        3.32%
Net Losses as a Percent                                        
 of Liquidations(3)(4) .............       2.80%        2.98%
Net Losses as a Percent of
 Average Amount Outstanding(2)(3)...       1.41%        1.64%

(Table Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                      ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                          1997         1996         1995         1994        1993
                                      -----------  -----------  ------------  ----------  -----------
<S>                                   <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>
Average Amount Outstanding During
 the Period ........................     $21,485      $21,062      $19,486      $15,517      $12,882
Average Number of Contracts
 Outstanding During the Period .....   1,688,525    1,671,405    1,572,963    1,396,497    1,341,084
Percent of Contracts Acquired
 During the Period with Recourse to
 the Dealer ........................      10.91%        9.05%       14.80%       17.00%       16.20%
Repossessions as a Percent of
 Average Number of Contracts
 Outstanding(2) ....................       3.40%        3.82%        3.05%        2.36%        2.15%
Net Losses as a Percent
 of Liquidations(3)(4) .............       3.36%        3.17%        2.25%        1.38%        1.34%
Net Losses as a Percent of
 Average Amount Outstanding(2)(3) ..       1.80%        1.68%        1.16%        0.73%        0.75%
</TABLE>
______________
(1) Except as  indicated,  all  amounts and  percentages  are based on the gross
    amount scheduled to be paid on each contract,  including  estimated unearned
    finance  and  other  charges.  The  information  in the  table  includes  an
    immaterial  amount of retail  installment  sales contracts on vehicles other
    than  automobiles  and  light  duty  trucks  and  includes  previously  sold
    contracts that CFC continues to service.

(2) Percentages  have been  annualized  for the nine months ended  September 30,
    1998 and 1997 and are not  necessarily  indicative of the experience for the
    year.

(3) Net losses are equal to the aggregate of the balances of all contracts which
    are  determined to be  uncollectible  in the period,  less any recoveries on
    contracts  charged  off in the period or any prior  periods,  including  any
    losses resulting from disposition expenses and any losses resulting from the
    failure to recover commissions to dealers with respect to contracts that are
    prepaid or charged off.

(4) Liquidations  represent  a  reduction  in the  outstanding  balances  of the
    contracts as a result of monthly cash payments and charge-offs.

    Notwithstanding  the  improvement in credit losses for the nine months ended
September 30, 1998,  higher credit losses could be experienced in the near term.
No assurance can be given as to future results.

    The net loss figures  above reflect the fact that the Seller had recourse to
Dealers on a portion of its retail  installment  sale  contracts.  By  aggregate
principal balance,  approximately  ____% of the Receivables  represent contracts
with  recourse to Dealers.  The Seller  applies  underwriting  standards  to the
purchase of contracts without regard to whether recourse to Dealers is provided.
Based  on  its  experience,  the  Seller  believes  that  there  is no  material
difference  between the rates of delinquency and  repossession on contracts with
recourse  against  Dealers as compared to  contracts  without  recourse  against
Dealers.  However, the net loss experience of contracts without recourse against
Dealers is higher than that of contracts with recourse  against Dealers because,
under its  recourse  obligation,  the  Dealer is  responsible  to the Seller for
payment  of the  unpaid  balance  of the  contract,  provided  that  the  Seller
repossesses  the  vehicle  from the  retail  buyer and  returns it to the Dealer
within a specified  time.  In the event of a Dealer's  bankruptcy,  a bankruptcy
trustee might attempt to  characterize  recourse  sales of contracts as loans to
the Dealer  secured by the  contracts.  Such an attempt,  if  successful,  could
result in payment delays or losses on the affected Receivables.

                        CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.

    Certain  information  regarding  the  Seller  is set forth  under  "Chrysler
Financial  Company L.L.C." in the Prospectus.  In addition,  as of September 30,
1998,  the Seller had nearly 3,400  employees and was managing  $46.8 billion in
finance  receivables and provided  financial  services to automobile dealers and
their customers  through 29 zone offices in the United States.  During the first
nine months of 1998, the Seller financed or leased approximately 738,000 new and
used vehicles at retail,  including approximately 563,000 new Chrysler passenger
cars and light duty trucks, representing 30% of Chrysler's U.S. retail and fleet
deliveries.  The Seller also financed at wholesale  approximately  1,338,000 new
Chrysler  passenger cars and light duty trucks,  representing  69% of Chrysler's
U.S. factory unit sales for the nine months ended September 30, 1998.  Wholesale
vehicle financing accounted for 69% of the total automotive  financing volume of
the  Seller  in the  first  nine  months  of  1998  and  represented  22% of net
automotive finance receivables and leases outstanding at September 30, 1998.

    Chrysler  Financial  Corporation  converted  from a corporation to a limited
liability company ("LLC") on October 25, 1998. The conversion to an LLC had, and
will  continue  to have,  no effect on the  day-to-day  operations  of

                                      S-14
<PAGE>
Chrysler Financial  Corporation.  The new LLC is the surviving legal entity of a
merger between  Chrysler  Financial  Company  L.L.C.,  a newly created  Michigan
limited liability company, and Chrysler Financial  Corporation.  DaimlerChrysler
Corporation,  which  owned  all of  the  capital  stock  of  Chrysler  Financial
Corporation,  is the sole member  (owner) of Chrysler  Financial  Company L.L.C.
Chrysler  Financial  Company  L.L.C.  succeeded  to the  operations  of Chrysler
Financial  Corporation  upon the  completion of the  conversion and acquired its
assets and assumed its debt and other obligations.

                       WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE NOTES

    Information  regarding certain maturity and prepayment  considerations  with
respect to the  Securities  is set forth  under  "Weighted  Average  Life of the
Securities" in the Prospectus.  No principal  payments will be made on the Class
A-2  Notes  until all Class  A-1  Notes  have  been paid in full;  no  principal
payments will be made on the Class A-3 Notes until all Class A-2 Notes have been
paid in full;  and no  principal  payments  will be made on the  Class A-4 Notes
until all Class A-3 Notes have been paid in full. See  "Description of the Notes
- -- Payments of  Principal"  herein.  As the rate of payment of principal of each
class of Notes depends primarily on the rate of payment (including  prepayments)
of the principal  balance of the Receivables,  final payment of any class of the
Notes could occur  significantly  earlier than their  respective final scheduled
Payment  Dates.  In addition,  the rate of payment of principal of each class of
Notes will be affected by the Accelerated Principal Distribution Amounts applied
to the payment of the principal of the Notes and, during the Release Period, the
reduction  in the  amount  that is applied to the  payment of  principal  of the
Notes.  Noteholders  will  bear  the risk of being  able to  reinvest  principal
payments on the Notes at yields at least equal to the yields on their respective
Notes.

                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

GENERAL

    The Notes will be issued  pursuant to the terms of the Indenture to be dated
_____________  between  the Trust and the  Indenture  Trustee  (as  amended  and
supplemented from time to time, the "Indenture"), a form of which has been filed
as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement.  A copy of the Indenture  will be
filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "Commission")  following
the issuance of the Notes. The following  summary describes certain terms of the
Notes and the  Indenture.  The summary  does not  purport to be complete  and is
subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions
of the Notes and the Indenture.  The following summary  supplements,  and to the
extent inconsistent therewith, replaces the description of the general terms and
provisions of the Notes of any given series and the related  Indenture set forth
in  the   Prospectus,   to  which   description   reference   is  hereby   made.
______________________________   will  be  the   Indenture   Trustee  under  the
Indenture.

PAYMENTS OF INTEREST

    Each class of Notes will constitute Fixed Rate  Securities,  as such term is
defined  under  "Certain  Information  Regarding  the  Securities  -- Fixed Rate
Securities" in the Prospectus. Interest on the principal balances of the classes
of the Notes will accrue at their  respective  per annum Interest Rates and will
be payable to holders of record of the Notes (the "Noteholders") monthly on each
Payment Date, commencing _____________. Payments will be made to the Noteholders
of  record  as of the  day  immediately  preceding  such  Payment  Date  or,  if
Definitive Notes are issued, as of the ___ day of the preceding month.  Interest
on the  outstanding  principal  amount of the  Notes,  other  than the Class A-1
Notes, will accrue at the applicable Interest Rate from the Closing Date (in the
case of the first Payment Date) or from the ________ day of the month  preceding
the month of a Payment Date to and  including  the _________ day of the month of
the  Payment  Date  (each,  an  "Interest  Accrual  Period").  Interest  on  the
outstanding principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes will accrue at the Class A-1
Rate from the Closing Date (in the case of the first  Payment  Date) or from the
most recent  Payment Date on which  interest has been paid to but  excluding the
following Payment Date (each, a "Class A-1 Interest Accrual  Period").  Interest
on each class of the Notes,  other than the Class A-1 Notes,  will be calculated
on the basis of a 360-day year  consisting of twelve 30-day months.  Interest on
the Class A-1 Notes will be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days
in the Class A-1 Interest  Accrual Period divided by 360.  Interest  payments on
the Notes will generally be derived from the Total Distribution Amount remaining
after the payment of the Servicing Fee and amounts from the Reserve Account. See
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements  --Distributions" and "--
Reserve Account" herein.

                                      S-15
<PAGE>
    Interest payments to all classes of Noteholders will have the same priority.
Under certain circumstances, the amount available for interest payments could be
less than the amount of interest  payable on the Notes on any Payment  Date,  in
which case each class of  Noteholders  will receive  their  ratable share (based
upon the aggregate  amount of interest due to such class of  Noteholders) of the
aggregate  amount  available  to be  distributed  in respect of  interest on the
Notes.

PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

    Principal  payments will be made to the  Noteholders on each Payment Date in
an amount generally equal to the sum of (i) the Regular  Principal  Distribution
Amount (during the Release  Period,  the Release Period  Noteholders'  Principal
Distributable   Amount)  plus  (ii)  except  during  the  Release  Period,   the
Accelerated Principal  Distribution Amount. The "Regular Principal  Distribution
Amount"  with  respect  to any  Payment  Date  will  generally  equal the sum of
principal  payments received with respect to the Receivables during the calendar
month (the "Collection  Period") preceding such Payment Date (in the case of the
first  Payment Date,  the period from and including  __________ to and including
___________),  plus the principal balances of defaulted  Receivables written off
in respect of such  Collection  Period,  subject  to  certain  limitations.  The
"Accelerated  Principal  Distribution  Amount"  with respect to any Payment Date
will equal the portion, if any, of the Total Distribution Amount for the related
Collection  Period that remains after payment of (a) the Servicing  Fee, (b) the
Noteholders'   Interest   Distributable   Amount,   (c)  the  Regular  Principal
Distribution Amount, and (d) the amount, if any, required to be deposited in the
Reserve  Account on such  Payment  Date.  During the  Release  Period,  the only
principal  payable on the Notes on each Payment Date will be the Release  Period
Noteholders'  Principal  Distributable  Amount.  Principal payments on the Notes
will generally be derived from the Total Distribution  Amount and the amount, if
any, in the Reserve Account remaining after the payment of the Servicing Fee and
the  Noteholders'  Interest  Distributable  Amount  and,  in  the  case  of  any
Accelerated  Principal  Distribution  Amount, the amount, if any, required to be
deposited  into the  Reserve  Account.  See  "Description  of the  Transfer  and
Servicing Agreements -- Distributions" and "-- Reserve Account" herein.

    On  the   Business   Day   immediately   preceding   each  Payment  Date  (a
"Determination  Date"),  the Indenture Trustee shall determine the amount in the
Collection  Account for the related  Collection Period allocable to interest and
the  amount  allocable  to  principal  on  an  actual  basis,  and  payments  to
Noteholders on the following  Payment Date will be based on such  allocation.  A
"Business  Day" is a day  other  than a  Saturday,  a  Sunday  or a day on which
banking  institutions in the City of New York are authorized by law,  regulation
or executive order to be closed.

    On each Payment Date, principal payments on the Notes will be applied in the
following order of priority: (i) to the principal balance of the Class A-1 Notes
until the principal  balance of the Class A-1 Notes is reduced to zero;  (ii) to
the principal  balance of the Class A-2 Notes until the principal balance of the
Class A-2 Notes is reduced to zero; (iii) to the principal  balance of the Class
A-3 Notes until the principal balance of the Class A-3 Notes is reduced to zero;
and (iv) to the  principal  balance of the Class A-4 Notes  until the  principal
balance of the Class A-4 Notes is reduced to zero.  It is expected  that some or
all of the Class A-1 Notes, which are not being offered hereby,  will be held or
sold by CFC.  The  principal  balance of the Class A-1 Notes,  to the extent not
previously paid, will be due on the Payment Date (the "Class A-1 Final Scheduled
Payment Date");  the principal balance of the Class A-2 Notes, to the extent not
previously paid, will be due on the Payment Date (the "Class A-2 Final Scheduled
Payment Date");  the principal balance of the Class A-3 Notes, to the extent not
previously paid, will be due on the Payment Date (the "Class A-3 Final Scheduled
Payment Date");  the principal balance of the Class A-4 Notes, to the extent not
previously paid, will be due on the Payment Date (the "Class A-4 Final Scheduled
Payment  Date").  The actual date on which the aggregate  outstanding  principal
amount of any class of Notes is paid may be earlier  than the  respective  Final
Scheduled Payment Dates set forth above based on a variety of factors, including
those described under  "Weighted  Average Life of the Securities"  herein and in
the Prospectus.

OPTIONAL REDEMPTION

    The outstanding  Class A-4 Notes will be subject to redemption in whole, but
not in part,  on any Payment Date on which the Servicer  exercises its option to
purchase the  Receivables.  The Servicer may purchase the  Receivables  when the
Pool Balance shall have declined to 10% or less of the Initial Pool Balance,  as
described in the  Prospectus  under  "Description  of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements -- Termination".  The redemption price of the Class A-4 Notes will be
equal to the  unpaid  principal  amount of such Notes  plus  accrued  and unpaid
interest thereon (the

                                      S-16
<PAGE>
"Redemption  Price").  The "Pool Balance" will represent the aggregate principal
balance of the  Receivables  at the end of a  Collection  Period,  after  giving
effect to all payments received from Obligors, Repurchase Amounts to be remitted
by the Servicer or Seller,  as the case may be, all for such Collection  Period,
and all losses realized on Receivables liquidated during such Collection Period.

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION

    Holders of the Offered Notes may hold through DTC (in the United  States) or
Cedelbank or Euroclear (in Europe) if they are participants of such systems,  or
indirectly  through  organizations  that are  participants in such systems.  See
"Certain  Information  Regarding the Securities -- Book-Entry  Registration" and
"-- Definitive Securities" in the Prospectus.

                         DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

    The Trust will also issue Asset Backed Certificates (the "Certificates" and,
together with the Notes, the "Securities") with an aggregate initial Certificate
Balance of $________.  The  Certificates  will  represent  fractional  undivided
interests in the Trust and will be issued pursuant to the Trust  Agreement.  The
Certificates  are not being  offered  hereby and will  initially  be held by the
Company,  which may thereafter sell the Certificates.  The Certificates will not
bear  interest.  No principal will be paid on the  Certificates  until the Notes
have been paid in full.

              DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS

    The  following  summary  describes  certain  terms of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement,  the Administration  Agreement and the Trust Agreement (collectively,
the "Transfer and  Servicing  Agreements").  Forms of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements have been filed as exhibits to the Registration  Statement. A copy of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement will be filed with the Commission following the
issuance  of the Notes.  The  summary  does not  purport to be  complete  and is
subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of
the Transfer and Servicing Agreements. The following summary supplements, and to
the extent inconsistent therewith replaces, the description of the general terms
and  provisions  of the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements  set  forth in the
Prospectus, to which description reference is hereby made.

SALE AND ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES

    Certain  information  regarding  the  conveyance of the  Receivables  by the
Seller to the  Trust on the  Closing  Date  pursuant  to the Sale and  Servicing
Agreement to be dated as of ___________ (as amended and  supplemented  from time
to time,  the "Sale and  Servicing  Agreement")  is set forth in the  Prospectus
under  "Description  of the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements  --  Sale  and
Assignment of Receivables".

ACCOUNTS

    No Payahead Account will be established in relation to the Trust because all
of the Receivables are Simple Interest Receivables. The assets of the Trust also
will not include a Pre-Funding  Account.  All other  Accounts  referred to under
"Description  of the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements  --  Accounts" in the
Prospectus,  as well as a Reserve  Account,  will be established by the Servicer
and maintained with the Indenture  Trustee in the name of the Indenture  Trustee
on behalf of the Noteholders.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

    The  Servicing  Fee Rate with respect to the  Servicing Fee for the Servicer
will be 1.00% per annum of the Pool  Balance as of the first day of the  related
Collection Period. The Servicing Fee in respect of a Collection Period (together
with any portion of the  Servicing  Fee that remains  unpaid from prior  Payment
Dates) will be paid on the Payment Date following such Collection  Period out of
collections for such  Collection  Period.  See  "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing  Agreements -- Servicing  Compensation and Payment of Expenses" in the
Prospectus.

                                      S-17
<PAGE>
DISTRIBUTIONS

    Deposits to Collection Account. On or before each Payment Date, the Servicer
will cause all collections and other amounts constituting the Total Distribution
Amount (net of the Servicing Fee for such Payment Date and any previously unpaid
Servicing  Fees and any other  distributable  amounts that are to be released to
the  Company)  to  be  deposited  into  the  Collection   Account.   The  "Total
Distribution  Amount"  for a  Payment  Date  shall  be the  sum of the  Interest
Distribution  Amount and the Regular Principal  Distribution  Amount (other than
the portion thereof  attributable to Realized  Losses).  "Realized Losses" means
the  excess  of  the  principal  balance  of  any  Liquidated   Receivable  over
Liquidation Proceeds to the extent allocable to principal.

    The "Interest Distribution Amount" on any Payment Date will generally be the
sum of the following  amounts with respect to the preceding  Collection  Period:
(i) that portion of all  collections on the  Receivables  allocable to interest;
(ii) all  proceeds of the  liquidation  of  defaulted  Receivables  ("Liquidated
Receivables"),  net of expenses incurred by the Servicer in connection with such
liquidation  and any  amounts  required  by law to be remitted to the Obligor on
such Liquidated Receivables ("Liquidation Proceeds"), to the extent attributable
to interest due thereon in accordance  with the Servicer's  customary  servicing
procedures,  and all recoveries in respect of Liquidated  Receivables which were
written off in prior  Collection  Periods;  (iii) the Repurchase  Amount of each
Receivable that was repurchased by the Seller or purchased by the Servicer under
an obligation which arose during the related  Collection  Period,  to the extent
attributable to accrued interest thereon;  and (iv) Investment Earnings for such
Payment  Date.  The  Interest  Distribution  Amount shall be  determined  on the
related Determination Date on an actual basis.

    The  "Regular  Principal  Distribution  Amount"  on any  Payment  Date  will
generally be the sum of the  following  amounts  with  respect to the  preceding
Collection  Period:  (i) that  portion  of all  collections  on the  Receivables
allocable  to  principal;  (ii) all  Liquidation  Proceeds  attributable  to the
principal amount of Receivables which became Liquidated  Receivables during such
Collection  Period  in  accordance  with  the  Servicer's   customary  servicing
procedures,  plus the amount of Realized  Losses with respect to such Liquidated
Receivables;  (iii) to the extent  attributable  to  principal,  the  Repurchase
Amount  received with respect to each  Receivable  repurchased  by the Seller or
purchased by the  Servicer  under an  obligation  which arose during the related
Collection Period; and (iv) partial prepayments  relating to refunds of extended
warranty protection plan costs or of physical damage,  credit life or disability
insurance policy  premiums,  but only if such costs or premiums were financed by
the  respective  Obligor as of the date of the  original  contract.  The Regular
Principal  Distribution  Amount  is the  reduction  in the  aggregate  principal
balance of the Receivables in a Collection  Period and will be determined on the
related Determination Date on an actual basis.

    The  Interest  Distribution  Amount and the Regular  Principal  Distribution
Amount on any Payment Date shall  exclude all  payments and proceeds  (including
Liquidation  Proceeds) of any  Receivables,  the Repurchase  Amount of which has
been included in the Total Distribution Amount in a prior Collection Period.

    Allocations  and  Distributions.  On each Payment  Date,  the Servicer  will
instruct  the  Indenture   Trustee  to  make  the  following   allocations   and
distributions,  to the  extent of the amount  then on deposit in the  Collection
Account  (exclusive  of the amount  allocated  to the Reserve  Account),  in the
following order of priority:

        (i)  allocate to the  Noteholders  as  described  below,  from the Total
    Distribution  Amount  remaining after the deduction of the unpaid  Servicing
    Fees, the Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount;

        (ii)  allocate to the  Noteholders  as described  below,  from the Total
    Distribution  Amount  remaining  after the application of clause (i) and the
    deduction  of  the  unpaid  Servicing  Fees,  the   Noteholders'   Principal
    Distributable   Amount  (during  the  Release  Period,  the  Release  Period
    Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount);

        (iii)  allocate  to the  Reserve  Account,  from the Total  Distribution
    Amount  remaining  after the application of clauses (i) through (ii) and the
    deduction of the unpaid Servicing Fees, the excess, if any, of the Specified
    Reserve Amount over the amount then allocated to the Reserve Account;

                                      S-18
<PAGE>
        (iv)  distribute to the Company (to the extent not already  retained and
    distributed as provided above), from the Total Distribution Amount remaining
    after the  application of clauses (i) through (iii) and the deduction of the
    unpaid Servicing Fees, during the Release Period, the Cash Release Amount;

        (v) distribute to the  Certificateholders,  from the Total  Distribution
    Amount  remaining  after the application of clauses (i) through (iv) and the
    deduction of unpaid  Servicing  Fees and only after the Notes have been paid
    in full, until the Certificate balance has been reduced to zero; and

       (vi) distribute to the Company the remaining balance, if any.

    For purposes hereof, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

    "Noteholders' Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any Payment Date,
the sum of the Noteholders'  Interest  Distributable Amount and the Noteholders'
Principal  Distributable  Amount (during the Release Period,  the Release Period
Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount).

    "Noteholders'  Interest  Carryover  Shortfall"  means,  with  respect to any
Payment Date,  the excess of the  Noteholders'  Monthly  Interest  Distributable
Amount for the preceding Payment Date and any outstanding  Noteholders' Interest
Carryover  Shortfall on such preceding  Payment Date, over the amount in respect
of interest that is actually paid on the Notes on such  preceding  Payment Date,
plus interest on the amount of interest due but not paid to  Noteholders  on the
preceding  Payment  Date,  to the extent  permitted  by law,  at the  respective
Interest Rates borne by each class of the Notes for the related Interest Accrual
Period.

    "Noteholders'  Interest  Distributable  Amount"  means,  with respect to any
Payment Date, the sum of the Noteholders' Monthly Interest  Distributable Amount
for such Payment Date and the Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall for such
Payment Date.

    "Noteholders' Monthly Interest  Distributable Amount" means, with respect to
any Payment Date,  interest accrued for the related Interest Accrual Period [(in
the case of the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-1 Interest Accrual Period)] on each
class of Notes at the respective Interest Rate for such class on the outstanding
principal  balance  of the  Notes  of such  class on the  immediately  preceding
Payment Date (or, in the case of the first Payment  Date, on the Closing  Date),
after giving  effect to all payments of  principal  to the  Noteholders  of such
class on or prior to such Payment Date.

    "Noteholders' Monthly Principal Distributable Amount" means, with respect to
each Payment Date, the sum of (i) the Regular Principal  Distribution Amount and
(ii) the Accelerated Principal Distribution Amount.

    "Noteholders'  Principal Carryover  Shortfall" means, as of the close of any
Payment Date, the excess of the  Noteholders'  Monthly  Principal  Distributable
Amount and any outstanding  Noteholders'  Principal Carryover Shortfall from the
preceding  Payment Date over the amount in respect of principal that is actually
distributed to the Noteholders on such Payment Date.

    "Noteholders'  Principal  Distributable  Amount" means,  with respect to any
Payment Date, the sum of the Noteholders' Monthly Principal Distributable Amount
for such Payment Date and the Noteholders'  Principal  Carryover Shortfall as of
the  close  of  the  preceding  Payment  Date;  provided,   however,   that  the
Noteholders'  Principal  Distributable  Amount shall not exceed the  outstanding
principal balance of the Notes; and provided, further, that (i) the Noteholders'
Principal  Distributable  Amount on the Class A-1 Final  Scheduled  Payment Date
shall not be less than the amount  that is  necessary  (after  giving  effect to
other amounts to be deposited in the Note  Distribution  Account on such Payment
Date and allocable to principal) to reduce the outstanding  principal balance of
the Class  A-1  Notes to zero;  (ii) the  Noteholders'  Principal  Distributable
Amount on the Class A-2 Final Scheduled  Payment Date shall not be less than the
amount that is necessary  (after  giving effect to other amounts to be deposited
in the  Note  Distribution  Account  on  such  Payment  Date  and  allocable  to
principal) to reduce the outstanding principal balance of the Class A-2 Notes to
zero;  (iii) on the Class  A-3 Final  Scheduled  Payment  Date the  Noteholders'
Principal  Distributable  Amount  shall  not be less  than  the  amount  that is
necessary  (after  giving  effect to other  amounts to be  deposited in the Note
Distribution  Account on such Payment Date and allocable to

                                      S-19
<PAGE>
principal) to reduce the outstanding principal balance of the Class A-3 Notes to
zero; and (iv) on the Class A-4 Final  Scheduled  Payment Date the  Noteholders'
Principal  Distributable  Amount  shall  not be less  than  the  amount  that is
necessary  (after  giving  effect to other  amounts to be  deposited in the Note
Distribution  Account on such Payment Date and allocable to principal) to reduce
the outstanding principal balance of the Class A-4 Notes to zero.

    "Release  Period  Noteholders'  Principal  Distributable  Amount" is defined
below    under   "--    Overcollateralization    and    Release    of    Initial
Overcollateralization Amount".

    Payments to Noteholders.  On each Payment Date, all amounts allocated to the
Noteholders will be generally paid in the following order of priority:

    (i) to the  applicable  Noteholders,  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  on the
outstanding principal balance of the applicable class of Notes at the applicable
Interest Rate;

     (ii) the Noteholders'  Principal  Distributable  Amount (during the Release
Period, the Release Period Noteholders'  Principal  Distributable Amount) in the
following order of priority:

          (a) to the Class A-1  Noteholders in reduction of principal  until the
     principal balance of the Class A-1 Notes has been reduced to zero;

          (b) to the Class A-2  Noteholders in reduction of principal  until the
     principal balance of the Class A-2 Notes has been reduced to zero;

          (c) to the Class A-3  Noteholders in reduction of principal  until the
     principal balance of the Class A-3 Notes has been reduced to zero; and

          (d) to the Class A-4  Noteholders in reduction of principal  until the
     principal balance of the Class A-4 Notes has been reduced to zero.

    Notwithstanding the foregoing,  on the Last Release Payment Date, the amount
of principal distributable to the Noteholders pursuant to clause (ii) above will
be the Noteholders' Principal  Distributable Amount for the Last Release Payment
Date  less the Cash  Release  Amount  paid to the  Company  on the Last  Release
Payment Date.

OVERCOLLATERALIZATION AND RELEASE OF THE INITIAL OVERCOLLATERALIZATION AMOUNT

    The   Initial   Pool   Balance,   $___________________,   will   exceed  the
$_________________  initial  aggregate  principal  amount  of the  Notes and the
Certificates (the "Initial Securities  Principal Balance") by an amount equal to
$_______________ (the "Initial  Overcollateralization  Amount"), which amount is
approximately ____% of the Initial Securities  Principal Balance.  Unless offset
by losses on the Receivables or the release of cash during the Release Period as
described  below,  the  distribution of the Accelerated  Principal  Distribution
Amount,  if any, on a Payment Date is expected to cause the aggregate  principal
amount of the Notes to decrease faster than the Pool Balance decreases,  thereby
increasing  the  Overcollateralization   Amount  and  the  Overcollateralization
Percentage.

    The "Overcollateralization  Amount" in respect of a Payment Date is equal to
(a)  the  Pool  Balance  as of the end of the  related  Collection  Period  (the
"Related Pool Balance") minus (b) the aggregate  outstanding principal amount of
the  Securities  after giving effect to payments made on the  Securities on such
Payment Date (the "Securities Amount"). The  "Overcollateralization  Percentage"
in respect of a Payment  Date is the  percentage  derived  from a fraction,  the
numerator of which is the Overcollateralization Amount for such Payment Date and
the denominator of which is the Related Pool Balance.

    Subject to the conditions  set forth below,  on each Payment Date during the
Release Period (as defined below), the amount of principal  distributable on the
Notes will be the Release Period  Noteholders'  Principal  Distributable  Amount
rather than the Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount. The "Release Period
Noteholders'  Principal  Distributable  Amount" shall equal, on any Payment Date
during  the  Release  Period,  the excess of (a) the  Securities  Amount on such
Payment Date (prior to giving effect to any  distributions on such Payment Date)
over (b) the

                                      S-20
<PAGE>
product  of (1) ____%  and (2) the  Related  Pool  Balance.  The  effect of such
distribution calculation is to maintain the Overcollateralization  Percentage at
___% during the Release Period.  On each Payment Date during the Release Period,
any portion of the Total Distributable Amount which remains after payment of (a)
the Servicing Fee, (b) the Noteholders'  Interest  Distributable Amount, (c) the
Release Period Noteholders'  Principal  Distributable  Amount and (d) any amount
required to increase the amount in the Reserve Account to the Specified  Reserve
Amount will be released to the Company  (such  released  amount  being the "Cash
Release Amount" or "Cash Release").  The cumulative  amount of all Cash Releases
during the Release  Period  shall not exceed the  Initial  Overcollateralization
Amount.

    The  release  of cash to the  Company as  described  above is subject to the
satisfaction of all of the following conditions:

        (1)       no Cash Release will be permitted until the date (the "First 
     Release Payment Date") that is the later of:

          (i)  the  Payment  Date  following  the  Payment  Date  on  which  the
     Overcollateralization Amount is at least equal to the

                     [Initial Overcollateralization Amount]
                                      plus
           [2% x (Related Pool Balance for such preceding Payment Date
                                      minus
                   Initial Overcollateralization Amount)]; and

          (ii) the Payment  Date  following  the Payment Date on which the Class
     A-1 Notes have been repaid in full;

        (2)  the  amount in  the Reserve Account shall be equal to the Specified
   Reserve Amount; and

        (3)  the  cumulative  amount  of  the  Cash   Releases  will not  exceed
   the Initial Overcollateralization Amount.

    On the  Payment  Date  (the  "Last  Release  Payment  Date")  on  which  the
cumulative amount of the Cash Releases equals the Initial  Overcollateralization
Amount,  the amount of principal  distributable  to the Noteholders  will be the
Noteholders'  Principal  Distributable  Amount  less  the  Cash  Release  Amount
released  on such  Payment  Date.  On each  Payment  Date  thereafter,  the full
Noteholders'  Principal  Distributable Amount will be distributable as principal
to the  Noteholders.  The "Release  Period" is the period from and including the
First Release  Payment Date to and including the Last Release  Payment Date. Any
Cash Release  released to the Company will not be available to make  payments on
the Notes.

RESERVE ACCOUNT

    The  protection  afforded to the  Noteholders  will be effected  both by the
Overcollateralization  Amount and by the  establishment  of the Reserve Account.
The Reserve  Account will be created with an initial  deposit to the  Collection
Account by the Seller on the Closing Date of cash or Eligible Investments in the
amount of $________________ (the "Specified Reserve Amount"),  which is ____% of
the Initial Securities Principal Balance.

    Amounts  allocated from time to time to the Reserve Account will continue to
be held for the benefit of  Noteholders.  On each  Payment  Date,  funds will be
withdrawn  from the Reserve  Account to the extent  that the Total  Distribution
Amount (after the payment of the Servicing  Fee) with respect to any  Collection
Period is less than the  Noteholders'  Distributable  Amount and will be paid to
the Noteholders. On each Payment Date, the Reserve Account will be reinstated up
to the  Specified  Reserve  Amount to the extent of the portion,  if any, of the
Total  Distribution  Amount remaining after payment of the Servicing Fee and the
payment of the Noteholders' Distributable Amount.

    If the amount  allocated  to the Reserve  Account on any Payment Date (after
giving  effect to all deposits  therein or other  withdrawals  therefrom on such
Payment Date) is greater than the Specified Amount for such Payment Date,

                                      S-21
<PAGE>
except as described below and subject to certain limitations, such excess amount
will be distributed to the Company. Upon any distribution to the Company of such
amounts,  the  Noteholders  will not have any  rights  in,  or claims  to,  such
amounts.  Subsequent  to any reduction or withdrawal by any Rating Agency of its
rating of any class of Notes,  unless  such rating has been  restored,  any such
excess will on a Payment Date be paid to Noteholders  as an accelerated  payment
of principal on such Payment Date.

    After the payment in full, or the  provision  for such  payment,  of (i) all
accrued  and unpaid  interest  on the Notes and (ii) the  outstanding  principal
balance  of the  Securities,  any funds  allocated  to in the  Reserve  Account,
subject to certain limitations, will be paid to the Company.

    The Certificates,  the Overcollateralization  Amount and the Reserve Account
are intended to enhance the  likelihood  of receipt by  Noteholders  of the full
amount of principal  and interest due them and to decrease the  likelihood  that
the Noteholders will experience losses.  However, in certain circumstances,  the
Reserve  Account could be depleted.  If the amount required to be withdrawn from
the  Reserve  Account to cover  shortfalls  in  collections  on the  Receivables
exceeds the amount then  allocated  to the Reserve  Account,  Noteholders  could
incur  losses  or a  temporary  shortfall  in  the  amounts  distributed  to the
Noteholders could result, which could, in turn, increase the average life of the
Notes.

                     CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

    In the opinion of Brown & Wood LLP, counsel for the Underwriters and special
tax counsel for the Trust,  for federal  income tax purposes,  the Offered Notes
will be  characterized  as debt, and the Trust will not be  characterized  as an
association (or a publicly  traded  partnership)  taxable as a corporation.  See
"Certain Federal Income Tax  Consequences"  and "Certain State Tax Consequences"
in the Prospectus.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

    The  Offered  Notes  may be  purchased  by an  employee  benefit  plan or an
individual  retirement  account (a "Plan")  subject to the  Employee  Retirement
Income  Security  Act of 1974,  as  amended  ("ERISA")  or  Section  4975 of the
Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the  "Code").  A fiduciary of a Plan
must  determine  that the  purchase of an Offered  Note is  consistent  with its
fiduciary  duties  under  ERISA and does not  result in a  nonexempt  prohibited
transaction  as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. For
additional information regarding treatment of the Offered Notes under ERISA, see
"ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.

    The  Offered  Notes may not be  purchased  with the  assets of a Plan if the
Seller, the Indenture Trustee,  the Owner Trustee or any of their affiliates (a)
has investment or  administrative  discretion  with respect to such Plan assets;
(b) has  authority or  responsibility  to give, or regularly  gives,  investment
advice with  respect to such Plan assets for a fee and  pursuant to an agreement
or  understanding  that  such  advice  (i) will  serve as a  primary  basis  for
investment  decisions with respect to such Plan assets and (ii) will be based on
the particular investment needs for such Plan; or (c) is an employer maintaining
or contributing to such Plan.

                                  UNDERWRITING

    Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an  Underwriting  Agreement
(the "Underwriting Agreement"), the Seller has agreed to cause the Trust to sell
to each of the Underwriters named below (collectively, the "Underwriters"),  and
each of the Underwriters has severally agreed to purchase,  the principal amount
of the Offered Notes set forth opposite its name below:

                                 CLASS A-2 NOTES

                                               PRINCIPAL
                                                AMOUNT
                                             -------------
                                      S-22
<PAGE>
                                 CLASS A-3 NOTES

                                               PRINCIPAL
                                                AMOUNT
                                             -------------




                                 CLASS A-4 NOTES

                                               PRINCIPAL
                                                AMOUNT
                                             -------------

    The Seller has been advised by the Underwriters  that they propose initially
to offer the Offered Notes to the public at the prices set forth herein,  and to
certain  dealers at such  prices less the  initial  concession  not in excess of
______% per Class A-2 Note, ______% per Class A-3 Note and ______% per Class A-4
Note. The  Underwriters  may allow and such dealers may reallow a concession not
in excess of ______% per Class A-2 Note,  ______% per Class A-3 Note and ______%
per Class A-4 Note to certain other dealers.  After the initial public  offering
of the Offered  Notes,  the public  offering price and such  concessions  may be
changed.

    Until the  distribution  of the  Offered  Notes is  completed,  rules of the
Commission may limit the ability of the  Underwriters  and certain selling group
members to bid for and  purchase  the Offered  Notes.  As an  exception to these
rules,  the Underwriters  are permitted to engage in certain  transactions  that
stabilize the price of the Offered Notes. Such  transactions  consist of bids or
purchases  for the purpose of pegging,  fixing or  maintaining  the price of the
Offered Notes.

    If the  Underwriters  create  a  short  position  in the  Offered  Notes  in
connection with the offering, i.e., if they sell more Offered Notes than are set
forth on the cover page of this  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  Underwriters  may
reduce that short position by purchasing Offered Notes in the open market.

    In general,  purchases of a security for the purpose of  stabilization or to
reduce a short  position could cause the price of the security to be higher than
it might be in the absence of such purchases.

    Neither the Seller nor any of the Underwriters  makes any  representation or
prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the  transactions
described  above  may have on the  prices of the  Offered  Notes.  In  addition,
neither the Seller nor any of the Underwriters makes any representation that the
Underwriters  will engage in such transactions or that such  transactions,  once
commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

    Each  Underwriter  has represented and agreed that (a) it has not offered or
sold,  and will not offer or sell,  any  Offered  Notes to persons in the United
Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary  activities  involve them in acquiring,
holding,  managing or disposing of  investments  (as principal or agent) for the
purposes  of  their  businesses  or  otherwise  in  circumstances  that  do  not
constitute an offer to the public in the United  Kingdom for the purposes of the
Public  Offers of  Securities  Regulations  1995,  (b) it has  complied and will
comply with all  applicable  provisions  of the  Financial  Services Act 1986 of
Great  Britain  with  respect to anything  done by it in relation to the Offered
Notes in, from or  otherwise  involving  the United  Kingdom and (c) it has only
issued or passed on and will only  issue or pass on in the  United  Kingdom  any
document in connection with the issue of the Offered Notes to a person who is of
a kind described in Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment
Advertisements)  (Exemptions) Order 1995 or is a person to whom the document may
otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.

    Upon  receipt of a request by an investor  who has  received  an  electronic
Prospectus  Supplement and  Prospectus  from an Underwriter or a request by such
investor's  representative within the period during which there is an obligation
to deliver a Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus, the Seller or the Underwriter
will promptly deliver, or cause to be delivered, without charge, a paper copy of
the Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus.

                                      S-23
<PAGE>
                                 LEGAL OPINIONS

    In addition to the legal opinions described in the Prospectus, certain legal
matters  relating to the Offered Notes will be passed upon for the  Underwriters
and certain  federal  income tax and other  matters  will be passed upon for the
Trust by Brown & Wood LLP, New York, New York. Brown & Wood LLP may from time to
time  render  legal  services  to  Chrysler  Financial  Company  L.L.C.  and its
affiliates.


                                      S-24
<PAGE>
                                 INDEX OF TERMS

Accelerated Principal Distribution Amount................................S-16
APR......................................................................S-11
Business Day.............................................................S-16
Cash Release.............................................................S-21
Cash Release Amount......................................................S-21
Cede......................................................................S-3
Certificates........................................................S-5, S-17
CFC.......................................................................S-5
Chrysler..................................................................S-9
Class A-1 Final Scheduled Payment Date...................................S-16
Class A-1 Interest Accrual Period........................................S-15
Class A-2 Final Scheduled Payment Date...................................S-16
Class A-3 Final Scheduled Payment Date...................................S-16
Class A-4 Final Scheduled Payment Date...................................S-16
Closing Date..............................................................S-5
Code.....................................................................S-22
Commission...............................................................S-15
Company..................................................................S-10
Cutoff Date...............................................................S-5
Daimler...................................................................S-9
Determination Date.......................................................S-16
DTC.......................................................................S-3
ERISA....................................................................S-22
Excess Spread.............................................................S-7
First Release Payment Date...............................................S-21
Global Securities.........................................................S-1
Indenture................................................................S-15
Indenture Trustee.........................................................S-5
Initial Overcollateralization Amount................................S-6, S-20
Initial Pool Balance......................................................S-5
Initial Securities Principal Balance.....................................S-20
Interest Accrual Period..................................................S-15
Interest Distribution Amount.............................................S-18
Issuer....................................................................S-5
Last Release Payment Date................................................S-21
Liquidated Receivables...................................................S-18
Liquidation Proceeds.....................................................S-18
LLC......................................................................S-14
Noteholders..............................................................S-15
Noteholders' Distributable Amount........................................S-19
Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall................................S-19
Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount...............................S-19
Noteholders' Monthly Interest Distributable Amount.......................S-19
Noteholders' Monthly Principal Distributable Amount......................S-19
Noteholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall...............................S-19
Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount..............................S-19
Notes.....................................................................S-5
Offered Notes.............................................................S-5
Overcollateralization Amount.............................................S-20
Overcollateralization Percentage.........................................S-20
Owner Trustee.............................................................S-5
Payment Date..............................................................S-5
Plan.....................................................................S-22
Pool Balance.............................................................S-17

                                      S-26
<PAGE>
Rating Agencies...........................................................S-8
Realized Losses..........................................................S-18
Receivables...............................................................S-5
Receivables Pool.........................................................S-11
Redemption Price.........................................................S-17
Regular Principal Distribution Amount..............................S-16, S-18
Related Pool Balance.....................................................S-20
Release Period...........................................................S-21
Release Period Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount...............S-20
Reserve Account...........................................................S-7
Sale and Servicing Agreement.............................................S-17
Securities..........................................................S-5, S-17
Securities  Amount.......................................................S-20
Seller....................................................................S-5
Servicer..................................................................S-5
Specified Reserve Amount.................................................S-21
Total Distribution Amount................................................S-18
Transfer and Servicing Agreements........................................S-17
Trust.....................................................................S-5
Trust Agreement..........................................................S-10
U.S. Person...............................................................S-3
Underwriters.............................................................S-22
Underwriting Agreement...................................................S-22


                                      S-25
<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX I

          GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES

    Except in certain limited circumstances,  the globally offered Offered Notes
(the "Global  Securities") will be available only in book-entry form.  Investors
in the Global  Securities  may hold such Global  Securities  through any of DTC,
Cedelbank or Euroclear.  The Global  Securities  will be tradable as home market
instruments in both the European and U.S. domestic markets.  Initial  settlement
and all secondary trades will settle in same-day funds.

    Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities through
Cedelbank and Euroclear will be conducted in the ordinary way in accordance with
their normal rules and operating  procedures and in accordance with conventional
eurobond practice (i.e., seven calendar day settlement).

    Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities through
DTC will be conducted  according to the rules and procedures  applicable to U.S.
corporate debt obligations.

    Secondary  cross-market  trading  between  Cedelbank  or  Euroclear  and DTC
Participants    holding    Offered    Notes    will    be    effected    on    a
delivery-against-payment  basis through the respective Depositaries of Cedelbank
and Euroclear (in such capacity) and DTC Participants.

    Non-U.S.  holders (as described below) of Global  Securities will be subject
to U.S.  withholding  taxes unless such holders  meet certain  requirements  and
deliver appropriate U.S. tax documents to the securities clearing  organizations
or their participants.

INITIAL SETTLEMENT

    All Global  Securities will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name of
Cede & Co. as nominee of DTC. Investors' interests in the Global Securities will
be represented  through financial  institutions acting on their behalf as direct
and indirect Participants in DTC. As a result, Cedelbank and Euroclear will hold
positions on behalf of their participants through their respective Depositaries,
which in turn will hold such positions in accounts as DTC Participants.

    Investors  electing to hold their Global Securities  through DTC will follow
the settlement practices applicable to prior debt issues.  Investors' securities
custody  accounts  will be  credited  with  their  holdings  against  payment in
same-day funds on the settlement date.

    Investors  electing to hold their  Global  Securities  through  Cedelbank or
Euroclear  accounts  will  follow  the  settlement   procedures   applicable  to
conventional  eurobonds,  except that there will be no temporary global security
and no "lock-up" or restricted period. Global Securities will be credited to the
securities  custody accounts on the settlement date against payments in same-day
funds.

SECONDARY MARKET TRADING

    Since the  purchaser  determines  the place of delivery,  it is important to
establish  at the time of the trade  where  both the  purchaser's  and  seller's
accounts are located to ensure that  settlement can be made on the desired value
date.

    Trading  between DTC  Participants.  Secondary  market  trading  between DTC
Participants  will be settled  using the  procedures  applicable  to  book-entry
securities in same-day funds.

    Trading between  Cedelbank and/or Euroclear  Participants.  Secondary market
trading between Cedelbank Participants or Euroclear Participants will be settled
using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.

                                       A-1
<PAGE>
    Trading between DTC seller and Cedelbank or Euroclear purchaser. When Global
Securities  are to be transferred  from the account of a DTC  Participant to the
account of a Cedelbank  Participant  or a Euroclear  Participant,  the purchaser
will send instructions to Cedelbank or Euroclear through a Cedelbank Participant
or  Euroclear  Participant  at least  one  business  day  prior  to  settlement.
Cedelbank or Euroclear,  as applicable,  will instruct its Depositary to receive
the Global Securities against payment.  Payment will include interest accrued on
the Global  Securities  from and including  the last coupon  payment date to and
excluding the settlement  date.  Payment will then be made by such Depositary to
the DTC Participant's  account against delivery of the Global Securities.  After
settlement has been  completed,  the Global  Securities  will be credited to the
applicable  clearing system and by the clearing  system,  in accordance with its
usual  procedures,  to the Cedelbank  Participant's  or Euroclear  Participant's
account.  The Global  Securities credit will appear the next day (European time)
and the cash  debit  will be  back-valued  to,  and the  interest  on the Global
Securities  will accrue from,  the value date (which would be the  preceding day
when  settlement  occurred in New York).  If  settlement is not completed on the
intended  value date (i.e.,  the trade fails),  the Cedelbank or Euroclear  cash
debit will be valued instead as of the actual settlement date.

    Cedelbank   Participants  and  Euroclear  Participants  will  need  to  make
available  to the  respective  clearing  systems the funds  necessary to process
same-day funds settlement.  The most direct means of doing so is to pre-position
funds for settlement,  either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit,  as
they would for any settlement  occurring  within  Cedelbank or Euroclear.  Under
this approach,  they may take on credit exposure to Cedelbank or Euroclear until
the Global Securities are credited to their accounts one day later.

    As an  alternative,  if Cedelbank or Euroclear has extended a line of credit
to them,  Cedelbank  Participants  or  Euroclear  Participants  can elect not to
pre-position  funds and allow  that  credit  line to be drawn  upon the  finance
settlement.   Under  this   procedure,   Cedelbank   Participants  or  Euroclear
Participants  purchasing Global Securities would incur overdraft charges for one
day,  assuming  they  cleared  the  overdraft  when the Global  Securities  were
credited to their accounts.  However,  interest on the Global  Securities  would
accrue from the value date.  Therefore,  in many cases the investment  income on
the Global Securities earned during that one-day period may substantially reduce
or offset the amount of such overdraft charges, although this result will depend
on each Cedelbank  Participant's or Euroclear  Participant's  particular cost of
funds.

    Since the  settlement  is taking place during New York business  hours,  DTC
Participants can employ their usual procedures for sending Global  Securities to
the respective Depositary for the benefit of Cedelbank Participants or Euroclear
Participants.  The sale  proceeds  will be  available  to the DTC  seller on the
settlement  date.  Thus, to the DTC Participant a cross-market  transaction will
settle no differently than a trade between two DTC Participants.

    Trading between Cedelbank or Euroclear seller and DTC purchaser. Due to time
zone   differences  in  their  favor,   Cedelbank   Participants  and  Euroclear
Participants  may employ their  customary  procedures for  transactions in which
Global  Securities are to be transferred  by the  respective  clearing  systems,
through their respective  Depositaries,  to a DTC  Participant.  The seller will
send instructions to Cedelbank or Euroclear  through a Cedelbank  Participant or
Euroclear  Participant at least one business day prior to  settlement.  In these
cases,  Cedelbank or Euroclear will instruct their respective  Depositaries,  as
appropriate,  to  deliver  the bonds to the DTC  Participant's  account  against
payment. Payment will include interest accrued on the Global Securities from and
including the last coupon payment date to and excluding the settlement date. The
payment will then be reflected in the account of the  Cedelbank  Participant  or
Euroclear Participant the following day, and receipt of the cash proceeds in the
Cedelbank  Participant's or Euroclear Participant's account would be back-valued
to the value date (which would be the preceding day, when settlement occurred in
New York). Should the Cedelbank Participant or Euroclear Participant have a line
of credit with its clearing  system and elect to be in debit in  anticipation of
receipt of the sale proceeds in its account,  the back-valuation will extinguish
any overdraft  charges  incurred over that one-day period.  If settlement is not
completed on the intended  value date (i.e.,  the trade  fails),  receipt of the
cash proceeds in the Cedelbank  Participant's or Euroclear Participant's account
would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.  Finally,  day traders
that use  Cedelbank or Euroclear and that purchase  Global  Securities  from DTC
Participants  for delivery to Cedelbank  Participants or Euroclear  Participants
should note that these trades would  automatically  fail on the sale side unless
affirmative  action were  taken.  At least  three  techniques  should be readily
available to eliminate this potential problem:

                                       A-2
<PAGE>
        (a)  borrowing  through  Cedelbank or  Euroclear  for one day (until the
    purchase side of the day trade is reflected in their  Cedelbank or Euroclear
    accounts) in accordance with the clearing system's customary procedures;

        (b) borrowing the Global  Securities in the U.S. from a DTC  Participant
    no later  than one day prior to  settlement,  which  would  give the  Global
    Securities  sufficient  time to be reflected in their Cedelbank or Euroclear
    account in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or

        (c)  staggering  the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the trade
    so that the value date for the purchase from the DTC Participant is at least
    one day prior to the value date for the sale to the Cedelbank Participant or
    Euroclear Participant.

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS

    A beneficial owner of Global Securities holding securities through Cedelbank
or Euroclear (or through DTC if the holder has an address outside the U.S.) will
be subject to the 30% U.S. withholding tax that generally applies to payments of
interest  (including  original issue discount) on registered debt issued by U.S.
Persons,  unless (i) each clearing system,  bank or other financial  institution
that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business
in the chain of intermediaries between such beneficial owner and the U.S. entity
required to withhold tax complies with applicable certification requirements and
(ii)  such  beneficial  owner  takes  one of the  following  steps to  obtain an
exemption or reduced tax rate:

        Exemption of non-U.S.  Persons (Form W-8).  Beneficial owners of Offered
    Notes that are non-U.S.  Persons  generally can obtain a complete  exemption
    from the withholding tax by filing a signed Form W-8 (Certificate of Foreign
    Status).  If the information shown on Form W-8 changes,  a new Form W-8 must
    be filed within 30 days of such change.

        Exemption for non-U.S.  Person with  effectively  connected income (Form
    4224). A non-U.S.  Person,  including a non-U.S.  corporation or bank with a
    U.S. branch, for which the interest income is effectively connected with its
    conduct of a trade or business in the United  States can obtain an exemption
    from the withholding tax by filing Form 4224 (Exemption from  Withholding of
    Tax on Income Effectively  Connected with the Conduct of a Trade or Business
    in the United States).

        Exemption  or  reduced  rate for  non-U.S.  Persons  resident  in treaty
    countries  (Form  1001).  Non-U.S.  Persons  that are  beneficial  owners of
    Offered  Notes  residing in a country  that has a tax treaty with the United
    States can obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate  (depending on the treaty
    terms)  by  filing  Form  1001   (Ownership,   Exemption   or  Reduced  Rate
    Certificate).  If the treaty  provides only for a reduced rate,  withholding
    tax will be imposed at that rate unless the filer  alternatively  files Form
    W-8. Form 1001 may be filed by the beneficial owner of Offered Notes or such
    owner's agent.

        Exemption  for U.S.  Persons  (Form  W-9).  U.S.  Persons  can  obtain a
    complete  exemption  from the  withholding  tax by filing Form W-9  (Payer's
    Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).

        U.S. Federal Income Tax Reporting  Procedure.  The beneficial owner of a
    Global  Security  or, in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer,  such
    owner's  agent,  files by  submitting  the  appropriate  form to the  person
    through  whom it holds the security  (the  clearing  agency,  in the case of
    persons holding directly on the books of the clearing agency).  Form W-8 and
    Form 1001 are effective for three  calendar years and Form 4224 is effective
    for one calendar year.

    The term "U.S. Person" means (i) a citizen or resident of the United States,
(ii) a corporation or  partnership  organized in or under the laws of the United
States or any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which
is includible in gross income for United States tax purposes,  regardless of its
source,  or (iv) a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise
primary  supervision of the  administration  of the trust and one or more United
States  fiduciaries  have the authority to control all substantial  decisions of
the trust.  This summary does not deal with all aspects of U.S.  federal  income
tax  withholding  that  may  be  relevant  to  foreign  holders  of  the  Global

                                       A-3
<PAGE>
Securities. Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors for specific
tax advice concerning their holding and disposing of the Global Securities.


<PAGE>


INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT  TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.   A
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  RELATING  TO THESE  SECURITIES  HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION.  THESE  SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE  AN  OFFER  TO  SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION  OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.


<PAGE>


Subject to Completion, dated             .
                             ------------
PROSPECTUS

                               PREMIER AUTO TRUSTS
                               ASSET BACKED NOTES
                            ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES
                             _____________________

                        CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.

                               Seller and Servicer
                             _____________________

               o    Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C. may form Trusts at various
                    times. It will sell motor vehicle installment sale contracts
                    ("Receivables")  originated  by it to a  Trust,  which  will
                    issue Securities to fund its purchase.
               o    The main source of funds for making  payments on the Trust's
                    Securities  will  be  collections  on  its  Receivables.   o
                    Securities  issued by a Trust
                    o    may  consist  of one or more  classes  of Notes  and/or
                         Certificates;
                    o    will be payable  only from the assets of that Trust;
                    o    will be entitled to receive  payments that will vary by
                         class as to timing,  amount and priority,  as described
                         in the related Prospectus Supplement; and
                    o    may have the  benefit  of some  form of credit or other
                         enhancement.

        The Securities will be obligations solely of the Trust that issues them.
Neither Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C., nor or any of its affiliates, will be
obligated to make payments on the Securities, and neither the Securities nor the
Receivables  represent  interests in Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C. or any of
its affiliates.

        BEFORE YOU DECIDE TO INVEST IN ANY SECURITIES,  READ THIS PROSPECTUS AND
THE RELATED PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT,  ESPECIALLY THE CONSIDERATIONS  BEGINNING ON
PAGE 7 OF THE PROSPECTUS.

        Neither  the SEC nor any state  securities  commission  has  approved or
disapproved  the Securities or determined that this Prospectus or any Prospectus
Supplement  is accurate or  complete.  Any  representation  to the contrary is a
criminal offense.
                             _____________________

            The date of this Prospectus is ___________________, ____.

<PAGE>
              IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS

              PROSPECTUS AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

        We  provide  information  to you about the  Securities  in two  separate
documents that provide  varying  levels of detail:  (a) this  Prospectus,  which
provides general information, some of which may not apply to a particular series
of Securities,  including your Securities,  and (b) the accompanying  Prospectus
Supplement, which will describe the specific terms of your Securities.

        IF THE TERMS OF THE SECURITIES  DESCRIBED IN THIS  PROSPECTUS  VARY FROM
THE PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT,  YOU SHOULD RELY ON THE INFORMATION IN THE PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT.

        You should rely only on the information  provided in this Prospectus and
the accompanying Prospectus Supplement,  including any information  incorporated
by  reference.  We have not  authorized  anyone to  provide  you with  different
information.  You should not assume that the  information in this  Prospectus or
the accompanying Prospectus Supplement is accurate as of any date other than the
dates stated on their respective covers.

        We include  cross-references  in this Prospectus and in the accompanying
Prospectus  Supplement to captions in these materials where you can find further
related discussions.  The Table of Contents on the back cover page specifies the
pages on which these captions are located.

        You can find a listing of the pages where capitalized terms used in this
Prospectus  are  defined  under the  caption  "Index  of Terms  for  Prospectus"
beginning on page 60 in this Prospectus.

                                       2
<PAGE>
                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

    Chrysler  Financial  Company L.L.C.,  as originator of each Trust, has filed
with the Securities and Exchange  Commission  (the  "Commission") a Registration
Statement (together with all amendments and exhibits thereto, referred to herein
as the  "Registration  Statement")  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Securities  Act"), with respect to any Notes and the Certificates  offered
pursuant to this Prospectus.  For further information,  reference is made to the
Registration Statement which may be inspected and copied at the public reference
facilities  maintained by the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,
D.C. 20549;  and at the Commission's  regional  offices at Citicorp Center,  500
West Madison Street, 14th Floor,  Chicago,  Illinois 60661 and Seven World Trade
Center,  New York, New York 10048.  Copies of the Registration  Statement may be
obtained  from the  Public  Reference  Section  of the  Commission  at 450 Fifth
Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549,  at prescribed  rates.  The Commission
maintains  a Web  site  at  http://www.sec.gov  containing  reports,  proxy  and
information  statements and other information regarding  registrants,  including
Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C., that file electronically with the Commission.

                 INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

    All documents filed by Chrysler  Financial  Company L.L.C., as originator of
the Trust referred to in the  accompanying  Prospectus  Supplement,  pursuant to
Section 13(a),  13(c),  14 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended,  subsequent to the date of this Prospectus and prior to the termination
of the  offering of the  Securities  offered by such Trust shall be deemed to be
incorporated by reference in this Prospectus.  Any statement contained herein or
in a document  incorporated  or deemed to be  incorporated  by reference  herein
shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this  Prospectus to
the  extent  that a  statement  contained  herein or in any  subsequently  filed
document  which  also is or is deemed to be  incorporated  by  reference  herein
modifies  or  supersedes  such  statement.  Any such  statement  so  modified or
superseded  shall  not be  deemed,  except  as so  modified  or  superseded,  to
constitute a part of this Prospectus.

    Chrysler  Financial  Company  L.L.C.  will  provide  without  charge to each
person,  including any beneficial  owner of  Securities,  to whom a copy of this
Prospectus  is delivered,  on the written or oral request of any such person,  a
copy  of  any or all of the  documents  incorporated  herein  or in any  related
Prospectus  Supplement  by  reference,  except the  exhibits  to such  documents
(unless  such  exhibits  are  specifically  incorporated  by  reference  in such
documents).  Requests for such copies should be directed to Assistant Secretary,
Chrysler  Financial Company L.L.C.,  27777 Franklin Road,  Southfield,  Michigan
48034-8286 (Telephone: 248-948-3067).

                                       3
<PAGE>
                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

    The following summary is a short, concise description of the main structural
features that a class of Securities may have. For this reason, this summary does
not contain all the  information  that may be important to you or that describes
all of the terms of a  Security.  You will find a  detailed  description  of the
possible terms of a Security following this summary.

Issuer..............................    Generally,  each  series  of  Securities
                                        will  be  issued  by  a  separate  trust
                                        (each, a "Trust"). Some Trusts may issue
                                        more than one series of Securities.

Seller of Receivables to a Trust....    Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C. ("CFC"
                                        or,  in  its  capacity  as  seller,  the
                                        "Seller").

Servicer............................    Chrysler  Financial  Company  L.L.C. (in
                                        such capacity, the "Servicer").

Trustee.............................    With   respect   to   each    series  of
                                        Securities, the Trustee specified in the
                                        related Prospectus Supplement.

Indenture Trustee...................    With respect to any applicable series of
                                        Securities,    the   Indenture   Trustee
                                        specified  in  the  related   Prospectus
                                        Supplement.

Securities..........................    A series of Securities may  include  one
                                        or  more   classes   of   Notes   and/or
                                        Certificates.    You   will   find   the
                                        following  information  about each class
                                        of   Securities   in   the    Prospectus
                                        Supplement:

                                             o  its principal amount;
                                             o  its interest rate,  which may be
                                                fixed   or    variable    or   a
                                                combination thereof;
                                             o  the timing,  amount and priority
                                                or  subordination of payments of
                                                principal  and  interest  on the
                                                class;
                                             o  the method for  calculating  the
                                                amount of principal payments;
                                             o  its final distribution date;
                                             o  whether it may be redeemed prior
                                                to its final  distribution date;
                                                and
                                             o  other relevant factors.

                                        Some  classes  of   Securities   may  be
                                        entitled to (i) principal  distributions
                                        with  disproportionate,  nominal  or  no
                                        interest  distributions or (ii) interest
                                        distributions   with   disproportionate,
                                        nominal or no principal distributions.

Trust Property......................    The   property   of  each   Trust   will
                                        include a pool of motor  vehicle  retail
                                        installment  sale  contracts  secured by
                                        new or used  automobiles  or light  duty
                                        trucks  (the  "Receivables"),  including
                                        rights to receive certain  payments made
                                        with   respect   to  such   Receivables,
                                        security   interests   in  the  vehicles
                                        financed  thereby,  certain accounts and
                                        the  proceeds  thereof and any  proceeds
                                        from claims on certain related insurance
                                        policies. In addition, the property of a
                                        Trust  may  include  (i)  notes   and/or
                                        certificates that were issued by a prior
                                        Trust but were not then offered pursuant
                                        to a prospectus and/or (ii) the right

                                       4
<PAGE>
                                        to  receive  collections  in  respect of
                                        Receivables  owned by one or more  prior
                                        Trusts that would  otherwise be released
                                        to the  Company.  In the case of a Trust
                                        that  issues  more  than one  series  of
                                        Securities,  it will allocate a group of
                                        its  assets  to a single  series  of its
                                        Securities  (as  so  allocated,  "Series
                                        Trust Property").  Series Trust Property
                                        will support  only the single  series of
                                        Securities   to   which   it  has   been
                                        allocated and will not benefit or result
                                        in any  payments on any other  series of
                                        Securities  issued by that  Trust or any
                                        other Trust.

                                        You  will  find  a  description  of  the
                                        Receivables     in    the     Prospectus
                                        Supplement.  CFC will have purchased the
                                        Receivables  from the originating  motor
                                        vehicle  dealers  and will  sell them to
                                        the Trust.  If a Trust has not purchased
                                        all of its  Receivables  at the time you
                                        purchase   your   Securities,   it  will
                                        purchase    the    remainder    of   its
                                        Receivables   from  CFC  over  a  period
                                        specified in the Prospectus  Supplement.
                                        Some  Trusts  may,  during  a  specified
                                        period, use principal collections on its
                                        Receivables   to   purchase   additional
                                        Receivables.

Enhancement.........................    Certain classes of  Securities  may have
                                        the  benefit  of any  of  the  following
                                        enhancements  intended to  increase  the
                                        likelihood    of   payments   on   those
                                        Securities:

                                           o    subordination  of  one  or  more
                                                classes of Securities;
                                           o    overcollateralization (i.e., the
                                                principal    amount    of    the
                                                Receivables      exceeds     the
                                                principal  amount  of all of the
                                                Trust's Securities);
                                           o    excess spread (i.e.,  the excess
                                                of interest  collections  on the
                                                Receivables  over servicing fees
                                                and   interest  on  the  Trust's
                                                Securities);
                                           o    reserve  account,  the  funds in
                                                which  will be  applied to cover
                                                payments on the  Securities  not
                                                covered  by  collections  on the
                                                Receivables;
                                           o    letter of credit or other credit
                                                facility;
                                           o    surety bond;
                                           o    liquidity arrangements;
                                           o    swaps (including currency swaps)
                                                and other derivative instruments
                                                and  interest  rate   protection
                                                agreements;
                                           o    repurchase or put obligations;
                                           o    yield supplement agreements; and
                                           o    other  arrangements  similar  to
                                                those described above.

                                        The Prospectus  Supplement will describe
                                        the limitation of any  enhancement  that
                                        applies to the Securities.  Enhancements
                                        cannot guarantee that losses will not be
                                        incurred on the Securities.

Tax Status..........................    If the Securities are Notes, federal tax
                                        counsel  to the Trust  will  deliver  an
                                        opinion at the time of initial  issuance
                                        that for  federal  income tax  purposes:
                                        (i) the Securities will be characterized
                                        as debt and (ii) the  Trust  will not be
                                        characterized  as an  association  (as a
                                        publicly traded partnership)  taxable as
                                        a  corporation.  If the  Securities  are
                                        Certificates, you will find a discussion
                                        of    the     federal     income     tax
                                        characterization  of the  Securities and
                                        the related Trust in this Prospectus and
                                        the Prospectus Supplement.

                                        See   "Certain    Federal   Income   Tax
                                        Consequences"  and  "Certain  State  Tax
                                        Consequences" for additional information
                                        concerning  the  application  of federal
                                        and state tax laws to the Securities.

                                       5
<PAGE>
ERISA Considerations................    If you are an employee benefit plan, you
                                        should    review   the    considerations
                                        discussed  under "ERISA  Considerations"
                                        herein  and  in the  related  Prospectus
                                        Supplement   before   investing  in  the
                                        Securities. In general, subject to those
                                        considerations and to certain conditions
                                        described in those sections,  and unless
                                        otherwise  specified  in the  Prospectus
                                        Supplement,  you may  purchase the Notes
                                        of  any  series,  and  any  Certificates
                                        issued  by a  Trust  that  is a  grantor
                                        trust  if  those  Certificates  are  not
                                        subordinated   to  any  other  class  of
                                        Certificates.

Form and Denomination...............    You  may  purchase  Securities  only  in
                                        book-entry  form.  Your purchase must be
                                        in a minimum amount of $1,000.

                                       6
<PAGE>
                             SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS

CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS --                   In   connection   with  the  sale  of
TRUSTS MAY NOT HAVE A                   Receivables to a Trust,  the Seller will
PERFECTED  SECURITY INTEREST IN         assign  the  security  interests  in the
CERTAIN FINANCED VEHICLES               vehicles   (the   "Financed   Vehicles")
                                        securing those  Receivables to the Trust
                                        at   the   time   of   sale.    Due   to
                                        administrative  burden and expense,  the
                                        certificates  of title  to the  Financed
                                        Vehicles  will not be amended to reflect
                                        the  assignment  to  the  Trust.  In the
                                        absence of such an amendment,  the Trust
                                        may  not  have  a   perfected   security
                                        interest   in  the   Financed   Vehicles
                                        securing its Receivables in some states.
                                        Unless otherwise provided in the related
                                        Prospectus  Supplement,  the Seller will
                                        be   obligated   to    repurchase    any
                                        Receivable sold to a Trust as to which a
                                        perfected  security interest in the name
                                        of the  Seller in the  Financed  Vehicle
                                        securing the Receivable  shall not exist
                                        as  of  the  date  the   Receivable   is
                                        transferred to the Trust, if the lack of
                                        perfection  shall  materially  adversely
                                        affect the interest of the Trust in such
                                        Receivable and if the lack of perfection
                                        shall  not  have  been  cured  within  a
                                        specified  period.  If a Trust  does not
                                        have a perfected  security interest in a
                                        Financed Vehicle, its ability to realize
                                        on such  Financed  Vehicle  in a default
                                        may be adversely affected. To the extent
                                        the security  interest is  perfected,  a
                                        Trust  will  have  a  prior  claim  over
                                        subsequent  purchasers  of the  Financed
                                        Vehicle  and  holders  of   subsequently
                                        perfected security interests. However, a
                                        Trust  may  not  have a  prior  security
                                        interest  against  liens for  repairs of
                                        Financed Vehicles or for taxes unpaid by
                                        an  Obligor  under a  Receivable,  and a
                                        Trust could lose its  security  interest
                                        (or  its  priority)   through  fraud  or
                                        negligence.  Neither  the Seller nor the
                                        Servicer  will  have any  obligation  to
                                        repurchase a Receivable  as to which any
                                        of the aforementioned occurrences result
                                        in such  Trust's  losing the priority of
                                        its  security  interest or its  security
                                        interest in a Financed Vehicle after the
                                        Trust purchases the Receivable.

CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS -                    Federal and state consumer protection
FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH                  laws impose  requirements upon creditors
CONSUMER PROTECTION LAW                 in connection  with extensions of credit
REQUIREMENTS MAY MAKE A                 and  collections  of  retail installment
TRUST LIABLE                            loans  and certain of these laws make an
                                        assignee  of  such  a  loan  (such  as a
                                        Trust) liable to the obligor thereon for
                                        any  violation  by  the  lender.  Unless
                                        otherwise   specified   in  the  related
                                        Prospectus  Supplement,  the Seller will
                                        be   obligated   to    repurchase    any
                                        Receivable  which  fails to comply  with
                                        such requirements.

CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS --                   The Seller will warrant to each Trust
INSOLVENCY MAY RESULT IN                that  the sale of the Receivables by the
DELAYS OR REDUCTIONS OF                 Seller  to  the Trust is a valid sale of
PAYMENTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS             the Receivables to such  Trust. Notwith-
                                        standing  the  foregoing,  if the Seller
                                        were to become a debtor in a  bankruptcy
                                        case     and     a      creditor      or
                                        trustee-in-bankruptcy  of such debtor or
                                        such  debtor  itself  were to  take  the
                                        position    that   the    transfer    of
                                        Receivables  to  such  Trust  should  be
                                        treated not as a sale,  but instead as a
                                        pledge of such  Receivables  to secure a
                                        borrowing  of  such  debtor,  delays  in
                                        payments of  collections  of Receivables
                                        to  the  related  Securityholders  could
                                        occur or (should the court rule in favor
                                        of any such trustee, debtor or creditor)
                                        reductions   in  the   amounts  of  such
                                        payments  could result.  If the transfer
                                        of  Receivables to a Trust is treated as
                                        a  pledge  instead  of a sale,  a tax or
                                        government  lien on the  property of the
                                        Seller  arising before the transfer of a
                                        Receivable   to  such   Trust  may  have
                                        priority  over such Trust's  interest in
                                        such  Receivable.  If  the  transactions
                                        contemplated  herein  are  treated  as a
                                        sale, the Receivables  would not be part
                                        of the  Seller's  bankruptcy  estate and
                                        would not be  available  to the Seller's
                                        creditors.

                                       7
<PAGE>
                                           A case decided by the  United  States
                                        Court of Appeals  for the Tenth  Circuit
                                        contains  language  to the  effect  that
                                        accounts   sold   by  an   entity   that
                                        subsequently  became  bankrupt  remained
                                        property  of  the  debtor's   bankruptcy
                                        estate  because  the sale of accounts is
                                        treated as a  "security  interest"  that
                                        must  be  perfected  under  the  Uniform
                                        Commercial  Code  ("UCC").  Although the
                                        contracts  representing  the Receivables
                                        constitute  chattel  paper  rather  than
                                        accounts  under the UCC, sale of chattel
                                        paper,  like sales of accounts,  must be
                                        perfected under Article 9 of the UCC. If
                                        CFC were to  become a debtor  under  any
                                        insolvency  law  and  a  court  were  to
                                        follow  the   reasoning   of  the  Tenth
                                        Circuit  Court of Appeals and apply such
                                        reasoning  to chattel  paper,  the Trust
                                        could experience a delay in or reduction
                                        of collections on the  Receivables,  and
                                        you   could   incur   a  loss   on  your
                                        investment as a result.

RELIANCE ON REPRESENTATIONS                Neither       CFC,    DaimlerChrysler
AND WARRANTIES BY THE SELLER            Corporation   ("Chrysler")   nor  any of
OR THE SERVICER WHICH PROVES            their affiliates is generally  obligated
TO BE INADEQUATE MAY RESULT             to  make any payments in respect  of any
IN  LOSSES TO SECURITYHOLDERS           Securities or any Receivables.

                                           However,  in connection with the sale
                                        of Receivables by the Seller to a Trust,
                                        the Seller will make representations and
                                        warranties    with    respect   to   the
                                        characteristics of such Receivables.  In
                                        certain circumstances, the Seller may be
                                        required to repurchase  Receivables with
                                        respect  to which  such  representations
                                        and warranties  have been breached.  See
                                        "Description   of   the   Transfer   and
                                        Servicing    Agreements    --Sale    and
                                        Assignment of Receivables." In addition,
                                        under   certain    circumstances,    the
                                        Servicer  may be  required  to  purchase
                                        Receivables    from   a    Trust.    See
                                        "Description   of   the   Transfer   and
                                        Servicing    Agreements   --   Servicing
                                        Procedures".  Moreover,  if CFC  were to
                                        cease  acting  as  Servicer,  delays  in
                                        processing  payments on the  Receivables
                                        and information in respect thereof could
                                        occur and  result in delays in  payments
                                        to the Securityholders.

SUBORDINATION OF CERTAIN                   To  the   extent  specified   in  the
SECURITIES MAY RESULT IN                related      Prospectus      Supplement,
REDUCED PAYMENTS TO THOSE               distributions of interest  and principal
SECURITIES                              on one or more classes of Securities  of
                                        a series may be subordinated in priority
                                        of payment to  distributions of interest
                                        and  principal  due on one or more other
                                        classes of  Securities  of such  series.
                                        Such   subordination   of  a  class   of
                                        Securities  has the effect of increasing
                                        the  likelihood of payment on the senior
                                        classes of Securities in that series and
                                        decreasing  the likelihood of payment on
                                        that subordinated class of Securities.

                                       8
<PAGE>
A TRUST'S ONLY SOURCES OF                  A Trust will not have any significant
FUNDS TO MAKE PAYMENTS ON               assets  or  sources of funds  other than
ITS SECURITIES ARE COLLECTIONS          its   Receivables  and,  to  the  extent
ON ITS RECEIVABLES AND ANY              provided   in   the   related Prospectus
ENHANCEMENT THAT IT MAY HAVE            Supplement, enhancement.  The Securities
                                        of any series will represent obligations
                                        of or  interests  in the  related  Trust
                                        only.  The Securities of any series will
                                        not be insured or guaranteed by CFC, the
                                        applicable   Trustee,    any   Indenture
                                        Trustee  or any other  person or entity.
                                        Moreover,  in the  case of a Trust  that
                                        issues   more   than   one   series   of
                                        Securities,  the  Securities of a series
                                        issued by such Trust  will be  supported
                                        solely  by  the  Series  Trust  Property
                                        allocated  to such  series  and will not
                                        have  any  rights  in or  claim  on,  or
                                        receive any  payments  from,  the Series
                                        Trust  Property  allocated  to any other
                                        series  of  Securities  issued  by  such
                                        Trust. Consequently, investors must rely
                                        for payment of  Securities of any series
                                        solely upon payments on the  Receivables
                                        allocated  to such series and, if and to
                                        the extent  available,  any  enhancement
                                        for such series, all as specified in the
                                        related Prospectus Supplement.

RISK THAT PREPAYMENTS WILL                 An  obligor  may prepay a Receivable,
ADVERSELY AFFECT AVERAGE LIFE           in  whole  or  in  part, at any time. In
AND YIELDS OF THE SECURITIES            addition,   the   Servicer   may deem it
                                        necessary  in certain  circumstances  to
                                        repossess   and   liquidate  a  Financed
                                        Vehicle.  Furthermore,  the  Servicer or
                                        Seller may be required to  purchase,  or
                                        repurchase,   as  the  case  may  be,  a
                                        Receivable from the Trust. In any of the
                                        above instances, each referred to herein
                                        as a "prepayment",  the principal amount
                                        of  a  Receivable   may  be  repaid  (or
                                        charged  off) in advance of the  related
                                        payment   schedule.   While  a   certain
                                        prepayment  rate  may be  used  for  the
                                        purpose of pricing the Securities, there
                                        can  be no  assurance  that  the  actual
                                        prepayment rate will be faster or slower
                                        than the assumed  prepayment  rate.  The
                                        prepayment  rate on the  Receivables may
                                        be  influenced by a variety of economic,
                                        social    and   other    factors.    Any
                                        reinvestment   risks  resulting  from  a
                                        faster or slower incidence of prepayment
                                        of Receivables will be borne entirely by
                                        the   Securityholders   of  the  related
                                        series.  See  also  "Description  of the
                                        Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements  --
                                        Termination"  regarding  the  Servicer's
                                        option to purchase the  Receivables of a
                                        Trust.

ISSUANCE OF A SUBSEQUENT                   A  single  Trust  may issue more than
SERIES OF SECURITIES MAY                one series of Securities. The provisions
ADVERSELY AFFECT ANY PRIOR              of    the    governing  documents  for a
SERIES OF SECURITIES                    subsequent  series  of securities issued
                                        by a Trust  will not be  subject  to the
                                        consent  of  or  prior   review  by  the
                                        holders of a series of  Securities  that
                                        have  been  previously  issued  by  such
                                        Trust.   However,   the  issuance  of  a
                                        subsequent  series  of  Securities  by a
                                        Trust will be  subject to the  condition
                                        that each  Rating  Agency  that  rated a
                                        prior  series  of  Securities  issued by
                                        such  Trust  must   indicate   that  the
                                        issuance  of such  subsequent  series of
                                        Securities  will not cause  such  Rating
                                        Agency to reduce or withdraw  its rating
                                        of any such prior series of  Securities.
                                        There can be no assurance, however, that
                                        the issuance of a  subsequent  series of
                                        Securities by a Trust will not have some
                                        effect on a prior  series of  Securities
                                        issued by such Trust.

                                       9
<PAGE>
COMMINGLING OF MONIES BY                   The   Servicer   will   generally  be
THE SERVICER MAY LEAD TO                required  to deposit all collections and
FUNDS NOT BEING AVAILABLE               proceeds  from  the Receivables into the
FOR DISTRIBUTION                        Collection  Account  for  the applicable
                                        series on or  before  the  business  day
                                        preceding   each   Distribution    Date.
                                        However, in the event that CFC ceases to
                                        satisfy certain requirements for monthly
                                        remittances,  CFC  will be  required  to
                                        deposit such amounts into the Collection
                                        Account  for  such  series   within  two
                                        business  days of receipt  thereof.  The
                                        Servicer   will  deposit  the  aggregate
                                        Repurchase    Amount   of    Receivables
                                        repurchased by the Seller,  or purchased
                                        by the  Servicer,  into  the  applicable
                                        Collection  Account  on  or  before  the
                                        business day preceding each Distribution
                                        Date.    Pending   deposit   into   such
                                        Collection  Account,  collections may be
                                        invested by the Servicer at its own risk
                                        and for its own  benefit and will not be
                                        segregated  from funds of the  Servicer.
                                        If the  Servicer  were  unable  to remit
                                        such     funds,      the      applicable
                                        Securityholders  might incur a loss.  To
                                        the  extent  set  forth  in the  related
                                        Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer may,
                                        in order  to  satisfy  the  requirements
                                        described  above,  obtain  a  letter  of
                                        credit or other security for the benefit
                                        of the  related  Trust to secure  timely
                                        remittances   of   collections   on  the
                                        related  Receivables  and payment of the
                                        aggregate Repurchase Amount with respect
                                        to   Receivables    purchased   by   the
                                        Servicer.

NOTEHOLDERS HAVE THE RIGHT TO              Unless   otherwise  provided  in  the
TAKE CERTAIN ACTIONS IN THE             related   Prospectus  Supplement  for  a
CASE OF A SERVICER DEFAULT              series    that   includes   Notes    and
WHICH MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT              Certificates,  if   a  Servicer  Default
THE CERTIFICATEHOLDERS                  occurs,  the  Indenture  Trustee  or the
                                        Noteholders of such series, as described
                                        under  "Description  of the Transfer and
                                        Servicing   Agreements  --  Rights  upon
                                        Servicer   Default",   may   remove  the
                                        Servicer  without  the  consent  of  the
                                        Trustee  of  the  Trust  or  any  of the
                                        Certificateholders  of such series.  The
                                        Trustee    of   the    Trust    or   the
                                        Certificateholders  of such  series will
                                        not  have  the  ability  to  remove  the
                                        Servicer if a Servicer  Default  occurs.
                                        In  addition,  the  Noteholders  of such
                                        series have the  ability,  with  certain
                                        specified exceptions,  to waive defaults
                                        by the Servicer, including defaults that
                                        could  materially  adversely  affect the
                                        Certificateholders,   if  any,  of  such
                                        series. See "Description of the Transfer
                                        and  Servicing  Agreements  --Waiver  of
                                        Past Defaults".

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION MAY                Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the
REDUCE THE LIQUIDITY OF THE             related   Prospectus   Supplement,  each
SECURITIES                              class of a series of  Securities will be
                                        initially  represented  by one  or  more
                                        certificates  registered  in the name of
                                        Cede  &  Co.  ("Cede"),   or  any  other
                                        nominee for DTC set forth in the related
                                        Prospectus  Supplement  (Cede,  or  such
                                        other   nominee,    "DTC's    Nominee").
                                        Securities will not be registered in the
                                        investor's  name  or in the  name  of an
                                        investor's  nominee.  Because  of  this,
                                        unless and until  Definitive  Securities
                                        are  issued,   investors   will  not  be
                                        recognized   by  the   Trustee   or  any
                                        applicable   Indenture   Trustee   as  a
                                        "Certificateholder"  or a  "Noteholder",
                                        as the case may be. Consequently, unless
                                        and  until  Definitive   Securities  are
                                        issued,  investors  will only be able to
                                        exercise the rights of a  Securityholder
                                        indirectly    through    DTC   and   its
                                        participating     organizations.     See
                                        "Certain   Information   Regarding   the
                                        Securities --  Book-Entry  Registration"
                                        and "-- Definitive Securities".

                                       10
<PAGE>
                                   THE TRUSTS

    The Seller will establish a separate Trust pursuant to a trust  agreement (a
"Trust  Agreement")  or a  pooling  and  servicing  agreement  (a  "Pooling  and
Servicing Agreement"),  as applicable, for the transactions described herein and
in the related Prospectus Supplement.  The property of each Trust allocated to a
series of  Securities  issued by such Trust will include a pool of motor vehicle
retail installment sales contracts (a "Receivables  Pool") (and, with respect to
Fixed Value  Receivables  (as defined below),  the right to certain  payments on
retail  installment  sale  contracts)  between  retail  sellers  of new and used
automobiles  and light duty trucks (the  "Dealers") and  installment  purchasers
thereof  (the  "Obligors")  and all  payments  due  thereunder  on and after the
applicable  Cutoff Date (as specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  a
"Cutoff Date") in the case of Precomputed  Receivables and all payments received
thereunder  on and  after  the  applicable  Cutoff  Date in the  case of  Simple
Interest  Receivables.  The Receivables of each Receivables Pool were or will be
originated by the Dealers and purchased by CFC, directly or indirectly, pursuant
to CFC's  agreements with Dealers ("Dealer  Agreements").  Such Receivables will
continue to be serviced by the  Servicer and evidence  indirect  financing  made
available by the Seller to the Obligors.  On the applicable  Closing Date, after
the  issuance of the  Securities  of a series,  the Seller will sell the Initial
Receivables of the applicable  Receivables  Pool to the Trust to the extent,  if
any, specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  To the extent so provided
in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  Subsequent Receivables allocable to such
series of Securities will be conveyed to the Trust as frequently as daily during
the  Funding  Period and  Additional  Receivables  allocable  to such  series of
Securities  may be  conveyed  to the Trust  during  the  Revolving  Period.  Any
Subsequent Receivables or Additional Receivables so conveyed will also be assets
of the applicable Trust allocated  solely to such series of Securities,  subject
to  the  prior  rights  of  the  related   Indenture  Trustee  and  the  related
Noteholders,  if any, therein.  The property of each Trust allocated to a series
of  Securities  issued by such Trust will also  include (i) such amounts as from
time to time may be held in separate trust accounts  established  and maintained
pursuant to the related  sale and  servicing  agreement  (a "Sale and  Servicing
Agreement")  or  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  and  the  proceeds  of such
accounts,  as described herein and in the related  Prospectus  Supplement;  (ii)
security interests in the Financed Vehicles and any other interest of the Seller
in such Financed  Vehicles;  (iii) the rights to proceeds from claims on certain
physical  damage,  credit life and disability  insurance  policies  covering the
Financed Vehicles or the Obligors,  as the case may be; (iv) the interest of the
Seller in any  proceeds  from  recourse  to Dealers on  Receivables  or Financed
Vehicles  with  respect  to which the  Servicer  has  determined  that  eventual
repayment  in full is  unlikely;  (v) any  property  that shall  have  secured a
Receivable and that shall have been acquired by the applicable  Trust;  and (vi)
any  and  all  proceeds  of the  foregoing  (as  allocated  to  such  series  of
Securities,  and together with the Receivables Pool allocated to such series and
payments thereon,  the "Series Trust Property").  To the extent specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, a Pre-Funding Account, a Reserve Account or other
form of credit  enhancement or Previously Issued Securities may be a part of the
Series  Trust  Property in a Trust or may be held by the Trustee or an Indenture
Trustee for the benefit of holders of the related Securities.  If a Trust issues
more than one series of Securities, the Securities of a series will be supported
solely by the Series Trust  Property  allocated to such series and will not have
any rights in or claim on, or  receive  any  payments  from,  the  Series  Trust
Property  allocated  to any other  series of  Securities  issued by such  Trust.
Additionally,  pursuant to  contracts  between the Seller and the  Dealers,  the
Dealers have an obligation  after  origination  to repurchase  Receivables as to
which Dealers have made certain misrepresentations.

    The Servicer will continue to service the Receivables held by each Trust and
will  receive  fees for such  services.  See  "Description  of the  Transfer and
Servicing  Agreements -- Servicing  Compensation and Payment of Expenses" herein
and in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  To facilitate  the servicing of the
Receivables,  each  Trustee  will  authorize  the  Servicer  to retain  physical
possession of the Receivables  held by each Trust and other  documents  relating
thereto as custodian for each such Trust. To avoid undue  administrative  burden
and expense,  the  certificates  of title to the Financed  Vehicles  will not be
amended to reflect  the sale and  assignment  of the  security  interest  in the
Financed Vehicles to each Trust. In the absence of such an amendment,  any Trust
may not have a  perfected  security  interest  in the  Financed  Vehicles in all
states.  See "Certain Legal Aspects of the  Receivables" and "Description of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables".

    If  the  protection   provided  to  any  Noteholders  of  a  series  by  the
subordination of the related  Certificates,  if any, and by the Reserve Account,
if any, or other credit  enhancement for such series or the protection  provided
to the related  Certificateholders  by any such Reserve  Account or other credit
enhancement is insufficient, such Noteholders or Certificateholders, as the case
may be, would have to look principally to the Obligors on the Receivables in the
related Series Trust Property,  the proceeds from the  repossession  and sale of
Financed Vehicles

                                       11
<PAGE>
which secure defaulted  Receivables in the related Series Trust Property and the
proceeds from any recourse  against Dealers with respect to such Receivables for
payment  on  the  Securities.  In  such  event,  certain  factors,  such  as the
applicable  Trust's not having  perfected  security  interests  in the  Financed
Vehicles in all states,  may affect the Servicer's ability to repossess and sell
the collateral securing such Receivables, and thus may reduce the proceeds to be
distributed to the holders of the Securities of such series. See "Description of
the Transfer and  Servicing  Agreements --  Distributions",  "-- Credit and Cash
Flow Enhancement" and "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables".

    The  principal  offices  of each  Trust  and  the  related  Trustee  will be
specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

THE TRUSTEE

    The  Trustee  for each Trust will be  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  The Trustee's liability in connection with the issuance and sale of
the related  Securities  is limited  solely to the express  obligations  of such
Trustee  set forth in the related  Trust  Agreement  and the Sale and  Servicing
Agreement or the related  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  as  applicable.  A
Trustee may resign at any time, in which event the Servicer,  or its  successor,
will be obligated to appoint a successor  trustee.  The Administrator of a Trust
that is not a grantor  trust and the  Servicer  in  respect of a Trust that is a
grantor  trust may also remove the Trustee if the Trustee  ceases to be eligible
to  continue  as Trustee  under the  related  Trust  Agreement  or  Pooling  and
Servicing Agreement, as applicable, or if the Trustee becomes insolvent. In such
circumstances,  the Administrator or Servicer, as applicable,  will be obligated
to appoint a successor trustee. Any resignation or removal of a Trustee will not
become effective until acceptance of the appointment by the successor trustee.

                              THE RECEIVABLES POOLS

GENERAL

    The Receivables in each  Receivables  Pool have been or will be purchased by
the Seller,  directly or  indirectly,  from  Dealers in the  ordinary  course of
business  through its zone  offices  located in the United  States.  Most of the
Dealers sell products  manufactured  and/or distributed by Chrysler.  The retail
installment sale contracts are purchased pursuant to the Dealer Agreements.  The
Seller  purchases  contracts in accordance  with its credit  standards which are
based upon the vehicle  buyer's ability and willingness to repay the obligation,
the value of the vehicle being financed, as well as other factors.

    The  Receivables  to be  held  by a  Trust  and  allocated  to a  series  of
Securities  will be selected  from the Seller's  portfolio  for inclusion in the
related  Receivables Pool by several criteria,  including that, unless otherwise
provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, each Receivable (i) is secured by
a new or used vehicle,  (ii) was originated in the United States, (iii) provides
for level monthly payments (except for the last payment,  which may be minimally
different  from  the  level  payments  or  which,  in the  case of  Fixed  Value
Receivables,  may be a final fixed value payment) that fully amortize the amount
financed over its original term to maturity, (iv) is a Precomputed Receivable or
a Simple Interest  Receivable and (v) satisfies the other criteria,  if any, set
forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.  No selection procedures believed by
the Seller to be adverse to the  Securityholders  of any series  were or will be
used in selecting the related Receivables.

    "Precomputed   Receivables"   consist  of  either  (i)   monthly   actuarial
receivables  ("Actuarial  Receivables")  or (ii)  receivables  that  provide for
allocation  of payments  according to the "Rule of 78's"  method  ("Rule of 78's
Receivables").  An Actuarial  Receivable  provides for  amortization of the loan
over a  series  of  fixed  level  payment  monthly  installments.  Each  monthly
installment, including the monthly installment representing the final payment on
the  Receivable,  consists of an amount of interest  equal to 1/12 of the APR of
the loan multiplied by the unpaid  principal  balance of the loan, and an amount
of  principal  equal to the  remainder  of the monthly  payment.  A Rule of 78's
Receivable  provides for the payment by the obligor of a specified  total amount
of payments, payable in equal monthly installments on each due date, which total
represents  the  principal  amount  financed  and add-on  interest  in an amount
calculated on the stated APR for the term of the  receivable.  The rate at which
such amount of add-on interest is earned and, correspondingly, the amount

                                       12
<PAGE>
of  each  fixed  monthly  payment  allocated  to  reduction  of the  outstanding
principal are calculated in accordance with the "Rule of 78's".

    "Fixed Value  Receivables"  are monthly  receivables  originated under CFC's
Gold Key Plus program and secured by new automobiles or light duty trucks with a
final payment which is materially greater than the scheduled monthly payments. A
Fixed Value  Receivable  provides for  amortization of the loan over a series of
fixed level payment monthly installments like an Actuarial Receivable,  but also
requires  a final  fixed  value  payment  due  after  payment  of  such  monthly
installments. The fixed value payment may be satisfied by (i) payment in full in
cash of such  amount,  (ii)  transfer  of the  vehicle to CFC  provided  certain
conditions  are  satisfied  or (iii)  refinancing  the fixed  value  payment  in
accordance  with certain  conditions.  With respect to Fixed Value  Receivables,
unless  otherwise  provided  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  only  the
principal  and interest  payments due prior to the final fixed value payment and
not the final fixed  value  payment  will be  included in such Trust;  the final
fixed  value  payment  will be sold by the  Seller  to the  applicable  Company.
However,  in the case of a Trust that is not a grantor trust,  such Company will
have the option to transfer the final fixed value  payments  with respect to the
related  Fixed Value  Receivables  retained by such Company to such Trust and to
cause  such Trust to issue  certificates  representing  interests  in such final
fixed value payments or indebtedness secured by such final fixed value payments.

    "Simple   Interest   Receivables"  are  receivables  that  provide  for  the
amortization  of the  amount  financed  over a  series  of fixed  level  monthly
payments.  However,  unlike the monthly  payment under an Actuarial  Receivable,
each monthly payment is generally  allocated first to interest and the remainder
to  principal.  The  interest  allocation  is  calculated  on the  basis  of the
outstanding principal balance of the receivable multiplied by the stated APR and
further  multiplied  by the period  elapsed (as a fraction  of a calendar  year)
since the  preceding  payment of interest was made.  Accordingly,  if an obligor
pays a fixed monthly  installment  before its scheduled due date, the portion of
the payment  allocable to interest  will be less than it would have been had the
payment  been made as  scheduled,  and the  portion  of the  payment  applied to
principal  will be  correspondingly  greater.  Conversely,  if an obligor pays a
fixed  monthly  installment  after its  scheduled  due date,  the portion of the
payment  allocable  to interest  will be greater than it would have been had the
payment been made as  scheduled,  and the portion  applied to principal  will be
correspondingly less. In either case, the obligor generally pays a fixed monthly
installment  until the final scheduled payment date, at which time the amount of
the final  installment  is  increased  or  decreased  as  necessary to repay the
outstanding  principal  balance and any finance  charges up to the date of final
payment.

    In the event of the prepayment in full (voluntarily or by acceleration) of a
Rule of 78's Receivable, under the terms of the contract, a "refund" or "rebate"
will be made to the obligor of the portion of the total amount of payments  then
due and payable  under the contract  allocable to  "unearned"  add-on  interest,
calculated  in  accordance  with a method  equivalent to the Rule of 78's. If an
Actuarial  Receivable is prepaid in full, with minor variations based upon state
law, the  Actuarial  Receivable  requires  that the rebate be  calculated on the
basis of a constant  interest rate. If a Simple Interest  Receivable is prepaid,
rather than receive a rebate,  the obligor is required to pay  interest  only to
the date of prepayment.  The amount of a rebate under a Rule of 78's  Receivable
generally  will be less than the amount of a rebate on an  Actuarial  Receivable
and  generally  will be less than the remaining  scheduled  payments of interest
that  would  have  been due  under a Simple  Interest  Receivable  for which all
payments were made on schedule.

    Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  each Trust
will  account  for the  Rule of 78's  Receivables  as if such  Receivables  were
Actuarial  Receivables.  Amounts  received upon  prepayment in full of a Rule of
78's  Receivable  in excess of the then  outstanding  principal  balance of such
Receivable and accrued  interest thereon  (calculated  pursuant to the actuarial
method)  will  not  be  paid  to  the  Noteholders  or  passed  through  to  the
Certificateholders  of the applicable series but will be paid to the Servicer as
additional servicing compensation.

    Information  with respect to each  Receivables Pool will be set forth in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  including,  to  the  extent  appropriate,  the
composition,  the  distribution  by APR and by the  states of  origination,  the
portion of such  Receivables  Pool consisting of Precomputed  Receivables and of
Simple Interest  Receivables and the portion of such Receivables Pool secured by
new vehicles and by used vehicles.

                                       13
<PAGE>
CFC'S PERFORMANCE HISTORY

    Certain  information  concerning the experience of the Seller and its United
States  subsidiaries  pertaining to delinquencies,  repossessions and net losses
with respect to new and used retail  automobile and light duty truck receivables
(including  receivables  previously sold which CFC continues to service) will be
set forth in each  Prospectus  Supplement.  There can be no  assurance  that the
delinquency,  repossession  and net loss experience on any Receivables Pool will
be comparable to prior experience or to such information.

                     WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE SECURITIES

    The weighted  average life of the Securities will generally be influenced by
the rate at which the principal  balances of the related  Receivables  are paid,
which payment may be in the form of scheduled  amortization or prepayments.  For
this purpose,  the term  "prepayments"  includes  prepayments  in full,  partial
prepayments  including  those related to rebates of extended  warranty  contract
costs and insurance  premiums,  liquidations due to default, as well as receipts
of proceeds from physical damage,  credit life and disability insurance policies
and certain  other  Receivables  repurchased  by the Seller or the  Servicer for
administrative  reasons.  All of the  Receivables  are  prepayable  at any  time
without penalty to the Obligor. The rate of prepayment of automotive receivables
is influenced by a variety of economic, social and other factors,  including the
fact that an Obligor  generally  may not sell or transfer the  Financed  Vehicle
securing a Receivable  without the consent of the Seller. The rate of prepayment
on the  Receivables  may also be  influenced  by the  structure of the loan.  In
addition,  under  certain  circumstances,   the  Seller  will  be  obligated  to
repurchase  Receivables  from a Trust pursuant to the related Sale and Servicing
Agreement  or  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  as a result  of  breaches  of
representations  and  warranties  and the Servicer will be obligated to purchase
Receivables  from such Trust  pursuant to such Sale and  Servicing  Agreement or
Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement as a result of breaches of certain  covenants.
See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment
of  Receivables"  and "-- Servicing  Procedures".  See also  "Description of the
Transfer and Servicing  Agreements  --  Termination"  regarding  the  Servicer's
option  to  purchase  the  Receivables  from a Trust and "--  Insolvency  Event"
regarding  the  possible  sale  (if  provided  for  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement) of the  Receivables  owned by a Trust that is not a grantor trust if
an Insolvency Event with respect to the Company applicable to such Trust occurs.

    In addition,  a  Prospectus  Supplement  may provide for a Revolving  Period
during which principal  collections in respect of the  Receivables  allocated to
the  related  series  will be applied to  purchase  Additional  Receivables  for
inclusion  in the related  Series  Trust  Property  rather than  applied to make
distributions on the related Securities. Any such application would increase the
weighted average life of such Securities.  Moreover, a Prospectus Supplement may
provide for a liquidity facility or similar  arrangement under which collections
of principal may be invested in certain Eligible  Investments and distributed on
the related Securities in planned amounts on scheduled Distribution Dates.

    In light of the above  considerations,  there can be no  assurance as to the
amount  of  principal  payments  to be  made  on  the  Notes,  if  any,  or  the
Certificates,  if any, of a given series on each  Payment  Date or  Distribution
Date, as  applicable,  since such amount will depend,  in part, on the amount of
principal  collected  on the  related  Receivables  Pool  during the  applicable
Collection  Period.  Any  reinvestment  risks  resulting from a faster or slower
incidence  of  prepayment  of   Receivables   will  be  borne  entirely  by  the
Noteholders, if any, and the Certificateholders,  if any, of a given series. The
related Prospectus Supplement may set forth certain additional  information with
respect  to  the  maturity  and  prepayment  considerations  applicable  to  the
particular Receivables Pool and the related series of Securities.

               POOL FACTORS FOR SECURITIES AND TRADING INFORMATION

    The "Note Pool Factor" for each class of Notes will be a seven-digit decimal
which the Servicer will compute prior to each  distribution with respect to such
class of Notes indicating the remaining  outstanding  principal  balance of such
class of Notes,  as of the  applicable  Payment  Date  (after  giving  effect to
payments  to be  made  on such  Payment  Date),  as a  fraction  of the  initial
outstanding  principal  balance of such class of Notes.  The  "Certificate  Pool
Factor" for each class of Certificates  will be a seven-digit  decimal which the
Servicer will compute prior to each  distribution  with respect to such class of
Certificates  indicating  the  remaining  Certificate  Balance  of such class of
Certificates,  as of the  applicable  Distribution  Date (after giving effect to
distributions  to be made on  such

                                       14
<PAGE>
Distribution  Date),  as a fraction of the initial  Certificate  Balance of such
class of  Certificates.  Each Note Pool Factor and each  Certificate Pool Factor
will initially be 1.0000000 and thereafter will decline to reflect reductions in
the  outstanding  principal  balance of the  applicable  class of Notes,  or the
reduction of the Certificate Balance of the applicable class of Certificates, as
the case may be. A Noteholder's portion of the aggregate  outstanding  principal
balance  of the  related  class  of  Notes is the  product  of (i) the  original
denomination of such Noteholder's Note and (ii) the applicable Note Pool Factor.
A Certificateholder's  portion of the aggregate outstanding  Certificate Balance
for the  related  class  of  Certificates  is the  product  of (a) the  original
denomination  of such  Certificateholder's  Certificate  and (b) the  applicable
Certificate Pool Factor.

    Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement with respect
to a series,  the Noteholders,  if any, and the  Certificateholders,  if any, of
such series will  receive  reports on or about each Payment Date with respect to
the related Collection Period, payments received on the related Receivables, the
Pool Balance (as such term is defined in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the
"Pool  Balance") as of the last day of the related  Collection  Period,  and the
last day of the Collection Period next preceding the related  Collection Period,
or in the case of the initial  Collection  Period,  as of the Cutoff Date,  each
Certificate  Pool Factor or Note Pool Factor,  as applicable,  and various other
items of information. In addition, Securityholders of record during any calendar
year will be furnished information for tax reporting purposes not later than the
latest date permitted by law. See "Certain Information  Regarding the Securities
- -- Reports to Securityholders".

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

    Unless  otherwise  provided in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the net
proceeds  from the sale of the  Securities  of a series  will be  applied by the
applicable Trust (i) to the purchase of the Receivables and, if applicable,  any
Previously Issued  Securities from the Seller,  (ii) to make the initial deposit
into  the  Reserve  Account,  if any,  and  (iii)  to make  the  deposit  of the
Pre-Funded  Amount  into  the  Pre-Funding  Account,  if any.  Unless  otherwise
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Seller will use the proceeds
it receives  with  respect to such series of  Securities  for general  corporate
purposes.

                        CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.

    On October 25, 1998,  Chrysler  Financial  Corporation  merged with and into
CFC,  with CFC being the  surviving  entity.  The  purpose  of the merger was to
change  the  form of  organization  of  Chrysler  Financial  Corporation  from a
Michigan  corporation into a Michigan limited  liability  company.  Prior to the
merger,  CFC had no  operations  and had  nominal  assets  and  liabilities.  In
connection  with the merger,  CFC  succeeded  by  operation of law to all of the
assets and  liabilities of Chrysler  Financial  Corporation.  Unless the context
otherwise requires,  for the periods prior to October 25, 1998 the term "CFC" as
used herein shall mean Chrysler Financial Corporation and after the merger shall
mean  Chrysler  Financial  Company  L.L.C.,  as successor to Chrysler  Financial
Corporation.  CFC's  executive  offices  are  located  at 27777  Franklin  Road,
Southfield, Michigan 48034-9296, and its telephone number is (248) 948-3067.

    Chrysler is the sole  member  (owner) of CFC.  CFC is a  financial  services
organization,  engaged in  automotive  retail,  wholesale  and fleet  financing,
commercial  lending and leasing,  secured small  business  financing,  property,
casualty and other  insurance  operations,  and automotive  dealership  facility
development and management.  CFC's business is substantially  dependent upon the
operations of Chrysler.  In  particular,  lower levels of production and sale of
Chrysler's  automotive  products  could  result in a  reduction  in the level of
finance  and  insurance  operations  of  CFC.  See  "Special  Considerations  --
Financial  Information  for Chrysler  Financial  Company  L.L.C." in the related
Prospectus Supplement.  The related Prospectus Supplement will set forth certain
additional information with respect to CFC.

    CFC will warrant to each Trust in the related Sale and  Servicing  Agreement
or Pooling and Servicing  Agreement that the sale of the applicable  Receivables
by CFC to such  Trust is a valid  sale of such  Receivables  to such  Trust.  In
addition, CFC and such Trust will treat the transactions described herein and in
the related  Prospectus  Supplement as a sale of such  Receivables to such Trust
and CFC will take all actions that are required to perfect the Trust's ownership
interest in such  Receivables.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if CFC were to
become a debtor in a bankruptcy  case and a creditor or trustee in bankruptcy of
such debtor or such debtor itself were to take the position that the transfer of
Receivables  to a Trust should be treated not as a sale, but instead as a pledge
of such  Receivables

                                       15
<PAGE>
to secure a borrowing of such debtor,  then delays in payments of collections of
such  Receivables  could  occur or  (should  the court rule in favor of any such
trustee,  debtor or creditor)  reductions in the amount of such  payments  could
result. If the transfer of Receivables to a Trust is treated as a pledge instead
of a sale, a tax or  government  lien on the property of CFC arising  before the
transfer  of  Receivables  to such  Trust may have  priority  over such  Trust's
interest  in such  Receivables.  If the  transactions  contemplated  herein  are
treated as a sale, the Receivables  would not be part of CFC's bankruptcy estate
and would not be available to CFC's creditors.

                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

GENERAL

    With respect to each Trust that issues  Notes,  one or more classes of Notes
of the related series will be issued pursuant to the terms of an Indenture,  the
form of which has been  filed as an  exhibit to the  Registration  Statement  of
which this Prospectus forms a part. The following summary does not purport to be
complete and is subject to, and is  qualified  in its entirety by reference  to,
all the provisions of the Notes and the Indenture.

    If a Trust  issues  more than one series of Notes,  each such  series may be
issued  pursuant to a master  Indenture.  In such a case,  the Notes of a series
will be secured solely by the Series Trust Property allocated to such series and
will not have any rights in or claims  on, or receive  any  payments  from,  the
Series Trust Property allocated to any other series of Securities issued by such
Trust.

    Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  each class
of Notes  will  initially  be  represented  by one or more  Notes,  in each case
registered  in the name of the  nominee  of DTC  (together  with  any  successor
depository  selected by the Trust, the "Depository")  except as set forth below.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Notes will
be available for purchase in  denominations  of $1,000 in book-entry  form only.
The Seller has been  informed  by DTC that DTC's  nominee  will be Cede,  unless
another nominee is specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  Accordingly,
such  nominee is expected to be the holder of record of the Notes of each class.
Unless and until  Definitive  Notes are issued  under the limited  circumstances
described herein or in the related Prospectus Supplement,  no Noteholder will be
entitled to receive a physical  certificate  representing a Note. All references
herein and in the related Prospectus  Supplement to actions by Noteholders refer
to actions taken by DTC upon instructions  from its participating  organizations
(the  "Participants")  and all references  herein and in the related  Prospectus
Supplement to  distributions,  notices,  reports and  statements to  Noteholders
refer to distributions,  notices,  reports and statements to DTC or its nominee,
as the  registered  holder of the Notes,  for  distribution  to  Noteholders  in
accordance with DTC's procedures with respect thereto.  See "Certain Information
Regarding  the  Securities  --  Book-Entry   Registration"   and   "--Definitive
Securities".

PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST ON THE NOTES

    The  timing and  priority  of  payment,  seniority,  allocations  of losses,
Interest Rate and amount of or method of  determining  payments of principal and
interest  with  respect to each class of Notes of a series will be  described in
the related Prospectus Supplement. The right of holders of any class of Notes of
a series  to  receive  payments  of  principal  and  interest  may be  senior or
subordinate  to the rights of holders of any other  class or classes of Notes of
such series, as described in the related Prospectus Supplement. Unless otherwise
provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, payments of interest on the Notes
of such  series  will be made prior to payments  of  principal  thereon.  To the
extent provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  a series may include one
or  more  classes  of  Strip  Notes  entitled  to (i)  principal  payments  with
disproportionate, nominal or no interest payments or (ii) interest payments with
disproportionate, nominal or no principal payments. Each class of Notes may have
a different Interest Rate, which may be a fixed, variable or adjustable Interest
Rate  (and  which  may be zero  for  certain  classes  of Strip  Notes),  or any
combination of the foregoing. The related Prospectus Supplement will specify the
Interest Rate for each class of Notes of a series or the method for  determining
such Interest  Rate. See also "Certain  Information  Regarding the Securities --
Fixed Rate Securities" and "-- Floating Rate Securities". One or more classes of
Notes of a series may be redeemable in whole or in part under the  circumstances
specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  including  at the end of the
Funding Period (if any) or as a result of the  Servicer's  exercising its option
to purchase the related Receivables Pool.

                                       16
<PAGE>
    To the extent specified in any Prospectus Supplement, one or more classes of
Notes of a given series may have fixed principal payment schedules, as set forth
in such  Prospectus  Supplement;  Noteholders of such Notes would be entitled to
receive as  payments  of  principal  on any given  Payment  Date the  applicable
amounts set forth on such schedule with respect to such Notes, in the manner and
to the extent set forth in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The  aggregate
initial principal amount of the Notes and Certificates, if any, of a series may,
after giving effect to the purchase of all  Subsequent  Receivables,  if any, be
greater or less than the aggregate  initial principal balance of the Receivables
in that series.

    To the extent specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  payments of
interest to holders of two or more classes of Notes within a series may have the
same  priority.  Under  certain  circumstances,  the amount  available  for such
payments could be less than the amount of interest  payable on such Notes on any
of the dates specified for payments in the related Prospectus  Supplement (each,
a  "Payment  Date",  which  may be the same  date as each  Distribution  Date as
specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement),  in which case the holders of
such classes of Notes will receive its ratable  share (based upon the  aggregate
amount of interest due to such classes of Noteholders)  of the aggregate  amount
available  to  be  distributed  in  respect  of  interest  on  such  Notes.  See
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Distributions" and "--
Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement".

    In the case of a series  of Notes  which  includes  two or more  classes  of
Notes,  the sequential order and priority of payment in respect of principal and
interest,  and any  schedule or formula or other  provisions  applicable  to the
determination  thereof,  of each such  class  will be set  forth in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement.  Payments in respect of  principal  and  interest of any
class of Notes will be made on a pro rata  basis  among all the  Noteholders  of
such class. A series with Notes may provide for a Revolving Period, during which
collections  of  principal  in respect  of the  Receivables  are not  applied to
payments of principal of such Notes, or may provide for a liquidity  facility or
similar  arrangement  that  permits  one or more  classes of Notes to be paid in
planned amounts on scheduled Distribution Dates.

THE INDENTURE

    Master Indenture. If a Trust issues more than one series of Notes, each such
series  may be  issued  pursuant  to a base  indenture  and a series  supplement
related thereto (such base indenture  together with such series supplement being
collectively referred to herein as an "Indenture").

    Modification of Indenture.  With respect to each Trust that has issued Notes
pursuant to an  Indenture,  the Trust and the  Indenture  Trustee may,  with the
consent of the  holders of a majority  of the  outstanding  Notes of the related
series,  execute a  supplemental  indenture to add  provisions to, change in any
manner or eliminate any provisions of, the related Indenture,  or modify (except
as provided below) in any manner the rights of the related Noteholders.

    Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement with respect
to a series of Notes, without the consent of the holder of each such outstanding
Note affected thereby.  However, no supplemental  indenture will: (i) change the
due date of any  installment  of  principal  of or  interest on any such Note or
reduce the principal amount thereof,  the interest rate specified thereon or the
redemption  price with respect  thereto or change any place of payment  where or
the coin or currency in which any such Note or any interest  thereon is payable;
(ii)  impair  the  right  to  institute  suit  for the  enforcement  of  certain
provisions  of  the  related  Indenture  regarding  payment;  (iii)  reduce  the
percentage of the aggregate amount of the outstanding Notes of such series,  the
consent of the holders of which is required for any such supplemental  indenture
or the consent of the holders of which is required for any waiver of  compliance
with  certain  provisions  of  the  related  Indenture  or of  certain  defaults
thereunder and their consequences as provided for in such Indenture; (iv) modify
or alter the provisions of the related  Indenture  regarding the voting of Notes
held by the applicable  Trust, any other obligor on such Notes, the Seller or an
affiliate of any of them; (v) reduce the percentage of the aggregate outstanding
amount of such Notes,  the consent of the holders of which is required to direct
the related Indenture Trustee to sell or liquidate the Receivables  allocated to
such  series if the  proceeds  of such  sale  would be  insufficient  to pay the
principal  amount and accrued but unpaid  interest on the  outstanding  Notes of
such series;  (vi) decrease the percentage of the aggregate  principal amount of
such Notes required to amend the sections of the related Indenture which specify
the  applicable  percentage of aggregate  principal  amount of the Notes of such
series necessary to amend such Indenture or certain other related agreements; or
(vii) permit the  creation of any lien ranking  prior to or on a parity with the
lien of the related  Indenture  with respect to any of the Series Trust Property
securing such Notes or, except as otherwise  permitted or  contemplated  in

                                       17
<PAGE>
such  Indenture,  terminate the lien of such Indenture on any such collateral or
deprive the holder of any such Note of the security afforded by the lien of such
Indenture.

    Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, the Trust
and  the  applicable   Indenture   Trustee  may  also  enter  into  supplemental
indentures,  without  obtaining  the consent of the  Noteholders  of the related
series,  for the purpose of, among other  things,  adding any  provisions  to or
changing  in any manner or  eliminating  any of the  provisions  of the  related
Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of such Noteholders; provided
that such action will not  materially  and adversely  affect the interest of any
such Noteholder.

    Events of Default;  Rights upon Event of Default.  With respect to the Notes
of a series,  unless otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,
"Events of Default"  under the related  Indenture will consist of: (i) a default
for  five  days  (or for such  other  longer  period  specified  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement) or more in the payment of any interest on any such Note;
(ii) a default in the  payment of the  principal  of or any  installment  of the
principal  of any such  Note  when the same  becomes  due and  payable;  (iii) a
default in the  observance  or  performance  of any covenant or agreement of the
applicable Trust made in the related  Indenture and the continuation of any such
default for a period of 30 days after  notice  thereof is given to such Trust by
the applicable  Indenture Trustee or to such Trust and such Indenture Trustee by
the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of such Notes then  outstanding;
(iv) any  representation or warranty made by such Trust in the related Indenture
or in any  certificate  delivered  pursuant  thereto or in connection  therewith
having been incorrect in a material respect as of the time made, and such breach
not having been cured within 30 days after notice thereof is given to such Trust
by the applicable  Indenture Trustee or to such Trust and such Indenture Trustee
by  the  holders  of at  least  25% in  principal  amount  of  such  Notes  then
outstanding;  or (v) certain events of bankruptcy,  insolvency,  receivership or
liquidation of the applicable Trust. The amount of principal required to be paid
to  Noteholders  of such series under the related  Indenture  will  generally be
limited to amounts available to be deposited in the applicable Note Distribution
Account.  Therefore,  unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the failure to pay principal on a class of Notes generally will not
result in the  occurrence  of an Event of  Default  until  the  final  scheduled
Payment Date for such class of Notes.

    In the case of a Trust that issues  more than one series of Notes,  an Event
of  Default  with  respect  to one  such  series  of Notes  will  not of  itself
constitute an Event of Default with respect to any such other series of Notes.

    If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes of any series  should occur
and  continue,  the  related  Indenture  Trustee or  holders  of a  majority  in
principal  amount of such Notes then  outstanding  may declare the  principal of
such Notes to be immediately due and payable.  Unless otherwise specified in the
related   Prospectus   Supplement,   such   declaration   may,   under   certain
circumstances,  be rescinded by the holders of a majority in principal amount of
such Notes then outstanding.

    If the Notes of any series are due and payable following an Event of Default
with respect thereto, the related Indenture Trustee may institute proceedings to
collect  amounts due or  foreclose on Series  Trust  Property  allocated to such
series,  exercise remedies as a secured party, sell the Receivables  included in
such  Series  Trust  Property  or elect to have the  applicable  Trust  maintain
possession  of such  Receivables  and  continue  to  apply  collections  on such
Receivables  as if  there  had  been  no  declaration  of  acceleration.  Unless
otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,   however,  such
Indenture Trustee is prohibited from selling the related  Receivables  following
an Event of Default,  other than a default in the payment of any principal of or
a  default  for five  days (or  such  longer  period  specified  in the  related
Indenture)  or more in the payment of any  interest on any Note of such  series,
unless (i) the holders of all the  outstanding  Notes of such series  consent to
such sale,  (ii) the  proceeds  of such sale are  sufficient  to pay in full the
principal of and the accrued interest on such  outstanding  Notes at the date of
such sale or (iii) such Indenture  Trustee  determines that the proceeds of such
Receivables  would not be sufficient on an ongoing basis to make all payments on
such Notes as such payments  would have become due if such  obligations  had not
been declared due and payable, and such Indenture Trustee obtains the consent of
the holders of 66 2/3% of the aggregate outstanding amount of such Notes.

    If a Trust  issues more than one series of Notes,  each such series of Notes
will be secured solely by the Series Trust Property allocated to such series and
will not have any rights in or claims  on, or receive  any  payments  from,  the
Series Trust Property allocated to any other series of Securities issued by such
Trust.

                                       18
<PAGE>
    Subject to the provisions of the applicable Indenture relating to the duties
of  the  related  Indenture  Trustee,  if an  Event  of  Default  occurs  and is
continuing  with respect to a series of Notes,  such  Indenture  Trustee will be
under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under such Indenture
at the  request  or  direction  of any of the  holders  of such  Notes,  if such
Indenture  Trustee  reasonably  believes it will not be  adequately  indemnified
against the costs,  expenses and  liabilities  which it might incur in complying
with such request.  Subject to the  provisions for  indemnification  and certain
limitations  contained  in the related  Indenture,  the holders of a majority in
principal  amount of the  outstanding  Notes of a series  will have the right to
direct the time,  method and place of  conducting  any  proceeding or any remedy
available to the applicable Indenture Trustee in respect of such series, and the
holders of a majority in principal amount of such Notes then outstanding may, in
certain cases, waive any default with respect to such Notes, except a default in
the  payment of  principal  or interest or a default in respect of a covenant or
provision  of such  Indenture  that  cannot be  modified  without  the waiver or
consent of all the holders of such outstanding Notes.

    Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  no holder
of a Note of any series will have the right to  institute  any  proceeding  with
respect  to the  related  Indenture,  unless  (i) such  holder  has given to the
applicable  Indenture  Trustee  prior  written  notice of a continuing  Event of
Default,  (ii) the  holders  of not less  than 25% in  principal  amount  of the
outstanding  Notes of such series have made  written  request to such  Indenture
Trustee to institute such proceeding in its own name as Indenture Trustee, (iii)
such holder or holders have offered such Indenture Trustee reasonable indemnity,
(iv) such Indenture  Trustee has for 60 days failed to institute such proceeding
and (v) no direction  inconsistent  with such written  request has been given to
such Indenture Trustee during such 60-day period by the holders of a majority in
principal amount of such outstanding Notes.

    In addition, each Indenture Trustee and the holders of a series of Notes, by
accepting such Notes,  will covenant,  to the extent legally  enforceable,  that
they will not at any time institute against the applicable Trust any bankruptcy,
reorganization  or other  proceeding  under any federal or state  bankruptcy  or
similar law and that they do not have and will not assert any claims against any
Series  Trust  Property  allocated  to any other  series of Notes issued by such
Trust.

    With respect to any series of Notes  issued by a Trust,  neither the related
Indenture  Trustee nor the related Trustee in its individual  capacity,  nor any
holder of a Certificate representing an ownership interest in such Trust nor any
of  their  respective  owners,   beneficiaries,   agents,  officers,  directors,
employees, affiliates,  successors or assigns will, in the absence of an express
agreement to the contrary, be personally liable for the payment of the principal
of or interest on such Notes or for the  agreements  of such Trust  contained in
the applicable Indenture.

    Certain  Covenants.  Each  Indenture will provide that the related Trust may
not  consolidate  with or merge  into any other  entity,  unless  (i) the entity
formed by or surviving such  consolidation or merger is organized under the laws
of the United  States,  any state or the District of Columbia,  (ii) such entity
expressly assumes such Trust's obligation to make due and punctual payments upon
the Notes of the  related  series and the  performance  or  observance  of every
agreement  and  covenant  of such Trust under the  Indenture,  (iii) no Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing  immediately  after such merger or
consolidation,  (iv) such Trust has been advised that the rating of the Notes or
the Certificates of such series then in effect would not be reduced or withdrawn
by the Rating Agencies as a result of such merger or consolidation  and (v) such
Trust has  received an opinion of counsel to the effect that such  consolidation
or merger would have no material  adverse  federal income tax consequence to the
Trust or to any related Noteholder or Certificateholder.

    With respect to each series of Notes issued by a Trust, such Trust will not,
among  other  things,  (i)  except  as  expressly  permitted  by the  applicable
Indenture,  the applicable Transfer and Servicing  Agreements or certain related
documents with respect to such Trust and such series (collectively, the "Related
Documents"),  sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the Series
Trust  Property  allocated to such series,  (ii) claim any credit on or make any
deduction  from the  principal  and interest  payable in respect of the Notes of
such series (other than amounts withheld under the Code or applicable state law)
or assert any claim  against any present or former  holder of such Notes because
of the payment of taxes levied or assessed  upon such Trust,  (iii)  dissolve or
liquidate in whole or in part, (iv) permit the validity or  effectiveness of the
related  Indenture  to be impaired or permit any person to be released  from any
covenants or obligations  with respect to such Notes under such Indenture except
as may be expressly  permitted thereby or (v) permit any lien,  charge,  excise,
claim,  security  interest,  mortgage or other

                                       19
<PAGE>
encumbrance to be created on or extend to or otherwise arise upon or burden such
Series  Trust  Property  or any part  thereof,  or any  interest  therein or the
proceeds thereof.

    No Trust may  engage  in any  activity  other  than as  specified  under the
section of the related Prospectus Supplement entitled "The Trust". No Trust will
incur,  assume or guarantee any indebtedness  other than  indebtedness  incurred
pursuant to one or more series of Notes issued by it and the related Indentures,
pursuant to any Advances  made to it by the Servicer or otherwise in  accordance
with the Related Documents.

    Annual  Compliance  Statement.  Each Trust will be required to file annually
with the related  Indenture Trustee a written statement as to the fulfillment of
its obligations under the Indenture.

    Indenture  Trustee's Annual Report. The Indenture Trustee for each series of
Notes will be  required  to mail each year to all  related  Noteholders  a brief
report relating to its eligibility  and  qualification  to continue as Indenture
Trustee  under the  related  Indenture,  any  amounts  advanced  by it under the
Indenture,  the amount,  interest rate and maturity date of certain indebtedness
owing by the related Trust to the applicable Indenture Trustee in its individual
capacity,  the property and funds  physically held by such Indenture  Trustee as
such and any action taken by it that  materially  affects the related  Notes and
that has not been previously reported.

    Satisfaction  and  Discharge of Indenture.  An Indenture  will be discharged
with respect to the Series Trust  Property  securing the related  Notes upon the
delivery to the related Indenture Trustee for cancellation of all such Notes or,
with certain  limitations,  upon deposit  with such  Indenture  Trustee of funds
sufficient for the payment in full of all such Notes.

THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

    The Indenture Trustee for a series of Notes will be specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement.  The Indenture  Trustee for any series may resign at any
time, in which event the Issuer will be obligated to appoint a successor trustee
for such series.  The Issuer may also remove any such Indenture  Trustee if such
Indenture  Trustee  ceases to be  eligible to continue as such under the related
Indenture or if such Indenture Trustee becomes insolvent. In such circumstances,
the Issuer will be obligated to appoint a successor  trustee for the  applicable
series of Notes.  Any  resignation  or removal of the Indenture  Trustee for any
series of Notes does not become effective until acceptance of the appointment by
the successor trustee for such series.

                         DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

GENERAL

    With  respect to each  Trust,  if so  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  one or more classes of  Certificates  of the related series will be
issued  pursuant to the terms of a Trust  Agreement  or a Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement,  a form of  each  of  which  has  been  filed  as an  exhibit  to the
Registration  Statement of which this  Prospectus  forms a part.  The  following
summary  does not purport to be complete  and is subject to, and is qualified in
its entirety by reference  to, all the  provisions of the  Certificates  and the
Trust Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable.

    Unless otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement and except
for the Certificates,  if any, of a series purchased by the applicable  Company,
each  class  of  Certificates  will  initially  be  represented  by one or  more
Certificates  registered  in the name of the  Depository,  except  as set  forth
below.  Unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  and
except  for  the  Certificates,  if  any,  of a given  series  purchased  by the
applicable  Company,  the Certificates will be available for purchase in minimum
denominations of $1,000 in book-entry form only. The Seller has been informed by
DTC that DTC's nominee will be Cede,  unless another nominee is specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement.  Accordingly,  such nominee is expected to be the
holder of record of the Certificates of any series that are not purchased by the
related Company.  Unless and until Definitive  Certificates are issued under the
limited circumstances  described herein or in the related Prospectus Supplement,
no  Certificateholder  (other than the  applicable  Company) will be entitled to
receive a physical certificate representing a Certificate. All references herein
and in the related Prospectus Supplement to actions by Certificateholders  refer
to

                                       20
<PAGE>
actions taken by DTC upon  instructions from the Participants and all references
herein and in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  to  distributions,  notices,
reports and statements to  Certificateholders  refer to distributions,  notices,
reports  and  statements  to DTC or its  nominee,  as the  case  may be,  as the
registered holder of the Certificates, for distribution to Certificateholders in
accordance with DTC's procedures with respect thereto.  See "Certain Information
Regarding  the  Securities  --  Book-Entry   Registration"  and  "--  Definitive
Securities".  Any Certificates of a given series owned by the applicable Company
or its affiliates will be entitled to equal and proportionate benefits under the
applicable Trust Agreement,  except that such Certificates will be deemed not to
be outstanding for the purpose of determining  whether the requisite  percentage
of Certificateholders have given any request, demand, authorization,  direction,
notice,  consent or other  action  under the Related  Documents  (other than the
commencement  by the related  Trust of a voluntary  proceeding  in bankruptcy as
described  under  "Description  of the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements  --
Insolvency Event").

    If a Trust issues more than one series of  Certificates,  Certificates  of a
series will be supported  solely by the Series Trust Property  allocated to such
series and will not have any rights in or claims  on, or  receive  any  payments
from,  the Series Trust  Property  allocated  to any other series of  Securities
issued by such Trust.

DISTRIBUTIONS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST

    The timing and priority of distributions,  seniority, allocations of losses,
Pass  Through  Rate and amount of or method of  determining  distributions  with
respect  to  principal  and  interest  of each  class  of  Certificates  will be
described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Distributions  of interest on
such Certificates will be made on the dates specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement (each, a "Distribution Date") and will be made prior to distributions
with respect to principal of such  Certificates.  To the extent  provided in the
related Prospectus Supplement, a series may include one or more classes of Strip
Certificates  entitled  to  (i)  distributions  in  respect  of  principal  with
disproportionate,   nominal  or  no  interest  distributions  or  (ii)  interest
distributions with  disproportionate,  nominal or no distributions in respect of
principal.  Each class of  Certificates  may have a different Pass Through Rate,
which may be a fixed, variable or adjustable Pass Through Rate (and which may be
zero for certain classes of  Certificates)  or any combination of the foregoing.
The related  Prospectus  Supplement  will specify the Pass Through Rate for each
class of  Certificates  of a series  or the  method  for  determining  such Pass
Through Rate.  See also "Certain  Information  Regarding the Securities -- Fixed
Rate Securities" and "-- Floating Rate Securities". Unless otherwise provided in
the related Prospectus Supplement,  distributions in respect of the Certificates
of a series that includes Notes may be subordinate to payments in respect of the
Notes  of  such  series  as  more  fully  described  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  Distributions  in respect of interest on and principal of any class
of   Certificates   will  be  made  on  a  pro   rata   basis   among   all  the
Certificateholders of such class.

    In the case of a series of  Certificates  which includes two or more classes
of Certificates,  the timing, sequential order, priority of payment or amount of
distributions in respect of interest and principal,  and any schedule or formula
or other provisions applicable to the determination  thereof, of each such class
shall be as set  forth  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  A series  with
Certificates  may provide for a Revolving  Period,  during which  collections of
principal on the  Receivables  are not applied to  distributions  on the related
Securities,  or may provide for a liquidity facility or similar arrangement that
permits  one or more  classes of the  related  Securities  to be paid in planned
amounts on scheduled  Distribution Dates. The aggregate initial principal amount
of the  Certificates and the Notes, if any, of a series may, after giving effect
to the  purchase  of all  Subsequent  Receivables,  if any,  for such  series be
greater or less than the aggregate  initial principal balance of the Receivables
in that series.

                  CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES

FIXED RATE SECURITIES

    Each class of Securities (other than certain classes of Strip Notes or Strip
Certificates)  may  bear  interest  at a  fixed  rate  per  annum  ("Fixed  Rate
Securities")  or at a variable  or  adjustable  rate per annum  ("Floating  Rate
Securities"),  as more fully  described  below and in the applicable  Prospectus
Supplement.  Each  class of Fixed  Rate  Securities  will bear  interest  at the
applicable  per annum  Interest  Rate or Pass Through  Rate, as the case may be,
specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. Unless otherwise set forth in
the  applicable  Prospectus  Supplement,  interest  on each  class of Fixed Rate
Securities  will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year

                                       21
<PAGE>
consisting of twelve 30-day months.  See  "Description of the Notes -- Principal
and Interest on the Notes" and "Description of the Certificates -- Distributions
of Principal and Interest".

FLOATING RATE SECURITIES

    Each  class  of  Floating  Rate  Securities  will  bear  interest  for  each
applicable  Interest  Reset  Period  (as such  term is  defined  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement with respect to a class of Floating Rate Securities,  the
"Interest  Reset  Period") at a rate per annum  determined  by  reference  to an
interest  rate basis (the "Base  Rate"),  plus or minus the  Spread,  if any, or
multiplied  by the Spread  Multiplier,  if any, in each case as specified in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The "Spread" is  generally a stated  number of
basis points (one basis point equals one  one-hundredth of a percentage  point),
and the "Spread Multiplier" is generally a number expressed as a percentage. The
Interest  Reset Period may be referred to as an "Interest  Accrual  Period" in a
Prospectus Supplement.

    The  applicable  Prospectus  Supplement  will designate one of the following
Base Rates as applicable to a given Floating Rate Security:  (i) LIBOR (a "LIBOR
Security"), (ii) the Commercial Paper Rate (a "Commercial Paper Rate Security"),
(iii) the Treasury  Rate (a "Treasury  Rate  Security"),  (iv) the Federal Funds
Rate (a "Federal Funds Rate  Security"),  (v) the CD Rate (a "CD Rate Security")
or (vi) such other Base Rate as is set forth in such Prospectus Supplement.  The
"Index  Maturity"  for any class of Floating  Rate  Securities  is the period of
maturity of the instrument or obligation from which the Base Rate is calculated.
"H.15(519)"  means the  publication  entitled  "Statistical  Release  H.15(519),
Selected Interest Rates" or any successor publication, published by the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System.  "Composite Quotations" means the daily
statistical release entitled "Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations for U.S. Government
Securities"  published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.  "Interest Reset
Date" will be the first day of the  applicable  Interest  Reset Period,  or such
other day as may be specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement with respect
to a class of Floating Rate Securities.

    As  specified  in  the  applicable  Prospectus  Supplement,   Floating  Rate
Securities  of a given class may also have either or both of the  following  (in
each case expressed as a rate per annum): (i) a maximum limitation,  or ceiling,
on the rate at which  interest may accrue during any interest  period and (ii) a
minimum  limitation,  or floor,  on the rate at which interest may accrue during
any  interest  period.  In  addition to any  maximum  interest  rate that may be
applicable  to  any  class  of  Floating  Rate  Securities,  the  interest  rate
applicable to any class of Floating Rate  Securities  will in no event be higher
than the maximum rate  permitted by applicable  law, as the same may be modified
by United States law of general application.

    Each Trust with respect to which a class of Floating Rate Securities will be
issued will appoint,  and enter into agreements with, a calculation agent (each,
a  "Calculation  Agent")  to  calculate  interest  rates on each  such  class of
Floating Rate Securities issued with respect thereto. The applicable  Prospectus
Supplement will identify the  Calculation  Agent for each such class of Floating
Rate  Securities  of a given  series.  The  Calculation  Agent may be either the
related  Trustee  or  Indenture  Trustee  with  respect  to  such  series.   All
determinations  of interest by the  Calculation  Agent shall,  in the absence of
manifest  error,  be  conclusive  for all purposes and binding on the holders of
Floating Rate  Securities of a given class.  Unless  otherwise  specified in the
applicable Prospectus Supplement, all percentages resulting from any calculation
of the  rate of  interest  on a  Floating  Rate  Security  will be  rounded,  if
necessary,  to the nearest 1/100,000 of 1% (.0000001),  with five one-millionths
of a percentage point rounded upward.

    CD Rate  Securities.  Each CD Rate  Security  will  bear  interest  for each
Interest Reset Period at the interest rate  calculated  with reference to the CD
Rate and the Spread or Spread Multiplier, if any, specified in such Security and
in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

    Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement,  the "CD
Rate" for each Interest Reset Period shall be the rate as of the second business
day prior to the Interest  Reset Date for such Interest Reset Period (a "CD Rate
Determination  Date") for  negotiable  certificates  of deposit having the Index
Maturity  designated  in the  applicable  Prospectus  Supplement as published in
H.15(519)  under the heading "CDs  (Secondary  Market)".  In the event that such
rate is not published prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Calculation
Date (as defined below) pertaining to such CD Rate Determination  Date, then the
"CD  Rate"  for  such  Interest  Reset  Period  will be the rate on such CD Rate
Determination Date for negotiable  certificates of deposit of the Index Maturity
designated  in the  applicable  Prospectus  Supplement as published in Composite
Quotations  under the heading  "Certificates  of Deposit".  If by 3:00 p.m., New
York City  time,  on such  Calculation  Date such rate is not yet  published  in
either

                                       22
<PAGE>
H.15(519) or Composite  Quotations,  then the "CD Rate" for such Interest  Reset
Period will be calculated by the Calculation Agent for such CD Rate Security and
will be the  arithmetic  mean of the secondary  market offered rates as of 10:00
a.m., New York City time, on such CD Rate  Determination  Date, of three leading
nonbank dealers in negotiable U.S. dollar certificates of deposit in The City of
New  York  selected  by the  Calculation  Agent  for such CD Rate  Security  for
negotiable  certificates of deposit of major United States money center banks of
the  highest  credit  standing  (in the market for  negotiable  certificates  of
deposit) with a remaining  maturity closest to the Index Maturity  designated in
the related  Prospectus  Supplement in a denomination  of $5,000,000;  provided,
however, that if the dealers selected as aforesaid by such Calculation Agent are
not quoting the  aforementioned  offered rates,  the "CD Rate" for such Interest
Reset  Period  will be the  same as the CD Rate  for the  immediately  preceding
Interest Reset Period.

    The "Calculation Date" pertaining to any CD Rate Determination Date shall be
either (a) the tenth calendar day after such CD Rate  Determination  Date or, if
such day is not a business  day,  the next  succeeding  business  day or (b) the
second  business day  preceding  the date any payment is required to be made for
any period following the applicable Interest Reset Date, whichever is earlier.

    Commercial Paper Rate  Securities.  Each Commercial Paper Rate Security will
bear  interest for each Interest  Reset Period at the interest  rate  calculated
with reference to the Commercial Paper Rate and the Spread or Spread Multiplier,
if any, specified in such Security and in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

    Unless  otherwise  specified in the applicable  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
"Commercial Paper Rate" for each Interest Reset Period will be determined by the
Calculation  Agent for such  Commercial  Paper  Rate  Security  as of the second
business day prior to the Interest  Reset Date for such Interest Reset Period (a
"Commercial Paper Rate Determination  Date") and shall be the Money Market Yield
(as defined below) on such Commercial Paper Rate  Determination Date of the rate
for  commercial  paper having the Index  Maturity  specified  in the  applicable
Prospectus  Supplement,  as such rate shall be published in H.15(519)  under the
heading  "Commercial  Paper". In the event that such rate is not published prior
to 3:00 p.m.,  New York City time, on the  Calculation  Date (as defined  below)
pertaining  to  such  Commercial  Paper  Rate   Determination   Date,  then  the
"Commercial Paper Rate" for such Interest Reset Period shall be the Money Market
Yield  on  such  Commercial  Paper  Rate  Determination  Date  of the  rate  for
commercial  paper of the  specified  Index  Maturity as  published  in Composite
Quotations under the heading  "Commercial Paper". If by 3:00 p.m., New York City
time,  on  such  Calculation  Date  such  rate is not yet  published  in  either
H.15(519) or Composite  Quotations,  then the  "Commercial  Paper Rate" for such
Interest Reset Period shall be the Money Market Yield of the arithmetic  mean of
the offered  rates,  as of 11:00 a.m.,  New York City time,  on such  Commercial
Paper Rate  Determination  Date of three leading dealers of commercial  paper in
The City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent for such Commercial Paper
Rate Security for commercial paper of the specified Index Maturity placed for an
industrial  issuer whose bonds are rated "AA" or the  equivalent by a nationally
recognized  rating agency;  provided,  however,  that if the dealers selected as
aforesaid by such  Calculation  Agent are not quoting offered rates as mentioned
in this  sentence,  the  "Commercial  Paper Rate" for such Interest Reset Period
will be the same as the  Commercial  Paper  Rate for the  immediately  preceding
Interest Reset Period.

    "Money  Market Yield" shall be a yield  calculated  in  accordance  with the
following formula:

                                          +---            ---+
                                          |    D x 360       |
                 Money Market Yield    =  |    -------       |  x 100
                                          |  360 - (D x M)   |
                                          +---            ---+

where "D" refers to the applicable per annum rate for commercial paper quoted on
a bank discount  basis and expressed as a decimal,  and "M" refers to the actual
number of days in the specified Index Maturity.

    The "Calculation Date" pertaining to any Commercial Paper Rate Determination
Date shall be either (a) the tenth calendar day after such Commercial Paper Rate
Determination  Date or, if such day is not a business  day, the next  succeeding
business day or (b) the second  business day  preceding  the date any payment is
required to be made for any period following the applicable Interest Reset Date,
whichever is earlier.

                                       23
<PAGE>
    Federal  Funds Rate  Securities.  Each Federal Funds Rate Security will bear
interest for each  Interest  Reset Period at the interest rate  calculated  with
reference to the Federal Funds Rate and the Spread or Spread Multiplier, if any,
specified in such Security and in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

    Unless  otherwise  specified in the applicable  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
"Federal  Funds Rate" for each Interest Reset Period shall be the effective rate
on the Interest Reset Date for such Interest Reset Period (a "Federal Funds Rate
Determination  Date") for Federal  Funds as  published  in  H.15(519)  under the
heading  "Federal  Funds  (Effective)".  In the  event  that  such  rate  is not
published  prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the  Calculation  Date (as
defined  below)  pertaining to such Federal Funds Rate  Determination  Date, the
"Federal  Funds Rate" for such  Interest  Reset Period shall be the rate on such
Federal Funds Rate Determination Date as published in Composite Quotations under
the heading "Federal Funds/Effective Rate". If by 3:00 p.m., New York City time,
on such  Calculation  Date such rate is not yet published in either H.15(519) or
Composite  Quotations,  then the "Federal  Funds Rate" for such  Interest  Reset
Period  shall be the rate on such  Federal  Funds Rate  Determination  Date made
publicly  available by the Federal  Reserve Bank of New York which is equivalent
to the rate  which  appears  in  H.15(519)  under  the  heading  "Federal  Funds
(Effective)";  provided,  however,  that  if  such  rate  is not  made  publicly
available by the Federal  Reserve  Bank of New York by 3:00 p.m.,  New York City
time, on such Calculation Date, the "Federal Funds Rate" for such Interest Reset
Period will be the same as the Federal Funds Rate in effect for the  immediately
preceding  Interest  Reset Period.  In the case of a Federal Funds Rate Security
that resets  daily,  the interest  rate on such Security for the period from and
including a Monday to but excluding the  succeeding  Monday will be reset by the
Calculation Agent for such Security on such second Monday (or, if not a business
day, on the next succeeding  business day) to a rate equal to the average of the
Federal Funds Rates in effect with respect to each such day in such week.

    The "Calculation  Date"  pertaining to any Federal Funds Rate  Determination
Date shall be the next succeeding business day.

    LIBOR  Securities.  Each LIBOR Security will bear interest for each Interest
Reset Period at the interest  rate  calculated  with  reference to LIBOR and the
Spread or Spread  Multiplier,  if any,  specified  in such  Security  and in the
applicable Prospectus Supplement.

    Unless otherwise  specified in the applicable  Prospectus  Supplement,  with
respect to LIBOR indexed to the offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits,  "LIBOR"
for each Interest Reset Period will be determined by the  Calculation  Agent for
any LIBOR Security as follows:

        On the second  London  Banking Day prior to the Interest  Reset Date for
    such Interest Reset Period (a "LIBOR  Determination  Date"), the Calculation
    Agent for such LIBOR  Security  will  determine the  arithmetic  mean of the
    offered  rates for  deposits  in U.S.  dollars  for the  period of the Index
    Maturity specified in the applicable  Prospectus  Supplement,  commencing on
    such   Interest   Reset  Date,   which  appear  on  Telerate  Page  3750  at
    approximately  11:00 a.m.,  London time, on such LIBOR  Determination  Date.
    "Telerate  Page 3750" means the display page so  designated on the Dow Jones
    Telerate  Service  (or such  other  page as may  replace  that  page on that
    service,  or such  other  service  as may be  nominated  as the  information
    vendor,  for the purpose of  displaying  London  interbank  offered rates of
    major banks). If such rate appears on Telerate Page 3750, LIBOR will be such
    rate.  "LIBOR  Business  Day" as  used  herein  means  a day  that is both a
    Business  Day  (as  defined  in  the  Indenture  or  Pooling  and  Servicing
    Agreement)  and a day on which banking  institutions  in the City of London,
    England are not required or authorized by law to be closed.  If on any LIBOR
    Determination  Date the offered rate does not appear on Telerate  Page 3750,
    the Calculation  Agent will request each of the reference banks (which shall
    be major  banks that are  engaged in  transactions  in the London  interbank
    market selected by the Calculation  Agent) to provide the Calculation  Agent
    with its offered  quotation for United States dollar deposits for the period
    of the  specified  Index  Maturity  to prime  banks in the London  interbank
    market  as of 11:00  a.m.,  London  time,  on such  date.  If at  least  two
    reference banks provide the Calculation Agent with such offered  quotations,
    LIBOR  on such  date  will  be the  arithmetic  mean,  rounded  upwards,  if
    necessary,   to  the  nearest   1/100,000  of  1%   (.0000001),   with  five
    one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward, of all such quotations.
    If on  such  date  fewer  than  two  of  the  reference  banks  provide  the
    Calculation Agent with such offered  quotations,  LIBOR on such date will be
    the arithmetic mean, rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100,000
    of 1% (.0000001),  with five  one-millionths  of a percentage  point rounded
    upward, of the offered per annum rates that one or more leading banks in The
    City of New York selected by the  Calculation

                                       24
<PAGE>
    Agent are  quoting as of 11:00  a.m.,  New York City  time,  on such date to
    leading  European banks for United States dollar  deposits for the period of
    the specified Index Maturity;  provided, however, that if such banks are not
    quoting as described above,  LIBOR for such date will be LIBOR applicable to
    the Interest Reset Period immediately preceding such Interest Reset Period.

    Treasury Rate Securities. Each Treasury Rate Security will bear interest for
each Interest Reset Period at the interest rate calculated with reference to the
Treasury  Rate and the Spread or Spread  Multiplier,  if any,  specified in such
Security and in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

    Unless  otherwise  specified in the applicable  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
"Treasury  Rate" for each Interest  Period will be the rate for the auction held
on the Treasury  Rate  Determination  Date (as defined  below) for such Interest
Reset  Period of direct  obligations  of the United  States  ("Treasury  bills")
having the Index Maturity specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement,  as
such rate shall be  published in H.15(519)  under the heading  "U.S.  Government
Securities -- Treasury bills -- auction average  (investment)"  or, in the event
that such rate is not published  prior to 3:00 p.m.,  New York City time, on the
Calculation   Date  (as  defined   below)   pertaining  to  such  Treasury  Rate
Determination  Date, the auction average rate (expressed as a bond equivalent on
the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days,  as  applicable,  and applied on a daily
basis) on such Treasury Rate  Determination  Date as otherwise  announced by the
United States  Department of the Treasury.  In the event that the results of the
auction of Treasury bills having the specified  Index Maturity are not published
or  reported  as  provided  above by 3:00  p.m.,  New York  City  time,  on such
Calculation  Date,  or  if no  such  auction  is  held  on  such  Treasury  Rate
Determination  Date,  then the "Treasury  Rate" for such  Interest  Reset Period
shall be calculated by the Calculation Agent for such Treasury Rate Security and
shall be the yield to maturity (expressed as a bond equivalent on the basis of a
year of 365 or 366 days,  as  applicable,  and applied on a daily  basis) of the
arithmetic  mean of the secondary  market bid rates,  as of  approximately  3:30
p.m.,  New York City time, on such Treasury  Rate  Determination  Date, of three
leading primary United States  government  securities  dealers  selected by such
Calculation  Agent for the issue of  Treasury  bills with a  remaining  maturity
closest to the specified Index Maturity;  provided, however, that if the dealers
selected as  aforesaid  by such  Calculation  Agent are not quoting bid rates as
mentioned in this  sentence,  then the "Treasury  Rate" for such Interest  Reset
Period  will be the  same as the  Treasury  Rate for the  immediately  preceding
Interest Reset Period.

    The "Treasury Rate  Determination  Date" for each Interest Reset Period will
be the day of the week in which the Interest  Reset Date for such Interest Reset
Period falls on which Treasury bills would normally be auctioned. Treasury bills
are normally sold at auction on Monday of each week,  unless that day is a legal
holiday,  in which case the auction is normally held on the  following  Tuesday,
except that such auction may be held on the preceding Friday.  If, as the result
of a legal holiday,  an auction is so held on the preceding Friday,  such Friday
will be the Treasury Rate  Determination  Date  pertaining to the Interest Reset
Period  commencing in the next succeeding week. If an auction date shall fall on
any day that would  otherwise  be an  Interest  Reset  Date for a Treasury  Rate
Security,  then such  Interest  Reset Date shall  instead  be the  business  day
immediately following such auction date.

    The "Calculation  Date" pertaining to any Treasury Rate  Determination  Date
shall  be  either  (a)  the  tenth   calendar  day  after  such   Treasury  Rate
Determination  Date or, if such a day is not a business day, the next succeeding
business day or (b) the second  business day  preceding  the date any payment is
required to be made for any period following the applicable Interest Reset Date,
whichever is earlier.

INDEXED SECURITIES

    To the  extent  so  specified  in any  Prospectus  Supplement,  any class of
Securities of a given series may consist of Securities ("Indexed Securities") in
which the  principal  amount  payable  at the final  scheduled  Payment  Date or
Distribution  Date, as the case may be, for such class (the  "Indexed  Principal
Amount") is  determined  by reference to a measure (the  "Index")  which will be
related to (i) the  difference  in the rate of exchange  between  United  States
dollars and a currency or composite currency (the "Indexed Currency")  specified
in the applicable  Prospectus  Supplement  (such Indexed  Securities,  "Currency
Indexed Securities");  (ii) the difference in the price of a specified commodity
(the  "Indexed   Commodity")  on  specified  dates  (such  Indexed   Securities,
"Commodity  Indexed  Securities");  or (iii)  the  difference  in the level of a
specified stock index (the "Stock Index"), which may be based on U.S. or foreign
stocks,   on  specified   dates  (such  Indexed   Securities,   "Stock   Indexed
Securities");  or (iv) such other  objective  price or economic  measures as are
described in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. The manner of

                                       25
<PAGE>
determining the Indexed  Principal  Amount of an Indexed Security and historical
and other information  concerning the Indexed Currency,  the Indexed  Commodity,
the Stock Index or other price or economic  measures used in such  determination
will  be set  forth  in the  applicable  Prospectus  Supplement,  together  with
information   concerning  tax  consequences  to  the  holders  of  such  Indexed
Securities.

    If the  determination of the Indexed Principal Amount of an Indexed Security
is based on an Index  calculated  or  announced  by a third party and such third
party either  suspends the  calculation or announcement of such Index or changes
the basis upon which such Index is  calculated  (other than  changes  consistent
with  policies  in effect at the time  such  Indexed  Security  was  issued  and
permitted changes described in the applicable Prospectus Supplement),  then such
Index  shall  be  calculated  for  purposes  of  such  Indexed  Security  by  an
independent  calculation agent named in the applicable  Prospectus Supplement on
the same basis,  and subject to the same conditions and controls,  as applied to
the original  third party.  If for any reason such Index cannot be calculated on
the same basis and subject to the same conditions and controls as applied to the
original third party, then the Indexed Principal Amount of such Indexed Security
shall  be  calculated  in the  manner  set  forth in the  applicable  Prospectus
Supplement. Any determination of such independent calculation agent shall in the
absence of manifest error be binding on all parties.

    Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, interest
on an Indexed  Security  will be payable  based on the amount  designated in the
applicable  Prospectus Supplement as the "Face Amount" of such Indexed Security.
The applicable  Prospectus Supplement will describe whether the principal amount
of the related Indexed  Security,  if any, that would be payable upon redemption
or  repayment  prior  to  the  applicable   final  scheduled   Payment  Date  or
Distribution  Date,  as the case may be, will be the Face Amount of such Indexed
Security,  the Indexed  Principal Amount of such Indexed Security at the time of
redemption  or  repayment  or  another  amount   described  in  such  Prospectus
Supplement.

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION

    DTC is a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State
of New York, a member of the Federal  Reserve System,  a "clearing  corporation"
within  the  meaning  of the New York  UCC and a  "clearing  agency"  registered
pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold  securities
for  its  Participants  and  to  facilitate  the  clearance  and  settlement  of
securities  transactions between  Participants through electronic  book-entries,
thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Participants
include  securities  brokers and dealers,  banks,  trust  companies and clearing
corporations. Indirect access to the DTC system also is available to others such
as banks, brokers,  dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a
custodial  relationship  with  a  Participant,  either  directly  or  indirectly
("Indirect Participants").

    Unless   otherwise   specified   in  the  related   Prospectus   Supplement,
Securityholders that are not Participants or Indirect Participants but desire to
purchase,  sell or  otherwise  transfer  ownership  of, or other  interests  in,
Securities may do so only through  Participants  and Indirect  Participants.  In
addition,  Securityholders  will  receive all  distributions  of  principal  and
interest  from  the  related  Indenture  Trustee  or  the  related  Trustee,  as
applicable (the "Applicable Trustee"), through Participants.  Under a book-entry
format,  Securityholders may experience some delay in their receipt of payments,
since  such  payments  will be  forwarded  by the  Applicable  Trustee  to DTC's
Nominee.  DTC will forward such payments to its  Participants,  which thereafter
will forward them to Indirect  Participants  or  Securityholders.  Except to the
extent the applicable  Company holds  Certificates with respect to any series of
Securities,  it is anticipated that the only "Securityholder",  "Noteholder" and
"Certificateholder" will be DTC's Nominee. Noteholders will not be recognized by
each Indenture  Trustee as Noteholders,  as such term is used in each Indenture,
and  Noteholders  will be permitted to exercise the rights of  Noteholders  only
indirectly through DTC and its Participants. Similarly,  Certificateholders will
not be recognized by each Trustee as  Certificateholders as such term is used in
each Trust Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  and Certificateholders
will be permitted to exercise the rights of  Certificateholders  only indirectly
through DTC and its Participants.

    Under the rules,  regulations and procedures  creating and affecting DTC and
its operations (the "Rules"),  DTC is required to make  book-entry  transfers of
Securities  among  Participants  on whose  behalf  it acts with  respect  to the
Securities  and to receive  and  transmit  distributions  of  principal  of, and
interest on, the Securities.  Participants and Indirect  Participants with which
Securityholders  have  accounts  with respect to the  Securities  similarly  are
required to make book-entry  transfers and receive and transmit such payments on
behalf   of   their   respective    Securityholders.

                                       26
<PAGE>
Accordingly,  although  Securityholders  will not possess Securities,  the Rules
provide a mechanism by which Participants will receive payments and will be able
to transfer their interests.

    Because  DTC can  only act on  behalf  of  Participants,  who in turn act on
behalf  of  Indirect   Participants   and  certain  banks,   the  ability  of  a
Securityholder  to  pledge  Securities  to  persons  or  entities  that  do  not
participate  in the  DTC  system,  or to  otherwise  act  with  respect  to such
Securities,  may be limited due to the lack of a physical  certificate  for such
Securities.

    DTC has  advised  the Seller  that it will take any action  permitted  to be
taken by a Noteholder under the related Indenture or a  Certificateholder  under
the related  Trust  Agreement  or Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  only at the
direction of one or more  Participants to whose accounts with DTC the applicable
Notes or  Certificates  are  credited.  DTC may take  conflicting  actions  with
respect to other  undivided  interests to the extent that such actions are taken
on behalf of Participants whose holdings include such undivided interests.

    Except as required by law, neither the Administrator, if any, the applicable
Trustee nor the applicable  Indenture  Trustee,  if any, will have any liability
for any  aspect of the  records  relating  to or  payments  made on  account  of
beneficial  ownership  interests of the  Securities  of any series held by DTC's
Nominee,  or for  maintaining,  supervising or reviewing any records relating to
such beneficial ownership interests.

    Cedelbank  ("Cedelbank")  is incorporated  under the laws of Luxembourg as a
professional  depository.  Cedelbank  holds  securities  for  its  participating
organizations  ("Cedelbank  Participants")  and  facilitates  the  clearance and
settlement of securities  transactions  between Cedelbank  Participants  through
electronic  book-entry  changes in accounts of Cedelbank  Participants,  thereby
eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates.  Transactions may be
settled in Cedelbank in any of 28 currencies,  including  United States dollars.
Cedelbank provides to its Cedelbank  Participants,  among other things, services
for  safekeeping,  administration,  clearance and settlement of  internationally
traded  securities and securities  lending and borrowing.  Cedelbank  interfaces
with  domestic  markets  in several  countries.  As a  professional  depository,
Cedelbank  is  subject  to  regulation  by the  Luxembourg  Monetary  Institute.
Cedelbank  Participants are recognized financial  institutions around the world,
including underwriters,  securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies,
clearing  corporations  and  certain  other  organizations  and may  include the
Underwriters.  Indirect access to Cedelbank is also available to others, such as
banks,  brokers,  dealers and trust  companies  that clear through or maintain a
custodial  relationship  with  a  Cedelbank  Participant,   either  directly  or
indirectly.

    The Euroclear System was created in 1968 to hold securities for participants
of the  Euroclear  System  ("Euroclear  Participants")  and to clear and  settle
transactions  between Euroclear  Participants  through  simultaneous  electronic
book-entry  delivery against payment,  thereby eliminating the need for physical
movement of  certificates  and any risk from lack of  simultaneous  transfers of
securities and cash.  Transactions  may now be settled in Euroclear in any of 32
currencies,  including  United States  dollars.  The Euroclear  System  includes
various  other  services,   including  securities  lending  and  borrowing,  and
interfaces with domestic markets in several  countries  generally similar to the
arrangements  for  cross-market  transfers  with DTC.  The  Euroclear  System is
operated by Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels,  Belgium office
(the  "Euroclear  Operator"  or  "Euroclear"),  under  contract  with  Euroclear
Clearance System,  S.C., a Belgian cooperative  corporation (the "Cooperative").
All  operations  are  conducted by the  Euroclear  Operator,  and all  Euroclear
securities  clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts with the
Euroclear Operator, not the Cooperative.  The Cooperative establishes policy for
the Euroclear System on behalf of Euroclear Participants. Euroclear Participants
include banks  (including  central  banks),  securities  brokers and dealers and
other  professional  financial  intermediaries and may include the Underwriters.
Indirect  access to the Euroclear  System is also  available to other firms that
clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Euroclear Participant,
either directly or indirectly.

    The  Euroclear  Operator  is  the  Belgian  branch  of a  New  York  banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System
and the New  York  State  Banking  Department,  as well as the  Belgian  Banking
Commission.

    Securities  clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear Operator
are governed by the Terms and  Conditions  Governing  Use of  Euroclear  and the
related Operating  Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian law
(collectively,  the "Terms and  Conditions").  The Terms and  Conditions  govern
transfers of

                                       27
<PAGE>
securities  and cash within the Euroclear  System,  withdrawal of securities and
cash from the  Euroclear  System,  and  receipts  of  payments  with  respect to
securities in the Euroclear  System.  All securities in the Euroclear System are
held on a  fungible  basis  without  attribution  of  specific  certificates  to
specific securities  clearance  accounts.  The Euroclear Operator acts under the
Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear  Participants and has no record
of or relationship with persons holding through Euroclear Participants.

    Distributions with respect to Securities held through Cedelbank or Euroclear
will be credited to the cash  accounts of  Cedelbank  Participants  or Euroclear
Participants in accordance with the relevant  system's rules and procedures,  to
the extent received by its Depositary. Such distributions will be subject to tax
reporting in accordance  with relevant  United States tax laws and  regulations.
See "Certain  Federal Income Tax  Consequences"  in this  Prospectus and "Global
Clearance,  Settlement  and  Tax  Documentation  Procedures"  in  Annex I to the
related Prospectus Supplement.  Cedelbank or the Euroclear Operator, as the case
may be, will take any other  action  permitted  to be taken by a  Securityholder
under the  Indenture,  Trust  Agreement or Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  as
applicable,  on behalf of a Cedelbank  Participant or Euroclear Participant only
in  accordance  with its  relevant  rules  and  procedures  and  subject  to its
Depositary's ability to effect such actions on its behalf through DTC.

    Cede, as nominee for DTC, will hold the Securities.  Cedelbank and Euroclear
will hold  omnibus  positions  in the  Securities  on  behalf  of the  Cedelbank
Participants and the Euroclear  Participants,  respectively,  through customers'
securities  accounts in Cedelbank's and Euroclear's  names on the books of their
respective depositaries (collectively,  the "Depositaries"),  which in turn will
hold such positions in customers' securities accounts in the Depositaries' names
on the books of DTC.

    Transfers between DTC's  participating  organizations  (the  "Participants")
will  occur  in  accordance  with  DTC  rules.   Transfers   between   Cedelbank
Participants  and  Euroclear  Participants  will  occur in the  ordinary  way in
accordance with their applicable rules and operating procedures.

    Cross-market  transfers  between  persons  holding  directly  or  indirectly
through  DTC, on the one hand,  and  directly or  indirectly  through  Cedelbank
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance  with DTC  rules on  behalf of the  relevant  European  international
clearing system by its Depositary;  however, such cross-market transactions will
require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing
system  by the  counterparty  in such  system in  accordance  with its rules and
procedures and within its established  deadlines  (European  time). The relevant
European  international  clearing  system  will,  if the  transaction  meets its
settlement  requirements,  deliver instructions to its Depositary to take action
to effect final  settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving  securities
in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for
same-day  funds  settlement  applicable  to  DTC.  Cedelbank   Participants  and
Euroclear   Participants   may  not   deliver   instructions   directly  to  the
Depositaries.

    Because of  time-zone  differences,  credits of  securities  in Cedelbank or
Euroclear as a result of a transaction  with a  Participant  will be made during
the  subsequent  securities  settlement  processing,   dated  the  business  day
following the DTC settlement  date, and such credits or any transactions in such
securities  settled  during such  processing  will be  reported to the  relevant
Cedelbank  Participant  or Euroclear  Participant  on such  business  day.  Cash
received in  Cedelbank or  Euroclear  as a result of sales of  securities  by or
through a Cedelbank Participant or a Euroclear Participant to a Participant will
be received with value on the DTC  settlement  date but will be available in the
relevant  Cedelbank  or  Euroclear  cash  account  only as of the  business  day
following settlement in DTC.

    Although  DTC,   Cedelbank  and  Euroclear  have  agreed  to  the  foregoing
procedures in order to facilitate  transfers of Securities among participants of
DTC,  Cedelbank  and  Euroclear,  they are under no  obligation  to  perform  or
continue to perform such  procedures and such  procedures may be discontinued at
any time.

    In the event that any of DTC,  Cedelbank or Euroclear should discontinue its
services,  the Administrator would seek an alternative depository (if available)
or cause the issuance of Definitive  Securities  to the owners  thereof or their
nominees in the manner  described in the Prospectus  under "Certain  Information
Regarding the Securities -- Definitive Securities".

                                       28
<PAGE>
DEFINITIVE SECURITIES

    Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Notes,
if any,  and the  Certificates  of a  given  series  will  be  issued  in  fully
registered, certificated form ("Definitive Notes" and "Definitive Certificates",
respectively, and collectively referred to herein as "Definitive Securities") to
Noteholders or Certificateholders  or their respective nominees,  rather than to
DTC or its  nominee,  only if (i)  the  related  Administrator  or  Trustee,  as
applicable,  determines  that  DTC is no  longer  willing  or able to  discharge
properly its  responsibilities as depository with respect to such Securities and
such Administrator or Trustee is unable to locate a qualified  successor (and if
it is an Administrator that has made such  determination,  such Administrator so
notifies the Applicable Trustee in writing),  (ii) the Administrator or Trustee,
as applicable,  at its option, elects to terminate the book-entry system through
DTC or (iii) after the  occurrence of an Event of Default or a Servicer  Default
with respect to such Securities, holders representing at least a majority of the
outstanding  principal amount of the Notes or the Certificates,  as the case may
be, of such series advise the Applicable Trustee through DTC in writing that the
continuation  of a book-entry  system through DTC (or a successor  thereto) with
respect to such Notes or  Certificates  is no longer in the best interest of the
holders of such Securities.

    Upon the  occurrence  of any event  described in the  immediately  preceding
paragraph,  the  Applicable  Trustee  will be required to notify all  applicable
Securityholders  of a given series through  Participants of the  availability of
Definitive  Securities.  Upon  surrender by DTC of the  definitive  certificates
representing  the  corresponding  Securities  and  receipt of  instructions  for
re-registration,   the  Applicable  Trustee  will  reissue  such  Securities  as
Definitive Securities to such Securityholders.

    Distributions  of principal of, and interest on, such Definitive  Securities
will  thereafter  be made by the  Applicable  Trustee  in  accordance  with  the
procedures set forth in the related  Indenture or the related Trust Agreement or
Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement,  as  applicable,   directly  to  holders  of
Definitive  Securities in whose names the Definitive  Securities were registered
at the close of  business  on the  applicable  Record  Date  specified  for such
Securities in the related Prospectus Supplement. Such distributions will be made
by check  mailed to the  address of such  holder as it  appears on the  register
maintained by the Applicable  Trustee.  The final payment on any such Definitive
Security,  however,  will be made only upon  presentation  and surrender of such
Definitive  Security  at the office or agency  specified  in the notice of final
distribution to the applicable Securityholders.

    Definitive  Securities will be transferable  and exchangeable at the offices
of the  Applicable  Trustee or of a  registrar  named in a notice  delivered  to
holders of  Definitive  Securities.  No service  charge  will be imposed for any
registration  of transfer or exchange,  but the  Applicable  Trustee may require
payment  of a sum  sufficient  to  cover  any tax or other  governmental  charge
imposed in connection therewith.

LIST OF SECURITYHOLDERS

    Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement with respect
to the Notes of any series, three or more holders of the Notes of such series or
one or more holders of such Notes  evidencing not less than 25% of the aggregate
outstanding  principal  balance  of such Notes  may,  by written  request to the
related  Indenture  Trustee,  obtain  access  to the  list  of  all  Noteholders
maintained by such Indenture Trustee for the purpose of communicating with other
Noteholders  with respect to their  rights under the related  Indenture or under
such  Notes.  Such  Indenture  Trustee  may elect not to afford  the  requesting
Noteholders  access to the list of  Noteholders if it agrees to mail the desired
communication  or  proxy,  on  behalf of and at the  expense  of the  requesting
Noteholders, to all Noteholders of such series.

    Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement with respect
to the Certificates of any series,  three or more holders of the Certificates of
such series or one or more holders of such Certificates evidencing not less than
25% of the Certificate  Balance of such  Certificates may, by written request to
the  related  Trustee,  obtain  access  to the  list  of all  Certificateholders
maintained  by  such  Trustee  for  the  purpose  of  communicating  with  other
Certificateholders  with  respect  to  their  rights  under  the  related  Trust
Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement or under such Certificates.

                                       29
<PAGE>
REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

    With respect to each series of Securities  that includes  Notes, on or prior
to each  Payment  Date,  the  Servicer  will  prepare and provide to the related
Indenture Trustee a statement to be delivered to the related Noteholders on such
Payment  Date.   With  respect  to  each  series  of  Securities  that  includes
Certificates,  on or prior to each Distribution  Date, the Servicer will prepare
and provide to the related  Trustee a statement  to be  delivered to the related
Certificateholders.  With  respect  to each  series  of  Securities,  each  such
statement to be delivered to  Noteholders,  if any,  will include (to the extent
applicable) the following information (and any other information so specified in
the related  Prospectus  Supplement) as to the Notes of such series with respect
to such  Payment  Date  or the  period  since  the  previous  Payment  Date,  as
applicable,  and each such statement to be delivered to  Certificateholders,  if
any, will include (to the extent applicable) the following  information (and any
other information so specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement) as to the
Certificates of such series with respect to such Distribution Date or the period
since the previous Distribution Date, as applicable:

          (i) the amount of the  distribution  allocable  to  principal  of each
     class of such  Notes and to the  Certificate  Balance of each class of such
     Certificates;

          (ii) the amount of the  distribution  allocable to interest on or with
     respect to each class of Securities of such series;

          (iii) the Pool  Balance as of the close of business on the last day of
     the related  Collection Period and the Collection Period next preceding the
     related Collection Period;

          (iv) the  aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance and the Note Pool
     Factor for each class of such Notes,  and the  Certificate  Balance and the
     Certificate  Pool Factor for each class of such  Certificates,  each before
     and after giving effect to all payments  reported under clause (i) above on
     such date;

          (v) the amount of the  Servicing Fee paid to the Servicer with respect
     to the related Collection Period or Collection Periods, as the case may be;

          (vi)  the  Interest  Rate or Pass  Through  Rate for the  current  and
     following  Interest Reset Periods for any class of Notes or Certificates of
     such series with variable or adjustable rates;

          (vii) the amount of the  aggregate  realized  losses,  if any, for the
     related Collection Period;

          (viii) the Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall, the Noteholders'
     Principal Carryover Shortfall,  the Certificateholders'  Interest Carryover
     Shortfall and the  Certificateholders'  Principal Carryover Shortfall (each
     as defined in the related Prospectus  Supplement),  if any, in each case as
     applicable to each class of Securities, and the change in such amounts from
     the preceding statement;

          (ix) the aggregate  Repurchase  Amounts,  if any, for Receivables that
     were  repurchased  by the Seller or the  Servicer  during  such  Collection
     Period;

          (x) the  balance of the  related  Reserve  Account  and the  Specified
     Reserve Account Balance (as defined in the related Prospectus  Supplement),
     if applicable, on such date, after giving effect to changes therein on such
     date;

          (xi) for each such date  during the related  Funding  Period (if any),
     the related remaining Pre-Funded Amount; and

          (xii) for the first such date that is on or immediately  following the
     end of the Funding  Period (if any),  the amount of any  related  remaining
     Pre-Funded Amount that has not been used to fund the purchase of Subsequent
     Receivables  and is being  passed  through as payments of  principal on the
     Securities of such series.

                                       30
<PAGE>
    Each amount set forth pursuant to subclauses  (i), (ii), (v) and (viii) with
respect to the Notes or the Certificates of any series will be expressed both in
total and as a dollar amount per $1,000 of the initial principal balance of such
Notes or the initial Certificate Balance of such Certificates, as applicable.

    Within the  prescribed  period of time for tax reporting  purposes after the
end of each calendar year during the term of each Trust, the Applicable  Trustee
will mail to each person who at any time during  such  calendar  year has been a
Securityholder  with respect to such Trust and  received  any payment  thereon a
statement   containing   certain   information   for   the   purposes   of  such
Securityholder's preparation of federal income tax returns. See "Certain Federal
Income Tax Consequences".

              DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS

    The  following  summary  describes  certain terms of each Sale and Servicing
Agreement  or Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  pursuant to which a Trust will
purchase  Receivables from the Seller with respect to a series of Securities and
the Servicer will agree to service such  Receivables,  each Trust  Agreement (in
the case of a grantor trust,  the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement)  pursuant to
which a Trust will be created and Certificates,  if any, will be issued and each
Administration   Agreement   pursuant  to  which  CFC  will  undertake   certain
administrative  duties  with  respect  to a series of Notes  (collectively,  the
"Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements").  Forms of the  Transfer  and  Servicing
Agreements  have been filed as exhibits to the  Registration  Statement of which
this  Prospectus  forms a part. This summary does not purport to be complete and
is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions
of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements.

SALE AND ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES

    On the Closing Date  specified  with respect to any series of  Securities in
the related  Prospectus  Supplement (the "Closing Date"), the Seller will, if so
specified in such Prospectus  Supplement,  transfer and assign to the applicable
Trustee,  without  recourse,  pursuant to a Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  or a
Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  as  applicable,  its entire  interest in the
Initial  Receivables,  if any, of the related  Receivables  Pool,  including its
security interests in the related Financed  Vehicles.  Each such Receivable will
be  identified  in a  schedule  appearing  as an  exhibit  to such  Pooling  and
Servicing   Agreement   or  Sale  and   Servicing   Agreement  (a  "Schedule  of
Receivables").  The applicable Trustee will, concurrently with such transfer and
assignment,  execute  and  deliver the related  Notes  and/or  Certificates,  as
applicable.  Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
net  proceeds  received  from the sale of the  Certificates  and the  Notes of a
series  will be applied to the  purchase  of the  related  Receivables  from the
Seller and, to the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, to the
deposit of the  Pre-Funded  Amount for such series into the related  Pre-Funding
Account.  The related  Prospectus  Supplement  for a series of  Securities  will
specify whether,  and the terms,  conditions and manner under which,  Subsequent
Receivables  for such series will be sold by the Seller to the applicable  Trust
from  time to time  during  any  Funding  Period  for such  series  on each date
specified  as a transfer  date in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  (each,  a
"Subsequent Transfer Date").

    In each Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the
Seller will represent and warrant to the applicable  Trust,  among other things,
that:  (i) the  information  provided in the related  Schedule of Receivables is
correct in all material respects; (ii) the Obligor on each related Receivable is
required to maintain physical damage insurance  covering the Financed Vehicle in
accordance  with the Seller's  normal  requirements;  (iii) as of the applicable
Closing Date or the applicable  Subsequent Transfer Date, if any, to the best of
its  knowledge,  the  related  Receivables  are free and  clear of all  security
interests,   liens,  charges  and  encumbrances  and  no  offsets,  defenses  or
counterclaims  have been asserted or threatened;  (iv) as of the Closing Date or
the applicable  Subsequent Transfer Date, if any, each of such Receivables is or
will be secured by a first perfected security interest in favor of the Seller in
the  Financed  Vehicle;  (v)  each  related  Receivable,  at  the  time  it  was
originated,  complied and, as of the Closing Date or the  applicable  Subsequent
Transfer Date, if any, complies in all material respects with applicable federal
and  state  laws,  including,  without  limitation,  consumer  credit,  truth in
lending,  equal  credit  opportunity  and  disclosure  laws;  and (vi) any other
representations  and warranties that may be set forth in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.

    Unless otherwise  provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  as of the
last day of the second (or, if the Seller elects, the first) month following the
discovery  by or notice  to the  Seller  of a breach  of any  representation  or
warranty of the Seller that  materially  and adversely  affects the interests of
the related  Trust in any  Receivable,  the

                                       31
<PAGE>
Seller,  unless the breach is cured,  will  repurchase such Receivable from such
Trust at a price  equal to the  unpaid  principal  balance  owed by the  Obligor
thereon plus interest thereon at the respective APR to the last day of the month
of repurchase (the "Repurchase Amount").  The repurchase obligation  constitutes
the sole  remedy  available  to the  Certificateholders  or the  Trustee and any
Noteholders  or Indenture  Trustee in respect of the related series for any such
uncured breach.

    Pursuant  to each Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  or Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement,  to assure uniform quality in servicing the Receivables and to reduce
administrative  costs,  each Trust will  designate  the Servicer as custodian to
maintain possession,  as such Trust's agent, of the related motor vehicle retail
installment sale contracts and any other documents  relating to the Receivables.
The Seller's  accounting  records and computer systems will reflect the sale and
assignment  of the related  Receivables  to the  applicable  Trust,  and Uniform
Commercial Code ("UCC") financing statements reflecting such sale and assignment
will be filed.

ACCOUNTS

    With  respect  to each Trust that  issues one or more  series of Notes,  the
Servicer will establish and maintain with the related  Indenture  Trustee one or
more accounts, in the name of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders
and Certificateholders,  if any, of such series, into which all payments made on
or with respect to the  Receivables  included in the Series  Trust  Property for
such series will be deposited (the "Collection Account").  The Servicer will, if
so specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  establish and maintain with
such  Indenture  Trustee an account,  in the name of such  Indenture  Trustee on
behalf of such  Noteholders,  into which amounts  released  from the  Collection
Account and any Pre-Funding Account, Reserve Account or other credit enhancement
for such series for payment to such Noteholders will be deposited and from which
all  distributions  to such  Noteholders  will be made (the  "Note  Distribution
Account").  The  Servicer  will,  if so  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  establish and maintain with the related Trustee an account,  in the
name of such Trustee on behalf of such  Certificateholders,  into which  amounts
released  from the  Collection  Account  and any  Pre-Funding  Account,  Reserve
Account  or  other  credit  or  cash  flow   enhancement  for  such  series  for
distribution  to such  Certificateholders  will be deposited  and from which all
distributions  to  such   Certificateholders  will  be  made  (the  "Certificate
Distribution  Account").  With  respect to each Trust that does not issue Notes,
the Servicer  will also  establish and maintain the  Collection  Account and any
other Trust Account in the name of the related  Trustee on behalf of the related
Certificateholders.  The Trust Accounts  relating to a series of Securities will
not contain funds relating to any other series of Securities.

    If so provided in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  Servicer  will
establish for each series an additional account (the "Payahead Account"), in the
name of the  related  Indenture  Trustee or Trustee,  into which,  to the extent
required by the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  early payments by or on behalf of
Obligors on Precomputed  Receivables  allocated to such series will be deposited
until such time as the payment  becomes  due.  Until such time as  payments  are
transferred from the Payahead Account to the Collection Account for such series,
they will not constitute  collected interest or collected principal and will not
be   available   for    distribution   to   the   applicable    Noteholders   or
Certificateholders.  The Payahead  Account will initially be maintained with the
applicable  Indenture  Trustee or, in the case of each Trust that does not issue
Notes, the applicable Trustee.

    The  Servicer  will   establish  and  maintain  any  other  accounts  to  be
established  with respect to a series of Securities,  including any  Pre-Funding
Account  or  any  Reserve  Account,  as  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.

    For any series of  Securities,  funds in the  Collection  Account,  the Note
Distribution  Account and any  Pre-Funding  Account,  Reserve  Account and other
accounts identified as such in the related Prospectus Supplement  (collectively,
the "Trust  Accounts")  will be invested  as  provided  in the related  Sale and
Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement in Eligible  Investments.
"Eligible  Investments" are generally  limited to investments  acceptable to the
Rating Agencies  rating such  Securities as being  consistent with the rating of
such Securities and may include motor vehicle retail sale  contracts.  Except as
described below or in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  Eligible  Investments
are limited to  obligations  or securities  that mature on or before the date of
the next distribution for such series.  However,  to the extent permitted by the
Rating  Agencies for a series,  funds in any Reserve Account for such series may
be invested  in  securities  that will not mature  prior to the date of the next
distribution  with respect to the  Certificates or Notes of such series and will
not be sold to meet any  shortfalls.  Thus,

                                       32
<PAGE>
the  amount  of cash in any  Reserve  Account  at any time may be less  than the
balance of the Reserve Account.  If the amount required to be withdrawn from any
Reserve Account to cover shortfalls in collections on the Receivables  allocated
to the related series (as provided in the related Prospectus Supplement) exceeds
the amount of cash in the Reserve Account, a temporary  shortfall in the amounts
distributed  to the related  Noteholders  or  Certificateholders  of such series
could result,  which could,  in turn,  increase the average life of the Notes or
the  Certificates of such series.  Except as otherwise  specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  investment  earnings  on funds  deposited  in the Trust
Accounts,  net of losses  and  investment  expenses  (collectively,  "Investment
Earnings"),  shall be deposited  in the  applicable  Collection  Account on each
Distribution  Date or  Payment  Date and  shall be  treated  as  collections  of
interest on the related Receivables.

    The  Trust  Accounts  will  be  maintained  as  Eligible  Deposit  Accounts.
"Eligible  Deposit  Account"  means  either  (a) a  segregated  account  with an
Eligible  Institution or (b) a segregated trust account with the corporate trust
department of a depository  institution  organized  under the laws of the United
States of America or any one of the states  thereof or the  District of Columbia
(or any domestic  branch of a foreign bank),  having  corporate trust powers and
acting as trustee for funds  deposited  in such  account,  so long as any of the
securities of such depository  institution have a credit rating from each Rating
Agency in one of its generic rating categories which signifies investment grade.
"Eligible  Institution"  means, with respect to a Trust, (a) the corporate trust
department  of  the  related  Indenture  Trustee  or  the  related  Trustee,  as
applicable,  or (b) a  depository  institution  organized  under the laws of the
United  States of America or any one of the states  thereof or the  District  of
Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank),  (i) which has either (A) a
long-term  unsecured  debt  rating  acceptable  to the Rating  Agencies or (B) a
short-term  unsecured debt rating or certificate of deposit rating acceptable to
the Rating Agencies and (ii) whose deposits are insured by the FDIC.

SERVICING PROCEDURES

    The Servicer will make  reasonable  efforts to collect all payments due with
respect  to the  Receivables  held by any Trust in respect of a series and will,
consistent  with the  related  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  or  Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement,  follow  such  collection  procedures  as it follows  with
respect to  comparable  motor  vehicle  retail  installment  sale  contracts  it
services  for  itself or others.  Consistent  with its  normal  procedures,  the
Servicer  may, in its  discretion,  arrange with the Obligor on a Receivable  to
extend or  modify  the  payment  schedule,  but no such  arrangement  will,  for
purposes of any Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
modify the original due dates or the amount of the scheduled  payments or extend
the final payment date of any  Receivable  beyond the Final  Scheduled  Maturity
Date (as such  term is  defined  with  respect  to any  Receivables  Pool in the
related Prospectus Supplement) for the related series. Some of such arrangements
may result in the Servicer  purchasing the Receivable for the Repurchase Amount,
while others may result in the Servicer making  Advances.  The Servicer may sell
the Financed  Vehicle  securing the  respective  Receivable at public or private
sale, or take any other action  permitted by applicable  law. See "Certain Legal
Aspects of the Receivables".

COLLECTIONS

    With respect to each series,  the Servicer  will deposit all payments on the
related  Receivables (from whatever source) and all proceeds of such Receivables
collected  during each  collection  period  specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement  (each, a "Collection  Period") into the related  Collection  Account
within two business days after receipt thereof.  However,  so long as (i) CFC is
the  Servicer,  (ii)  there  exists no  Servicer  Default  and (iii)  each other
condition to making  deposits less  frequently than daily as may be specified by
the  Rating  Agencies  or set  forth in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  is
satisfied,  the Servicer may deposit such amounts into the Collection Account on
or before the applicable Distribution Date or Payment Date. Pending deposit into
the Collection  Account,  collections may be invested by the Servicer at its own
risk and for its own benefit and will not be segregated  from its own funds.  If
the  Servicer  were  unable to remit such funds,  Securityholders  might incur a
loss. To the extent set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer
may, in order to satisfy the requirements  described  above,  obtain a letter of
credit or other  security for the benefit of the related  Trust to secure timely
remittances  of  collections  on the  related  Receivables  and  payment  of the
aggregate  Repurchase  Amount  with  respect  to  Receivables  purchased  by the
Servicer.

    Collections  on a  Precomputed  Receivable  made during a Collection  Period
shall be applied first to repay any outstanding Precomputed Advances made by the
Servicer with respect to such Receivable (as described below), and

                                       33
<PAGE>
to the extent that collections on a Precomputed  Receivable  during a Collection
Period exceed the outstanding  Precomputed Advances,  the collections shall then
be  applied to the  scheduled  payment on such  Receivable.  If any  collections
remaining  after the scheduled  payment is made are  insufficient  to prepay the
Precomputed  Receivable in full, then, unless otherwise  provided in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  generally such remaining  collections (the "Payaheads")
shall be  transferred  to and kept in the  Payahead  Account,  until  such later
Collection  Period  as the  collections  may be  transferred  to the  Collection
Account and applied either to the scheduled payment or to prepay such Receivable
in full.

ADVANCES

    If so  provided  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  to the extent the
collections of interest and principal on a Precomputed  Receivable  with respect
to a  Collection  Period fall short of the  respective  scheduled  payment,  the
Servicer will make a Precomputed Advance of the shortfall.  The Servicer will be
obligated to make a Precomputed Advance on a Precomputed  Receivable only to the
extent that the Servicer, in its sole discretion, expects to recoup such advance
from   subsequent   collections  or  recoveries  on  such  Receivable  or  other
Precomputed  Receivables  in the related  Receivables  Pool.  The Servicer  will
deposit  the  Precomputed  Advance in the  applicable  Collection  Account on or
before the business day preceding the  applicable  Distribution  Date or Payment
Date. The Servicer will recoup its Precomputed  Advance from subsequent payments
by or on behalf of the  respective  Obligor  or from  insurance  or  liquidation
proceeds  with  respect  to  the  Receivable  and  will  release  its  right  to
reimbursement  in  conjunction  with its purchase of the Receivable as Servicer,
or, upon the  determination  that  reimbursement  from the preceding  sources is
unlikely, will recoup its Precomputed Advance from any collections made on other
Precomputed Receivables in the related Receivables Pool.

    If so  provided  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  on or before  the
business day prior to each  applicable  Distribution  Date or Payment Date,  the
Servicer shall deposit into the related  Collection Account as a Simple Interest
Advance an amount  equal to the amount of  interest  that would have been due on
the Simple Interest  Receivables  allocated to a series at their respective APRs
for  the  related   Collection   Period  (assuming  that  such  Simple  Interest
Receivables are paid on their respective due dates) minus the amount of interest
actually  received  on such  Simple  Interest  Receivables  during  the  related
Collection  Period. If such calculation  results in a negative number, an amount
equal  to such  amount  shall  be  paid  to the  Servicer  in  reimbursement  of
outstanding  Simple Interest Advances.  In addition,  in the event that a Simple
Interest  Receivable  allocated to a series becomes a Liquidated  Receivable (as
such term is  defined  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement),  the  amount of
accrued and unpaid  interest  thereon (but not  including  interest for the then
current  Collection  Period) shall be withdrawn from the Collection  Account for
such series and paid to the  Servicer in  reimbursement  of  outstanding  Simple
Interest Advances.  No advances of principal will be made with respect to Simple
Interest Receivables.

    As used  herein,  "Advances"  means  both  Precomputed  Advances  and Simple
Interest Advances.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

    Unless otherwise specified in the Prospectus  Supplement with respect to any
series,  the  Servicer  will be entitled to receive the  Servicing  Fee for each
Collection  Period in an amount equal to specified  percentage per annum (as set
forth in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  "Servicing Fee Rate") of the
Pool  Balance  for such  series as of the first  day of the  related  Collection
Period (the  "Servicing  Fee").  The Servicing Fee (together with any portion of
the Servicing Fee that remains unpaid from prior  Distribution  Dates or Payment
Dates) will be paid solely to the extent of the Interest Distribution Amount for
such series.  However,  the Servicing Fee will be paid prior to the distribution
of any portion of the Interest  Distribution  Amount to the  Noteholders  or the
Certificateholders of such series.

    Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement with respect
to a given  Trust,  the  Servicer  will also  collect  and retain any late fees,
prepayment charges and other  administrative  fees or similar charges allowed by
applicable law with respect to the related  Receivables  and will be entitled to
reimbursement from such Trust for certain liabilities.  Payments by or on behalf
of Obligors  will be  allocated  to  scheduled  payments and late fees and other
charges in accordance with the Servicer's normal practices and procedures.

    The Servicing Fee will  compensate the Servicer for performing the functions
of a third party  servicer of motor  vehicle  receivables  as an agent for their
beneficial owner,  including collecting and posting all payments,  responding

                                       34
<PAGE>
to  inquiries  of  Obligors  on the  Receivables,  investigating  delinquencies,
sending  payment  coupons to Obligors,  reporting tax  information  to Obligors,
paying  costs of  collections  and  disposition  of defaults  and  policing  the
collateral.   The   Servicing  Fee  also  will   compensate   the  Servicer  for
administering  the  particular  Receivables  Pool,  including  making  Advances,
accounting for collections and furnishing  monthly and annual  statements to the
related  Trustee  and  Indenture  Trustee  with  respect  to  distributions  and
generating  federal  income tax  information  for such Trust and for the related
Noteholders  and  Certificateholders.  The Servicing Fee also will reimburse the
Servicer  for  certain  taxes,  the fees of the related  Trustee  and  Indenture
Trustee,  if any,  accounting fees,  outside auditor fees, data processing costs
and other  costs  incurred  in  connection  with  administering  the  applicable
Receivables Pool.

DISTRIBUTIONS

    With respect to each series of Securities,  beginning on the Payment Date or
Distribution   Date,  as  applicable,   specified  in  the  related   Prospectus
Supplement,  distributions of principal and interest (or, where  applicable,  of
principal or interest only) on each class of such  Securities  entitled  thereto
will  be  made  by  the   Applicable   Trustee  to  the   Noteholders   and  the
Certificateholders of such series. The timing, calculation,  allocation,  order,
source,  priorities  of and  requirements  for all  payments  to each  class  of
Noteholders and all  distributions to each class of  Certificateholders  of such
series will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    With respect to each series, on each Payment Date and Distribution  Date, as
applicable,  collections on the related Receivables will be transferred from the
Collection Account to the Note Distribution Account, if any, and the Certificate
Distribution  Account,  if any, for  distribution  to  Noteholders,  if any, and
Certificateholders,  if any, to the extent  provided  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement   or,  if  so  specified  in  the  related   Prospectus   Supplement,
distributions  to  Securityholders  may be made  directly  from  the  Collection
Account.  Credit  enhancement,  such as a Reserve Account,  will be available to
cover any shortfalls in the amount  available for  distribution  on such date to
the  extent  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  As more  fully
described in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  and unless otherwise specified
therein,  distributions  in respect of principal of a class of  Securities  of a
given series will be subordinate to distributions in respect of interest on such
class,  and  distributions  in respect of one or more classes of Certificates of
such series may be subordinate to payments in respect of Notes,  if any, of such
series or other classes of Certificates of such series.

    In the case of a Trust that issues more than one series of  Securities,  the
distributions  on the  Securities  of any such  series  will be made solely from
funds in the Series  Trust  Property  allocated  to such series and not from any
other Series Trust Property.

    Allocation of Collections on Receivables.  Distributions of principal on the
Securities of a series may be based on the amount of principal collected or due,
or the  amount of  Realized  Losses  incurred,  in a  Collection  Period.  If so
specified  in a  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  amounts  of  collections  on  the
Receivables   of  a  series  that  are  allocable  to  interest  and  principal,
respectively,  will  first  be  determined  in the  following  manner  with  the
following effect on the distributions on the related Securities.

    On the Business Day immediately  preceding each Distribution Date or Payment
Date (a "Determination Date"), the Indenture Trustee, if any, or, otherwise, the
Trustee  shall  determine  the amount in the  Collection  Account  available for
distribution on the related Distribution Date or Payment Date (excluding amounts
retained in the Collection Account from prior periods, as described below). Such
amount shall be allocated first to interest, including the amount related to the
investment earnings on the Trust Accounts, if any, maintained with the Indenture
Trustee or the Trustee, as applicable, in accordance with the Sale and Servicing
Agreement  or Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement,  as  applicable,  and then any
remaining  amount in the  Collection  Account  shall be allocated to  principal.
Payments to  Securityholders  shall be distributed on each  Distribution Date or
Payment Date in accordance with such allocations, together with a payment notice
setting  forth the amount of such  payment  allocable to interest and the amount
allocable to principal.

CREDIT AND CASH FLOW ENHANCEMENT; LIQUIDITY ARRANGEMENTS

    The amounts and types of credit and cash flow  enhancement  arrangements and
the provider thereof, if applicable, with respect to each class of Securities of
a given series, if any, will be set forth in the related Prospectus  Supplement.
If and to the extent provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  credit and
cash flow enhancement

                                       35
<PAGE>
may be in the form of  subordination  of one or more classes of  Securities of a
series,  Reserve Accounts,  overcollateralization,  letters of credit, credit or
liquidity  facilities,  surety bonds,  guaranteed  investment  contracts,  swaps
(including  without limitation  currency swaps),  other interest rate protection
agreements,  repurchase  obligations (including without limitation put options),
yield  supplement  agreements,  other  agreements  with  respect to third  party
payments or other support,  cash deposits or such other  arrangements  as may be
described in the related Prospectus Supplement or any combination of two or more
of the foregoing.  If specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement,  credit
or cash flow enhancement or any such other arrangement for a class of Securities
may cover one or more other classes of Securities of the same series, and credit
or  cash  flow  enhancement  or any  such  other  arrangement  for a  series  of
Securities may cover one or more other series of Securities.

    The presence of a Reserve Account and other forms of credit  enhancement for
the  benefit of any class or series of  Securities  is  intended  to enhance the
likelihood of receipt by the Securityholders of such class or series of the full
amount of principal and interest due thereon and to decrease the likelihood that
such Securityholders  will experience losses.  Unless otherwise specified in the
related Prospectus  Supplement,  the credit enhancement for a class or series of
Securities  will not provide  protection  against all risks of loss and will not
guarantee  repayment of the entire principal  balance and interest  thereon.  If
losses occur which exceed the amount covered by any credit  enhancement or which
are not  covered  by any  credit  enhancement,  Securityholders  of any class or
series will bear their  allocable  share of  deficiencies,  as  described in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement.  In addition,  if a form of credit  enhancement
covers more than one series of  Securities,  Securityholders  of any such series
will be subject to the risk that such credit  enhancement  will be  exhausted by
the claims of Securityholders of other series.

    Reserve  Account.  If so  provided  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,
pursuant to the  related  Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  or Pool and  Servicing
Agreement,  the Seller will  establish  for a series or class of  Securities  an
account,  as  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  (the  "Reserve
Account"),  which will be  maintained  with the  related  Trustee  or  Indenture
Trustee,  as applicable.  Unless  otherwise  provided in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the  Reserve  Account  will be funded by an initial  deposit by the
Seller on the  Closing  Date in the amount set forth in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement and, if the related series has a Funding Period,  will also be funded
on  each  Subsequent  Transfer  Date  to the  extent  described  in the  related
Prospectus   Supplement.   As  further  described  in  the  related   Prospectus
Supplement,  the amount on deposit in the Reserve  Account  will be increased on
each  Distribution  Date or Payment Date thereafter up to the Specified  Reserve
Account Balance (as defined in the related Prospectus Supplement) by the deposit
therein of the amount of  collections  on the related  Receivables  remaining on
each such  Distribution  Date or  Payment  Date  after the  payment of all other
required  payments  and  distributions  on such  date.  The  related  Prospectus
Supplement will describe the circumstances and manner under which  distributions
may be made out of the  Reserve  Account,  either to holders  of the  Securities
covered thereby or to the applicable Company.

NET DEPOSITS

    As an administrative  convenience,  unless the Servicer is required to remit
collections daily (see "-- Collections"  above),  the Servicer will be permitted
to make the deposit of collections,  aggregate  Advances and Repurchase  Amounts
for any  Trust for or with  respect  to the  related  Collection  Period  net of
distributions  to be made to the  Servicer  for such Trust with  respect to such
Collection Period. The Servicer may cause to be made a single, net transfer from
the Collection  Account to the related Payahead Account,  if any, or vice versa.
The Servicer,  however,  will account to the Trustee, any Indenture Trustee, the
Noteholders,  if any, and the Certificateholders  with respect to each series as
if all  deposits,  distributions  and  transfers  were made  individually.  With
respect to any Trust that issues  both  Certificates  and Notes,  if the related
Payment  Dates do not  coincide  with  Distribution  Dates,  all  distributions,
deposits or other  remittances  made on a Payment Date will be treated as having
been  distributed,  deposited  or  remitted  on the  Distribution  Date  for the
applicable  Collection Period for purposes of determining other amounts required
to be distributed, deposited or otherwise remitted on such Distribution Date.

STATEMENTS TO TRUSTEES AND TRUST

    Prior to each  Distribution Date or Payment Date with respect to each series
of Securities, the Servicer will provide to the applicable Indenture Trustee, if
any, and the  applicable  Trustee as of the close of business on the last day of
the related  Collection Period a statement setting forth  substantially the same
information  as is required to be provided in the periodic  reports  provided to
Securityholders  of such series described under "Certain  Information  Regarding
the Securities -- Reports to Securityholders".

                                       36
<PAGE>
EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE

    Each Sale and Servicing  Agreement and Pooling and Servicing  Agreement will
provide  that a firm of  independent  public  accountants  will  furnish  to the
related  Trust and  Indenture  Trustee or  Trustee,  as  applicable,  annually a
statement as to  compliance by the Servicer  during the preceding  twelve months
(or,  in the case of the first such  certificate,  from the  applicable  Closing
Date)  with  certain  standards  relating  to the  servicing  of the  applicable
Receivables,  the Servicer's  accounting records and computer files with respect
thereto and certain other matters.

    Each Sale and Servicing  Agreement and Pooling and Servicing  Agreement will
also provide for delivery to the related Trust and Indenture Trustee or Trustee,
as  applicable,   substantially   simultaneously   with  the  delivery  of  such
accountants'  statement referred to above, of a certificate signed by an officer
of the Servicer  stating that the Servicer has fulfilled its  obligations  under
the  Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  or  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement,  as
applicable, throughout the preceding twelve months (or, in the case of the first
such certificate,  from the Closing Date) or, if there has been a default in the
fulfillment of any such obligation,  describing each such default.  The Servicer
has agreed to give each  Indenture  Trustee and each  Trustee  notice of certain
Servicer Defaults under the related Sale and Servicing  Agreement or Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, as applicable.

    Copies  of  such   statements   and   certificates   may  be   obtained   by
Securityholders by a request in writing addressed to the Applicable Trustee.

CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE SERVICER

    Each Sale and Servicing  Agreement and Pooling and Servicing  Agreement will
provide  that CFC may not resign  from its  obligations  and duties as  Servicer
thereunder,  except upon  determination that CFC's performance of such duties is
no longer  permissible  under  applicable law. No such  resignation  will become
effective until the related  Indenture Trustee or Trustee,  as applicable,  or a
successor servicer has assumed CFC's servicing obligations and duties under such
Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

    Each Sale and Servicing  Agreement and Pooling and Servicing  Agreement will
further  provide that neither the Servicer nor any of its  directors,  officers,
employees  and agents will be under any  liability  to the related  Trust or the
related  Noteholders  or  Certificateholders   for  taking  any  action  or  for
refraining from taking any action pursuant to such Sale and Servicing  Agreement
or Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  or for errors in  judgment;  except  that
neither the Servicer nor any such person will be protected against any liability
that would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or
negligence in the performance of the Servicer's  duties  thereunder or by reason
of reckless  disregard of its  obligations and duties  thereunder.  In addition,
each Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  and Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  will
provide  that the  Servicer is under no  obligation  to appear in,  prosecute or
defend any legal  action  that is not  incidental  to the  Servicer's  servicing
responsibilities  under  such  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  or  Pooling  and
Servicing Agreement and that, in its opinion,  may cause it to incur any expense
or liability.

    Under the circumstances  specified in each Sale and Servicing  Agreement and
Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement,  any entity into which the  Servicer  may be
merged or consolidated, or any entity resulting from any merger or consolidation
to which the Servicer is a party,  or any entity  succeeding  to the business of
the Servicer or, with respect to its  obligations as Servicer,  any  corporation
50% or more of the voting stock of which is owned,  directly or  indirectly,  by
Chrysler,  which  corporation  or other  entity in each of the  foregoing  cases
assumes the  obligations of the Servicer,  will be the successor of the Servicer
under such Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

SERVICER DEFAULT

    Except as otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, "Servicer
Default"  under each Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  and Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement  will  consist of (i) any  failure by the  Servicer  to deliver to the
Applicable  Trustee  for  deposit in any of the  related  Trust  Accounts or the
related Certificate  Distribution  Account any required payment or to direct the
Applicable Trustee to make any required distributions  therefrom,  which failure
continues  unremedied  for five  business  days after  written  notice  from the
Applicable  Trustee is

                                       37
<PAGE>
received by the Servicer or after  discovery  of such  failure by the  Servicer;
(ii) any  failure by the  Servicer  or the  Seller,  as the case may be, duly to
observe or perform in any  material  respect any other  covenant or agreement in
such Sale and  Servicing  Agreement or Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  which
failure  materially and adversely  affects the rights of the  Noteholders or the
Certificateholders  of the related series and which continues  unremedied for 60
days after the giving of written  notice of such  failure (A) to the Servicer or
the Seller, as the case may be, by the Applicable Trustee or (B) to the Servicer
or the Seller,  as the case may be, and to the Applicable  Trustee by holders of
Notes or  Certificates of such series,  as applicable,  evidencing not less than
25% in  principal  amount  of such  outstanding  Notes  or of  such  Certificate
Balance;  and (iii) the  occurrence of an  Insolvency  Event with respect to the
Servicer,  the Seller or any related  Company.  "Insolvency  Event" means,  with
respect to any Person, any of the following events or actions: certain events of
insolvency,  readjustment  of debt,  marshalling  of assets and  liabilities  or
similar  proceedings  with  respect to such Person and  certain  actions by such
Person  indicating  its  insolvency,   reorganization   pursuant  to  bankruptcy
proceedings or inability to pay its obligations.

RIGHTS UPON SERVICER DEFAULT

    In the case of any Trust that has issued Notes, unless otherwise provided in
the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  as long as a Servicer Default under a Sale
and Servicing  Agreement  remains  unremedied,  the related Indenture Trustee or
holders of Notes of the related series evidencing not less than 25% of principal
amount  of  such  Notes  then  outstanding  may  terminate  all the  rights  and
obligations of the Servicer under such Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  whereupon
such  Indenture  Trustee or a successor  servicer  appointed  by such  Indenture
Trustee will succeed to all the responsibilities,  duties and liabilities of the
Servicer under such Sale and Servicing Agreement and will be entitled to similar
compensation  arrangements.  In the case of any Trust that has not issued Notes,
unless otherwise  provided in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  as long as a
Servicer  Default  under the related  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  remains
unremedied, the related Trustee or holders of Certificates of the related series
evidencing not less than 25% of the principal amount of such  Certificates  then
outstanding  may terminate all the rights and  obligations of the Servicer under
such  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  whereupon  such Trustee or a successor
servicer  appointed by such  Trustee  will succeed to all the  responsibilities,
duties  and  liabilities  of the  Servicer  under  such  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement  and  will be  entitled  to  similar  compensation  arrangements.  If,
however,  a bankruptcy  trustee or similar  official has been  appointed for the
Servicer, and no Servicer Default other than such appointment has occurred, such
trustee or official may have the power to prevent such Indenture  Trustee,  such
Noteholders,  such Trustee or such  Certificateholders from effecting a transfer
of servicing.  In the event that such Indenture  Trustee or Trustee is unwilling
or  unable  to so  act,  it may  appoint,  or  petition  a  court  of  competent
jurisdiction  for the  appointment  of, a successor with a net worth of at least
$100,000,000 and whose regular business  includes the servicing of motor vehicle
receivables.  Such Indenture  Trustee or Trustee may make such  arrangements for
compensation  to be paid,  which in no event may be greater  than the  servicing
compensation to the Servicer under such Sale and Servicing  Agreement or Pooling
and Servicing Agreement.

WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS

    With respect to each Trust that has issued Notes,  unless otherwise provided
in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  holders  of  Notes  of a  series
evidencing at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
of such series (or the holders of the Certificates of such series evidencing not
less than a majority of the outstanding  Certificate Balance, in the case of any
Servicer Default which does not adversely affect the related  Indenture  Trustee
or  such   Noteholders)   may,   on   behalf   of  all  such   Noteholders   and
Certificateholders,  waive any default by the Servicer in the performance of its
obligations under the related Sale and Servicing Agreement and its consequences,
except a Servicer  Default in making any required  deposits to or payments  from
any of the Trust Accounts or to the  Certificate  Distribution  Account for such
series in  accordance  with such Sale and Servicing  Agreement.  With respect to
each Trust  that has not  issued  Notes,  holders  of  Certificates  of a series
evidencing not less than a majority of the principal amount of such Certificates
then  outstanding  may,  on  behalf  of all such  Certificateholders,  waive any
default by the Servicer in the performance of its obligations  under the related
Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  or Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement,  except a
Servicer  Default  in making  any  required  deposits  to or  payments  from the
Certificate  Distribution  Account  or the  Trust  Accounts  for such  series in
accordance with such Pooling and Servicing Agreement. No such waiver will impair
such  Noteholders'  or  Certificateholders'  rights with  respect to  subsequent
defaults.

                                       38
<PAGE>
AMENDMENT

    Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement,  each of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements may be amended by the parties thereto, without
the consent of the related Noteholders or Certificateholders, for the purpose of
adding any  provisions  to or changing in any manner or  eliminating  any of the
provisions  of such  Transfer and  Servicing  Agreements  or of modifying in any
manner the rights of such Noteholders or Certificateholders;  provided that such
action will not, in the opinion of counsel  satisfactory  to the related Trustee
or  Indenture  Trustee,  as  applicable,  materially  and  adversely  affect the
interest of any such Noteholder or Certificateholder. Unless otherwise specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Transfer and Servicing Agreements may
also be amended by the Seller, the Servicer, the related Trustee and any related
Indenture Trustee with the consent of the holders of Notes evidencing at least a
majority in principal amount of then  outstanding  Notes, if any, of the related
series and the holders of the Certificates of such series  evidencing at least a
majority of the principal amount of such Certificates then outstanding,  for the
purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any
of the  provisions of such Transfer and Servicing  Agreements or of modifying in
any manner  the  rights of such  Noteholders  or  Certificateholders;  provided,
however,  that no such  amendment  may (i)  increase or reduce in any manner the
amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of,  collections of payments on the
related  Receivables  or  distributions  that  are  required  to be made for the
benefit of such Noteholders or  Certificateholders  or (ii) reduce the aforesaid
percentage  of the Notes or  Certificates  of such series  which are required to
consent to any such  amendment,  without  the  consent of the holders of all the
outstanding Notes or Certificates, as the case may be, of such series.

INSOLVENCY EVENT

    Subject to the  following  paragraph,  with respect to a Trust that is not a
grantor trust, if the related Prospectus so provides,  upon the occurrence of an
Insolvency  Event with  respect to the  Company  in respect of such  Trust,  the
related  Receivables  of such  Trust  will be  liquidated  and the Trust will be
terminated 90 days after the date of such Insolvency Event,  unless,  before the
end of such 90-day  period,  the related  Trustee  shall have  received  written
instructions from (i) holders of each class of the Certificates (other than such
Company) of each series with respect to such Trust representing more than 50% of
the  aggregate  unpaid  principal  amount of each such class (not  including the
principal  amount of such  Certificates  held by such Company),  (ii) holders of
each  class  of  Notes,  if any,  of each  series  with  respect  to such  Trust
representing more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each such
class and (iii) holders,  if any, of certificates  representing more than 50% of
the aggregate unpaid principal amount of certificates representing interests in,
or indebtedness secured by, final fixed value payments with respect to the Fixed
Value Receivables,  if any, initially purchased by such Company and subsequently
added to such Trust (such  certificates or indebtedness being referred to herein
as "Fixed Value Securities"),  to the effect that each such party disapproves of
the  liquidation of such  Receivables  and  termination of such Trust.  Promptly
after the occurrence of an Insolvency Event with respect to such Company, notice
thereof is  required  to be given to such  Noteholders,  Certificateholders  and
holders  of Fixed  Value  Securities;  provided  that any  failure  to give such
required  notice  will not  prevent or delay  termination  of such  Trust.  Upon
termination of any Trust, the related Trustee shall, or shall direct the related
Indenture  Trustee to,  promptly  sell the assets of such Trust  (other than the
Trust  Accounts  and  Certificate   Distribution  Accounts)  in  a  commercially
reasonable  manner and on commercially  reasonable  terms. The proceeds from any
such sale, disposition or liquidation of the Receivables of such Trust allocable
to each  series  issued by such Trust will be  treated  as  collections  on such
Receivables  and  deposited in the related  Collection  Account for such series.
With respect to any series of such Trust,  if the proceeds from the  liquidation
of the  Receivables  allocated  to such series and any amounts on deposit in the
Reserve Account (if any), the Payahead  Account (if any), the Note  Distribution
Account (if any) and the  Certificate  Distribution  Account for such series are
not sufficient to pay the Notes, if any, and the  Certificates of such series in
full, the amount of principal returned to Noteholders and  Certificateholders of
such  series  will  be  reduced  and  some  or  all  of  such   Noteholders  and
Certificateholders will incur a loss.

    Each Trust Agreement will provide that the applicable  Trustee does not have
the power to commence a voluntary  proceeding in bankruptcy  with respect to the
related  Trust without the unanimous  prior  approval of all  Certificateholders
(including  the  applicable  Company)  of such  Trust and the  delivery  to such
Trustee by each such Certificateholder (including such Company) of a certificate
certifying that such  Certificateholder  reasonably  believes that such Trust is
insolvent.

                                       39
<PAGE>
PAYMENT OF NOTES

    Upon the  payment  in full of all  outstanding  Notes  of a  series  and the
satisfaction  and discharge of the related  Indenture,  the related Trustee will
succeed to all the rights of the Indenture Trustee,  and the  Certificateholders
of such series will succeed to all the rights of the Noteholders of such series,
under the related Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  except as otherwise  provided
therein.

COMPANY LIABILITY

    If the related  Prospectus  Supplement so provides,  the applicable  Company
with respect to the related Trust will agree under the related  Trust  Agreement
to be liable  directly to an injured  party for the entire amount of any losses,
claims,  damages or liabilities  (other than those incurred by a Noteholder or a
Certificateholder  in the  capacity of an investor  with  respect to such Trust)
arising out of or based on the  arrangement  created by such Trust  Agreement as
though such arrangement created a partnership under the Delaware Revised Uniform
Limited Partnership Act in which such Company was a general partner.

TERMINATION

    With respect to each series,  the  obligations of the Servicer,  the Seller,
the related Trustee and the related Indenture  Trustee,  if any, pursuant to the
Transfer and Servicing  Agreements  will  terminate  upon the earlier of (i) the
maturity or other  liquidation  of the last related  Receivable  included in the
Series  Trust  Property  allocated  to such  series and the  disposition  of any
amounts  received upon liquidation of any such remaining  Receivables,  (ii) the
payment to  Noteholders,  if any, and  Certificateholders  of such series of all
amounts  required to be paid to them  pursuant  to the  Transfer  and  Servicing
Agreements and (iii) the occurrence of either event described below.

    Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement,  in order to
avoid excessive  administrative  expense,  the Servicer will be permitted at its
option to purchase from each Trust,  as of the end of any applicable  Collection
Period,  if the then  outstanding  Pool Balance with respect to the  Receivables
included in Series  Trust  Property  allocated to a series is 10% or less of the
Initial  Pool  Balance  (as defined in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
"Initial Pool  Balance") of such series,  all such  remaining  Receivables  at a
price equal to the aggregate of the Repurchase  Amounts thereof as of the end of
such Collection Period.

    If and to the extent  provided in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  with
respect to a Trust,  the  Applicable  Trustee will,  within ten days following a
Distribution Date or Payment Date as of which the Pool Balance of such series is
equal to or less than the  percentage of the Initial Pool Balance of such series
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, solicit bids for the purchase of
such  Receivables  remaining in such Trust and allocated to such series,  in the
manner and  subject  to the terms and  conditions  set forth in such  Prospectus
Supplement. If the Applicable Trustee receives satisfactory bids as described in
such Prospectus Supplement,  then such remaining Receivables will be sold to the
highest bidder.

    As  more  fully  described  in  the  related  Prospectus   Supplement,   any
outstanding  Notes of the  related  series will be  redeemed  concurrently  with
either of the events  specified  above,  and the subsequent  distribution to the
related  Certificateholders  of all amounts  required to be  distributed to them
pursuant to the applicable  Trust  Agreement or Pooling and Servicing  Agreement
will effect early retirement of the Certificates of such series.

ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

    CFC, in its capacity as administrator (the "Administrator"), will enter into
an agreement (as amended and supplemented from time to time, an  "Administration
Agreement") with each Trust that issues Notes and the related  Indenture Trustee
pursuant to which the  Administrator  will agree, to the extent provided in such
Administration   Agreement,   to  provide  the  notices  and  to  perform  other
administrative  obligations required by the related Indenture.  Unless otherwise
specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement with respect to any such Trust,
as compensation for the performance of the Administrator's obligations under the
applicable  Administration  Agreement  and as  reimbursement  for  its  expenses
related thereto, the Administrator will be entitled to a monthly  administration
fee in

                                       40
<PAGE>
an amount equal to $200 per month with respect to each series of Notes,  or such
other  amount  as may be set forth in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  (the
"Administration Fee"), which fee will be paid by the Servicer.

                    CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES

SECURITY INTEREST IN VEHICLES

    In states in which retail installment sale contracts such as the Receivables
evidence  the credit  sale of  automobiles  and light duty  trucks by dealers to
obligors,  the contracts also constitute  personal property security  agreements
and include  grants of security  interests in the vehicles  under the applicable
UCC.  Perfection of security  interests in the automobiles and light duty trucks
financed by the Seller is generally  governed by the motor vehicle  registration
laws of the state in which the  vehicle is  located.  In all states in which the
Receivables have been originated,  a security  interest in automobiles and light
duty trucks is perfected by obtaining the  certificate  of title to the Financed
Vehicle or notation of the secured party's lien on the vehicles'  certificate of
title (in addition,  in Louisiana,  a copy of the installment sale contract must
be filed with the appropriate governmental recording office).

    All  contracts  originated  or  acquired  by the  Seller  name the Seller as
obligee or assignee and as the secured party.  The Seller also takes all actions
necessary  under the laws of the state in which the financed  vehicle is located
to perfect the Seller's security  interest in the financed  vehicle,  including,
where  applicable,  having a notation  of its lien  recorded  on such  vehicle's
certificate of title. Because the Seller continues to service the contracts, the
obligors on the contracts will not be notified of the sale to the Trust,  and no
action will be taken to record the  transfer of the security  interest  from the
Seller to the Trust by amendment of the  certificates  of title for the Financed
Vehicles or otherwise.

    The Seller will assign its interests in the Financed  Vehicles  securing the
related  Receivables  to each Trust  pursuant to the related Sale and  Servicing
Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement (as applicable).  However,  because
of the  administrative  burden and  expense,  neither the Seller nor the related
Trustee  will amend any  certificate  of title to identify  the Trust as the new
secured party on the certificate of title relating to a Financed Vehicle.  Also,
the Seller  will  continue  to hold any  certificates  of title  relating to the
vehicles in its  possession as custodian  for the Trust  pursuant to the related
Sale  and  Servicing   Agreement  or  Pooling  and  Servicing   Agreement.   See
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of
Receivables".

    In most states,  an  assignment  such as that under each Sale and  Servicing
Agreement or Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement is an effective  conveyance  of a
security interest without amendment of any lien noted on a vehicle's certificate
of title, and the assignee  succeeds thereby to the assignor's rights as secured
party.  However,  by not  identifying  a  Trust  as  the  secured  party  on the
certificate of title,  the security  interest of such Trust in the vehicle could
be defeated through fraud or negligence. In such states, in the absence of fraud
or forgery by the vehicle owner or the Seller or  administrative  error by state
or local  agencies,  the notation of the Seller's  lien on the  certificates  of
title will be  sufficient  to protect a Trust  against the rights of  subsequent
purchasers  of a Financed  Vehicle  or  subsequent  lenders  who take a security
interest in a Financed  Vehicle.  If there are any Financed Vehicles as to which
the  Seller  failed  to obtain  or  assign  to the  Trust a  perfected  security
interest,  the  security  interest of the Trust would be  subordinate  to, among
others,  the  interests of subsequent  purchasers  of the Financed  Vehicles and
holders of perfected security interests therein. Such a failure,  however, would
constitute a breach of the  warranties  of the Seller under the related Sale and
Servicing  Agreement  or Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  and would  create an
obligation of the Seller to repurchase the related  Receivable unless the breach
were cured.  See  "Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Sale
and  Assignment of  Receivables"  and "Special  Considerations  -- Certain Legal
Aspects -- Security Interests in Financed Vehicles".

    Under the laws of most states,  the perfected security interest in a vehicle
would  continue for four months after the vehicle is moved to a state other than
the state in which it is initially  registered  and  thereafter  until the owner
thereof  re-registers  the  vehicle  in the new  state.  A  majority  of  states
generally  require surrender of a certificate of title to re-register a vehicle.
Accordingly,  a  secured  party  must  surrender  possession  if  it  holds  the
certificate of title to the vehicle or, in the case of a vehicle registered in a
state  providing for the notation of a lien on the  certificate of title but not
possession  by the secured  party,  the secured  party would  receive  notice of
surrender if the security  interest is noted on the certificate of title.  Thus,
the secured party would have the opportunity to re-perfect its security interest
in the  vehicle  in the state of  relocation.  In states  that do not  require a
certificate of title for

                                       41
<PAGE>
registration of a motor vehicle, re-registration could defeat perfection. In the
ordinary course of servicing motor vehicle receivables, the Servicer takes steps
to effect re-perfection upon receipt of notice of re-registration or information
from the obligor as to relocation.  Similarly,  when an obligor sells a vehicle,
the Servicer  must  surrender  possession  of the  certificate  of title or will
receive notice as a result of its lien noted thereon and  accordingly  will have
an opportunity to require  satisfaction of the related Receivable before release
of the lien.  Under each Sale and Servicing  Agreement and Pooling and Servicing
Agreement,  the  Servicer  is  obligated  to  take  appropriate  steps,  at  the
Servicer's expense, to maintain perfection of security interests in the Financed
Vehicles and is obligated to purchase the related  Receivable  if it fails to do
so.

    Under  the laws of most  states,  liens  for  repairs  performed  on a motor
vehicle and liens for unpaid taxes take priority over even a perfected  security
interest in a financed vehicle. The Code also grants priority to certain federal
tax liens  over the lien of a secured  party.  The laws of  certain  states  and
federal law permit the  confiscation  of vehicles  by  governmental  authorities
under certain circumstances if used in unlawful activities,  which may result in
the loss of a secured  party's  perfected  security  interest in the confiscated
vehicle.  Under each Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  and Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement,  the Seller will  represent to the related Trust that, as of the date
the  related  Receivable  is sold to such  Trust,  each  security  interest in a
Financed  Vehicle is or will be prior to all other present liens (other than tax
liens  and  other  liens  that  arise by  operation  of law)  upon and  security
interests in such Financed  Vehicle.  However,  liens for repairs or taxes could
arise, or the confiscation of a Financed Vehicle could occur, at any time during
the term of a Receivable.  No notice will be given to the Trustee, any Indenture
Trustee, any Noteholders or the  Certificateholders  in respect of a given Trust
if such a lien arises or confiscation occurs.

REPOSSESSION

    In the event of  default  by  vehicle  purchasers,  the  holder of the motor
vehicle retail installment sale contract has all the remedies of a secured party
under the UCC, except where specifically  limited by other state laws. Among the
UCC remedies,  the secured party has the right to perform self-help repossession
unless such act would constitute a breach of the peace.  Self-help is the method
employed by the  Servicer in most cases and is  accomplished  simply by retaking
possession of the financed vehicle. In the event of default by the obligor, some
jurisdictions require that the obligor be notified of the default and be given a
time  period  within  which  he may  cure the  default  prior  to  repossession.
Generally,  the right of  reinstatement  may be exercised on a limited number of
occasions in any one-year period. In cases where the obligor objects or raises a
defense to  repossession,  or if otherwise  required by applicable  state law, a
court order must be obtained from the appropriate  state court,  and the vehicle
must then be repossessed in accordance with that order.

NOTICE OF SALE; REDEMPTION RIGHTS

    The UCC and other  state laws  require  the  secured  party to  provide  the
obligor with  reasonable  notice of the date,  time and place of any public sale
and/or the date after which any private sale of the  collateral may be held. The
obligor  has the right to redeem the  collateral  prior to actual sale by paying
the secured party the unpaid principal balance of the obligation plus reasonable
expenses for repossessing,  holding and preparing the collateral for disposition
and arranging for its sale, plus, in some jurisdictions,  reasonable  attorneys'
fees, or, in some states,  by payment of delinquent  installments  or the unpaid
balance.

DEFICIENCY JUDGMENTS AND EXCESS PROCEEDS

    The proceeds of resale of the vehicles  generally  will be applied  first to
the  expenses of resale and  repossession  and then to the  satisfaction  of the
indebtedness. While some states impose prohibitions or limitations on deficiency
judgments  if the net  proceeds  from resale do not cover the full amount of the
indebtedness,  a  deficiency  judgment can be sought in those states that do not
prohibit or limit such judgments.  However,  the deficiency  judgment would be a
personal  judgment  against  the  obligor for the  shortfall,  and a  defaulting
obligor  can be  expected  to have very  little  capital  or  sources  of income
available following repossession. Therefore, in many cases, it may not be useful
to seek a deficiency  judgment  or, if one is  obtained,  it may be settled at a
significant discount.

    Occasionally,  after resale of a vehicle and payment of all expenses and all
indebtedness,  there is a surplus of funds.  In that case,  the UCC requires the
creditor  to remit the  surplus  to any  holder of a lien  with  respect  to the

                                       42
<PAGE>
vehicle or if no such lienholder  exists or there are remaining  funds,  the UCC
requires the creditor to remit the surplus to the former owner of the vehicle.

CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS

    Numerous federal and state consumer  protection laws and related regulations
impose substantial  requirements upon lenders and servicers involved in consumer
finance.   These  laws  include  the  Truth-in-Lending  Act,  the  Equal  Credit
Opportunity  Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act,
the Fair Credit  Reporting  Act, the Fair Debt  Collection  Procedures  Act, the
Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, the Federal Reserve Board's Regulations B and Z, the
Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940, the Texas Consumer Credit Code,
state adoptions of the National  Consumer Act and of the Uniform Consumer Credit
Code and state motor vehicle retail  installment sales acts, retail  installment
sales acts and other  similar  laws.  Also,  state laws  impose  finance  charge
ceilings and other  restrictions on consumer  transactions  and require contract
disclosures in addition to those required under federal law. These  requirements
impose  specific  statutory  liabilities  upon creditors who fail to comply with
their  provisions.  In some cases,  this  liability  could affect an  assignee's
ability to enforce consumer finance contracts such as the Receivables.

    The so-called  "Holder-in-Due-Course"  Rule of the Federal Trade  Commission
(the "FTC  Rule"),  the  provisions  of which are  generally  duplicated  by the
Uniform  Consumer Credit Code,  other statutes or the common law, has the effect
of subjecting a seller in a consumer  credit  transaction  (and certain  related
creditors and their  assignees) to all claims and defenses  which the obligor in
the  transaction  could assert against the seller of the goods.  Liability under
the FTC Rule is limited to the amounts  paid by the obligor  under the  contract
and the  holder  of the  contract  may also be  unable to  collect  any  balance
remaining due thereunder from the obligor.

    Most of the Receivables will be subject to the requirements of the FTC Rule.
Accordingly,  each Trust, as holder of the related Receivables,  will be subject
to any claims or defenses that the purchaser of the applicable  Financed Vehicle
may assert against the seller of the Financed  Vehicle.  Such claims are limited
to a  maximum  liability  equal  to  the  amounts  paid  by the  Obligor  on the
Receivable.  If an  Obligor  were  successful  in  asserting  any such  claim or
defense,  such  claim or  defense  would  constitute  a breach  of the  Seller's
warranties  under the  related  Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  or  Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement  and would create an obligation of the Seller to repurchase
the Receivable  unless the breach is cured. See "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables".

    Courts have applied general equitable principles to secured parties pursuing
repossession  and litigation  involving  deficiency  balances.  These  equitable
principles  may have the effect of  relieving an obligor from some or all of the
legal consequences of a default.

    In several  cases,  consumers  have asserted that the self-help  remedies of
secured  parties  under  the UCC  and  related  laws  violate  the  due  process
protections  provided under the 14th Amendment to the Constitution of the United
States.  Courts  have  generally  upheld  the notice  provisions  of the UCC and
related laws as reasonable or have found that the repossession and resale by the
creditor  do not  involve  sufficient  state  action  to  afford  constitutional
protection to borrowers.

    Under each Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
the Seller will warrant to the related Trust that each Receivable  complies with
all requirements of law in all material respects. Accordingly, if an Obligor has
a claim  against such Trust for  violation of any law and such claim  materially
and  adversely  affects such Trust's  interest in a Receivable,  such  violation
would  constitute a breach of the  warranties  of the Seller under such Sale and
Servicing  Agreement  or Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  and would  create an
obligation  of the  Seller to  repurchase  the  Receivable  unless the breach is
cured.  See  "Description  of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Sale and
Assignment of Receivables".

OTHER LIMITATIONS

    In  addition  to the laws  limiting  or  prohibiting  deficiency  judgments,
numerous other  statutory  provisions,  including  federal  bankruptcy  laws and
related state laws,  may interfere with or affect the ability of a secured party
to

                                       43
<PAGE>
realize upon collateral or to enforce a deficiency  judgment.  For example, in a
Chapter 13 proceeding  under the federal  bankruptcy  law, a court may prevent a
creditor from repossessing a vehicle,  and, as part of the rehabilitation  plan,
reduce the amount of the secured indebtedness to the market value of the vehicle
at the time of bankruptcy (as determined by the court),  leaving the creditor as
a general unsecured creditor for the remainder of the indebtedness. A bankruptcy
court may also  reduce the monthly  payments  due under a contract or change the
rate of interest and time of repayment of the indebtedness.

                     CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

    The  following  is  a  general   summary  of  certain   federal  income  tax
consequences  of the purchase,  ownership and  disposition  of the Notes and the
Certificates.  The  summary  does not  purport to deal with  federal  income tax
consequences  applicable  to all  categories  of  holders,  some of which may be
subject to special rules. For example,  it does not discuss the tax treatment of
Noteholders  or  Certificateholders  that  are  insurance  companies,  regulated
investment companies or dealers in securities.  Moreover,  there are no cases or
Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") rulings on similar transactions  involving both
debt and equity  interests  issued by a trust with terms similar to those of the
Notes and the Certificates. As a result, the IRS may disagree with all or a part
of the discussion  below.  Prospective  investors are urged to consult their own
tax advisors in determining the federal, state, local, foreign and any other tax
consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Notes and
the Certificates.

    The  following  summary is based upon  current  provisions  of the  Internal
Revenue  Code of  1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code"),  the  Treasury  regulations
promulgated  thereunder  and  judicial  or  ruling  authority,  all of which are
subject to change, which change may be retroactive.  Each Trust will be provided
with an opinion of special  Federal tax counsel to each Trust  specified  in the
related Prospectus Supplement ("Federal Tax Counsel"), regarding certain federal
income tax matters discussed below. An opinion of Federal Tax Counsel,  however,
is  not  binding  on the  IRS or the  courts.  No  ruling  on any of the  issues
discussed  below will be sought  from the IRS.  For  purposes  of the  following
summary, references to the Trust, the Notes, the Certificates and related terms,
parties  and  documents  shall be deemed to refer,  unless  otherwise  specified
herein, to each Trust and the Notes, Certificates and related terms, parties and
documents applicable to such Trust.

    The  federal  income  tax  consequences  to  Certificateholders   will  vary
depending on whether (i) an election is made to treat the Trust as a partnership
under the Code,  (ii) all the  certificates  are  retained  by the  Seller or an
affiliate  thereof,  or (iii)  whether  the Trust  will be  treated as a grantor
trust.  The Prospectus  Supplement for each series of Certificates  will specify
whether a  partnership  election  will be made or the Trust will be treated as a
grantor trust.

TRUSTS FOR WHICH A PARTNERSHIP ELECTION IS MADE

TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF THE TRUST AS A PARTNERSHIP

    Federal  Tax  Counsel  will  deliver  its  opinion  that a Trust for which a
partnership  election is made will not be an  association  (or  publicly  traded
partnership)  taxable as a corporation  for federal  income tax  purposes.  This
opinion will be based on the  assumption  that the terms of the Trust  Agreement
and related  documents will be complied with, and on counsel's  conclusions that
the nature of the income of the Trust will exempt it from the rule that  certain
publicly traded partnerships are taxable as corporations.

TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE NOTES

    Treatment  of the Notes as  Indebtedness.  The Seller  will  agree,  and the
Noteholders  will agree by their  purchase of Notes,  to treat the Notes as debt
for federal income tax purposes.  Federal Tax Counsel will,  except as otherwise
provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  advise the Trust that the Notes
will be classified as debt for federal income tax purposes. The discussion below
assumes this characterization of the Notes is correct.

    OID, Indexed Securities, etc. The discussion below assumes that all payments
on the Notes are denominated in U.S. dollars, and that the Notes are not Indexed
Securities or Strip Notes.  Moreover,  the discussion  assumes that the interest
formula for the Notes meets the  requirements  for "qualified  stated  interest"
under Treasury  regulations (the

                                       44
<PAGE>
"OID regulations") relating to original issue discount ("OID"), and that any OID
on the Notes (i.e.,  any excess of the principal  amount of the Notes over their
issue price) does not exceed a de minimis amount (i.e.,  1/4% of their principal
amount  multiplied  by the number of full years  included  in their  term),  all
within the meaning of the OID regulations. If these conditions are not satisfied
with respect to any given series of Notes,  additional tax  considerations  with
respect to such Notes will be disclosed in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

    Interest  Income on the  Notes.  Based on the above  assumptions,  except as
discussed in the following  paragraph,  the Notes will not be considered  issued
with OID.  The  stated  interest  thereon  will be taxable  to a  Noteholder  as
ordinary  interest  income  when  received  or accrued in  accordance  with such
Noteholder's method of tax accounting.  Under the OID regulations, a holder of a
Note issued with a de minimis amount of OID must include such OID in income,  on
a pro rata basis,  as principal  payments  are made on the Note.  It is believed
that any prepayment  premium paid as a result of a mandatory  redemption will be
taxable  as  contingent  interest  when it  becomes  fixed  and  unconditionally
payable.  A purchaser who buys a Note for more or less than its principal amount
will generally be subject,  respectively,  to the premium amortization or market
discount rules of the Code.

    A holder of a Note that has a fixed  maturity date of not more than one year
from the issue date of such Note (a "Short-Term Note") may be subject to special
rules.  An accrual  basis holder of a  Short-Term  Note (and certain cash method
holders,  including regulated investment companies, as set forth in Section 1281
of the Code)  generally  would be required to report interest income as interest
accrues on a straight-line  basis over the term of each interest  period.  Other
cash basis holders of a Short-Term Note would, in general, be required to report
interest  income  as  interest  is  paid  (or,  if  earlier,  upon  the  taxable
disposition  of  the  Short-Term  Note).  However,  a  cash  basis  holder  of a
Short-Term Note reporting interest income as it is paid may be required to defer
a portion of any interest expense otherwise deductible on indebtedness  incurred
to purchase or carry the  Short-Term  Note until the taxable  disposition of the
Short-Term  Note. A cash basis taxpayer may elect under Section 1281 of the Code
to accrue interest income on all  nongovernment  debt obligations with a term of
one year or less,  in which case the  taxpayer  would  include  interest  on the
Short-Term  Note in  income as it  accrues,  but  would  not be  subject  to the
interest  expense deferral rule referred to in the preceding  sentence.  Certain
special rules apply if a Short-Term  Note is purchased for more or less than its
principal amount.

    Sale or Other  Disposition.  If a Noteholder  sells a Note,  the holder will
recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the  difference  between the amount
realized  on the sale and the  holder's  adjusted  tax  basis in the  Note.  The
adjusted tax basis of a Note to a particular  Noteholder will equal the holder's
cost for the Note, increased by any market discount,  acquisition discount,  OID
(including de minimis OID) and gain  previously  included by such  Noteholder in
income with respect to the Note and  decreased by the amount of bond premium (if
any)  previously  amortized and by the amount of principal  payments  previously
received by such  Noteholder  with  respect to such Note.  Any such gain or loss
will be capital gain or loss if the Note was held as a capital asset, except for
gain  representing  accrued  interest and accrued market discount not previously
included in income.  Any capital gain recognized upon a sale,  exchange or other
disposition  of a Note will be long-term  capital  gain if the seller's  holding
period is more than one year and will be short-term capital gain if the seller's
holding  period is one year or less.  The  deductibility  of  capital  losses is
subject to certain limitations.  Prospective investors should consult with their
own tax  advisors  concerning  the U.S.  federal tax  consequences  of the sale,
exchange or other disposition of a Note.

    Foreign Holders.  Interest payments made (or accrued) to a Noteholder who is
a nonresident alien,  foreign  corporation or other non-U.S.  person (a "foreign
person") generally will be considered "portfolio  interest",  and generally will
not be subject to United States federal income tax and  withholding  tax, if the
interest is not  effectively  connected  with the conduct of a trade or business
within the United States by the foreign person and the foreign person (i) is not
actually or constructively a "10 percent shareholder" of the Trust or the Seller
(including a holder of 10% of the  outstanding  Certificates)  or a  "controlled
foreign corporation" with respect to which the Trust or the Seller is a "related
person"  within the meaning of the Code and (ii)  provides  the Trustee or other
person who is otherwise  required to withhold U.S. tax with respect to the Notes
with an  appropriate  statement  (on Form W-8 or a similar  form),  signed under
penalties  of perjury,  certifying  that the  beneficial  owner of the Note is a
foreign person and providing the foreign person's name and address. If a Note is
held through a  securities  clearing  organization  or certain  other  financial
institutions,  the  organization  or institution may provide the relevant signed
statement to the withholding agent; in that case, however,  the signed statement
must be  accompanied  by a Form W-8 or  substitute  form provided by the foreign
person that owns the Note. If such interest is not portfolio  interest,  then it
will be subject to United States federal income at graduated  rates (if received
by a non-U.S. person with effectively

                                       45
<PAGE>
connected income) and withholding tax at a rate of 30 percent, unless reduced or
eliminated pursuant to an applicable tax treaty.

    Any capital  gain  realized  on the sale,  redemption,  retirement  or other
taxable  disposition  of a Note by a foreign  person  will be exempt from United
States federal income and  withholding  tax,  provided that (i) such gain is not
effectively  connected  with the  conduct of a trade or  business  in the United
States  by the  foreign  person  and (ii) in the case of an  individual  foreign
person,  the foreign  person is not present in the United States for 183 days or
more in the taxable  year and does not  otherwise  have a "tax home"  within the
United States.

    Backup Withholding.  Each holder of a Note (other than an exempt holder such
as a corporation, tax-exempt organization,  qualified pension and profit-sharing
trust,   individual   retirement  account  or  nonresident  alien  who  provides
certification as to status as a nonresident) will be required to provide,  under
penalties of perjury,  a  certificate  containing  the holder's  name,  address,
correct federal taxpayer  identification  number and a statement that the holder
is not  subject to backup  withholding.  Should a nonexempt  Noteholder  fail to
provide the  required  certification,  the Trust will be required to withhold 31
percent of the amount  otherwise  payable to the holder,  and remit the withheld
amount to the IRS as a credit against the holder's federal income tax liability.

    New Withholding  Regulations.  Recently,  the Treasury Department issued new
regulations  (the  "New  Regulations")  which  make  certain   modifications  to
withholding,  backup  withholding  and  information  reporting  rules.  The  New
Regulations  attempt to unify  certification  requirements  and modify  reliance
standards.  The New  Regulations  will  generally be effective for payments made
after  December  31,  1999,  subject to certain  transition  rules.  Prospective
investors  are  urged  to  consult  their  own tax  advisors  regarding  the New
Regulations.

    Possible Alternative Treatments of the Notes. If, contrary to the opinion of
Federal Tax Counsel, the IRS successfully asserted that one or more of the Notes
did not  represent  debt for  federal  income tax  purposes,  the Notes might be
treated as equity  interests  in the Trust.  If so  treated,  the Trust might be
treated  as  a  publicly  traded  partnership  taxable  as  a  corporation  with
potentially  adverse  tax  consequences  (and the  publicly  traded  partnership
taxable  as a  corporation  would not be able to reduce  its  taxable  income by
deductions   for  interest   expense  on  Notes   recharacterized   as  equity).
Alternatively,  and most  likely in the view of Federal Tax  Counsel,  the Trust
would be treated as a publicly traded partnership that would not be taxable as a
corporation because it would meet certain qualifying income tests.  Nonetheless,
treatment  of the Notes as equity  interests  in such a  partnership  could have
adverse tax  consequences  to certain  holders.  For example,  income to certain
tax-exempt  entities  (including  pension  funds) would be  "unrelated  business
taxable  income",  income to foreign holders  generally would be subject to U.S.
tax and U.S. tax return  filing and  withholding  requirements,  and  individual
holders might be subject to certain limitations on their ability to deduct their
share of Trust expenses.

TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE CERTIFICATES

    Treatment of the Trust as a  Partnership.  The Seller and the Servicer  will
agree, and the Certificateholders  will agree by their purchase of Certificates,
to treat the Trust and each separate  Series Trust Property as a partnership for
purposes  of  federal  and state  income  tax,  franchise  tax and any other tax
measured in whole or in part by income, with the assets of the partnership being
the  assets  held by the  Trust,  the  partners  of the  partnership  being  the
Certificateholders  (including  the  Company in its  capacity  as  recipient  of
distributions from the Reserve Account), and the Notes being debt of the related
partnership.  However, the proper  characterization of the arrangement involving
the Trust, the Certificates, the Notes, the Seller, the Company and the Servicer
is not clear because there is no authority on transactions closely comparable to
that contemplated herein.

    A variety  of  alternative  characterizations  are  possible.  For  example,
because the  Certificates  have certain  features  characteristic  of debt,  the
Certificates  might be  considered  debt of the  Company or the Trust.  Any such
characterization  would not result in  materially  adverse tax  consequences  to
Certificateholders  as  compared  to  the  consequences  from  treatment  of the
Certificates  as  equity  in  a  partnership,  described  below.  The  following
discussion  assumes  that  the  Certificates  represent  equity  interests  in a
partnership.

    Indexed Securities,  etc. The following discussion assumes that all payments
on the  Certificates are denominated in U.S.  dollars,  none of the Certificates
are Indexed  Securities or Strip  Certificates,  and that a series of Securities
includes a single class of  Certificates.  If these conditions are not satisfied
with respect to any given series of

                                       46
<PAGE>
Certificates,  additional tax  considerations  with respect to such Certificates
will be disclosed in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

    Partnership  Taxation.  As a  partnership,  the Trust will not be subject to
federal  income  tax.  Rather,  each   Certificateholder  will  be  required  to
separately  take into account such holder's  allocated  share of income,  gains,
losses,  deductions  and credits of the Trust.  The Trust's  income will consist
primarily of interest and finance charges earned on the  Receivables  (including
appropriate  adjustments for market discount, OID and bond premium) and any gain
upon  collection or  disposition of  Receivables.  The Trust's  deductions  will
consist primarily of interest accruing with respect to the Notes,  servicing and
other  fees,  and  losses  or  deductions  upon  collection  or  disposition  of
Receivables.

    The tax items of a  partnership  are allocable to the partners in accordance
with the Code,  Treasury  regulations and the partnership  agreement  (here, the
Trust Agreement and related  documents).  The Trust  Agreement will provide,  in
general,  that the  Certificateholders  will be allocated  taxable income of the
Trust for each month equal to the sum of (i) the  interest  that  accrues on the
Certificates in accordance with their terms for such month,  including  interest
accruing  at the Pass  Through  Rate for such  month  and  interest  on  amounts
previously  due on the  Certificates  but not yet  distributed;  (ii) any  Trust
income  attributable  to discount on the  Receivables  that  corresponds  to any
excess of the  principal  amount of the  Certificates  over their  initial issue
price;  (iii)  prepayment  premium  payable to the  Certificateholders  for such
month;  and (iv) any other amounts of income  payable to the  Certificateholders
for such month. Such allocation will be reduced by any amortization by the Trust
of premium on Receivables  that  corresponds to any excess of the issue price of
Certificates  over their principal  amount.  All remaining taxable income of the
Trust will be allocated to the Company. Based on the economic arrangement of the
parties,  this approach for allocating Trust income should be permissible  under
applicable Treasury regulations, although no assurance can be given that the IRS
would   not   require  a  greater   amount   of  income  to  be   allocated   to
Certificateholders.  Moreover,  even under the foregoing  method of  allocation,
Certificateholders may be allocated income equal to the entire Pass Through Rate
plus the other  items  described  above  even  though  the Trust  might not have
sufficient cash to make current cash  distributions  of such amount.  Thus, cash
basis holders will in effect be required to report income from the  Certificates
on the accrual basis and Certificateholders may become liable for taxes on Trust
income even if they have not received cash from the Trust to pay such taxes.  In
addition,  because tax  allocations  and tax reporting will be done on a uniform
basis  for  all  Certificateholders  but  Certificateholders  may be  purchasing
Certificates at different times and at different prices,  Certificateholders may
be  required to report on their tax  returns  taxable  income that is greater or
less than the amount reported to them by the Trust.

    All of  the  taxable  income  allocated  to a  Certificateholder  that  is a
pension,  profit  sharing or employee  benefit plan or other  tax-exempt  entity
(including an individual retirement account) will constitute "unrelated business
taxable income" generally taxable to such a holder under the Code.

    An individual  taxpayer's  share of expenses of the Trust (including fees to
the  Servicer  but  not  interest  expense)  would  be  miscellaneous   itemized
deductions. Such deductions might be disallowed to the individual in whole or in
part and might  result in such  holder  being  taxed on an amount of income that
exceeds the amount of cash actually  distributed to such holder over the life of
the Trust.

    The Trust  intends  to make all tax  calculations  relating  to  income  and
allocations  to  Certificateholders  on an aggregate  basis.  If the IRS were to
require that such calculations be made separately for each Receivable, the Trust
might be required  to incur  additional  expense  but it is believed  that there
would not be a material adverse effect on Certificateholders.

    Discount and Premium.  It is believed that the  Receivables  were not issued
with OID, and,  therefore,  the Trust should not have OID income.  However,  the
purchase price paid by the Trust for the Receivables may be greater or less than
the remaining  principal balance of the Receivables at the time of purchase.  If
so, the  Receivables  will have been  acquired at a premium or discount,  as the
case may be. (As indicated  above,  the Trust will make this  calculation  on an
aggregate    basis,   but   might   be   required   to   recompute   it   on   a
Receivable-by-Receivable basis.)

    If the Trust acquires the Receivables at a market  discount or premium,  the
Trust will elect to include any such discount in income  currently as it accrues
over the life of the Receivables or to offset any such premium against

                                       47
<PAGE>
interest income on the Receivables. As indicated above, a portion of such market
discount income or premium deduction may be allocated to Certificateholders.

    Section 708  Termination.  Under Section 708 of the Code,  the Trust will be
deemed to  terminate  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  if 50% or more of the
capital  and  profits  interests  in the  Trust are sold or  exchanged  within a
12-month period.  Pursuant to final Treasury  regulations issued on May 9, 1997,
if such a termination  occurs,  the Trust will be considered to have contributed
the assets of the Trust (the "old  partnership")  to a new partnership (the "new
partnership") in exchange for interests in the partnership. Such interests would
be deemed  distributed  to the partners of the old  partnership  in  liquidation
thereof, which would not constitute a sale or exchange.

    Disposition  of  Certificates.  Generally,  capital  gain  or  loss  will be
recognized  on a sale of  Certificates  in an  amount  equal  to the  difference
between the amount realized and the seller's tax basis in the Certificates sold.
A  Certificateholder's  tax  basis in a  Certificate  will  generally  equal the
holder's cost  increased by the holder's  share of Trust income  (includible  in
income)  and  decreased  by any  distributions  received  with  respect  to such
Certificate.  In addition, both the tax basis in the Certificates and the amount
realized on a sale of a  Certificate  would  include the  holder's  share of the
Notes and other  liabilities of the Trust. A holder  acquiring  Certificates  at
different  prices may be required to maintain a single  aggregate  adjusted  tax
basis in such  Certificates,  and, upon sale or other disposition of some of the
Certificates, allocate a portion of such aggregate tax basis to the Certificates
sold  (rather than  maintaining  a separate  tax basis in each  Certificate  for
purposes of computing gain or loss on a sale of that Certificate).

    Any gain on the sale of a Certificate  attributable to the holder's share of
unrecognized  accrued  market  discount on the  Receivables  would  generally be
treated as  ordinary  income to the  holder  and would give rise to special  tax
reporting requirements.  The Trust does not expect to have any other assets that
would give rise to such special  reporting  requirements.  Thus,  to avoid those
special reporting requirements,  the Trust will elect to include market discount
in income as it accrues.

    If a  Certificateholder  is required to  recognize  an  aggregate  amount of
income (not including  income  attributable  to disallowed  itemized  deductions
described  above) over the life of the  Certificates  that exceeds the aggregate
cash distributions with respect thereto, such excess will generally give rise to
a capital loss upon the retirement of the Certificates.

    Allocations  Between  Transferors and Transferees.  In general,  the Trust's
taxable  income and losses  will be  determined  monthly and the tax items for a
particular  calendar month will be apportioned among the  Certificateholders  in
proportion to the principal amount of Certificates owned by them as of the close
of the last day of such month. As a result, a holder purchasing Certificates may
be  allocated  tax items  (which  will affect its tax  liability  and tax basis)
attributable to periods before the actual transaction.

    The use of  such a  monthly  convention  may not be  permitted  by  existing
regulations.  If a  monthly  convention  is not  allowed  (or  only  applies  to
transfers of less than all of the partner's interest),  taxable income or losses
of the Trust might be reallocated among the  Certificateholders.  The Company is
authorized to revise the Trust's method of allocation  between  transferors  and
transferees to conform to a method permitted by future regulations.

    Section  754  Election.  In the  event  that a  Certificateholder  sells its
Certificates at a profit (or loss), the purchasing Certificateholder will have a
higher (or lower) basis in the Certificates  than the selling  Certificateholder
had.  The tax basis of the Trust's  assets will not be adjusted to reflect  that
higher (or lower) basis unless the Trust were to file an election  under Section
754 of the Code. In order to avoid the administrative complexities that would be
involved in keeping accurate  accounting records, as well as potentially onerous
information reporting requirements, the Trust will not make such an election. As
a result,  Certificateholders  might be allocated a greater or lesser  amount of
Trust income than would be appropriate based on their own purchase price for the
Certificates.

    Administrative  Matters.  The Owner Trustee is required to keep or have kept
complete  and accurate  books of the Trust.  Such books will be  maintained  for
financial  reporting and tax purposes on an accrual basis and the fiscal year of
the Trust  will be the  calendar  year.  The  Trustee  will  file a  partnership
information  return  (IRS Form 1065) with the IRS for each  taxable  year of the
Trust and will report each Certificateholder's allocable share of items of Trust
income and  expense  to  holders  and the IRS on  Schedule  K-1.  The Trust will
provide the Schedule K-1  information

                                       48
<PAGE>
to  nominees  that fail to  provide  the Trust  with the  information  statement
described  below and such nominees will be required to forward such  information
to the beneficial owners of the Certificates.  Generally,  holders must file tax
returns that are consistent with the information return filed by the Trust or be
subject  to  penalties   unless  the  holder   notifies  the  IRS  of  all  such
inconsistencies.

    Under  Section  6031 of the Code,  any person that holds  Certificates  as a
nominee at any time during a calendar year is required to furnish the Trust with
a statement containing certain information on the nominee, the beneficial owners
and the  Certificates so held. Such information  includes (i) the name,  address
and taxpayer identification number of the nominee and (ii) as to each beneficial
owner (x) the name,  address  and  identification  number  of such  person,  (y)
whether such person is a United States person, a tax-exempt  entity or a foreign
government,  an  international  organization,  or any  wholly  owned  agency  or
instrumentality  of either of the  foregoing,  and (z)  certain  information  on
Certificates  that were held, bought or sold on behalf of such person throughout
the year. In addition, brokers and financial institutions that hold Certificates
through a nominee are required to furnish  directly to the Trust  information as
to themselves and their ownership of Certificates.  A clearing agency registered
under  Section  17A of the  Exchange  Act is not  required  to furnish  any such
information  statement to the Trust.  The information  referred to above for any
calendar year must be furnished to the Trust on or before the following  January
31. Nominees,  brokers and financial institutions that fail to provide the Trust
with the information described above may be subject to penalties.

    The Company  will be  designated  as the tax matters  partner in the related
Trust  Agreement  and,  as  such,  will  be  responsible  for  representing  the
Certificateholders   in  any  dispute  with  the  IRS.  The  Code  provides  for
administrative  examination  of a  partnership  as if  the  partnership  were  a
separate  and  distinct  taxpayer.  Generally,  the statute of  limitations  for
partnership items does not expire before three years after the date on which the
partnership  information return is filed. Any adverse determination following an
audit of the return of the Trust by the  appropriate  taxing  authorities  could
result in an adjustment  of the returns of the  Certificateholders,  and,  under
certain  circumstances,  a  Certificateholder  may be precluded from  separately
litigating a proposed  adjustment to the items of the Trust. An adjustment could
also  result in an audit of a  Certificateholder's  returns and  adjustments  of
items not related to the income and losses of the Trust.

    Tax Consequences to Foreign Certificateholders.  It is not clear whether the
Trust  would be  considered  to be engaged in a trade or  business in the United
States for  purposes  of federal  withholding  taxes  with  respect to  non-U.S.
persons because there is no clear authority  dealing with that issue under facts
substantially  similar to those  described  herein.  Although it is not expected
that the Trust would be engaged in a trade or business in the United  States for
such  purposes,  the Trust  will  withhold  as if it were so engaged in order to
protect the Trust from possible  adverse  consequences of a failure to withhold.
The Trust  expects to  withhold  on the  portion of its  taxable  income that is
allocable to foreign Certificateholders pursuant to Section 1446 of the Code, as
if such income were effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business, at a rate
of 35% for foreign  holders that are taxable as  corporations  and 39.6% for all
other  foreign  holders.  Subsequent  adoption  of Treasury  regulations  or the
issuance of other administrative  pronouncements may require the Trust to change
its withholding  procedures.  In determining a holder's  withholding status, the
Trust may rely on IRS Form W-8,  IRS Form W-9 or the holder's  certification  of
nonforeign status signed under penalties of perjury.

    Each foreign holder might be required to file a U.S. individual or corporate
income tax return (including,  in the case of a corporation,  the branch profits
tax) on its share of the  Trust's  income.  Each  foreign  holder  must obtain a
taxpayer  identification number from the IRS and submit that number to the Trust
on Form W-8 (or  substantially  identical  form) in order to assure  appropriate
crediting of the taxes withheld. A foreign holder generally would be entitled to
file with the IRS a claim for  refund  with  respect  to taxes  withheld  by the
Trust,  taking the  position  that no taxes were due  because  the Trust was not
engaged  in a U.S.  trade  or  business.  However,  interest  payments  made (or
accrued)  to a  Certificateholder  who is a  foreign  person  generally  will be
considered  guaranteed  payments  to the extent  such  payments  are  determined
without  regard to the  income of the  Trust.  If these  interest  payments  are
properly  characterized  as guaranteed  payments,  then the interest will not be
considered "portfolio interest". As a result, Certificateholders will be subject
to United States federal income tax and withholding tax at a rate of 30%, unless
reduced or eliminated  pursuant to an applicable treaty. In such case, a foreign
holder would only be entitled to claim a refund for that portion of the taxes in
excess of the taxes that  should be  withheld  with  respect  to the  guaranteed
payments.

                                       49
<PAGE>
    Backup Withholding. Distributions made on the Certificates and proceeds from
the sale of the  Certificates  will be subject to a "backup"  withholding tax of
31%  if,  in  general,  the  Certificateholder  fails  to  comply  with  certain
identification  procedures,  unless  the  holder  is an exempt  recipient  under
applicable provisions of the Code.

    New Withholding  Regulations.  Recently,  the Treasury Department issued the
New Regulations  which attempt to unify  certification  requirements  and modify
reliance standards. The New Regulations will generally be effective for payments
made after December 31, 1999, subject to certain transition rules.

Prospective  investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the
New Regulations.

TRUSTS IN WHICH ALL  CERTIFICATES  ARE RETAINED BY THE SELLER OR AN AFFILIATE OF
THE SELLER

TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF THE TRUST

    Federal Tax Counsel  will  deliver its opinion that a Trust which issues one
or more  classes of Notes to  investors  and all the  Certificates  of which are
retained  by Seller  or an  affiliate  thereof  will not be an  association  (or
publicly  traded  partnership)  taxable as a corporation  for federal income tax
purposes.  This  opinion will be based on the  assumption  that the terms of the
Trust  Agreement and related  documents  will be complied with, and on counsel's
conclusions  that the Trust will constitute a mere security  arrangement for the
issuance of debt by the single Certificateholder.

    Treatment  of the Notes as  Indebtedness.  The Seller  will  agree,  and the
Noteholders  will agree by their  purchase of Notes,  to treat the Notes as debt
for federal income tax purposes.  Federal Tax Counsel will,  except as otherwise
provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  advise the Trust that the Notes
will be  classified  as debt for  federal  income tax  purposes.  Assuming  such
characterization of the Notes is correct, the federal income tax consequences to
Noteholders  described  above under the heading  "TRUSTS FOR WHICH A PARTNERSHIP
ELECTION IS MADE -- Tax Consequences to Holders of the Notes" would apply to the
Noteholders.

    If,  contrary to the opinion of Federal Tax  Counsel,  the IRS  successfully
asserted  that one or more classes of Notes did not  represent  debt for federal
income tax  purposes,  such class or classes of Notes might be treated as equity
interests in the Trust. If so treated,  the Trust might be treated as a publicly
traded  partnership  taxable  as a  corporation  with  potentially  adverse  tax
consequences (and the publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation would
not be able to reduce its taxable income by deductions  for interest  expense on
Notes recharacterized as equity). Alternatively,  and more likely in the view of
Federal Tax Counsel, the Trust would most likely be treated as a publicly traded
partnership  that would not be taxable  as a  corporation  because it would meet
certain  qualifying  income  tests.  Nonetheless,  treatment  of Notes as equity
interests in such a partnership  could have adverse tax  consequences to certain
holders  of such  Notes.  For  example,  income to certain  tax-exempt  entities
(including pension funds) would be "unrelated  business taxable income",  income
to foreign  holders may be subject to U.S.  withholding  tax and U.S. tax return
filing  requirements,  and  individual  holders  might  be  subject  to  certain
limitations  on their  ability to deduct their share of Trust  expenses.  In the
event one or more classes of Notes were  treated as interests in a  partnership,
the consequences governing the Certificates as equity interests in a partnership
described  above under "TRUSTS FOR WHICH A  PARTNERSHIP  ELECTION IS MADE -- Tax
Consequences to Holders of the Certificates"  would apply to the holders of such
Notes.

TRUSTS TREATED AS GRANTOR TRUSTS

TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF THE TRUST AS A GRANTOR TRUST

    If a partnership  election is not made, Federal Tax Counsel will deliver its
opinion that the Trust will not be  classified  as an  association  taxable as a
corporation  and that such Trust will be  classified  as a grantor  trust  under
subpart E, part I,  subchapter  J, chapter 1 of subtitle A of the Code.  In this
case,   owners  of   Certificates   (referred   to  herein  as  "Grantor   Trust
Certificateholders")  will be treated for federal  income tax purposes as owners
of a portion of the Trust's assets as described below.  The Certificates  issued
by a Trust that is treated as a grantor trust are referred to herein as "Grantor
Trust Certificates".

                                       50
<PAGE>
    Characterization.  Each Grantor Trust  Certificateholder  will be treated as
the  owner  of a pro rata  undivided  interest  in the  interest  and  principal
portions of the Trust represented by the Grantor Trust  Certificates and will be
considered the equitable  owner of a pro rata undivided  interest in each of the
Receivables   in  the  Trust.   Any  amounts   received   by  a  Grantor   Trust
Certificateholder  in lieu of amounts due with respect to any Receivable because
of a default or  delinquency  in payment will be treated for federal  income tax
purposes as having the same character as the payments they replace.

    Each  Grantor  Trust  Certificateholder  will be  required  to report on its
federal   income   tax   return   in   accordance   with  such   Grantor   Trust
Certificateholder's method of accounting its pro rata share of the entire income
from the  Receivables in the Trust  represented  by Grantor Trust  Certificates,
including  interest,  OID, if any,  prepayment  fees,  assumption fees, any gain
recognized upon an assumption and late payment charges received by the Servicer.
Under Sections 162 or 212 each Grantor Trust  Certificateholder will be entitled
to deduct its pro rata share of  servicing  fees,  prepayment  fees,  assumption
fees, any loss recognized  upon an assumption and late payment charges  retained
by the Servicer,  provided  that such amounts are  reasonable  compensation  for
services  rendered  to the  Trust.  Grantor  Trust  Certificateholders  that are
individuals,  estates  or  trusts  will be  entitled  to deduct  their  share of
expenses  only to the extent such  expenses  plus all other Section 212 expenses
exceed  two   percent  of  its   adjusted   gross   income.   A  Grantor   Trust
Certificateholder using the cash method of accounting must take into account its
pro rata share of income and  deductions as and when collected by or paid to the
Servicer.  A  Grantor  Trust   Certificateholder  using  an  accrual  method  of
accounting must take into account its pro rata share of income and deductions as
they  become  due or are paid to the  Servicer,  whichever  is  earlier.  If the
servicing  fees paid to the Servicer are deemed to exceed  reasonable  servicing
compensation,  the amount of such excess  could be  considered  as an  ownership
interest  retained by the Servicer (or any person to whom the Servicer  assigned
for value all or a portion of the  servicing  fees) in a portion of the interest
payments  on the  Receivables.  The  Receivables  would  then be  subject to the
"coupon stripping" rules of the Code discussed below.

    Premium.  The price paid for a Grantor Trust Certificate by a holder will be
allocated to such holder's  undivided  interest in each Receivable based on each
Receivable's  relative  fair  market  value,  so that  such  holder's  undivided
interest  in each  Receivable  will  have its own tax  basis.  A  Grantor  Trust
Certificateholder  that  acquires an interest  in  Receivables  at a premium may
elect to amortize such premium  under a constant  interest  method.  Amortizable
bond  premium  will be treated as an offset to interest  income on such  Grantor
Trust Certificate.  The basis for such Grantor Trust Certificate will be reduced
to the extent that amortizable  premium is applied to offset interest  payments.
It is not clear  whether a reasonable  prepayment  assumption  should be used in
computing  amortization of premium  allowable under Section 171. A Grantor Trust
Certificateholder  that makes this election for a Grantor Trust Certificate that
is  acquired  at a premium  will be deemed to have made an  election to amortize
bond  premium  with  respect to all debt  instruments  having  amortizable  bond
premium that such Grantor Trust  Certificateholder  acquires  during the year of
the election or thereafter.

    If a premium is not subject to  amortization  using a reasonable  prepayment
assumption,  the holder of a Grantor  Trust  Certificate  acquired  at a premium
should recognize a loss if a Receivable prepays in full, equal to the difference
between the portion of the prepaid  principal  amount of such Receivable that is
allocable to the Grantor Trust Certificate and the portion of the adjusted basis
of the Grantor  Trust  Certificate  that is allocable to such  Receivable.  If a
reasonable  prepayment  assumption is used to amortize such premium,  it appears
that  such a loss  would  be  available,  if at all,  only if  prepayments  have
occurred at a rate faster than the reasonable assumed prepayment rate. It is not
clear  whether any other  adjustments  would be required to reflect  differences
between an assumed prepayment rate and the actual rate of prepayments.

    On December  30, 1997 the  Internal  Revenue  Service  ("IRS")  issued final
regulations  (the   "Amortizable   Bond  Premium   Regulations")   dealing  with
amortizable  bond  premium.  These  regulations  specifically  do  not  apply to
prepayable debt instruments subject to Code section  1272(a)(6).  Absent further
guidance  from the IRS,  the  Trustee  intends to account for  amortizable  bond
premium  in the manner  described  above.  It is  recommended  that  prospective
purchasers of the Certificates consult their tax advisors regarding the possible
application of the Amortizable Bond Premium Regulations.

                                       51
<PAGE>
STRIPPED BONDS AND STRIPPED COUPONS

    Although the tax treatment of stripped bonds is not entirely clear, based on
recent guidance by the IRS, each purchaser of a Grantor Trust  Certificate  will
be treated as the purchaser of a stripped bond which generally should be treated
as a single debt  instrument  issued on the day it is purchased  for purposes of
calculating  any original  issue  discount.  Generally,  under  recently  issued
Treasury regulations (the "Section 1286 Treasury Regulations"),  if the discount
on a  stripped  bond is larger  than a de  minimis  amount  (as  calculated  for
purposes of the OID rules of the Code) such  stripped bond will be considered to
have been issued with OID. See "Original Issue  Discount." Based on the preamble
to the Section 1286 Treasury Regulations,  Federal Tax Counsel is of the opinion
that,  although the matter is not  entirely  clear,  the interest  income on the
Certificates  at the  sum of the  Pass  Through  Rate  and  the  portion  of the
Servicing Fee Rate that does not constitute  excess servicing will be treated as
"qualified  stated  interest"  within the meaning of the Section  1286  Treasury
Regulations  and such income will be so treated in the Trustee's tax information
reporting.

    Original Issue  Discount.  The IRS has stated in published  rulings that, in
circumstances  similar to those described herein,  the special rules of the Code
relating to "original issue discount"  (currently Sections 1271 through 1273 and
1275) will be  applicable  to a Grantor  Trust  Certificateholder's  interest in
those Receivables meeting the conditions  necessary for these sections to apply.
Generally, a Grantor Trust Certificateholder that acquires an undivided interest
in a Receivable issued or acquired with OID must include in gross income the sum
of the "daily  portions," as defined  below,  of the OID on such  Receivable for
each day on which it owns a  Certificate,  including  the date of  purchase  but
excluding  the date of  disposition.  In the case of an original  Grantor  Trust
Certificateholder,  the  daily  portions  of OID with  respect  to a  Receivable
generally  would be  determined as follows.  A  calculation  will be made of the
portion of OID that accrues on the  Receivable  during each  successive  monthly
accrual  period (or shorter  period in respect of the date of original  issue or
the  final  Distribution  Date).  This  will be done,  in the case of each  full
monthly  accrual  period,  by  adding  (i) the  present  value of all  remaining
payments to be received on the Receivable  under the prepayment  assumption used
in respect of the Receivables and (ii) any payments received during such accrual
period,  and  subtracting  from that  total the  "adjusted  issue  price" of the
Receivable at the beginning of such accrual period.  No  representation  is made
that the  Receivables  will prepay at any prepayment  assumption.  The "adjusted
issue price" of a Receivable at the beginning of the first accrual period is its
issue price (as  determined  for  purposes of the OID rules of the Code) and the
"adjusted issue price" of a Receivable at the beginning of a subsequent  accrual
period  is the  "adjusted  issue  price"  at the  beginning  of the  immediately
preceding accrual period plus the amount of OID allocable to that accrual period
and  reduced  by the  amount  of  any  payment  (other  than  "qualified  stated
interest")  made at the end of or during that accrual  period.  The OID accruing
during  such  accrual  period  will then be divided by the number of days in the
period to determine  the daily  portion of OID for each day in the period.  With
respect to an initial accrual period shorter than a full monthly accrual period,
the  daily  portions  of OID  must be  determined  according  to an  appropriate
allocation  under  either an exact or  approximate  method  set forth in the OID
Regulations,  or some other  reasonable  method,  provided  that such  method is
consistent  with the  method  used to  determine  the yield to  maturity  of the
Receivables.

    With respect to the Receivables,  the method of calculating OID as described
above will cause the accrual of OID to either  increase  or decrease  (but never
below zero) in any given accrual period to reflect the fact that prepayments are
occurring  at a faster or slower  rate than the  prepayment  assumption  used in
respect of the Receivables.  Subsequent  purchasers that purchase Receivables at
more than a de minimis  discount  should consult their tax advisors with respect
to the proper method to accrue such OID.

    Market  Discount.  A  Grantor  Trust   Certificateholder  that  acquires  an
undivided interest in Receivables may be subject to the market discount rules of
Sections  1276 through 1278 to the extent an undivided  interest in a Receivable
is  considered to have been  purchased at a "market  discount."  Generally,  the
amount of market discount is equal to the excess of the portion of the principal
amount of such  Receivable  allocable to such holder's  undivided  interest over
such  holder's tax basis in such  interest.  Market  discount  with respect to a
Grantor Trust  Certificate will be considered to be zero if the amount allocable
to the  Grantor  Trust  Certificate  is less  than  0.25% of the  Grantor  Trust
Certificate's  stated  redemption  price at maturity  multiplied by the weighted
average  maturity  remaining  after the date of purchase.  Treasury  regulations
implementing  the market  discount  rules have not yet been  issued;  therefore,
investors  should  consult their own tax advisors  regarding the  application of
these rules and the  advisability  of making any of the elections  allowed under
Code Sections 1276 through 1278.

                                       52
<PAGE>
    The Code provides that any principal payment (whether a scheduled payment or
a  prepayment)  or any gain on  disposition  of a market  discount bond shall be
treated as  ordinary  income to the extent  that it does not exceed the  accrued
market  discount  at the time of such  payment.  The  amount of  accrued  market
discount for purposes of determining  the tax treatment of subsequent  principal
payments or  dispositions  of the market  discount  bond is to be reduced by the
amount so treated as ordinary income.

    The Code also grants the Treasury Department  authority to issue regulations
providing for the  computation of accrued market  discount on debt  instruments,
the  principal  of which is  payable  in more  than one  installment.  While the
Treasury  Department  has not yet issued  regulations,  rules  described  in the
relevant  legislative  history will apply.  Under those  rules,  the holder of a
market  discount bond may elect to accrue market discount either on the basis of
a constant  interest  rate or according to one of the  following  methods.  If a
Grantor Trust Certificate is issued with OID, the amount of market discount that
accrues during any accrual period would be equal to the product of (i) the total
remaining market discount and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the OID
accruing  during the period and the  denominator of which is the total remaining
OID at the  beginning  of the accrual  period.  For Grantor  Trust  Certificates
issued  without OID, the amount of market  discount that accrues during a period
is equal to the product of (i) the total  remaining  market  discount and (ii) a
fraction,  the  numerator of which is the amount of stated  interest paid during
the accrual  period and the  denominator  of which is the total amount of stated
interest  remaining  to be paid at the  beginning  of the  accrual  period.  For
purposes of  calculating  market  discount under any of the above methods in the
case of instruments  (such as the Grantor Trust  Certificates)  that provide for
payments that may be accelerated  by reason of prepayments of other  obligations
securing  such  instruments,   the  same  prepayment  assumption  applicable  to
calculating  the accrual of OID will apply.  Because the  regulations  described
above have not been  issued,  it is  impossible  to predict  what  effect  those
regulations  might  have on the tax  treatment  of a Grantor  Trust  Certificate
purchased at a discount or premium in the secondary market.

    A holder who acquired a Grantor Trust  Certificate at a market discount also
may be required to defer a portion of its  interest  deductions  for the taxable
year attributable to any indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry
such  Grantor  Trust  Certificate  purchased  with  market  discount.  For these
purposes, the de minimis rule referred above applies. Any such deferred interest
expense would not exceed the market  discount  that accrues  during such taxable
year and is, in general, allowed as a deduction not later than the year in which
such market  discount is includible in income.  If such holder elects to include
market  discount  in income  currently  as it  accrues  on all  market  discount
instruments  acquired by such holder in that  taxable  year or  thereafter,  the
interest deferral rule described above will not apply.

    Election to Treat All Interest as OID. The OID regulations  permit a Grantor
Trust Certificateholder to elect to accrue all interest,  discount (including de
minimis  market or original  issue  discount) and premium in income as interest,
based on a  constant  yield  method.  If such an  election  were to be made with
respect   to  a  Grantor   Trust   Certificate   with   market   discount,   the
Certificateholder  would be deemed to have made an election to include in income
currently  market  discount  with respect to all other debt  instruments  having
market  discount that such Grantor Trust  Certificateholder  acquires during the
year of the election or thereafter. Similarly, a Grantor Trust Certificateholder
that makes this election for a Grantor Trust  Certificate  that is acquired at a
premium  will be deemed to have made an election to amortize  bond  premium with
respect  to all debt  instruments  having  amortizable  bond  premium  that such
Grantor Trust  Certificateholder  owns or acquires. See "-- Premium" herein. The
election to accrue  interest,  discount  and premium on a constant  yield method
with respect to a Grantor Trust Certificate is irrevocable.

    Sale or  Exchange  of a Grantor  Trust  Certificate.  Sale or  exchange of a
Grantor  Trust  Certificate  prior to its  maturity  will result in gain or loss
equal to the  difference,  if any,  between the amount  received and the owner's
adjusted basis in the Grantor Trust  Certificate.  Such adjusted basis generally
will  equal the  seller's  purchase  price for the  Grantor  Trust  Certificate,
increased by the OID  included in the seller's  gross income with respect to the
Grantor  Trust  Certificate,  and reduced by  principal  payments on the Grantor
Trust Certificate  previously  received by the seller. Such gain or loss will be
capital  gain or loss to an owner  for which a Grantor  Trust  Certificate  is a
"capital  asset"  within the meaning of Section  1221,  and will be long-term or
short-term depending on whether the Grantor Trust Certificate has been owned for
the long-term capital gain holding period (currently more than twelve months).

                                       53
<PAGE>
    Grantor Trust  Certificates  will be "evidences of indebtedness"  within the
meaning of Section 582(c)(1), so that gain or loss recognized from the sale of a
Grantor  Trust  Certificate  by a bank or a thrift  institution  to  which  such
section applies will be treated as ordinary income or loss.

    Non-U.S. Persons.  Generally, to the extent that a Grantor Trust Certificate
evidences ownership in underlying Receivables that were issued on or before July
18,  1984,  interest or OID paid by the person  required  to withhold  tax under
Section  1441 or 1442 to (i) an  owner  that is not a U.S.  Person  (as  defined
below) or (ii) a Grantor Trust  Certificateholder  holding on behalf of an owner
that is not a U.S.  Person will be subject to federal  income tax,  collected by
withholding, at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be provided for interest
by an applicable tax treaty.  Accrued OID recognized by the owner on the sale or
exchange  of such a Grantor  Trust  Certificate  also will be subject to federal
income tax at the same rate.  Generally,  such payments  would not be subject to
withholding to the extent that a Grantor Trust Certificate  evidences  ownership
in  Receivables  issued after July 18, 1984, by natural  persons if such Grantor
Trust  Certificateholder  complies  with  certain  identification   requirements
(including   delivery   of  a   statement,   signed   by   the   Grantor   Trust
Certificateholder under penalties of perjury, certifying that such Grantor Trust
Certificateholder  is not a U.S.  Person and  providing  the name and address of
such  Grantor  Trust   Certificateholder).   Additional  restrictions  apply  to
Receivables of where the obligor is not a natural person in order to qualify for
the exemption from withholding.

    As used herein,  a "U.S.  Person"  means a citizen or resident of the United
States,  a corporation  or a  partnership  organized in or under the laws of the
United  States or any political  subdivision  thereof,  an estate or trust,  the
income of which from sources  outside the United  States is  includible in gross
income for federal  income tax purposes  regardless of its  connection  with the
conduct of a trade or business  within the United States,  or a trust if a court
within  the  United  States  is  able to  exercise  primary  supervision  of the
administration  of the  trust and one or more  United  States  persons  have the
authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

    Information  Reporting and Backup Withholding.  The Servicer will furnish or
make available, within a reasonable time after the end of each calendar year, to
each person who was a Grantor  Trust  Certificateholder  at any time during such
year, such information as may be deemed necessary or desirable to assist Grantor
Trust  Certificateholders  in preparing their federal income tax returns,  or to
enable  holders  to make such  information  available  to  beneficial  owners or
financial  intermediaries  that hold Grantor Trust  Certificates  as nominees on
behalf  of  beneficial  owners.  If  a  holder,   beneficial  owner,   financial
intermediary  or other  recipient of a payment on behalf of a  beneficial  owner
fails to supply a certified taxpayer  identification  number or if the Secretary
of the  Treasury  determines  that such person has not reported all interest and
dividend  income  required  to be shown on its federal  income tax  return,  31%
backup  withholding  may be required with respect to any  payments.  Any amounts
deducted and withheld from a distribution  to a recipient  would be allowed as a
credit against such recipient's federal income tax liability.

    New Withholding  Regulations.  Recently,  the Treasury Department issued the
New Regulations  which attempt to unify  certification  requirements  and modify
reliance standards. The New Regulations will generally be effective for payments
made after December 31, 1999, subject to certain  transition rules.  Prospective
investors  are  urged  to  consult  their  own tax  advisors  regarding  the New
Regulations.

    FASITs

    The Small  Business  and Job  Protection  Act of 1996  added  sections  860H
through 860L to the Code (the "FASIT provisions"),  which provide for a new type
of entity for United States  federal  income tax purposes  known as a "financial
asset securitization  investment trust" (a "FASIT").  The legislation  providing
for the new FASIT  entity  became  effective  on  September  1,  1997,  but many
technical issues are to be addressed in Treasury  regulations yet to be drafted.
In general,  the FASIT  legislation  will enable trusts such as the Issuer to be
treated  as  a  pass  through  entity  not  subject  to  United  States  federal
entity-level income tax (except with respect to certain prohibited transactions)
and to issue  securities that would be treated as debt for United States federal
income tax purposes.  A FASIT election may be made with respect to the Issuer in
connection with the issuance of future Series of securities,  upon  satisfaction
of certain conditions,  delivery by the Issuer of appropriate legal opinions and
a determination  by the Issuer that such election will have no adverse impact on
holders of then-existing classes of securities of the Issuer.

                         CERTAIN STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES

    The  activities  of  servicing  and  collecting  the  Receivables   will  be
undertaken  by the  Servicer,  which is a Michigan  corporation.  Because of the
variation in each state's tax laws based in whole or in part upon income,  it is
impossible to predict tax  consequences to holders of Notes and  Certificates in
all of the state taxing  jurisdictions in which they are already subject to tax.
Noteholders and  Certificateholders  are urged to consult their own tax advisors
with respect to state tax  consequences  arising out of the purchase,  ownership
and disposition of Notes and Certificates.

                                    * * *

    THE  FEDERAL AND STATE TAX  DISCUSSIONS  SET FORTH  ABOVE ARE  INCLUDED  FOR
GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE DEPENDING UPON A NOTEHOLDER'S
OR CERTIFICATEHOLDER'S  PARTICULAR TAX SITUATION.  PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS SHOULD
CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX  CONSEQUENCES  TO THEM OF THE
PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF NOTES AND CERTIFICATES, INCLUDING THE TAX
CONSEQUENCES  UNDER  STATE,  LOCAL,  FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX LAWS AND THE POSSIBLE
EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN FEDERAL OR OTHER TAX LAWS.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

    Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit a pension, profit
sharing  or  other  employee  benefit  or  other  plan  (such  as an  individual
retirement  account and certain types of Keogh Plans) that is subject to Title I
of ERISA or to Section  4975 of the Code from  engaging in certain  transactions
involving  "plan assets" with persons that are "parties in interest" under ERISA
or  "disqualified  person"  under the Code  with  respect  to the plan.  Certain
governmental  plans,  although not subject to ERISA or the Code,  are subject to
federal,  state or local  laws ("Similar Law") that impose similar  requirements
(such plans subject to ERISA, Section 4975, or Similar Law referred to herein as
"Plans").  A violation  of these  "prohibited  transaction"  rules may  generate
excise tax and other  liabilities  under ERISA and the Code or under Similar Law
for such persons.

    Depending  on the  relevant  facts  and  circumstances,  certain  prohibited
transaction   exemptions   may  apply  to  the   purchase   or  holding  of  the
Securities--for  example,  Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption ("PTE") 96-23,
which exempts certain transactions  effected on behalf of a Plan by an "in-house
asset manager";  PTE 95-60, which exempts certain transactions between insurance
company  general  accounts and parties in  interest;  PTE 91-38,  which  exempts
certain  transactions  between bank collective  investment  funds and parties in
interest; PTE 90-1, which exempts certain transactions between insurance company
pooled separate  accounts and parties in interest;  or PTE 84-14,  which exempts
certain transactions  effected on behalf of a Plan by a "qualified  professional
asset  manager".  There can be no assurance  that any of these  exemptions  will
apply with respect to any Plan's  investment in the Securities,  or that such an
exemption,  if it did apply, would apply to all prohibited transactions that may
occur in connection with such  investment.  Furthermore,  these exemptions would
not apply to  transactions  involved in  operation of the Trust if, as described
below, the assets of the Trust were considered to include Plan assets.

    ERISA also imposes  certain  duties on persons who are  fiduciaries of Plans
subject  to  ERISA,  including  the  requirements  of  investment  prudence  and
diversification,  and the requirement that such a Plan's  investments be made in
accordance with the documents  governing the Plan.  Under ERISA,  any person who
exercises any authority or control  respecting  the management or disposition of
the  assets  of a Plan  is  considered  to be a  fiduciary  of such

                                       55
<PAGE>
Plan.  Plan  fiduciaries  must determine  whether the acquisition and holding of
Securities   and  the  operations  of  the  Trust  would  result  in  prohibited
transactions  if Plans  that  purchase  the  Securities  were  deemed  to own an
interest in the underlying  assets of the Trust under the rules discussed below.
There may also be an improper  delegation of the  responsibility  to manage Plan
assets if Plans that  purchase the  Securities  are deemed to own an interest in
the underlying assets of the Trust.

    Pursuant to Department of Labor  Regulation  Section  2510.3-101  (the "Plan
Assets  Regulation"),  in general when a Plan acquires an equity  interest in an
entity  such as the Trust  and such  interest  does not  represent  a  "publicly
offered security" or a security issued by an investment company registered under
the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended,  the Plan's assets include both
the equity interest and an undivided  interest in each of the underlying  assets
of the entity,  unless it is established either that the entity is an "operating
company" or that equity  participation in the entity by "benefit plan investors"
is not "significant". In general, an "equity interest" is defined under the Plan
Assets Regulation as any interest in an entity other than an instrument which is
treated as indebtedness  under applicable local law and which has no substantial
equity features.  The likely treatment in this context of Notes and Certificates
of a given  series  will be  discussed  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.
However,  it is  anticipated  that the  Certificates  will be considered  equity
interests in the Trust for purposes of the Plan Assets Regulation,  and that the
assets of the Trust may therefore  constitute  plan assets if  Certificates  are
acquired by Plans.  In such event,  the  fiduciary  and  prohibited  transaction
restrictions  of ERISA and section 4975 of the Code would apply to  transactions
involving the assets of the Trust.

    As a result, except in the case of Senior Certificates with respect to which
the Exemption is available (as described  below),  Certificates  generally shall
not be transferred  and the Trustee shall not register any proposed  transfer of
Certificates unless it receives (i) a representation substantially to the effect
that the proposed transferee is not a Plan and is not acquiring the Certificates
on behalf of or with the assets of a Plan (including  assets that may be held in
an  insurance  company's  separate  or  general  accounts  where  assets in such
accounts may be deemed "plan assets" for purposes of ERISA),  or (ii) an opinion
of counsel in form and substance  satisfactory  to the Trustee and the Depositor
that the purchase or holding of the  Certificates by or on behalf of a Plan will
not constitute a prohibited transaction and will not result in the assets of the
Trust  being  deemed  to  be  "plan   assets"  and  subject  to  the   fiduciary
responsibility  provisions of ERISA or the prohibited  transaction provisions of
ERISA and the Code or any Similar Law or subject any  Trustee,  the  Certificate
Administrator or the Depositor to any obligation in addition to those undertaken
in the Trust Agreement.

    Employee  benefit plans that are  governmental  plans (as defined in Section
3(32) of ERISA) and certain  church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA)
are not subject to ERISA requirements.  However, any such governmental or church
plan  which is  qualified  under  section  401(a)  of the Code and  exempt  from
taxation  under  Section  501(a)  of the  Code  is  subject  to  the  prohibited
transaction rules in Section 503 of the Code.

    A fiduciary  of a Plan  considering  the purchase of  Securities  of a given
series should consult its tax and/or legal advisors regarding whether the assets
of the  related  Trust would be  considered  plan  assets,  the  possibility  of
exemptive  relief from the  prohibited  transaction  rules and other  issues and
their potential consequences.

    SENIOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED BY TRUSTS

    Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
following discussion applies only to nonsubordinated  Certificates  (referred to
herein as "Senior Certificates") issued by a Trust.

    The U.S. Department of Labor (the "DOL") has granted to the lead Underwriter
named in the Prospectus  Supplement an exemption (the  "Exemption") from certain
of the  prohibited  transaction  rules  of ERISA  with  respect  to the  initial
purchase,  the  holding  and the  subsequent  resale  by Plans  of  certificates
representing  interests  in  asset-backed  pass-through  trusts that  consist of
certain  receivables,  loans and other  obligations that meet the conditions and
requirements of the Exemption.  The receivables covered by the Exemption include
motor vehicle installment sales contracts such as the Receivables. The Exemption
will apply to the acquisition,  holding and resale of the Senior Certificates by
a Plan,  provided that certain conditions (certain of which are described below)
are met.

    Among the  conditions  which must be satisfied for the Exemption to apply to
the Senior Certificates are the following:

                                       56
<PAGE>
        (1) The  acquisition  of the Senior  Certificates  by a Plan is on terms
    (including  the  price  for the  Senior  Certificates)  that are at least as
    favorable to the Plan as they would be in an arm's length  transaction  with
    an unrelated party;

        (2) The  rights  and  interests  evidenced  by the  Senior  Certificates
    acquired  by the Plan  are not  subordinated  to the  rights  and  interests
    evidenced by other certificates of the Trust;

        (3) The Senior Certificates  acquired by the Plan have received a rating
    at the time of such  acquisition that is in one of the three highest generic
    rating  categories  from  either  Standard  &  Poor's  Corporation,  Moody's
    Investors Service, Inc., Duff & Phelps Inc. or Fitch IBCA, Inc.;

        (4)  The  Trustee  is  not  an  affiliate  of any  other  member  of the
    Restricted Group (as defined below);

        (5) The sum of all payments made to the  Underwriters in connection with
    the  distribution  of the  Senior  Certificates  represents  not  more  than
    reasonable compensation for underwriting the Senior Certificates; the sum of
    all payments made to and retained by the Seller  pursuant to the sale of the
    Contracts  to the Trust  represents  not more than the fair market  value of
    such  Contracts;  and the sum of all  payments  made to and  retained by the
    Servicer represents not more than reasonable compensation for the Servicer's
    services under the Agreement and reimbursement of the Servicer's  reasonable
    expenses in connection therewith; and

        (6) The Plan  investing  in the Senior  Certificates  is an  "accredited
    investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the Securities and
    Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.

    On July 21, 1997, the DOL published in the Federal  Register an amendment to
the Exemption,  which extends  exemptive relief to certain  mortgage-backed  and
asset-backed  securities  transactions  using  pre-funding  accounts  for trusts
issuing pass-through certificates. The amendment generally allows mortgage loans
or  other  secured  receivables  (the  "Obligations")   supporting  payments  to
certificateholders, and having a value equal to no more than twenty-five percent
(25%) of the total  principal  amount of the  certificates  being offered by the
trust,  to be  transferred  to the trust within a 90-day or  three-month  period
following the closing date (the "Pre-Funding Period"), instead of requiring that
all such  Obligations  be either  identified  or  transferred  on or before  the
Closing Date. The relief is available when the following conditions are met:

                      (1) The ratio of the amount  allocated to the  pre-funding
                  account  to the total  principal  amount  of the  certificates
                  being  offered  (the  "Pre-Funding  Limit")  must  not  exceed
                  twenty-five percent (25%).

                      (2) All  Obligations  transferred  after the Closing  Date
                  (the  "Additional  Obligations")  must meet the same terms and
                  conditions for eligibility as the original Obligations used to
                  create  the  trust,  which  terms  and  conditions  have  been
                  approved by a Rating Agency.

                      (3) The  transfer of such  Additional  Obligations  to the
                  trust  during the  Pre-Funding  Period  must not result in the
                  certificates to be covered by the Exemption  receiving a lower
                  credit  rating from a Rating  Agency upon  termination  of the
                  Pre-Funding  Period than the rating  that was  obtained at the
                  time of the initial issuance of the certificates by the trust.

                      (4)  Solely  as a result  of the use of  pre-funding,  the
                  weighted  average annual  percentage  interest rate for all of
                  the  Obligations  in the  trust at the end of the  Pre-Funding
                  Period must not be more than 100 basis  points  lower than the
                  average  interest rate for the Obligations  transferred to the
                  trust on the Closing Date.

                      (5) In order to  insure  that the  characteristics  of the
                  Additional   Obligations  are  substantially  similar  to  the
                  original Obligations which were transferred to the Trust Fund:

                                       57
<PAGE>
                                    (i) the  characteristics  of the  Additional
                           Obligations  must be monitored by an insurer or other
                           credit  support  provider that is  independent of the
                           depositor; or

                                    (ii) an independent  accountant  retained by
                           the  depositor  must  provide  the  depositor  with a
                           letter  (with copies  provided to each Rating  Agency
                           rating the certificates,  the related underwriter and
                           the  related  trustee)  stating  whether  or not  the
                           characteristics of the Additional Obligations conform
                           to  the  characteristics  described  in  the  related
                           prospectus or prospectus  supplement  and/or  pooling
                           and servicing  agreement.  In preparing  such letter,
                           the independent  accountant must use the same type of
                           procedures  as  were  applicable  to the  Obligations
                           transferred to the trust as of the Closing Date.

                      (6) The  Pre-Funding  Period  must end no later than three
                  months or 90 days after the Closing Date or earlier in certain
                  circumstances  if the  pre-funding  account  falls  below  the
                  minimum level specified in the pooling and servicing agreement
                  or an Event of Default occurs.

                      (7) Amounts  transferred to any pre-funding account and/or
                  capitalized  interest  account  used in  connection  with  the
                  pre-funding   may  be  invested  only  in  certain   permitted
                  investments ("Permitted Investments").

                      (8) The related  prospectus or prospectus  supplement must
                  describe:

                                    (i)   any    pre-funding    account   and/or
                           capitalized  interest account used in connection with
                           a pre-funding account;

                                    (ii) the duration of the Pre-Funding Period;

                                    (iii) the percentage and/or dollar amount of
                           the Pre-Funding Limit for the trust; and

                                    (iv)  that  the  amounts  remaining  in  the
                           pre-funding  account  at the  end of the  Pre-Funding
                           Period  will be  remitted  to  certificateholders  as
                           repayments of principal.

                      (9) The  related  pooling  and  servicing  agreement  must
                  describe the Permitted Investments for the pre-funding account
                  and/or  capitalized  interest account and, if not disclosed in
                  the related prospectus or prospectus supplement, the terms and
                  conditions for eligibility of Additional Obligations.

         The    Exemption    would   also    provide    relief   from    certain
    self-dealing/conflict  of interest or prohibited transactions that may occur
    when the Plan  fiduciary  causes a Plan to acquire  certificates  in a trust
    when the fiduciary (or its affiliate) is an obligor on  receivables  held in
    the  trust  only  if,  among  other  requirements,  (i) in the  case  of the
    acquisition of Senior  Certificates in connection with the initial issuance,
    at least  fifty (50)  percent of the Senior  Certificates  are  acquired  by
    persons  independent of the Restricted  Group (as defined below),  (ii) such
    fiduciary (or its affiliate) is an obligor with respect to five percent (5%)
    or less of the fair market value of the obligations  contained in the trust,
    (iii)  the  Plan's  investment  in  Senior   Certificates  does  not  exceed
    twenty-five  (25) percent of all of the Senior  Certificates  outstanding at
    the time of the acquisition,  and (iv) immediately after the acquisition, no
    more than twenty-five (25) percent of the assets of any Plan with respect to
    which the fiduciary has discretionary authority or renders investment advice
    are invested in certificates  representing an interest in one or more trusts
    containing  assets sold or serviced by the same entity.  The Exemption  does
    not apply to Plans sponsored by the Seller,  any  Underwriter,  the Trustee,
    the  Servicer,  any obligor with respect to Contracts  included in the Trust
    constituting more than five percent of the aggregate  unamortized  principal
    balance of the assets in the Trust,  or any  affiliate  of such parties (the
    "Restricted Group").

    The Prospectus  Supplement  for each Series of Securities  will indicate the
classes of Securities,  if any, offered thereby to which it is expected that the
Exemption will apply.

                                       58
<PAGE>
    Any Plan  fiduciary  which  proposes to cause a Plan to purchase  Securities
should  consult with counsel  concerning  the impact of ERISA and the Code,  the
applicability  of the Exemption (as amended) and the potential  consequences  in
their specific  circumstances,  prior to making such investment.  Moreover, each
Plan fiduciary should determine whether,  under the general fiduciary  standards
of investment prudence and  diversification,  an investment in the Securities is
appropriate for the Plan,  taking into account the overall  investment policy of
the Plan and the composition of the Plan's investment portfolio.

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

    On the terms and  conditions  set forth in an  underwriting  agreement  with
respect to the Notes,  if any, of a series and an  underwriting  agreement  with
respect to the  Certificates  of such series  (collectively,  the  "Underwriting
Agreements"),  the Seller will agree to cause the  related  Trust to sell to the
underwriters named therein and in the related Prospectus Supplement, and each of
such underwriters will severally agree to purchase, the principal amount of each
class of Notes and  Certificates,  as the case may be, of the related series set
forth therein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    In each of the  Underwriting  Agreements with respect to any given series of
Securities,  the  several  underwriters  will  agree,  subject  to the terms and
conditions set forth therein, to purchase all the Notes and Certificates, as the
case may be,  described  therein  which are  offered  hereby and by the  related
Prospectus Supplement if any of such Notes and Certificates, as the case may be,
are purchased.

    Each Prospectus Supplement will either (i) set forth the price at which each
class of Notes and Certificates,  as the case may be, being offered thereby will
be  offered to the  public  and any  concessions  that may be offered to certain
dealers  participating  in the offering of such Notes and  Certificates  or (ii)
specify that the related Notes and  Certificates,  as the case may be, are to be
resold by the  underwriters  in negotiated  transactions at varying prices to be
determined at the time of such sale.  After the initial  public  offering of any
such Notes and  Certificates,  such public offering prices and such  concessions
may be changed.

    Each Underwriting  Agreement will provide that the Seller will indemnify the
underwriters against certain civil liabilities,  including liabilities under the
Securities  Act, or  contribute  to payments  the  several  underwriters  may be
required to make in respect thereof.

    Each Trust may, from time to time, invest the funds in its Trust Accounts in
Eligible Investments acquired from such underwriters or from the Seller.

    Pursuant to each  Underwriting  Agreement  with respect to a given series of
Securities,  the closing of the sale of any class of Securities  subject to such
Underwriting  Agreement  will be  conditioned  on the closing of the sale of all
other such classes of Securities of that series.

    The place and time of delivery for the  Securities  in respect of which this
Prospectus is delivered will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

                                 LEGAL OPINIONS

    Certain  legal  matters  relating  to the  Securities  of any series will be
passed upon for the related  Trust and the Seller by the General  Counsel of the
Seller.

                                       59
<PAGE>
                                 INDEX OF TERMS

Act...........................................................................54
Actuarial Receivables.........................................................12
Administration Agreement......................................................40
Administration Fee............................................................41
Administrator.................................................................40
Advances......................................................................34
Amortizable Bond Premium Regulations..........................................51
Applicable Trustee............................................................26
Base Rate.....................................................................22
Calculation Agent.............................................................22
Calculation Date......................................................23, 24, 25
CD Rate.......................................................................22
CD Rate Determination Date....................................................22
CD Rate Security..............................................................22
Cede..........................................................................10
Cedelbank.....................................................................27
Cedelbank Participants........................................................27
Certificate Distribution Account..............................................32
Certificate Pool Factor.......................................................14
Certificateholder.............................................................10
CFC............................................................................4
Chrysler.......................................................................8
Closing Date..................................................................31
Code..........................................................................44
Collection Account............................................................32
Collection Period.............................................................33
Commercial Paper Rate.........................................................23
Commercial Paper Rate Determination Date......................................23
Commercial Paper Rate Security................................................22
Commission.....................................................................3
Commodity Indexed Securities..................................................25
Composite Quotations..........................................................22
Cooperative...................................................................27
Currency Indexed Securities...................................................25
Cutoff Date...................................................................11
Dealer Agreements.............................................................11
Dealers.......................................................................11
Definitive Certificates.......................................................29
Definitive Notes..............................................................29
Definitive Securities.........................................................29
Depositaries..................................................................28
Depository....................................................................16
Determination Date............................................................35
Distribution Date.............................................................21
DOL...........................................................................56
DTC's Nominee.................................................................10
Eligible Deposit Account......................................................33
Eligible Institution..........................................................33
Eligible Investments..........................................................32
Euroclear.....................................................................27
Euroclear Operator............................................................27
Euroclear Participants........................................................27
Events of Default.............................................................18

                                       60
<PAGE>
Exemption.....................................................................56
Face Amount...................................................................26
Federal Funds Rate............................................................24
Federal Funds Rate Determination Date.........................................24
Federal Funds Rate Security...................................................22
Federal Tax Counsel...........................................................44
Financed Vehicles..............................................................7
Fixed Rate Securities.........................................................21
Fixed Value Receivables.......................................................13
Fixed Value Securities........................................................39
Floating Rate Securities......................................................21
FTC Rule......................................................................43
Grantor Trust Certificateholders..............................................50
Grantor Trust Certificates....................................................50
H.15(519).....................................................................22
Indenture.....................................................................17
Index.........................................................................25
Index Maturity................................................................22
Indexed Commodity.............................................................25
Indexed Currency..............................................................25
Indexed Principal Amount......................................................25
Indexed Securities............................................................25
Indirect Participants.........................................................26
Initial Pool Balance..........................................................40
Insolvency Event..............................................................38
Interest Reset Date...........................................................22
Interest Reset Period.........................................................22
Investment Earnings...........................................................33
IRS...........................................................................44
LIBOR.........................................................................24
LIBOR Business Day............................................................24
LIBOR Determination Date......................................................24
LIBOR Security................................................................22
Money Market Yield............................................................23
New Regulations...............................................................46
Note Distribution Account.....................................................32
Note Pool Factor..............................................................14
Noteholder....................................................................10
Obligors......................................................................11
OID...........................................................................45
OID regulations...............................................................45
Participants..............................................................16, 28
Payahead Account..............................................................32
Payaheads.....................................................................34
Payment Date..................................................................17
Plan Assets Regulation........................................................56
Plans.........................................................................55
Pool Balance..................................................................15
Pooling and Servicing Agreement...............................................11
Precomputed Receivables.......................................................12
PTE...........................................................................55
Receivables.................................................................1, 4
Receivables Pool..............................................................11
Registration Statement.........................................................3
Related Documents.............................................................19
Repurchase Amount.............................................................32

                                       61
<PAGE>
Reserve Account...............................................................36
Restricted Group..............................................................58
Rule of 78's Receivables......................................................12
Rules.........................................................................26
Sale and Servicing Agreement..................................................11
Schedule of Receivables.......................................................31
Section 1286 Treasury Regulations.............................................52
Securities Act.................................................................3
Seller.........................................................................4
Senior Certificates...........................................................56
Series Trust Property......................................................4, 11
Servicer.......................................................................4
Servicer Default..............................................................37
Servicing Fee.................................................................34
Servicing Fee Rate............................................................34
Short-Term Note...............................................................45
Similar Law...................................................................55
Simple Interest Receivables...................................................13
Spread........................................................................22
Spread Multiplier.............................................................22
Stock Index...................................................................25
Stock Indexed Securities......................................................25
Subsequent Transfer Date......................................................31
Telerate Page 3750............................................................24
Terms and Conditions..........................................................27
Transfer and Servicing Agreements.............................................31
Treasury bills................................................................25
Treasury Rate.................................................................25
Treasury Rate Determination Date..............................................25
Treasury Rate Security........................................................22
Trust..........................................................................4
Trust Accounts................................................................32
Trust Agreement...............................................................11
U.S. Person...................................................................54
UCC........................................................................8, 32
Underwriting Agreements.......................................................59

                                       62
<PAGE>
                                _________________

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----

Reports to Noteholders......................................................S-3
Table of Contents...........................................................S-4
Summary of Terms............................................................S-5
Special Considerations......................................................S-9
The Trust...................................................................S-12
The Receivables Pool........................................................S-13
Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C............................................S-17
Weighted Average Life of the Notes..........................................S-18
Description of the Notes....................................................S-18
Description of the Certificates.............................................S-20
Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements........................S-20
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences.....................................S-25
ERISA Considerations........................................................S-25
Underwriting................................................................S-26
Legal Opinions..............................................................S-27
Index of Terms..............................................................S-28
                                       
                                   PROSPECTUS
Available Information.........................................................3
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference...............................3
Summary of Terms..............................................................4
Special Considerations........................................................7
The Trusts....................................................................11
The Receivables Pools.........................................................12
Weighted Average Life of the Securities.......................................14
Pool Factors for Securities and Trading Information...........................14
Use of Proceeds...............................................................15
Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C..............................................15
Description of the Notes......................................................16
Description of the Certificates...............................................20
Certain Information Regarding the Securities..................................21
Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements .........................31
Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables......................................41
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences.......................................44
Certain State Tax Consequences................................................55
ERISA Considerations..........................................................55
Plan of Distribution..........................................................59
Legal Opinions................................................................59
Index of Terms................................................................60

DEALERS WILL  DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT  AND  PROSPECTUS  WHEN ACTING AS
UNDERWRITERS OF THE OFFERED NOTES AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.  IN ADDITION,  ALL DEALERS  SELLING  OFFERED NOTES WILL DELIVER A
PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT  AND  PROSPECTUS  UNTIL  90 DAYS  AFTER  THE DATE OF THIS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

================================================================================



                                 $______________

                               PREMIER AUTO TRUST

                                ________________


                                   $__________
                       ____% ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-2

                                   $__________
                       ____% ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-3

                                   $__________
                       ____% ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-4

                                   $__________


                               CHRYSLER FINANCIAL
                                 COMPANY L.L.C.
                               SELLER AND SERVICER


                                ________________

                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

                              DATED ______________

                                ________________



                                 [UNDERWRITERS]

================================================================================


<PAGE>



                                    PART II

                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 14.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION*

         The  following is an itemized  list of the  estimated  expenses to be
incurred in  connection  with the  offering of the  securities  being  offered
hereunder other than underwriting discounts and commissions.

Registration Fee..............................................$1,112,000.00
Printing Expenses................................................112,500.00
Trustee Fees and Expenses.........................................86,250.00
Legal Fees and Expenses...........................................75,000.00
Accountants' Fees and Expenses....................................75,000.00
Rating Agencies' Fees............................................750,000.00
Miscellaneous........................................................257.00
                                                               ------------
         Total............................................... $2,211,007.00
                                                              =============
- ---------------
         * All amounts except registration fee are estimates.

ITEM 15.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

         Section 3.5 of the  Operating  Agreement of the  Registrant  provides
that to the fullest extent permitted by the Michigan Limited Liability Company
Act, the  Registrant  to the extent of its assets  legally  available for such
purpose, will indemnify and hold harmless each person who is or was a manager,
officer,  committee member, employee, member, or who serves or may have served
at the  Registrant's  request  as a member,  director,  manager,  officer,  or
employee of any company or corporation  that the  Registrant  owns directly or
indirectly,  and any member's respective  shareholders,  directors,  officers,
agents,  affiliates  and  professional  or other advisors  (collectively,  the
"Indemnified  Persons")  from and  against  any and all  loss,  cost,  damage,
expense  (including,  without  limitation,  fees and expenses of attorneys and
other  advisors  and any court costs  incurred by any  Indemnified  Person) or
liability by reason of anything any  Indemnified  Person does or refrains from
doing for, or in  connection  with the business or affairs of, the  Registrant
and its subsidiaries  and affiliates,  except to the extent that it is finally
judicially  determined  by a court of  competent  jurisdiction  that the loss,
cost,  damage,  expense or liability  resulted  primarily from the Indemnified
Person's  negligence,  misconduct  in the  performance  of her or her duty, or
willful breach of a material provision of the Operating Agreement which in any
event causes actual material damage to the Registrant.  The Registrant may pay
in  advance  or  reimburse   reasonable  expenses  (including   advancing  the
reasonable  cost of defense)  incurred by an Indemnified  Person who is, or is
threatened  to be, named or made a defendant  or a respondent  in a proceeding
concerning  the  business  affairs  of the  Registrant.  Reference  is made to
Exhibit 3.2 to this  Registration  Statement for the complete texts of Section
3.5 of the Operating Agreement.

         Insofar  as  indemnification   for  liabilities   arising  under  the
Securities  Act of 1933  by the  Registrant  may be  permitted  to  directors,
officers  and  controlling  persons  of the  Registrant  under  the  foregoing
provisions,  or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion
of the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is against
public policy as expressed in said Act and therefore may be unenforceable.  If
a claim for  indemnification  against such  liabilities  (except insofar as it
provides for the payment by the  Registrant of expenses  incurred or paid by a
director  or  officer  in the  successful  defense  of  any  action,  suit  or
proceeding)  is asserted  against  the  Registrant  by a director,  officer or
controlling  person in connection  with the securities  offered hereby and the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  is  still  of  the  same  opinion,  the
Registrant  will,  unless in the  opinion of its  counsel  the matter has been
settled  by   controlling   precedent,   submit  to  a  court  of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether or not such indemnification by it is against
public  policy as  expressed  in the Act,  and will be  governed  by the final
adjudication of such issue.

ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         (a) All  financial  statements,  schedules and  historical  financial
information have been omitted as they are not applicable.

         1.1 Form of  Underwriting  Agreement for the Notes.

         1.2 Form of  Underwriting  Agreement for the  Certificates.

         2.1 Copy of Plan of Merger,  dated October 22, 1998, between Chrysler
Financial Corporation and Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C.

         3.1 Copy of Articles of  Organization of Chrysler  Financial  Company
L.L.C.

         3.2 Copy of Amended  and  Restated  Operating  Agreement  of Chrysler
Financial Company L.L.C.

         3.3 Form of Certificate of Trust for Premier Auto Trusts (included in
Exhibit 4.2).

         4.1 Form of  Indenture  between the Trust and the  Indenture  Trustee
(including forms of Notes).

         4.2  Form  of  Amended  and  Restated  Trust   Agreement   among  the
Registrant, the Company and the Trustee (including forms of Certificates).

         4.3 Form of Trust  Agreement (for issuance of more than one Series of
Certificates)  among the  Registrant,  the Company and the Trustee  (including
forms of Certificates).

         4.4 Form of Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  including the Form of
Standard Terms and Conditions of Agreement, among the Registrant, the Servicer
and the Trustee  (including  forms of  Certificates).

         5.1 Opinion of Brown & Wood LLP with respect to legality.

         5.2 Opinion of Richards, Layton & Finger with respect to legality.

         8.1 Opinion of Brown & Wood LLP with respect to federal tax matters.

         23.1 Consent of Brown & Wood LLP  (included in its opinions  filed as
Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1).

         23.2  Consent of Richards,  Layton & Finger  (included in its opinion
filed as Exhibit 5.2).

         24.1 Powers of Attorney.

         25.1 Form of T-1 Statement of Eligibility  under the Trust  Indenture
Act of 1939 of The First National Bank of Chicago.

         25.2 Form of T-1 Statement of Eligibility  under the Trust  Indenture
Act of 1939 of The Bank of New York.

         99.1 Form of Sale and Servicing  Agreement  among the  Registrant and
the Trust.

         99.2  Form  of   Administration   Agreement  among  the  Trust,   the
Administrator and the Indenture Trustee.

         99.3  Form  of  Purchase   Agreement  between  the  Company  and  the
Registrant.

ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS

         (a)      As to Rule 415:

         The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

                  (1) To file,  during any period in which offers or sales are
         being made of the  securities  registered  hereby,  a  post-effective
         amendment to this Registration Statement:

                           (i) to include any  prospectus  required by Section
                  10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

                           (ii) to  reflect  in the  prospectus  any  facts or
                  events arising after the effective date of this Registration
                  Statement  (or  the  most  recent  post-effective  amendment
                  hereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a
                  fundamental  change  in the  information  set  forth in this
                  Registration Statement; and

                           (iii) to  include  any  material  information  with
                  respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed
                  in this  Registration  Statement or any  material  change to
                  such information in this Registration Statement;

         provided, however, that the undertakings set forth in clauses (i) and
         (ii) above do not apply if the information required to be included in
         a post-effective  amendment by those clauses is contained in periodic
         reports  filed by the  registrant  pursuant  to Section 13 or Section
         15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  that are
         incorporated by reference in this Registration Statement.

                  (2)  That,  for   the    purpose    of    determining    any
         liability  under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  each such
         post-effective  amendment  shall be deemed  to be a new  registration
         statement  relating  to  the  securities  offered  therein,  and  the
         offering  of such  securities  at that time shall be deemed to be the
         initial bona fide offering thereof.

                  (3)  To   remove   from    registration    by   means   of a
         post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which
         remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

         (b)  The    registrant   hereby   undertakes  to  file an application
for the purpose of  determining  the  eligibility  of the trustee to act under
subsection  (a) of Section 310 of the Trust  Indenture Act in accordance  with
the rules and regulations prescribed by the Commission under Section 305(b)(2)
of that Act.

         (c) As   to   documents  subsequently    filed   that are incorporated
by reference:

         The undersigned  registrant  hereby  undertakes that, for purposes of
determining any liability  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  each
filing of the registrant's  annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that is incorporated
by  reference  in this  registration  statement  shall be  deemed  to be a new
registration  statement  relating to the securities  offered  herein,  and the
offering  of such  securities  at that time shall be deemed to be the  initial
bona fide offering thereof.

         (d)      As to indemnification:

         Insofar  as  indemnification   for  liabilities   arising  under  the
Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  may be permitted to directors,  officers
and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described
under Item 15 above, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the
opinion of the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is
against  public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
and  is,   therefore,   unenforceable.   In  the   event   that  a  claim  for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than the  payment  by the
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director,  officer or controlling
person of the  registrant  in the  successful  defense of any action,  suit or
proceeding)  is asserted by such director,  officer or  controlling  person in
connection with the securities being  registered,  the registrant will, unless
in the  opinion of its  counsel  the matter  has been  settled by  controlling
precedent,  submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such  indemnification  by it is against  public  policy as  expressed  in such
Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended,  and  will be  governed  by the  final
adjudication of such issue.


                                  SIGNATURES

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  the
registrant  certifies that it has reasonable  grounds to believe that it meets
all the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this Amendment
to the  Registration  Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Southfield and State of Michigan, on
the 25th day of January, 1999.

         CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.,

         By:      /s/ D.L. DAVIS             
                  ---------------------------
                  D.L. Davis
                  Chairman of the Board

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  this
Amendment  to the  Registration  Statement  has been  signed by the  following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Principal Executive Officer:


/s/  D.L. DAVIS                Chairman of the Board          January 25, 1999
- ---------------
     D.L. Davis


Principal Financial Officer:
                               

/s/  T.F. GILMAN               Vice President and
- ----------------               Chief Financial Officer        January 25, 1999
     T.F. Gilman


Principal Accounting Officer:


/s/  D.H. OLSEN                Vice Presindent and            January 25, 1999
- ---------------                Controller
     D.H. Olsen



                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

EXHIBIT
   NO.                              DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- -------                             ----------------------

     1.1          Form of  Underwriting  Agreement  for the  Notes.

     1.2          Form of Underwriting  Agreement for the Certificates.

     2.1          Copy of Plan of Merger,  dated  October  22,  1998,  between
                  Chrysler   Financial   Corporation  and  Chrysler  Financial
                  Company L.L.C.

     3.1          Copy of  Articles  of  Organization  of  Chrysler  Financial
                  Company L.L.C.

     3.2          Copy of Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Chrysler
                  Financial Company L.L.C.

     3.3          Form  of  Certificate  of  Trust  for  Premier  Auto  Trusts
                  (included in Exhibit 4.2).

     4.1          Form of  Indenture  between  the  Trust  and  the  Indenture
                  Trustee (including forms of Notes).

     4.2          Form of  Amended  and  Restated  Trust  Agreement  among the
                  Registrant,  the Company and the Trustee (including forms of
                  Certificates).

     4.3          Form of  Trust  Agreement  (for  issuance  of more  than one
                  Series of  Certificates)  among the Registrant,  the Company
                  and the Trustee (including forms of Certificates).

     4.4          Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  including the Form
                  of Standard  Terms and  Conditions of  Agreement,  among the
                  Registrant, the Servicer and the Trustee (including forms of
                  Certificates).

     5.1          Opinion of Brown & Wood LLP with respect to legality.

     5.2          Opinion  of  Richards,  Layton  &  Finger  with  respect  to
                  legality.

     8.1          Opinion  of Brown & Wood LLP with  respect  to  federal  tax
                  matters.

     23.1         Consent of Brown & Wood LLP (included in its opinions  filed
                  as Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1).

     23.2         Consent  of  Richards,  Layton  &  Finger  (included  in its
                  opinion filed as Exhibit 5.2).

     24.1         Powers of Attorney.

     25.1         Form  of  T-1  Statement  of  Eligibility  under  the  Trust
                  Indenture Act of 1939 of The First National Bank of Chicago.

     25.2         Form  of  T-1  Statement  of  Eligibility  under  the  Trust
                  Indenture Act of 1939 of The Bank of New York.

     99.1         Form of Sale and Servicing  Agreement  among the  Registrant
                  and  the  Trust.

     99.2         Form  of  Administration  Agreement  among  the  Trust,  the
                  Administrator  and the Indenture  Trustee.

     99.3         Form of  Purchase  Agreement  between  the  Company  and the
                  Registrant.


<PAGE>


                                                              EXHIBIT 1.1



                        [FORM OF UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT]



                            PREMIER AUTO TRUST ___-_

                       [__]% ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-2
                       [__]% ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-3
                       [__]% ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-4


                        CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.


                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
                             ----------------------


                                                     [___________], 199_


[----------------]
  as Representative of the Several Underwriters
[----------------]
[----------------]
[----------------]


Ladies and Gentlemen:

         1. Introductory.  Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C., a Michigan limited
            ------------
liability company ("CFC" or the "Seller"),  proposes to cause Premier Auto Trust
___-_ (the  "Trust")  to issue and sell  $[____]  principal  amount of its [__]%
Asset Backed Notes, Class A-2 (the "Class A-2 Notes"),  $[____] principal amount
of its [__]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A-3 (the "Class A-3 Notes"),  and $[____]
principal  amount of its [__]%  Asset  Backed  Notes,  Class A-4 (the "Class A-4
Notes"  and,  together  with the Class A-2  Notes and the Class A-3  Notes,  the
"Offered  Notes"),  to the  several  Underwriters  named  in  Schedule  I hereto
(collectively,  the  "Underwriters"),  for whom you are acting as representative
(the  "Representative").  The Trust also will issue $[____]  principal amount of
its [__]% Asset  Backed  Notes,  Class A-1 (the "Class A-1 Notes" and,  together
with the Offered Notes, the "Notes"), which Class A-1 Notes will be purchased by
the Seller on the Closing Date (as defined below).  The assets of the Trust will
include,  among other things,  a pool of motor vehicle retail  installment  sale
contracts  (the  "Standard  Receivables")  and the right to  receive  Amortizing
Payments with respect to Fixed Value  Receivables (the Standard  Receivables and
the Amortizing Payments with respect to the Fixed Value Receivables are referred
to herein  collectively as the  "Receivables") and the related  collateral.  The
Standard  Receivables and the Fixed Value  Receivables will be sold to the Trust
by the Seller.  The  Receivables  will be serviced for the Trust by CFC (in such
capacity, the "Servicer").  The Notes will be issued pursuant to an Indenture to
be dated as of  [___________],  199_ (as amended and  supplemented  from time to
time,  the  "Indenture"),  between the Trust and  [_____________],  as indenture
trustee "Indenture Trustee").

         Simultaneously  with the issuance and sale of the Notes as contemplated
herein,  the Trust will issue the sum of $[____] and $[____] of its Asset Backed
Certificates  (the  "Certificates"),  each  representing a fractional  undivided
ownership  interest in the Trust,  pursuant to the  Amended and  Restated  Trust
Agreement  to be dated as of  [___________],  199_ (as amended and  supplemented
from time to time,  the  "Trust  Agreement"),  among the  Seller,  [_______],  a
[_______] [_______] (the "Company"), and [_____________],  as owner trustee (the
"Owner Trustee").

         The  Seller   acknowledges   that  it  will  have   furnished   to  the
Underwriters, for distribution to potential investors in the Offered Notes prior
to the date on which the  Prospectus  (as defined in Section 2(a) below) is made
available  to such  potential  investors,  a term sheet in the form of Exhibit A
hereto (the "Collateral Materials").

         Capitalized  terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the
meanings assigned thereto in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement to be dated as of
[___________],  199_ (as amended and  supplemented  from time to time, the "Sale
and  Servicing  Agreement"),  between the Trust and CFC, as Seller and Servicer,
or,  if not  defined  therein,  in the  Indenture  or in  the  Trust  Agreement.
Simultaneously  with the issuance and sale of the Notes as contemplated  herein,
the Trust will issue the  Certificates  referred to in the Trust  Agreement (the
"Certificates") to the Company.

         2.  Representations and Warranties of the Seller. The Seller represents
             --------------------------------------------
and warrants to, and agrees with, each Underwriter that:

         (a) The  Seller  meets the  requirements  for use of Form S-3 under the
Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended  (the  "Act"),  and has  filed  with  the
Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "Commission") a registration  statement
(Registration No. 333-31093) on such Form,  including a related preliminary base
prospectus and a preliminary prospectus  supplement,  for the registration under
the Act of the offering and sale of the Offered Notes. The Seller may have filed
one or more  amendments  thereto,  each of which  amendments has previously been
furnished to you. The Seller will next file with the Commission (i) prior to the
effectiveness of such registration  statement,  an amendment thereto  (including
the form of final base  prospectus and the form of final  prospectus  supplement
relating to the Offered Notes) or (ii) after  effectiveness of such registration
statement,  either (A) a final base prospectus in accordance with Rules 430A and
424(b)(1)  or (4)  under  the Act or (B) a  final  base  prospectus  and a final
prospectus supplement relating to the Offered Notes in accordance with Rules 415
and  424(b)(2) or (5). The Seller has filed with the  Commission  in a report on
Form 8-K the Collateral Materials within two business days after they were first
delivered to an Underwriter.

         In the case of clauses  (ii)(A) and (B) above,  the Seller has included
in  such  registration   statement,  as  amended  at  the  Effective  Date,  all
information (other than Rule 430A Information) required by the Act and the rules
thereunder  to be included in the  Prospectus  with respect to the Offered Notes
and the offering thereof.  As filed, such amendment and form of final prospectus
supplement,  or such final  prospectus  supplement,  shall include all Rule 430A
Information,  together with all other such required information, with respect to
the Offered  Notes and the offering  thereof and,  except to the extent that the
Underwriters  shall  agree  in  writing  to a  modification,  shall  be  in  all
substantive  respects in the form  furnished to you prior to the Execution  Time
or, to the extent not completed at the Execution  Time,  shall contain only such
specific additional  information and other changes (beyond that contained in the
latest  preliminary base prospectus and preliminary  prospectus  supplement,  if
any, that have  previously been furnished to you) as the Seller has advised you,
prior  to  the  Execution  Time,  will  be  included  or  made  therein.  If the
Registration Statement contains the undertaking specified by Regulation S-K Item
512(a),   the  Registration   Statement,   at  the  Execution  Time,  meets  the
requirements set forth in Rule 415(a)(1)(x).

         For  purposes of this  Agreement,  "Effective  Time" means the date and
time as of which such registration  statement, or the most recent post-effective
amendment  thereto,  if any,  was  declared  effective  by the  Commission,  and
"Effective  Date" means the date of the Effective Time.  "Execution  Time" shall
mean the date and time that this  Agreement  is executed  and  delivered  by the
parties hereto. Such registration  statement,  as amended at the Effective Time,
including all information deemed to be a part of such registration  statement as
of the Effective  Time pursuant to Rule 430A(b) under the Act, and including the
exhibits  thereto  and  any  material  incorporated  by  reference  therein,  is
hereinafter referred to as the "Registration Statement". "Base Prospectus" shall
mean any prospectus referred to above contained in the Registration Statement at
the  Effective   Date,   including  any   Preliminary   Prospectus   Supplement.
"Preliminary  Prospectus  Supplement"  shall  mean  the  preliminary  prospectus
supplement, if any, to the Base Prospectus which describes the Offered Notes and
the offering thereof and is used prior to filing of the Prospectus. "Prospectus"
shall mean the prospectus supplement relating to the Offered Notes that is first
filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) after the Execution  Time,  together with the Base
Prospectus,  as amended at the time of such filing, or, if no filing pursuant to
Rule 424(b) is required,  shall mean the prospectus  supplement  relating to the
Offered  Notes,  including  the Base  Prospectus,  included in the  Registration
Statement at the Effective Date. "Rule 430A Information"  means information with
respect to the Offered Notes and the offering of the Offered Notes  permitted to
be omitted from the Registration Statement when it becomes effective pursuant to
Rule 430A.  "Rule 415",  "Rule 424",  "Rule 430A" and "Regulation  S-K" refer to
such  rules  or  regulations   under  the  Act.  Any  reference  herein  to  the
Registration Statement, the Base Prospectus, a Preliminary Prospectus Supplement
or the  Prospectus  shall  be  deemed  to  refer to and  include  the  documents
incorporated  by  reference  therein  pursuant to Item 12 of Form S-3 which were
filed under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended  (the  "Exchange
Act"),  on or before the  Effective  Date of the  Registration  Statement or the
issue date of the Base Prospectus, such Preliminary Prospectus Supplement or the
Prospectus,  as the case may be; and any reference  herein to the terms "amend",
"amendment" or "supplement" with respect to the Registration Statement, the Base
Prospectus,  any Preliminary  Prospectus  Supplement or the Prospectus  shall be
deemed to refer to and include the filing of any document under the Exchange Act
after the Effective Date of the Registration  Statement or the issue date of the
Base Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus Supplement or the Prospectus, as the
case may be, deemed to be incorporated therein by reference.

         (b) On the  Effective  Date  and on the  date  of this  Agreement,  the
Registration  Statement did or will, and, when the Prospectus is first filed (if
required) in accordance with Rule 424(b) and on the Closing Date, the Prospectus
(and any  supplements  thereto) will,  comply in all material  respects with the
applicable requirements of the Act, the Exchange Act and the Trust Indenture Act
of 1939, as amended (the "Trust  Indenture  Act"),  and the respective rules and
regulations of the Commission  thereunder (the "Rules and Regulations");  on the
Effective  Date,  the  Registration  Statement  did not or will not  contain any
untrue  statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required
to be stated  therein or necessary in order to make the  statements  therein not
misleading; and, on the Effective Date, the Prospectus, if not filed pursuant to
Rule 424(b), did not or will not, and on the date of any filing pursuant to Rule
424(b) and on the Closing Date,  the  Prospectus  (together  with any supplement
thereto)  will not,  include any untrue  statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements  therein, in the
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided,
however,  that the  Seller  makes no  representations  or  warranties  as to the
information  contained  in or omitted  from the  Registration  Statement  or the
Prospectus (or any supplement  thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity  with
information  furnished in writing to the Seller by any  Underwriter  through you
specifically  for use in connection  with the  preparation  of the  Registration
Statement or the Prospectus (or any supplement thereto). As of the Closing Date,
the Seller's  representations and warranties in the Sale and Servicing Agreement
and the Trust Agreement will be true and correct.

         (c) This Agreement has been duly authorized,  executed and delivered by
the Seller.

         (d) The Seller's  assignment  and delivery of the Standard  Receivables
and the Fixed Value  Receivables  to the Trust will vest in the Trust all of the
Seller's right, title and interest therein,  subject to no prior lien, mortgage,
security interest, pledge, adverse claim, charge or other encumbrance.

         (e) The Trust's  assignment of the Standard  Receivables  and the Fixed
Value  Receivables to the Indenture  Trustee pursuant to the Indenture will vest
in the Indenture Trustee,  for the benefit of the Noteholders,  a first priority
perfected  security  interest  therein,  subject  to no  prior  lien,  mortgage,
security interest, pledge, adverse claim, charge or other encumbrance.

         (f) None of the Seller,  the Company or anyone  acting on behalf of the
Seller or the Company has taken any action that would require  qualification  of
the Trust Agreement under the Trust Indenture Act or require registration of the
Seller,  the Company or the Trust under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940, as
amended (the "Investment  Company Act"), nor will the Seller or the Company act,
nor has either of them authorized, nor will either of them authorize, any person
to act in such a manner.

         3. Representations and Warranties of the Underwriters. Each Underwriter
            --------------------------------------------------
represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Seller that:

         (a) It has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, any Offered
Notes to  persons  in the  United  Kingdom  except  to  persons  whose  ordinary
activities  involve  them  in  acquiring,  holding,  managing  or  disposing  of
investments  (as  principal  or agent) for the purposes of their  businesses  or
otherwise in circumstances  that do not constitute an offer to the public in the
United  Kingdom for the purposes of the Public Offers of Securities  Regulations
1995.

         (b) It has complied and will comply with all  applicable  provisions of
the  Financial  Services  Act of 1986 of Great  Britain with respect to anything
done by it in relation to the Offered Notes in, from or otherwise  involving the
United Kingdom.

         (c) It has only  issued or passed on and will only  issue or pass on in
the United  Kingdom  any  document in  connection  with the issue of the Offered
Notes to a person who is of a kind  described in Article  11(3) of the Financial
Services Act of 1986 (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1995 or is a
person to whom the document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.

         4. Purchase,  Sale, and Delivery of the Offered Notes.  On the basis of
            --------------------------------------------------
the representations,  warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to
the terms and conditions  herein set forth, the Seller agrees to cause the Trust
to sell to each  Underwriter,  and each  Underwriter  agrees,  severally and not
jointly,  to purchase from the Trust:  (i) at a purchase price of [____]% of the
principal amount thereof, the respective principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes
set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto,  (ii) at a
purchase  price of [____]%  of the  principal  amount  thereof,  the  respective
principal  amount of the Class  A-3  Notes set forth  opposite  the name of such
Underwriter  in Schedule I hereto,  and (iii) at a purchase  price of [____]% of
the principal amount thereof,  the respective  principal amount of the Class A-4
Notes set forth  opposite  the name of such  Underwriter  in  Schedule I hereto.
Delivery of and  payment  for the  Offered  Notes shall be made at the office of
[___________],  [_______], [____], [____], on [___________],  199_ (the "Closing
Date").  Delivery of the  Offered  Notes  shall be made  against  payment of the
purchase price in immediately  available funds drawn to the order of the Seller.
The Offered  Notes to be so delivered  will be  represented  initially by one or
more Notes  registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of The  Depository
Trust Company ("DTC").  The interests of beneficial  owners of the Offered Notes
will be  represented  by book  entries on the  records of DTC and  participating
members  thereof.   Definitive  Notes  will  be  available  only  under  limited
circumstances.

         5.  Offering  by  Underwriters.   It  is  understood  that,  after  the
             --------------------------
Registration Statement becomes effective,  the Underwriters propose to offer the
Offered Notes for sale to the public (which may include  selected  dealers),  as
set forth in the Prospectus.

         6. Covenants of the Seller.  The Seller  covenants and agrees with each
            -----------------------
of the Underwriters that:

         (a) The  Seller  will use its best  efforts  to cause the  Registration
Statement, and any amendment thereto, if not effective at the Execution Time, to
become effective. Prior to the termination of the offering of the Offered Notes,
the  Seller  will  not file  any  amendment  of the  Registration  Statement  or
supplement to the Prospectus unless the Seller has furnished you a copy for your
review  prior to  filing  and will not  file  any  such  proposed  amendment  or
supplement to which you reasonably object. Subject to the foregoing sentence, if
the  Registration  Statement  has become or becomes  effective  pursuant to Rule
430A, or filing of the Prospectus is otherwise  required under Rule 424(b),  the
Seller will file the Prospectus, properly completed, and any supplement thereto,
with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with the applicable  paragraph
of Rule  424(b)  within the time period  prescribed  and will  provide  evidence
satisfactory to you of such timely filing.

         (b) The Seller  will advise you  promptly  of any  proposal to amend or
supplement  the  Registration  Statement as filed or the related  Prospectus and
will not effect such amendment or supplement without your consent, which consent
will not  unreasonably be withheld;  the Seller will also advise you promptly of
any  request  by the  Commission  for  any  amendment  of or  supplement  to the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for any additional information;  and
the  Seller  also  will  advise  you  promptly  of  the   effectiveness  of  the
Registration  Statement (unless the Registration  Statement has become effective
prior to Execution Time) and any amendment thereto, when the Prospectus, and any
supplement  thereto,  shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule
424(b) and of the issuance by the  Commission of any stop order  suspending  the
effectiveness of the Registration  Statement or the institution or threat of any
proceeding for that purpose, and the Seller will use its best efforts to prevent
the  issuance  of any such stop  order and to  obtain  as soon as  possible  the
lifting of any issued stop order.

         (c) If, at any time when a prospectus  relating to the Offered Notes is
required to be  delivered  under the Act,  any event occurs as a result of which
the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement
of a material  fact or omit to state any  material  fact  necessary  to make the
statements  therein,  in the light of the  circumstances  under  which they were
made,  not  misleading,  or if  it  is  necessary  at  any  time  to  amend  the
Registration  Statement or supplement  the  Prospectus to comply with the Act or
the Exchange Act or the respective  rules  thereunder,  the Seller promptly will
notify you and will prepare and file,  or cause to be prepared  and filed,  with
the Commission,  subject to the second sentence of paragraph (a) of this Section
6, an amendment or  supplement  that will correct such  statement or omission or
effect  such  compliance.  Any such  filing  shall  not  operate  as a waiver or
limitation of any right of any Underwriter hereunder.

         (d) As soon as  practicable,  but not later than fourteen  months after
the Closing Date, the Seller will cause the Trust to make generally available to
holders of the  Offered  Notes an  earnings  statement  of the Trust  covering a
period of at least  twelve  months  beginning  after the Closing  Date that will
satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act.

         (e)  The  Seller  will  furnish  to  the  Underwriters  copies  of  the
Registration  Statement  (one of  which  will be  signed  and will  include  all
exhibits),  each  related  preliminary  prospectus  (including  the  Preliminary
Prospectus   Supplement,   if  any),  the  Prospectus  and  all  amendments  and
supplements  to such  documents,  in each case as soon as available  and in such
quantities as the Underwriters request.

         (f) The Seller will arrange for the  qualification of the Offered Notes
for sale under the laws of such  jurisdictions  in the United  States as you may
reasonably  designate and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as
required for the distribution.

         (g) For a period from the date of this  Agreement  until the retirement
of the  Offered  Notes or until  such time as the  Underwriters  shall  cease to
maintain a secondary  market in the Offered Notes,  whichever  occurs first, the
Seller will deliver to you the annual  statements of  compliance  and the annual
independent  certified public  accountants'  reports  furnished to the Indenture
Trustee or the Owner Trustee  pursuant to the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  as
soon as such  statements  and reports are furnished to the Indenture  Trustee or
the Owner Trustee.

         (h) So long as any of the Offered Notes is outstanding, the Seller will
furnish to you (i) as soon as  practicable  after the end of the fiscal year all
documents  required to be  distributed  to holders of the Offered Notes or filed
with the Commission  pursuant to the Exchange Act or any order of the Commission
thereunder  and (ii) from time to time,  any other  information  concerning  the
Seller  filed with any  government  or  regulatory  authority  that is otherwise
publicly available, as you may reasonably request.

         (i) On or before the Closing Date, CFC shall cause its computer records
relating to the Receivables to be marked to show the Trust's absolute  ownership
of the Receivables  and, from and after the Closing Date, CFC shall not take any
action  inconsistent with the Trust's ownership of such Receivables,  other than
as permitted by the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         (j) To the extent,  if any,  that the ratings  provided with respect to
the Offered  Notes by the rating  agency or  agencies  that  initially  rate the
Offered Notes are conditional  upon the furnishing of documents or the taking of
any other  actions by the Seller,  the Seller shall  furnish such  documents and
take any such other actions.

         (k) For the period  beginning on the date of this  Agreement and ending
on the Closing Date, unless waived by the  Underwriters,  neither the Seller nor
any trust originated,  directly or indirectly,  by the Seller will offer to sell
or sell  notes  (other  than  the  Notes)  collateralized  by,  or  certificates
evidencing an ownership  interest in,  receivables  generated pursuant to retail
automobile or light duty truck  installment  sale  contracts in such a manner as
would constitute a public offering to persons in the United States.

         7.  Payment of Expenses.  The Seller will pay all expenses  incident to
             -------------------
the  performance  of its  obligations  under this  Agreement,  including (i) the
printing and filing of the  Registration  Statement as  originally  filed and of
each  amendment  thereto,  (ii) the  preparation  of this  Agreement,  (iii) the
preparation,  issuance  and delivery of the Offered  Notes to the  Underwriters,
(iv) the fees and disbursements of the Seller's counsel and accountants, (v) the
qualification  of the Offered Notes under securities laws in accordance with the
provisions of Section 6(f), including filing fees and the fees and disbursements
of  counsel  for  you  in  connection  therewith  and  in  connection  with  the
preparation of any blue sky or legal  investment  survey,  (vi) the printing and
delivery  to the  Underwriters  of  copies  of  the  Registration  Statement  as
originally filed and of each amendment thereto,  (vii) the printing and delivery
to the  Underwriters  of  copies  of any  blue sky or  legal  investment  survey
prepared in connection with the Offered Notes, (viii) any fees charged by rating
agencies  for the  rating  of the  Notes,  (ix) the fees and  expenses,  if any,
incurred with respect to any filing with the National  Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc., and (x) the fees and expenses of [_______] in its role as counsel
to the Trust incurred as a result of providing the opinions  required by Section
8(g) and the second sentence of Section 8(h) hereof.

         8. Conditions to the Obligations of the  Underwriters.  The obligations
            --------------------------------------------------
of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Offered Notes will be subject to
the accuracy of the  representations  and  warranties  on the part of the Seller
herein,  to the  accuracy  of the  statements  of  officers  of the Seller  made
pursuant  to the  provisions  hereof,  to the  performance  by the Seller of its
obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions precedent:

         (a) If the Registration Statement has not become effective prior to the
Execution Time,  unless the  Underwriters  agree in writing to a later time, the
Registration  Statement shall have become effective not later than (i) 6:00 P.M.
New York City time on the date of determination of the public offering price, if
such determination  occurred at or prior to 3:00 P.M. New York City time on such
date or (ii)  12:00  noon on the  business  day  following  the day on which the
public offering price was determined,  if such determination occurred after 3:00
P.M. New York City time on such date.

         (b) The  Prospectus and any  supplements  thereto shall have been filed
(if required) with the Commission in accordance  with the Rules and  Regulations
and Section 6(a) hereof, and prior to the Closing Date, no stop order suspending
the  effectiveness of the  Registration  Statement shall have been issued and no
proceedings  for that purpose shall have been instituted or, to the knowledge of
the Seller or you, shall be  contemplated  by the Commission or by any authority
administering any state securities or blue sky law.

         (c) On or prior to the Closing Date,  you shall have received a letter,
dated as of the  Closing  Date,  of  [_______],  certified  public  accountants,
substantially in the form of the drafts to which you have previously  agreed and
otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to you and your counsel.

         (d)  Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this  Agreement or, if
earlier,  the  dates  as of  which  information  is  given  in the  Registration
Statement (exclusive of any amendment thereto) and the Prospectus  (exclusive of
any  supplement  thereto),  there shall not have  occurred (i) any change or any
development  involving a  prospective  change in or affecting  particularly  the
business or properties of the Trust, the Seller,  the Company or DaimlerChrysler
Corporation  which, in the judgment of the Underwriters,  materially impairs the
investment  quality of the Offered Notes or makes it  impractical or inadvisable
to market the Offered  Notes;  (ii) any  suspension  or limitation of trading in
securities  generally on the New York Stock Exchange,  or any setting of minimum
prices for  trading on such  exchange;  (iii) any  suspension  of trading of any
securities of  DaimlerChrysler  Corporation  or the Seller on any exchange or in
the over-the-counter  market; (iv) any banking moratorium declared by federal or
New York authorities;  or (v) any outbreak or escalation of major hostilities in
which the United States is involved,  any  declaration of war by Congress or any
other  substantial  national or  international  calamity or emergency if, in the
judgment  of the  Underwriters,  the  effect of any such  outbreak,  escalation,
declaration,  calamity or  emergency  makes it  impractical  or  inadvisable  to
proceed with completion of the sale of and payment for the Offered Notes.

         (e) You shall  have  received  an  opinion of  [_______],  Esq.,  [Vice
President and General Counsel] of CFC and the Company,  addressed to you and the
Indenture Trustee, dated the Closing Date and satisfactory in form and substance
to you and your counsel, to the effect that:

              (i) CFC has been  duly  organized  and is  validly  existing  as a
         limited  liability company in good standing under the laws of the State
         of Michigan  with full power and  authority to own its  properties  and
         conduct its  business as  presently  conducted by it, and to enter into
         and  perform  its  obligations  under  this  Agreement,  the  Sale  and
         Servicing Agreement,  the Purchase Agreement,  the Trust Agreement, and
         the  Administration  Agreement,  and had at all times, and now has, the
         power,  authority and legal right to acquire, own, sell and service the
         Standard Receivables and the Fixed Value Receivables.

              (ii) The Company has been duly  organized and is validly  existing
         as a [_____________] in good standing under the laws of [_____________]
         with full power and  authority  to own its  properties  and conduct its
         business as presently conducted by it and to enter into and perform its
         obligations under the Trust Agreement and the Purchase  Agreement,  and
         had at all times, and now has, the power,  authority and legal right to
         acquire,  own,  sell and hold the  excess  cash flow  from the  Reserve
         Account and the Fixed Value Payments.

              (iii) Each of CFC and the Company is duly qualified to do business
         and is in good  standing,  and has obtained all necessary  licenses and
         approvals,  in each  jurisdiction  in which  failure  to  qualify or to
         obtain such licenses or approvals would render any Standard  Receivable
         or Fixed  Value  Receivable  unenforceable  by the  Seller,  the  Owner
         Trustee or the Indenture Trustee.

              (iv)  The  direction  by  the  Seller  to  the  Owner  Trustee  to
         authenticate  the  Certificates  has been duly authorized by the Seller
         and, when the Certificates  have been duly executed,  authenticated and
         delivered by the Owner Trustee in accordance  with the Trust  Agreement
         and delivered, the Certificates will be duly issued and entitled to the
         benefits and security  afforded by the Trust  Agreement,  subject as to
         the enforcement of remedies (x) to applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
         reorganization,  moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors'
         rights generally and (y) to general principles of equity (regardless of
         whether the  enforcement of such remedies is considered in a proceeding
         in equity or at law).

              (v) The  direction  by the  Seller  to the  Indenture  Trustee  to
         authenticate the Notes has been duly authorized by the Seller and, when
         the Notes have been duly  executed and  delivered by the Owner  Trustee
         and when  authenticated by the Indenture Trustee in accordance with the
         Indenture and delivered  and paid for pursuant to this  Agreement,  the
         Notes will be duly issued and  entitled to the  benefits  and  security
         afforded by the  Indenture,  subject as to the  enforcement of remedies
         (x) to applicable bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium
         and other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and (y) to
         general  principles of equity (regardless of whether the enforcement of
         such remedies is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

              (vi) The Purchase  Agreement,  the Trust  Agreement,  the Sale and
         Servicing  Agreement and the  Administration  Agreement  have been duly
         authorized,  executed and  delivered  by CFC, and are legal,  valid and
         binding  obligations of CFC enforceable  against CFC in accordance with
         their terms,  except (x) the  enforceability  thereof may be subject to
         bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium  or other similar
         laws now or hereafter in effect  relating to creditors'  rights and (y)
         the remedy of specific  performance  and  injunctive and other forms of
         equitable  relief  may be  subject  to  equitable  defenses  and to the
         discretion  of the court  before which any  proceeding  therefor may be
         brought.

              (vii)  This  Agreement  has been  duly  authorized,  executed  and
         delivered by CFC.

              (viii) The Purchase  Agreement and the Trust  Agreement  have been
         duly  authorized,  executed  and  delivered  by the Company and are the
         legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable against
         the  Company  in   accordance   with  their   terms,   except  (x)  the
         enforceability  thereof  may  be  subject  to  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
         reorganization,  moratorium  or other  similar laws now or hereafter in
         effect  relating  to  creditors'  rights and (y) the remedy of specific
         performance  and injunctive and other forms of equitable  relief may be
         subject to equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before
         which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

              (ix)  Neither the  transfer of the  Standard  Receivables  and the
         Fixed  Value  Receivables  from  the  Seller  to  the  Trust,  nor  the
         assignment of the Owner Trust Estate to the Trust, nor the grant of the
         security  interest in the Collateral to the Indenture  Trustee pursuant
         to the Indenture, nor the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the
         Purchase Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Administration  Agreement,
         or the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  by CFC,  nor the  execution  and
         delivery  of the Trust  Agreement  and the  Purchase  Agreement  by the
         Company, nor the consummation of any transactions  contemplated in this
         Agreement,  the Purchase Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Indenture,
         the Administration  Agreement or the Sale and Servicing Agreement (such
         agreements,  excluding this Agreement, being, collectively,  the "Basic
         Documents"),  nor the  fulfillment  of the terms  thereof  by CFC,  the
         Company or the Trust, as the case may be, will conflict with, or result
         in a breach,  violation  or  acceleration  of, or  constitute a default
         under,  any  term or  provision  of the  articles  of  organization  or
         operating  agreement of the Seller or the Company,  or of any indenture
         or other agreement or instrument to which CFC or the Company is a party
         or by which  either of them is bound,  or result in a  violation  of or
         contravene the terms of any statute,  order or regulation applicable to
         CFC or the Company of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency
         or governmental body having jurisdiction over either of them.

              (x) There are no actions,  proceedings or  investigations  pending
         or,  to the  best  of  such  counsel's  knowledge  after  due  inquiry,
         threatened  before any court,  administrative  agency or other tribunal
         (1)  asserting  the  invalidity  of the  Trust  or  any  of  the  Basic
         Documents,  (2)  seeking  to  prevent  the  consummation  of any of the
         transactions  contemplated  by  any  of  the  Basic  Documents  or  the
         execution and delivery thereof, (3) that might materially and adversely
         affect the performance by CFC of its obligations under, or the validity
         or enforceability of, this Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Trust
         Agreement,  the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  or the  Administration
         Agreement,  or (4) that  might  materially  and  adversely  affect  the
         performance by the Company of its obligations under, or the validity or
         enforceability of, the Purchase Agreement or the Trust Agreement.

              (xi) To the best knowledge of such counsel and except as set forth
         in the Prospectus (and any supplement  thereto),  no default exists and
         no event has occurred which, with notice,  lapse of time or both, would
         constitute a default in the due performance and observance of any term,
         covenant  or  condition  of any  agreement  to which the  Seller or the
         Company is a party or by which either of them is bound,  which  default
         has or would have a material adverse effect on the financial condition,
         earnings,  prospects,  business  or  properties  of the  Seller and its
         subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

              (xii) Nothing has come to such counsel's attention that would lead
         such counsel to believe that the  representations and warranties of (x)
         the Company contained in the Purchase Agreement and the Trust Agreement
         are  other  than  as  stated  therein  or (y)  CFC  contained  in  this
         Agreement,  the Trust Agreement, the Purchase Agreement or the Sale and
         Servicing Agreement are other than as stated therein.

              (xiii)  The  Seller  is the sole  owner of all  right,  title  and
         interest  in,  and has good  and  marketable  title  to,  the  Standard
         Receivables  and Fixed Value  Receivables  and the other property to be
         transferred  by it  to  the  Trust.  The  assignment  of  the  Standard
         Receivables and Fixed Value Receivables,  all documents and instruments
         relating thereto and all proceeds thereof to the Trust, pursuant to the
         Sale and Servicing Agreement, vests in the Trust all interests that are
         purported to be conveyed thereby, free and clear of any liens, security
         interests or encumbrances except as specifically  permitted pursuant to
         the Sale and Servicing Agreement or any other Basic Document.

              (xiv)   Immediately   prior  to  the   transfer  of  the  Standard
         Receivables  and Fixed Value  Receivables  to the Trust,  the  Seller's
         interest in the Standard  Receivables and Fixed Value Receivables,  the
         security  interests  in the  Financed  Vehicles  securing  the Standard
         Receivables and Fixed Value Receivables and the proceeds of each of the
         foregoing  was perfected and  constituted  a perfected  first  priority
         interest therein.

              (xv)  The  Indenture  constitutes  a  grant  by the  Trust  to the
         Indenture  Trustee  of  a  valid  security  interest  in  the  Standard
         Receivables and Fixed Value Receivables,  the security interests in the
         Financed  Vehicles  securing the Standard  Receivables  and Fixed Value
         Receivables  and the proceeds of each of the foregoing,  which security
         interest  will be  perfected  upon the  filing of the  UCC-1  financing
         statements with the Secretary of State of the State of Michigan and the
         State  of  Delaware  and will  constitute  a first  priority  perfected
         security  interest therein.  No filing or other action,  other than the
         filing of the UCC-1 financing statements with the Secretary of State of
         the State of Michigan and the State of Delaware  referred to above,  is
         necessary to perfect and maintain the interest or the security interest
         of the Indenture  Trustee in the Standard  Receivables  and Fixed Value
         Receivables,  the security  interests in the Financed Vehicles securing
         the Receivables and the proceeds of each of the foregoing against third
         parties.

              (xvi) The Standard  Receivables  and Fixed Value  Receivables  are
         chattel paper as defined in the UCC.

              (xvii) The Sale and Servicing Agreement,  the Trust Agreement, the
         Indenture,  the Purchase  Agreement  and the  Administration  Agreement
         conform  in  all  material  respects  with  the  descriptions   thereof
         contained in the Prospectus (and any supplement thereto).

              (xviii)  The  statements  in the  Prospectus  under  the  headings
         "Special  Considerations -- Certain Legal Aspects -- Security Interests
         in Financed Vehicles" and "-- Bankruptcy  Considerations"  and "Certain
         Legal  Aspects  of the  Receivables",  to the  extent  they  constitute
         matters of law or legal  conclusions  with respect  thereto,  have been
         reviewed by such counsel and are correct in all material respects.

              (xix)  The   statements   contained  in  the  Prospectus  and  any
         supplement  thereto  under the  headings  "Description  of the  Notes",
         "Description of the  Certificates" and "Description of the Transfer and
         Servicing Agreements",  insofar as such statements constitute a summary
         of the Notes,  the  Certificates,  the  Indenture,  the  Administration
         Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement and
         the Trust Agreement, constitute a fair summary of such documents.

              (xx) No consent,  approval,  authorization  or order of, or filing
         with,  any court or  governmental  agency or body is  required  for the
         consummation of the  transactions  contemplated in the Basic Documents,
         except  such  filings  with  respect to the  transfer  of the  Standard
         Receivables  and Fixed Value  Receivables  to the Trust pursuant to the
         Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  the grant of a security interest in the
         Collateral to the Indenture  Trustee pursuant to the Indenture and such
         other approvals as have been obtained and filings as have been made.

              (xxi)  Such  counsel  is  familiar  with  the  Seller's   standard
         operating   procedures  relating  to  the  Seller's  acquisition  of  a
         perfected first priority  security interest in the vehicles financed by
         the  Seller  pursuant  to  retail   automobile  and  light  duty  truck
         installment  sale  contracts  in the  ordinary  course of the  Seller's
         business.  Assuming that the Seller's standard  procedures are followed
         with respect to the  perfection  of security  interests in the Financed
         Vehicles (and such counsel has no reason to believe that the Seller has
         not followed or will not continue to follow its standard  procedures in
         connection  with the  perfection of security  interests in the Financed
         Vehicles),  the Seller has acquired or will  acquire a perfected  first
         priority security interest in the Financed Vehicles.

              (xxii) All actions  required to be taken and all filings  required
         to be made under the Act and the  Exchange Act prior to the sale of the
         Notes have been duly taken or made.  Neither the  Certificates  nor the
         Class A-1 Notes are required to be registered under the Act.

              (xxiii) The Trust  Agreement is not required to be qualified under
         the Trust  Indenture Act and the Trust is not required to be registered
         under the Investment Company Act.

              (xxiv)  The  Indenture  has been  duly  qualified  under the Trust
         Indenture Act.

              (xxv) The Seller is not, and will not as a result of the offer and
         sale of the Notes as contemplated in the Prospectus (and any supplement
         thereto) and this Agreement become, an "investment  company" as defined
         in  the  Investment  Company  Act  or  a  company  "controlled  by"  an
         "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act.

              (xxvi) To the best of such  counsel's  knowledge and  information,
         there are no legal or  governmental  proceedings  pending or threatened
         that are required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement,  other
         than those disclosed therein.

              (xxvii) To the best of such counsel's  knowledge and  information,
         there are no contracts, indentures,  mortgages, loan agreements, notes,
         leases or other instruments  required to be described or referred to in
         the  Registration  Statement or to be filed as exhibits  thereto  other
         than those described or referred to therein or filed or incorporated by
         reference as exhibits thereto,  the descriptions  thereof or references
         thereto are correct,  and no default  exists in the due  performance or
         observance of any material obligation, agreement, covenant or condition
         contained in any contract,  indenture,  mortgage, loan agreement, note,
         lease  or  other  instrument  so  described,   referred  to,  filed  or
         incorporated by reference.

              (xxviii)  Registration  Statement has become  effective  under the
         Act, any required filing of the Base  Prospectus,  any preliminary Base
         Prospectus,  any Preliminary  Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus,
         and any supplements  thereto,  pursuant to Rule 424(b) has been made in
         the manner and within the time  period  required by Rule 424(b) and, to
         the best  knowledge  of such  counsel,  no stop  order  suspending  the
         effectiveness  of the  Registration  Statement has been issued,  and no
         proceedings  for that  purpose have been  instituted  or are pending or
         contemplated  under the Act,  and the  Registration  Statement  and the
         Prospectus,  and each  amendment  or  supplement  thereto,  as of their
         respective  effective  or  issue  dates,  complied  as to  form  in all
         material  respects with the  requirements of the Act, the Exchange Act,
         the Trust Indenture Act and the Rules and Regulations.

              (xxix) Such counsel has examined the  Registration  Statement  and
         the Prospectus  and nothing has come to such  counsel's  attention that
         would lead such counsel to believe that the  Registration  Statement or
         the  Prospectus  or  any  amendment  or  supplement  thereto  as of the
         respective dates thereof (other than the financial statements and other
         financial and statistical  information  contained therein,  as to which
         such counsel need not express any view) contains an untrue statement of
         a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to
         make the statements therein not misleading.

              (xxx) The Trust has been duly formed and is validly  existing as a
         statutory  business trust and is in good standing under the laws of the
         State of Delaware,  with full power and  authority to execute,  deliver
         and perform its obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the
         Indenture,   the   Administration   Agreement,   the   Notes   and  the
         Certificates.

              (xxxi) The  Indenture,  the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement and the
         Administration  Agreement  have been  duly  authorized  and,  when duly
         executed and delivered by the Owner Trustee, will constitute the legal,
         valid and binding  obligations  of the Trust,  enforceable  against the
         Trust in  accordance  with their terms,  except (x) the  enforceability
         thereof  may be  subject  to  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,
         moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to
         creditors'  rights  and (y) the  remedy  of  specific  performance  and
         injunctive  and other  forms of  equitable  relief  may be  subject  to
         equitable  defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any
         proceeding therefor may be brought.

         (f) You shall have received an opinion of [_____________],  Esq., [Vice
President and General Counsel] of CFC and the Company,  addressed to you and the
Indenture Trustee, dated the Closing Date and satisfactory in form and substance
to you and your counsel, to the effect that:

              (i) the Trust will not be  characterized  as an association  (or a
         publicly traded partnership)  taxable as a corporation for Michigan tax
         purposes; and

              (ii) if the Notes  are  treated  as debt for  federal  income  tax
         purposes,  then for Michigan  income and single  business tax purposes,
         the Notes will be characterized as debt.

         (g)  You  shall  have   received  an  opinion   addressed   to  you  of
[_____________],  in its  capacity as federal  tax counsel to the Trust,  to the
effect that the  statements in the Base  Prospectus  under the heading  "Certain
Federal  Income Tax  Consequences"  and in the Prospectus  Supplement  under the
headings  "Summary of Terms -- Tax  Status"  (to the extent  relating to federal
income  tax   consequences)   and  "Certain  Federal  Income  Tax  Consequences"
accurately  describe the material  federal income tax consequences to holders of
the Notes.

         (h)  You  shall  have   received  an  opinion   addressed   to  you  of
[_____________],  in its capacity as special counsel to the Underwriters,  dated
the Closing Date, with respect to the validity of the Notes and the Certificates
and such other related  matters as you shall require,  and the Seller shall have
furnished or caused to be  furnished to such counsel such  documents as they may
reasonably  request for the purpose of enabling  them to pass upon such matters.
[_____________],  in its capacity as special ERISA  counsel to the Trust,  shall
have delivered an opinion with respect to the  characterization  of the transfer
of the  Receivables and to the effect that the statements in the Base Prospectus
and in the Prospectus  Supplement under the heading "ERISA  Considerations",  to
the  extent  that  they  constitute  statements  of  matters  of  law  or  legal
conclusions with respect thereto, have been prepared or reviewed by such counsel
and accurately describe the material  consequences to holders of the Notes under
ERISA.

         (i) You shall  have  received  an opinion  addressed  to you and CFC of
[_____________],  Esq.,  [Vice  President  and Senior  Counsel] to the Corporate
Trust  Services  Division of the Indenture  Trustee,  dated the Closing Date and
satisfactory in form and substance to you and your counsel, to the effect that:

              (i) The  Indenture  Trustee  has  been  duly  incorporated  and is
         validly existing as a  [_____________]  in good standing under the laws
         of  [_____________],  with full  power and  authority  ([corporate]  or
         other) to enter into and perform its  obligations  under the Indenture,
         the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Administration Agreement.

              (ii)  The   execution  and  delivery  of  the  Indenture  and  the
         Administration  Agreement and the  acceptance of the Sale and Servicing
         Agreement  and  the  performance  by  the  Indenture   Trustee  of  its
         obligations under the Indenture,  the Sale and Servicing  Agreement and
         the Administration Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary
         corporate  action  of the  Indenture  Trustee  and each  has been  duly
         executed and delivered by the Indenture Trustee.

              (iii) Assuming due  authorization,  execution and delivery thereof
         by the other parties  thereto,  the  Indenture,  the Sale and Servicing
         Agreement and the Administration  Agreement constitute the legal, valid
         and binding agreements of the Indenture Trustee enforceable against the
         Indenture  Trustee  in  accordance  with  their  terms,  except  as the
         enforceability  thereof  may be (a) limited by  applicable  bankruptcy,
         insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium, liquidation, or other similar
         laws  affecting the rights of creditors  generally,  and (b) subject to
         general principles of equity.

              (iv) The execution  and delivery by the  Indenture  Trustee of the
         Indenture and the  Administration  Agreement and the  acceptance of the
         Sale and  Servicing  Agreement do not require any consent,  approval or
         authorization  of, or any  registration or filing with, any Illinois or
         United States federal governmental authority.

              (v) Each of the Notes has been duly authenticated by the Indenture
         Trustee.

              (vi)  Neither the  consummation  by the  Indenture  Trustee of the
         transactions  contemplated  in the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  the
         Indenture or the  Administration  Agreement nor the  fulfillment of the
         terms thereof by the Indenture  Trustee will conflict with, result in a
         breach or violation  of, or  constitute a default  under any law or the
         charter,  bylaws or other  organizational  documents  of the  Indenture
         Trustee or the terms of any indenture or other  agreement or instrument
         known to such  counsel  to which the  Indenture  Trustee  or any of its
         subsidiaries  is a party or is bound or any  judgment,  order or decree
         known to such counsel to be applicable to the Indenture  Trustee or any
         of its  subsidiaries  of any  court,  regulatory  body,  administrative
         agency,  governmental body or arbitrator  having  jurisdiction over the
         Indenture Trustee or any of its subsidiaries.

              (vii) To the knowledge of such counsel,  there is no action,  suit
         or proceeding  pending or threatened  against the Indenture Trustee (as
         trustee under the Indenture or in its individual capacity) before or by
         any governmental authority that, if adversely decided, would materially
         adversely  affect the ability of the  Indenture  Trustee to perform its
         obligations  under the Indenture,  the Sale and Servicing  Agreement or
         the Administration Agreement.

              (viii) The  execution,  delivery and  performance by the Indenture
         Trustee of the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  the  Indenture  and the
         Administration Agreement will not subject any of the property or assets
         of the Trust or any portion  thereof to any lien  created by or arising
         under the  Indenture  Trustee  that is  unrelated  to the  transactions
         contemplated in such Agreements.

         (j) You shall  have  received  an opinion  addressed  to you and CFC of
[___________],  counsel  to the  Owner  Trustee,  dated  the  Closing  Date  and
satisfactory in form and substance to you and your counsel, to the effect that:

              (i) The Owner Trustee is a  [_____________]  duly incorporated and
         validly existing under the laws of [____________].

              (ii) The  Owner  Trustee  has the full  corporate  trust  power to
         accept the office of owner  trustee  under the Trust  Agreement  and to
         enter into and perform its  obligations  under the Trust Agreement and,
         on behalf of the Trust,  under the  Indenture,  the Sale and  Servicing
         Agreement and the Administration Agreement.

              (iii) The  execution and delivery of the Trust  Agreement  and, on
         behalf  of  the  Trust,  of  the  Indenture,  the  Sale  and  Servicing
         Agreement, the Administration Agreement, the Certificates and the Notes
         and the performance by the Owner Trustee of its  obligations  under the
         Trust Agreement,  the Indenture,  the Sale and Servicing  Agreement and
         the Administration Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary
         corporate  action of the Owner  Trustee and each has been duly executed
         and delivered by the Owner Trustee.

              (iv) The Trust Agreement,  the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  the
         Indenture and the Administration Agreement constitute valid and binding
         obligations of the Owner Trustee  enforceable against the Owner Trustee
         in accordance with their terms under the laws of the State of New York,
         the State of Delaware and the federal law of the United States.

              (v) The  execution  and delivery by the Owner Trustee of the Trust
         Agreement and, on behalf of the Trust,  of the Indenture,  the Sale and
         Servicing Agreement and the Administration Agreement do not require any
         consent,  approval or  authorization  of, or any registration or filing
         with, any Delaware or United States federal governmental authority.

              (vi) The Certificates have been duly executed and delivered by the
         Owner Trustee as owner trustee and  authenticating  agent.  Each of the
         Notes has been duly  executed and  delivered by the Owner  Trustee,  on
         behalf of the Trust.

              (vii)  Neither  the  consummation  by  the  Owner  Trustee  of the
         transactions  contemplated  in the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  the
         Indenture,  the Trust Agreement or the Administration Agreement nor the
         fulfillment  of the terms  thereof by the Owner  Trustee will  conflict
         with, result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under
         any law or the charter, bylaws or other organizational documents of the
         Owner  Trustee  or the terms of any  indenture  or other  agreement  or
         instrument  known to such counsel to which the Owner  Trustee or any of
         its  subsidiaries  is a party or is bound,  or any  judgment,  order or
         decree known to such counsel to be  applicable  to the Owner Trustee or
         any of its subsidiaries of any court,  regulatory body,  administrative
         agency,  governmental body or arbitrator  having  jurisdiction over the
         Owner Trustee or any of its subsidiaries.

              (viii) To the knowledge of such counsel,  there is no action, suit
         or proceeding pending or threatened against the Owner Trustee (as owner
         trustee under the Trust Agreement or in its individual capacity) before
         or by any  governmental  authority  that, if adversely  decided,  would
         materially adversely affect the ability of the Owner Trustee to perform
         its obligations under the Trust Agreement.

              (ix) The execution,  delivery and performance by the Owner Trustee
         (as trustee under the Trust Agreement or in its individual capacity, as
         the case may be) of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  the  Indenture,
         the Trust  Agreement or the  Administration  Agreement will not subject
         any of the  property or assets of the Trust or any  portion  thereof to
         any  lien  created  by or  arising  under  the  Owner  Trustee  that is
         unrelated to the transactions contemplated in such Agreements.

         (k) You shall have received a certificate dated the Closing Date of any
of the Chairman of the Board, the President,  the Executive Vice President,  any
Vice President,  the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the principal financial
officer or the principal  accounting  officer of each of the Seller and a member
of the Company,  in which such  officers  shall state that, to the best of their
knowledge after reasonable investigation, (i) the representations and warranties
of CFC or the Company, as the case may be, contained in the Trust Agreement, the
Purchase Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement, as applicable, are true
and correct in all material respects;  that CFC or the Company,  as the case may
be, has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to
be performed or satisfied under such agreements at or prior to the Closing Date;
that no stop order suspending the  effectiveness  of the Registration  Statement
has been issued and no proceedings  for that purpose have been instituted or are
contemplated  by the  Commission and (ii) since [____],  199_,  except as may be
disclosed  in the  Prospectus  (and any  supplement  thereto) or, in the case of
DaimlerChrysler  Corporation,  as may be disclosed  publicly by  DaimlerChrysler
Corporation  prior to the  Execution  Time,  no material  adverse  change or any
development  involving a  prospective  material  adverse  change in or affecting
particularly  the  business  or  properties  of the Trust,  CFC,  the Company or
DaimlerChrysler Corporation has occurred.

         (l) You shall have received  evidence  satisfactory  to you that, on or
before the Closing Date, UCC-1 financing statements have been or are being filed
in the office of the  Secretary  of State of the States of Michigan and Delaware
reflecting  the  transfer  of  the  interest  of  the  Seller  in  the  Standard
Receivables and Fixed Value  Receivables  and the proceeds  thereof to the Trust
and the grant of the security interest by the Trust in the Standard  Receivables
and Fixed Value Receivables and the proceeds thereof to the Indenture Trustee.

         (m) The Offered  Notes shall have been rated "AAA" by Standard & Poor's
and "Aaa" by Moody's.

         (n) The  issuance  of the  Notes  and the  Certificates  shall not have
resulted in a reduction or withdrawal by any Rating Agency of the current rating
of any outstanding  securities  issued or originated by the Seller or any of its
affiliates.

         (o) On the  Closing  Date,  the sum of $[____]  and  $[____]  aggregate
principal amount of the Certificates shall have been issued to the Company.

         (p) On the Closing Date, the Seller shall have purchased and fully paid
for all of the Class A-1 Notes.

         The Seller will  provide or cause to be provided to you such  conformed
copies of such opinions,  certificates,  letters and documents as you reasonably
request.

         9. Indemnification and Contribution.  (a) The Seller will indemnify and
            --------------------------------
hold  each  Underwriter  harmless  against  any  losses,   claims,   damages  or
liabilities,  joint or several,  to which such  Underwriter  may become subject,
under the Act or the Exchange Act or otherwise,  insofar as such losses, claims,
damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based
upon any untrue  statement or alleged  untrue  statement  of any  material  fact
contained in the Registration  Statement,  the preliminary Base Prospectus,  the
Collateral Materials,  the Preliminary  Prospectus Supplement (if any), the Base
Prospectus or the  Prospectus or any amendment or supplement  thereto,  or arise
out of or are based upon the omission or alleged  omission to state  therein (in
the case of the Collateral Materials,  when read together with the Prospectus) a
material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not  misleading,  and will reimburse each  Underwriter  for any legal or
other  expenses  reasonably  incurred by such  Underwriter  in  connection  with
investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage,  liability or action as
such  expenses  are  incurred;  provided,  however,  that the Seller will not be
liable in any such  case to the  extent  that any such  loss,  claim,  damage or
liability  arises out of or is based upon an untrue  statement or alleged untrue
statement  in or  omission or alleged  omission  from any of such  documents  in
reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Seller
by any Underwriter through you specifically for use therein.

         For all purposes  contemplated  hereby, the Seller and the Underwriters
each acknowledge that the Collateral Materials were prepared by the Seller.

         (b) Each  Underwriter,  severally and not jointly,  agrees to indemnify
and hold harmless the Seller against any losses,  claims, damages or liabilities
to which the Seller may become  subject,  under the Act or the  Exchange  Act or
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
respect  thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of any material fact contained in the  Registration  Statement,
the preliminary Base Prospectus, Preliminary Prospectus Supplement (if any), the
Base  Prospectus or the  Prospectus or any amendment or supplement  thereto,  or
arise out of or are based upon the  omission  or the  alleged  omission to state
therein a material fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the
statements  therein not misleading,  in each case to the extent, but only to the
extent,  that such untrue  statement or alleged untrue  statement or omission or
alleged  omission  was made in  reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  written
information  relating  to  such  Underwriter  furnished  to the  Seller  by such
Underwriter  through you  specifically  for use therein,  and will reimburse any
legal or other  expenses  reasonably  incurred by the Seller in connection  with
investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage,  liability or action as
such expenses are incurred.

         (c) Promptly after receipt by an  indemnified  party under this Section
of notice of the commencement of any action,  such indemnified  party will, if a
claim in respect  thereof is to be made  against  the  indemnifying  party under
subsection (a) or (b) above,  notify the indemnifying  party of the commencement
thereof;  but the omission so to notify the indemnifying  party will not relieve
it from any liability that it may have to any  indemnified  party otherwise than
under  subsection (a) or (b) above.  In case any such action is brought  against
any indemnified party and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement
thereof,  the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to
the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly
notified,  to assume the defense  thereof,  with  counsel  satisfactory  to such
indemnified  party (who shall not,  except with the  consent of the  indemnified
party,  be  counsel  to the  indemnifying  party),  and  after  notice  from the
indemnifying  party to such  indemnified  party of its election so to assume the
defense thereof and approval by the indemnified  party of the counsel  appointed
by the indemnifying  party,  the  indemnifying  party will not be liable to such
indemnified   party  under  this  Section  for  any  legal  or  other   expenses
subsequently  incurred by such indemnified  party in connection with the defense
thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

         (d) If the indemnification  provided for in this Section is unavailable
or  insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified  party under  subsection (a) or
(b) above, then each  indemnifying  party shall contribute to the amount paid or
payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses,  claims, damages or
liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above (i) in such proportion as
is  appropriate to reflect the relative  benefits  received by the Seller on the
one hand and the  Underwriters  on the other from the  offering  of the  Offered
Notes or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by
applicable  law, in such  proportion as is  appropriate  to reflect not only the
relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of
the Seller on the one hand and the  Underwriters on the other in connection with
the  statements or omissions  that resulted in such losses,  claims,  damages or
liabilities as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative
benefits  received  by the  Seller on the one hand and the  Underwriters  on the
other  shall be deemed to be in the same  proportion  as the total net  proceeds
from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Seller bear to the
total underwriting  discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters.  The
relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things,  whether
the untrue or alleged  untrue  statement  of a material  fact or the omission or
alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the
Seller or by the  Underwriters  and the  parties'  relative  intent,  knowledge,
access to  information  and  opportunity  to  correct  or  prevent  such  untrue
statement or omission.  The amount paid by an  indemnified  party as a result of
the losses,  claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of
this  subsection  (d)  shall be deemed to  include  any legal or other  expenses
reasonably  incurred by such indemnified party in connection with  investigating
or  defending  any action or claim that is the subject of this  subsection  (d).
Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no Underwriter (except as
may be provided in the agreement among Underwriters  relating to the offering of
the Offered  Notes) shall be required to contribute  any amount in excess of the
underwriting discount or commission applicable to the Offered Notes purchased by
such  Underwriter  hereunder.  No person guilty of fraudulent  misrepresentation
(within  the  meaning  of  Section  11(f)  of the  Act)  shall  be  entitled  to
contribution   from  any  person   who  was  not   guilty  of  such   fraudulent
misrepresentation.

         (e) The  obligations  of the  Seller  under  this  Section  shall be in
addition to any liability the Seller may otherwise  have and shall extend,  upon
the same terms and conditions,  to each person,  if any, who controls any of the
Underwriters  within  the  meaning  of  the  Act;  and  the  obligations  of the
Underwriters  under this Section shall be in addition to any liability  that the
respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms
and  conditions,  to each director of the Seller,  to each officer of the Seller
who has  signed the  Registration  Statement  and to each  person,  if any,  who
controls the Seller within the meaning of the Act.

         10.  Defaults  of  Underwriters.  If any  Underwriter  or  Underwriters
              --------------------------
default in their  obligations  to purchase  the Offered  Notes  hereunder on the
Closing Date and arrangements  satisfactory to the Representative and the Seller
for the purchase of such Offered  Notes by other  persons are not made within 36
hours after such default, this Agreement will terminate without liability on the
part of any  nondefaulting  Underwriter  or the  Seller,  except as  provided in
Section  12. As used in this  Agreement,  the term  "Underwriter"  includes  any
person  substituted for an Underwriter  under this Section.  Nothing herein will
relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

         11. No Bankruptcy Petition. Each Underwriter covenants and agrees that,
             ----------------------
prior to the date which is one year and one day after the payment in full of all
securities  issued by the  Seller or by a trust  for  which the  Seller  was the
depositor which securities were rated by any nationally  recognized  statistical
rating organization,  it will not institute against, or join any other Person in
instituting  against,  the Seller any bankruptcy,  reorganization,  arrangement,
insolvency or liquidation  proceedings or other proceedings under any federal or
state bankruptcy or similar law.

         12.  Survival  of  Representations  and  Obligations.   The  respective
              -----------------------------------------------
indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the
Seller or the Company or any of their officers, and each of the Underwriters set
forth in or made  pursuant to this  Agreement or contained  in  certificates  of
officers of the Seller  submitted  pursuant hereto shall remain operative and in
full force and effect,  regardless of any  investigation  or statement as to the
results  thereof made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or the Seller or any of
their  respective  representatives,  officers or  directors  or any  controlling
person,  and will survive  delivery of and payment for the Offered Notes. If for
any  reason  the  purchase  of the  Offered  Notes  by the  Underwriters  is not
consummated,  the Seller shall remain responsible for the expenses to be paid or
reimbursed by the Seller pursuant to Section 7 and the respective obligations of
the Seller and the Underwriters pursuant to Section 9 shall remain in effect. If
for any reason the  purchase of the  Offered  Notes by the  Underwriters  is not
consummated (other than because of a failure to satisfy the conditions set forth
in items (ii),  (iv) and (v) of Section  8(d)),  the Seller will  reimburse  any
Underwriter,  upon demand,  for all out-of-pocket  expenses  (including fees and
disbursements  of  counsel)  reasonably  incurred by it in  connection  with the
offering of the Offered Notes.  Nothing contained in this Section 12 shall limit
the recourse of the Seller against the Underwriters.

         13. Notices.  All  communications  hereunder will be in writing and, if
             -------
sent to the Underwriters, will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed
to the Representative at [______________],  [______________],  [_____], [_____],
[_____],  Attention:  Asset Backed Group; if sent to the Seller, will be mailed,
delivered or  telegraphed,  and  confirmed to it at Chrysler  Financial  Company
L.L.C., 27777 Franklin Road, 25th Floor, Southfield,  Michigan 48034, Attention:
Assistant  Secretary;  provided,  however,  that any  notice  to an  Underwriter
pursuant to Section 9 will be mailed,  delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to
such Underwriter. Any such notice will take effect at the time of receipt.

         14.  Successors.  This  Agreement  will inure to the  benefit of and be
              ----------
binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers
and directors  and  controlling  persons  referred to in Section 9, and no other
person will have any right or obligations hereunder.

         15.  Representation  of  Underwriters.  You  will  act for the  several
              --------------------------------
Underwriters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
and any action  under this  Agreement  taken by you will be binding upon all the
Underwriters.

         16.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in any number of
              ------------
counterparts,  each of which  shall be  deemed to be an  original,  but all such
counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.

         17.  Applicable  Law. This Agreement will be governed by, and construed
              ---------------
in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.


<PAGE>


         If the  foregoing  is in  accordance  with  your  understanding  of our
agreement, kindly sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon
it will become a binding agreement among the Seller and the several Underwriters
in accordance with its terms.

                                      Very truly yours,

                                      CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.


                                      By:________________________________
                                      Name:
                                      Title:




The foregoing  Underwriting Agreement
is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the
date first written above:

[----------------]
as Representative of the Several Underwriters



By: ____________________________________
Name:
Title:



<PAGE>




                                                                     SCHEDULE I

                                 CLASS A-2 NOTES
                                                           PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
                                                            THE CLASS A-2 NOTES
                                                            -------------------

[----------------]......................................................$[----]
[----------------]......................................................$[----]
[----------------]......................................................$[----]
[----------------]......................................................$[----]
                                            Total...................$[________]


                                 CLASS A-3 NOTES
                                                           PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
                                                            THE CLASS A-3 NOTES
                                                            -------------------

[----------------]......................................................$[----]
[----------------]......................................................$[----]
[----------------]......................................................$[----]
[----------------]......................................................$[----]
                                            Total...................$[________]


                                 CLASS A-4 NOTES
                                                            PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
                                                            THE CLASS A-4 NOTES
                                                            -------------------

[----------------]......................................................$[----]
[----------------]......................................................$[----]
[----------------]......................................................$[----]
[----------------]......................................................$[----]
                                            Total...................$[________]







<PAGE>



                                                                     EXHIBIT A



                              Collateral Materials


<PAGE>


                                                                    EXHIBIT 1.2


                  [FORM OF CERTIFICATE UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT]



                            PREMIER AUTO TRUST ____-_

                        [___]% ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES

                        CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.

                       CERTIFICATE UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
                       ----------------------------------


                                                                 [______], 199_

[_____________]
     as Representative of
     the Several Underwriters
[_____________]
[_____________]


Ladies and Gentlemen:

         1. Introductory.  Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C., a Michigan limited
            -----------
liability company ("CFC" or the "Seller"),  proposes to cause Premier Auto Trust
____-_ (the "Trust") to issue and sell $[______]  principal amount of its [___]%
Asset Backed Certificates (the "Certificates") to the several Underwriters named
in  Schedule  I  hereto  (the  "Underwriters"),  for  whom  you  are  acting  as
representative  (the  "Representative").  The assets of the Trust will  include,
among other things,  a pool of motor vehicle retail  installment  sale contracts
(the "Standard  Receivables") and the right to receive Amortizing  Payments with
respect to Fixed Value Receivables (the Standard  Receivables and the Amortizing
Payments  with  respect to the Fixed Value  Receivables  are  referred to herein
collectively as the "Receivables") and the related  collateral.  The Receivables
will be serviced for the Trust by CFC (in such capacity,  the  "Servicer").  The
Certificates will be issued pursuant to the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement
to be dated as of [_____],  199_ (as amended and supplemented from time to time,
the  "Trust  Agreement"),  among  the  Seller,  as  Depositor,  [__________],  a
[__________]  [__________] (the "Company"),  and [__________],  as owner trustee
(the "Owner Trustee").

         [Simultaneously with  the  issuance  and  sale of the  Certificates  as
contemplated  herein,  the Trust will issue  $[______]  principal  amount of its
[___]%  Asset  Backed  Notes,  Class  A-1 (the  "Class  A-1  Notes"),  $[______]
principal amount of its Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes,  Class A-2 (the "Class
A-2 Notes"),  $[______] principal amount of its [___]% Asset Backed Notes, Class
A-3 (the "Class A-3 Notes"),  and $[______] principal amount of its [___]% Asset
Backed Notes,  Class A-4 (the "Class A-4 Notes" and, together with the Class A-1
Notes, the Class A-2 Notes and the Class A-3 Notes, the "Notes").  The Class A-2
Notes,  Class A-3 Notes and Class A-4 Notes (the  "Offered  Notes") will be sold
pursuant  to  an  underwriting  agreement  dated  the  date  hereof  (the  "Note
Underwriting  Agreement")  between  the  Seller  and the  underwriters  named in
Schedule I thereto. The Offered Notes and Certificates are sometimes referred to
collectively herein as the "Offered Securities".]

         The  Seller   acknowledges   that  it  will  have   furnished   to  the
Underwriters,  for distribution to potential investors in the Certificates prior
to the date on which the  Prospectus  (as defined in Section 2(a) below) is made
available  to such  potential  investors,  a term sheet in the form of Exhibit A
hereto (the "Collateral Materials").

         Capitalized  terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the
meanings assigned thereto in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement to be dated as of
[_______],  199_ (as amended and  supplemented  from time to time, the "Sale and
Servicing Agreement"), between the Trust and CFC, as Seller and Servicer, or, if
not defined  therein,  in the Trust Agreement or in the Indenture to be dated as
of  [______],  199_  (as  amended  and  supplemented  from  time  to  time,  the
"Indenture"),  between the Trust and  [__________],  as  indenture  trustee (the
"Indenture Trustee").

         2.  Representations and Warranties of the Seller. The Seller represents
             --------------------------------------------
and warrants to, and agrees with, each Underwriter that:

         (a) The  Seller  meets the  requirements  for use of Form S-3 under the
Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended  (the  "Act"),  and has  filed  with  the
Commission a registration  statement  (Registration  No. 33-55789) on such Form,
including a related  preliminary  basic prospectus and a preliminary  prospectus
supplement,  for the registration  under the Act of the offering and sale of the
Offered  Securities.  The Seller may have filed one or more amendments  thereto,
each of which  amendments has previously  been furnished to you. The Seller will
next  file  with  the  Commission  (i)  prior  to  the   effectiveness  of  such
registration  statement, an amendment thereto (including the form of final basic
prospectus and the form of final prospectus  supplement  relating to the Offered
Securities)  or (ii) after the  effectiveness  of such  registration  statement,
either (A) a final basic prospectus and a final prospectus  supplement  relating
to the Offered  Securities  in  accordance  with Rules 430A and 424(b)(1) or (4)
under the Act or (B) a final basic prospectus and a final prospectus  supplement
relating to the Offered Securities in accordance with Rules 415 and 424(b)(2) or
(5).

         In the case of clauses  (ii) (A) and (B),  the Seller has  included  in
such registration  statement,  as amended at the Effective Date, all information
(other than Rule 430A Information)  required by the Act and the rules thereunder
to be included in the Prospectus with respect to the Offered  Securities and the
offering  thereof.  As  filed,  such  amendment  and  form of  final  prospectus
supplement,  or such final  prospectus  supplement,  shall include all Rule 430A
Information,  together with all other required information,  with respect to the
Offered Notes and the  Certificates  and the offering thereof and, except to the
extent that the Underwriters shall agree in writing to a modification,  shall be
in all substantive  respects in the form furnished to you prior to the Execution
Time or, to the extent not completed at the Execution  Time,  shall contain only
such specific additional information and other changes (beyond that contained in
the latest preliminary basic prospectus and preliminary  prospectus  supplement,
if any, that have  previously  been  furnished to you) as the Seller has advised
you,  prior to the  Execution  Time,  will be included or made  therein.  If the
Registration Statement contains the undertaking specified by Regulation S-K Item
512(a),   the  Registration   Statement,   at  the  Execution  Time,  meets  the
requirements set forth in Rule 415(a)(1)(x).

         For  purposes of this  Agreement,  "Effective  Time" means the date and
time as of which such registration  statement, or the most recent post-effective
amendment  thereto,  if any,  was  declared  effective  by the  Commission,  and
"Effective  Date" means the date of the Effective Time.  "Execution  Time" shall
mean the date and time that this  Agreement  is executed  and  delivered  by the
parties hereto. Such registration  statement,  as amended at the Effective Time,
including all information deemed to be a part of such registration  statement as
of the Effective  Time pursuant to Rule 430A(b) under the Act, and including the
exhibits  thereto  and  any  material  incorporated  by  reference  therein,  is
hereinafter  referred to as the  "Registration  Statement".  "Basic  Prospectus"
shall  mean any  prospectus  referred  to above  contained  in the  Registration
Statement  at  the  Effective  Date,   including  any   Preliminary   Prospectus
Supplement.  "Preliminary  Prospectus  Supplement"  shall  mean the  preliminary
prospectus  supplement,  if any, to the Basic  Prospectus  which  describes  the
Offered  Securities and the offering  thereof and is used prior to the filing of
the Prospectus.  "Prospectus" shall mean the prospectus  supplement  relating to
the Offered  Securities  that is first filed  pursuant to Rule 424(b)  after the
Execution Time,  together with the Basic  Prospectus,  as amended at the time of
such filing,  or, if no filing  pursuant to Rule 424(b) is required,  shall mean
the  prospectus  supplement  relating to the Offered  Securities,  including the
Basic Prospectus,  included in the Registration Statement at the Effective Date.
"Rule 430A Information" means information with respect to the Offered Securities
and the  offering of the Offered  Securities  permitted  to be omitted  from the
Registration  Statement when it becomes  effective  pursuant to Rule 430A. "Rule
415",  "Rule  424",  "Rule  430A" and  "Regulation  S-K"  refer to such rules or
regulations under the Act. Any reference herein to the Registration Statement, a
Preliminary  Prospectus Supplement or the Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to
and include the documents  incorporated by reference therein pursuant to Item 12
of Form S-3 which were  filed  under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
amended  (the  "Exchange   Act"),  on  or  before  the  Effective  Date  of  the
Registration  Statement  or  the  issue  date  of  the  Basic  Prospectus,  such
Preliminary Prospectus Supplement or the Prospectus, as the case may be; and any
reference herein to the terms "amend",  "amendment" or "supplement" with respect
to the Registration Statement, the Basic Prospectus,  any Preliminary Prospectus
Supplement or the Prospectus  shall be deemed to refer to and include the filing
of any  document  under  the  Exchange  Act  after  the  Effective  Date  of the
Registration  Statement  or  the  issue  date  of  the  Basic  Prospectus,   any
Preliminary Prospectus Supplement or the Prospectus,  as the case may be, deemed
to be incorporated therein by reference.

         (b) On the  Effective  Date  and on the  date  of this  Agreement,  the
Registration  Statement did or will, and, when the Prospectus is first filed (if
required) in accordance with Rule 424(b) and on the Closing Date, the Prospectus
(and any  supplements  thereto) will,  comply in all material  respects with the
applicable requirements of the Act, the Exchange Act and the Trust Indenture Act
of 1939, as amended (the "Trust  Indenture  Act"),  and the respective rules and
regulations of the Commission  thereunder (the "Rules and Regulations");  on the
Effective  Date,  the  Registration  Statement  did not or will not  contain any
untrue  statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required
to be stated  therein or necessary in order to make the  statements  therein not
misleading; and, on the Effective Date, the Prospectus, if not filed pursuant to
Rule 424(b), did not or will not, and on the date of any filing pursuant to Rule
424(b) and on the Closing Date,  the  Prospectus  (together  with any supplement
thereto)  will not,  include any untrue  statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements  therein, in the
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided,
however,  that the  Seller  makes no  representations  or  warranties  as to the
information  contained  in or omitted  from the  Registration  Statement  or the
Prospectus or any  supplement  thereto in reliance  upon and in conformity  with
information  furnished in writing to the Seller by any  Underwriter  through you
specifically  for  use  in  connection  with  preparation  of  the  Registration
Statement or the Prospectus or any supplement  thereto.  As of the Closing Date,
the Seller's  representations and warranties in the Sale and Servicing Agreement
and the Trust Agreement will be true and correct.

         (c) This Agreement has been duly authorized,  executed and delivered by
the Seller.

         (d) The Seller's  assignment  and delivery of the Standard  Receivables
and the Fixed Value  Receivables  to the Trust will vest in the Trust all of the
Seller's right, title and interest therein,  subject to no prior lien, mortgage,
security interest, pledge, adverse claim, charge or other encumbrance.

         (e) The Trust's  assignment of the Standard  Receivables  and the Fixed
Value  Receivables to the Indenture  Trustee pursuant to the Indenture will vest
in the Indenture Trustee,  for the benefit of the Noteholders,  a first priority
perfected  security  interest  therein,  subject  to no  prior  lien,  mortgage,
security interest, pledge, adverse claim, charge or other encumbrance.

         (f) None of the Seller,  the Company or anyone  acting on behalf of the
Seller or the Company has taken any action that would require  qualification  of
the Trust Agreement  under the Trust  Indenture Act, or require  registration of
the Seller,  the Company or the Trust under the Investment  Company Act of 1940,
as amended (the "Investment  Company Act"), nor will the Seller,  or the Company
act,  nor has either of them  authorized  or will either of them  authorize  any
person to act, in such manner.

         3. Purchase,  Sale, and Delivery of the  Certificates.  On the basis of
            --------------------------------------------------
the representations,  warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to
the terms and conditions  herein set forth, the Seller agrees to cause the Trust
to sell to each  Underwriter,  and each  Underwriter  agrees,  severally and not
jointly,  to purchase from the Trust,  at a purchase price of [________]% of the
principal  amount thereof,  the respective  principal amount of the Certificates
set forth opposite the name of such  Underwriter in Schedule I hereto.  Delivery
of and payment  for the  Certificates  shall be made at the office of  [______],
[______],  [______],  [______], on [______], 199_ (the "Closing Date"). Delivery
of the  Certificates  shall be made  against  payment of the  purchase  price in
immediately  available funds drawn to the order of the Seller.  The Certificates
to be so delivered  will be initially  represented  by one or more  Certificates
registered  in the  name of Cede & Co.,  the  nominee  of The  Depository  Trust
Company ("DTC").  The interests of beneficial owners of the Certificates will be
represented  by book  entries on the  records of DTC and  participating  members
thereof.   Definitive   Certificates   will  be  available  only  under  limited
circumstances.

         4.  Offering  by  Underwriters.   It  is  understood  that,  after  the
             --------------------------
Registration Statement becomes effective,  the Underwriters propose to offer the
Certificates for sale to the public (which may include selected dealers), as set
forth in the Prospectus.

         5. Covenants of the Seller.  The Seller  covenants and agrees with each
            -----------------------
of the Underwriters that:

         (a) The  Seller  will use its best  efforts  to cause the  Registration
Statement, and any amendment thereto, if not effective at the Execution Time, to
become effective.  Prior to the termination of the offering of the Certificates,
the  Seller  will  not file  any  amendment  to the  Registration  Statement  or
supplement to the Prospectus unless the Seller has furnished you a copy for your
review  prior to  filing  and will not  file  any  such  proposed  amendment  or
supplement to which you reasonably object. Subject to the foregoing sentence, if
the  Registration  Statement  has become or becomes  effective  pursuant to Rule
430A, or filing of the Prospectus is otherwise  required under Rule 424(b),  the
Seller will file the Prospectus, properly completed, and any supplement thereto,
with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with the applicable  paragraph
of Rule  424(b)  within the time period  prescribed  and will  provide  evidence
satisfactory to you of such timely filing.

         (b) The Seller  will advise you  promptly  of any  proposal to amend or
supplement the Registration  Statement,  as filed, or the related Prospectus and
will not effect such amendment or supplement without your consent, which consent
will not  unreasonably be withheld;  the Seller will also advise you promptly of
any  request  by the  Commission  for  any  amendment  of or  supplement  to the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for any additional information;  and
the  Seller  will  also  advise  you  promptly  of  the   effectiveness  of  the
Registration  Statement (unless the Registration  Statement has become effective
prior to Execution Time) and any amendment thereto, when the Prospectus, and any
supplement  thereto,  shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule
424(b) and of the issuance by the  Commission of any stop order  suspending  the
effectiveness of the Registration  Statement or the institution or threat of any
proceeding for that purpose, and the Seller will use its best efforts to prevent
the  issuance  of any such stop  order and to  obtain  as soon as  possible  the
lifting of any issued stop order.

         (c) If, at any time when a prospectus  relating to the Certificates and
the Offered Notes is required to be delivered under the Act, any event occurs as
a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or  supplemented  would include
an  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omit to state any  material  fact
necessary  to make the  statements  therein,  in the light of the  circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to
amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the
Act or the Exchange Act or the respective rules thereunder,  the Seller promptly
will notify you and will  prepare and file,  or cause to be prepared  and filed,
with the  Commission,  subject to the second  sentence of paragraph  (a) of this
Section 5, an  amendment  or  supplement  that will  correct  such  statement or
omission  or effect  such  compliance.  Any such  filing  shall not operate as a
waiver or limitation of any right of any Underwriter hereunder.

         (d) As soon as practicable, but not later than sixteen months after the
Closing  Date,  the Seller will cause the Trust to make  generally  available to
Certificateholders  an earnings  statement of the Trust  covering a period of at
least  twelve  months  beginning  after the Closing  Date that will  satisfy the
provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act.

         (e)  The  Seller  will  furnish  to  the  Underwriters  copies  of  the
Registration  Statement  (one of  which  will be  signed  and will  include  all
exhibits),  each  related  preliminary  prospectus  (including  the  Preliminary
Prospectus   Supplement,   if  any),  the  Prospectus  and  all  amendments  and
supplements  to such  documents,  in each case as soon as available  and in such
quantities as the Underwriters request.

         (f) The Seller will arrange for the  qualification  of the Certificates
for sale under the laws of such  jurisdictions  in the United  States as you may
reasonably  designate and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as
required for the distribution.

         (g) For a period from the date of this  Agreement  until the retirement
of the  Certificates,  or until  such time as the  Underwriters  shall  cease to
maintain a secondary  market in the  Certificates,  whichever  occurs first, the
Seller will deliver to you the annual  statements of  compliance  and the annual
independent  certified public  accountants'  reports  furnished to the Indenture
Trustee or the Owner Trustee  pursuant to the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  as
soon as such  statements  and reports are furnished to the Indenture  Trustee or
the Owner Trustee.

         (h) So long as any of the Certificates is outstanding,  the Seller will
furnish to you (i) as soon as  practicable  after the end of the fiscal year all
documents  required to be  distributed to  Certificateholders  or filed with the
Commission  pursuant  to  the  Exchange  Act  or any  order  of  the  Commission
thereunder  and (ii) from time to time,  any other  information  concerning  the
Seller  filed with any  government  or  regulatory  authority  that is otherwise
publicly available, as you may reasonably request.

         (i) On or before the Closing Date,  the Seller shall cause its computer
records  relating to the  Receivables to be marked to show the Trust's  absolute
ownership of the  Receivables,  and from and after any Closing Date,  the Seller
shall  not take any  action  inconsistent  with the  Trust's  ownership  of such
Receivables, other than as permitted by the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         (j) To the extent, if any, that the rating provided with respect to the
Certificates   by  the  rating  agency  or  agencies  that  initially  rate  the
Certificates  is  conditional  upon the furnishing of documents or the taking of
any other  actions by the Seller,  the Seller shall  furnish such  documents and
take any such other actions.

         (k) For the period  beginning on the date of this  Agreement and ending
on the Closing Date, unless waived by the  Underwriters,  neither the Seller nor
any trust originated,  directly or indirectly,  by the Seller will offer to sell
or sell notes (other than the Notes)  collateralized by, or certificates  (other
than  the  Certificates)   evidencing  an  ownership  interest  in,  receivables
generated  pursuant to retail  automobile or light duty truck  installment  sale
contracts in such a manner as would  constitute a public  offering to persons in
the United States.

         6.  Payment of Expenses.  The Seller will pay all expenses  incident to
             -------------------
the  performance  of its  obligations  under this  Agreement,  including (i) the
printing and filing of the  Registration  Statement as  originally  filed and of
each  amendment  thereto,  (ii) the  preparation  of this  Agreement,  (iii) the
preparation, issuance and delivery of the Certificates to the Underwriters, (iv)
the fees and  disbursements  of the Seller's  counsel and  accountants,  (v) the
qualification of the  Certificates  under securities laws in accordance with the
provisions of Section 5(f), including filing fees and the fees and disbursements
of  counsel  for  you  in  connection  therewith  and  in  connection  with  the
preparation of any blue sky or legal  investment  survey,  (vi) the printing and
delivery  to the  Underwriters  of  copies  of  the  Registration  Statement  as
originally filed and of each amendment thereto,  (vii) the printing and delivery
to the  Underwriters  of  copies  of any  blue sky or  legal  investment  survey
prepared in connection with the Certificates,  (viii) any fees charged by rating
agencies for the rating of the Certificates, (ix) the fees and expenses, if any,
incurred with respect to any filing with the National  Association of Securities
Dealers,  Inc.,  and (x) the  fees and  expenses  of  [________]  in its role as
counsel to the Trust incurred as a result of providing the opinions  required by
Section 7(g) and the second sentence of Section 7(h) hereof.

         7. Conditions to the Obligations of the  Underwriters.  The obligations
            --------------------------------------------------
of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Certificates  will be subject to
the accuracy of the  representations  and  warranties  on the part of the Seller
herein,  to the  accuracy  of the  statements  of  officers  of the Seller  made
pursuant  to the  provisions  hereof,  to the  performance  by the Seller of its
obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions precedent:

         (a) If the Registration Statement has not become effective prior to the
Execution Time,  unless the  Underwriters  agree in writing to a later time, the
Registration  Statement shall have become effective not later than (i) 6:00 P.M.
New York City time on the date of determination of the public offering price, if
such determination  occurred at or prior to 3:00 P.M. New York City time on such
date or (ii)  12:00  noon on the  business  day  following  the day on which the
public offering price was determined,  if such determination occurred after 3:00
P.M. New York City time on such date.

         (b) The  Prospectus and any  supplements  thereto shall have been filed
(if required) with the Commission in accordance  with the Rules and  Regulations
and Section 5(a) hereof, and prior to the Closing Date, no stop order suspending
the  effectiveness of the  Registration  Statement shall have been issued and no
proceedings  for that purpose shall have been instituted or, to the knowledge of
the Seller or you, shall be  contemplated  by the Commission or by any authority
administering any state securities or blue sky law.

         (c) On or prior to the Closing Date,  you shall have received a letter,
dated as of the Closing Date, of  [__________],  certified  public  accountants,
substantially in the form of the drafts to which you have previously  agreed and
otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to you and your counsel.

         (d)  Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this  Agreement or, if
earlier,  the  dates  as of  which  information  is  given  in the  Registration
Statement (exclusive of any amendment thereto) and the Prospectus  (exclusive of
any supplement  thereto),  there shall not have occurred (i) any change,  or any
development  involving a prospective  change,  in or affecting  particularly the
business or properties of the Trust, the Seller,  the Company or DaimlerChrysler
Corporation  which, in the judgment of the Underwriters,  materially impairs the
investment quality of the Certificates or makes it impractical or inadvisable to
market  the  Certificates;  (ii) any  suspension  or  limitation  of  trading in
securities  generally  on the New York Stock  Exchange or any setting of minimum
prices for  trading on such  exchange;  (iii) any  suspension  of trading of any
securities of  DaimlerChrysler  Corporation  or the Seller on any exchange or in
the over-the-counter  market; (iv) any banking moratorium declared by federal or
New York authorities;  or (v) any outbreak or escalation of major hostilities in
which the United States is involved,  any  declaration of war by Congress or any
other  substantial  national or  international  calamity or emergency if, in the
judgment  of the  Underwriters,  the  effect of any such  outbreak,  escalation,
declaration,  calamity or  emergency  makes it  impractical  or  inadvisable  to
proceed with completion of the sale of and payment for the Certificates.

         (e) You shall have received an opinion of [__________], [Vice President
and General Counsel] of CFC and the Company,  addressed to you and the Indenture
Trustee,  dated the Closing Date and  satisfactory  in form and substance to you
and your counsel, to the effect that:

            (i) CFC has been duly organized and is validly existing as a limited
            liability  company in good  standing  under the laws of the State of
            Michigan  with full power and  authority to own its  properties  and
            conduct its business as presently conducted by it, and to enter into
            and  perform  its  obligations   under  this  Agreement,   the  Note
            Underwriting  Agreement,  the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement,  the
            Purchase  Agreement,  the  Trust  Agreement  and the  Administration
            Agreement,  and had at all times, and now has, the power,  authority
            and legal right to  acquire,  own,  sell and  service  the  Standard
            Receivables and the Fixed Value Receivables.

            (ii) The Company has been duly organized and is validly  existing as
            a  [__________]  in good  standing  under  the laws of the  State of
            [__________] with full power and authority to own its properties and
            conduct its business as presently conducted by it, and to enter into
            and  perform  its  obligations  under  the Trust  Agreement  and the
            Purchase  Agreement,  and had at all times,  and now has, the power,
            authority and legal right to acquire,  own, sell and hold the excess
            cash flow from the Reserve Account and the Fixed Value Payments.

            (iii) Each of CFC and the Company is duly  qualified  to do business
            and is in good standing, and has obtained all necessary licenses and
            approvals,  in each  jurisdiction  in which failure to qualify or to
            obtain  such  licenses  or  approvals   would  render  any  Standard
            Receivable or Fixed Value  Receivable  unenforceable  by the Seller,
            the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee.

            (iv)  The   direction  by  the  Seller  to  the  Owner   Trustee  to
            authenticate the Certificates has been duly authorized by the Seller
            and, when the  Certificates  have been duly executed,  authenticated
            and  delivered  by the Owner  Trustee in  accordance  with the Trust
            Agreement and delivered and paid for pursuant to this Agreement, the
            Certificates  will be duly issued and  entitled to the  benefits and
            security  afforded  by  the  Trust  Agreement,  subject  as  to  the
            enforcement  of remedies (x) to applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
            reorganization,   moratorium   and  other  similar  laws   affecting
            creditors' rights generally and (y) to general  principles of equity
            (regardless   of  whether  the   enforcement  of  such  remedies  is
            considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

            (v)  The  direction  by the  Seller  to  the  Indenture  Trustee  to
            authenticate  the Notes has been duly authorized by the Seller,  and
            when the Notes have been duly  executed  and  delivered by the Owner
            Trustee and  authenticated  by the  Indenture  Trustee in accordance
            with the  Indenture  and delivered and paid for pursuant to the Note
            Underwriting  Agreement,  the Notes will be duly issued and entitled
            to the benefits and security  afforded by the Indenture,  subject as
            to  the  enforcement  of  remedies  (x)  to  applicable  bankruptcy,
            insolvency,  reorganization,   moratorium  and  other  similar  laws
            affecting  creditors' rights generally and (y) to general principles
            of equity (regardless of whether the enforcement of such remedies is
            considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

            (vi) The  Purchase  Agreement,  the  Trust  Agreement,  the Sale and
            Servicing Agreement, and the Administration Agreement have been duly
            authorized,  executed and delivered by CFC and are legal,  valid and
            binding obligations of CFC enforceable against the CFC in accordance
            with their  terms,  except  (x) the  enforceability  thereof  may be
            subject to  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium or
            other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors'
            rights and (y) the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and
            other forms of equitable relief may be subject to equitable defenses
            and to the  discretion  of the court  before  which  any  proceeding
            therefor may be brought.

            (vii) This Agreement and the Note  Underwriting  Agreement have been
            duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Seller.

            (viii) The Purchase Agreement and the Trust Agreement have been duly
            authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and are the legal,
            valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the
            Company   in   accordance   with   their   terms,   except  (x)  the
            enforceability  thereof  may be subject to  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
            reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in
            effect relating to creditors'  rights and (y) the remedy of specific
            performance  and injunctive and other forms of equitable  relief may
            be subject to equitable  defenses and to the discretion of the court
            before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

            (ix) Neither the transfer of the Standard  Receivables and the Fixed
            Value  Receivables  from the Seller to the Trust, nor the assignment
            of the  Owner  Trust  Estate  to the  Trust,  nor the  grant  of the
            security  interest  in  the  Collateral  to  the  Indenture  Trustee
            pursuant to the  Indenture,  nor the  execution  and delivery of the
            Note Underwriting Agreement, this Agreement, the Purchase Agreement,
            the  Trust  Agreement,  the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  or the
            Administration  Agreement by CFC, nor the  execution and delivery of
            the Trust Agreement and the Purchase  Agreement by the Company,  nor
            the  consummation  of any  transactions  contemplated  in  the  Note
            Underwriting Agreement,  this Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the
            Trust Agreement,  the Indenture, the Administration Agreement or the
            Sale and Servicing  Agreement (such  agreements,  excluding the Note
            Underwriting Agreement and this Agreement, being, collectively,  the
            "Basic Documents"), nor the fulfillment of the terms thereof by CFC,
            the Company or the Trust, as the case may be, will conflict with, or
            result in a breach,  violation or  acceleration  of, or constitute a
            default under, any term or provision of the articles of organization
            or  operating  agreement  of the  Seller or the  Company,  or of any
            indenture or other  agreement or  instrument  to which the Seller or
            the  Company  is a party or by which  either  of them is  bound,  or
            result in a violation  of or  contravene  the terms of any  statute,
            order or  regulation  applicable to the Seller or the Company of any
            court,  regulatory body,  administrative agency or governmental body
            having jurisdiction over either of them.

            (x) There are no actions,  proceedings or investigations pending or,
            to  the  best  of  such  counsel's   knowledge  after  due  inquiry,
            threatened before any court, administrative agency or other tribunal
            (1)  asserting  the  invalidity  of the  Trust  or any of the  Basic
            Documents,  (2)  seeking to prevent the  consummation  of any of the
            transactions  contemplated  by  any of the  Basic  Documents  or the
            execution  and  delivery  thereof,  (3) that  might  materially  and
            adversely affect the performance by CFC of its obligations under, or
            the validity or enforceability of, the Note Underwriting  Agreement,
            this Agreement,  the Purchase  Agreement,  the Trust Agreement,  the
            Sale and Servicing Agreement, or the Administration  Agreement,  or,
            (4) that might  materially and adversely  affect the  performance by
            the  Company  of  its   obligations   under,   or  the  validity  or
            enforceability of, the Purchase Agreement or the Trust Agreement.

            (xi) To the best  knowledge  of such counsel and except as set forth
            in the Prospectus  (and any supplement  thereto),  no default exists
            and no event has occurred which, with notice, lapse of time or both,
            would  constitute a default in the due performance and observance of
            any term, covenant or condition of any agreement to which the Seller
            or the Company is a party or by which either of them is bound, which
            default is or would have a material  adverse effect on the financial
            condition, earnings, prospects, business or properties of the Seller
            and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

            (xii) Nothing has come to such  counsel's  attention that would lead
            such counsel to believe that the  representations  and warranties of
            (x) the Company  contained in the Purchase  Agreement  and the Trust
            Agreement  are other than as stated  therein or (y) CFC contained in
            this Agreement, the Note Underwriting Agreement, the Trust Agreement
            or the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  are  other  than as  stated
            therein.

            (xiii) The Seller is the sole owner of all right, title and interest
            in, and has good and marketable  title to, the Standard  Receivables
            and Fixed Value Receivables and the other property to be transferred
            by it to the Trust.  The assignment of the Standard  Receivables and
            Fixed Value  Receivables,  all  documents and  instruments  relating
            thereto and all proceeds thereof to the Trust,  pursuant to the Sale
            and Servicing  Agreement,  vests in the Trust all interests that are
            purported  to be  conveyed  thereby,  free and  clear of any  liens,
            security interests or encumbrances except as specifically  permitted
            pursuant  to the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  or any other  Basic
            Document.

            (xiv) Immediately prior to the transfer of the Standard  Receivables
            and Fixed Value  Receivables to the Trust, the Seller's  interest in
            the Standard  Receivables and Fixed Value Receivables,  the security
            interests in the Financed Vehicles securing the Standard Receivables
            and  Fixed  Value  Receivables  and  the  proceeds  of  each  of the
            foregoing was perfected and  constituted a perfected  first priority
            interest therein.

            (xv) The Indenture constitutes a grant by the Trust to the Indenture
            Trustee of a valid security interest in the Standard Receivables and
            Fixed Value  Receivables,  the  security  interests  in the Financed
            Vehicles   securing  the  Standard   Receivables   and  Fixed  Value
            Receivables  and  the  proceeds  of  each  of the  foregoing,  which
            security  interest  will be  perfected  upon the filing of the UCC-1
            financing  statements  with the  Secretary  of State of the State of
            Michigan  and the  State of  Delaware  and will  constitute  a first
            priority  perfected  security interest  therein.  No filing or other
            action, other than the filing of the UCC-1 financing statements with
            the  Secretary  of State of the State of  Michigan  and the State of
            Delaware referred to above, is necessary to perfect and maintain the
            interest or the security  interest of the  Indenture  Trustee in the
            Standard  Receivables  and Fixed  Value  Receivables,  the  security
            interests in the Financed  Vehicles securing the Receivables and the
            proceeds of each of the foregoing against third parties.

            (xvi) The  Standard  Receivables  and Fixed  Value  Receivables  are
            chattel paper as defined in the UCC.

            (xvii) The Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  the Trust Agreement,  the
            Indenture,  the Purchase Agreement and the Administration  Agreement
            conform  in all  material  respects  with the  descriptions  thereof
            contained in the Prospectus (and any supplement thereto).

            (xviii) The statements in the Prospectus under the headings "Special
            Considerations  -- Certain  Legal  Aspects -- Security  Interests in
            Financed Vehicles" and "-- Bankruptcy  Considerations"  and "Certain
            Legal  Aspects of the  Receivables",  to the extent they  constitute
            matters of law or legal conclusions with respect thereto,  have been
            reviewed by such counsel and are correct in all material respects.

            (xix) The statements  contained in the Prospectus and any supplement
            thereto under the headings "Description of the Notes",  "Description
            of the  Certificates" and "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
            Agreements",  insofar as such statements constitute a summary of the
            Certificates,   the  Notes,   the  Indenture,   the   Administration
            Agreement,  the Purchase Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement
            and  the  Trust  Agreement,   constitute  a  fair  summary  of  such
            documents.

            (xx) No  consent,  approval,  authorization  or order  of, or filing
            with, any court or  governmental  agency or body is required for the
            consummation   of  the   transactions   contemplated  in  the  Basic
            Documents,  except such  filings with respect to the transfer of the
            Standard  Receivables  and  Fixed  Value  Receivables  to the  Trust
            pursuant  to the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement,  the  grant  of a
            security  interest  in  the  Collateral  to  the  Indenture  Trustee
            pursuant  to the  Indenture  and such other  approvals  as have been
            obtained and filings as have been made.

            (xxi) Such counsel is familiar with the Seller's standard  operating
            procedures relating to the Seller's acquisition of a perfected first
            priority  security interest in the vehicles financed by the Servicer
            pursuant to retail  automobile and light duty truck installment sale
            contracts in the ordinary course of the Seller's business.  Assuming
            that the Seller's  standard  procedures are followed with respect to
            the perfection of security  interests in the Financed  Vehicles (and
            such  counsel  has no  reason to  believe  that the  Seller  has not
            followed or will not continue to follow its standard  procedures  in
            connection with the perfection of security interests in the Financed
            Vehicles), the Seller has acquired or will acquire a perfected first
            priority security interest in the Financed Vehicles.

            (xxii) All actions  required to be taken and all filings required to
            be made under the Act and the  Exchange Act prior to the sale of the
            Certificates have been duly taken or made.

            (xxiii) The Trust  Agreement is not  required to be qualified  under
            the  Trust  Indenture  Act  and  the  Trust  is not  required  to be
            registered under the Investment Company Act.

            (xxiv)  The  Indenture  has been  duly  qualified  under  the  Trust
            Indenture Act.

            (xxv) The  Seller is not,  and will not as a result of the offer and
            sale of the  Certificates as contemplated in the Prospectus (and any
            supplement   thereto)  and  this   Agreement  or  of  the  Notes  as
            contemplated in the Prospectus (and any supplement  thereto) and the
            Note  Underwriting  Agreement  become,  an  "investment  company" as
            defined in the Investment  Company Act or a company  "controlled by"
            an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company
            Act.

            (xxvi)  To the best of such  counsel's  knowledge  and  information,
            there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or threatened
            that are  required to be disclosed  in the  Registration  Statement,
            other than those disclosed therein.

            (xxvii) To the best of such  counsel's  knowledge  and  information,
            there are no  contracts,  indentures,  mortgages,  loan  agreements,
            notes,  leases or other  instruments  required  to be  described  or
            referred to in the Registration Statement or to be filed as exhibits
            thereto  other than those  described or referred to therein or filed
            or incorporated by reference as exhibits  thereto,  the descriptions
            thereof or references thereto are correct,  and no default exists in
            the  due  performance  or  observance  of any  material  obligation,
            agreement,   covenant  or  condition   contained  in  any  contract,
            indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note, lease or other instrument
            so described, referred to, filed or incorporated by reference.

            (xxviii) The  Registration  Statement has become effective under the
            Act, any required  filing of the Basic  Prospectus,  any preliminary
            Basic  Prospectus,  any  Preliminary  Prospectus  Supplement and the
            Prospectus, and any supplements thereto, pursuant to Rule 424(b) has
            been made in the manner and within the time period  required by Rule
            424(b),  and, to the best  knowledge of such counsel,  no stop order
            suspending the effectiveness of the Registration  Statement has been
            issued,  and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or
            are  pending or  contemplated  under the Act,  and the  Registration
            Statement  and the  Prospectus,  and each  amendment  or  supplement
            thereto, as of their respective  effective or issue dates,  complied
            as to form in all material  respects  with the  requirements  of the
            Act, the Exchange  Act,  the Trust  Indenture  Act and the Rules and
            Regulations.

            (xxix) Such counsel has examined the Registration  Statement and the
            Prospectus  and nothing has come to such  counsel's  attention  that
            would lead such counsel to believe that the  Registration  Statement
            or the  Prospectus or any amendment or supplement  thereto as of the
            respective  dates thereof  (other than the financial  statements and
            other financial and statistical information contained therein, as to
            which such  counsel  need not express  any view)  contains an untrue
            statement  of a  material  fact or omits to  state a  material  fact
            necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading.

            (xxx) The Trust has been duly  formed and is validly  existing  as a
            statutory  business  trust and is in good standing under the laws of
            the State of  Delaware,  with full power and  authority  to execute,
            deliver  and perform its  obligations  under the Sale and  Servicing
            Agreement,  the Indenture,  the  Administration  Agreement,  and the
            Notes and the Certificates.

            (xxxi)  The  Indenture,  the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  and the
            Administration  Agreement have been duly  authorized  and, when duly
            executed and delivered by the Owner  Trustee,  will  constitute  the
            legal,  valid and  binding  obligations  of the  Trust,  enforceable
            against the Trust in  accordance  with their  terms,  except (x) the
            enforceability  thereof  may be subject to  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
            reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in
            effect relating to creditors'  rights and (y) the remedy of specific
            performance  and injunctive and other forms of equitable  relief may
            be subject to equitable  defenses and to the discretion of the court
            before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

         (f) You shall have received an opinion of [__________], [Vice President
and General Counsel] of CFC and the Company,  addressed to you and the Indenture
Trustee,  dated the Closing Date and  satisfactory  in form and substance to you
and your  counsel,  to the effect that the  statements  in the Basic  Prospectus
under the heading  "Certain  State Tax  Consequences  with respect to Trusts for
which a Partnership Election Is Made" and in the Prospectus Supplement under the
heading "Summary of Terms -- Tax Status" (to the extent relating to Michigan tax
consequences)  accurately  describe the material  Michigan tax  consequences  to
holders of the Securities.

         (g)  You  shall  have   received  an  opinion   addressed   to  you  of
[__________], in its capacity as federal tax counsel to the Trust, to the effect
that the statements in the Basic Prospectus under the headings  "Certain Federal
Income Tax  Consequences"  and in the  Prospectus  Supplement  under the heading
"Summary of Terms -- Tax Status" (to the extent  relating to federal  income tax
consequences)  and "Certain Federal Tax  Consequences"  accurately  describe the
material federal income tax consequences to holders of the Securities.

         (h)  You  shall  have   received  an  opinion   addressed   to  you  of
[__________], in its capacity as special counsel to the Underwriters,  dated the
Closing Date, with respect to the validity of the Certificates and the Notes and
such other  related  matters  as you shall  require,  and the Seller  shall have
furnished or caused to be  furnished to such counsel such  documents as they may
reasonably  request for the purpose of enabling  them to pass upon such matters.
[__________],  in its capacity as special ERISA counsel to the Trust, shall also
have delivered an opinion with respect to the  characterization  of the transfer
of the Receivables and to the effect that the statements in the Basic Prospectus
and in the Prospectus  Supplement under the heading "ERISA  Considerations",  to
the  extent  that  they  constitute  statements  of  matters  of  law  or  legal
conclusions with respect thereto, have been prepared or reviewed by such counsel
and accurately  describe the material  consequences to holders of the Securities
under ERISA.

         (i) You shall  have  received  an opinion  addressed  to you and CFC of
[__________],  counsel  to  the  Owner  Trustee,  dated  the  Closing  Date  and
satisfactory in form and substance to you and your counsel, to the effect that:

              (i) The Owner  Trustee is a  [__________]  duly  incorporated  and
              validly existing under the laws of [__________].

              (ii) The  Owner  Trustee  has the full  corporate  trust  power to
              accept the office of owner trustee  under the Trust  Agreement and
              to  enter  into  and  perform  its  obligations  under  the  Trust
              Agreement and, on behalf of the Trust,  under the  Indenture,  the
              Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Administration Agreement.

              (iii) The  execution and delivery of the Trust  Agreement  and, on
              behalf of the  Trust,  of the  Indenture,  the Sale and  Servicing
              Agreement, the Administration  Agreement, the Certificates and the
              Notes and the  performance by the Owner Trustee of its obligations
              under the Trust Agreement,  the Indenture,  the Sale and Servicing
              Agreement  and  the   Administration   Agreement  have  been  duly
              authorized by all necessary  corporate action of the Owner Trustee
              and  each  has been  duly  executed  and  delivered  by the  Owner
              Trustee.

              (iv) The Trust Agreement,  the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  the
              Indenture and the  Administration  Agreement  constitute valid and
              binding  obligations of the Owner Trustee  enforceable against the
              Owner Trustee in accordance with their terms under the laws of the
              State of New York,  the State of  Delaware  and the federal law of
              the United States.

              (v) The  execution  and delivery by the Owner Trustee of the Trust
              Agreement and, on behalf of the Trust, of the Indenture,  the Sale
              and Servicing  Agreement and the  Administration  Agreement do not
              require  any  consent,   approval  or  authorization  of,  or  any
              registration or filing with, any Delaware or United States federal
              governmental authority.

              (vi) Each of the Certificates has been duly executed and delivered
              by the Owner  Trustee as owner trustee and  authenticating  agent.
              Each of the Notes  has been duly  executed  and  delivered  by the
              Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Trust.

              (vii)  Neither  the  consummation  by  the  Owner  Trustee  of the
              transactions contemplated in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the
              Indenture, the Trust Agreement or the Administration Agreement nor
              the  fulfillment  of the terms  thereof by the Owner  Trustee will
              conflict with, result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a
              default   under   any  law  or  the   charter,   bylaws  or  other
              organizational  documents of the Owner Trustee or the terms of any
              indenture or other  agreement or instrument  known to such counsel
              to which the Owner Trustee or any of its  subsidiaries  is a party
              or is  bound,  or any  judgment,  order  or  decree  known to such
              counsel  to be  applicable  to  the  Owner  Trustee  or any of its
              subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency,
              governmental body or arbitrator having jurisdiction over the Owner
              Trustee or any of its subsidiaries.

              (viii) To the knowledge of such counsel  there is no action,  suit
              or proceeding  pending or threatened against the Owner Trustee (as
              owner  trustee  under the  Trust  Agreement  or in its  individual
              capacity)  before  or  by  any  governmental  authority  that,  if
              adversely decided,  would materially  adversely affect the ability
              of the Owner Trustee to perform its obligations thereunder.

              (ix) The execution,  delivery and performance by the Owner Trustee
              (as  trustee  under  the  Trust  Agreement  or in  its  individual
              capacity, as the case may be) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
              the Indenture, the Trust Agreement or the Administration Agreement
              will not subject any of the property or assets of the Trust or any
              portion  thereof to any lien created by or arising under the Owner
              Trustee that is unrelated to the transactions contemplated in such
              Agreements.

         (j) You shall have received a certificate dated the Closing Date of any
of the Chairman of the Board, the President,  the Executive Vice President,  any
Vice President,  the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the principal financial
officer  or the  principal  accounting  officer  of each of the  Seller  and the
Company, in which such officers shall state that, to the best of their knowledge
after reasonable investigation, (i) the representations and warranties of CFC or
the Company, as the case may be, contained in the Trust Agreement,  the Purchase
Agreement  and the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  as  applicable,  are true and
correct,  that CFC or the  Company,  as the case may be, has  complied  with all
agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied
under  such  agreements  at or prior to the  Closing  Date,  that no stop  order
suspending the  effectiveness of the Registration  Statement has been issued and
no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are  contemplated by the
Commission  and (ii) since  [______],  199_,  except as may be  disclosed in the
Prospectus  (and any  supplement  thereto)  or,  in the case of  DaimlerChrysler
Corporation,  as may be disclosed publicly by DaimlerChrysler  Corporation prior
to the Execution Time, no material adverse change, or any development  involving
a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting particularly the business
or properties of the Trust, CFC, the Company or DaimlerChrysler  Corporation has
occurred.

         (k) You shall have received  evidence  satisfactory  to you that, on or
before the Closing Date, UCC-1 financing statements have been or are being filed
in the office of the  Secretary  of State of the States of Michigan and Delaware
reflecting  the  transfer  of  the  interest  of  the  Seller  in  the  Standard
Receivables and Fixed Value  Receivables  and the proceeds  thereof to the Trust
and the grant of the security interest by the Trust in the Standard  Receivables
and Fixed Value Receivables and the proceeds thereof to the Indenture Trustee.

         (l) The Certificates shall have been rated "_" by Standard & Poor's and
by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

         (m) The  issuance  of the  Notes  and the  Certificates  shall not have
resulted in a reduction or withdrawal by any Rating Agency of the current rating
of any outstanding  securities  issued or originated by the Seller or any of its
affiliates.

         [(n) On the Closing Date, $[______]  aggregate  principal amount of the
Offered Notes shall have been issued and sold.]

         (o) On the Closing Date, the Seller shall have purchased and fully paid
for all of the Class A-1 Notes.

         The Seller will  provide or cause to be provided to you such  conformed
copies of such opinions,  certificates,  letters and documents as you reasonably
request.

         8. Indemnification and Contribution.  (a) The Seller will indemnify and
            --------------------------------
hold  each  Underwriter  harmless  against  any  losses,   claims,   damages  or
liabilities,  joint or several,  to which such  Underwriter  may become subject,
under the Act or the Exchange Act or otherwise,  insofar as such losses, claims,
damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based
upon any untrue  statement or alleged  untrue  statement  of any  material  fact
contained in the Registration Statement,  the preliminary Basic Prospectus,  the
Collateral Materials,  the Preliminary Prospectus Supplement (if any), the Basic
Prospectus or the  Prospectus or any amendment or supplement  thereto,  or arise
out of or are based upon the omission or alleged  omission to state  therein (in
the case of the Collateral Materials,  when read together with the Prospectus) a
material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not  misleading,  and will reimburse each  Underwriter  for any legal or
other  expenses  reasonably  incurred by such  Underwriter  in  connection  with
investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage,  liability or action as
such  expenses  are  incurred;  provided,  however,  that the Seller will not be
liable in any such  case to the  extent  that any such  loss,  claim,  damage or
liability  arises out of or is based upon an untrue  statement or alleged untrue
statement  in or  omission or alleged  omission  from any of such  documents  in
reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Seller
by any Underwriter through you specifically for use therein.

         For all purposes  contemplated  hereby, the Seller and the Underwriters
each acknowledge that the Collateral Materials were prepared by the Seller.

         (b) Each  Underwriter,  severally and not jointly,  agrees to indemnify
and hold harmless the Seller against any losses,  claims, damages or liabilities
to which the Seller may become  subject,  under the Act or the  Exchange  Act or
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
respect  thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of any material fact contained in the  Registration  Statement,
the preliminary  Basic  Prospectus,  the Preliminary  Prospectus  Supplement (if
any),  the Basic  Prospectus  or the  Prospectus  or any amendment or supplement
thereto,  or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission
to state therein a material  fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only
to the  extent,  that such  untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement  or
omission or alleged  omission was made in reliance upon and in  conformity  with
written information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Seller by such
Underwriter  through you  specifically  for use therein,  and will reimburse any
legal or other  expenses  reasonably  incurred by the Seller in connection  with
investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage,  liability or action as
such expenses are incurred.

         (c) Promptly after receipt by an  indemnified  party under this Section
of notice of the commencement of any action,  such indemnified  party will, if a
claim in respect  thereof is to be made  against  the  indemnifying  party under
subsection (a) or (b) above,  notify the indemnifying  party of the commencement
thereof;  but the omission so to notify the indemnifying  party will not relieve
it from any liability that it may have to any  indemnified  party otherwise than
under  subsection (a) or (b) above.  In case any such action is brought  against
any indemnified party and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement
thereof,  the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to
the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly
notified,  to assume the defense  thereof,  with  counsel  satisfactory  to such
indemnified  party (who shall not,  except with the  consent of the  indemnified
party,  be  counsel  to the  indemnifying  party),  and  after  notice  from the
indemnifying  party to such  indemnified  party of its election so to assume the
defense thereof and approval by the indemnified  party of the counsel  appointed
by the indemnifying  party,  the  indemnifying  party will not be liable to such
indemnified   party  under  this  Section  for  any  legal  or  other   expenses
subsequently  incurred by such indemnified  party in connection with the defense
thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

         (d) If the indemnification  provided for in this Section is unavailable
or  insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified  party under  subsection (a) or
(b) above, then each  indemnifying  party shall contribute to the amount paid or
payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses,  claims, damages or
liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above (i) in such proportion as
is  appropriate to reflect the relative  benefits  received by the Seller on the
one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Certificates
or (ii) if the  allocation  provided  by clause  (i) above is not  permitted  by
applicable  law, in such  proportion as is  appropriate  to reflect not only the
relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of
the Seller on the one hand and the  Underwriters on the other in connection with
the  statements or omissions  that resulted in such losses,  claims,  damages or
liabilities as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative
benefits  received  by the  Seller on the one hand and the  Underwriters  on the
other  shall be deemed to be in the same  proportion  as the total net  proceeds
from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Seller bear to the
total underwriting  discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters.  The
relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things,  whether
the untrue or alleged  untrue  statement  of a material  fact or the omission or
alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the
Seller or by the  Underwriters  and the  parties'  relative  intent,  knowledge,
access to  information  and  opportunity  to  correct  or  prevent  such  untrue
statement or omission.  The amount paid by an  indemnified  party as a result of
the losses,  claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of
this  subsection  (d)  shall be deemed to  include  any legal or other  expenses
reasonably  incurred by such indemnified party in connection with  investigating
or  defending  any action or claim that is the subject of this  subsection  (d).
Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no Underwriter (except as
may be provided in the agreement among Underwriters  relating to the offering of
the  Certificates)  shall be required to contribute  any amount in excess of the
underwriting discount or commission applicable to the Certificates  purchased by
such  Underwriter  hereunder.  No person guilty of fraudulent  misrepresentation
(within  the  meaning  of  Section  11(f)  of the  Act)  shall  be  entitled  to
contribution   from  any  person   who  was  not   guilty  of  such   fraudulent
misrepresentation.

         (e) The  obligations  of the  Seller  under  this  Section  shall be in
addition to any liability  that the Seller may otherwise  have and shall extend,
upon the same terms and conditions,  to each person, if any, who controls any of
the  Underwriters  within the  meaning of the Act;  and the  obligations  of the
Underwriters  under this Section shall be in addition to any liability  that the
respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms
and  conditions,  to each director of the Seller,  to each officer of the Seller
who has  signed the  Registration  Statement  and to each  person,  if any,  who
controls the Seller within the meaning of the Act.

         9. Defaults of Underwriters. If any Underwriter or Underwriters default
            ------------------------
in their obligations to purchase the Certificates  hereunder on the Closing Date
and  arrangements  satisfactory  to the  Representative  and the  Seller for the
purchase  of such  Certificates  by other  persons  are not made within 36 hours
after such default,  this Agreement will terminate without liability on the part
of any  nondefaulting  Underwriter or the Seller,  except as provided in Section
11.  As used in this  Agreement,  the term  "Underwriter"  includes  any  person
substituted for an Underwriter under this Section. Nothing herein will relieve a
defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

         10. No Bankruptcy Petition. Each Underwriter covenants and agrees that,
             ----------------------- 
prior to the date which is one year and one day after the payment in full of all
securities  issued by the  Seller or by a trust  for  which the  Seller  was the
depositor which securities were rated by any nationally  recognized  statistical
rating organization,  it will not institute against, or join any other Person in
instituting  against,  the Seller any bankruptcy,  reorganization,  arrangement,
insolvency or liquidation  proceedings or other proceedings under any federal or
state bankruptcy or similar law.

         11.  Survival  of  Representations  and  Obligations.   The  respective
              -----------------------------------------------
indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the
Seller or the Company or any of their officers, and each of the Underwriters set
forth in or made  pursuant to this  Agreement or contained  in  certificates  of
officers of the Seller  submitted  pursuant hereto shall remain operative and in
full force and effect,  regardless of any  investigation  or statement as to the
results  thereof made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or the Seller or any of
their  respective  representatives,  officers or  directors  or any  controlling
person,  and will survive delivery of and payment for the  Certificates.  If for
any  reason  the  purchase  of  the  Certificates  by  the  Underwriters  is not
consummated,  the Seller shall remain responsible for the expenses to be paid or
reimbursed by the Seller pursuant to Section 6 and the respective obligations of
the Seller and the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8 shall remain in effect. If
for any reason the  purchase  of the  Certificates  by the  Underwriters  is not
consummated (other than because of a failure to satisfy the conditions set forth
in items (ii),  (iv) and (v) of Section  7(d)),  the Seller will  reimburse  any
Underwriter,  upon demand,  for all out-of-pocket  expenses  (including fees and
disbursements  of  counsel)  reasonably  incurred by it in  connection  with the
offering of the  Certificates.  Nothing contained in this Section 11 shall limit
the recourse of the Seller against the Underwriters.

         12. Notices.  All  communications  hereunder will be in writing and, if
             -------
sent to the Underwriters, will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed
to  the  Representative  at  [__________],   [__________],  [______],  [______],
Attention: Asset Backed Securities Group; if sent to the Seller, will be mailed,
delivered or  telegraphed,  and  confirmed to it at Chrysler  Financial  Company
L.L.C., 27777 Franklin Road, Southfield,  Michigan 48034,  Attention:  Assistant
Secretary;  provided,  however,  that any notice to an  Underwriter  pursuant to
Section  8 will be  mailed,  delivered  or  telegraphed  and  confirmed  to such
Underwriter. Any such notice will take effect at the time of receipt.

         13.  Successors.  This  Agreement  will inure to the  benefit of and be
              ----------
binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers
and directors  and  controlling  persons  referred to in Section 8, and no other
person will have any right or obligations hereunder.

         14.  Representation.  You  will  act for the  several  Underwriters  in
              --------------
connection with the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement, and any action
under this Agreement taken by you will be binding upon all the Underwriters.

         15.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in any number of
              ------------
counterparts,  each of which  shall be  deemed to be an  original,  but all such
counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.

         16.  Applicable  Law. This Agreement will be governed by, and construed
              ---------------
in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.



<PAGE>



         If the  foregoing  is in  accordance  with  your  understanding  of our
agreement, kindly sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon
it will become a binding agreement among the Seller and the several Underwriters
in accordance with its terms.

                                        Very truly yours,

                                        CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.



                                        By:

                                        Name:
                                        Title:



The  foregoing  Certificate
Underwriting  Agreement  is
hereby  confirmed  and accepted
as of the date first written above:

[_________________________________]
as Representative of the Several Underwriters



By: _______________________________
Name:
Title:


<PAGE>



                                                                     SCHEDULE I




                                                              PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
CERTIFICATE UNDERWRITERS                                       OF CERTIFICATES
                                                              -----------------


[_________________]..............................................$[____________]
[_________________]..............................................$[____________]
         Total...................................................$[____________]


<PAGE>


                                                                   Exhibit 2.1

                                PLAN OF MERGER

     PLAN OF MERGER, dated as of October 22, 1998 between CHRYSLER FINANCIAL
CORPORATION, a Michigan corporation ("Financial"), and CHRYSLER FINANCIAL
COMPANY L.L.C., a Michigan limited liability company ("LLC") ("Plan of
Merger").

                                   PREAMBLE

     WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire that Financial merge into LLC, with
LLC being the surviving entity, upon the terms and conditions herein set forth
(the "Merger");

     WHEREAS, the outstanding capital stock of Financial consists of 250,000
shares of Common Stock, par value $100 per share, all of which are issued and
outstanding and entitled to vote on this Plan of Merger;

     WHEREAS, the outstanding capitalization of LLC consists of $100,000 and
Financial, as sole member of LLC, is entitled to vote on this Plan of Merger;


<PAGE>


     WHEREAS, Financial desires to change its form of organization from a
Michigan corporation to a Michigan limited liability company;

     WHEREAS, it is the express intention of Financial and LLC that Chrysler
Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Chrysler"), as the sole shareholder of
Financial, become the sole member of LLC as a result of the Merger and this
Plan of Merger; and

     WHEREAS, Financial desires to generally accomplish such changes by
merging into LLC in accordance with the procedures and subject to the terms
and conditions of this Plan of Merger.


     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I

                                    MERGER

     1.1 Merger and Surviving Company. At the Effective Time (as such term is
defined in Section 1.2), Financial shall be merged into LLC in accordance with
Section 705(a) of the Michigan Limited Liability Company Act and Section 736
of the Michigan Business Corporation Act, and the separate existence and
organization of Financial shall cease. LLC shall be the surviving entity
(herein sometimes referred to as the "Surviving Entity") and shall continue


<PAGE>


existence under the laws of the State of Michigan and shall succeed to all
property (real, personal, and mixed), rights, assets, liabilities, and
obligations of Financial in consideration for a corresponding increased
membership interest of Financial in LLC, which membership interest is received
by Chrysler upon the Merger. The street address of the Surviving Entity's
principal place of business is 27777 Franklin Road, Southfield, Michigan 48034
and the Surviving Entity shall be a Michigan limited liability company.

     1.2. Effective Time. The merger of Financial into LLC shall become
effective as of the close of business on October 25, 1998 (the "Effective
Time").

     1.3 Elimination of Unknown Shareholders. Chrysler is the sole shareholder
of Financial and shall be the only person to receive a membership (or other
equity) interest in LLC. Any other person claiming to be a shareholder of
Financial in addition to Chrysler, or claiming any other equity interest in
Financial, shall receive no membership (or other equity) interest in LLC, and
shall be entitled solely to monetary compensation in an amount equal to the
fair market value of the stock or other equity in Financial.


<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE II

       ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION; OPERATING AGREEMENT; MANAGERS; OFFICERS

     2.1 Articles of Organization. The Articles of Organization of LLC in
effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall continue as the Articles
of Organization of the Surviving Entity without amendment or modification.

     2.2 Operating Agreement. The Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of
LLC in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall continue as the
Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Surviving Entity without
amendment or modification. The Amended and Restated Operating Agreement may be
amended at any time by the Member as prescribed in Section 8.1 thereof.

     2.3 Managers and Officers. The managers and officers of LLC immediately
prior to the Effective Time shall continue as the managers and officers of the
Surviving Entity, to hold office subject to the Articles of Organization and
the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Surviving Entity and the
Michigan Limited Liability Company Act.


<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE III

                         CONVERSION OF SHARES OF STOCK

     3.1 Conversion of Common Stock of Financial. The total aggregate net
worth of Financial at the Effective Time shall be converted into an additional
capital amount of the Surviving Entity and the common stock of Financial shall
be retired and Chrysler Corporation, the holder of the common stock of
Financial, shall, at the Effective Time, become the sole member of the
Surviving Entity, replacing Financial as the sole member, and no cash or
securities or other property shall be issued in respect of such amount.

                                  ARTICLE IV

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

     4.1 Termination. This Plan of Merger and all obligations hereunder may be
terminated and abandoned at any time prior to the Effective Time by the mutual
consent of the Board of Directors of Financial and the managers of LLC.

     4.2 Counterparts. This Plan of Merger may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together
shall constitute one instrument.


<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Plan of
Merger to be executed by its duly authorized officers as of the date first
above written.


     ATTEST:                            CHRYSLER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

     By: /s/ B. C. Babbish              By: /s/ D. L. Davis
         -----------------                  ---------------

     ATTEST:                            CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.

     By: /s/ B. C. Babbish              By: /s/ D. L. Davis
         -----------------                  ---------------


<PAGE>



                                                                   EXHIBIT 3.1

C&S 700 (Rev. (8/96)

            MICHIGAN DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER AND INDUSTRY SERVICES
              CORPORATION, SECURITIES AND LAND DEVELOPMENT BUREAU

     Date Received                                        (FOR BUREAU USE ONLY)

     Name              Michigan Runner Service
                       Attn: Cheryl Bixby

     Address           P.O. Box 266
                       1467 1/2 S. Main Street
                       City Eaton Rapids, Michigan 48827
                            EFFECTIVE DATE:

     Document will be returned to the name and address you enter above.

                           ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

                For use by Domestic Limited Liability Companies
            (Please read information and instructions on last page)

                                                       B ____________

             Pursuant to the provisions of Act 23, Public Acts of
             1993, the undersigned execute the following Articles:

     ARTICLE I

     The name of the limited liability company is: Chrysler  Financial Company
     L.L.C.

     ARTICLE II

     The purpose or purposes for which the limited liability company is formed
     is to engage in any  activity  within  the  purposes  for which a limited
     liability  company may be formed under the Limited  Liability Company Act
     of Michigan.

     ARTICLE III

     The duration of the limited liability company is: Perpetual.

     ARTICLE IV

     1.       The street address of the registered office is:


<PAGE>


c/o The Corporation Company   30600 Telegraph Rd.      (Street Address)

     Bingham Farms, Michigan                      48025
            (City)                             (Zip Code)


     2. The mailing address of the registered  office if different than above:
     _____________________________________________  , Michigan  ______________
     (P.O. Box)                                        (City)    (ZIP Code)

     3. The  name of the  resident  agent at the  registered  office  is:  The
     Corporation Company.

     ARTICLE V (Insert any desired additional provision authorized by the Act;
     attach additional pages if needed.)

     The  business  of the  limited  liability  company  is to be  managed  by
     managers instead of by its member.

Signed this 30th day of June, 1998


By: /s/ Byron C. Babbish      __________________             __________________
     (Signature)                  (Signature)                    (Signature)


     (MICH. - LLC 3290 - 5/2/97)


<PAGE>




     Name of Person or Organization               Preparer's Name and Business 
          Remitting Fees:                                Telephone Number:

        ______________________                         ______________________
        ______________________                         ______________________



                         INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS

     1.   The articles of  organization  cannot be filed until this form, or a
          comparable document, is submitted.

     2.   Submit one original of this document. Upon filing, the document will
          be added to the  records  of the  Corporation,  Securities  and Land
          Development Bureau. The original will be returned to the address you
          enter in the box on the front as evidence of filing.

          Since this document will be maintained on optical disk media,  it is
          important that the filing be legible.  Documents with poor black and
          white contrast, or otherwise illegible, will be rejected.

     3.   This  document is to be used  pursuant to the  provisions of Act 23,
          P.A.  of 1993,  by two or more  persons for the purpose of forming a
          domestic  limited  liability  company.  Use form 701 if the  Limited
          Liability  Company will be providing a personal  service for which a
          license or legal  authorization is required pursuant to Article 9 of
          the Act.

     4.   Article I - The name of a  domestic  limited  liability  company  is
          required to contain  one of the  following  words or  abbreviations:
          "Limited Liability Company", "L.L.C.", "L.C.", "LLC", or "LC".

     5.   Article II - Under  section  203(b) of the Act, it is  sufficient to
          state substantially, alone or with specifically enumerated purposes,
          that the  limited  liability  company  is  formed  to  engage in any
          activity within the purposes for which a limited  liability  company
          may be formed under the Act.

     6.   Article III - The term of existence of the limited liability company
          must be  reflected  as a  specific  date,  a  number  of  years,  or
          perpetual.

     7.   Article IV - A post office box may not be  designated as the address
          of the registered office.

     8.   Article V - Section 401 of the Act specifically  states the business
          shall be managed by members  unless  the  Articles  of  Organization
          state the  business  will be managed  by  managers.  If the  limited
          liability  company  is to  be  managed  by  managers  instead  of by
          members, insert a statement to that effect in Article V.

     9.   This  document  is  effective  on the date  endorsed  "Filed" by the
          Bureau.  A later effective date, no more than 90 days after the date
          of delivery, may be stated as an additional article.

     10.  The Articles must be signed in ink by two or more of the persons who
          will be members.  Names of person  signing  shall be stated  beneath
          their signatures.

     11.  If more space is needed,  attach  additional pages. All pages should
          be numbered.

     12.  NONREFUNDABLE FEE: Make remittance payable to the State of Michigan.
          Include   limited   liability   company   name  on  check  or  money
          order..$50.00

     13.  Mail form and fee to:

          Michigan Department of Consumer and Industry Service
          Corporation, Securities and Land Development Bureau
          Corporation Division

          P.O. Box 30054
          Lansing, MI 48909-7554

          The office is located at:
          6546 Mercantile Way
          Lansing, MI 48910
          (517) 334-6302


<PAGE>


     The exclusive  right to use a name may be transferred to another  person.
To request a transfer, complete the following:

                    NOTICE OF TRANSFER OF NAME RESERVATION

     Pursuant to Section 215(3), Act 284, Public Acts of 1972; Section 215(3),
Act 162, Public Acts of 1982; Section 103(b), Act 213, Public Acts of 1982; or
Section 205(2),  Act 23, Public Acts of 1993, the undersigned hereby transfers
to:

     Byron C. Babbish

     -----------------------------------------------------------------
     c/o The Corporation Company, 30600 Telegraph Rd., Bingham Farms, MI 48025
                       (Name and Address of Transferee)

     the right to exclusive use of the name   Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C..

                     MRS/CHERYL J. BIXBY, AS ACTING AGENT
                         (Name of Original Applicant)

                           By X /s/ Cheryl J. Bixby
                                  (Signature)

                         INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS

     1.   Submit one original of this Application,  or a comparable  document,
          to apply for a name reservation. A true copy will be returned to the
          address you enter in the box on the front as evidence of filing.

     2.   If the name is  available,  the  administrator  shall reserve it for
          exclusive use of the applicant.

          Professional  Services  Corporations,   Nonprofit  Corporations,  or
          Limited Partnerships:  The Administrator,  for good cause shown, may
          extend the  reservation  for  periods of not more than two  calendar
          months each. No more than two extensions shall be granted. Extension
          requests  must be  received  in writing  by the Bureau  prior to the
          expiration of the reservation period.

          Profit   Corporations   and  Limited   Liability   Companies:   Upon
          expiration,  the  name may  again  be  reserved  by  filing  another
          application and fee.

     3.   Act 284, Public Acts of 1972; Act 192, Public Acts of 1962; Act 213,
          Public  Acts of 1993  require  certain  words  or  abbreviations  be
          included or excluded from the name of profit  corporations,  limited
          partnerships, or limited liability companies. Those required are:

          a.   Company, Corporation,  Incorporated, Limited, Co., Corp., Inc.,
               or Ltd.  in the  name of  domestic  (non-professional  service)
               corporations.

          b.   Professional  Corporation  or P.C. in the name of  professional
               service corporations.

          c.   Limited Partnership in the name of limited partnerships.

          d.   Limited  Liability  Company,  L.L.C.,  or L.C.  in the  name of
               (non-professional service) limited liability companies.

          e.   Professional Limited Liability Company,  P.L.L.C., or P.L.C. in
               the name of professional service limited liability companies.

          Those excluded are:  Corporation,  Incorporated,  Corp., Inc. in the
          name of limited partnerships and limited liability companies.

     4.   The  application  for reservation of name and the notice of transfer
          of name reservation must be signed in ink by the applicant.

     5.   FEES: Make remittance  payable to the State of Michigan.  No fee for
          transfer or extension of reservation. Nonrefundable filing fee
                   CORPORATION OR LIMITED PARTNERSHIP  $10.00
                   LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY           $25.00


<PAGE>


     6.   Mail form and fee to:                   The Office is located at:
                                                                           
          Michigan Department of Commerce              6546 Mercantile Way      
          Corporation and Securities Bureau            Lansing, MI 48909-7554   
          Corporate Division                           (517) 334-6302           
          P.O. Box 30054                               P.O. box 30054           
          Lansing, MI 48909-7554                       Lansing, MI 48909-7554   


<PAGE>



                                                                   EXHIBIT 3.2

                      CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C. 
                      ---------------------------------
                             AMENDED AND RESTATED
                             --------------------
                              OPERATING AGREEMENT
                              -------------------

         The  undersigned,   Chrysler   Financial   Corporation,   a  Michigan
corporation (the "Member"),  hereby adopts this Amended and Restated Operating
Agreement (the "Agreement") as of the 22nd day of October, 1998, in connection
with the formation of Chrysler  Financial  Company L.L.C., a limited liability
company  (the  "Company").   Definitions   contained  in  this  Agreement  are
applicable  to the  singular as well as the plural  forms of such terms and to
the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms.

         WHEREAS, the Member has caused the Company to be formed by the filing
of  Articles  of  Organization  with the State of Michigan on July 1, 1998 and
desires to provide  certain  terms for the  governance  of the Company and the
conduct of its business.

         NOW, THEREFORE, the Member declares as follows:

                          I. FORMATION OF THE COMPANY
                             ------------------------

         1.1 Name and Formation. The name of the Company is Chrysler Financial
             ------------------
Company L.L.C. The Company is a limited  liability company organized under the
Michigan Limited Liability Company Act (the "Act").  The Company is a separate
legal entity.  The Company and all ownership  interests in the Company will be
governed by this Agreement and, except as modified by this  Agreement,  by the
Act. This  Agreement is intended to  constitute  an  "Operating  Agreement" as
defined under the Act.

         1.2 Membership Interest.  The equity of the Company (representing the
             ------------------
ownership of the Company) will be evidenced by a single interest designated as
the "Membership  Interest." The Membership  Interest is personal  property and
the owner of the Membership  Interest has no interest in specific  property of
the Company.  See Section 5.1 of this Agreement with respect to limitations on
the transferability of the Membership Interest.

         1.3 Offices.  The address of the  registered  office and the name and
             -------
address of the agent of the Company for service of process is CT  Corporation,
30600  Telegraph  Road,  Bingham  Farms,  Michigan  48025.  The address of the
Company is 27777 Franklin Road,  Southfield,  Michigan 48034.  The Company may
have such offices or places of business as the Member may  designate or as the
business of the Company may from time to time require.  The principal  office,
registered office and the registered agent may be changed from time to time by
written action of the Member.

         1.4 Term of the Company.  The Company will have perpetual  existence,
             --------------------
unless sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

         1.5 Business  Purpose.  The Company is  organized  for the purpose of
             -----------------
engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited  liability  companies
may be organized under the Act. Except as otherwise  provided in the Act or by
other  applicable  law,  the  Company  will  have the  power to do all  things
necessary or convenient to effect any or all of its business purposes.

         1.6 Tax Classification. It is the Member's express intention that, in
             -------------------
accordance  with  Treasury  Regulation  ss.301.7701-3(a)  (and  any  successor
provision),  as well as the  corresponding  provisions of applicable state tax
law, the Company will remain  eligible,  at all times, to be disregarded as an
entity separate from the Member for all income and franchise tax purposes. Any
action that would  terminate  the  Company's  eligibility  to be a disregarded
entity (for  example,  the transfer or issuance of a Membership  Interest that
results in the Company having more than one member) shall be null and void. If
IRS Form 8832 ("Entity Classification Election") is filed to treat the Company
as  disregarded,  (i) all of the Company's items of income,  gain,  deduction,
loss and credit on and after the effective  date  specified in Form 8832 shall
be  included  directly  in the  federal  (and  applicable  state)  income  and
franchise  tax  returns  of the  Member  as if the  Company  were a branch  or
division of the Member,  and (ii) no election shall be subsequently  made that
would  terminate  the Company's  status as a disregarded  entity (for example,
causing  it to become an  association  taxable  as a  corporation  within  the
meaning of Treasury Regulation ss.301.7701-2(b)(2)).


                           II. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
                               ---------------------

         2.1 Initial Capital  Contribution.  As of August 19, 1998, the Member
             -----------------------------
was credited with making an initial contribution to the capital of the Company
in the amount of  $100,000 in cash as  reflected  on the  Company's  books and
records (the "Initial Capital Contribution"). Only the owner of the Membership
Interest shall be entitled to recover this contribution.

         2.2 Additional Capital Contributions. Additional contributions to the
             --------------------------------
capital of the Company (the "Additional Capital Contributions") may be made at
such times and in such amounts as the Member may decide from time to time.  In
the event of a merger of the  Member  into the  Company  where the Member is a
corporation (a "Merger"),  the assets transferred to the Company in connection
with the Merger (whether in consideration for an increased Membership Interest
or otherwise) will  constitute an Additional  Capital  Contribution.  Only the
owner of the Membership Interest shall be entitled to recover amounts received
by the Company pursuant to this Section.

         2.3  Advances  from the Member.  Any  advance  other than the Initial
              -------------------------
Capital Contribution or Additional Capital Contributions made by the Member to
the Company will not be deemed a capital  contribution  to, or be reflected on
the  balance of, any capital  account of the  Company.  The amount of any such
advance  will be a debt due from the  Company  to the  Member  and,  except as
otherwise  expressly  provided  in this  Agreement,  will be repaid as soon as
practicable to the Member.  Advances from the Member may not be sold, pledged,
assigned,  or  otherwise  transferred  (each  a  "Transfer"),  except  to  the
transferee  permitted  under  Section 5.1 in connection  with a  corresponding
permitted Transfer of the Membership Interest under that Section. Any Transfer
of the Membership  Interest permitted under Section 5.1 must be accompanied by
a corresponding Transfer of all advances to the same transferee.

         2.4 No Interest.  No interest  will be paid by the Company (a) on any
             -----------
capital contribution,  or (b) unless otherwise agreed to by the Member, on any
advance to the Company from the Member.


                        III. MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS
                             -------------------------

         3.1 Management by Managers.  All management  powers over the business
             ----------------------
and affairs of the Company, other than the power to amend this Agreement, will
be vested in one or more  managers  who shall be  appointed by the Member (the
"Managers").  Until otherwise established by the Member, the initial number of
Managers of the Company shall be five (5). The Managers will have no ownership
interest in the Company. The Managers will conduct,  direct, and exercise full
control over all  activities  of the Company.  Each Manager  shall hold office
until  his or  her  successor  is  appointed  or  until  his  or  her  earlier
resignation  or  removal  by the  Member.  A  majority  of the  Managers  will
constitute  a quorum and the  majority  vote of the  Managers  at a meeting at
which a quorum is present will be the act of the Managers.  Any Manager of the
Company may be removed or replaced without cause by the Member.

         3.2 Officers. The Managers, by written resolution, may designate such
             --------
officers  ("Officers")  of the Company as they deem necessary or proper in the
conduct of the affairs of the Company, delegating to such Officers the titles,
duties,  responsibilities,  and authorities reflected in such resolutions. The
Officers so  designated  may be appointed or removed by the  Managers.  At all
times, the actions of the Officers will be subject to the review,  delegation,
redetermination,  direction,  and control of the Managers.  Each Officer shall
hold  office  until his or her  resignation  or removal by the  Managers.  Any
Officer of the Company may be removed or replaced with or without cause by the
Managers.

         3.3 Committees.  The Managers,  by written resolution,  may designate
             ----------
one or more committees (a "Committee")  consisting of one or more Managers.  A
Committee  will have and may  exercise  powers to the extent  provided  in the
applicable  resolution.  Except as may be  otherwise  provided in a resolution
adopted  by the  Managers,  a majority  of the  members  of a  Committee  will
constitute  a quorum  and the  majority  vote of the  Committee  members  at a
meeting  at which a quorum  is  present  will be the act of the  Committee.  A
Committee  will  keep  minutes  of its  meetings  and will  remain  an  active
Committee consisting of the appointed members thereof until otherwise directed
or reconstituted by written resolution of the Managers.


3.4      Action by the Member, Managers, Officers or Committees.
         ------------------------------------------------------

                  3.4.1 Ordinary  Course  Transactions.  Except as provided in
                        ------------------------------
Section 3.4.2,  any action  required to, or which may, be taken by the Member,
Managers,  Officers,  or Committee may be taken without a meeting by telephone
conference  call among a majority of the members thereof or by consent thereto
in writing,  setting forth the action so taken, and unanimously  signed by the
Member, Managers, Officers, or the Committees.

                  3.4.2   Restrictions  on  Transfers  of  Certain   Leasehold
                          ----------------------------------------------------
Interests.  Proper inquiry and appropriate due diligence will be excercised in
- ---------
light of  potential  adverse  tax  consequences  to effect a  Transfer  of any
position  or  interest  held  (directly  or  indirectly)  (i) in which the LLC
participates as an investor in a leasing  transaction  involving  property (a)
located outside of the United States or (b) owned by any State,  possession of
the United States,  District of Columbia, or the United States (or any agency,
instrumentality, or political subdivision of any of the foregoing), or (ii) in
a Foreign  sales  Corporation  (within the meaning of Sections 921 et. Seq. Of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986).

         3.5      Indemnity.
                  ---------

                  3.5.1 Indemnity of the Member and Managers.  To the fullest
                         ------------------------------------
extent  permitted  by law, the  Company,  to the extent of its assets  legally
available for that purpose,  will  indemnify and hold harmless (i) each person
who is or was a Manager,  Officer,  Committee member, employee,  agent, or the
Member,  (ii)  each  person  who  serves or may have  served at the  Company's
request as a member, director, manager, officer, or employee of any company or
corporation  that the  Company  owns  directly  or  indirectly,  and (iii) the
Member's respective shareholders, directors, officers, agents, affiliates, and
professional or other advisors (collectively,  the "Indemnified Persons") from
and  against  any and all loss,  cost,  damage,  expense  (including,  without
limitation,  fees and expenses of attorneys  and other  advisors and any court
costs incurred by any  Indemnified  Person) or liability by reason of anything
any Indemnified  Person does or refrains from doing for, or in connection with
the business or affairs of, the Company and its  subsidiaries  and affiliates,
except to the extent that it is finally  judicially  determined  by a court of
competent  jurisdiction  that the loss,  cost,  damage,  expense or  liability
resulted primarily from the Indemnified Person's negligence, misconduct in the
performance of his or her duty, or willful  breach of a material  provision of
this  Agreement  which in any  event  causes  actual  material  damage  to the
Company.  The  Company  may pay in advance or  reimburse  reasonable  expenses
(including   advancing  the  reasonable  cost  of  defense)   incurred  by  an
Indemnified  Person who is, or is  threatened to be, named or made a defendant
or a  respondent  in a proceeding  concerning  the business and affairs of the
Company.

                  3.5.2  Insurance.  The Company  may  purchase  and  maintain
                         ---------
insurance  on behalf of the  Indemnified  Persons  against  any  liability  or
expense asserted against or incurred by them in any capacity or arising out of
their status as  Indemnified  Persons,  whether or not the Company could under
this Agreement indemnify them against liability.

                  3.5.3  Future  Laws.  To the  extent  future  enactments  or
                         ------------
judicial  decisions  permit an  expansion  of the  rights  of  indemnification
afforded to the  Indemnified  Persons by the Company,  then it is the Member's
express  intention  and  agreement  that  this  Section  3.5  immediately  and
automatically  will be deemed to be amended so as to permit and  authorize the
indemnification  of the  Indemnified  Persons by the  Company  to the  maximum
extent permitted by law.

         3.6      Limitations on Indemnity.
                  ------------------------
                  3.6.1 Additional  Indemnity.  The Company, at the discretion
                        ---------------------
of the Member,  may  indemnify  any of the  Indemnified  Persons for any loss,
cost, damage,  expense,  or liability for which the Indemnified  Persons would
not be entitled to mandatory indemnification under Section 3.5.

                  3.6.2 Waiver of Indemnity  Rights.  Indemnified  Persons may
                        ---------------------------
waive the  benefits  of  indemnification  under  Section  3.5,  but only by an
instrument in writing executed by such Indemnified Person.

                  3.6.3 Certain Related Rights.  The rights to indemnification
                        ----------------------
under  Section 3.5 do not in any way limit,  and are not  exclusive  of, other
rights which any  Indemnified  Person may otherwise  have at law or in equity,
including  without   limitation  common  law  rights  to   indemnification  or
contribution.  Nothing  in Section  3.5 or this  Section  3.6 will  affect the
rights or obligations of any  Indemnified  Person (or the limitations on those
rights or  obligations)  under any other agreement or instrument to which that
Indemnified Person is a party.

         3.7  Company  Liabilities.  All of the  liabilities  of the  Company,
              --------------------
including without limitation indemnity  obligations under Section 3.5, will be
liabilities of the Company as an entity and will be paid or satisfied from the
assets of the Company  only.  No  liability  of the Company will be payable in
whole or in part by the Member in its  capacity as a Member or by any manager,
shareholder,  director, officer, agent, affiliate, employee, or advisor of the
Member or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

         3.8 Mandated  Formalities.  Except as specifically  set forth in this
             ---------------------
Agreement, there are no mandated formalities required in the management of the
Company.


                               IV. DISTRIBUTIONS
                                   -------------

         4.1 Distributions. Distributions may be made from time to time as the
             -------------
Managers  may decide  provided  that such  distributions  may be made only if,
after the  distribution,  the assets of the Company  will not be less than all
liabilities of the Company.

         4.2  Reimbursements.  All of the  Company's  expenses  will be billed
              --------------
directly to and paid by the Company. The Company is specifically authorized to
make  reimbursements to the Member should the Member provide, at market rates,
goods, materials, or services used for or by the Company.

    V. TRANSFER OR ISSUANCE OF MEMBERSHIP INTEREST AND WITHDRAWAL OF MEMBER
       --------------------------------------------------------------------

         5.1 Transfer of Membership  Interest.  The Member cannot Transfer the
             --------------------------------
Membership  Interest  to any other  person  except  upon (i)  Merger or (ii) a
Transfer  of  the  entire  Membership   Interest  by  the  Member  to  another
corporation  or other legal  entity in a transfer to which  Section 381 of the
Internal  Revenue Code of 1986 applies (a  "Reorganizational  Exchange").  The
shareholder of the Member  following a Merger,  or the transferee  corporation
following  a  Reorganizational  Exchange  (each,  as  the  case  may  be,  the
"Successor  Member"),  shall become the sole owner of the Membership  Interest
and shall  agree to be bound by the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement.
References in this  Agreement to the Member shall  thereafter be references to
the  Successor  Member  and the  Successor  Member  shall  be  subject  to the
comparable  limitations  on Transfer of the  Membership  Interest  and will be
bound by the  terms  of this  Agreement.  As  provided  in  Section  2.3,  any
permitted  Transfer must be  accompanied  by a  corresponding  Transfer of all
advances to the same transferee.

         5.2 Records of the Company;  Void Transfers or Issuance.  The Company
             ---------------------------------------------------
will not record a Transfer of the Membership  Interest or any advance from the
Member, or record the issuance of a new equity interest in the Company, on its
books,  except  for  Transfers  permitted  under  Sections  2.3 and  5.1.  Any
purported  Transfer of the Membership  Interest or an advance from the Member,
or the issuance of a new equity  interest,  that is not in compliance with the
terms and  conditions of this  Agreement is null and void,  and the transferee
under any  purported  Transfer or issuance  will acquire no title or ownership
thereby.

         5.3  Withdrawal.  The Member may resign  from the  Company,  effect a
              ----------
partial  or  complete  withdrawal  from the  Company,  or  effect a  voluntary
dissolution  or  voluntary  bankruptcy  of the  Company  only  if  there  is a
Successor Member to succeed its interests in the Company.

         5.4 Only One Member.  It is the intent of the Company that the Member
             ---------------
(or the  Successor  Member)  shall  be the  only  member  and  that  only  one
Membership Interest shall exist at any time.

                        VI. DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
                            ---------------------------

         6.1  Dissolution.  Notwithstanding  anything  in  Article  V  to  the
              -----------
contrary,  this Agreement will  terminate,  and the Company will be dissolved,
upon the written agreement of the Member. The dissolution or bankruptcy of the
Member will not affect the status of or cause the  dissolution  or liquidation
of the  Company and will not cause the Member to cease being the Member of the
Company.  There  cannot be a  voluntary  filing of  bankruptcy  by the Company
without the consent of the Member.

         6.2 Certificate of  Dissolution.  In accordance with the Act, as soon
             ---------------------------
as possible  following the occurrence of the actions  specified in Section 6.1
effecting the dissolution of the Company, the Member will cause to be executed
and filed a Certificate of Dissolution to dissolve the Company in such form as
is prescribed by the Act.

         6.3 Procedures.
             ----------

                   6.3.1   Liquidation   of  Assets.   In  the  event  of  the
                           ------------------------
dissolution of the Company,  the Member or the person  required by law to wind
up the Company's affairs (the Member or such other person being referred to in
this  Agreement  as the  "Liquidating  Agent")  will  commence  to wind up the
affairs of the Company and  liquidate  its assets as promptly as is consistent
with obtaining the fair value thereof.  In connection with any such winding up
and  liquidation,  a  financial  statement  of the  Company  as of the date of
dissolution  will be prepared and  furnished to the Member by the  Liquidating
Agent.

                   6.3.2  Authority of Liquidating  Agent.  In connection with
                          -------------------------------
the winding up and dissolution of the Company, the Liquidating Agent will have
all of the rights and powers with respect to the assets and liabilities of the
Company that a Member or a Manager would have pursuant to the Act or any other
applicable law.

                   6.3.3 Distribution of Assets.  Following the payment of, or
                         ----------------------
provision  for, all debts and  liabilities  of the Company and all expenses of
liquidation,  and subject to the right of the Liquidating Agent to set up such
cash reserves as the Liquidating  Agent may deem reasonably  necessary for any
contingent  or  unforeseen  liabilities  or  obligations  of the Company,  the
proceeds of the liquidation and any other funds (or other remaining assets) of
the Company will be distributed to the Member.

         6.4   Termination  of  the  Company.   Upon  the  completion  of  the
               -----------------------------
liquidation of the Company and the distribution of all Company funds and other
assets,  the Company and this  Agreement  will  terminate and the  Liquidating
Agent will have the authority to take or cause to be taken such actions as are
necessary or reasonable in order to obtain a certificate of dissolution of the
Company  as well as any and all  other  documents  required  by the Act or any
other  applicable law to effectuate  the  dissolution  and  termination of the
Company.

                    VII. FISCAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS
                         ---------------------------------

         7.1 Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Company will be the calendar
             -----------
year unless otherwise determined by the Managers.

         7.2 Deposit.  All funds of the Company will be deposited from time to
             -------
time to the credit of the Company in such  banks,  trust  companies,  or other
depositories as the Managers or Officers may select.

         7.3 Checks,  Drafts, Etc. All checks,  drafts or other orders for the
             --------------------
payment of money,  and all notes or other evidences of indebtedness  issued in
the name of the  Company,  will be signed by an  Officer  or any other  person
selected by the Managers.

         7.4  Books and  Records.  The  Company  will keep or cause to be kept
              ------------------
accurate and complete  minutes and records of the meetings or consents in lieu
of meeting of the Member, the Managers, and any Committee of the Managers, and
books  and  records  of  account  of the  Company,  which  will be kept at the
principal  place of  business  of the  Company or at such other  places as the
Managers will from time to time  determine.  The Member will have the right to
examine at any  reasonable  time or times for any  purpose,  the  minutes  and
records of the  Managers  and the books and records of account of the Company,
and to make copies thereof.

                             VIII. MISCELLANEOUS 
                                   -------------

         8.1  Amendments.  The  Member  and the  Company  may at any  time and
              ----------
without limitation,  vary, modify, or change this Agreement by, and only by, a
written amendment duly adopted by both the Member and the Company.

         8.2  Effect  of  Headings.   The  Section  headings  herein  are  for
              --------------------
convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

         8.3  Successors  and  Assigns.  All  terms  and  conditions  in  this
              ------------------------
Agreement shall bind the Company's  successors and assigns,  whether expressed
or not.

         8.4  Severability  Clause.  In case any  provision in this  Agreement
              --------------------
shall be invalid,  illegal,  or  unenforceable,  the validity,  legality,  and
enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or
impaired thereby.

         8.5 Governing Law. This Agreement  shall be governed by and construed
             -------------
in  accordance  with  the laws of the  State  of  Michigan,  as  though  fully
performed therein, without reference to its conflict of laws provisions.

         8.6 Effectiveness. This Agreement shall take effect on the date first
             -------------
written above.

         8.7 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire Operating
             ----------------
Agreement of the Company and supersedes all other prior Operating Agreements.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been adopted as of the day and
year first above written.

                                        CHRYSLER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

                                        By:   /s/ D. L. Davis
                                                 ---------------
                                        Name:    D. L. Davis
                                                 ---------------

                                        Title: Chairman of the Board

                                        Acknowledged and Approved By:

                                        CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.

                                        By:       /s/ D. L. Davis

                                        Name:    D. L. Davis
                                                 ---------------
                                        Title: Chairman of the Board


<PAGE>


                                                                   EXHIBIT 4.1

                              [FORM OF INDENTURE]

===============================================================================





                                   INDENTURE

                                    between

                          PREMIER AUTO TRUST [___-_],

                                   as Issuer

                                      and

                             [INDENTURE TRUSTEE],

                             as Indenture Trustee

                        Dated as of [________] 1, [___]

===============================================================================



<PAGE>


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          PAGE

                                   ARTICLE I

                  Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

SECTION 1.01.     Definitions..................................................2
SECTION 1.02.     Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act............8
SECTION 1.03.     Rules of Construction........................................9

                                  ARTICLE II

                                   The Notes

SECTION 2.01.     Form.........................................................9

SECTION 2.02.     Execution, Authentication and Delivery......................10
SECTION 2.03.     Temporary Notes.............................................10
SECTION 2.04.     [Reserved]..................................................11
SECTION 2.05.     Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange.........11
SECTION 2.06.     Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes..................12
SECTION 2.07.     Persons Deemed Owner........................................13
SECTION 2.08.     Payment of Principal and Interest; Defaulted Interest.......13
SECTION 2.09.     Cancellation................................................14
SECTION 2.10.     Release of Collateral.......................................14
SECTION 2.11.     Book-Entry Notes............................................14
SECTION 2.12.     Notices to Clearing Agency..................................15
SECTION 2.13.     Definitive Notes............................................15
SECTION 2.14.     Tax Treatment...............................................16

                                  ARTICLE III

                                   Covenants

SECTION 3.01.     Payment of Principal and Interest...........................16
SECTION 3.02.     Maintenance of Office or Agency.............................16
SECTION 3.03.     Money for Payments To Be Held in Trust......................16
SECTION 3.04.     Existence...................................................18
SECTION 3.05.     Protection of Trust Estate..................................18
SECTION 3.06.     Opinions as to Trust Estate.................................18
SECTION 3.07.     Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Receivables........19
SECTION 3.08.     Negative Covenants..........................................21
SECTION 3.09.     Annual Statement as to Compliance...........................21
SECTION 3.10.     Issuer May Consolidate, etc., Only on Certain Terms.........22
SECTION 3.11.     Successor or Transferee.....................................23
SECTION 3.12.     No Other Business...........................................23
SECTION 3.13.     No Borrowing................................................23
SECTION 3.14.     Servicer's Obligations......................................23
SECTION 3.15.     Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities...........24
SECTION 3.16.     Capital Expenditures........................................24
SECTION 3.17.     Removal of Administrator....................................24
SECTION 3.18.     Restricted Payments.........................................24
SECTION 3.19.     Notice of Events of Default.................................24
SECTION 3.20.     Further Instruments and Acts................................24

                                  ARTICLE IV

                          Satisfaction and Discharge

SECTION 4.01.     Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.....................24
SECTION 4.02.     Application of Trust Money..................................26
SECTION 4.03.     Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent....................26

                                   ARTICLE V

                                   Remedies

SECTION 5.01.     Events of Default...........................................26
SECTION 5.02.     Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment..........27
SECTION 5.03.     Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement 
                    by Indenture Trustee......................................28
SECTION 5.04.     Remedies; Priorities........................................30
SECTION 5.05.     Optional Preservation of the Receivables....................31
SECTION 5.06.     Limitation of Suits.........................................32
SECTION 5.07.     Unconditional Rights of Noteholders To Receive 
                    Principal and Interest....................................32
SECTION 5.08.     Restoration of Rights and Remedies..........................33
SECTION 5.09.     Rights and Remedies Cumulative..............................33
SECTION 5.10.     Delay or Omission Not a Waiver..............................33
SECTION 5.11.     Control by Noteholders......................................33
SECTION 5.12.     Waiver of Past Defaults.....................................34
SECTION 5.13.     Undertaking for Costs.......................................34
SECTION 5.14.     Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws............................34
SECTION 5.15.     Action on Notes.............................................35
SECTION 5.16.     Performance and Enforcement of Certain Obligations..........35

                                  ARTICLE VI

                             The Indenture Trustee

SECTION 6.01.     Duties of Indenture Trustee.................................35
SECTION 6.02.     Rights of Indenture Trustee.................................36
SECTION 6.03.     Individual Rights of Indenture Trustee......................37
SECTION 6.04.     Indenture Trustee's Disclaimer..............................37
SECTION 6.05.     Notice of Defaults..........................................37
SECTION 6.06.     Reports by Indenture Trustee to Holders.....................37
SECTION 6.07.     Compensation and Indemnity..................................38
SECTION 6.08.     Replacement of Indenture Trustee............................38
SECTION 6.09.     Successor Indenture Trustee by Merger.......................39
SECTION 6.10.     Appointment of Co-Indenture Trustee or Separate 
                    Indenture Trustee.........................................39
SECTION 6.11.     Eligibility; Disqualification...............................40
SECTION 6.12.     Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer............41
SECTION 6.13.     Pennsylvania Motor Vehicle Sales Finance Act Licenses.......41

                                  ARTICLE VII

                        Noteholders' Lists and Reports

SECTION 7.01.     Issuer To Furnish Indenture Trustee Names and 
                    Addresses of Noteholders..................................41
SECTION 7.02.     Preservation of Information; Communications to 
                    Noteholders...............................................41
SECTION 7.03.     Reports by Issuer...........................................41
SECTION 7.04.     Reports by Indenture Trustee................................42

                        ARTICLE VIII

            Accounts, Disbursements and Releases

SECTION 8.01.     Collection of Money.........................................42
SECTION 8.02.     Trust Accounts..............................................42
SECTION 8.03.     General Provisions Regarding Accounts.......................43
SECTION 8.04.     Release of Trust Estate.....................................44
SECTION 8.05.     Opinion of Counsel..........................................45

                         ARTICLE IX

                   Supplemental Indentures

SECTION 9.01.     Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders......45
SECTION 9.02.     Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders.........46
SECTION 9.03.     Execution of Supplemental Indentures........................48
SECTION 9.04.     Effect of Supplemental Indenture............................48
SECTION 9.05.     Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.........................48
SECTION 9.06.     Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures...............48

                          ARTICLE X

                     Redemption of Notes

SECTION 10.01.    Redemption..................................................48
SECTION 10.02.    Form of Redemption Notice...................................49
SECTION 10.03.    Notes Payable on Redemption Date............................49

                         ARTICLE XI

                        Miscellaneous

SECTION 11.01.    Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc...................49
SECTION 11.02.    Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee............51
SECTION 11.03.    Acts of Noteholders.........................................52
SECTION 11.04.    Notices, etc., to Indenture Trustee, Issuer and Rating
                    Agencies..................52
SECTION 11.05.    Notices to Noteholders; Waiver..............................53
SECTION 11.06.    Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions.....................53
SECTION 11.07.    Conflict with Trust Indenture Act...........................54
SECTION 11.08.    Effect of Headings and Table of Contents....................54
SECTION 11.09.    Successors and Assigns......................................54
SECTION 11.10.    Separability................................................54
SECTION 11.11.    Benefits of Indenture.......................................54
SECTION 11.12.    Legal Holidays..............................................54
SECTION 11.13.    GOVERNING LAW...............................................54
SECTION 11.14.    Counterparts................................................54
SECTION 11.15.    Recording of Indenture......................................55
SECTION 11.16.    Trust Obligation............................................55
SECTION 11.17.    No Petition.................................................55
SECTION 11.18.    Inspection..................................................55


SCHEDULE A     -    Schedule of Receivables

EXHIBIT A-1    -    Form of Class A-1 Note
EXHIBIT A-2    -    Form of Class A-2 Note
EXHIBIT A-3    -    Form of Class A-3 Note
EXHIBIT A-4    -    Form of Class A-4 Note
EXHIBIT A-5    -    Form of Class B Note
EXHIBIT B      -    Form of Note Depository Agreement


<PAGE>


         INDENTURE dated as of [________] 1, [___], between PREMIER AUTO TRUST
[___-_], a Delaware business trust (the "Issuer"),  and [INDENTURE TRUSTEE], a
[____________________],  as trustee and not in its  individual  capacity  (the
"Indenture Trustee").

         Each party  agrees as follows  for the benefit of the other party and
for the equal and  ratable  benefit of the Holders of the  Issuer's  Class A-1
[____%]  Asset Backed Notes (the "Class A-1 Notes"),  Class A-2 [____%]  Asset
Backed  Notes (the "Class A-2  Notes"),  Class A-3 [____%]  Asset Backed Notes
(the "Class A-3 Notes"),  Class A-4 [____%] Asset Backed Notes (the "Class A-4
Notes" and,  together with the Class A-1 Notes,  the Class A-2 Notes and Class
A-3 Notes,  the "Class A Notes") and Class B [____%]  Asset  Backed Notes (the
"Class B Notes" and, together with the Class A Notes, the "Notes"):

                                GRANTING CLAUSE

         The Issuer  hereby  Grants to the  Indenture  Trustee at the  Closing
Date, as Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, all of
the Issuer's  right,  title and interest in and to (a) the Receivables and all
moneys  received  thereon on and after  [________ __, ____];  (b) the security
interests  in the  Financed  Vehicles  granted  by  Obligors  pursuant  to the
Receivables  and any other  interest of the Issuer in such Financed  Vehicles;
(c) any proceeds with respect to the  Receivables  from claims on any physical
damage,  credit  life  or  disability  insurance  policies  covering  Financed
Vehicles or Obligors;  (d) any proceeds with respect to the  Receivables  from
recourse to Dealers  thereon with respect to which the Servicer has determined
in accordance with its customary servicing procedures that eventual payment in
full is  unlikely;  (e)  any  Financed  Vehicle  that  shall  have  secured  a
Receivable  and that shall have been  acquired  by or on behalf of the Seller,
the Servicer, the Company or the Issuer; (f) all funds on deposit from time to
time in the Trust Accounts, including the Reserve Account Initial Deposit, and
in all investments and proceeds thereof  (including all income  thereon);  (g)
the Sale and Servicing  Agreement  (including  the Issuer's right to cause the
Seller to repurchase  Receivables from the Issuer under certain  circumstances
described therein); and (h) all present and future claims,  demands, causes of
action and chooses in action in respect of any or all of the foregoing and all
payments on or under and all proceeds of every kind and nature  whatsoever  in
respect  of  any  or  all of the  foregoing,  including  all  proceeds  of the
conversion  thereof,  voluntary  or  involuntary,  into  cash or other  liquid
property,  all cash proceeds,  accounts,  accounts receivable,  notes, drafts,
acceptances,  chattel paper,  checks,  deposit accounts,  insurance  proceeds,
condemnation  awards,  rights to payment of any and every kind and other forms
of obligations  and  receivables,  instruments and other property which at any
time  constitute  all or part of or are included in the proceeds of any of the
foregoing (collectively, the "Collateral").

         The  foregoing  Grant is made in  trust  to  secure  the  payment  of
principal of and interest on, and any other  amounts  owing in respect of, the
Notes, equally and ratably without prejudice,  priority or distinction, and to
secure  compliance with the provisions of this  Indenture,  all as provided in
this Indenture.

         The Indenture Trustee,  as Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Holders
of the Notes, acknowledges such Grant, accepts the trusts under this Indenture
in accordance  with the provisions of this Indenture and agrees to perform its
duties  required in this  Indenture to the best of its ability to the end that
the  interests of the Holders of the Notes may be adequately  and  effectively
protected.

                                   ARTICLE I

                  Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

         SECTION 1.01. (a) Definitions.  Except as otherwise  specified herein
or as the  context  may  otherwise  require,  the  following  terms  have  the
respective meanings set forth below for all purposes of this Indenture.

         "Act" has the meaning specified in Section 11.03(a).

         "Administration  Agreement" means the Administration  Agreement dated
as of  [_________]  1,  [___],  among the  Administrator,  the  Issuer and the
Indenture Trustee.

         "Administrator"  means Chrysler  Financial Company L.L.C., a Michigan
limited  liability  company,   or  any  successor   Administrator   under  the
Administration Agreement.

         "Affiliate"  means, with respect to any specified  Person,  any other
Person  controlling  or  controlled  by or  under  common  control  with  such
specified  Person.  For the purposes of this  definition,  "control" when used
with  respect  to any  Person  means the power to direct  the  management  and
policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership
of voting securities,  by contract or otherwise;  and the terms  "controlling"
and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

         "Authorized  Officer" means, with respect to the Issuer,  any officer
of the Owner Trustee who is authorized to act for the Owner Trustee in matters
relating  to the  Issuer  and who is  identified  on the  list  of  Authorized
Officers  delivered  by the Owner  Trustee  to the  Indenture  Trustee  on the
Closing Date (as such list may be modified or  supplemented  from time to time
thereafter)  and, so long as the  Administration  Agreement is in effect,  any
Vice President or more senior officer of the  Administrator  who is authorized
to act for the Administrator in matters relating to the Issuer and to be acted
upon by the Administrator pursuant to the Administration  Agreement and who is
identified on the list of Authorized  Officers  delivered by the Administrator
to the Indenture  Trustee on the Closing Date (as such list may be modified or
supplemented from time to time thereafter).

         "Basic   Documents"   means  the  Certificate  of  Trust,  the  Trust
Agreement,  the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  the Purchase  Agreement,  the
Administration  Agreement,  the Note Depository  Agreement and other documents
and certificates delivered in connection therewith.

         "Book-Entry  Notes"  means a  beneficial  interest  in the  Class A-1
Notes,  Class A-2 Notes,  Class A-3 Notes,  Class A-4 Notes and Class B Notes,
ownership  and  transfers  of which shall be made  through  book  entries by a
Clearing Agency as described in Section 2.11.

         "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day
on which banking  institutions  or trust companies in The City of New York are
authorized  or  obligated  by law,  regulation  or  executive  order to remain
closed.

         "Certificate  of Trust" means the  certificate of trust of the Issuer
substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Trust Agreement.

         "Class A Notes" means the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3
Notes and Class A-4 Notes.

         "Class  A-1  Interest  Accrual  Period"  means  the  period  from and
including the most recent  Distribution  Date on which  interest has been paid
(or, in the case of the first  Distribution  Date,  the  Closing  Date) to but
excluding the following Distribution Date.

         "Class A-1 Interest  Rate" means  [____%] per annum  (computed on the
basis of the actual  number of days in the Class A-1 Interest  Accrual  Period
divided by 360).

         "Class A-1 Notes"  means the Class A-1 [____%]  Asset  Backed  Notes,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1.

         "Class A-2 Interest  Rate" means  [____%] per annum  (computed on the
basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months).

         "Class A-2 Notes"  means the Class A-2 [____%]  Asset  Backed  Notes,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.

         "Class A-3 Interest  Rate" means  [____%] per annum  (computed on the
basis of a 360 day year consisting of twelve 30-day months).

         "Class A-3 Notes"  means the Class A-3 [____%]  Asset  Backed  Notes,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3.

         "Class A-4 Interest  Rate" means  [____%] per annum  (computed on the
basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months).

         "Class A-4 Notes"  means the Class A-4 [____%]  Asset  Backed  Notes,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A-4.

         "Class B Interest  Rate"  means  [____%] per annum  (computed  on the
basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months).

         "Class B  Notes"  means  the  Class B  [____%]  Asset  Backed  Notes,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A-5.

         "Clearing  Agency"  means an  organization  registered as a "clearing
agency" pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act.

         "Clearing Agency  Participant"  means a broker,  dealer,  bank, other
financial  institution  or other  Person for whom from time to time a Clearing
Agency effects book-entry  transfers and pledges of securities  deposited with
the Clearing Agency.

         "Closing Date" means [________ __, ____].

         "Code" means the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time
to time, and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

         "Collateral" has the meaning specified in the Granting Clause of this
Indenture.

         "Company"  means  Premier  Receivables  L.L.C.,  a  Michigan  limited
liability company,  any successor in interest and any transferee of the Rights
(as  defined in the  Purchase  Agreement)  that  becomes  such  transferee  in
accordance with Section 5.06 of the Purchase Agreement.

         "Corporate  Trust Office" means the principal office of the Indenture
Trustee at which at any particular  time its corporate trust business shall be
administered,  which  office at the date of  execution  of this  Agreement  is
located       at       [__________________________________],        Attention:
[____________________],  or at such other address as the Indenture Trustee may
designate from time to time by notice to the  Noteholders  and the Issuer,  or
the principal corporate trust office of any successor Indenture Trustee at the
address  designated  by such  successor  Indenture  Trustee  by  notice to the
Noteholders and the Issuer.

         "Default"  means any occurrence  that is, or with notice or the lapse
of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

         "Definitive Notes" has the meaning specified in Section 2.11.

         "Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 5.01.

         "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

         "Executive Officer" means, with respect to any corporation, the Chief
Executive  Officer,   Chief  Operating   Officer,   Chief  Financial  Officer,
President,  Executive Vice President, any Vice President, the Secretary or the
Treasurer  of such  corporation;  and with  respect  to any  partnership,  any
general partner thereof.

         "Grant" means mortgage,  pledge, bargain, warrant,  alienate, remise,
release,  convey,  assign,  transfer,  create,  and  grant a lien  upon  and a
security  interest in and a right of set-off  against,  deposit,  set over and
confirm pursuant to this Indenture.  A Grant of the Collateral or of any other
agreement or instrument shall include all rights, powers and options (but none
of the obligations) of the granting party thereunder,  including the immediate
and  continuing  right to claim for,  collect,  receive  and give  receipt for
principal  and interest  payments in respect of the  Collateral  and all other
moneys   payable   thereunder,   to  give  and   receive   notices  and  other
communications,  to make waivers or other  agreements,  to exercise all rights
and  options,  to  bring  Proceedings  in the  name of the  granting  party or
otherwise, and generally to do and receive anything that the granting party is
or may be entitled to do or receive thereunder or with respect thereto.

         "Holder"  or  "Noteholder"  means the  Person in whose name a Note is
registered on the Note Register.

         "Indenture     Trustee"     means     [Indenture      Trustee],     a
[___________________],  as  Indenture  Trustee  under this  Indenture,  or any
successor Indenture Trustee under this Indenture.

         "Independent"  means, when used with respect to any specified Person,
that the Person (a) is in fact independent of the Issuer, any other obligor on
the Notes, the Seller and any Affiliate of any of the foregoing  Persons,  (b)
does not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial
interest in the Issuer, any such other obligor, the Seller or any Affiliate of
any of the  foregoing  Persons and (c) is not connected  with the Issuer,  any
such  other  obligor,  the  Seller or any  Affiliate  of any of the  foregoing
Persons as an officer,  employee,  promoter,  underwriter,  trustee,  partner,
director or person performing similar functions.

         "Independent  Certificate"  means  a  certificate  or  opinion  to be
delivered to the Indenture Trustee under the  circumstances  described in, and
otherwise  complying with, the applicable  requirements of Section 11.01, made
by an Independent  appraiser or other expert  appointed by an Issuer Order and
approved by the Indenture Trustee in the exercise of reasonable care, and such
opinion or certificate  shall state that the signer has read the definition of
"Independent" in this Indenture and that the signer is Independent  within the
meaning thereof.

         "Interest  Accrual  Period" means,  with respect to any  Distribution
Date and the  Notes,  other  than the Class A-1  Notes,  the  period  from and
including  the  [_______]  day  of the  month  preceding  the  month  of  such
Distribution Date (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, the Closing
Date) to and including the  [________]  day of the month of such  Distribution
Date.

         "Interest  Rate"  means the Class A-1  Interest  Rate,  the Class A-2
Interest Rate, the Class A-3 Interest Rate, the Class A-4 Interest Rate or the
Class B Interest Rate.

         "Issuer" means Premier Auto Trust [___-_] until a successor  replaces
it and,  thereafter,  means the  successor  and, for purposes of any provision
contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the Notes.

         "Issuer  Order" or "Issuer  Request" means a written order or request
signed in the name of the  Issuer by any one of its  Authorized  Officers  and
delivered to the Indenture Trustee.

         "Notes"  means  Class A-1 Notes,  Class A-2  Notes,  Class A-3 Notes,
Class A-4 Notes or Class B Notes.

         "Note  Depository  Agreement" means the agreement dated [________ __,
____],  among the Issuer,  the  Administrator,  the Indenture  Trustee and The
Depository  Trust Company,  as the initial  Clearing  Agency,  relating to the
Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes
and the Class B Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

         "Note Owner" means, with respect to a Book-Entry Note, the Person who
is the beneficial  owner of such Book-Entry Note, as reflected on the books of
the Clearing  Agency or on the books of a Person  maintaining  an account with
such  Clearing  Agency  (directly as a Clearing  Agency  Participant  or as an
indirect  participant,  in each  case in  accordance  with  the  rules of such
Clearing Agency).

         "Note  Register" and "Note  Registrar"  have the respective  meanings
specified in Section 2.05.

         "Officer's  Certificate" means a certificate signed by any Authorized
Officer of the Issuer,  under the  circumstances  described  in, and otherwise
complying with, the applicable requirements of Section 11.01, and delivered to
the  Indenture  Trustee.  Unless  otherwise  specified,  any reference in this
Indenture to an Officer's  Certificate shall be to an Officer's Certificate of
any Authorized Officer of the Issuer.

         "Opinion of Counsel"  means one or more  written  opinions of counsel
who may,  except as  otherwise  expressly  provided in this  Indenture,  be an
employee  of or counsel to the  Issuer  and who shall be  satisfactory  to the
Indenture  Trustee,  and which  opinion or opinions  shall be addressed to the
Indenture  Trustee as  Indenture  Trustee,  shall  comply with any  applicable
requirements of Section 11.01 and shall be in form and substance  satisfactory
to the Indenture Trustee.

         "Outstanding"  means,  as of the  date of  determination,  all  Notes
theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture except:

              (i)  Notes  theretofore  cancelled  by  the  Note  Registrar  or
         delivered to the Note Registrar for cancellation;

              (ii) Notes or  portions  thereof  the payment for which money in
         the  necessary  amount  has  been  theretofore   deposited  with  the
         Indenture  Trustee  or any Paying  Agent in trust for the  Holders of
         such Notes (PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if such Notes are to be redeemed,
         notice  of such  redemption  has been  duly  given  pursuant  to this
         Indenture or provision for such notice has been made, satisfactory to
         the Indenture Trustee); and

              (iii) Notes in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have
         been  authenticated  and delivered  pursuant to this Indenture unless
         proof  satisfactory  to the Indenture  Trustee is presented  that any
         such Notes are held by a bona fide purchaser;

PROVIDED, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite Outstanding
Amount of the Notes have given any request, demand, authorization,  direction,
notice,  consent or waiver hereunder or under any Basic Document,  Notes owned
by the Issuer,  any other obligor upon the Notes,  the Seller or any Affiliate
of any of the  foregoing  Persons  shall be  disregarded  and deemed not to be
Outstanding,  except that, in determining  whether the Indenture Trustee shall
be  protected  in  relying  upon  any  such  request,  demand,  authorization,
direction,  notice,  consent or waiver,  only Notes that the Indenture Trustee
knows to be so owned  shall be so  disregarded.  Notes so owned that have been
pledged  in  good  faith  may  be  regarded  as  Outstanding  if  the  pledgee
establishes to the  satisfaction of the Indenture  Trustee the pledgee's right
so to act with  respect to such Notes and that the  pledgee is not the Issuer,
any other  obligor upon the Notes,  the Seller or any  Affiliate of any of the
foregoing Persons.

         "Outstanding  Amount"  means the  aggregate  principal  amount of all
Notes,  or  Class  of  Notes,  as  applicable,  Outstanding  at  the  date  of
determination.

         "Owner Trustee" means [Owner Trustee], not in its individual capacity
but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement,  or any successor Owner
Trustee under the Trust Agreement.

         "Paying  Agent" means the Indenture  Trustee or any other Person that
meets the eligibility standards for the Indenture Trustee specified in Section
6.11 and is  authorized  by the Issuer to make  payments to and  distributions
from the  Collection  Account  and the Note  Distribution  Account,  including
payments of principal of or interest on the Notes on behalf of the Issuer.

         "Payment Date" means a Distribution Date.

         "Person"  means any  individual,  corporation,  estate,  partnership,
joint  venture,  association,   joint  stock  company,  trust  (including  any
beneficiary thereof),  unincorporated organization or government or any agency
or political subdivision thereof.

         "Predecessor  Note" means, with respect to any particular Note, every
previous Note  evidencing  all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced
by such  particular  Note; and, for the purpose of this  definition,  any Note
authenticated  and delivered under Section 2.06 in lieu of a mutilated,  lost,
destroyed  or stolen  Note  shall be deemed to  evidence  the same debt as the
mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note.

         "Proceeding"  means  any  suit  in  equity,  action  at law or  other
judicial or administrative proceeding.

         "Purchase  Agreement"  means  the  Purchase  Agreement  dated  as  of
[________] 1, [___], between the Seller and the Company.

         "Rating Agency  Condition"  means,  with respect to any action,  that
each Rating Agency shall have been given 10 days (or such shorter period as is
acceptable to each Rating  Agency)  prior notice  thereof and that each of the
Rating Agencies shall have notified the Seller, the Servicer and the Issuer in
writing that such action will not result in a reduction or  withdrawal  of the
then current rating of the Notes.

         "Rating  Agency" means Moody's  Investor's  Service  ("Moody's")  and
Standard  &  Poor's  Ratings  Services  ("Standard  &  Poor's").  If  no  such
organization or successor is any longer in existence, "Rating Agency" shall be
a nationally  recognized  statistical rating  organization or other comparable
Person designated by the Issuer, notice of which designation shall be given to
the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Servicer. Any notice required
to be given to a Rating Agency  pursuant to this Agreement shall also be given
to Fitch IBCA, Inc. and Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.,  although,  except as
set  forth  above,  neither  shall be  deemed  to be a Rating  Agency  for any
purposes of this Agreement.

         "Record  Date"  means,   with  respect  to  a  Distribution  Date  or
Redemption  Date, the close of business on the day immediately  preceding such
Distribution  Date or Redemption Date or, if Definitive Notes have been issued
pursuant to Section 2.13, the 15th day of the preceding month.

         "Redemption  Date" means,  in the case of a  redemption  of the Notes
pursuant to Section 10.01, the Distribution  Date specified by the Servicer or
the Issuer pursuant to Section 10.01.

         "Redemption Price" means in connection with a redemption of the Notes
pursuant to Section 10.01, an amount equal to the unpaid  principal  amount of
the Notes  redeemed plus accrued and unpaid  interest  thereon at the weighted
average of the Interest Rates for each Class of Notes being so redeemed to but
excluding the Redemption Date.

         "Registered  Holder"  means  the  Person  in  whose  name a  Note  is
registered on the Note Register on the applicable Record Date.

         "Responsible  Officer" means, with respect to the Indenture  Trustee,
any  officer  within the  Corporate  Trust  Office of the  Indenture  Trustee,
including any Vice President,  Assistant Vice President,  Assistant Treasurer,
Assistant  Secretary or any other officer of the Indenture Trustee customarily
performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated
officers and also, with respect to a particular  matter,  any other officer to
whom such  matter is  referred  because  of such  officer's  knowledge  of and
familiarity with the particular subject.

         "Sale and Servicing Agreement" means the Sale and Servicing Agreement
dated as of  [________]  1, [___],  between the Issuer and Chrysler  Financial
Company L.L.C., as Seller and Servicer.

         "Schedule of Receivables" means the list of the Receivables set forth
in Schedule A (which Schedule may be in the form of microfiche).

         "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         "Seller" means Chrysler  Financial Company L.L.C., in its capacity as
seller under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and its successor in interest.

         "Servicer" means Chrysler  Financial  Company L.L.C., in its capacity
as servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and any Successor Servicer
thereunder.

         "State"  means  any one of the 50  States  of the  United  States  of
America or the District of Columbia.

         "Successor Servicer" has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(e).

         "Telerate  Page 3750" means the page so  designated  on the Dow Jones
Telerate  Service or such other page as may replace that page on that service,
or such other service as may be nominated as the information  vendor,  for the
purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks.

         "Trust  Estate"  means  all  money,  instruments,  rights  and  other
property  that are subject or intended to be subject to the lien and  security
interest  of this  Indenture  for the benefit of the  Noteholders  (including,
without  limitation,  all  property  and  interests  Granted to the  Indenture
Trustee), including all proceeds thereof.

         "Trust  Indenture Act" or "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939
as in force on the date hereof, unless otherwise specifically provided.

         "UCC"  means,  unless the  context  otherwise  requires,  the Uniform
Commercial  Code, as in effect in the relevant  jurisdiction,  as amended from
time to time.

         (b)  Except  as  otherwise  specified  herein or as the  context  may
otherwise  require,  capitalized  terms used but not otherwise  defined herein
have the respective meanings set forth in the Sale and Servicing Agreement for
all purposes of this Indenture.

         SECTION  1.02.  Incorporation  by Reference of Trust  Indenture  Act.
Whenever  this  Indenture  refers to a provision of the TIA, the  provision is
incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.  The following
TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

         "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         "indenture securities" means the Notes.

         "indenture security holder" means a Noteholder.

         "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture.

         "indenture  trustee" or  "institutional  trustee" means the Indenture
Trustee.

         "obligor" on the indenture  securities means the Issuer and any other
obligor on the indenture securities.

         All other TIA terms used in this  Indenture  that are  defined by the
TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule
have the meaning assigned to them by such definitions.

         SECTION 1.03.  Rules of  Construction.  Unless the context  otherwise
requires:

              (i) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

              (ii) an accounting  term not  otherwise  defined has the meaning
         assigned  to it in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
         principles as in effect from time to time;

              (iii) "or" is not exclusive;

              (iv) "including" means including without limitation;

              (v) words in the  singular  include  the plural and words in the
         plural include the singular; and

              (vi) any agreement, instrument or statute defined or referred to
         herein or in any  instrument or  certificate  delivered in connection
         herewith means such agreement,  instrument or statute as from time to
         time amended,  modified or supplemented  and includes (in the case of
         agreements or instruments)  references to all attachments thereto and
         instruments incorporated therein;  references to a Person are also to
         its permitted successors and assigns.

                                  ARTICLE II

                                   The Notes

         SECTION 2.01.  Form.  The Class A-1 Notes,  the Class A-2 Notes,  the
Class A-3  Notes,  the  Class  A-4  Notes and the Class B Notes,  in each case
together with the Indenture Trustee's certificate of authentication,  shall be
in substantially  the form set forth in Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2, Exhibit A-3,
Exhibit A-4 and Exhibit A-5, respectively,  with such appropriate  insertions,
omissions,  substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by
this  Indenture,  and may  have  such  letters,  numbers  or  other  marks  of
identification  and  such  legends  or  endorsements  placed  thereon  as may,
consistently  herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Notes, as
evidenced by their execution of the Notes. Any portion of the text of any Note
may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto
on the face of the Note.

         The definitive Notes shall be typewritten,  printed,  lithographed or
engraved or  produced by any  combination  of these  methods  (with or without
steel  engraved  borders),  all as determined by the officers  executing  such
Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

         Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of
the Notes set forth in Exhibit A-1,  Exhibit A-2, Exhibit A-3, Exhibit A-4 and
Exhibit A-5 are part of the terms of this Indenture.

         SECTION 2.02. Execution, Authentication and Delivery. The Notes shall
be executed  on behalf of the Issuer by any of its  Authorized  Officers.  The
signature  of any such  Authorized  Officer  on the  Notes  may be  manual  or
facsimile.

         Notes bearing the manual or facsimile  signature of  individuals  who
were at any time  Authorized  Officers  of the Issuer  shall bind the  Issuer,
notwithstanding  that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such
offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold
such offices at the date of such Notes.

         The  Indenture  Trustee  shall upon  Issuer  Order  authenticate  and
deliver Class A-1 Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of
[$____________],  Class A-2 Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal
amount of [$____________],  Class A-3 Notes for original issue in an aggregate
principal amount of [$____________],  Class A-4 Notes for original issue in an
aggregate  principal amount of [$____________]  and Class B Notes for original
issue in an  aggregate  principal  amount of  [$____________].  The  aggregate
principal amount of Class A-1 Notes,  Class A-2 Notes,  Class A-3 Notes, Class
A-4  Notes  and  Class B Notes  outstanding  at any time may not  exceed  such
respective amounts except as provided in Section 2.06.

         Each Note  shall be dated the date of its  authentication.  The Notes
shall be issuable as registered  Notes in the minimum  denomination  of $1,000
and in integral multiples thereof.

         No Note shall be entitled to any benefit  under this  Indenture or be
valid or  obligatory  for any  purpose,  unless  there  appears on such Note a
certificate of  authentication  substantially  in the form provided for herein
executed  by the  Indenture  Trustee  by the  manual  signature  of one of its
authorized signatories, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive
evidence,  and the only evidence,  that such Note has been duly  authenticated
and delivered hereunder.

         SECTION 2.03.  Temporary Notes. Pending the preparation of definitive
Notes,  the  Issuer  may  execute,  and upon  receipt  of an Issuer  Order the
Indenture  Trustee shall  authenticate  and deliver,  temporary Notes that are
printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, of the
tenor of the  definitive  Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such
variations not  inconsistent  with the terms of this Indenture as the officers
executing  such Notes may determine,  as evidenced by their  execution of such
Notes.

         If  temporary  Notes are issued,  the Issuer  shall cause  definitive
Notes to be prepared  without  unreasonable  delay.  After the  preparation of
definitive  Notes,  the temporary Notes shall be  exchangeable  for definitive
Notes upon  surrender  of the  temporary  Notes at the office or agency of the
Issuer to be  maintained as provided in Section  3.02,  without  charge to the
Holder.  Upon surrender for  cancellation of any one or more temporary  Notes,
the Issuer shall execute,  and the Indenture  Trustee shall  authenticate  and
deliver in exchange  therefor,  a like principal amount of definitive Notes of
authorized denominations. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all
respects be entitled to the same benefits  under this  Indenture as definitive
Notes.

         SECTION 2.04.     [Reserved].

         SECTION 2.05.  Registration;  Registration  of Transfer and Exchange.
The Issuer shall cause to be kept a register  (the "Note  Register")  in which
the Issuer shall provide for the registration of Notes and the registration of
transfers  of  Notes.  The  Indenture  Trustee  initially  shall be the  "Note
Registrar"  for the purpose of  registering  Notes and  transfers  of Notes as
herein provided. Upon any resignation of any Note Registrar,  the Issuer shall
promptly appoint a successor or, if it elects not to make such an appointment,
assume the duties of Note Registrar.

         If a Person  other than the  Indenture  Trustee is  appointed  by the
Issuer as Note  Registrar,  the Issuer will give the Indenture  Trustee prompt
written notice of the  appointment of such Note Registrar and of the location,
and any  change  in the  location,  of the Note  Register,  and the  Indenture
Trustee  shall have the right to inspect the Note  Register at all  reasonable
times and to obtain copies thereof,  and the Indenture  Trustee shall have the
right to rely upon a certificate  executed on behalf of the Note  Registrar by
an Executive  Officer  thereof as to the names and addresses of the Holders of
the Notes and the principal amounts and number of such Notes.

         Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office
or agency of the Issuer to be  maintained  as provided in Section 3.02, if the
requirements of Section  8-401(a) of the UCC are met the Issuer shall execute,
and the Indenture  Trustee shall  authenticate and the Noteholder shall obtain
from the  Indenture  Trustee,  in the  name of the  designated  transferee  or
transferees,  one or more  new  Notes  of the  same  Class  in any  authorized
denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount.

         At the option of the Holder,  Notes may be exchanged  for other Notes
of  the  same  Class  in any  authorized  denominations,  of a like  aggregate
principal  amount,  upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office
or  agency.  Whenever  any  Notes  are so  surrendered  for  exchange,  if the
requirements of Section  8-401(a) of the UCC are met the Issuer shall execute,
and the Indenture  Trustee shall  authenticate and the Noteholder shall obtain
from the Indenture Trustee, the Notes which the Noteholder making the exchange
is entitled to receive.

         All Notes  issued  upon any  registration  of transfer or exchange of
Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer,  evidencing the same debt,
and  entitled  to the  same  benefits  under  this  Indenture,  as  the  Notes
surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

         Every Note presented or surrendered  for  registration of transfer or
exchange shall be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written  instrument
of transfer in form  satisfactory  to the Indenture  Trustee duly executed by,
the Holder thereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing,  with
such signature  guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor  institution" meeting the
requirements of the Note Registrar,  which requirements  include membership or
participation in the Securities  Transfer Agent's  Medallion Program ("STAMP")
or such other "signature  guarantee  program" as may be determined by the Note
Registrar in addition to, or in  substitution  for,  STAMP,  all in accordance
with the Exchange Act.

         No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any  registration  of
transfer  or exchange  of Notes,  but the Issuer may require  payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or other  governmental  charge that may be imposed
in connection with any  registration  of transfer or exchange of Notes,  other
than exchanges pursuant to Section 2.03 or 9.06 not involving any transfer.

         The preceding provisions of this Section notwithstanding,  the Issuer
shall  not be  required  to make and the  Note  Registrar  need  not  register
transfers or exchanges of Notes  selected for  redemption or of any Note for a
period of 15 days  preceding  the due date for any payment with respect to the
Note.

         SECTION 2.06. Mutilated,  Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. If (i) any
mutilated  Note is  surrendered  to the  Indenture  Trustee,  or the Indenture
Trustee  receives  evidence to its  satisfaction of the  destruction,  loss or
theft of any Note,  and (ii) there is delivered to the Indenture  Trustee such
security  or  indemnity  as may be  required  by it to hold the Issuer and the
Indenture Trustee harmless,  then, in the absence of notice to the Issuer, the
Note Registrar or the Indenture  Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a
bona fide purchaser,  and provided that the  requirements of Section 8-405 and
8-406 of the UCC are met, the Issuer shall  execute,  and upon its request the
Indenture Trustee shall  authenticate and deliver,  in exchange for or in lieu
of any such mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or stolen Note, a replacement Note of
the same Class; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that if any such destroyed, lost or stolen
Note, but not a mutilated  Note,  shall have become or within seven days shall
be due and  payable,  or shall  have been  called for  redemption,  instead of
issuing a replacement Note, the Issuer may pay such destroyed,  lost or stolen
Note when so due or  payable or upon the  Redemption  Date  without  surrender
thereof.  If,  after the  delivery  of such  replacement  Note or payment of a
destroyed,  lost or stolen  Note  pursuant  to the  proviso  to the  preceding
sentence,  a bona fide  purchaser of the  original  Note in lieu of which such
replacement  Note was issued  presents for payment  such  original  Note,  the
Issuer and the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to recover such replacement
Note (or such  payment) from the Person to whom it was delivered or any Person
taking such  replacement  Note from such Person to whom such  replacement Note
was  delivered or any assignee of such Person,  except a bona fide  purchaser,
and shall be  entitled to recover  upon the  security  or  indemnity  provided
therefor to the extent of any loss,  damage,  cost or expense  incurred by the
Issuer or the Indenture Trustee in connection therewith.

         Upon the issuance of any  replacement  Note under this  Section,  the
Issuer may require the payment by the Holder of such Note of a sum  sufficient
to cover any tax or other governmental  charge that may be imposed in relation
thereto and any other reasonable  expenses (including the fees and expenses of
the Indenture Trustee) connected therewith.

         Every replacement Note issued pursuant to this Section in replacement
of any mutilated,  destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original
additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and
shall  be  entitled  to  all  the  benefits  of  this  Indenture  equally  and
proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

         The  provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall  preclude (to
the  extent  lawful)  all  other  rights  and  remedies  with  respect  to the
replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

         SECTION 2.07.  Persons  Deemed Owner.  Prior to due  presentment  for
registration  of transfer of any Note, the Issuer,  the Indenture  Trustee and
any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee may treat the Person in whose
name any Note is registered (as of the day of  determination)  as the owner of
such Note for the purpose of receiving  payments of principal of and interest,
if any,  on such Note and for all other  purposes  whatsoever,  whether or not
such Note be overdue,  and none of the Issuer,  the  Indenture  Trustee or any
agent of the Issuer or the  Indenture  Trustee  shall be affected by notice to
the contrary.

         SECTION 2.08. Payment of Principal and Interest;  Defaulted Interest.
(a) The Class A-1 Notes,  the Class A-2 Notes,  the Class A-3 Notes, the Class
A-4  Notes  and the  Class B Notes  shall  accrue  interest  at the  Class A-1
Interest  Rate,  the Class A-2 Interest Rate, the Class A-3 Interest Rate, the
Class A-4 Interest Rate and the Class B Interest  Rate,  respectively,  as set
forth in Exhibits A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4 and A-5, respectively,  and such interest
shall be payable on each  Distribution Date as specified  therein,  subject to
Section 3.01. Any installment of interest or principal  payable on a Note that
is  punctually  paid or duly  provided  for by the  Issuer  on the  applicable
Distribution  Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one
or more  Predecessor  Notes) is  registered on the Record Date by check mailed
first-class postage prepaid to such Person's address as it appears on the Note
Register on such Record Date,  except that,  unless Definitive Notes have been
issued  pursuant to Section  2.13,  with  respect to Notes  registered  on the
Record Date in the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency (initially, such
nominee  to be  Cede &  Co.),  payment  will  be  made  by  wire  transfer  in
immediately  available  funds to the account  designated  by such  nominee and
except for the final  installment  of  principal  payable with respect to such
Note  on a  Distribution  Date  or on the  applicable  class  final  scheduled
Distribution Date (and except for the Redemption Price for any Note called for
redemption  pursuant  to Section  10.01)  which  shall be payable as  provided
below. The funds represented by any such checks returned  undelivered shall be
held in accordance with Section 3.03.

         (b) The  principal of each Note shall be payable in  installments  on
each  Distribution  Date as  provided  in the  forms of the Notes set forth in
Exhibits A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4 and A-5. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire
unpaid  principal  amount  of the  Notes  shall  be due  and  payable,  if not
previously  paid, on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred
and  be  continuing,  if  the  Indenture  Trustee  or  Holders  of  the  Notes
representing  not less than a majority of the Outstanding  Amount of the Notes
have  declared  the Notes to be  immediately  due and  payable  in the  manner
provided in Section 5.02. All principal  payments on each Class of Notes shall
be made  pro rata to the  Noteholders  of such  Class  entitled  thereto.  The
Indenture  Trustee  shall notify the Person in whose name a Note is registered
at the close of business on the Record Date preceding the Distribution Date on
which the  Issuer  expects  that the final  installment  of  principal  of and
interest on such Note will be paid. Such notice shall be mailed or transmitted
by facsimile prior to such final Distribution Date and shall specify that such
final installment will be payable only upon presentation and surrender of such
Note and  shall  specify  the  place  where  such  Note may be  presented  and
surrendered  for  payment  of such  installment.  Notices in  connection  with
redemptions  of Notes  shall be mailed to  Noteholders  as provided in Section
10.02.

         (c) If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the
Issuer shall pay defaulted  interest (plus interest on such defaulted interest
to the extent  lawful) at the  applicable  Interest Rate in any lawful manner.
The Issuer may pay such defaulted  interest to the persons who are Noteholders
on a  subsequent  special  record  date,  which  date  shall be at least  five
Business Days prior to the payment  date.  The Issuer shall fix or cause to be
fixed any such  special  record date and payment  date,  and, at least 15 days
before any such special record date, the Issuer shall mail to each  Noteholder
a notice that states the special  record date, the payment date and the amount
of defaulted interest to be paid.

         SECTION  2.09.  Cancellation.  All  Notes  surrendered  for  payment,
registration of transfer,  exchange or redemption shall, if surrendered to any
Person other than the Indenture Trustee, be delivered to the Indenture Trustee
and shall be promptly  cancelled by the Indenture  Trustee.  The Issuer may at
any  time  deliver  to  the  Indenture  Trustee  for  cancellation  any  Notes
previously  authenticated  and delivered  hereunder  which the Issuer may have
acquired  in any  manner  whatsoever,  and all  Notes  so  delivered  shall be
promptly cancelled by the Indenture  Trustee.  No Notes shall be authenticated
in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes cancelled as provided in this Section,
except as expressly  permitted by this  Indenture.  All cancelled Notes may be
held or disposed of by the Indenture  Trustee in accordance  with its standard
retention or disposal  policy as in effect at the time unless the Issuer shall
direct by an Issuer  Order that they be  returned to it;  PROVIDED,  that such
Issuer Order is timely and the Notes have not been  previously  disposed of by
the Indenture Trustee.

         SECTION 2.10. Release of Collateral. Subject to Section 11.01 and the
terms of the Basic  Documents,  the Indenture  Trustee shall release  property
from the  lien of this  Indenture  only  upon  receipt  of an  Issuer  Request
accompanied by an Officer's Certificate, an Opinion of Counsel and Independent
Certificates in accordance with TIA Section  314(c) and 314(d)(1) or an Opinion
of Counsel in lieu of such Independent Certificates to the effect that the TIA
does not require any such Independent Certificates.

         SECTION 2.11.  Book-Entry Notes. The Notes,  upon original  issuance,
will be issued in the form of typewritten  Notes  representing  the Book-Entry
Notes, to be delivered to The Depository  Trust Company,  the initial Clearing
Agency,  by, or on behalf  of,  the  Issuer.  The  Book-Entry  Notes  shall be
registered  initially  on the Note  Register  in the  name of Cede & Co.,  the
nominee of the initial  Clearing  Agency,  and no Owner thereof will receive a
definitive Note  representing  such Note Owner's interest in such Note, except
as provided in Section 2.13.  Unless and until  definitive,  fully  registered
Notes (the  "Definitive  Notes") have been issued to such Note Owners pursuant
to Section 2.13:

              (i) the  provisions  of this Section  shall be in full force and
         effect;

              (ii) the  Note  Registrar  and the  Indenture  Trustee  shall be
         entitled to deal with the  Clearing  Agency for all  purposes of this
         Indenture  (including the payment of principal of and interest on the
         Notes and the giving of instructions or directions  hereunder) as the
         sole holder of the Notes,  and shall have no  obligation  to the Note
         Owners;

              (iii) to the extent that the provisions of this Section conflict
         with any other  provisions of this Indenture,  the provisions of this
         Section shall control;

              (iv) the rights of Note Owners shall be  exercised  only through
         the Clearing Agency and shall be limited to those  established by law
         and  agreements  between  such Note  Owners and the  Clearing  Agency
         and/or  the  Clearing  Agency  Participants   pursuant  to  the  Note
         Depository  Agreement.  Unless and until  Definitive Notes are issued
         pursuant  to Section  2.13,  the  initial  Clearing  Agency will make
         book-entry  transfers  among the  Clearing  Agency  Participants  and
         receive and  transmit  payments of  principal  of and interest on the
         Notes to such Clearing Agency Participants; and

              (v) whenever this  Indenture  requires or permits  actions to be
         taken  based  upon  instructions  or  directions  of Holders of Notes
         evidencing a specified  percentage of the  Outstanding  Amount of the
         Notes,  the  Clearing  Agency  shall  be  deemed  to  represent  such
         percentage  only to the extent that it has received  instructions  to
         such effect  from Note Owners  and/or  Clearing  Agency  Participants
         owning or representing, respectively, such required percentage of the
         beneficial  interest in the Notes and has delivered such instructions
         to the Indenture Trustee.

         SECTION 2.12. Notices to Clearing Agency.  Whenever a notice or other
communication to the Noteholders is required under this Indenture,  unless and
until  Definitive Notes shall have been issued to such Note Owners pursuant to
Section  2.13,  the  Indenture   Trustee  shall  give  all  such  notices  and
communications  specified  herein to be given to  Holders  of the Notes to the
Clearing Agency, and shall have no obligation to such Note Owners.

         SECTION 2.13.  Definitive Notes. If (i) the Administrator advises the
Indenture  Trustee in writing that the Clearing Agency is no longer willing or
able to properly discharge its responsibilities with respect to the Book-Entry
Notes and the  Administrator is unable to locate a qualified  successor,  (ii)
the  Administrator at its option advises the Indenture Trustee in writing that
it elects to terminate the book-entry  system  through the Clearing  Agency or
(iii)  after the  occurrence  of an Event of Default  or a  Servicer  Default,
Owners of the Book-Entry Notes representing  beneficial interests  aggregating
at least a  majority  of the  Outstanding  Amount  of such  Notes  advise  the
Clearing  Agency in  writing  that the  continuation  of a  book-entry  system
through the  Clearing  Agency is no longer in the best  interests of such Note
Owners,  then  the  Clearing  Agency  shall  notify  all Note  Owners  and the
Indenture  Trustee of the occurrence of any such event and of the availability
of Definitive Notes to Note Owners  requesting the same. Upon surrender to the
Indenture Trustee of the typewritten  Notes  representing the Book-Entry Notes
by the Clearing Agency, accompanied by registration  instructions,  the Issuer
shall execute and the  Indenture  Trustee shall  authenticate  the  Definitive
Notes in accordance with the instructions of the Clearing Agency.  None of the
Issuer,  the Note  Registrar or the Indenture  Trustee shall be liable for any
delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall
be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of Definitive
Notes,  the Indenture  Trustee shall  recognize the Holders of the  Definitive
Notes as Noteholders.

         SECTION  2.14.  Tax  Treatment.  The  Issuer  has  entered  into this
Indenture,  and the Notes will be issued,  with the  intention  that,  for all
purposes  including  federal,  state and local  income,  single  business  and
franchise tax purposes,  the Notes will qualify as indebtedness secured by the
Trust  Estate.  The  Issuer,  by  entering  into  this  Indenture,   and  each
Noteholder, by its acceptance of a Note (and each Note Owner by its acceptance
of an interest in the applicable  Book-Entry  Note),  agree to treat the Notes
for all purposes  including federal,  state and local income,  single business
and franchise tax purposes as indebtedness of the Issuer.

                                  ARTICLE III

                                   Covenants

         SECTION 3.01. Payment of Principal and Interest. The Issuer will duly
and  punctually  pay the  principal of and  interest,  if any, on the Notes in
accordance  with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture.  Without  limiting
the  foregoing,  subject  to  Section  8.02(c),  the  Issuer  will cause to be
distributed  all  amounts  on deposit  in the Note  Distribution  Account on a
Distribution  Date  deposited  therein  pursuant  to the  Sale  and  Servicing
Agreement  (i) for the  benefit  of the  Class  A-1  Notes,  to the  Class A-1
Noteholders,  (ii) for the  benefit of the Class A-2  Notes,  to the Class A-2
Noteholders,  (iii) for the  benefit of the Class A-3 Notes,  to the Class A-3
Noteholders,  (iv) for the  benefit of the Class A-4  Notes,  to the Class A-4
Noteholders  and (v) for the  benefit  of the  Class B Notes,  to the  Class B
Noteholders;  PROVIDED that on any Distribution  Date no payment shall be made
on the Class B Notes until  payments of interest then due on the Class A Notes
have been made.  Amounts properly withheld under the Code by any Person from a
payment to any Noteholder of interest and/or  principal shall be considered as
having  been paid by the Issuer to such  Noteholder  for all  purposes of this
Indenture.

         SECTION  3.02.  Maintenance  of Office or  Agency.  The  Issuer  will
maintain  in the  Borough  of  Manhattan,  The City of New York,  an office or
agency  where  Notes  may be  surrendered  for  registration  of  transfer  or
exchange,  and where  notices  and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of
the Notes and this  Indenture  may be  served.  The  Issuer  hereby  initially
appoints  the  Indenture  Trustee  to serve  as its  agent  for the  foregoing
purposes.  The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Indenture Trustee
of the  location,  and of any change in the  location,  of any such  office or
agency.  If at any time the Issuer  shall fail to maintain  any such office or
agency  or shall  fail to  furnish  the  Indenture  Trustee  with the  address
thereof,  such  surrenders,  notices  and demands may be made or served at the
Corporate Trust Office,  and the Issuer hereby appoints the Indenture  Trustee
as its agent to receive all such surrenders, notices and demands.

         SECTION 3.03.  Money for Payments To Be Held in Trust. As provided in
Section  8.02(a) and (b), all payments of amounts due and payable with respect
to any Notes that are to be made from amounts  withdrawn  from the  Collection
Account and the Note Distribution Account pursuant to Section 8.02(c) shall be
made on behalf of the Issuer by the  Indenture  Trustee  or by another  Paying
Agent,  and no amounts so withdrawn from the  Collection  Account and the Note
Distribution  Account  for  payments of Notes shall be paid over to the Issuer
except as provided in this Section.

         On or before the Business Day preceding  each  Distribution  Date and
Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit or cause to be deposited in the Note
Distribution  Account an  aggregate  sum  sufficient  to pay the amounts  then
becoming due under the Notes,  such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of
the Persons  entitled  thereto,  and (unless the Paying Agent is the Indenture
Trustee) shall promptly notify the Indenture  Trustee of its action or failure
so to act.

         The Issuer  will cause each  Paying  Agent  other than the  Indenture
Trustee to execute and deliver to the Indenture Trustee an instrument in which
such Paying Agent shall agree with the Indenture Trustee (and if the Indenture
Trustee acts as Paying Agent, it hereby so agrees),  subject to the provisions
of this Section, that such Paying Agent will:

              (i) hold all sums held by it for the payment of amounts due with
         respect to the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled
         thereto  until such sums shall be paid to such  Persons or  otherwise
         disposed of as herein  provided  and pay such sums to such Persons as
         herein provided;

              (ii) give the  Indenture  Trustee  notice of any  default by the
         Issuer (or any other  obligor  upon the Notes) of which it has actual
         knowledge  in the  making  of any  payment  required  to be made with
         respect to the Notes;

              (iii) at any time during the  continuance  of any such  default,
         upon the written request of the Indenture  Trustee,  forthwith pay to
         the Indenture Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent;

              (iv)  immediately  resign as a Paying Agent and forthwith pay to
         the Indenture Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payment of
         Notes if at any time it ceases to meet the  standards  required to be
         met by a Paying Agent at the time of its appointment; and

              (v) comply with all requirements of the Code with respect to the
         withholding  from  any  payments  made  by it on  any  Notes  of  any
         applicable  withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any
         applicable reporting requirements in connection therewith.

         The  Issuer  may at any  time,  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  the
satisfaction  and  discharge of this  Indenture or for any other  purpose,  by
Issuer Order direct any Paying Agent to pay to the Indenture  Trustee all sums
held in trust by such  Paying  Agent,  such  sums to be held by the  Indenture
Trustee  upon the same  trusts as those  upon which the sums were held by such
Paying  Agent;  and upon such  payment  by any Paying  Agent to the  Indenture
Trustee,  such Paying Agent shall be released from all further  liability with
respect to such money.

         Subject to  applicable  laws with  respect  to escheat of funds,  any
money  held by the  Indenture  Trustee  or any  Paying  Agent in trust for the
payment of any amount due with respect to any Note and remaining unclaimed for
two years  after such amount has become due and  payable  shall be  discharged
from such trust and be paid to the Issuer on Issuer Request; and the Holder of
such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the
Issuer for payment  thereof  (but only to the extent of the amounts so paid to
the Issuer),  and all liability of the Indenture  Trustee or such Paying Agent
with respect to such trust money shall  thereupon  cease;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,
that the Indenture Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make
any such repayment,  shall at the expense and direction of the Issuer cause to
be  published  once,  in  a  newspaper  published  in  the  English  language,
customarily  published on each Business Day and of general  circulation in The
City of New York,  notice that such money remains  unclaimed and that, after a
date specified therein,  which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of
such  publication,  any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be
repaid to the Issuer.  The Indenture  Trustee shall also adopt and employ,  at
the  expense  and  direction  of the  Issuer,  any other  reasonable  means of
notification of such repayment (including,  but not limited to, mailing notice
of such  repayment  to Holders  whose Notes have been called but have not been
surrendered  for  redemption  or whose  right to or interest in moneys due and
payable but not  claimed is  determinable  from the  records of the  Indenture
Trustee or of any Paying  Agent,  at the last  address of record for each such
Holder).

         SECTION  3.04.  Existence.  The Issuer  will keep in full  effect its
existence,  rights and  franchises  as a business  trust under the laws of the
State of Delaware (unless it becomes,  or any successor Issuer hereunder is or
becomes,  organized  under the laws of any other State or of the United States
of America,  in which case the Issuer will keep in full effect its  existence,
rights  and  franchises  under the laws of such other  jurisdiction)  and will
obtain and preserve its  qualification to do business in each  jurisdiction in
which such  qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the validity and
enforceability  of this  Indenture,  the Notes,  the Collateral and each other
instrument or agreement included in the Trust Estate.

         SECTION 3.05.  Protection of Trust Estate.  The Issuer will from time
to time execute and deliver all such supplements and amendments hereto and all
such financing  statements,  continuation  statements,  instruments of further
assurance and other instruments,  and will take such other action necessary or
advisable to:

              (i) maintain or preserve the lien and security interest (and the
         priority thereof) of this Indenture or carry out more effectively the
         purposes hereof;

              (ii) perfect,  publish  notice of or protect the validity of any
         Grant made or to be made by this Indenture;

              (iii) enforce any of the Collateral; or

              (iv)  preserve  and  defend  title to the Trust  Estate  and the
         rights of the  Indenture  Trustee and the  Noteholders  in such Trust
         Estate against the claims of all persons and parties.

         The Issuer  hereby  designates  the  Indenture  Trustee its agent and
attorney-in-fact to execute any financing statement, continuation statement or
other instrument required to be executed pursuant to this Section 3.05.

         SECTION 3.06.  Opinions as to Trust Estate.  (a) On the Closing Date,
the Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel either
stating that, in the opinion of such counsel,  such action has been taken with
respect  to the  recording  and  filing  of  this  Indenture,  any  indentures
supplemental  hereto, and any other requisite  documents,  and with respect to
the  execution  and  filing  of  any  financing  statements  and  continuation
statements,  as are  necessary  to  perfect  and make  effective  the lien and
security  interest of this  Indenture and reciting the details of such action,
or stating that,  in the opinion of such counsel,  no such action is necessary
to make such lien and security interest effective.

         (b) On or before  March  31,  in each  calendar  year,  beginning  in
[____],  the  Issuer  shall  furnish  to the  Indenture  Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel either  stating that, in the opinion of such counsel,  such action has
been taken with respect to the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of
this  Indenture,  any indentures  supplemental  hereto and any other requisite
documents  and with  respect  to the  execution  and  filing of any  financing
statements  and  continuation  statements as is necessary to maintain the lien
and security  interest  created by this  Indenture and reciting the details of
such action,  or stating that in the opinion of such counsel no such action is
necessary to maintain such lien and security interest. Such Opinion of Counsel
shall also describe the recording,  filing,  re-recording and refiling of this
Indenture,   any  indentures  supplemental  hereto  and  any  other  requisite
documents  and the  execution  and  filing  of any  financing  statements  and
continuation statements that will, in the opinion of such counsel, be required
to maintain the lien and security interest of this Indenture until March 31 in
the following calendar year.

         SECTION 3.07.  Performance of Obligations;  Servicing of Receivables.
(a) The Issuer  will not take any action and will use its best  efforts not to
permit any action to be taken by others that would release any Person from any
of such Person's  material  covenants or  obligations  under any instrument or
agreement  included in the Trust Estate or that would result in the amendment,
hypothecation,  subordination,  termination  or  discharge  of, or impair  the
validity or  effectiveness  of, any such  instrument or  agreement,  except as
expressly provided in this Indenture, the Sale and Servicing Agreement or such
other instrument or agreement.

         (b) The  Issuer  may  contract  with  other  Persons  to assist it in
performing its duties under this Indenture, and any performance of such duties
by a Person identified to the Indenture Trustee in an Officer's Certificate of
the Issuer  shall be deemed to be action taken by the Issuer.  Initially,  the
Issuer has contracted  with the Servicer and the  Administrator  to assist the
Issuer in performing its duties under this Indenture.

         (c)  The  Issuer  will  punctually  perform  and  observe  all of its
obligations and agreements  contained in this  Indenture,  the Basic Documents
and in the instruments and agreements included in the Trust Estate,  including
but not limited to filing or causing to be filed all UCC financing  statements
and  continuation  statements  required  to be  filed  by the  terms  of  this
Indenture and the Sale and Servicing  Agreement in accordance  with and within
the time  periods  provided  for  herein  and  therein.  Except  as  otherwise
expressly  provided  therein,  the  Issuer  shall not  waive,  amend,  modify,
supplement or terminate any Basic  Document or any provision  thereof  without
the consent of the Indenture  Trustee or the Holders of at least a majority of
the Outstanding Amount of the Notes.

         (d) If the  Issuer  shall  have  knowledge  of  the  occurrence  of a
Servicer  Default  under the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  the Issuer shall
promptly  notify the Indenture  Trustee and the Rating Agencies  thereof,  and
shall  specify in such  notice the action,  if any,  the Issuer is taking with
respect to such default. If a Servicer Default shall arise from the failure of
the  Servicer to perform any of its duties or  obligations  under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement with respect to the Receivables, the Issuer shall take all
reasonable steps available to it to remedy such failure.

         (e) As promptly as possible after the giving of notice of termination
to the Servicer of the Servicer's  rights and powers  pursuant to Section 8.01
of the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  the Issuer  shall  appoint a successor
servicer (the "Successor Servicer"),  and such Successor Servicer shall accept
its appointment by a written  assumption in a form acceptable to the Indenture
Trustee.  In the event that a Successor  Servicer has not been  appointed  and
accepted  its  appointment  at the time  when the  Servicer  ceases  to act as
Servicer,  the Indenture Trustee without further action shall automatically be
appointed the  Successor  Servicer.  The  Indenture  Trustee may resign as the
Servicer by giving  written  notice of such  resignation  to the Issuer and in
such event will be released from such duties and obligations, such release not
to be  effective  until  the  date a new  servicer  enters  into  a  servicing
agreement with the Issuer as provided below.  Upon delivery of any such notice
to the  Issuer,  the  Issuer  shall  obtain a new  servicer  as the  Successor
Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  Any Successor Servicer other
than the Indenture Trustee shall (i) be an established  financial  institution
having a net worth of not less than  $100,000,000  and whose regular  business
includes the servicing of Contracts and (ii) enter into a servicing  agreement
with the Issuer having  substantially the same provisions as the provisions of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement applicable to the Servicer. If within 30 days
after the delivery of the notice referred to above,  the Issuer shall not have
obtained  such a new  servicer,  the  Indenture  Trustee may  appoint,  or may
petition a court of competent  jurisdiction to appoint, a Successor  Servicer.
In connection with any such  appointment,  the Indenture Trustee may make such
arrangements  for the  compensation of such successor as it and such successor
shall agree,  subject to the  limitations  set forth below and in the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement,  and in  accordance  with  Section  8.02 of the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement,  the  Issuer  shall  enter into an  agreement  with such
successor for the servicing of the  Receivables  (such agreement to be in form
and substance satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee). If the Indenture Trustee
shall  succeed to the  Servicer's  duties as  servicer of the  Receivables  as
provided  herein,  it shall do so in its  individual  capacity  and not in its
capacity as Indenture Trustee and,  accordingly,  the provisions of Article VI
hereof shall be  inapplicable  to the  Indenture  Trustee in its duties as the
successor to the Servicer and the  servicing of the  Receivables.  In case the
Indenture  Trustee shall become  successor to the Servicer  under the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement,  the  Indenture  Trustee shall be entitled to appoint as
Servicer any one of its affiliates, provided that it shall be fully liable for
the actions and  omissions  of such  affiliate  in such  capacity as Successor
Servicer.

         (f) Upon any termination of the Servicer's rights and powers pursuant
to the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  the Issuer shall  promptly  notify the
Indenture Trustee.  As soon as a Successor  Servicer is appointed,  the Issuer
shall notify the  Indenture  Trustee of such  appointment,  specifying in such
notice the name and address of such Successor Servicer.

         (g) Without  derogating  from the absolute  nature of the  assignment
granted to the  Indenture  Trustee  under this  Indenture or the rights of the
Indenture Trustee  hereunder,  the Issuer agrees (i) that it will not, without
the prior written consent of the Indenture  Trustee or the Holders of at least
a  majority  in  Outstanding  Amount  of  the  Notes,  amend,  modify,  waive,
supplement,  terminate or surrender, or agree to any amendment,  modification,
supplement,  termination,  waiver or surrender of, the terms of any Collateral
(except to the extent otherwise provided in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement)
or the Basic  Documents,  or waive timely  performance  or  observance  by the
Servicer or the Seller under the Sale and Servicing  Agreement;  and (ii) that
any such  amendment  shall not (A) increase or reduce in any manner the amount
of, or accelerate or delay the timing of,  distributions  that are required to
be made  for the  benefit  of the  Noteholders  or (B)  reduce  the  aforesaid
percentage  of the Notes that is  required  to consent to any such  amendment,
without the consent of the Holders of all the  Outstanding  Notes. If any such
amendment, modification,  supplement or waiver shall be so consented to by the
Indenture  Trustee or such Holders,  the Issuer agrees,  promptly  following a
request by the Indenture Trustee to do so, to execute and deliver,  in its own
name and at its own expense, such agreements,  instruments, consents and other
documents as the Indenture  Trustee may deem  necessary or  appropriate in the
circumstances.

         SECTION  3.08.  Negative   Covenants.   So  long  as  any  Notes  are
Outstanding, the Issuer shall not:

              (i)  except  as  expressly  permitted  by  this  Indenture,  the
         Purchase  Agreement  or  the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement,  sell,
         transfer,  exchange or otherwise  dispose of any of the properties or
         assets of the Issuer,  including  those included in the Trust Estate,
         unless directed to do so by the Indenture Trustee;

              (ii)  claim  any  credit  on,  or make  any  deduction  from the
         principal  or interest  payable in respect of, the Notes  (other than
         amounts  properly  withheld  from  such  payments  under the Code) or
         assert any claim  against any present or former  Noteholder by reason
         of the payment of the taxes  levied or assessed  upon any part of the
         Trust Estate; or

              (iii) (A) permit the validity or effectiveness of this Indenture
         to be impaired,  or permit the lien of this  Indenture to be amended,
         hypothecated,  subordinated,  terminated or discharged, or permit any
         Person to be released from any covenants or obligations  with respect
         to the  Notes  under  this  Indenture  except  as  may  be  expressly
         permitted  hereby,  (B)  permit  any  lien,  charge,  excise,  claim,
         security interest, mortgage or other encumbrance (other than the lien
         of this  Indenture) to be created on or extend to or otherwise  arise
         upon or burden the Trust  Estate or any part  thereof or any interest
         therein or the  proceeds  thereof  (other than tax liens,  mechanics'
         liens and other liens that arise by operation of law, in each case on
         any of the  Financed  Vehicles  and arising  solely as a result of an
         action or omission of the related  Obligor) or (C) permit the lien of
         this Indenture not to constitute a valid first  priority  (other than
         with  respect to any such tax,  mechanics'  or other  lien)  security
         interest in the Trust Estate.

         SECTION  3.09.  Annual  Statement as to  Compliance.  The Issuer will
deliver to the Indenture Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal
year of the Issuer  (commencing  with the fiscal year  [____]),  an  Officer's
Certificate  stating,  as to the  Authorized  Officer  signing such  Officer's
Certificate, that:

              (i) a review of the  activities  of the Issuer  during such year
         and of its performance  under this Indenture has been made under such
         Authorized Officer's supervision; and

              (ii) to the best of such Authorized Officer's  knowledge,  based
         on such  review,  the Issuer has  complied  with all  conditions  and
         covenants under this Indenture  throughout such year or, if there has
         been a default in its compliance with any such condition or covenant,
         specifying each such default known to such Authorized Officer and the
         nature and status thereof.

         SECTION 3.10.  Issuer May  Consolidate,  etc., Only on Certain Terms.
(a) The Issuer shall not  consolidate  or merge with or into any other Person,
unless:

              (i) the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by or surviving
         such consolidation or merger shall be a Person organized and existing
         under the laws of the United States of America or any State and shall
         expressly assume, by an indenture  supplemental hereto,  executed and
         delivered  to the  Indenture  Trustee,  in form  satisfactory  to the
         Indenture  Trustee,  the due and punctual payment of the principal of
         and interest on all Notes and the  performance or observance of every
         agreement and covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Issuer to
         be performed or observed, all as provided herein;

              (ii)  immediately  after giving effect to such  transaction,  no
         Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

              (iii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with
         respect to such transaction;

              (iv) the Issuer  shall have  received an Opinion of Counsel (and
         shall have delivered copies thereof to the Indenture  Trustee) to the
         effect that such  transaction  will not have any material adverse tax
         consequence to the Issuer, any Noteholder or any Certificateholder;

              (v) any  action  that is  necessary  to  maintain  the  lien and
         security  interest  created by this Indenture  shall have been taken;
         and

              (vi) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee an
         Officer's  Certificate  and an Opinion of Counsel  each  stating that
         such  consolidation or merger and such supplemental  indenture comply
         with  this  Article  III and that  all  conditions  precedent  herein
         provided for relating to such  transaction  have been  complied  with
         (including any filing required by the Exchange Act).

         (b) The Issuer shall not convey or transfer any of its  properties or
assets, including those included in the Trust Estate, to any Person, unless:

              (i) the Person that  acquires  by  conveyance  or  transfer  the
         properties  and assets of the Issuer the  conveyance  or  transfer of
         which is hereby  restricted (A) shall be a United States citizen or a
         Person  organized and existing under the laws of the United States of
         America  or  any  State,  (B)  expressly  assumes,  by  an  indenture
         supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Indenture Trustee,
         in form satisfactory to the Indenture  Trustee,  the due and punctual
         payment  of the  principal  of and  interest  on all  Notes  and  the
         performance  or  observance  of every  agreement and covenant of this
         Indenture on the part of the Issuer to be performed or observed,  all
         as  provided   herein,   (C)  expressly   agrees  by  means  of  such
         supplemental indenture that all right, title and interest so conveyed
         or  transferred  shall be subject  and  subordinate  to the rights of
         Holders  of  the  Notes,  (D)  unless  otherwise   provided  in  such
         supplemental  indenture,  expressly  agrees to indemnify,  defend and
         hold  harmless  the Issuer  against and from any loss,  liability  or
         expense  arising under or related to this Indenture and the Notes and
         (E) expressly  agrees by means of such  supplemental  indenture  that
         such Person (or if a group of  Persons,  then one  specified  Person)
         shall make all filings with the Commission (and any other appropriate
         Person) required by the Exchange Act in connection with the Notes;

              (ii)  immediately  after giving effect to such  transaction,  no
         Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

              (iii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with
         respect to such transaction;

              (iv) the Issuer  shall have  received an Opinion of Counsel (and
         shall have delivered copies thereof to the Indenture  Trustee) to the
         effect  that  such  transaction  will not have any  material  adverse
         federal income or Michigan  income or single business tax consequence
         to the Issuer, any Noteholder or any Certificateholder;

              (v) any  action  that is  necessary  to  maintain  the  lien and
         security  interest  created by this Indenture  shall have been taken;
         and

              (vi) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee an
         Officer's  Certificate  and an Opinion of Counsel  each  stating that
         such conveyance or transfer and such  supplemental  indenture  comply
         with  this  Article  III and that  all  conditions  precedent  herein
         provided for relating to such  transaction  have been  complied  with
         (including any filing required by the Exchange Act).

         SECTION 3.11. Successor or Transferee.  (a) Upon any consolidation or
merger of the Issuer in accordance with Section 3.10(a),  the Person formed by
or surviving  such  consolidation  or merger (if other than the Issuer)  shall
succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of,
the Issuer  under this  Indenture  with the same  effect as if such Person had
been named as the Issuer herein.

         (b) Upon a conveyance or transfer of all the assets and properties of
the Issuer  pursuant to Section  3.10(b),  Premier Auto Trust  [___-_] will be
released from every covenant and agreement of this Indenture to be observed or
performed on the part of the Issuer with respect to the Notes immediately upon
the delivery of written notice to the Indenture  Trustee  stating that Premier
Auto Trust [___-_] is to be so released.

         SECTION 3.12. No Other  Business.  The Issuer shall not engage in any
business other than financing,  purchasing,  owning,  selling and managing the
Receivables  in the  manner  contemplated  by this  Indenture  and  the  Basic
Documents and  activities  incidental  thereto.  The Issuer shall not fund the
purchase of any new Contracts.

         SECTION  3.13.  No  Borrowing.  The Issuer  shall not  issue,  incur,
assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable, directly or indirectly,  for any
indebtedness.

         SECTION  3.14.  Servicer's  Obligations.  The Issuer  shall cause the
Servicer to comply with Sections 4.09,  4.10,  4.11 and 5.09(b) and Article IX
of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         SECTION  3.15.  Guarantees,  Loans,  Advances and Other  Liabilities.
Except as contemplated by the Sale and Servicing  Agreement or this Indenture,
the  Issuer  shall not make any loan or  advance  or credit  to, or  guarantee
(directly  or  indirectly  or by an  instrument  having the effect of assuring
another's  payment or  performance on any obligation or capability of so doing
or otherwise),  endorse or otherwise become contingently  liable,  directly or
indirectly,  in connection  with the  obligations,  stocks or dividends of, or
own,  purchase,  repurchase  or acquire (or agree  contingently  to do so) any
stock, obligations, assets or securities of, or any other interest in, or make
any capital contribution to, any other Person.

         SECTION  3.16.  Capital  Expenditures.  The Issuer shall not make any
expenditure  (by long-term or operating lease or otherwise) for capital assets
(either realty or personalty).

         SECTION  3.17.  Removal  of  Administrator.  So long as any Notes are
Outstanding,  the  Issuer  shall not remove the  Administrator  without  cause
unless the Rating  Agency  Condition  shall have been  satisfied in connection
with such removal.

         SECTION 3.18. Restricted Payments.  The Issuer shall not, directly or
indirectly,  (i) pay any dividend or make any  distribution  (by  reduction of
capital or otherwise),  whether in cash, property, securities or a combination
thereof,  to the Owner  Trustee or any owner of a  beneficial  interest in the
Issuer or  otherwise  with  respect to any  ownership  or equity  interest  or
security in or of the Issuer or to the Servicer, (ii) redeem, purchase, retire
or  otherwise  acquire  for value any such  ownership  or equity  interest  or
security or (iii) set aside or  otherwise  segregate  any amounts for any such
purpose; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Issuer may make, or cause to be made, (x)
distributions  as  contemplated  by, and to the extent funds are available for
such purpose under,  the Sale and Servicing  Agreement or the Trust  Agreement
and (y) payments to the Indenture  Trustee pursuant to Section 1(a)(ii) of the
Administration  Agreement.  The Issuer will not, directly or indirectly,  make
payments to or distributions  from the Collection Account except in accordance
with this Indenture and the Basic Documents.

         SECTION 3.19. Notice of Events of Default.  The Issuer shall give the
Indenture  Trustee and the Rating Agencies prompt written notice of each Event
of Default  hereunder,  each default on the part of the Servicer or the Seller
of its obligations under the Sale and Servicing  Agreement and each default on
the part of the Company or the Seller of its  obligations  under the  Purchase
Agreement.

         SECTION  3.20.  Further  Instruments  and Acts.  Upon  request of the
Indenture   Trustee,   the  Issuer  will  execute  and  deliver  such  further
instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably  necessary or proper
to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

                                  ARTICLE IV

                          Satisfaction and Discharge

         SECTION 4.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. This Indenture
shall cease to be of further effect with respect to the Notes except as to (i)
rights  of  registration  of  transfer  and  exchange,  (ii)  substitution  of
mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or stolen Notes,  (iii) rights of  Noteholders to
receive  payments of principal  thereof and interest  thereon,  (iv)  Sections
3.03, 3.04,  3.05, 3.08, 3.10, 3.12 and 3.13, (v) the rights,  obligations and
immunities of the Indenture  Trustee  hereunder  (including  the rights of the
Indenture  Trustee  under  Section 6.07 and the  obligations  of the Indenture
Trustee  under  Section   4.02)  and  (vi)  the  rights  of   Noteholders   as
beneficiaries  hereof  with  respect to the  property  so  deposited  with the
Indenture Trustee payable to all or any of them, and the Indenture Trustee, on
demand of and at the expense of the Issuer,  shall execute proper  instruments
acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the
Notes, when

              (A) either

              (1) all Notes  theretofore  authenticated  and delivered  (other
         than (i) Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have
         been  replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.06 and (ii) Notes for
         whose  payment  money  has  theretofore  been  deposited  in trust or
         segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and  thereafter  repaid to
         the Issuer or  discharged  from such  trust,  as  provided in Section
         3.03) have been delivered to the Indenture  Trustee for cancellation;
         or

              (2) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Indenture Trustee
         for cancellation

                   a. have become due and payable,

                   b.  will  become  due  and  payable  at the  Class  B Final
              Scheduled Distribution Date within one year, or

                   c. are to be called  for  redemption  within one year under
              arrangements  satisfactory  to the  Indenture  Trustee  for  the
              giving of notice of redemption  by the Indenture  Trustee in the
              name, and at the expense, of the Issuer,

              and  the  Issuer,  in  the  case  of a.,  b.  or c.  above,  has
              irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with
              the  Indenture   Trustee  cash  or  direct   obligations  of  or
              obligations  guaranteed by the United  States of America  (which
              will  mature  prior to the date such  amounts are  payable),  in
              trust  for such  purpose,  in an  amount  sufficient  to pay and
              discharge the entire  indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore
              delivered to the Indenture  Trustee for cancellation when due to
              the applicable final scheduled  Distribution  Date or Redemption
              Date (if Notes shall have been called for redemption pursuant to
              Section 10.01), as the case may be;

              (B) the  Issuer  has paid or caused  to be paid all  other  sums
         payable hereunder by the Issuer; and

              (C)  the  Issuer  has  delivered  to the  Indenture  Trustee  an
         Officer's Certificate,  an Opinion of Counsel and (if required by the
         TIA or the Indenture Trustee) an Independent  Certificate from a firm
         of  certified  public   accountants,   each  meeting  the  applicable
         requirements of Section 11.01(a) and, subject to Section 11.02,  each
         stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to
         the  satisfaction  and discharge of this Indenture have been complied
         with.

         SECTION 4.02.  Application of Trust Money.  All moneys deposited with
the Indenture  Trustee  pursuant to Section 4.01 hereof shall be held in trust
and applied by it, in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the Notes and this
Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent, as the
Indenture  Trustee may determine,  to the Holders of the particular  Notes for
the payment or  redemption of which such moneys have been  deposited  with the
Indenture Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal and
interest;  but such moneys need not be  segregated  from other funds except to
the extent required herein or in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement or required
by law.

         SECTION 4.03. Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent. In connection
with the  satisfaction  and  discharge of this  Indenture  with respect to the
Notes,  all moneys  then held by any  Paying  Agent  other than the  Indenture
Trustee  under the  provisions  of this  Indenture  with respect to such Notes
shall,  upon demand of the Issuer, be paid to the Indenture Trustee to be held
and applied according to Section 3.03 and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be
released from all further liability with respect to such moneys.

                                   ARTICLE V

                                   Remedies

         SECTION 5.01.  Events of Default.  "Event of Default",  wherever used
herein,  means any one of the following  events  (whatever the reason for such
Event of  Default  and  whether it shall be  voluntary  or  involuntary  or be
effected by operation of law or pursuant to any  judgment,  decree or order of
any  court  or  any  order,  rule  or  regulation  of  any  administrative  or
governmental body):

              (i) default in the payment of any  interest on any Note when the
         same becomes due and payable,  and such default shall  continue for a
         period  of five  days;  PROVIDED  that,  prior  to the  Class B Final
         Scheduled  Distribution Date, a default in the payment of interest on
         the  Class B  Notes  shall  not be an  Event  of  Default  until  the
         Outstanding  Amount of the Class A-4 Notes has been  reduced to zero;
         or

              (ii)  default  in  the  payment  of  the  principal  of  or  any
         installment  of the  principal  of any Note when the same becomes due
         and payable; or

              (iii) default in the  observance or  performance of any covenant
         or  agreement  of the Issuer  made in this  Indenture  (other  than a
         covenant or agreement,  a default in the observance or performance of
         which is elsewhere in this Section  specifically  dealt with), or any
         representation or warranty of the Issuer made in this Indenture or in
         any  certificate  or other writing  delivered  pursuant  hereto or in
         connection  herewith  proving to have been  incorrect in any material
         respect as of the time when the same  shall have been made,  and such
         default  shall  continue  or not be  cured,  or the  circumstance  or
         condition in respect of which such  misrepresentation or warranty was
         incorrect  shall not have been eliminated or otherwise  cured,  for a
         period of 30 days after there shall have been given, by registered or
         certified  mail,  to the  Issuer by the  Indenture  Trustee or to the
         Issuer and the  Indenture  Trustee by the  Holders of at least 25% of
         the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, a written notice specifying such
         default or incorrect  representation  or warranty and requiring it to
         be  remedied  and  stating  that such  notice is a notice of  Default
         hereunder; or

              (iv) the  filing  of a decree  or order  for  relief  by a court
         having  jurisdiction  in the premises in respect of the Issuer or any
         substantial part of the Trust Estate in an involuntary case under any
         applicable  federal or state bankruptcy,  insolvency or other similar
         law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator,
         assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the
         Issuer or for any substantial  part of the Trust Estate,  or ordering
         the  winding-up  or  liquidation  of the Issuer's  affairs,  and such
         decree or order shall  remain  unstayed and in effect for a period of
         60 consecutive days; or

              (v) the commencement by the Issuer of a voluntary case under any
         applicable  federal or state bankruptcy,  insolvency or other similar
         law now or hereafter  in effect,  or the consent by the Issuer to the
         entry of an order for  relief in an  involuntary  case under any such
         law,  or the  consent  by the  Issuer  to the  appointment  or taking
         possession by a receiver,  liquidator,  assignee, custodian, trustee,
         sequestrator or similar official of the Issuer or for any substantial
         part of the Trust Estate,  or the making by the Issuer of any general
         assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure by the Issuer
         generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of
         any action by the Issuer in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

The Issuer shall deliver to the Indenture Trustee,  within five days after the
occurrence thereof,  written notice in the form of an Officer's Certificate of
any event  which with the giving of notice and the lapse of time would  become
an Event of Default under clause (iii),  its status and what action the Issuer
is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

         SECTION 5.02. Acceleration of Maturity;  Rescission and Annulment. If
an Event of Default  should  occur and be  continuing,  then and in every such
case the Indenture Trustee or the Holders of Notes  representing not less than
a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes to
be immediately  due and payable,  by a notice in writing to the Issuer (and to
the Indenture Trustee if given by Noteholders),  and upon any such declaration
the unpaid  principal  amount of such Notes,  together with accrued and unpaid
interest  thereon through the date of acceleration,  shall become  immediately
due and payable.

         At any time after such  declaration of  acceleration  of maturity has
been made and  before a judgment  or decree  for  payment of the money due has
been  obtained  by the  Indenture  Trustee as  hereinafter  in this  Article V
provided,  the Holders of Notes  representing  a majority  of the  Outstanding
Amount of the  Notes,  by  written  notice  to the  Issuer  and the  Indenture
Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

              (i) the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Indenture Trustee a
         sum sufficient to pay:

                   (A) all  payments of  principal  of and interest on all Notes
              and all other  amounts  that would then be due  hereunder  or upon
              such  Notes  if  the  Event  of  Default   giving   rise  to  such
              acceleration had not occurred; and

                   (B)  all  sums  paid or  advanced  by the  Indenture  Trustee
              hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements
              and advances of the Indenture  Trustee and its agents and counsel;
              and

              (ii) all  Events of  Default,  other  than the  nonpayment  of the
         principal of the Notes that has become due solely by such acceleration,
         have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.12.

No such  rescission  shall affect any  subsequent  default or impair any right
consequent thereto.

         SECTION 5.03.  Collection of Indebtedness  and Suits for Enforcement by
Indenture  Trustee.  (a) The Issuer covenants that if (i) default is made in the
payment of any interest on any Note when the same  becomes due and payable,  and
such default continues for a period of five days, or (ii) default is made in the
payment of the principal of or any installment of the principal of any Note when
the same becomes due and payable,  the Issuer will, upon demand of the Indenture
Trustee,  pay to it,  for the  benefit of the  Holders  of the Notes,  the whole
amount  then due and  payable on such Notes for  principal  and  interest,  with
interest on the  overdue  principal  and, to the extent  payment at such rate of
interest shall be legally  enforceable,  on overdue  installments of interest at
the rate borne by the Notes and, in addition  thereto,  such  further  amount as
shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the
reasonable compensation,  expenses,  disbursements and advances of the Indenture
Trustee and its agents and counsel.

         (b) In case the Issuer  shall fail  forthwith  to pay such amounts upon
such demand, the Indenture Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express
trust,  may  institute a Proceeding  for the  collection  of the sums so due and
unpaid,  and may prosecute such Proceeding to judgment or final decree,  and may
enforce the same against the Issuer or other obligor upon such Notes and collect
in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Issuer or other obligor
upon such  Notes,  wherever  situated,  the  moneys  adjudged  or  decreed to be
payable;  provided that, in the case of a default in the payment of interest, on
the Class B Notes,  prior to the Class B Final Scheduled  Distribution Date, the
Indenture  Trustee shall not institute such Proceeding solely in respect of such
default unless the Outstanding Amount of the Class A-4 Notes has been reduced to
zero.

         (c) If an Event of Default  occurs  and is  continuing,  the  Indenture
Trustee may, as more  particularly  provided in Section 5.04, in its discretion,
proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Noteholders,  by
such appropriate  Proceedings as the Indenture Trustee shall deem most effective
to protect and enforce any such rights,  whether for the specific enforcement of
any  covenant or  agreement  in this  Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any
power  granted  herein,  or to  enforce  any  other  proper  remedy  or legal or
equitable right vested in the Indenture Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

         (d) In case there shall be pending, relative to the Issuer or any other
obligor upon the Notes or any Person having or claiming an ownership interest in
the Trust  Estate,  Proceedings  under Title 11 of the United States Code or any
other applicable  federal or state bankruptcy,  insolvency or other similar law,
or in case a receiver,  assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization,  or
liquidator,  sequestrator  or similar  official shall have been appointed for or
taken  possession of the Issuer or its property or such other obligor or Person,
or in case of any other comparable judicial  Proceedings  relative to the Issuer
or other  obligor upon the Notes,  or to the creditors or property of the Issuer
or such other  obligor,  the  Indenture  Trustee,  irrespective  of whether  the
principal of any Notes shall then be due and payable as therein  expressed or by
declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Indenture Trustee shall
have made any  demand  pursuant  to the  provisions  of this  Section,  shall be
entitled and empowered, by intervention in such Proceedings or otherwise:

              (i) to file and  prove a claim or claims  for the whole  amount of
         principal and interest  owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and to
         file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in
         order to have the claims of the Indenture Trustee  (including any claim
         for  reasonable   compensation  to  the  Indenture   Trustee  and  each
         predecessor  Indenture Trustee, and their respective agents,  attorneys
         and counsel,  and for  reimbursement  of all  expenses and  liabilities
         incurred,  and all advances  made,  by the  Indenture  Trustee and each
         predecessor Indenture Trustee,  except as a result of negligence or bad
         faith) and of the Noteholders allowed in such Proceedings;

              (ii) unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations,  to vote
         on behalf of the  Holders  of Notes in any  election  of a  trustee,  a
         standby  trustee or Person  performing  similar  functions  in any such
         Proceedings;

              (iii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property  payable
         or  deliverable  on any  such  claims  and to  distribute  all  amounts
         received  with  respect  to the  claims of the  Noteholders  and of the
         Indenture Trustee on their behalf; and

              (iv) to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as
         may be  necessary  or  advisable  in order to have  the  claims  of the
         Indenture  Trustee or the Holders of Notes  allowed in any  Proceedings
         relative to the Issuer, its creditors and its property;

and any trustee, receiver, liquidator,  custodian or other similar official in
any such Proceeding is hereby  authorized by each of such  Noteholders to make
payments to the Indenture Trustee and, in the event that the Indenture Trustee
shall consent to the making of payments directly to such  Noteholders,  to pay
to the  Indenture  Trustee  such  amounts  as  shall  be  sufficient  to cover
reasonable  compensation to the Indenture Trustee,  each predecessor Indenture
Trustee and their  respective  agents,  attorneys  and counsel,  and all other
expenses and  liabilities  incurred,  and all advances  made, by the Indenture
Trustee  and  each  predecessor  Indenture  Trustee  except  as  a  result  of
negligence or bad faith.

         (e) Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Indenture
Trustee to  authorize  or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on behalf of
any  Noteholder  any  plan  of   reorganization,   arrangement,   adjustment  or
composition  affecting  the Notes or the  rights  of any  Holder  thereof  or to
authorize  the  Indenture  Trustee  to  vote  in  respect  of the  claim  of any
Noteholder in any such proceeding except, as aforesaid, to vote for the election
of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar Person.

         (f) All rights of action and of asserting  claims under this Indenture,
or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Indenture  Trustee without the
possession of any of the Notes or the  production  thereof in any trial or other
Proceedings relative thereto,  and any such action or Proceedings  instituted by
the Indenture  Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express
trust,  and any  recovery of judgment,  subject to the payment of the  expenses,
disbursements  and  compensation  of the  Indenture  Trustee,  each  predecessor
Indenture  Trustee and their respective  agents and attorneys,  shall be for the
ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

         (g) In any Proceedings  brought by the Indenture  Trustee (and also any
Proceedings  involving the  interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to
which the Indenture  Trustee shall be a party),  the Indenture  Trustee shall be
held to represent all the Holders of the Notes, and it shall not be necessary to
make any Noteholder a party to any such Proceedings.

         SECTION 5.04.  Remedies;  Priorities.  (a) If an Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, the Indenture Trustee may do one or more of the
following (subject to Section 5.05):

              (i)  institute  Proceedings  in its own name and as  trustee of an
         express  trust for the  collection  of all amounts  then payable on the
         Notes  or  under  this  Indenture  with  respect  thereto,  whether  by
         declaration  or  otherwise,  enforce any judgment  obtained and collect
         from the Issuer and any other  obligor upon such Notes moneys  adjudged
         due;

              (ii) institute  Proceedings  from time to time for the complete or
         partial foreclosure of this Indenture with respect to the Trust Estate;

              (iii)  exercise any remedies of a secured  party under the UCC and
         take any other appropriate action to protect and enforce the rights and
         remedies of the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of the Notes; and

              (iv) sell the Trust  Estate or any  portion  thereof  or rights or
         interest  therein,  at one or more public or private  sales  called and
         conducted in any manner permitted by law;

PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that the  Indenture  Trustee  may not  sell or  otherwise
liquidate the Trust Estate following an Event of Default,  other than an Event
of Default  described  in Section  5.01(i) or (ii),  unless (A) the Holders of
100% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes consent thereto,  (B) the proceeds
of such sale or liquidation distributable to the Noteholders are sufficient to
discharge  in full all  amounts  then  due and  unpaid  upon  such  Notes  for
principal and interest or (C) the Indenture Trustee  determines that the Trust
Estate  will not  continue  to  provide  sufficient  funds for the  payment of
principal  of and  interest  on the Notes as they would have become due if the
Notes had not been declared due and payable, and the Indenture Trustee obtains
the consent of Holders of 66 2/3% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes. In
determining such  sufficiency or insufficiency  with respect to clause (B) and
(C), the Indenture  Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion
of an Independent investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation
as to the feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the
Trust Estate for such purpose.

              (b) If the  Indenture  Trustee  collects  any  money  or  property
         pursuant  to this  Article V, it shall pay out the money or property in
         the following order:

                   FIRST: to the Indenture Trustee for amounts due under Section
              6.07;

                   SECOND:  to Holders of the Class A Notes for  amounts due and
              unpaid on the Class A Notes for interest  (including any premium),
              ratably,  without preference or priority of any kind, according to
              the  amounts  due and  payable  on the Class A Notes for  interest
              (including any premium);

                   THIRD:  to Holders of the Class B Notes for  amounts  due and
              unpaid on the Class B Notes for interest  (including any premium),
              ratably,  without preference or priority of any kind, according to
              the  amounts  due and  payable  on the Class B Notes for  interest
              (including any premium);

                   FOURTH:  to the Class A Noteholders in the following order of
              priority:

                   (a) to  Holders  of the Class A-1 Notes for  amounts  due and
              unpaid on the Class A-1  Notes  for  principal,  ratably,  without
              preference  or priority of any kind,  according to the amounts due
              and  payable  on the  Class A-1  Notes  for  principal,  until the
              Outstanding Amount of the Class A-1 Notes is reduced to zero;

                   (b) to  Holders  of the Class A-2 Notes for  amounts  due and
              unpaid on the Class A-2  Notes  for  principal,  ratably,  without
              preference  or priority of any kind,  according to the amounts due
              and  payable  on the  Class A-2  Notes  for  principal,  until the
              Outstanding Amount of the Class A-2 Notes is reduced to zero;

                   (c) to  Holders  of the Class A-3 Notes for  amounts  due and
              unpaid on the Class A-3  Notes  for  principal,  ratably,  without
              preference  or priority of any kind,  according to the amounts due
              and  payable  on the  Class A-3  Notes  for  principal,  until the
              Outstanding Amount of the Class A-3 Notes is reduced to zero; and

                   (d) to  Holders  of the Class A-4 Notes for  amounts  due and
              unpaid on the Class A-4  Notes  for  principal,  ratably,  without
              preference  or priority of any kind,  according to the amounts due
              and  payable  on the  Class A-4  Notes  for  principal,  until the
              Outstanding Amount of the Class A-4 Notes is reduced to zero;

                   FIFTH:  to Holders of the Class B Notes for  amounts  due and
              unpaid  on the  Class  B Notes  for  principal,  ratably,  without
              preference  or priority of any kind,  according to the amounts due
              and  payable  on the  Class  B  Notes  for  principal,  until  the
              Outstanding Amount of the Class B Notes is reduced to zero; and

                   SIXTH: to the Issuer for  distribution  pursuant to the Trust
              Agreement.

The  Indenture  Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment
to Noteholders  pursuant to this Section.  At least 15 days before such record
date,  the Issuer shall mail to each  Noteholder  and the Indenture  Trustee a
notice that  states the record  date,  the  payment  date and the amount to be
paid.

         SECTION 5.05.  Optional  Preservation of the Receivables.  If the Notes
have been declared to be due and payable  under Section 5.02  following an Event
of Default and such declaration and its consequences have not been rescinded and
annulled,  the Indenture Trustee may, but need not, elect to maintain possession
of the Trust Estate.  It is the desire of the parties hereto and the Noteholders
that there be at all times  sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and
interest on the Notes,  and the  Indenture  Trustee  shall take such desire into
account  when  determining  whether or not to maintain  possession  of the Trust
Estate. In determining  whether to maintain  possession of the Trust Estate, the
Indenture  Trustee  may,  but need not,  obtain  and rely upon an  opinion of an
Independent  investment banking or accounting firm of national  reputation as to
the  feasibility of such proposed  action and as to the sufficiency of the Trust
Estate for such purpose.

         SECTION 5.06. Limitation of Suits. No Holder of any Note shall have any
right to institute any Proceeding,  judicial or otherwise,  with respect to this
Indenture,  or for the  appointment  of a receiver or trustee,  or for any other
remedy hereunder, unless:

              (i)  such  Holder  has  previously  given  written  notice  to the
         Indenture Trustee of a continuing Event of Default;

              (ii) the Holders of not less than 25% of the Outstanding Amount of
         the  Notes  have made  written  request  to the  Indenture  Trustee  to
         institute  such  Proceeding  in respect of such Event of Default in its
         own name as Indenture Trustee hereunder;

              (iii) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Indenture Trustee
         reasonable indemnity against the costs,  expenses and liabilities to be
         incurred in complying with such request;

              (iv) the  Indenture  Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such
         notice,  request and offer of indemnity  has failed to  institute  such
         Proceedings; and

              (v) no direction  inconsistent  with such written request has been
         given to the Indenture Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders
         of a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes.

It is understood  and intended that no one or more Holders of Notes shall have
any  right in any  manner  whatever  by  virtue  of, or by  availing  of,  any
provision of this Indenture to affect,  disturb or prejudice the rights of any
other  Holders  of  Notes  or to  obtain  or to seek  to  obtain  priority  or
preference  over  any  other  Holders  or to  enforce  any  right  under  this
Indenture, except in the manner herein provided.

         In the event the  Indenture  Trustee  shall  receive  conflicting  or
inconsistent  requests  and  indemnity  from two or more  groups of Holders of
Notes, each representing less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the
Notes, the Indenture Trustee in its sole discretion may determine what action,
if  any,  shall  be  taken,  notwithstanding  any  other  provisions  of  this
Indenture.

         SECTION 5.07.  Unconditional Rights of Noteholders To Receive Principal
and Interest. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture, the Holder
of any Note  shall have the  right,  which is  absolute  and  unconditional,  to
receive  payment of the  principal of and  interest,  if any, on such Note on or
after  the  respective  due  dates  thereof  expressed  in such  Note or in this
Indenture (or, in the case of redemption,  on or after the Redemption  Date) and
to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment,  and such right shall
not be impaired  without the consent of such Holder;  provided  that,  until the
Outstanding  Amount of the Class A-4 Notes has been reduced to zero,  the Holder
of any Class B Note  shall have the right to receive  payment of  principal  and
interest due on such Class B Note only to the extent that there are funds in the
Note Distribution Account after applying the funds therein to the payment of all
principal and interest then due on the Class A Notes.

         SECTION  5.08.  Restoration  of Rights and  Remedies.  If the Indenture
Trustee or any  Noteholder has instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right or
remedy  under  this  Indenture  and such  Proceeding  has been  discontinued  or
abandoned  for any  reason or has been  determined  adversely  to the  Indenture
Trustee  or to such  Noteholder,  then and in every  such case the  Issuer,  the
Indenture  Trustee and the Noteholders  shall,  subject to any  determination in
such  Proceeding,  be  restored  severally  and  respectively  to  their  former
positions  hereunder,  and  thereafter  all rights and remedies of the Indenture
Trustee and the Noteholders shall continue as though no such Proceeding had been
instituted.

         SECTION 5.09. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy herein
conferred  upon or reserved to the Indenture  Trustee or to the  Noteholders  is
intended  to be  exclusive  of any other  right or remedy,  and every  right and
remedy shall,  to the extent  permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to
every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law
or in equity or  otherwise.  The  assertion or employment of any right or remedy
hereunder,  or  otherwise,   shall  not  prevent  the  concurrent  assertion  or
employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

         SECTION 5.10.  Delay or Omission Not a Waiver.  No delay or omission of
the Indenture  Trustee or any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy
accruing  upon any  Default or Event of Default  shall  impair any such right or
remedy or  constitute  a waiver of any such  Default  or Event of  Default or an
acquiescence  therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article V or by law
to the Indenture  Trustee or to the  Noteholders  may be exercised  from time to
time, and as often as may be deemed  expedient,  by the Indenture  Trustee or by
the Noteholders, as the case may be.

         SECTION  5.11.  Control by  Noteholders.  The Holders of a majority of
the  Outstanding  Amount of the Notes  shall  have the right to direct the time,
method and place of conducting any  Proceeding  for any remedy  available to the
Indenture  Trustee  with respect to the Notes or  exercising  any trust or power
conferred on the Indenture Trustee; PROVIDED that:

              (i) such  direction  shall not be in conflict with any rule of law
         or with this Indenture;

              (ii) subject to the express terms of Section  5.04,  any direction
         to the Indenture Trustee to sell or liquidate the Trust Estate shall be
         by Holders of Notes  representing not less than 100% of the Outstanding
         Amount of the Notes;

              (iii) if the  conditions  set  forth in  Section  5.05  have  been
         satisfied and the Indenture  Trustee  elects to retain the Trust Estate
         pursuant to such Section,  then any direction to the Indenture  Trustee
         by  Holders  of Notes  representing  less than 100% of the  Outstanding
         Amount of the Notes to sell or  liquidate  the Trust Estate shall be of
         no force and effect; and

              (iv) the Indenture Trustee may take any other action deemed proper
         by the Indenture Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction.

Notwithstanding  the rights of Noteholders set forth in this Section,  subject
to Section  6.01,  the  Indenture  Trustee  need not take any  action  that it
determines might involve it in liability or might materially  adversely affect
the rights of any Noteholders not consenting to such action.

         SECTION 5.12. Waiver of Past Defaults.  Prior to the declaration of the
acceleration  of the  maturity  of the Notes as provided  in Section  5.02,  the
Holders of Notes of not less than a majority  of the  Outstanding  Amount of the
Notes may waive any past Default or Event of Default and its consequences except
a Default (a) in payment of  principal of or interest on any of the Notes or (b)
in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which cannot be modified or amended
without the consent of the Holder of each Note.  In the case of any such waiver,
the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall be restored
to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver
shall extend to any  subsequent or other Default or impair any right  consequent
thereto.

         Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist and be deemed
to have been cured and not to have occurred,  and any Event of Default arising
therefrom  shall be deemed to have been  cured and not to have  occurred,  for
every  purpose  of this  Indenture;  but no such  waiver  shall  extend to any
subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent
thereto.

         SECTION  5.13.  Undertaking  for Costs.  All parties to this  Indenture
agree,  and each Holder of a Note by such Holder's  acceptance  thereof shall be
deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit
for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture,  or in any suit
against the Indenture Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as
Indenture  Trustee,  the  filing  by any  party  litigant  in  such  suit  of an
undertaking  to pay the  costs of such  suit,  and that  such  court  may in its
discretion  assess  reasonable  costs,  including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees,
against  any party  litigant  in such suit,  having due regard to the merits and
good  faith of the  claims or  defenses  made by such  party  litigant;  but the
provisions  of this Section  shall not apply to (a) any suit  instituted  by the
Indenture  Trustee,  (b) any  suit  instituted  by any  Noteholder,  or group of
Noteholders,  in  each  case  holding  in the  aggregate  more  than  10% of the
Outstanding Amount of the Notes or (c) any suit instituted by any Noteholder for
the  enforcement  of the payment of  principal  of or interest on any Note on or
after the respective due dates expressed in such Note and in this Indenture (or,
in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date).

         SECTION 5.14.  Waiver of Stay or Extension  Laws. The Issuer  covenants
(to the extent  that it may  lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist
upon,  or plead  or in any  manner  whatsoever  claim  or take  the  benefit  or
advantage  of, any stay or extension  law wherever  enacted,  now or at any time
hereafter in force,  that may affect the  covenants or the  performance  of this
Indenture;  and the  Issuer (to the extent  that it may  lawfully  do so) hereby
expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it
will not hinder,  delay or impede the  execution of any power herein  granted to
the  Indenture  Trustee,  but will suffer and permit the execution of every such
power as though no such law had been enacted.

         SECTION 5.15.  Action on Notes.  The Indenture  Trustee's right to seek
and recover  judgment on the Notes or under this Indenture shall not be affected
by the  seeking,  obtaining  or  application  of any other  relief under or with
respect to this Indenture.  Neither the lien of this Indenture nor any rights or
remedies of the Indenture  Trustee or the  Noteholders  shall be impaired by the
recovery of any judgment by the Indenture  Trustee  against the Issuer or by the
levy of any  execution  under such judgment upon any portion of the Trust Estate
or upon any of the assets of the Issuer.  Any money or property collected by the
Indenture Trustee shall be applied in accordance with Section 5.04(b).

         SECTION 5.16.  Performance and Enforcement of Certain Obligations.  (a)
Promptly  following  a request  from the  Indenture  Trustee to do so and at the
Administrator's  expense,  the Issuer  shall take all such lawful  action as the
Indenture Trustee may request to compel or secure the performance and observance
by the Seller or the Servicer,  as applicable,  of each of their  obligations to
the Issuer under or in connection  with the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement or by
the Seller or the Company, as applicable,  of each of their obligations under or
in connection with the Purchase  Agreement,  and to exercise any and all rights,
remedies,  powers and  privileges  lawfully  available to the Issuer under or in
connection with the Sale and Servicing Agreement to the extent and in the manner
directed by the  Indenture  Trustee,  including the  transmission  of notices of
default on the part of the Seller or the Servicer thereunder and the institution
of  legal  or  administrative   actions  or  proceedings  to  compel  or  secure
performance by the Seller or the Servicer of each of their obligations under the
Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         (b)  If an  Event  of  Default  has  occurred  and is  continuing,  the
Indenture Trustee may, and at the direction (which direction shall be in writing
or by telephone  (confirmed in writing  promptly  thereafter)) of the Holders of
66 2/3% of the  Outstanding  Amount of the Notes  shall,  exercise all rights,
remedies,  powers, privileges and claims of the Issuer against the Seller or the
Servicer  under or in  connection  with the Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement,  or
against  the  Company or the Seller  under or in  connection  with the  Purchase
Agreement,  including  the right or power to take any action to compel or secure
performance  or observance by the Seller or the Servicer,  or the Company or the
Seller,  as the  case  may be,  of  each  of  their  obligations  to the  Issuer
thereunder  and to give  any  consent,  request,  notice,  direction,  approval,
extension  or waiver  under the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  or the  Purchase
Agreement,  as the case may be, and any right of the Issuer to take such  action
shall be suspended.

                                  ARTICLE VI

                             The Indenture Trustee

         SECTION 6.01. Duties of Indenture  Trustee.  (a) If an Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing,  the Indenture Trustee shall exercise the rights
and powers  vested in it by this  Indenture  and use the same degree of care and
skill in their  exercise  as a prudent  person  would  exercise or use under the
circumstances in the conduct of such person's own affairs.

         (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

              (i) the  Indenture  Trustee  undertakes to perform such duties and
         only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no
         implied  covenants  or  obligations  shall be read into this  Indenture
         against the Indenture Trustee; and

              (ii) in the  absence  of bad  faith  on its  part,  the  Indenture
         Trustee may  conclusively  rely, as to the truth of the  statements and
         the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or
         opinions  furnished  to the  Indenture  Trustee and  conforming  to the
         requirements of this Indenture;  however,  the Indenture  Trustee shall
         examine the certificates and opinions to determine  whether or not they
         conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

         (c) The Indenture  Trustee may not be relieved  from  liability for its
own  negligent  action,  its own  negligent  failure  to act or its own  willful
misconduct, except that:

              (i) this  paragraph  does not limit the effect of paragraph (a) of
         this Section;

              (ii) the  Indenture  Trustee  shall not be liable for any error of
         judgment  made in good  faith by a  Responsible  Officer  unless  it is
         proved that the  Indenture  Trustee was negligent in  ascertaining  the
         pertinent facts; and

              (iii) the  Indenture  Trustee  shall not be liable with respect to
         any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a
         direction received by it pursuant to Section 5.11.

         (d) Every  provision of this  Indenture  that in any way relates to the
Indenture  Trustee  is  subject  to  paragraphs  (a) , (b),  (c) and (g) of this
Section.

         (e) The Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money
received by it except as the  Indenture  Trustee  may agree in writing  with the
Issuer.

         (f) Money held in trust by the Indenture Trustee need not be segregated
from  other  funds  except to the  extent  required  by law or the terms of this
Indenture or the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         (g) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Indenture  Trustee
to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise  incur  financial  liability in the
performance  of any of its duties  hereunder  or in the  exercise  of any of its
rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable  grounds to believe that repayment
of such  funds or  adequate  indemnity  against  such risk or  liability  is not
reasonably assured to it.

         (h) Every  provision  of this  Indenture  relating  to the  conduct  or
affecting  the liability of or affording  protection  to the  Indenture  Trustee
shall be subject to the  provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the
TIA.

         SECTION 6.02.  Rights of Indenture  Trustee.  (a) The Indenture Trustee
may rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or
presented by the proper person.  The Indenture  Trustee need not investigate any
fact or matter stated in the document.

         (b) Before the Indenture  Trustee acts or refrains from acting,  it may
require an Officer's Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Indenture Trustee
shall not be liable  for any  action it takes or omits to take in good  faith in
reliance on an Officer's Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

         (c) The  Indenture  Trustee  may  execute  any of the  trusts or powers
hereunder  or perform  any duties  hereunder  either  directly  or by or through
agents or attorneys or a custodian or nominee,  and the Indenture  Trustee shall
not be  responsible  for any misconduct or negligence on the part of, or for the
supervision of, any such agent,  attorney,  custodian or nominee  appointed with
due care by it hereunder.

         (d) The  Indenture  Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes
or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be  authorized or within its
rights or  powers;  PROVIDED,  that the  Indenture  Trustee's  conduct  does not
constitute willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

         (e) The Indenture  Trustee may consult with counsel,  and the advice or
opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters  relating to this Indenture and
the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability
in respect to any action  taken,  omitted or  suffered by it  hereunder  in good
faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

         SECTION 6.03.  Individual  Rights of Indenture  Trustee.  The Indenture
Trustee in its  individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee
of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates  with the same
rights it would have if it were not Indenture  Trustee.  Any Paying Agent,  Note
Registrar,  co-registrar  or  co-paying  agent may do the same with like rights.
However, the Indenture Trustee must comply with Sections 6.11 and 6.12.

         SECTION 6.04.  Indenture  Trustee's  Disclaimer.  The Indenture Trustee
shall not be responsible for and makes no  representation  as to the validity or
adequacy of this  Indenture or the Notes,  it shall not be  accountable  for the
Issuer's use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for
any  statement  of the  Issuer in the  Indenture  or in any  document  issued in
connection  with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the  Indenture
Trustee's certificate of authentication.

         SECTION 6.05. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing
and if it is  known to a  Responsible  Officer  of the  Indenture  Trustee,  the
Indenture  Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder notice of the Default within 90
days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of
or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to the mandatory redemption
provisions of such Note),  the Indenture  Trustee may withhold the notice if and
so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that
withholding the notice is in the interests of Noteholders.

         SECTION 6.06.  Reports by Indenture  Trustee to Holders.  The Indenture
Trustee shall deliver to each Noteholder such  information as may be required to
enable such holder to prepare its federal and state income tax returns.

         SECTION 6.07.  Compensation  and Indemnity.  The Issuer shall, or shall
cause the  Administrator  to,  pay to the  Indenture  Trustee  from time to time
reasonable  compensation for its services.  The Indenture Trustee's compensation
shall not be  limited  by any law on  compensation  of a trustee  of an  express
trust.  The Issuer shall,  or shall cause the  Administrator  to,  reimburse the
Indenture Trustee for all reasonable  out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by
it,  including  costs of  collection,  in addition to the  compensation  for its
services.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses,
disbursements  and  advances  of  the  Indenture   Trustee's  agents,   counsel,
accountants and experts.  The Issuer shall, or shall cause the Administrator to,
indemnify the Indenture  Trustee against any and all loss,  liability or expense
(including attorneys' fees) incurred by it in connection with the administration
of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder. The Indenture Trustee
shall notify the Issuer and the Administrator promptly of any claim for which it
may seek indemnity. Failure by the Indenture Trustee to so notify the Issuer and
the  Administrator  shall not  relieve  the Issuer or the  Administrator  of its
obligations  hereunder.  The Issuer shall, or shall cause the  Administrator to,
defend any such claim,  and the Indenture  Trustee may have separate counsel and
the Issuer shall, or shall cause the Administrator to, pay the fees and expenses
of such counsel.  Neither the Issuer nor the  Administrator  need  reimburse any
expense or  indemnify  against any loss,  liability  or expense  incurred by the
Indenture  Trustee  through the  Indenture  Trustee's  own  willful  misconduct,
negligence or bad faith.

         The Issuer's payment obligations to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to
this Section shall survive the discharge of this Indenture. When the Indenture
Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section
5.01(iv)  or (v) with  respect to the Issuer,  the  expenses  are  intended to
constitute expenses of administration under Title 11 of the United States Code
or any other  applicable  federal or state  bankruptcy,  insolvency or similar
law.

         SECTION 6.08.  Replacement  of Indenture  Trustee.  No  resignation  or
removal of the Indenture  Trustee and no  appointment  of a successor  Indenture
Trustee  shall become  effective  until the  acceptance  of  appointment  by the
successor Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section 6.08. The Indenture Trustee
may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer.  The Holders of a majority in
Outstanding Amount of the Notes may remove the Indenture Trustee by so notifying
the Indenture Trustee and may appoint a successor Indenture Trustee.  The Issuer
shall remove the Indenture Trustee if:

              (i) the Indenture Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11;

              (ii) the Indenture Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent;

              (iii) a  receiver  or other  public  officer  takes  charge of the
         Indenture Trustee or its property; or

              (iv) the Indenture Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

If the Indenture  Trustee  resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the
office of  Indenture  Trustee  for any reason (the  Indenture  Trustee in such
event being referred to herein as the retiring Indenture Trustee),  the Issuer
shall promptly appoint a successor Indenture Trustee.

         A successor  Indenture Trustee shall deliver a written  acceptance of
its appointment to the retiring Indenture Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon
the  resignation  or removal of the retiring  Indenture  Trustee  shall become
effective,  and the  successor  Indenture  Trustee  shall have all the rights,
powers and duties of the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture. The successor
Indenture  Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to  Noteholders.  The
retiring  Indenture Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as
Indenture Trustee to the successor Indenture Trustee.

         If a successor  Indenture Trustee does not take office within 60 days
after the  retiring  Indenture  Trustee  resigns or is removed,  the  retiring
Indenture  Trustee,  the Issuer or the  Holders of a majority  in  Outstanding
Amount of the Notes may petition any court of competent  jurisdiction  for the
appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee.

         If the  Indenture  Trustee  fails to comply with  Section  6.11,  any
Noteholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of
the Indenture Trustee and the appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee.

         Notwithstanding  the replacement of the Indenture Trustee pursuant to
this Section,  the Issuer's and the Administrator's  obligations under Section
6.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Indenture Trustee.

         SECTION 6.09.  Successor  Indenture Trustee by Merger. If the Indenture
Trustee  consolidates  with,  merges  or  converts  into,  or  transfers  all or
substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation
or banking  association,  the  resulting,  surviving or  transferee  corporation
without any further act shall be the successor Indenture Trustee; PROVIDED, that
such  corporation  or  banking  association  shall be  otherwise  qualified  and
eligible  under  Section 6.11.  The  Indenture  Trustee shall provide the Rating
Agencies prior written notice of any such transaction.

         In  case  at  the  time  such  successor  or  successors  by  merger,
conversion  or  consolidation  to the  Indenture  Trustee shall succeed to the
trusts   created  by  this   Indenture  any  of  the  Notes  shall  have  been
authenticated  but not delivered,  any such successor to the Indenture Trustee
may adopt the certificate of  authentication  of any  predecessor  trustee and
deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes
shall not have been authenticated,  any successor to the Indenture Trustee may
authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor  hereunder or in
the name of the successor to the Indenture Trustee; and in all such cases such
certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in
this Indenture  provided that the  certificate of the Indenture  Trustee shall
have.

         SECTION 6.10. Appointment of Co-Indenture Trustee or Separate Indenture
Trustee.  (a)  Notwithstanding  any other  provisions of this Indenture,  at any
time, for the purpose of meeting any legal  requirement of any  jurisdiction  in
which any part of the Trust  Estate may at the time be  located,  the  Indenture
Trustee  shall have the power and may execute and  deliver  all  instruments  to
appoint one or more Persons to act as a co-trustee or  co-trustees,  or separate
trustee or separate  trustees,  of all or any part of the Trust,  and to vest in
such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for the benefit of the Noteholders,
such title to the Trust Estate,  or any part hereof,  and,  subject to the other
provisions of this Section, such powers, duties, obligations,  rights and trusts
as the Indenture Trustee may consider  necessary or desirable.  No co-trustee or
separate trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as
a successor  trustee  under  Section  6.11 and no notice to  Noteholders  of the
appointment  of any  co-trustee  or separate  trustee  shall be  required  under
Section 6.08 hereof.

         (b)  Every  separate  trustee  and  co-trustee  shall,  to  the  extent
permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following  provisions  and
conditions:

              (i) all  rights,  powers,  duties  and  obligations  conferred  or
         imposed upon the  Indenture  Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon
         and exercised or performed by the  Indenture  Trustee and such separate
         trustee or co-trustee  jointly (it being  understood that such separate
         trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act  separately  without the
         Indenture Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under
         any law of any  jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to
         be performed the Indenture  Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified
         to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties
         and obligations  (including the holding of title to the Trust Estate or
         any portion  thereof in any such  jurisdiction)  shall be exercised and
         performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee,  but solely at
         the direction of the Indenture Trustee;

              (ii) no trustee  hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of
         any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder; and

              (iii) the Indenture Trustee may at any time accept the resignation
         of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

         (c) Any notice, request or other writing given to the Indenture Trustee
shall be deemed to have been  given to each of the then  separate  trustees  and
co-trustees,  as  effectively  as if  given to each of  them.  Every  instrument
appointing any separate  trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and
the conditions of this Article VI. Each separate  trustee and  co-trustee,  upon
its  acceptance  of the trusts  conferred,  shall be vested  with the estates or
property  specified in its  instrument of  appointment,  either jointly with the
Indenture Trustee or separately,  as may be provided therein, subject to all the
provisions of this  Indenture,  specifically  including  every provision of this
Indenture  relating to the conduct of,  affecting the liability of, or affording
protection to, the Indenture Trustee.  Every such instrument shall be filed with
the Indenture Trustee.

         (d) Any separate  trustee or co-trustee may at any time  constitute the
Indenture Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact  with full power and authority,
to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of
this  Agreement  on its  behalf  and in its name.  If any  separate  trustee  or
co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting,  resign or be removed,  all of
its  estates,  properties,  rights,  remedies  and  trusts  shall vest in and be
exercised by the Indenture Trustee,  to the extent permitted by law, without the
appointment of a new or successor trustee.

         SECTION 6.11. Eligibility;  Disqualification.  The Indenture Trustee
shall at all times satisfy the  requirements of TIA ss. 310(a).  The Indenture
Trustee shall have a combined  capital and surplus of at least  $50,000,000 as
set forth in its most recent  published  annual report of  condition,  and the
time deposits of the Indenture Trustee shall be rated at least A-1 by Standard
& Poor's and P-1 by Moody's.  The Indenture  Trustee shall comply with TIA ss.
310(b),  including the optional provision  permitted by the second sentence of
TIA Section 310(b)(9);  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that there shall be excluded from
the operation of TIA Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which
other  securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the  requirements  for such
exclusion set forth in TIA Section 310(b)(1) are met.

         SECTION 6.12.  Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer. The
Indenture Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship  listed in TIA  Section  311(b).  An  Indenture  Trustee  who has
resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section  311(a) to the extent
indicated.

         SECTION  6.13.  Pennsylvania  Motor Vehicle Sales Finance Act Licenses.
The Indenture  Trustee shall use its best efforts to maintain the  effectiveness
of all licenses required under the Pennsylvania  Motor Vehicle Sales Finance Act
in connection with this Indenture and the transactions contemplated hereby until
the lien and security interest of this Indenture shall no longer be in effect in
accordance with the terms hereof.

                                  ARTICLE VII

                        Noteholders' Lists and Reports

         SECTION 7.01.  Issuer To Furnish  Indenture Trustee Names and Addresses
of  Noteholders.  The  Issuer  will  furnish  or  cause to be  furnished  to the
Indenture  Trustee  (a) not more than five days  after the  earlier  of (i) each
Record Date and (ii) three months  after the last Record  Date, a list,  in such
form as the Indenture Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses
of the Holders of Notes as of such Record  Date,  and (b) at such other times as
the  Indenture  Trustee may request in writing,  within 30 days after receipt by
the Issuer of any such request,  a list of similar form and content as of a date
not more  than 10 days  prior  to the time  such  list is  furnished;  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER,  that so long as the Indenture  Trustee is the Note Registrar,  no such
list shall be required to be furnished.

         SECTION  7.02.   Preservation   of   Information;   Communications   to
Noteholders.  (a) The Indenture Trustee shall preserve,  in as current a form as
is  reasonably  practicable,  the names and  addresses  of the  Holders of Notes
contained in the most recent list furnished to the Indenture Trustee as provided
in Section 7.01 and the names and addresses of Holders of Notes  received by the
Indenture  Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar.  The Indenture Trustee may
destroy any list  furnished  to it as provided in such Section 7.01 upon receipt
of a new list so furnished.

         (b) Noteholders  may communicate  pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with
other  Noteholders  with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under
the Notes.

         (c) The Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Note Registrar shall have
the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

         SECTION 7.03. Reports by Issuer. (a) The Issuer shall:

              (i) file with the  Indenture  Trustee,  within  15 days  after the
         Issuer is required to file the same with the Commission,  copies of the
         annual reports and of the information,  documents and other reports (or
         copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the  Commission  may
         from time to time by rules and  regulations  prescribe) that the Issuer
         may be required to file with the  Commission  pursuant to Section 13 or
         15(d) of the Exchange Act;

              (ii)  file  with  the  Indenture  Trustee  and the  Commission  in
         accordance with rules and  regulations  prescribed from time to time by
         the Commission such additional information,  documents and reports with
         respect to compliance by the Issuer with the  conditions  and covenants
         of this  Indenture  as may be required  from time to time by such rules
         and regulations; and

               (iii)  supply  to the  Indenture  Trustee  (and  the  Indenture
          Trustee shall transmit by mail to all  Noteholders  described in TIA
          Section  313(c)) such  summaries of any  information,  documents and
          reports  required to be filed by the Issuer  pursuant to clauses (i)
          and  (ii) of this  Section  7.03(a)  and by  rules  and  regulations
          prescribed from time to time by the Commission.

         (b) Unless  the Issuer  otherwise  determines,  the fiscal  year of the
Issuer shall end on December 31 of each year.

         SECTION 7.04.  Reports by Indenture  Trustee.  If required by TIA ss.
313(a),  within 60 days after each  February 1 beginning  with  [________]  1,
[___], the Indenture  Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder as required by TIA
ss. 313(c) a brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA Section
313(a). The Indenture Trustee also shall comply with TIA Section 313(b).

         A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Noteholders shall
be filed by the Indenture Trustee with the Commission and each stock exchange,
if any, on which the Notes are listed.  The Issuer shall notify the  Indenture
Trustee if and when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

                                 ARTICLE VIII

                     Accounts, Disbursements and Releases

         SECTION  8.01.  Collection  of  Money.  Except as  otherwise  expressly
provided  herein,  the Indenture  Trustee may demand payment or delivery of, and
shall receive and collect,  directly and without  intervention  or assistance of
any fiscal agent or other intermediary,  all money and other property payable to
or receivable by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Indenture. The Indenture
Trustee shall apply all such money received by it as provided in this Indenture.
Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture,  if any default occurs
in the making of any payment or  performance  under any  agreement or instrument
that is part of the Trust Estate,  the Indenture Trustee may take such action as
may be  appropriate  to enforce  such  payment  or  performance,  including  the
institution and prosecution of appropriate Proceedings. Any such action shall be
without prejudice to any right to claim a Default or Event of Default under this
Indenture and any right to proceed thereafter as provided in Article V.

         SECTION 8.02.  Trust  Accounts.  (a) On or prior to the Closing Date,
the Issuer shall cause the Servicer to establish and maintain,  in the name of
the  Indenture   Trustee,   for  the  benefit  of  the   Noteholders  and  the
Certificateholders, the Trust Accounts as provided in Section 5.01 of the Sale
and Servicing Agreement.

         (b) On or before each Distribution Date, the Total Distribution  Amount
(net of the Servicing Fee for such  Distribution  Date and any previously unpaid
Servicing Fees and any other distributable amounts that are to be deposited into
the  Certificate  Account or released to the Seller or the Company) with respect
to the preceding  Collection Period will be deposited in the Collection  Account
as provided in Section 5.02 of the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement.  On or before
each  Distribution  Date,  all  amounts  required  to be  deposited  in the Note
Distribution Account with respect to the preceding Collection Period pursuant to
Sections 5.06 and 5.07 of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement  will be transferred
from the Collection  Account and/or the Reserve Account to the Note Distribution
Account.

         (c) On each  Distribution  Date  and  Redemption  Date,  the  Indenture
Trustee shall distribute all amounts on deposit in the Note Distribution Account
to  Noteholders  in respect of the Notes to the extent of amounts due and unpaid
on the Notes for principal and interest (including any premium) in the following
amounts and in the following order of priority (except as otherwise  provided in
Section 5.04(b)):

              (i)  accrued and unpaid  interest on the Class A Notes;  PROVIDED,
         that if there are not sufficient funds in the Note Distribution Account
         to pay the entire amount of accrued and unpaid interest then due on the
         Class A Notes,  the amount in the Note  Distribution  Account  shall be
         applied to the  payment of such  interest on the Class A Notes pro rata
         on the basis of the total such interest due on the Class A Notes;

              (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on the Class B Notes; and

              (iii) the Noteholders' Principal  Distributable Amount (or on each
         Distribution   Date  in  the  Release   Period,   the  Release   Period
         Noteholders' Principal  Distributable Amount) in the following order of
         priority:

              (1) to the Holders of the Class A-1 Notes on account of  principal
         until the Outstanding Amount of the Class A-1 Notes is reduced to zero;

              (2) to the Holders of the Class A-2 Notes on account of  principal
         until the Outstanding Amount of the Class A-2 Notes is reduced to zero;

              (3) to the Holders of the Class A-3 Notes on account of  principal
         until the Outstanding Amount of the Class A-3 Notes is reduced to zero;

              (4) to the Holders of the Class A-4 Notes on account of  principal
         until the Outstanding Amount of the Class A-4 Notes is reduced to zero;
         and

              (5) to the Class B Noteholders until the Outstanding Amount of the
         Class B Notes is reduced to zero.

         SECTION 8.03. General Provisions Regarding Accounts.  (a) So long as no
Default or Event of Default  shall have  occurred  and be  continuing,  all or a
portion  of the  funds in the  Trust  Accounts  shall be  invested  in  Eligible
Investments and reinvested by the Indenture  Trustee (or the investment  manager
referred  to in  clause  (2) of  Section  5.01(b)  of  the  Sale  and  Servicing
Agreement)  upon Issuer Order,  subject to the provisions of Section  5.01(b) of
the Sale and Servicing  Agreement.  All income or other gain from investments of
moneys  deposited in the Trust  Accounts  shall be  deposited  by the  Indenture
Trustee in the Collection Account,  and any loss resulting from such investments
shall be  charged to such  account.  The  Issuer  will not direct the  Indenture
Trustee to make any  investment of any funds or to sell any  investment  held in
any of the Trust Accounts unless the security  interest Granted and perfected in
such account will continue to be perfected in such investment or the proceeds of
such sale,  in either case  without any  further  action by any Person,  and, in
connection  with  any  direction  to the  Indenture  Trustee  to make  any  such
investment  or sale,  if requested by the  Indenture  Trustee,  the Issuer shall
deliver  to the  Indenture  Trustee an Opinion  of  Counsel,  acceptable  to the
Indenture Trustee, to such effect.

         (b) Subject to Section 6.01(c),  the Indenture Trustee shall not in any
way be held liable by reason of any  insufficiency  in any of the Trust Accounts
resulting from any loss on any Eligible  Investment  included therein except for
losses  attributable to the Indenture Trustee's failure to make payments on such
Eligible Investments issued by the Indenture Trustee, in its commercial capacity
as principal obligor and not as trustee, in accordance with their terms.

         (c) If (i)  the  Issuer  (or the  Servicer  or any  investment  manager
pursuant  to Section  5.01(b) of the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement)  shall have
failed  to give  investment  directions  for any funds on  deposit  in the Trust
Accounts to the Indenture Trustee by 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time (or such other time
as may be agreed by the Issuer and  Indenture  Trustee) on any  Business  Day or
(ii) a Default or Event of Default shall have  occurred and be  continuing  with
respect to the Notes but the Notes shall not have been  declared due and payable
pursuant to Section 5.02 or (iii) if such Notes shall have been declared due and
payable  following an Event of Default but amounts  collected or receivable from
the Trust Estate are being applied in  accordance  with Section 5.05 as if there
had not been  such a  declaration,  then the  Indenture  Trustee  shall,  to the
fullest extent  practicable,  invest and reinvest funds in the Trust Accounts in
one or more Eligible Investments.

         SECTION 8.04.  Release of Trust  Estate.  (a) Subject to the payment of
its fees and expenses  pursuant to Section 6.07, the Indenture  Trustee may, and
when required by the provisions of this Indenture shall,  execute instruments to
release  property  from the lien of this  Indenture,  or  convey  the  Indenture
Trustee's interest in the same, in a manner and under circumstances that are not
inconsistent  with the  provisions of this  Indenture.  No party relying upon an
instrument  executed by the  Indenture  Trustee as provided in this Article VIII
shall be bound to ascertain the Indenture Trustee's authority,  inquire into the
satisfaction  of any  conditions  precedent  or see  to the  application  of any
moneys.

         (b) The  Indenture  Trustee  shall,  at such time as there are no Notes
Outstanding and all sums due the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 6.07 have
been paid,  release any  remaining  portion of the Trust Estate that secured the
Notes  from the lien of this  Indenture  and  release to the Issuer or any other
Person  entitled  thereto any funds then on deposit in the Trust  Accounts.  The
Indenture  Trustee  shall  release  property  from  the  lien of this  Indenture
pursuant  to this  Section  8.04(b)  only  upon  receipt  of an  Issuer  Request
accompanied by an Officer's Certificate,  an Opinion of Counsel and (if required
by the TIA)  Independent Certificates in accordance with TIA Sections 314(c) and
314(d)(1) meeting the applicable requirements of Section 11.01.

         (c) Upon the written notification from the Servicer pursuant to Section
5.06(a)(ii)(E) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  on the related Distribution
Date the  Issuer  shall  deliver  to the  Indenture  Trustee  an Issuer  Request
accompanied by an Officer's Certificate,  an Opinion of Counsel and (if required
by the TIA) Independent  Certificates in accordance with TIA Sections 314(c) and
314(d)(1)  meeting the applicable  requirements  of Section 11.01,  and upon its
receipt of such items on such  Distribution  Date the  Indenture  Trustee  shall
deposit the Cash Release  Amount (to the extent of funds  available  pursuant to
Section  5.06(a)(ii)(E) of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement) in the Certificate
Distribution Account.

         SECTION 8.05.  Opinion of Counsel.  The Indenture Trustee shall receive
at least  seven  days  notice  when  requested  by the Issuer to take any action
pursuant to Section 8.04(a),  accompanied by copies of any instruments involved,
and the  Indenture  Trustee shall also  require,  except in connection  with any
action  contemplated  by Section  8.04(c),  as a condition  to such  action,  an
Opinion of Counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee,
stating the legal effect of any such  action,  outlining  the steps  required to
complete the same, and concluding that all conditions precedent to the taking of
such action have been  complied  with and such  action will not  materially  and
adversely  impair the security for the Notes or the rights of the Noteholders in
contravention of the provisions of this Indenture;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such
Opinion of Counsel  shall not be  required  to express an opinion as to the fair
value of the Trust Estate.  Counsel rendering any such opinion may rely, without
independent  investigation,  on the accuracy and validity of any  certificate or
other instrument  delivered to the Indenture Trustee in connection with any such
action.

                                  ARTICLE IX

                            Supplemental Indentures

         SECTION 9.01.  Supplemental  Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders.
(a) Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes but with prior notice to the
Rating  Agencies,  the Issuer and the Indenture  Trustee,  when authorized by an
Issuer  Order,  at any time and from time to time,  may  enter  into one or more
indentures  supplemental  hereto (which shall  conform to the  provisions of the
Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date of the execution  thereof),  in form
satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

              (i) to correct or amplify the  description  of any property at any
         time subject to the lien of this Indenture, or better to assure, convey
         and confirm unto the Indenture Trustee any property subject or required
         to be  subjected  to the lien of this  Indenture,  or to subject to the
         lien of this Indenture additional property;

              (ii) to evidence the succession, in compliance with the applicable
         provisions  hereof, of another person to the Issuer, and the assumption
         by any such  successor of the covenants of the Issuer herein and in the
         Notes contained;

              (iii) to add to the  covenants  of the Issuer,  for the benefit of
         the Holders of the Notes,  or to  surrender  any right or power  herein
         conferred upon the Issuer;

              (iv) to convey, transfer,  assign, mortgage or pledge any property
         to or with the Indenture Trustee;

              (v) to cure any ambiguity,  to correct or supplement any provision
         herein or in any supplemental  indenture that may be inconsistent  with
         any other provision herein or in any supplemental  indenture or to make
         any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under
         this Indenture or in any supplemental  indenture;  PROVIDED,  that such
         action shall not  adversely  affect the interests of the Holders of the
         Notes;

              (vi) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of the appointment
         hereunder  by a successor  trustee with respect to the Notes and to add
         to or  change  any of the  provisions  of this  Indenture  as  shall be
         necessary to facilitate the  administration  of the trusts hereunder by
         more than one trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Article VI; or

              (vii)  to  modify,  eliminate  or add to the  provisions  of  this
         Indenture   to  such  extent  as  shall  be  necessary  to  effect  the
         qualification  of this  Indenture  under the TIA or under  any  similar
         federal  statute  hereafter  enacted and to add to this  Indenture such
         other provisions as may be expressly required by the TIA.

The  Indenture  Trustee is hereby  authorized  to join in the execution of any
such supplemental indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and
stipulations that may be therein contained.

         (b) The Issuer and the Indenture Trustee,  when authorized by an Issuer
Order, may, also without the consent of any of the Holders of the Notes but with
prior  notice to the Rating  Agencies,  enter into an  indenture  or  indentures
supplemental  hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in
any  manner or  eliminating  any of the  provisions  of,  this  Indenture  or of
modifying  in any  manner  the  rights of the  Holders  of the Notes  under this
Indenture;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that such action  shall not, as evidenced by an
Opinion of Counsel,  adversely  affect in any material  respect the interests of
any Noteholder.

         SECTION 9.02. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders.  The
Issuer and the Indenture Trustee,  when authorized by an Issuer Order, also may,
with prior notice to the Rating  Agencies and with the consent of the Holders of
not less than a majority of the Outstanding  Amount of the Notes, by Act of such
Holders  delivered  to the  Issuer  and the  Indenture  Trustee,  enter  into an
indenture  or  indentures  supplemental  hereto  for the  purpose  of adding any
provisions  to, or changing in any manner or  eliminating  any of the provisions
of, this  Indenture  or of  modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of
the Notes under this Indenture;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that no such  supplemental
indenture  shall,  without  the consent of the Holder of each  Outstanding  Note
affected thereby:

              (i) change the date of payment of any  installment of principal of
         or interest on any Note, or reduce the principal  amount  thereof,  the
         Interest  Rate thereon or the  Redemption  Price with respect  thereto,
         change the provisions of this Indenture  relating to the application of
         collections  on, or the  proceeds  of the sale of, the Trust  Estate to
         payment of principal  of or interest on the Notes,  or change any place
         of payment  where,  or the coin or currency  in which,  any Note or the
         interest thereon is payable,  or impair the right to institute suit for
         the  enforcement  of the  provisions  of this  Indenture  requiring the
         application of funds available  therefor,  as provided in Article V, to
         the  payment  of any such  amount  due on the  Notes  on or  after  the
         respective  due dates  thereof  (or, in the case of  redemption,  on or
         after the Redemption Date);

              (ii) reduce the percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes,
         the  consent  of  the  Holders  of  which  is  required  for  any  such
         supplemental  indenture,  or the  consent  of the  Holders  of which is
         required for any waiver of compliance  with certain  provisions of this
         Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences provided
         for in this Indenture;

              (iii)  modify  or  alter  the  provisions  of the  proviso  to the
         definition of the term "Outstanding";

              (iv) reduce the percentage of the Outstanding  Amount of the Notes
         required to direct the  Indenture  Trustee to direct the Issuer to sell
         or liquidate the Trust Estate pursuant to Section 5.04;

              (v) modify any  provision of this  Section  except to increase any
         percentage  specified  herein or to  provide  that  certain  additional
         provisions of this Indenture or the Basic Documents  cannot be modified
         or waived  without the consent of the Holder of each  Outstanding  Note
         affected thereby;

              (vi) modify any of the provisions of this Indenture in such manner
         as to affect the  calculation  of the amount of any payment of interest
         or principal due on any Note on any  Distribution  Date  (including the
         calculation of any of the individual components of such calculation) or
         to affect  the  rights of the  Holders  of Notes to the  benefit of any
         provisions for the mandatory  redemption of the Notes contained herein;
         or

              (vii)  permit the  creation of any lien  ranking  prior to or on a
         parity with the lien of this  Indenture with respect to any part of the
         Trust Estate or, except as otherwise permitted or contemplated  herein,
         terminate  the  lien of this  Indenture  on any  property  at any  time
         subject  hereto  or  deprive  the  Holder  of any Note of the  security
         provided by the lien of this Indenture.

The Indenture Trustee may in its discretion determine whether or not any Notes
would be affected by any  supplemental  indenture  and any such  determination
shall be  conclusive  upon the Holders of all Notes,  whether  theretofore  or
thereafter  authenticated and delivered hereunder. The Indenture Trustee shall
not be liable for any such determination made in good faith.

         It shall  not be  necessary  for any Act of  Noteholders  under  this
Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture,
but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

         Promptly after the execution by the Issuer and the Indenture  Trustee
of any supplemental  indenture pursuant to this Section, the Indenture Trustee
shall mail to the Holders of the Notes to which such amendment or supplemental
indenture  relates a notice  setting  forth in general  terms the substance of
such supplemental indenture. Any failure of the Indenture Trustee to mail such
notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect
the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

         SECTION 9.03. Execution of Supplemental  Indentures.  In executing,  or
permitting  the  additional  trusts  created  by,  any  supplemental   indenture
permitted by this Article IX or the  modification  thereby of the trusts created
by this  Indenture,  the  Indenture  Trustee  shall be entitled to receive,  and
subject to Sections 6.01 and 6.02,  shall be fully protected in relying upon, an
Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental  indenture is
authorized or permitted by this Indenture.  The Indenture Trustee may, but shall
not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the
Indenture  Trustee's own rights,  duties,  liabilities or immunities  under this
Indenture or otherwise.

         SECTION 9.04. Effect of Supplemental  Indenture.  Upon the execution of
any supplemental  indenture  pursuant to the provisions  hereof,  this Indenture
shall be and shall be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance  therewith
with  respect  to  the  Notes  affected  thereby,  and  the  respective  rights,
limitations of rights,  obligations,  duties,  liabilities and immunities  under
this Indenture of the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer and the Holders of the Notes
shall thereafter be determined,  exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all
respects to such modifications and amendments,  and all the terms and conditions
of any such  supplemental  indenture  shall be and be  deemed  to be part of the
terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

         SECTION 9.05.  Conformity  with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment of
this  Indenture  and every  supplemental  indenture  executed  pursuant  to this
Article IX shall conform to the  requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then
in effect so long as this  Indenture  shall  then be  qualified  under the Trust
Indenture Act.

         SECTION  9.06.  Reference in Notes to  Supplemental  Indentures.  Notes
authenticated  and delivered after the execution of any  supplemental  indenture
pursuant to this Article IX may, and if required by the Indenture Trustee shall,
bear a  notation  in form  approved  by the  Indenture  Trustee as to any matter
provided  for in such  supplemental  indenture.  If the Issuer or the  Indenture
Trustee shall so determine,  new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion
of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer, to any such supplemental  indenture may
be prepared and executed by the Issuer and  authenticated  and  delivered by the
Indenture Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Notes.

                                   ARTICLE X

                              Redemption of Notes

         SECTION  10.01.  Redemption.  The  outstanding  Class A-4 Notes and the
Class B Notes  are  subject  to  redemption  in whole,  but not in part,  at the
direction of the Servicer  pursuant to Section 9.01(a) of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement,  on any Distribution Date on which the Servicer  exercises its option
to purchase the Trust Estate  pursuant to said Section  9.01(a),  for a purchase
price equal to the  Redemption  Price;  PROVIDED  that the Issuer has  available
funds  sufficient to pay the Redemption  Price. The Servicer or the Issuer shall
furnish the Rating Agencies notice of such redemption.  If the outstanding Class
A-4 Notes and the Class B Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to this Section, the
Servicer or the Issuer shall  furnish  notice of such  election to the Indenture
Trustee not later than 20 days prior to the Redemption Date and the Issuer shall
deposit  by 10:00  A.M.  New York  City  time on the  Redemption  Date  with the
Indenture Trustee in the Note  Distribution  Account the Redemption Price of the
Class A-4 Notes and the Class B Notes to be redeemed,  whereupon  all such Class
A-4 Notes and Class B Notes shall be due and payable on the Redemption Date upon
the  furnishing of a notice  complying  with Section 10.02 to each Holder of the
Notes.

         SECTION 10.02.  Form of Redemption  Notice.  Notice of redemption under
Section  10.01  shall be given by the  Indenture  Trustee by  first-class  mail,
postage  prepaid,  or by facsimile  mailed or transmitted not later than 10 days
prior to the applicable Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes, as of the close
of business on the Record Date preceding the applicable Redemption Date, at such
Holder's address or facsimile number appearing in the Note Register.

         All notices of redemption shall state:

              (i) the Redemption Date;

              (ii) the Redemption Price; and

              (iii) the place where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment
         of the  Redemption  Price  (which  shall be the office or agency of the
         Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.02).

Notice of redemption  of the Notes shall be given by the Indenture  Trustee in
the  name  and at the  expense  of the  Issuer.  Failure  to  give  notice  of
redemption,  or any defect therein, to any Holder of any Note shall not impair
or affect the validity of the redemption of any other Note.

         SECTION 10.03.  Notes Payable on Redemption Date. The Notes or portions
thereof to be redeemed  shall,  following  notice of  redemption  as required by
Section 10.02,  on the Redemption  Date become due and payable at the Redemption
Price and (unless  the Issuer  shall  default in the  payment of the  Redemption
Price) no interest shall accrue on the Redemption Price for any period after the
date to which accrued  interest is calculated  for purposes of  calculating  the
Redemption Price.

                                  ARTICLE XI

                                 Miscellaneous

         SECTION 11.01.  Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc. (a) Upon any
application or request by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee to take any action
under any provision of this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture
Trustee (i) an Officer's Certificate stating that all conditions  precedent,  if
any,  provided for in this Indenture  relating to the proposed  action have been
complied  with,  (ii) an Opinion of Counsel  stating that in the opinion of such
counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with and (iii)
(if  required by the TIA) an  Independent  Certificate  from a firm of certified
public accountants meeting the applicable  requirements of this Section,  except
that, in the case of any such  application or request as to which the furnishing
of such documents is  specifically  required by any provision of this Indenture,
no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

         Every  certificate  or  opinion  with  respect to  compliance  with a
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

              (1) a statement that each signatory of such certificate or opinion
         has read or has caused to be read such  covenant or  condition  and the
         definitions herein relating thereto;

              (2)  a  brief  statement  as  to  the  nature  and  scope  of  the
         examination  or  investigation  upon which the  statements  or opinions
         contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

              (3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such signatory,  such
         signatory has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to
         enable such  signatory to express an informed  opinion as to whether or
         not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

              (4) a  statement  as to  whether,  in the  opinion  of  each  such
         signatory, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

              (b) (i) Prior to the deposit of any  Collateral or other  property
         or securities  with the Indenture  Trustee that is to be made the basis
         for the release of any  property or  securities  subject to the lien of
         this Indenture, the Issuer shall, in addition to any obligation imposed
         in Section  11.01(a) or  elsewhere  in this  Indenture,  furnish to the
         Indenture  Trustee an Officer's  Certificate  certifying or stating the
         opinion of each person  signing such  certificate  as to the fair value
         (within 90 days of such  deposit)  to the Issuer of the  Collateral  or
         other property or securities to be so deposited.

              (ii)  Whenever the Issuer is required to furnish to the  Indenture
         Trustee an Officer's  Certificate  certifying or stating the opinion of
         any signer thereof as to the matters described in clause (i) above, the
         Issuer  shall also  deliver  to the  Indenture  Trustee an  Independent
         Certificate as to the same matters,  if the fair value to the Issuer of
         the securities to be so deposited and of all other such securities made
         the basis of any such  withdrawal or release since the  commencement of
         the  then-current  fiscal  year  of the  Issuer,  as set  forth  in the
         certificates  delivered  pursuant  to clause (i) above and this  clause
         (ii), is 10% or more of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, but such a
         certificate  need not be furnished  with respect to any  securities  so
         deposited,  if the fair value thereof to the Issuer as set forth in the
         related  Officer's  Certificate  is less than  $25,000 or less than one
         percent of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes.

              (iii)  Whenever any property or securities are to be released from
         the lien of this  Indenture,  the  Issuer  shall  also  furnish  to the
         Indenture  Trustee an Officer's  Certificate  certifying or stating the
         opinion of each person  signing such  certificate  as to the fair value
         (within 90 days of such release) of the property or securities proposed
         to be  released  and  stating  that in the  opinion of such  person the
         proposed  release will not impair the security  under this Indenture in
         contravention of the provisions hereof.

              (iv)  Whenever the Issuer is required to furnish to the  Indenture
         Trustee an Officer's  Certificate  certifying or stating the opinion of
         any signer  thereof as to the matters  described in clause (iii) above,
         the Issuer shall also furnish to the Indenture  Trustee an  Independent
         Certificate as to the same matters if the fair value of the property or
         securities  and  of  all  other   property,   other  than  property  as
         contemplated  by clause (v) below or securities  released from the lien
         of this Indenture since the commencement of the  then-current  calendar
         year, as set forth in the  certificates  required by clause (iii) above
         and this clause (iv),  equals 10% or more of the Outstanding  Amount of
         the Notes,  but such  certificate  need not be furnished in the case of
         any release of property or  securities if the fair value thereof as set
         forth in the related Officer's Certificate is less than $25,000 or less
         than one percent of the then Outstanding Amount of the Notes.

              (v)  Notwithstanding  Section 2.10 or any other  provision of this
         Section,  the Issuer may,  without  compliance with the requirements of
         the other provisions of this Section, (A) collect,  liquidate,  sell or
         otherwise  dispose of Receivables  and Financed  Vehicles as and to the
         extent  permitted or required by the Basic  Documents and (B) make cash
         payments  out of the Trust  Accounts as and to the extent  permitted or
         required by the Basic Documents, so long as the Issuer shall deliver to
         the Indenture Trustee every six months, commencing [________ __, ____],
         an  Officer's   Certificate   of  the  Issuer   stating  that  all  the
         dispositions of Collateral  described in clauses (A) and (B) above that
         occurred  during the preceding six calendar months were in the ordinary
         course of the  Issuer's  business  and that the  proceeds  thereof were
         applied in accordance with the Basic Documents.

         SECTION 11.02. Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee. In any
case where  several  matters are required to be  certified  by, or covered by an
opinion of, any specified  Person,  it is not necessary that all such matters be
certified  by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person,  or that they
be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify
or give an  opinion  with  respect  to some  matters  and one or more other such
Persons as to other matters,  and any such Person may certify or give an opinion
as to such matters in one or several documents.

         Any certificate or opinion of an Authorized Officer of the Issuer may
be based,  insofar as it  relates  to legal  matters,  upon a  certificate  or
opinion of, or representations  by, counsel,  unless such officer knows, or in
the exercise of reasonable  care should know,  that the certificate or opinion
or  representations  with  respect to the  matters  upon which such  officer's
certificate  or opinion is based are  erroneous.  Any such  certificate  of an
Authorized  Officer or Opinion of Counsel may be based,  insofar as it relates
to factual matters,  upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations  by,
an  officer  or  officers  of the  Servicer,  the  Seller,  the  Issuer or the
Administrator,  stating  that the  information  with  respect to such  factual
matters is in the  possession of the Servicer,  the Seller,  the Issuer or the
Administrator,  unless such counsel  knows,  or in the exercise of  reasonable
care should know,  that the  certificate  or opinion or  representations  with
respect to such matters are erroneous.

         Where any Person is  required  to make,  give or execute  two or more
applications, requests, consents, certificates,  statements, opinions or other
instruments under this Indenture,  they may, but need not, be consolidated and
form one instrument.

         Whenever in this  Indenture,  in connection  with any  application or
certificate or report to the Indenture Trustee, it is provided that the Issuer
shall deliver any document as a condition of the granting of such application,
or as evidence of the Issuer's compliance with any term hereof, it is intended
that the truth and accuracy,  at the time of the granting of such  application
or at the effective  date of such  certificate or report (as the case may be),
of the  facts  and  opinions  stated  in such  document  shall in such case be
conditions  precedent  to the right of the  Issuer  to have  such  application
granted or to the  sufficiency of such  certificate  or report.  The foregoing
shall not,  however,  be construed to affect the Indenture  Trustee's right to
rely upon the truth and accuracy of any statement or opinion  contained in any
such document as provided in Article VI.

         SECTION  11.03.   Acts  of  Noteholders.   (a)  Any  request,   demand,
authorization,  direction,  notice,  consent, waiver or other action provided by
this  Indenture  to be  given or taken by  Noteholders  may be  embodied  in and
evidenced by one or more  instruments of  substantially  similar tenor signed by
such Noteholders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing; and except as
herein otherwise expressly provided such action shall become effective when such
instrument or instruments  are delivered to the Indenture  Trustee and, where it
is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and
the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred
to as the "Act" of the Noteholders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof
of execution of any such  instrument or of a writing  appointing  any such agent
shall be  sufficient  for any purpose of this  Indenture and (subject to Section
6.01)  conclusive in favor of the Indenture  Trustee and the Issuer,  if made in
the manner provided in this Section.

         (b) The  fact  and  date of the  execution  by any  person  of any such
instrument  or writing  may be proved in any manner that the  Indenture  Trustee
deems sufficient.

         (c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

         (d) Any request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice, consent,
waiver or other action by the Holder of any Notes shall bind the Holder of every
Note issued  upon the  registration  thereof or in exchange  therefor or in lieu
thereof,  in respect of  anything  done,  omitted or  suffered to be done by the
Indenture Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon,  whether or not notation of
such action is made upon such Note.

         SECTION 11.04. Notices,  etc., to Indenture Trustee,  Issuer and Rating
Agencies. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver
or Act of Noteholders or other documents provided or permitted by this Indenture
shall be in  writing  and if such  request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,
notice,  consent,  waiver or act of  Noteholders  is to be made  upon,  given or
furnished to or filed with:

              (i) the Indenture Trustee by any Noteholder or by the Issuer shall
         be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given,  furnished or
         filed in writing  to or with the  Indenture  Trustee  at its  Corporate
         Trust Office, or

              (ii) the  Issuer by the  Indenture  Trustee  or by any  Noteholder
         shall be  sufficient  for every  purpose  hereunder  if in writing  and
         mailed first-class, postage prepaid to the Issuer addressed to: Premier
         Auto    Trust     [___-_],     in    care    of    [Owner     Trustee],
         [_____________________],  Attention [_____________________],  or at any
         other address previously  furnished in writing to the Indenture Trustee
         by the Issuer or the Administrator.  The Issuer shall promptly transmit
         any  notice  received  by it  from  the  Noteholders  to the  Indenture
         Trustee.

         Notices  required  to be given to the Rating  Agencies by the Issuer,
the Indenture  Trustee or the Owner  Trustee  shall be in writing,  personally
delivered or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, to (i) in the
case of Moody's,  at the following address:  Moody's Investors Service,  Inc.,
ABS Monitoring Department, 99 Church Street, New York, New York 10007, (ii) in
the case of Standard & Poor's,  at the  following  address:  Standard & Poor's
Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill  Companies,  Inc., 25 Broadway
(15th Floor), New York, New York 10004, Attention of Asset Backed Surveillance
Department,  (iii) in the case of Fitch IBCA, Inc., at the following  address:
One State Street Plaza,  New York, N.Y. 10004,  and (iv) in the case of Duff &
Phelps  Credit  Rating Co., at the following  address:  17 State Street,  12th
Floor,  New York, N.Y.  10004;  or as to each of the foregoing,  at such other
address as shall be designated by written notice to the other parties.

         SECTION 11.05.  Notices to  Noteholders;  Waiver.  Where this Indenture
provides  for  notice  to  Noteholders  of  any  event,  such  notice  shall  be
sufficiently  given (unless  otherwise herein expressly  provided) if in writing
and mailed,  first-class,  postage prepaid to each  Noteholder  affected by such
event,  at such Holder's  address as it appears on the Note Register,  not later
than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the
giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Noteholders is given by mail,
neither  the  failure to mail such notice nor any defect in any notice so mailed
to any particular  Noteholder  shall affect the  sufficiency of such notice with
respect to other Noteholders, and any notice that is mailed in the manner herein
provided shall conclusively be presumed to have been duly given.

         Where this Indenture  provides for notice in any manner,  such notice
may be waived in writing by any Person entitled to receive such notice, either
before or after the event,  and such waiver  shall be the  equivalent  of such
notice.  Waivers of notice by  Noteholders  shall be filed with the  Indenture
Trustee but such filing shall not be a condition  precedent to the validity of
any action taken in reliance upon such a waiver.

         In case,  by reason of the  suspension  of regular  mail service as a
result of a strike, work stoppage or similar activity, it shall be impractical
to mail notice of any event to Noteholders  when such notice is required to be
given pursuant to any provision of this  Indenture,  then any manner of giving
such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Indenture  Trustee shall be deemed
to be a sufficient giving of such notice.

         Where this  Indenture  provides  for  notice to the Rating  Agencies,
failure to give such notice shall not affect any other  rights or  obligations
created hereunder,  and shall not under any circumstance  constitute a Default
or Event of Default.

         SECTION 11.06. Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions. Notwithstanding
any provision of this Indenture or any of the Notes to the contrary,  the Issuer
may enter into any agreement with any Holder of a Note providing for a method of
payment,  or notice by the Indenture Trustee or any Paying Agent to such Holder,
that is  different  from the methods  provided  for in this  Indenture  for such
payments or notices.  The Issuer will furnish to the Indenture Trustee a copy of
each such agreement and the Indenture Trustee will cause payments to be made and
notices to be given in accordance with such agreements.

         SECTION  11.07.  Conflict  with Trust  Indenture  Act. If any provision
hereof  limits,  qualifies or conflicts  with another  provision  hereof that is
required to be included in this  Indenture by any of the provisions of the Trust
Indenture Act, such required provision shall control.

         The  provisions  of TIA Sections 310 through 317 that impose duties on
any person  (including the provisions  automatically  deemed  included  herein
unless  expressly  excluded by this  Indenture)  are a part of and govern this
Indenture, whether or not physically contained herein.

         SECTION  11.08.  Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.  The Article
and Section  headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience  only
and shall not affect the construction hereof.

         SECTION 11.09.  Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in
this  Indenture  and the  Notes by the  Issuer  shall  bind its  successors  and
assigns, whether so expressed or not. All agreements of the Indenture Trustee in
this Indenture shall bind its successors, co-trustees and agents.

         SECTION 11.10. Separability. In case any provision in this Indenture or
in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable,  the validity, legality
and enforceability of the remaining  provisions shall not in any way be affected
or impaired thereby.

         SECTION 11.11.  Benefits of Indenture.  Nothing in this Indenture or in
the Notes, express or implied,  shall give to any Person, other than the parties
hereto and their successors hereunder, and the Noteholders,  and any other party
secured  hereunder,  and any other Person with an ownership interest in any part
of the Trust  Estate,  any benefit or any legal or  equitable  right,  remedy or
claim under this Indenture.

         SECTION 11.12. Legal Holidays.  In any case where the date on which any
payment  is due shall not be a Business  Day,  then  (notwithstanding  any other
provision of the Notes or this Indenture) payment need not be made on such date,
but may be made on the next  succeeding  Business  Day with the same  force  and
effect as if made on the date on which  nominally  due,  and no  interest  shall
accrue for the period from and after any such nominal date.

         SECTION  11.13.  GOVERNING  LAW. THIS  INDENTURE  SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE  WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW  YORK,  WITHOUT  REFERENCE  TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW  PROVISIONS,  AND THE  OBLIGATIONS,  RIGHTS AND  REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

         SECTION  11.14.  Counterparts.  This  Indenture  may be executed in any
number  of  counterparts,  each of which so  executed  shall be  deemed to be an
original,  but all such counterparts  shall together  constitute but one and the
same instrument.

         SECTION 11.15. Recording of Indenture.  If this Indenture is subject to
recording in any appropriate public recording  offices,  such recording is to be
effected by the Issuer and at its expense  accompanied  by an Opinion of Counsel
(which may be counsel to the Indenture  Trustee or any other counsel  reasonably
acceptable  to the  Indenture  Trustee)  to the effect  that such  recording  is
necessary  either for the  protection  of the  Noteholders  or any other  Person
secured  hereunder or for the  enforcement of any right or remedy granted to the
Indenture Trustee under this Indenture.

         SECTION 11.16. Trust Obligation.  No recourse may be taken, directly or
indirectly,  with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or
the Indenture Trustee on the Notes or under this Indenture or any certificate or
other  writing  delivered in connection  herewith or therewith,  against (i) the
Indenture  Trustee or the Owner  Trustee in its  individual  capacity,  (ii) any
owner of a  beneficial  interest  in the  Issuer  or (iii) any  partner,  owner,
beneficiary,  agent,  officer,  director,  employee  or agent  of the  Indenture
Trustee  or the  Owner  Trustee  in its  individual  capacity,  any  holder of a
beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or
of any successor or assign of the Indenture  Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its
individual  capacity,  except as any such Person may have  expressly  agreed (it
being  understood that the Indenture  Trustee and the Owner Trustee have no such
obligations  in their  individual  capacity)  and except that any such  partner,
owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable
law, for any unpaid  consideration  for stock,  unpaid capital  contribution  or
failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity. For all purposes of
this  Indenture,  in the  performance of any duties or obligations of the Issuer
hereunder,  the Owner  Trustee shall be subject to, and entitled to the benefits
of, the terms and provisions of Article VI, VII and VIII of the Trust Agreement.

         SECTION 11.17.  No Petition.  The Indenture  Trustee,  by entering into
this Indenture,  and each Noteholder,  by accepting a Note,  hereby covenant and
agree  that they  will not at any time  institute  against  the  Company  or the
Issuer,  or join in any  institution  against  the Company or the Issuer of, any
bankruptcy, reorganization,  arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings,
or other  proceedings  under any United  States  federal or state  bankruptcy or
similar law in  connection  with any  obligations  relating  to the Notes,  this
Indenture or any of the Basic Documents.

         SECTION 11.18. Inspection.  The Issuer agrees that, on reasonable prior
notice, it will permit any representative of the Indenture  Trustee,  during the
Issuer's normal  business  hours, to examine all the books of account,  records,
reports and other papers of the Issuer,  to make copies and extracts  therefrom,
to cause such books to be audited by Independent  certified public  accountants,
and to discuss the Issuer's  affairs,  finances  and accounts  with the Issuer's
officers,  employees and Independent  certified public accountants,  all at such
reasonable  times and as often as may be  reasonably  requested.  The  Indenture
Trustee shall,  and shall cause its  representatives  to, hold in confidence all
such information except to the extent disclosure may be required by law (and all
reasonable applications for confidential treatment are unavailing) and except to
the  extent  that the  Indenture  Trustee  may  reasonably  determine  that such
disclosure is consistent with its obligations hereunder.


<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Issuer and the Indenture  Trustee have caused
this Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers,  thereunto duly
authorized and duly attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

                         PREMIER AUTO TRUST [___-_],

                         by:    [OWNER TRUSTEE], not in its individual capacity 
                                but solely as Owner Trustee,

                                   by:__________________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:

                         [INDENTURE TRUSTEE], not in its individual capacity but
                         solely as Indenture Trustee,

                         by:_________________________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:


<PAGE>




                                   SCHEDULE A

                    Provided to the Owner Trustee at Closing


<PAGE>


                                                                     EXHIBIT A-1

                            [FORM OF CLASS A-1 NOTE]

UNLESS  THIS  NOTE  IS  PRESENTED  BY  AN  AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE  OF  THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,  EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT,  AND ANY NOTE ISSUED
IS  REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED
BY AN AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO.
OR TO SUCH OTHER  ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN  AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE  OF
DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO
ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL  INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED  OWNER HEREOF,  CEDE & CO.,
HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE  PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN  INSTALLMENTS  AS SET FORTH  HEREIN.
ACCORDINGLY,  THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE
LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

REGISTERED                                                   $___________

No. R-__                                            CUSIP NO. ___________

                           PREMIER AUTO TRUST [___-_]

                      CLASS A-1 [____%] ASSET BACKED NOTES

         Premier Auto Trust [___-_],  a business trust  organized and existing
under the laws of the State of Delaware  (herein referred to as the "Issuer"),
for  value  received,  hereby  promises  to pay to Cede & Co.,  or  registered
assigns,  the  principal  sum  of  ______________   DOLLARS  payable  on  each
Distribution Date in an amount equal to the result obtained by multiplying (i)
a fraction the numerator of which is $________________  and the denominator of
which is $____________ by (ii) the aggregate  amount, if any, payable from the
Note  Distribution  Account  in respect  of  principal  on the Class A-1 Notes
pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Indenture dated as of [________] 1, [___] (the
"Indenture"),    between    the   Issuer   and    [Indenture    Trustee],    a
[________________],  as Indenture Trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"); PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and
payable  on the  [________  ____]  Distribution  Date  (the  "Class  A-1 Final
Scheduled  Distribution Date").  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein
are defined in Article I of the  Indenture,  which also  contains  rules as to
construction that shall be applicable herein.

         The Issuer will pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown
above on each  Distribution  Date until the  principal of this Note is paid or
made available for payment,  on the principal  amount of this Note outstanding
on the  preceding  Distribution  Date (after  giving effect to all payments of
principal  made  on the  preceding  Distribution  Date),  subject  to  certain
limitations  contained in the last sentence of Section 3.01 of the  Indenture.
Interest  on this  Note  will  accrue  for  each  Distribution  Date  from and
including the most recent  Distribution  Date on which  interest has been paid
(in the case of the first  Distribution  Date,  from the Closing  Date) to but
excluding  such current  Distribution  Date.  Interest will be computed on the
basis of the actual  number of days in the Class A-1 Interest  Accrual  Period
divided by 360.  Such  principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in
the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

         The  principal  of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin
or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal
tender for  payment of public and  private  debts.  All  payments  made by the
Issuer with  respect to this Note shall be applied  first to interest  due and
payable on this Note as  provided  above and then to the unpaid  principal  of
this Note.

         Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on
the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth
on the face of this Note.

         Unless the certificate of authentication  hereon has been executed by
the Indenture Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature,  this Note
shall not be  entitled  to any  benefit  under the  Indenture,  or be valid or
obligatory for any purpose.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Issuer has  caused  this  instrument  to be
signed,  manually or in facsimile,  by its Authorized  Officer, as of the date
set forth below.

Date:                       PREMIER AUTO TRUST [___-_],

                            by:  [OWNER TRUSTEE], not in its individual capacity
                                 but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust 
                                 Agreement,

                                 by:___________________________________________
                                      Authorized Signatory

                    TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This  is  one  of  the  Notes   designated   above  and  referred  to  in  the
within-mentioned Indenture.

Date:                       [INDENTURE TRUSTEE], not in its individual capacity 
                            but solely as Indenture Trustee,

                            by: _______________________________________________
                                        Authorized Signatory


<PAGE>


         This Note is one of a duly  authorized  issue of Notes of the Issuer,
designated  as its Class A-1 [____%]  Asset  Backed Notes  (herein  called the
"Class A-1 Notes"), all issued under the Indenture, to which Indenture and all
indentures  supplemental  thereto  reference is hereby made for a statement of
the respective rights and obligations  thereunder of the Issuer, the Indenture
Trustee and the  Holders of the Notes.  The Class A-1 Notes are subject to all
terms of the Indenture.

         The Class A-1 Notes,  the Class A-2 Notes,  the Class A-3 Notes,  the
Class A-4 Notes and the Class B Notes (collectively, the "Notes") are and will
be equally and ratably secured by the collateral  pledged as security therefor
as  provided in the  Indenture,  subject to the  subordination  of the Class B
Notes as provided in the Indenture.

         Principal of the Class A-1 Notes will be payable on each Distribution
Date in an amount described on the face hereof.  "Distribution Date" means the
[________] day of each month,  or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the
next succeeding Business Day, commencing [________ __, ____].

         As described  above,  the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note
shall be due and payable on the Class A-1 Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes
shall be due and  payable on the date on which an Event of Default  shall have
occurred and be continuing  and the Indenture  Trustee or the Holders of Notes
representing  not less than a majority of the Outstanding  Amount of the Notes
have  declared  the Notes to be  immediately  due and  payable  in the  manner
provided in Section 5.02 of the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class
A-1  Notes  shall be made  pro  rata to the  Class  A-1  Noteholders  entitled
thereto.

         Payments   of   interest  on  this  Note  due  and  payable  on  each
Distribution Date, together with the installment of principal,  if any, to the
extent not in full payment of this Note,  shall be made by check mailed to the
Person  whose name  appears as the  Registered  Holder of this Note (or one or
more  Predecessor  Notes) on the Note  Register as of the close of business on
each Record Date,  except that with respect to Notes  registered on the Record
Date in the  name of the  nominee  of the  Clearing  Agency  (initially,  such
nominee  to be  Cede & Co.),  payments  will  be  made  by  wire  transfer  in
immediately  available funds to the account  designated by such nominee.  Such
checks shall be mailed to the Person  entitled  thereto at the address of such
Person as it appears on the Note  Register  as of the  applicable  Record Date
without  requiring  that this Note be submitted  for notation of payment.  Any
reduction in the principal amount of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor
Notes) effected by any payments made on any Distribution Date shall be binding
upon  all  future  Holders  of this  Note  and of any  Note  issued  upon  the
registration  of  transfer  hereof or in  exchange  hereof or in lieu  hereof,
whether  or not  noted  hereon.  If funds are  expected  to be  available,  as
provided in the Indenture,  for payment in full of the then  remaining  unpaid
principal  amount  of this Note on a  Distribution  Date,  then the  Indenture
Trustee,  in the name of and on behalf of the  Issuer,  will notify the Person
who was the  Registered  Holder  hereof as of the Record Date  preceding  such
Distribution  Date by notice mailed or transmitted by facsimile  prior to such
Distribution  Date,  and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only
upon  presentation  and  surrender  of this  Note at the  Indenture  Trustee's
principal  Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Indenture  Trustee's
agent appointed for such purposes located in The City of New York.

         The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue  installments of interest at
the Class A-1 Interest Rate to the extent lawful.

         As provided in the Indenture and subject to the limitations set forth
therein and on the face hereof, the transfer of this Note may be registered on
the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for  registration of transfer at
the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture,  duly
endorsed  by, or  accompanied  by a written  instrument  of  transfer  in form
satisfactory  to the Indenture  Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or
such  Holder's  attorney  duly  authorized  in  writing,  with such  signature
guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor  institution" meeting the requirements of
the Note Registrar,  which requirements include membership or participation in
the Securities  Transfer  Agent's  Medallion  Program  ("STAMP") or such other
"signature  guarantee  program" as may be determined by the Note  Registrar in
addition  to,  or in  substitution  for,  STAMP,  all in  accordance  with the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended,  and  thereupon one or more new
Notes of authorized  denominations and in the same aggregate  principal amount
will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.  No service charge
will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but
the  transferor  may be required to pay a sum  sufficient  to cover any tax or
other  governmental  charge  that may be imposed in  connection  with any such
registration of transfer or exchange.

         Each  Noteholder  or Note Owner,  by  acceptance of a Note or, in the
case of a Note Owner,  a beneficial  interest in a Note,  covenants and agrees
that no recourse  may be taken,  directly or  indirectly,  with respect to the
obligations of the Issuer,  the Owner Trustee or the Indenture  Trustee on the
Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing  delivered in
connection  therewith,  against (i) the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee
in its  individual  capacity,  (ii) any owner of a beneficial  interest in the
Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner,  beneficiary,  agent, officer, director or
employee  of the  Indenture  Trustee or the Owner  Trustee  in its  individual
capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Owner Trustee
or the  Indenture  Trustee  or of any  successor  or assign  of the  Indenture
Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its  individual  capacity,  except as any such
Person may have  expressly  agreed and except that any such partner,  owner or
beneficiary  shall be fully liable,  to the extent provided by applicable law,
for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure
to pay any installment or call owing to such entity.

         Each  Noteholder  or Note Owner,  by  acceptance of a Note or, in the
case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees by
accepting  the benefits of the  Indenture  that such  Noteholder or Note Owner
will not at any time institute against the Seller,  the Company or the Issuer,
or join in any institution  against the Seller,  the Company or the Issuer of,
any  bankruptcy,   reorganization,   arrangement,  insolvency  or  liquidation
proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law
in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture or the
Basic Documents.

         The Issuer has  entered  into the  Indenture  and this Note is issued
with the intention that, for federal,  state and local income, single business
and franchise tax purposes,  the Notes will qualify as indebtedness secured by
the Trust  Estate.  Each  Noteholder,  by  acceptance of a Note (and each Note
Owner by acceptance of a beneficial  interest in a Note),  agrees to treat the
Notes for federal,  state and local income,  single business and franchise tax
purposes as indebtedness of the Issuer.

         Prior to the due  presentment  for  registration  of transfer of this
Note,  the Issuer,  the  Indenture  Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the
Indenture  Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day
of  determination  or as of  such  other  date  as  may  be  specified  in the
Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes,  whether or not
this Note be overdue,  and none of the Issuer,  the  Indenture  Trustee or any
such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

         The Indenture  permits,  with certain exceptions as therein provided,
the amendment  thereof and the  modification  of the rights and obligations of
the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the  Indenture  at
any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of Notes representing a
majority of the Outstanding  Amount of all Notes at the time Outstanding.  The
Indenture   also  contains   provisions   permitting   the  Holders  of  Notes
representing  specified percentages of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, on
behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with
certain  provisions  of the  Indenture  and certain  past  defaults  under the
Indenture and their consequences.  Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of
this  Note (or any one or more  Predecessor  Notes)  shall be  conclusive  and
binding  upon such Holder and upon all future  Holders of this Note and of any
Note issued upon the  registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or
in lieu hereof  whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon
this Note. The Indenture also permits the Indenture  Trustee to amend or waive
certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of
Holders of the Notes issued thereunder.

         The term  "Issuer" as used in this Note includes any successor to the
Issuer under the Indenture.

         The   Issuer  is   permitted   by  the   Indenture,   under   certain
circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Indenture
Trustee and the Holders of Notes under the Indenture.

         The Notes are issuable only in registered  form in  denominations  as
provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

         This Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the
laws of the  State of New  York,  without  reference  to its  conflict  of law
provisions, and the obligations,  rights and remedies of the parties hereunder
and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

         No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or
of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer,  which is
absolute and unconditional,  to pay the principal of and interest on this Note
at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

         Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding,  except as expressly
provided in the Basic  Documents,  none of [Owner  Trustee] in its  individual
capacity,  [Indenture  Trustee]  in its  individual  capacity,  any owner of a
beneficial  interest  in the  Issuer,  or any of  their  respective  partners,
beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees or successors or assigns
shall be personally  liable for, nor shall recourse be had to any of them for,
the payment of  principal  of or interest on this Note or  performance  of, or
failure to perform,  any of the  covenants,  obligations  or  indemnifications
contained in the Indenture.  The Holder of this Note by its acceptance  hereof
agrees that, except as expressly provided in the Basic Documents,  in the case
of an Event of Default  under the  Indenture,  the Holder  shall have no claim
against any of the  foregoing  for any  deficiency,  loss or claim  therefrom;
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that nothing  contained  herein shall be taken to prevent
recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all
liabilities,  obligations  and  undertakings  contained in the Indenture or in
this Note.


<PAGE>


                                  ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto:

_______________________________________________________________________________
                         (name and address of assignee)

_______________________________________________________________________________
the within Note and all rights thereunder,  and hereby irrevocably constitutes
and appoints _________________________________________________ , attorney,
transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power 
of substitution in the premises.

Dated:______________________________         _________________________________*/
                                                    Signature Guaranteed:

                                             ___________________*/

- -------------------------------
*/      NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name
        of the  registered  owner as it appears on the face of the within Note
        in every  particular,  without  alteration,  enlargement or any change
        whatever.  Such signature must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor
        institution"  meeting the  requirements of the Note  Registrar,  which
        requirements  include  membership  or  participation  in STAMP or such
        other "signature  guarantee  program" as may be determined by the Note
        Registrar  in  addition  to, or in  substitution  for,  STAMP,  all in
        accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT A-2

                           [FORM OF CLASS A-2 NOTE]

         UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE OF THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,  EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT,  AND ANY NOTE ISSUED
IS  REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED
BY AN AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO.
OR TO SUCH OTHER  ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN  AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE  OF
DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO
ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL  INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED  OWNER HEREOF,  CEDE & CO.,
HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

         THE  PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN  INSTALLMENTS  AS SET FORTH
HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME
MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

REGISTERED                                                        $____________

No. R-__                                                     CUSIP NO.  

                          PREMIER AUTO TRUST [___-_]

                     CLASS A-2 [____%] ASSET BACKED NOTES

         Premier Auto Trust [___-_],  a business trust  organized and existing
under the laws of the State of Delaware  (herein referred to as the "Issuer"),
for  value  received,  hereby  promises  to pay to Cede & Co.,  or  registered
assigns,  the  principal  sum  of  __________________________________  DOLLARS
payable on each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the result obtained by
multiplying  (i) a fraction the  numerator of which is  $____________  and the
denominator of which is  [$____________] by (ii) the aggregate amount, if any,
payable  from the Note  Distribution  Account in respect of  principal  on the
Class  A-2  Notes  pursuant  to  Section  3.01 of the  Indenture  dated  as of
[________]  1,  [___] (the  "Indenture"),  between  the Issuer and  [Indenture
Trustee],  a  [__________________],   as  Indenture  Trustee  (the  "Indenture
Trustee");  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this
Note shall be due and payable on the [________  ____]  Distribution  Date (the
"Class A-2 Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date").  No payments of principal of
the Class A-2 Notes  shall be made until the Class A-1 Notes have been paid in
full.  Capitalized  terms used but not defined herein are defined in Article I
of the Indenture,  which also contains rules as to construction  that shall be
applicable herein.

         The Issuer will pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown
above on each  Distribution  Date until the  principal of this Note is paid or
made available for payment,  on the principal  amount of this Note outstanding
on the  preceding  Distribution  Date (after  giving effect to all payments of
principal  made  on the  preceding  Distribution  Date),  subject  to  certain
limitations  contained in the last sentence of Section 3.01 of the  Indenture.
Interest on this Note will accrue for each  Distribution  Date from the eighth
day of the month preceding the month of such Distribution Date (in the case of
the first  Distribution  Date,  from the Closing  Date) to and  including  the
seventh day of the month of such Distribution Date.  Interest will be computed
on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.  Such principal of and
interest  on this Note shall be paid in the manner  specified  on the  reverse
hereof.

         The  principal  of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin
or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal
tender for  payment of public and  private  debts.  All  payments  made by the
Issuer with  respect to this Note shall be applied  first to interest  due and
payable on this Note as  provided  above and then to the unpaid  principal  of
this Note.

         Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on
the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth
on the face of this Note.

         Unless the certificate of authentication  hereon has been executed by
the Indenture Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature,  this Note
shall not be  entitled  to any  benefit  under the  Indenture,  or be valid or
obligatory for any purpose.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Issuer has  caused  this  instrument  to be
signed,  manually or in facsimile,  by its Authorized  Officer, as of the date
set forth below.

Date:                           PREMIER AUTO TRUST [___-_],

                                by:  [OWNER TRUSTEE], not in its individual 
                                     capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under 
                                     the Trust Agreement,

                                        by:_________________________________
                                                 Authorized Signatory

                    TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This  is  one  of  the  Notes   designated   above  and  referred  to  in  the
within-mentioned Indenture.

Date:                          [INDENTURE TRUSTEE], not in its individual 
                               capacity but solely as Indenture Trustee,

                               by: ________________________________________
                                        Authorized Signatory


<PAGE>


         This Note is one of a duly  authorized  issue of Notes of the Issuer,
designated  as its Class A-2 [____%]  Asset  Backed Notes  (herein  called the
"Class A-2 Notes"), all issued under the Indenture, to which Indenture and all
indentures  supplemental  thereto  reference is hereby made for a statement of
the respective rights and obligations  thereunder of the Issuer, the Indenture
Trustee and the  Holders of the Notes.  The Class A-2 Notes are subject to all
terms of the Indenture.

         The Class A-1 Notes,  the Class A-2 Notes,  the Class A-3 Notes,  the
Class A-4 Notes and the Class B Notes (collectively, the "Notes") are and will
be equally and ratably secured by the collateral  pledged as security therefor
as  provided in the  Indenture,  subject to the  subordination  of the Class B
Notes as provided in the Indenture.

         Principal of the Class A-2 Notes will be payable on each Distribution
Date in an amount described on the face hereof.  "Distribution Date" means the
[________] day of each month,  or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the
next succeeding Business Day, commencing [________ __, ____].

         As described  above,  the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note
shall be due and payable on the Class A-2 Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes
shall be due and  payable on the date on which an Event of Default  shall have
occurred and be continuing  and the Indenture  Trustee or the Holders of Notes
representing  not less than a majority of the Outstanding  Amount of the Notes
have  declared  the Notes to be  immediately  due and  payable  in the  manner
provided in Section 5.02 of the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class
A-2  Notes  shall be made  pro  rata to the  Class  A-2  Noteholders  entitled
thereto.

         Payments   of   interest  on  this  Note  due  and  payable  on  each
Distribution Date, together with the installment of principal,  if any, to the
extent not in full payment of this Note,  shall be made by check mailed to the
Person  whose name  appears as the  Registered  Holder of this Note (or one or
more  Predecessor  Notes) on the Note  Register as of the close of business on
each Record Date,  except that with respect to Notes  registered on the Record
Date in the  name of the  nominee  of the  Clearing  Agency  (initially,  such
nominee  to be  Cede & Co.),  payments  will  be  made  by  wire  transfer  in
immediately  available funds to the account  designated by such nominee.  Such
checks shall be mailed to the Person  entitled  thereto at the address of such
Person as it appears on the Note  Register  as of the  applicable  Record Date
without  requiring  that this Note be submitted  for notation of payment.  Any
reduction in the principal amount of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor
Notes) effected by any payments made on any Distribution Date shall be binding
upon  all  future  Holders  of this  Note  and of any  Note  issued  upon  the
registration  of  transfer  hereof or in  exchange  hereof or in lieu  hereof,
whether  or not  noted  hereon.  If funds are  expected  to be  available,  as
provided in the Indenture,  for payment in full of the then  remaining  unpaid
principal  amount  of this Note on a  Distribution  Date,  then the  Indenture
Trustee,  in the name of and on behalf of the  Issuer,  will notify the Person
who was the  Registered  Holder  hereof as of the Record Date  preceding  such
Distribution  Date by notice mailed or transmitted by facsimile  prior to such
Distribution  Date,  and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only
upon  presentation  and  surrender  of this  Note at the  Indenture  Trustee's
principal  Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Indenture  Trustee's
agent appointed for such purposes located in The City of New York.

         The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue  installments of interest at
the Class A-2 Interest Rate to the extent lawful.

         As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain  limitations  set
forth  therein,  the  transfer  of this  Note  may be  registered  on the Note
Register  upon  surrender  of this Note for  registration  of  transfer at the
office or agency  designated  by the Issuer  pursuant to the  Indenture,  duly
endorsed  by, or  accompanied  by a written  instrument  of  transfer  in form
satisfactory  to the Indenture  Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or
such  Holder's  attorney  duly  authorized  in  writing,  with such  signature
guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor  institution" meeting the requirements of
the Note Registrar,  which requirements include membership or participation in
the Securities  Transfer  Agent's  Medallion  Program  ("STAMP") or such other
"signature  guarantee  program" as may be determined by the Note  Registrar in
addition  to,  or in  substitution  for,  STAMP,  all in  accordance  with the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended,  and  thereupon one or more new
Notes of authorized  denominations and in the same aggregate  principal amount
will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.  No service charge
will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but
the  transferor  may be required to pay a sum  sufficient  to cover any tax or
other  governmental  charge  that may be imposed in  connection  with any such
registration of transfer or exchange.

         Each  Noteholder  or Note Owner,  by  acceptance of a Note or, in the
case of a Note Owner,  a beneficial  interest in a Note,  covenants and agrees
that no recourse  may be taken,  directly or  indirectly,  with respect to the
obligations of the Issuer,  the Owner Trustee or the Indenture  Trustee on the
Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing  delivered in
connection  therewith,  against (i) the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee
in its  individual  capacity,  (ii) any owner of a beneficial  interest in the
Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner,  beneficiary,  agent, officer, director or
employee  of the  Indenture  Trustee or the Owner  Trustee  in its  individual
capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Owner Trustee
or the  Indenture  Trustee  or of any  successor  or assign  of the  Indenture
Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its  individual  capacity,  except as any such
Person may have  expressly  agreed and except that any such partner,  owner or
beneficiary  shall be fully liable,  to the extent provided by applicable law,
for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure
to pay any installment or call owing to such entity.

         Each  Noteholder  or Note Owner,  by  acceptance of a Note or, in the
case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees by
accepting  the benefits of the  Indenture  that such  Noteholder or Note Owner
will not at any time institute against the Seller,  the Company or the Issuer,
or join in any institution  against the Seller,  the Company or the Issuer of,
any  bankruptcy,   reorganization,   arrangement,  insolvency  or  liquidation
proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law
in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture or the
Basic Documents.

         The Issuer has  entered  into the  Indenture  and this Note is issued
with the intention that, for federal,  state and local income, single business
and franchise tax purposes,  the Notes will qualify as indebtedness secured by
the Trust  Estate.  Each  Noteholder,  by  acceptance of a Note (and each Note
Owner by acceptance of a beneficial  interest in a Note),  agrees to treat the
Notes for federal,  state and local income,  single business and franchise tax
purposes as indebtedness of the Issuer.

         Prior to the due  presentment  for  registration  of transfer of this
Note,  the Issuer,  the  Indenture  Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the
Indenture  Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day
of  determination  or as of  such  other  date  as  may  be  specified  in the
Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes,  whether or not
this Note be overdue,  and none of the Issuer,  the  Indenture  Trustee or any
such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

         The Indenture  permits,  with certain exceptions as therein provided,
the amendment  thereof and the  modification  of the rights and obligations of
the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the  Indenture  at
any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of Notes representing a
majority of the Outstanding  Amount of all Notes at the time Outstanding.  The
Indenture   also  contains   provisions   permitting   the  Holders  of  Notes
representing  specified percentages of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, on
behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with
certain  provisions  of the  Indenture  and certain  past  defaults  under the
Indenture and their consequences.  Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of
this  Note (or any one or more  Predecessor  Notes)  shall be  conclusive  and
binding  upon such Holder and upon all future  Holders of this Note and of any
Note issued upon the  registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or
in lieu hereof  whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon
this Note. The Indenture also permits the Indenture  Trustee to amend or waive
certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of
Holders of the Notes issued thereunder.

         The term  "Issuer" as used in this Note includes any successor to the
Issuer under the Indenture.

         The   Issuer  is   permitted   by  the   Indenture,   under   certain
circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Indenture
Trustee and the Holders of Notes under the Indenture.

         The Notes are issuable only in registered  form in  denominations  as
provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

         This Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the
laws of the  State of New  York,  without  reference  to its  conflict  of law
provisions, and the obligations,  rights and remedies of the parties hereunder
and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

         No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or
of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer,  which is
absolute and unconditional,  to pay the principal of and interest on this Note
at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

         Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding,  except as expressly
provided in the Basic  Documents,  none of [Owner  Trustee] in its  individual
capacity,  [Indenture  Trustee]  in its  individual  capacity,  any owner of a
beneficial  interest  in the  Issuer,  or any of  their  respective  partners,
beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees or successors or assigns
shall be personally  liable for, nor shall recourse be had to any of them for,
the payment of  principal  of or interest on this Note or  performance  of, or
omission to perform,  any of the covenants,  obligations  or  indemnifications
contained in the Indenture.  The Holder of this Note by its acceptance  hereof
agrees that, except as expressly provided in the Basic Documents,  in the case
of an Event of Default  under the  Indenture,  the Holder  shall have no claim
against any of the  foregoing  for any  deficiency,  loss or claim  therefrom;
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that nothing  contained  herein shall be taken to prevent
recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all
liabilities,  obligations  and  undertakings  contained in the Indenture or in
this Note.


<PAGE>


                                  ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:

_____________________________________________________________________________

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto:

_____________________________________________________________________________
                        (name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder,  and hereby irrevocably constitutes  
and appoints _______________________________________________________, attorney,
transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power 
of substitution in the premises.

Dated:____________________                 __________________________________*/
                                                  Signature Guaranteed:

                                           ______________________*/

- ------------------------
*/       NOTICE:  The signature to this  assignment  must  correspond with the
         name of the registered  owner as it appears on the face of the within
         Note in every  particular,  without  alteration,  enlargement  or any
         change  whatever.  Such  signature must be guaranteed by an "eligible
         guarantor   institution"   meeting  the   requirements  of  the  Note
         Registrar,  which requirements include membership or participation in
         STAMP  or  such  other  "signature   guarantee  program"  as  may  be
         determined by the Note  Registrar in addition to, or in  substitution
         for,  STAMP,  all in accordance  with the Securities  Exchange Act of
         1934, as amended.


<PAGE>




                                                                   EXHIBIT A-3

                           [FORM OF CLASS A-3 NOTE]

UNLESS  THIS  NOTE  IS  PRESENTED  BY  AN  AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE  OF  THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,  EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT,  AND ANY NOTE ISSUED
IS  REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED
BY AN AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO.
OR TO SUCH OTHER  ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN  AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE  OF
DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO
ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL  INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED  OWNER HEREOF,  CEDE & CO.,
HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

THE  PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN  INSTALLMENTS  AS SET FORTH  HEREIN.
ACCORDINGLY,  THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE
LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

REGISTERED                                                        $____________

No. R-__                                                      CUSIP NO.    

                          PREMIER AUTO TRUST [___-_]

                     CLASS A-3 [____%] ASSET BACKED NOTES

         Premier Auto Trust [___-_],  a business trust  organized and existing
under the laws of the State of Delaware  (herein referred to as the "Issuer"),
for  value  received,  hereby  promises  to pay to Cede & Co.,  or  registered
assigns,  the  principal  sum  of  __________________________________  DOLLARS
payable on each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the result obtained by
multiplying  (i) a fraction the  numerator of which is  $____________  and the
denominator of which is  [$____________] by (ii) the aggregate amount, if any,
payable  from the Note  Distribution  Account in respect of  principal  on the
Class  A-3  Notes  pursuant  to  Section  3.01 of the  Indenture  dated  as of
[________]  1,  [___] (the  "Indenture"),  between  the Issuer and  [Indenture
Trustee], a [_______________], as Indenture Trustee (the "Indenture Trustee");
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall
be due and payable on the [________  ____]  Distribution  Date (the "Class A-3
Final Scheduled Distribution Date"). No payments of principal of the Class A-3
Notes  shall be made  until the  Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes  have
been paid in full.  Capitalized  terms used but not defined herein are defined
in Article I of the Indenture,  which also contains  rules as to  construction
that shall be applicable herein.

         The Issuer will pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown
above on each  Distribution  Date until the  principal of this Note is paid or
made available for payment,  on the principal  amount of this Note outstanding
on the  preceding  Distribution  Date (after  giving effect to all payments of
principal  made  on the  preceding  Distribution  Date),  subject  to  certain
limitations  contained in the last sentence of Section 3.01 of the  Indenture.
Interest on this Note will accrue for each  Distribution  Date from the eighth
day of the month preceding the month of such Distribution Date (in the case of
the first  Distribution  Date,  from the Closing  Date) to and  including  the
seventh day of the month of such Distribution Date.  Interest will be computed
on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.  Such principal of and
interest  on this Note shall be paid in the manner  specified  on the  reverse
hereof.

         The  principal  of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin
or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal
tender for  payment of public and  private  debts.  All  payments  made by the
Issuer with  respect to this Note shall be applied  first to interest  due and
payable on this Note as  provided  above and then to the unpaid  principal  of
this Note.

         Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on
the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth
on the face of this Note.

         Unless the certificate of authentication  hereon has been executed by
the Indenture Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature,  this Note
shall not be  entitled  to any  benefit  under the  Indenture,  or be valid or
obligatory for any purpose.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Issuer has  caused  this  instrument  to be
signed,  manually or in facsimile,  by its Authorized  Officer, as of the date
set forth below.

Date:                          PREMIER AUTO TRUST [___-_],

                               by: [OWNER TRUSTEE], not in its individual 
                                   capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under 
                                   the Trust Agreement,

                                    by:______________________________________
                                                 Authorized Signatory

                    TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This  is  one  of  the  Notes   designated   above  and  referred  to  in  the
within-mentioned Indenture.

Date:                              [INDENTURE TRUSTEE], not in its individual 
                                   capacity but solely as Indenture Trustee,

                                   by:_________________________________________
                                            Authorized Signatory


<PAGE>


         This Note is one of a duly  authorized  issue of Notes of the Issuer,
designated  as its Class A-3 [____%]  Asset  Backed Notes  (herein  called the
"Class A-3 Notes"), all issued under the Indenture, to which Indenture and all
indentures  supplemental  thereto  reference is hereby made for a statement of
the respective rights and obligations  thereunder of the Issuer, the Indenture
Trustee and the  Holders of the Notes.  The Class A-3 Notes are subject to all
terms of the Indenture.

         The Class A-1 Notes,  the Class A-2 Notes,  the Class A-3 Notes,  the
Class A-4 Notes and the Class B Notes (collectively, the "Notes") are and will
be equally and ratably secured by the collateral  pledged as security therefor
as  provided in the  Indenture,  subject to the  subordination  of the Class B
Notes as provided in the Indenture.

         Principal of the Class A-3 Notes will be payable on each Distribution
Date in an amount described on the face hereof.  "Distribution Date" means the
[________] day of each month,  or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the
next succeeding Business Day, commencing [________ __, ____].

         As described  above,  the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note
shall be due and payable on the Class A-3 Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes
shall be due and  payable on the date on which an Event of Default  shall have
occurred and be continuing  and the Indenture  Trustee or the Holders of Notes
representing  not less than a majority of the Outstanding  Amount of the Notes
have  declared  the Notes to be  immediately  due and  payable  in the  manner
provided in Section 5.02 of the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class
A-3  Notes  shall be made  pro  rata to the  Class  A-3  Noteholders  entitled
thereto.

         Payments   of   interest  on  this  Note  due  and  payable  on  each
Distribution Date, together with the installment of principal,  if any, to the
extent not in full payment of this Note,  shall be made by check mailed to the
Person  whose name  appears as the  Registered  Holder of this Note (or one or
more  Predecessor  Notes) on the Note  Register as of the close of business on
each Record Date,  except that with respect to Notes  registered on the Record
Date in the  name of the  nominee  of the  Clearing  Agency  (initially,  such
nominee  to be  Cede & Co.),  payments  will  be  made  by  wire  transfer  in
immediately  available funds to the account  designated by such nominee.  Such
checks shall be mailed to the Person  entitled  thereto at the address of such
Person as it appears on the Note  Register  as of the  applicable  Record Date
without  requiring  that this Note be submitted  for notation of payment.  Any
reduction in the principal amount of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor
Notes) effected by any payments made on any Distribution Date shall be binding
upon  all  future  Holders  of this  Note  and of any  Note  issued  upon  the
registration  of  transfer  hereof or in  exchange  hereof or in lieu  hereof,
whether  or not  noted  hereon.  If funds are  expected  to be  available,  as
provided in the Indenture,  for payment in full of the then  remaining  unpaid
principal  amount  of this Note on a  Distribution  Date,  then the  Indenture
Trustee,  in the name of and on behalf of the  Issuer,  will notify the Person
who was the  Registered  Holder  hereof as of the Record Date  preceding  such
Distribution  Date by notice mailed or transmitted by facsimile  prior to such
Distribution  Date,  and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only
upon  presentation  and  surrender  of this  Note at the  Indenture  Trustee's
principal  Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Indenture  Trustee's
agent appointed for such purposes located in The City of New York.

         The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue  installments of interest at
the Class A-3 Interest Rate to the extent lawful.

         As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain  limitations  set
forth  therein,  the  transfer  of this  Note  may be  registered  on the Note
Register  upon  surrender  of this Note for  registration  of  transfer at the
office or agency  designated  by the Issuer  pursuant to the  Indenture,  duly
endorsed  by, or  accompanied  by a written  instrument  of  transfer  in form
satisfactory  to the Indenture  Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or
such  Holder's  attorney  duly  authorized  in  writing,  with such  signature
guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor  institution" meeting the requirements of
the Note Registrar,  which requirements include membership or participation in
the Securities  Transfer  Agent's  Medallion  Program  ("STAMP") or such other
"signature  guarantee  program" as may be determined by the Note  Registrar in
addition  to,  or in  substitution  for,  STAMP,  all in  accordance  with the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended,  and  thereupon one or more new
Notes of authorized  denominations and in the same aggregate  principal amount
will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.  No service charge
will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but
the  transferor  may be required to pay a sum  sufficient  to cover any tax or
other  governmental  charge  that may be imposed in  connection  with any such
registration of transfer or exchange.

         Each  Noteholder  or Note Owner,  by  acceptance of a Note or, in the
case of a Note Owner,  a beneficial  interest in a Note,  covenants and agrees
that no recourse  may be taken,  directly or  indirectly,  with respect to the
obligations of the Issuer,  the Owner Trustee or the Indenture  Trustee on the
Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing  delivered in
connection  therewith,  against (i) the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee
in its  individual  capacity,  (ii) any owner of a beneficial  interest in the
Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner,  beneficiary,  agent, officer, director or
employee  of the  Indenture  Trustee or the Owner  Trustee  in its  individual
capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Owner Trustee
or the  Indenture  Trustee  or of any  successor  or assign  of the  Indenture
Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its  individual  capacity,  except as any such
Person may have  expressly  agreed and except that any such partner,  owner or
beneficiary  shall be fully liable,  to the extent provided by applicable law,
for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure
to pay any installment or call owing to such entity.

         Each  Noteholder  or Note Owner,  by  acceptance of a Note or, in the
case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees by
accepting  the benefits of the  Indenture  that such  Noteholder or Note Owner
will not at any time institute against the Seller,  the Company or the Issuer,
or join in any institution  against the Seller,  the Company or the Issuer of,
any  bankruptcy,   reorganization,   arrangement,  insolvency  or  liquidation
proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law
in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture or the
Basic Documents.

         The Issuer has  entered  into the  Indenture  and this Note is issued
with the intention that, for federal,  state and local income, single business
and franchise tax purposes,  the Notes will qualify as indebtedness secured by
the Trust  Estate.  Each  Noteholder,  by  acceptance of a Note (and each Note
Owner by acceptance of a beneficial  interest in a Note),  agrees to treat the
Notes for federal,  state and local income,  single business and franchise tax
purposes as indebtedness of the Issuer.

         Prior to the due  presentment  for  registration  of transfer of this
Note,  the Issuer,  the  Indenture  Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the
Indenture  Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day
of  determination  or as of  such  other  date  as  may  be  specified  in the
Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes,  whether or not
this Note be overdue,  and none of the Issuer,  the  Indenture  Trustee or any
such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

         The Indenture  permits,  with certain exceptions as therein provided,
the amendment  thereof and the  modification  of the rights and obligations of
the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the  Indenture  at
any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of Notes representing a
majority of the Outstanding  Amount of all Notes at the time Outstanding.  The
Indenture   also  contains   provisions   permitting   the  Holders  of  Notes
representing  specified percentages of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, on
behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with
certain  provisions  of the  Indenture  and certain  past  defaults  under the
Indenture and their consequences.  Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of
this  Note (or any one or more  Predecessor  Notes)  shall be  conclusive  and
binding  upon such Holder and upon all future  Holders of this Note and of any
Note issued upon the  registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or
in lieu hereof  whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon
this Note. The Indenture also permits the Indenture  Trustee to amend or waive
certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of
Holders of the Notes issued thereunder.

         The term  "Issuer" as used in this Note includes any successor to the
Issuer under the Indenture.

         The   Issuer  is   permitted   by  the   Indenture,   under   certain
circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Indenture
Trustee and the Holders of Notes under the Indenture.

         The Notes are issuable only in registered  form in  denominations  as
provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

         This Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the
laws of the  State of New  York,  without  reference  to its  conflict  of law
provisions, and the obligations,  rights and remedies of the parties hereunder
and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

         No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or
of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer,  which is
absolute and unconditional,  to pay the principal of and interest on this Note
at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

         Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding,  except as expressly
provided in the Basic  Documents,  none of [Owner  Trustee] in its  individual
capacity,  [Indenture  Trustee]  in its  individual  capacity,  any owner of a
beneficial  interest  in the  Issuer,  or any of  their  respective  partners,
beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees or successors or assigns
shall be personally  liable for, nor shall recourse be had to any of them for,
the payment of  principal  of or interest on this Note or  performance  of, or
omission to perform,  any of the covenants,  obligations  or  indemnifications
contained in the Indenture.  The Holder of this Note by its acceptance  hereof
agrees that, except as expressly provided in the Basic Documents,  in the case
of an Event of Default  under the  Indenture,  the Holder  shall have no claim
against any of the  foregoing  for any  deficiency,  loss or claim  therefrom;
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that nothing  contained  herein shall be taken to prevent
recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all
liabilities,  obligations  and  undertakings  contained in the Indenture or in
this Note.


<PAGE>


                                  ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:
____________________________________________________________________________
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto:

_____________________________________________________________________________
                        (name and address of assignee)

_____________________________________________________________________________
the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes 
and appoints

____________________________________________________________________, attorney,

transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power
of substitution in the premises.

Dated:_________________________                 _____________________________*/
                                                    Signature Guaranteed:

                                                   __________________________*/

- -----------------
*/       NOTICE:  The signature to this  assignment  must  correspond with the
         name of the registered  owner as it appears on the face of the within
         Note in every  particular,  without  alteration,  enlargement  or any
         change  whatever.  Such  signature must be guaranteed by an "eligible
         guarantor   institution"   meeting  the   requirements  of  the  Note
         Registrar,  which requirements include membership or participation in
         STAMP  or  such  other  "signature   guarantee  program"  as  may  be
         determined by the Note  Registrar in addition to, or in  substitution
         for,  STAMP,  all in accordance  with the Securities  Exchange Act of
         1934, as amended.


<PAGE>


                                                                   EXHIBIT A-4

                           [FORM OF CLASS A-4 NOTE]

UNLESS  THIS  NOTE  IS  PRESENTED  BY  AN  AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE  OF  THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,  EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT,  AND ANY NOTE ISSUED
IS  REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED
BY AN AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO.
OR TO SUCH OTHER  ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN  AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE  OF
DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO
ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL  INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED  OWNER HEREOF,  CEDE & CO.,
HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

THE  PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN  INSTALLMENTS  AS SET FORTH  HEREIN.
ACCORDINGLY,  THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE
LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

REGISTERED                                                       $____________

No. R-__                                                     CUSIP NO.  

                          PREMIER AUTO TRUST [___-_]

                     CLASS A-4 [____%] ASSET BACKED NOTES

         Premier Auto Trust [___-_],  a business trust  organized and existing
under the laws of the State of Delaware  (herein referred to as the "Issuer"),
for  value  received,  hereby  promises  to pay to Cede & Co.,  or  registered
assigns,  the  principal  sum  of  __________________________________  DOLLARS
payable on each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the result obtained by
multiplying  (i) a fraction the  numerator of which is  $____________  and the
denominator of which is  [$____________] by (ii) the aggregate amount, if any,
payable  from the Note  Distribution  Account in respect of  principal  on the
Class  A-4  Notes  pursuant  to  Section  3.01 of the  Indenture  dated  as of
[________]  1,  [___] (the  "Indenture"),  between  the Issuer and  [Indenture
Trustee],   a   [________________],   as  Indenture  Trustee  (the  "Indenture
Trustee");  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this
Note shall be due and payable on the [________  ____]  Distribution  Date (the
"Class A-4 Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date").  No payments of principal of
the Class A-4 Notes  shall be made  until the Class A-1  Notes,  the Class A-2
Notes and the Class A-3 Notes have been paid in full.  Capitalized  terms used
but not defined herein are defined in Article I of the  Indenture,  which also
contains rules as to construction that shall be applicable herein.

         The Issuer will pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown
above on each  Distribution  Date until the  principal of this Note is paid or
made available for payment,  on the principal  amount of this Note outstanding
on the  preceding  Distribution  Date (after  giving effect to all payments of
principal  made  on the  preceding  Distribution  Date),  subject  to  certain
limitations  contained in the last sentence of Section 3.01 of the  Indenture.
Interest on this Note will accrue for each  Distribution  Date from the eighth
day of the month preceding the month of such Distribution Date (in the case of
the first  Distribution  Date,  from the Closing  Date) to and  including  the
seventh day of the month of such Distribution Date.  Interest will be computed
on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.  Such principal of and
interest  on this Note shall be paid in the manner  specified  on the  reverse
hereof.

         The  principal  of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin
or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal
tender for  payment of public and  private  debts.  All  payments  made by the
Issuer with  respect to this Note shall be applied  first to interest  due and
payable on this Note as  provided  above and then to the unpaid  principal  of
this Note.

         Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on
the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth
on the face of this Note.

         Unless the certificate of authentication  hereon has been executed by
the Indenture Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature,  this Note
shall not be  entitled  to any  benefit  under the  Indenture,  or be valid or
obligatory for any purpose.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Issuer has  caused  this  instrument  to be
signed,  manually or in facsimile,  by its Authorized  Officer, as of the date
set forth below.

Date:                                PREMIER AUTO TRUST [___-_],

                                     by: [OWNER TRUSTEE], not in its individual 
                                         capacity but solely as Owner Trustee 
                                         under the Trust Agreement,

                                         by________________________________
                                                 Authorized Signatory

                    TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This  is  one  of  the  Notes   designated   above  and  referred  to  in  the
within-mentioned Indenture.

Date:                                [INDENTURE TRUSTEE], not in its individual 
                                     capacity but solely as Indenture Trustee,

                                     by:_______________________________________
                                              Authorized Signatory


<PAGE>


         This Note is one of a duly  authorized  issue of Notes of the Issuer,
designated  as its Class A-4 [____%]  Asset  Backed Notes  (herein  called the
"Class A-4 Notes"), all issued under the Indenture, to which Indenture and all
indentures  supplemental  thereto  reference is hereby made for a statement of
the respective rights and obligations  thereunder of the Issuer, the Indenture
Trustee and the  Holders of the Notes.  The Class A-4 Notes are subject to all
terms of the Indenture.

         The Class A-1 Notes,  the Class A-2 Notes,  the Class A-3 Notes,  the
Class A-4 Notes and the Class B Notes (collectively, the "Notes") are and will
be equally and ratably secured by the collateral  pledged as security therefor
as  provided in the  Indenture,  subject to the  subordination  of the Class B
Notes as provided in the Indenture.

         Principal of the Class A-4 Notes will be payable on each Distribution
Date in an amount described on the face hereof.  "Distribution Date" means the
[________] day of each month,  or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the
next succeeding Business Day, commencing [________ __, ____].

         As described  above,  the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note
shall be due and payable on the Class A-4 Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date
and the Redemption  Date, if any,  pursuant to Section 10.01 of the Indenture.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes
shall be due and  payable on the date on which an Event of Default  shall have
occurred and be continuing  and the Indenture  Trustee or the Holders of Notes
representing  not less than a majority of the Outstanding  Amount of the Notes
have  declared  the Notes to be  immediately  due and  payable  in the  manner
provided in Section 5.02 of the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class
A-4  Notes  shall be made  pro  rata to the  Class  A-4  Noteholders  entitled
thereto.

         Payments   of   interest  on  this  Note  due  and  payable  on  each
Distribution Date, together with the installment of principal,  if any, to the
extent not in full payment of this Note,  shall be made by check mailed to the
Person  whose name  appears as the  Registered  Holder of this Note (or one or
more  Predecessor  Notes) on the Note  Register as of the close of business on
each Record Date,  except that with respect to Notes  registered on the Record
Date in the  name of the  nominee  of the  Clearing  Agency  (initially,  such
nominee  to be  Cede & Co.),  payments  will  be  made  by  wire  transfer  in
immediately  available funds to the account  designated by such nominee.  Such
checks shall be mailed to the Person  entitled  thereto at the address of such
Person as it appears on the Note  Register  as of the  applicable  Record Date
without  requiring  that this Note be submitted  for notation of payment.  Any
reduction in the principal amount of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor
Notes) effected by any payments made on any Distribution Date shall be binding
upon  all  future  Holders  of this  Note  and of any  Note  issued  upon  the
registration  of  transfer  hereof or in  exchange  hereof or in lieu  hereof,
whether  or not  noted  hereon.  If funds are  expected  to be  available,  as
provided in the Indenture,  for payment in full of the then  remaining  unpaid
principal  amount  of this Note on a  Distribution  Date,  then the  Indenture
Trustee,  in the name of and on behalf of the  Issuer,  will notify the Person
who was the  Registered  Holder  hereof as of the Record Date  preceding  such
Distribution  Date by notice mailed or transmitted by facsimile  prior to such
Distribution  Date,  and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only
upon  presentation  and  surrender  of this  Note at the  Indenture  Trustee's
principal  Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Indenture  Trustee's
agent appointed for such purposes located in The City of New York.

         The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue  installments of interest at
the Class A-4 Interest Rate to the extent lawful.

         As provided in the Indenture,  the Class A-4 Notes may be redeemed in
whole but not in part at the option of the Servicer on any  Distribution  Date
on and after the date on which the Pool  Balance  is less than or equal to 10%
of the Original Pool Balance.

         As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain  limitations  set
forth  therein,  the  transfer  of this  Note  may be  registered  on the Note
Register  upon  surrender  of this Note for  registration  of  transfer at the
office or agency  designated  by the Issuer  pursuant to the  Indenture,  duly
endorsed  by, or  accompanied  by a written  instrument  of  transfer  in form
satisfactory  to the Indenture  Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or
such  Holder's  attorney  duly  authorized  in  writing,  with such  signature
guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor  institution" meeting the requirements of
the Note Registrar,  which requirements include membership or participation in
the Securities  Transfer  Agent's  Medallion  Program  ("STAMP") or such other
"signature  guarantee  program" as may be determined by the Note  Registrar in
addition  to,  or in  substitution  for,  STAMP,  all in  accordance  with the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended,  and  thereupon one or more new
Notes of authorized  denominations and in the same aggregate  principal amount
will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.  No service charge
will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but
the  transferor  may be required to pay a sum  sufficient  to cover any tax or
other  governmental  charge  that may be imposed in  connection  with any such
registration of transfer or exchange.

         Each  Noteholder  or Note Owner,  by  acceptance of a Note or, in the
case of a Note Owner,  a beneficial  interest in a Note,  covenants and agrees
that no recourse  may be taken,  directly or  indirectly,  with respect to the
obligations of the Issuer,  the Owner Trustee or the Indenture  Trustee on the
Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing  delivered in
connection  therewith,  against (i) the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee
in its  individual  capacity,  (ii) any owner of a beneficial  interest in the
Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner,  beneficiary,  agent, officer, director or
employee  of the  Indenture  Trustee or the Owner  Trustee  in its  individual
capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Owner Trustee
or the  Indenture  Trustee  or of any  successor  or assign  of the  Indenture
Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its  individual  capacity,  except as any such
Person may have  expressly  agreed and except that any such partner,  owner or
beneficiary  shall be fully liable,  to the extent provided by applicable law,
for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure
to pay any installment or call owing to such entity.

         Each  Noteholder  or Note Owner,  by  acceptance of a Note or, in the
case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees by
accepting  the benefits of the  Indenture  that such  Noteholder or Note Owner
will not at any time institute against the Seller,  the Company or the Issuer,
or join in any institution  against the Seller,  the Company or the Issuer of,
any  bankruptcy,   reorganization,   arrangement,  insolvency  or  liquidation
proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law
in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture or the
Basic Documents.

         The Issuer has  entered  into the  Indenture  and this Note is issued
with the intention that, for federal,  state and local income, single business
and franchise tax purposes,  the Notes will qualify as indebtedness secured by
the Trust  Estate.  Each  Noteholder,  by  acceptance of a Note (and each Note
Owner by acceptance of a beneficial  interest in a Note),  agrees to treat the
Notes for federal,  state and local income,  single business and franchise tax
purposes as indebtedness of the Issuer.

         Prior to the due  presentment  for  registration  of transfer of this
Note,  the Issuer,  the  Indenture  Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the
Indenture  Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day
of  determination  or as of  such  other  date  as  may  be  specified  in the
Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes,  whether or not
this Note be overdue,  and none of the Issuer,  the  Indenture  Trustee or any
such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

         The Indenture  permits,  with certain exceptions as therein provided,
the amendment  thereof and the  modification  of the rights and obligations of
the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the  Indenture  at
any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of Notes representing a
majority of the Outstanding  Amount of all Notes at the time Outstanding.  The
Indenture   also  contains   provisions   permitting   the  Holders  of  Notes
representing  specified percentages of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, on
behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with
certain  provisions  of the  Indenture  and certain  past  defaults  under the
Indenture and their consequences.  Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of
this  Note (or any one or more  Predecessor  Notes)  shall be  conclusive  and
binding  upon such Holder and upon all future  Holders of this Note and of any
Note issued upon the  registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or
in lieu hereof  whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon
this Note. The Indenture also permits the Indenture  Trustee to amend or waive
certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of
Holders of the Notes issued thereunder.

         The term  "Issuer" as used in this Note includes any successor to the
Issuer under the Indenture.

         The   Issuer  is   permitted   by  the   Indenture,   under   certain
circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Indenture
Trustee and the Holders of Notes under the Indenture.

         The Notes are issuable only in registered  form in  denominations  as
provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

         This Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the
laws of the  State of New  York,  without  reference  to its  conflict  of law
provisions, and the obligations,  rights and remedies of the parties hereunder
and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

         No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or
of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer,  which is
absolute and unconditional,  to pay the principal of and interest on this Note
at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

         Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding,  except as expressly
provided in the Basic  Documents,  none of [Owner  Trustee] in its  individual
capacity,  [Indenture  Trustee]  in its  individual  capacity,  any owner of a
beneficial  interest  in the  Issuer,  or any of  their  respective  partners,
beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees or successors or assigns
shall be personally  liable for, nor shall recourse be had to any of them for,
the payment of  principal  of or interest on this Note or  performance  of, or
omission to perform,  any of the covenants,  obligations  or  indemnifications
contained in the Indenture.  The Holder of this Note by its acceptance  hereof
agrees that, except as expressly provided in the Basic Documents,  in the case
of an Event of Default  under the  Indenture,  the Holder  shall have no claim
against any of the  foregoing  for any  deficiency,  loss or claim  therefrom;
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that nothing  contained  herein shall be taken to prevent
recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all
liabilities,  obligations  and  undertakings  contained in the Indenture or in
this Note.


<PAGE>


                                  ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:
_____________________________________________________________________________

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto:

_____________________________________________________________________________
                        (name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder,  and hereby irrevocably constitutes  

and appoints ________________________________________________________, attorney,

transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power 

of substitution in the premises.

Dated:_________________________                 _____________________________*/
                                                     Signature Guaranteed:

                                                  ___________________________*/

- ------------------------
*/       NOTICE:  The signature to this  assignment  must  correspond with the
         name of the registered  owner as it appears on the face of the within
         Note in every  particular,  without  alteration,  enlargement  or any
         change  whatever.  Such  signature must be guaranteed by an "eligible
         guarantor   institution"   meeting  the   requirements  of  the  Note
         Registrar,  which requirements include membership or participation in
         STAMP  or  such  other  "signature   guarantee  program"  as  may  be
         determined by the Note  Registrar in addition to, or in  substitution
         for,  STAMP,  all in accordance  with the Securities  Exchange Act of
         1934, as amended.


<PAGE>


                                                                   EXHIBIT A-5

                            [FORM OF CLASS B NOTE]

THE CLASS B NOTES ARE SUBORDINATED TO THE PAYMENT OF THE CLASS A NOTES.

UNLESS  THIS  NOTE  IS  PRESENTED  BY  AN  AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE  OF  THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,  EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT,  AND ANY NOTE ISSUED
IS  REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED
BY AN AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO.
OR TO SUCH OTHER  ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN  AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE  OF
DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO
ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL  INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED  OWNER HEREOF,  CEDE & CO.,
HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

THE  PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN  INSTALLMENTS  AS SET FORTH  HEREIN.
ACCORDINGLY,  THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE
LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

REGISTERED                                                     $____________

No. R-__                                                   CUSIP NO.  

                          PREMIER AUTO TRUST [___-_]

                      CLASS B [____%] ASSET BACKED NOTES

         Premier Auto Trust [___-_],  a business trust  organized and existing
under the laws of the State of Delaware  (herein referred to as the "Issuer"),
for  value  received,  hereby  promises  to pay to Cede & Co.,  or  registered
assigns,  the  principal  sum of  __________________  DOLLARS  payable on each
Distribution Date in an amount equal to the result obtained by multiplying (i)
a fraction the  numerator of which is  $____________  and the  denominator  of
which is  [$____________]  by (ii) the aggregate  amount, if any, payable from
the Note  Distribution  Account in respect of  principal  on the Class B Notes
pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Indenture dated as of [________] 1, [___] (the
"Indenture"),    between    the   Issuer   and    [Indenture    Trustee],    a
[________________],  as Indenture Trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"); PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and
payable on the earlier of the [________ ____]  Distribution Date (the "Class B
Final Scheduled  Distribution Date") and the Redemption Date, if any, pursuant
to Section  10.01 of the  Indenture.  No payments of  principal of the Class B
Notes shall be made until the Class A-1 Notes,  the Class A-2 Notes, the Class
A-3 Notes and the Class A-4 Notes  have been paid in full.  Capitalized  terms
used but not defined herein are defined in Article I of the  Indenture,  which
also contains rules as to construction that shall be applicable herein.

         The Issuer will pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown
above on each  Distribution  Date until the  principal of this Note is paid or
made available for payment,  on the principal  amount of this Note outstanding
on the  preceding  Distribution  Date (after  giving effect to all payments of
principal  made  on the  preceding  Distribution  Date),  subject  to  certain
limitations  contained in the last sentence of Section 3.01 of the  Indenture;
provided  that  until the  Outstanding  Amount of the Class A-4 Notes has been
reduced to zero, interest on the Class B Notes will be due and payable only to
the extent of funds in the Note Distribution  Account after the application of
funds in the Note Distribution Account to the payment of interest then due and
payable  on the Class A Notes.  Interest  on this Note  will  accrue  for each
Distribution Date from the eighth day of the month preceding the month of such
Distribution  Date  (in the  case of the  first  Distribution  Date,  from the
Closing  Date)  to  and  including  the  seventh  day  of the  month  of  such
Distribution Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of
twelve  30-day  months.  Such  principal of and interest on this Note shall be
paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

         The  principal  of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin
or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal
tender for  payment of public and  private  debts.  All  payments  made by the
Issuer with  respect to this Note shall be applied  first to interest  due and
payable on this Note as  provided  above and then to the unpaid  principal  of
this Note.

         Reference is made to the further  provisions of this Note set forth on
the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth
on the face of this Note.

         Unless the certificate of authentication  hereon has been executed by
the Indenture Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature,  this Note
shall not be  entitled  to any  benefit  under the  Indenture,  or be valid or
obligatory for any purpose.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Issuer has  caused  this  instrument  to be
signed,  manually or in facsimile,  by its Authorized  Officer, as of the date
set forth below.

Date:                              PREMIER AUTO TRUST [___-_],

                                   by: [OWNER TRUSTEE], not in its individual 
                                       capacity but solely as Owner Trustee 
                                       under the Trust Agreement,

                                       by: ___________________________
                                             Authorized Signatory

                    TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This  is  one  of  the  Notes   designated   above  and  referred  to  in  the
within-mentioned Indenture.

Date:                        [INDENTURE TRUSTEE], not in its individual capacity
                             but solely as Indenture Trustee,

                             by: _________________________________
                                     Authorized Signatory

         This Note is one of a duly  authorized  issue of Notes of the Issuer,
designated as its Class B [____%] Asset Backed Notes (herein called the "Class
B  Notes"),  all  issued  under  the  Indenture,  to which  Indenture  and all
indentures  supplemental  thereto  reference is hereby made for a statement of
the respective rights and obligations  thereunder of the Issuer, the Indenture
Trustee  and the  Holders of the Notes.  The Class B Notes are  subject to all
terms of the Indenture.

         The Class A-1 Notes,  the Class A-2 Notes,  the Class A-3 Notes,  the
Class A-4 Notes and the Class B Notes (collectively, the "Notes") are and will
be equally and ratably secured by the collateral  pledged as security therefor
as  provided in the  Indenture,  subject to the  subordination  of the Class B
Notes as provided in the Indenture.

         Principal  of the Class B Notes will be payable on each  Distribution
Date in an amount described on the face hereof.  "Distribution Date" means the
[_______]  day of each month,  or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the
next succeeding Business Day, commencing [________ __, ____].

         As described  above,  the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note
shall  be due and  payable  on the  earlier  of the  Class  B Final  Scheduled
Distribution  Date and the Redemption Date, if any,  pursuant to Section 10.01
of the Indenture.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the entire unpaid principal
amount of the Notes  shall be due and payable on the date on which an Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Indenture Trustee or the
Holders  of Notes  representing  not less than a majority  of the  Outstanding
Amount of the Notes have declared the Notes to be immediately  due and payable
in the  manner  provided  in  Section  5.02 of the  Indenture.  All  principal
payments  on the  Class  B  Notes  shall  be  made  pro  rata  to the  Class B
Noteholders entitled thereto.

         Payments   of   interest  on  this  Note  due  and  payable  on  each
Distribution Date, together with the installment of principal,  if any, to the
extent not in full payment of this Note,  shall be made by check mailed to the
Person  whose name  appears as the  Registered  Holder of this Note (or one or
more  Predecessor  Notes) on the Note  Register as of the close of business on
each Record Date,  except that with respect to Notes  registered on the Record
Date in the  name of the  nominee  of the  Clearing  Agency  (initially,  such
nominee  to be  Cede & Co.),  payments  will  be  made  by  wire  transfer  in
immediately  available funds to the account  designated by such nominee.  Such
checks shall be mailed to the Person  entitled  thereto at the address of such
Person as it appears on the Note  Register  as of the  applicable  Record Date
without  requiring  that this Note be submitted  for notation of payment.  Any
reduction in the principal amount of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor
Notes) effected by any payments made on any Distribution Date shall be binding
upon  all  future  Holders  of this  Note  and of any  Note  issued  upon  the
registration  of  transfer  hereof or in  exchange  hereof or in lieu  hereof,
whether  or not  noted  hereon.  If funds are  expected  to be  available,  as
provided in the Indenture,  for payment in full of the then  remaining  unpaid
principal  amount  of this Note on a  Distribution  Date,  then the  Indenture
Trustee,  in the name of and on behalf of the  Issuer,  will notify the Person
who was the  Registered  Holder  hereof as of the Record Date  preceding  such
Distribution  Date by notice mailed or transmitted by facsimile  prior to such
Distribution  Date,  and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only
upon  presentation  and  surrender  of this  Note at the  Indenture  Trustee's
principal  Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Indenture  Trustee's
agent appointed for such purposes located in The City of New York.

         The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue  installments of interest at
the Class B Interest Rate to the extent lawful.

         As  provided in the  Indenture,  the Class B Notes may be redeemed in
whole but not in part at the option of the Servicer on any  Distribution  Date
on and after the date on which the Pool  Balance  is less than or equal to 10%
of the Original Pool Balance.

         As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain  limitations  set
forth  therein,  the  transfer  of this  Note  may be  registered  on the Note
Register  upon  surrender  of this Note for  registration  of  transfer at the
office or agency  designated  by the Issuer  pursuant to the  Indenture,  duly
endorsed  by, or  accompanied  by a written  instrument  of  transfer  in form
satisfactory  to the Indenture  Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or
such  Holder's  attorney  duly  authorized  in  writing,  with such  signature
guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor  institution" meeting the requirements of
the Note Registrar,  which requirements include membership or participation in
the Securities  Transfer  Agent's  Medallion  Program  ("STAMP") or such other
"signature  guarantee  program" as may be determined by the Note  Registrar in
addition  to,  or in  substitution  for,  STAMP,  all in  accordance  with the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended,  and  thereupon one or more new
Notes of authorized  denominations and in the same aggregate  principal amount
will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.  No service charge
will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but
the  transferor  may be required to pay a sum  sufficient  to cover any tax or
other  governmental  charge  that may be imposed in  connection  with any such
registration of transfer or exchange.

         Each  Noteholder  or Note Owner,  by  acceptance of a Note or, in the
case of a Note Owner,  a beneficial  interest in a Note,  covenants and agrees
that no recourse  may be taken,  directly or  indirectly,  with respect to the
obligations of the Issuer,  the Owner Trustee or the Indenture  Trustee on the
Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing  delivered in
connection  therewith,  against (i) the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee
in its  individual  capacity,  (ii) any owner of a beneficial  interest in the
Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner,  beneficiary,  agent, officer, director or
employee  of the  Indenture  Trustee or the Owner  Trustee  in its  individual
capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Owner Trustee
or the  Indenture  Trustee  or of any  successor  or assign  of the  Indenture
Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its  individual  capacity,  except as any such
Person may have  expressly  agreed and except that any such partner,  owner or
beneficiary  shall be fully liable,  to the extent provided by applicable law,
for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure
to pay any installment or call owing to such entity.

         Each  Noteholder  or Note Owner,  by  acceptance of a Note or, in the
case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees by
accepting  the benefits of the  Indenture  that such  Noteholder or Note Owner
will not at any time institute against the Seller,  the Company or the Issuer,
or join in any institution  against the Seller,  the Company or the Issuer of,
any  bankruptcy,   reorganization,   arrangement,  insolvency  or  liquidation
proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law
in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture or the
Basic Documents.

         The Issuer has  entered  into the  Indenture  and this Note is issued
with the intention that, for federal,  state and local income, single business
and franchise tax purposes,  the Notes will qualify as indebtedness secured by
the Trust  Estate.  Each  Noteholder,  by  acceptance of a Note (and each Note
Owner by acceptance of a beneficial  interest in a Note),  agrees to treat the
Notes for federal,  state and local income,  single business and franchise tax
purposes as indebtedness of the Issuer.

         Prior to the due  presentment  for  registration  of transfer of this
Note,  the Issuer,  the  Indenture  Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the
Indenture  Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day
of  determination  or as of  such  other  date  as  may  be  specified  in the
Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes,  whether or not
this Note be overdue,  and none of the Issuer,  the  Indenture  Trustee or any
such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

         The Indenture  permits,  with certain exceptions as therein provided,
the amendment  thereof and the  modification  of the rights and obligations of
the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the  Indenture  at
any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of Notes representing a
majority of the Outstanding  Amount of all Notes at the time Outstanding.  The
Indenture   also  contains   provisions   permitting   the  Holders  of  Notes
representing  specified percentages of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, on
behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with
certain  provisions  of the  Indenture  and certain  past  defaults  under the
Indenture and their consequences.  Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of
this  Note (or any one or more  Predecessor  Notes)  shall be  conclusive  and
binding  upon such Holder and upon all future  Holders of this Note and of any
Note issued upon the  registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or
in lieu hereof  whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon
this Note. The Indenture also permits the Indenture  Trustee to amend or waive
certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of
Holders of the Notes issued thereunder.

         The term  "Issuer" as used in this Note includes any successor to the
Issuer under the Indenture.

         The   Issuer  is   permitted   by  the   Indenture,   under   certain
circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Indenture
Trustee and the Holders of Notes under the Indenture.

         The Notes are issuable only in registered  form in  denominations  as
provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

         This Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the
laws of the  State of New  York,  without  reference  to its  conflict  of law
provisions, and the obligations,  rights and remedies of the parties hereunder
and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

         No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or
of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer,  which is
absolute and unconditional,  to pay the principal of and interest on this Note
at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

         Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding,  except as expressly
provided in the Basic  Documents,  none of [Owner  Trustee] in its  individual
capacity,  [Indenture  Trustee]  in its  individual  capacity,  any owner of a
beneficial  interest  in the  Issuer,  or any of  their  respective  partners,
beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees or successors or assigns
shall be personally  liable for, nor shall recourse be had to any of them for,
the payment of  principal  of or interest on this Note or  performance  of, or
omission to perform,  any of the covenants,  obligations  or  indemnifications
contained in the Indenture.  The Holder of this Note by its acceptance  hereof
agrees that, except as expressly provided in the Basic Documents,  in the case
of an Event of Default  under the  Indenture,  the Holder  shall have no claim
against any of the  foregoing  for any  deficiency,  loss or claim  therefrom;
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that nothing  contained  herein shall be taken to prevent
recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all
liabilities,  obligations  and  undertakings  contained in the Indenture or in
this Note.


<PAGE>


                                  ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:
_____________________________________________________________________________

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto:

_____________________________________________________________________________
                        (name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder,  and hereby irrevocably constitutes  

and appoints _______________________________________________________, attorney,

transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power 

of substitution in the premises.
Dated:___________________                 ____________________________________*/
                                                   Signature Guaranteed:

                                                       ______________________*/

- ------------------------
*/       NOTICE:  The signature to this  assignment  must  correspond with the
         name of the registered  owner as it appears on the face of the within
         Note in every  particular,  without  alteration,  enlargement  or any
         change  whatever.  Such  signature must be guaranteed by an "eligible
         guarantor   institution"   meeting  the   requirements  of  the  Note
         Registrar,  which requirements include membership or participation in
         STAMP  or  such  other  "signature   guarantee  program"  as  may  be
         determined by the Note  Registrar in addition to, or in  substitution
         for,  STAMP,  all in accordance  with the Securities  Exchange Act of
         1934, as amended.


<PAGE>


                                                                     EXHIBIT B

                      [Form of Note Depository Agreement]

                           LETTER OF REPRESENTATIONS

                    [To be Completed by Issuer and Trustee]

                               [Name of Issuer]

                               [Name of Trustee]

                                                                        [Date]

Attention: General Counsel's Office
THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY
55 Water Street; 49th Floor
New York, NY 10041-0099

         Re:  _______________________________________________________________
              _______________________________________________________________
              _______________________________________________________________
                                   [Issue Description]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         This  letter  sets forth our  understanding  with  respect to certain
matters relating to the  above-referenced  issue (the  "Securities").  Trustee
will  act as  trustee  with  respect  to the  Securities  pursuant  to a trust
indenture  dated  _________________________  ,  199  _____  (the  "Document").
_____________________________________________________  (the  "Underwriter") is
distributing the Securities through The Depository Trust Company ("DTC").

         To induce DTC to accept the  Securities  as  eligible  for deposit at
DTC, and to act in accordance  with its Rules with respect to the  Securities,
Issuer and Trustee make the following representations to DTC:

         1. Prior to closing on the Securities on _____________________, 199_,
there shall be deposited with DTC one Security  certificate  registered in the
name of DTC's nominee,  Cede & Co., for each stated maturity of the Securities
in the face  amounts  set  forth on  Schedule  A  hereto,  the  total of which
represents 100% of the principal amount of such Securities.  If, however,  the
aggregate  principal  amount  of  any  maturity  exceeds  $200  million,   one
certificate  will be issued  with  respect to each $200  million of  principal
amount  and an  additional  certificate  will be issued  with  respect  to any
remaining principal amount. Each Security certificate shall bear the following
legend:

                  Unless  this  certificate  is  presented  by  an  authorized
         representative   of  The  Depository   Trust  Company,   a  New  York
         corporation  ("DTC"),  to Issuer or its  agent  for  registration  of
         transfer,  exchange,  or  payment,  and  any  certificate  issued  is
         registered  in the  name of Cede & Co.  or in such  other  name as is
         requested by an authorized  representative of DTC (and any payment is
         made to Cede & Co.  or to such  other  entity as is  requested  by an
         authorized representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE
         HEREOF  FOR  VALUE  OR  OTHERWISE  BY OR TO ANY  PERSON  IS  WRONGFUL
         inasmuch as the registered owner hereof,  Cede & Co., has an interest
         herein.

         2. In the event of any  solicitation  of  consents  from or voting by
holders of the Securities, Issuer or Trustee shall establish a record date for
such  purposes  (with no  provision  for  revocation  of  consents or votes by
subsequent  holders) and shall,  to the extent  possible,  send notice of such
record  date to DTC not less than 15  calendar  days in advance of such record
date.  Notices to DTC pursuant to this  Paragraph by telecopy shall be sent to
DTC's  Reorganization  Department  at (212)  709-6896 or (212)  709-6897,  and
receipt of such  notices  shall be confirmed by  telephoning  (212)  709-6870.
Notices to DTC pursuant to this  Paragraph by mail or by any other means shall
be sent to DTC's Reorganization Department as indicated in Paragraph 4.

         3. In the event of a full or  partial  redemption,  Issuer or Trustee
shall send a notice to DTC  specifying:  (a) the amount of the  redemption  or
refunding;  (b) in the case of a refunding,  the maturity date(s)  established
under the refunding;  and (c) the date such notice is to be mailed to Security
holders or published (the  "Publication  Date").  Such notice shall be sent to
DTC by a secure means (E.G.,  legible telecopy,  registered or certified mail,
overnight  delivery) in a timely manner designed to assure that such notice is
in DTC's  possession  no later than the close of business on the  business day
before or, if possible,  two business days before the Publication Date. Issuer
or Trustee shall forward such notice either in a separate secure  transmission
for each CUSIP number or in a secure  transmission  for multiple CUSIP numbers
(if  applicable)  which  includes  a  manifest  or list of each  CUSIP  number
submitted in that  transmission.  (The party  sending such notice shall have a
method to verify subsequently the use of such means and the timeliness of such
notice.) The Publication  Date shall be not less than 30 days nor more than 60
days prior to the redemption date or, in the case of an advance refunding, the
date that the  proceeds are  deposited  in escrow.  Notices to DTC pursuant to
this Paragraph by telecopy shall be sent to DTC's Call Notification Department
at (516) 227-4039 or (516) 227-4190.  If the party sending the notice does not
receive a  telecopy  receipt  from DTC  confirming  that the  notice  has been
received,  such party shall telephone (516) 227-4070.  Notices to DTC pursuant
to this Paragraph by mail or by any other means shall be sent to:

                                    Manager; Call Notification Department
                                    The Depository Trust Company
                                    711 Stewart Avenue
                                    Garden City, NY 11530-4719

         4. In the event of an invitation to tender the Securities  (including
mandatory  tenders,  exchanges,  and  capital  changes),  notice  by Issuer or
Trustee  to  Security  holders  specifying  the  terms of the  tender  and the
Publication  Date of such notice shall be sent to DTC by a secure means in the
manner set forth in the preceding  Paragraph.  Notices to DTC pursuant to this
Paragraph and notices of other corporate  actions by telecopy shall be sent to
DTC's  Reorganization  Department  at (212)  709-1093 or (212)  709-1094,  and
receipt of such  notices  shall be confirmed by  telephoning  (212)  709-6884.
Notices to DTC  pursuant  to the above by mail or by any other  means shall be
sent to:

                                  Manager; Reorganization Department
                                  Reorganization Window
                                  The Depository Trust Company
                                  7 Hanover Square, 23rd Floor
                                  New York, NY 10004-2695

         5. All  notices  and payment  advices  sent to DTC shall  contain the
CUSIP number of the Securities.

         6. Trustee  shall send DTC written  notice with respect to the dollar
amount  per  $1,000   original  face  value  (or  other   minimum   authorized
denomination  if less than  $1,000 face value)  payable on each  payment  date
allocated as to the interest and principal  portions thereof preferably 5, but
not less than 2, business days prior to such payment date. Such notices, which
shall also  contain the  current  pool  factor,  and  special  adjustments  to
principal/interest  rates  (e.g.,  adjustments  due to  deferred  interest  or
shortfall),  and Trustee contact's name and telephone number, shall be sent by
telecopy to DTC's Dividend  Department at (212) 709-1723,  or if by mail or by
any other means to:

                                    Manager; Announcements
                                    Dividend Department
                                    The Depository Trust Company
                                    7 Hanover Square, 22nd Floor
                                    New York, NY 10004-2695

         7. [NOTE:  ISSUER MUST REPRESENT ONE OF THE FOLLOWING,  AND CROSS OUT
THE OTHER:] [The interest  accrual period is record date to record date.] [The
interest accrual period is payment date to payment date.]

         8. Trustee must provide DTC, no later than noon (Eastern Time) on the
payment date, CUSIP numbers for each issue for which payment is being sent, as
well as the dollar  amount of the  payment  for each  issue.  Notification  of
payment details should be sent using automated communications.

         9. Interest payments and principal payments that are part of periodic
principal-and-interest payments shall be received by Cede & Co., as nominee of
DTC,  or its  registered  assigns in same-day  funds,  no later than 2:30 p.m.
(Eastern Time) on each payment date (in accordance with existing  arrangements
between  Issuer or Trustee  and DTC).  Absent any other  arrangements  between
Issuer or Trustee and DTC, such funds shall be wired as follows:

                                The Chase Manhattan Bank
                                ABA 021000021
                                For credit to A/C The Depository Trust Company
                                Dividend Deposit Account 066-026776

Issuer or Trustee shall provide  interest  payment  information  to a standard
announcement  service subscribed to by DTC. In the unlikely event that no such
service exists,  Issuer or Trustee shall provide interest payment  information
directly  to DTC in  advance  of the  interest  payment  date  as  soon as the
information is available.  This information should be conveyed directly to DTC
electronically.  If electronic transmission is not available, absent any other
arrangements  between  Trustee  and DTC,  such  information  should be sent by
telecopy to DTC's Dividend Department at (212) 709-1723 or (212) 709-1686, and
receipt of such  notices  shall be confirmed by  telephoning  (212)  709-1270.
Notices to DTC  pursuant  to the above by mail or by any other  means shall be
sent to:

                                            Manager, Announcements
                                            Dividend Department
                                            The Depository Trust Company
                                            7 Hanover Square; 22nd Floor
                                            New York, NY  10004-2695

         10. DTC shall receive maturity and redemption payments allocated with
respect to each CUSIP  number on the payable  date in  same-day  funds by 2:30
p.m. (Eastern Time).  Absent any other  arrangements  between Trustee and DTC,
such payments shall be wired as follows:

                             The Chase Manhattan Bank
                             ABA 021000021
                             For credit to A/C The Depository Trust Company
                             Redemption Account 066-027306

in accordance with existing SDFS payment procedures in the manner set forth in
DTC's SDFS PAYING AGENT OPERATING  PROCEDURES,  a copy of which has previously
been furnished to Trustee.

         11. DTC shall  receive all  reorganization  payments and  CUSIP-level
detail resulting from corporate actions (such as tender offers,  remarketings,
or mergers) on the first payable date in same-day funds by 2:30 p.m.  (Eastern
Time).  Absent any other  arrangements  between Trustee and DTC, such payments
shall be wired as follows:

                                 The Chase Manhattan Bank
                                 ABA 021000021
                                 For credit to A/C The Depository Trust Company
                                 Reorganization Account 066-027608

         12.  DTC may  direct  Issuer or  Trustee  to use any other  number or
address as the number or address to which  notices or  payments of interest or
principal may be sent.

         13. In the event of a redemption,  acceleration, or any other similar
transaction  (E.G.,  tender  made and  accepted  in  response  to  Issuer's or
Trustee's  invitation)  necessitating  a reduction in the aggregate  principal
amount  of  Securities  outstanding  or an  advance  refunding  of part of the
Securities  outstanding,  DTC, in its  discretion:  (a) may request  Issuer or
Trustee to issue and authenticate a new Security certificate;  or (b) may make
an appropriate  notation on the Security  certificate  indicating the date and
amount of such reduction in principal except in the case of final maturity, in
which case the  certificate  will be presented  to Issuer or Trustee  prior to
payment, if required.

         14. In the event that Issuer  determines  that  beneficial  owners of
Securities shall be able to obtain certificated Securities,  Issuer or Trustee
shall notify DTC of the availability of certificates. In such event, Issuer or
Trustee  shall issue,  transfer,  and  exchange  certificates  in  appropriate
amounts, as required by DTC and others.

         15.  DTC  may  discontinue   providing  its  services  as  securities
depository  with respect to the  Securities  at any time by giving  reasonable
notice to Issuer or Trustee  (at which time DTC will  confirm  with  Issuer or
Trustee the aggregate principal amount of Securities outstanding).  Under such
circumstances,  at DTC's request Issuer and Trustee shall cooperate fully with
DTC by  taking  appropriate  action  to make  available  one or more  separate
certificates  evidencing  Securities to any DTC Participant  having Securities
credited to its DTC accounts.

         16.  Issuer: (a) understands that DTC has no obligation to, and
will not,  communicate to its Participants or to any person having an interest
in the Securities any  information  contained in the Security  certificate(s);
and (b) acknowledges that neither DTC's  Participants nor any person having an
interest in the Securities shall be deemed to have notice of the provisions of
the Security  certificates by virtue of submission of such  certificate(s)  to
DTC.

<PAGE>


         17.  Nothing  herein  shall be deemed to  require  Trustee to advance
funds on behalf of Issuer.



Notes:                                         Very truly yours,               
                                                                               
A. If there is a Trustee  (as defined in       ________________________________
this Letter of Representations), Trustee                    (Issuer)   
as well as Issuer must sign this Letter.                                       
If there is no Trustee,  in signing this       By:_____________________________
Letter  Issuer   itself   undertakes  to       (Authorized Officer's Signature)
perform all of the obligations set forth
herein.
                                               ________________________________
B. Schedule B contains  statements  that                    (Trustee)         
DTC believes  accurately  describe  DTC,                       
the  method  of   effecting   book-entry       By:_____________________________
transfers  of   securities   distributed        (Authorized Officer's Signature)
through   DTC,   and   certain   related
matters.


Received and Accepted:
THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY

By: ________________________

cc:      Underwriter
         Underwriter's Counsel


<PAGE>


                                                                    SCHEDULE A

                      _________________________________

                      _________________________________
                               (Describe Issue)

CUSIP     Principal Amount          Maturity Date                Interest Rate


<PAGE>


                                                                    SCHEDULE B

                      SAMPLE OFFICIAL STATEMENT LANGUAGE
                      DESCRIBING BOOK-ENTRY-ONLY ISSUANCE

 (PREPARED BY DTC--BRACKETED MATERIAL MAY BE APPLICABLE ONLY TO CERTAIN ISSUES)

         1. The Depository  Trust Company  ("DTC"),  New York, NY, will act as
securities  depository for the securities (the  "Securities").  The Securities
will be issued as fully-registered securities registered in the name of Cede &
Co. (DTC's partnership  nominee).  One  fully-registered  Security certificate
will be issued  for [each  issue of the  Securities,  [each] in the  aggregate
principal amount of such issue, and will be deposited with DTC. [If,  however,
the  aggregate  principal  amount of [any] issue  exceeds  $200  million,  one
certificate  will be issued  with  respect to each $200  million of  principal
amount  and an  additional  certificate  will be issued  with  respect  to any
remaining principal amount of such issue.]

         2. DTC is a  limited-purpose  trust company  organized  under the New
York Banking Law, a "banking  organization" within the meaning of the New York
Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing  corporation"
within the meaning of the New York Uniform  Commercial  Code,  and a "clearing
agency" registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Securities
Exchange   Act  of  1934.   DTC  holds   securities   that  its   participants
("Participants")  deposit with DTC. DTC also  facilitates the settlement among
Participants  of securities  transactions,  such as transfers and pledges,  in
deposited  securities  through electronic  computerized  book-entry changes in
Participants' accounts,  thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
securities  certificates.  Direct Participants  include securities brokers and
dealers,  banks,  trust companies,  clearing  corporations,  and certain other
organizations.  DTC is owned by a number of its Direct Participants and by the
New York Stock  Exchange,  Inc.,  the American Stock  Exchange,  Inc., and the
National  Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc. Access to the DTC system is
also available to others such as securities  brokers and dealers,  banks,  and
trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a
Direct Participant,  either directly or indirectly ("Indirect  Participants").
The  Rules  applicable  to DTC  and its  Participants  are on  file  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission.

         3.  Purchases of  Securities  under the DTC system must be made by or
through Direct Participants, which will receive a credit for the Securities on
DTC's  records.  The  ownership  interest  of each  actual  purchaser  of each
Security  ("Beneficial  Owner")  is in turn to be  recorded  on the Direct and
Indirect  Participants'  records.  Beneficial  Owners will not receive written
confirmation from DTC of their purchase, but Beneficial Owners are expected to
receive written confirmations providing details of the transaction, as well as
periodic statements of their holdings, from the Direct or Indirect Participant
through which the Beneficial Owner entered into the transaction.  Transfers of
ownership  interests in the Securities are to be  accomplished by entries made
on the books of Participants acting on behalf of Beneficial Owners. Beneficial
Owners will not receive certificates representing their ownership interests in
Securities,  except in the event  that use of the  book-entry  system  for the
Securities is discontinued.

         4. To facilitate  subsequent  transfers,  all Securities deposited by
Participants with DTC are registered in the name of DTC's partnership nominee,
Cede & Co. The deposit of Securities  with DTC and their  registration  in the
name of Cede & Co.  effect  no  change  in  beneficial  ownership.  DTC has no
knowledge of the actual  Beneficial  Owners of the  Securities;  DTC's records
reflect only the identity of the Direct  Participants  to whose  accounts such
Securities are credited,  which may or may not be the Beneficial  Owners.  The
Participants will remain  responsible for keeping account of their holdings on
behalf of their customers.

         5.  Conveyance of notices and other  communications  by DTC to Direct
Participants,  by Direct Participants to Indirect Participants,  and by Direct
Participants and Indirect  Participants to Beneficial  Owners will be governed
by   arrangements   among  them,   subject  to  any  statutory  or  regulatory
requirements as may be in effect from time to time.

         [6.  Redemption  notices shall be sent to Cede & Co. If less than all
of the  Securities  within an issue are being  redeemed,  DTC's practice is to
determine by lot the amount of the interest of each Direct Participant in such
issue to be redeemed.]

         7.  Neither DTC nor Cede & Co. will  consent or vote with  respect to
Securities.  Under its usual  procedures,  DTC mails an  Omnibus  Proxy to the
Issuer as soon as possible  after the record date.  The Omnibus  Proxy assigns
Cede & Co.'s consenting or voting rights to those Direct Participants to whose
accounts  the  Securities  are  credited on the record date  (identified  in a
listing attached to the Omnibus Proxy).

         8. Principal and interest  payments on the Securities will be made to
DTC. DTC's practice is to credit Direct Participants' accounts on payable date
in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC's records unless DTC
has  reason to believe  that it will not  receive  payment  on  payable  date.
Payments by  Participants  to  Beneficial  Owners will be governed by standing
instructions and customary practices,  as is the case with securities held for
the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered  in "street  name," and
will be the  responsibility  of such Participant and not of DTC,  Trustee,  or
Issuer,  subject to any  statutory  or  regulatory  requirements  as may be in
effect  from time to time.  Payment of  principal  and  interest to DTC is the
responsibility  of the Issuer or  Trustee,  disbursement  of such  payments to
Direct  Participants  shall be the  responsibility of DTC, and disbursement of
such payments to the Beneficial  Owners shall be the  responsibility of Direct
and Indirect Participants.

         [9.  A  Beneficial  Owner  shall  give  notice  to  elect to have its
Securities  purchased or  tendered,  through its  Participant,  to Trustee [or
Tender/Remarketing  Agent],  and shall effect  delivery of such  Securities by
causing the Direct  Participant to transfer the Participant's  interest in the
Securities,  on DTC's records, to Trustee [or  Tender/Remarketing  Agent]. The
requirement for physical delivery of Securities in connection with an optional
tender or a mandatory  purchase  will be deemed  satisfied  when the ownership
rights in the  Securities  are  transferred  by Direct  Participants  on DTC's
records and followed by a book-entry credit of tendered  Securities to Trustee
[or Tender/Remarketing Agent's] DTC account.]

         10.  DTC  may  discontinue   providing  its  services  as  securities
depository  with respect to the  Securities  at any time by giving  reasonable
notice to  Issuer or Agent.  Under  such  circumstances,  in the event  that a
successor  securities  depository is not obtained,  Security  certificates are
required to be printed and delivered.

         11.  The  Issuer  may  decide  to  discontinue  use of the  system of
book-entry  transfers through DTC (or a successor securities  depository).  In
that event, Security certificates will be printed and delivered.

         12.  The  information  in  this  section  concerning  DTC  and  DTC's
book-entry  system has been obtained  from sources that Issuer  believes to be
reliable, but Issuer takes no responsibility for the accuracy thereof.


<PAGE>




                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.2

===============================================================================








                          [FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED

                                TRUST AGREEMENT]


                                      Among

                       CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.,
                                  as Depositor,

                              [_____________________]
                              

                                       And
                              [_____________________],
                              
                                as Owner Trustee



                         Dated as of [____________], 199__
                                     



===============================================================================


<PAGE>



                                       
                                Table of Contents
                                                                    Page
                                                                    ----

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   Definitions

  SECTION 1.01.Capitalized Terms.......................................1
  SECTION 1.02.Other Definitional Provisions...........................4

                                   ARTICLE II
                                  Organization
 SECTION 2.01.Name ....................................................4
 SECTION 2.02.Office ................................................. 5
 SECTION 2.03.Purposes and Powers......................................5
 SECTION 2.04.Appointment of Owner Trustee.............................5
 SECTION 2.05.Initial Capital Contribution of Owner Trust Estate.......5
 SECTION 2.06.Declaration of Trust.....................................5
 SECTION 2.07.Liability of Owners......................................6
 SECTION 2.08.Title to Trust Property..................................6
 SECTION 2.09.Situs of Trust...........................................6
 SECTION 2.10.Representations and Warranties of Depositor and Company..6

                                   ARTICLE III
                     Certificates and Transfer of Interests
 SECTION 3.01.Initial Ownership........................................8
 SECTION 3.02.The Certificates.........................................8
 SECTION 3.03.Authentication of Certificates...........................9
 SECTION 3.04.Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Certificates;
              Limitations on Transfer..................................9
 SECTION 3.05.Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates.......10
 SECTION 3.06.Persons Deemed Owners...................................11
 SECTION 3.07.Access to List of Certificateholders'
              Names and Addresses.....................................11
 SECTION 3.08.Maintenance of Office or Agency.........................11
 SECTION 3.09.Appointment of Paying Agent.............................11
 SECTION 3.10.Definitive Certificates.................................12

                                   ARTICLE IV
                            Actions by Owner Trustee
 SECTION 4.01.Prior Notice to Owners with Respect to Certain Matters..12
 SECTION 4.02.Action by Owners with Respect to Certain Matters........13
 SECTION 4.03.Action by Owners with Respect to Bankruptcy.............13
 SECTION 4.04.Restrictions on Owners'Power............................13
 SECTION 4.05.Majority Control........................................13

                                    ARTICLE V
                   Application of Trust Funds; Certain Duties
 SECTION 5.01.Establishment of Collection Account.....................13
 SECTION 5.02.Application of Trust Funds..............................13
 SECTION 5.03.Method of Payment.......................................14
 SECTION 5.04.[Reserved]..............................................14
 SECTION 5.05.Accounting and Reports to Owners, Internal Revenue
              Service and Others......................................14

                                   ARTICLE VI
                      Authority and Duties of Owner Trustee
 SECTION 6.01.General Authority.......................................15
 SECTION 6.02.General Duties..........................................15
 SECTION 6.03.Action upon Instruction.................................15
 SECTION 6.04.No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement
              or in Instructions......................................16
 SECTION 6.05.No Action Except Under Specified Documents or
              Instructions............................................16
 SECTION 6.06.Restrictions............................................17

                                   ARTICLE VII
                            Concerning Owner Trustee
 SECTION 7.01.Acceptance of Trusts and Duties.........................17
 SECTION 7.02.Furnishing of Documents.................................18
 SECTION 7.03.Representations and Warranties..........................18
 SECTION 7.04.Reliance; Advice of Counsel.............................18
 SECTION 7.05.Not Acting in Individual Capacity.......................19
 SECTION 7.06.Owner Trustee Not Liable for Certificates
              or Receivables..........................................19
 SECTION 7.07.Owner Trustee May Own Certificates and Notes............19
 SECTION 7.08.Pennsylvania Motor Vehicle Sales Finance Act Licenses...20

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                          Compensation of Owner Trustee
 SECTION 8.01.Owner Trustee's Fees and Expenses.......................20
 SECTION 8.02.Indemnification.........................................20
 SECTION 8.03.Payments to Owner Trustee...............................20

                                   ARTICLE IX
                         Termination of Trust Agreement
 SECTION 9.01.Termination of Trust Agreement..........................21



<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE X
             Successor Owner Trustees and Additional Owner Trustees
 SECTION 10.01. Eligibility Requirements for Owner Trustee.............22
 SECTION 10.02. Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee................22
 SECTION 10.03. Successor Owner Trustee................................22
 SECTION 10.04. Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee...............23
 SECTION 10.05. Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee..........23

                                   ARTICLE XI
                                  Miscellaneous
 SECTION 11.01. Supplements and Amendments.............................24
 SECTION 11.02. No Legal Title to Owner Trust Estate in Owners.........26
 SECTION 11.03. Limitations on Rights of Others........................26
 SECTION 11.04. Notices................................................26
 SECTION 11.05. Severability...........................................26
 SECTION 11.06. Separate Counterparts..................................26
 SECTION 11.07. Successors and Assigns.................................26
 SECTION 11.08. Covenants of Company...................................27
 SECTION 11.09. No Petition............................................27
 SECTION 11.10. No Recourse............................................27
 SECTION 11.11. Headings...............................................27
 SECTION 11.12. GOVERNING LAW..........................................27
 SECTION 11.13. Certificate Transfer Restrictions......................27
 SECTION 11.14. Depositor Payment Obligation...........................28


                                    EXHIBITS


EXHIBIT A-1 Form of Trust Certificate...............................A-1-1
EXHIBIT A-2 Form of Overcollateralization Certificate...............A-2-1
EXHIBIT B   Form of Certificate of Trust of Premier Auto 
            Trust ____-_..............................................B-1
EXHIBIT C   Form of Transferor Certificate............................C-1
EXHIBIT D   Form of Investment Letter.................................D-1
EXHIBIT E   Form of Rule 144A Letter..................................E-1


<PAGE>
         AMENDED   AND   RESTATED   TRUST   AGREEMENT   dated   as  of
         [___________], 199_, among CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.,
         a Michigan  limited  liability  company,  as  depositor  (the
         "Depositor"),   [___________________]   (the  "Company"),   a
         [___________________][___________________],               and
         [___________________],                                      a
         [___________________][___________________], as owner trustee.

         WHEREAS, the Depositor,  the Owner Trustee and the Company entered into
a Trust Agreement dated [___________________], 199_ (the "Trust Agreement");

         WHEREAS,  the Trust  Agreement  is being  amended  and  restated  as of
[___________________], 199_;

         WHEREAS,  the  Depositor  and the Company  have entered into a Purchase
Agreement dated as of  [___________________],  199_ (the "Purchase  Agreement"),
pursuant  to which the  Depositor  will assign to the Company any and all of the
Depositor's rights and interests with respect to the receipt of amounts from the
Reserve Account; and

         WHEREAS,  in  connection  therewith,  the  Company is willing to assume
certain obligations pursuant hereto;

         NOW, THEREFORE, the Depositor, the Company and the Owner Trustee hereby
agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I

                                   Definitions
                                   -----------

         SECTION 1.01.  Capitalized  Terms.  For all purposes of this Agreement,
                        ------------------ 
the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

         "Administration  Agreement"  shall  mean the  Administration  Agreement
          -------------------------
dated as of [___________], 199_, among the Trust, the Indenture Trustee and CFC,
as Administrator.

         "Agreement"  shall mean this Amended and Restated Trust  Agreement,  as
          ---------
the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

         "Basic  Documents"  shall  mean the  Purchase  Agreement,  the Sale and
          ----------------
Servicing  Agreement,  the Indenture,  the  Administration  Agreement,  the Note
Depository  Agreement  and the other  documents  and  certificates  delivered in
connection therewith.

         "Benefit Plan" shall have the meaning  assigned to such term in Section
          ------------
11.13.

         "Business  Trust  Statute"  shall  mean  Chapter  38 of Title 12 of the
          ------------------------
Delaware  Code,  12 Del.  Codess.  3801 et seq., as the same may be amended from
time to time.

         "Certificate  Balance" shall mean the outstanding  principal balance of
          --------------------
the  Overcollateralization  Certificates and shall equal the Initial Certificate
Balance less the aggregate amount  previously  distributed to the Holders of the
Overcollateralization  Certificates  pursuant to Section  5.06(a)(ii)(E)  of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         "Certificates"    shall   mean   the   Trust   Certificates   and   the
          ------------
Overcollateralization Certificates.

         "Certificate  of Trust" shall mean the Certificate of Trust in the form
          ---------------------
of Exhibit B filed for the Trust  pursuant  to Section  3810(a) of the  Business
Trust Statute.

         "Certificate  Register"  and  "Certificate  Registrar"  shall  mean the
          --------------------          ----------------------
register mentioned in and the registrar appointed pursuant to Section 3.04.

         "Certificateholder"  or  "Holder"  shall  mean a Person in whose name a
          -----------------        ------
Certificate is registered.

         "CFC" shall mean Chrysler  Financial Company L.L.C., a Michigan limited
          ---
liability company, and any successor in interest.

         "Code" shall mean the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended,  and
          ----
Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

         "Company"  shall mean  [___________________],  a  [___________________]
          -------
[___________________], and any successor in interest.

         "Corporate Trust Office" shall mean, with respect to the Owner Trustee,
          ----------------------
the  principal   corporate   trust  office  of  the  Owner  Trustee  located  at
[___________________],  [___________________],  or at such other  address as the
Owner  Trustee may  designate  by notice to the Owners,  the  Depositor  and the
Company,  or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Owner Trustee
at the  address  designated  by such  successor  Owner  Trustee by notice to the
Owners, the Depositor and the Company.

         "Depositor" shall mean CFC in its capacity as depositor hereunder.
          ---------

         "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
          -----
as amended.

         "Exchange  Act"  shall mean the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
          -------------
amended.

         "Expenses"  shall  have the  meaning  assigned  to such term in Section
          --------
8.02.

         "Indemnified  Parties" shall have the meaning  assigned to such term in
          --------------------
Section 8.02.

         "Indenture" shall mean the Indenture dated as of [___________________],
          ---------
199_ between the Trust and [___________________], as Indenture Trustee.

         "Initial Certificate Balance" shall mean $[___________________].
          ---------------------------

         "Note   Depository   Agreement"   shall   mean  the   agreement   dated
          -----------------------------
[___________________],   199_  among  the  Trust,  the  Indenture  Trustee,  the
Administrator and The Depository Trust Company,  as the initial Clearing Agency,
relating  to the Class A-1 Notes,  the Class A-2 Notes,  the Class A-3 Notes and
the Class A-4 Notes,  as the same may be amended and  supplemented  from time to
time.

         "Opinion of Counsel" means one or more written opinions of counsel, who
          ------------------
may be an  employee of or counsel to the  Seller,  the Company or the  Servicer,
which counsel shall be acceptable to the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee or
the Rating Agencies, as applicable.

         "Overcollateralization Certificate" shall mean a certificate evidencing
          ---------------------------------
the  beneficial  interest  of an Owner in the  Trust  entitled  to  receive  the
Certificate Balance pursuant to Section 5.06(a)(ii)(E) of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A-2.

         "Owner" shall mean each Holder of a Certificate.
          -----

         "Owner Trust  Estate"  shall mean all right,  title and interest of the
          -------------------
Trust in and to the  property  and  rights  assigned  to the Trust  pursuant  to
Article II of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  all funds on deposit from time
to time in the Collection  Account and all other property of the Trust from time
to time, including any rights of the Owner Trustee and the Trust pursuant to the
Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Administration Agreement.

         "Owner     Trustee"     shall     mean     [___________________],     a
          -----------------
[___________________] [___________________],  not in its individual capacity but
solely as owner trustee under this  Agreement,  and any successor  Owner Trustee
hereunder.

         "Paying Agent" shall mean any paying agent or co-paying agent appointed
          ------------
pursuant to Section 3.09 and shall initially be the Indenture Trustee.

         "Percentage   Interest"  means,  as  to  any  Trust  Certificate,   the
          ---------------------
percentage interest,  specified on the face thereof, in the distributions on the
Trust Certificates pursuant to this Agreement.

         "Record Date" shall mean,  with respect to any  Distribution  Date, the
          -----------
15th day of the month preceding such Distribution Date.

         "Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement"  shall  mean the  Sale and  Servicing
          ------------------------------
Agreement dated as of [___________________], 199_, between the Trust, as issuer,
and the  Depositor,  as  seller  and  servicer,  as the same may be  amended  or
supplemented from time to time.

         "Secretary  of State" shall mean the Secretary of State of the State of
          -------------------
Delaware.

         "Treasury  Regulations"  shall mean regulations,  including proposed or
          ---------------------
temporary Regulations, promulgated under the Code. References herein to specific
provisions  of  proposed  or  temporary   regulations  shall  include  analogous
provisions  of  final   Treasury   Regulations  or  other   successor   Treasury
Regulations.

         "Trust" shall mean the trust established by this Agreement.
          ----

         "Trust Certificate" shall mean a certificate  evidencing the beneficial
          -----------------
interest of an Owner in the Trust,  substantially in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit A-1.

         SECTION 1.02 Other Definitional Provisions.  (a) Capitalized terms used
                      -----------------------------
and not otherwise  defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Sale
and Servicing Agreement or, if not defined therein, in the Indenture.

         (b) All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings
when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto
unless otherwise defined therein.

         (c) As used in this Agreement and in any  certificate or other document
made or delivered  pursuant hereto or thereto,  accounting  terms not defined in
this  Agreement or in any such  certificate  or other  document,  and accounting
terms  partly  defined in this  Agreement  or in any such  certificate  or other
document to the extent not defined,  shall have the respective meanings given to
them under  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  To the extent that the
definitions of accounting  terms in this Agreement or in any such certificate or
other document are inconsistent  with the meanings of such terms under generally
accepted accounting  principles,  the definitions contained in this Agreement or
in any such certificate or other document shall control.

         (d) The words  "hereof,"  "herein,"  "hereunder"  and words of  similar
import when used in this Agreement  shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and
not  to  any  particular  provision  of  this  Agreement;  Section  and  Exhibit
references  contained in this  Agreement are references to Sections and Exhibits
in or to this Agreement  unless  otherwise  specified;  and the term "including"
shall mean "including without limitation".

         (e) The  definitions  contained in this Agreement are applicable to the
singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the  masculine as well
as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms.

         (f) Any agreement,  instrument or statute defined or referred to herein
or in any instrument or certificate  delivered in connection herewith means such
agreement,  instrument  or statute  as from time to time  amended,  modified  or
supplemented and includes (in the case of agreements or instruments)  references
to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein; references to a
Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  Organization
                                  -------------

         SECTION 2.01. Name. The Trust created hereby shall be known as "Premier
                       ----
Auto Trust  ____-_," in which name the Owner Trustee may conduct the business of
the Trust,  make and execute  contracts and other  instruments  on behalf of the
Trust and sue and be sued.

         SECTION 2.02. Office.  The office of the Trust shall be in care of the
                       ------
Owner Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office or at such other address in Delaware
as the  Owner  Trustee  may  designate  by  written  notice to the  Owners,  the
Depositor and the Company.

         SECTION  2.03.  Purposes  and  Powers.  The  purpose of the Trust is to
                         ---------------------
engage in the following activities:

              (i)  to  issue  the  Notes  pursuant  to  the  Indenture  and  the
         Certificates  pursuant to this  Agreement and to sell the Notes and the
         Certificates;

              (ii)  with  the  proceeds  of  the  sale  of  the  Notes  and  the
         Certificates, to purchase the Receivables, to fund the Reserve Account,
         to pay the organizational,  start-up and transactional  expenses of the
         Trust and to pay the balance to the Depositor  pursuant to the Sale and
         Servicing Agreement;

              (iii) to assign, grant, transfer,  pledge, mortgage and convey the
         Trust  Estate  pursuant  to the  Indenture  and  to  hold,  manage  and
         distribute  to the  Owners  pursuant  to the  terms  of  the  Sale  and
         Servicing  Agreement any portion of the Trust Estate  released from the
         Lien of, and remitted to the Trust pursuant to, the Indenture;

              (iv) to enter into and  perform  its  obligations  under the Basic
         Documents to which it is to be a party;

              (v)  to  engage  in  those  activities,  including  entering  into
         agreements,  that are necessary or suitable to accomplish the foregoing
         or are incidental thereto or connected  therewith;  and (vi) subject to
         compliance with the Basic Documents, to engage in such other activities
         as may be required in connection  with  conservation of the Owner Trust
         Estate  and  the  making  of   distributions  to  the  Owners  and  the
         Noteholders.

The Trust is hereby authorized to engage in the foregoing activities.  The Trust
shall not engage in any activity other than in connection  with the foregoing or
other than as required or authorized by the terms of this Agreement or the Basic
Documents.

         SECTION  2.04.  Appointment  of Owner  Trustee.  The  Depositor  hereby
                         ------------------------------
appoints  the Owner  Trustee as trustee  of the Trust  effective  as of the date
hereof, to have all the rights, powers and duties set forth herein.

         SECTION 2.05.  Initial Capital  Contribution of Owner Trust Estate. The
                        ---------------------------------------------------
Depositor hereby sells, assigns,  transfers,  conveys and sets over to the Owner
Trustee,  as of the  date  hereof,  the  sum of $1.  The  Owner  Trustee  hereby
acknowledges receipt in trust from the Depositor,  as of the date hereof, of the
foregoing  contribution,  which shall  constitute the initial Owner Trust Estate
and shall be  deposited  in the  Collection  Account.  The  Depositor  shall pay
organizational  expenses  of the  Trust as they may  arise  or  shall,  upon the
request of the Owner Trustee,  promptly reimburse the Owner Trustee for any such
expenses paid by the Owner Trustee.

         SECTION 2.06.  Declaration of Trust.  The Owner Trustee hereby declares
                        --------------------
that it will  hold the  Owner  Trust  Estate in trust  upon and  subject  to the
conditions  set forth  herein for the use and benefit of the Owners,  subject to
the obligations of the Trust under the Basic  Documents.  It is the intention of
the parties hereto that the Trust constitute a business trust under the Business
Trust Statute and that this  Agreement  constitute  the governing  instrument of
such business trust. It is the intention of the parties hereto that,  solely for
income and  franchise tax  purposes,  (i) so long as there is a sole Owner,  the
Trust shall be treated as a security  arrangement,  with the assets of the Trust
being the  Receivables  and other  assets  held by the  Trust,  the owner of the
Receivables  being the sole Owner and the Notes being  non-recourse  debt of the
sole Owner and (ii) if there is more than one Owner,  the Trust shall be treated
as a partnership  for income and franchise tax purposes,  with the assets of the
partnership  being the  Receivables  and other  assets  held by the  Trust,  the
partners of the partnership  being the Owners (including the Company as assignee
of the  Depositor  pursuant  to the  Purchase  Agreement,  in  its  capacity  as
recipient of distributions from the Reserve Account) and the Notes being debt of
the  partnership.   The  parties  agree  that,  unless  otherwise   required  by
appropriate tax authorities,  the Trust will file or cause to be filed annual or
other  necessary   returns,   reports  and  other  forms   consistent  with  the
characterization of the Trust as provided in the preceding sentence for such tax
purposes.  Effective as of the date  hereof,  the Owner  Trustee  shall have all
rights,  powers and duties set forth  herein and in the Business  Trust  Statute
with respect to accomplishing the purposes of the Trust.

         SECTION 2.07.  Liability of Owners.  The Owners (including the Company)
                        -------------------
shall be  entitled to the same  limitation  of  personal  liability  extended to
stockholders  of private  corporations  for profit  organized  under the general
corporation law of the State of Delaware.

         SECTION  2.08.  Title to Trust  Property.  Legal title to all the Owner
                          -----------------------
Trust  Estate  shall be vested at all  times in the  Trust as a  separate  legal
entity except where  applicable  law in any  jurisdiction  requires title to any
part of the Owner Trust Estate to be vested in a trustee or  trustees,  in which
case  title  shall be deemed to be vested  in the Owner  Trustee,  a  co-trustee
and/or a separate trustee, as the case may be.

         SECTION  2.09.   Situs  of  Trust.   The  Trust  will  be  located  and
                          ----------------
administered in the State of Delaware. All bank accounts maintained by the Owner
Trustee on behalf of the Trust  shall be located in the State of Delaware or the
State of New York.  The Trust  shall not have any  employees  in any state other
than Delaware; provided, however, that nothing herein shall restrict or prohibit
the Owner Trustee from having employees within or without the State of Delaware.
Payments  will be  received  by the Trust  only in  Delaware  or New  York,  and
payments  will be made by the Trust  only from  Delaware  or New York.  The only
office of the Trust will be at the Corporate Trust Office in Delaware.

         SECTION 2.10.  Representations and Warranties of Depositor and Company.
                        -------------------------------------------------------
(a) The Depositor hereby represents and warrants to the Owner Trustee that:

              (i) The  Depositor  is duly  organized  and validly  existing as a
         limited  liability company in good standing under the laws of the State
         of  Michigan,  with power and  authority to own its  properties  and to
         conduct its business as such  properties  are currently  owned and such
         business is presently conducted.

              (ii) The  Depositor is duly  qualified to do business as a foreign
         limited  liability  company  in  good  standing  and has  obtained  all
         necessary  licenses  and  approvals in all  jurisdictions  in which the
         ownership or lease of its property or the conduct of its business shall
         require such qualifications.

              (iii) The  Depositor  has the power and  authority  to execute and
         deliver this  Agreement  and to carry out its terms;  the Depositor has
         full power and authority to sell and assign the property to be sold and
         assigned to and  deposited  with the Trust and the  Depositor  has duly
         authorized  such sale and  assignment  and  deposit to the Trust by all
         necessary corporate action; and the execution, delivery and performance
         of this  Agreement  have been duly  authorized  by the Depositor by all
         necessary corporate action.

              (iv) The  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated by this
         Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof do not conflict with,
         result  in any  breach  of  any of the  terms  and  provisions  of,  or
         constitute  (with or without  notice or lapse of time) a default under,
         the articles of organization  or operating  agreement of the Depositor,
         or any indenture,  agreement or other instrument to which the Depositor
         is a party or by which it is  bound;  nor  result  in the  creation  or
         imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms
         of any such  indenture,  agreement  or  other  instrument  (other  than
         pursuant to the Basic  Documents);  nor violate any law or, to the best
         of the Depositor's knowledge,  any order, rule or regulation applicable
         to the  Depositor  of any court or of any  federal or state  regulatory
         body,  administrative  agency  or  other  governmental  instrumentality
         having jurisdiction over the Depositor or its properties.

              (v) To the Depositor's best knowledge, there are no proceedings or
         investigations pending or threatened before any court, regulatory body,
         administrative  agency  or other  governmental  instrumentality  having
         jurisdiction  over the Depositor or its  properties:  (A) asserting the
         invalidity of this Agreement,  (B) seeking to prevent the  consummation
         of  any of the  transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement  or (C)
         seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely
         affect the  performance by the Depositor of its  obligations  under, or
         the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement.

              (vi) The  representations  and  warranties  of the Company and the
         Depositor in Sections 3.01 and 3.02 of the Purchase  Agreement are true
         and correct.

         (b) The Company  hereby  represents  and warrants to the Owner  Trustee
that:

              (i) The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as
         a  [___________________]  in  good  standing  under  the  laws  of  the
         jurisdiction of its  organization,  with the power and authority to own
         its  properties  and to conduct  its  business as such  properties  are
         currently owned and such business is presently conducted.

              (ii) The  Company is duly  qualified  to do  business as a foreign
         [___________________]  in good  standing and has obtained all necessary
         licenses and approvals in all  jurisdictions  in which the ownership or
         lease of its property or the conduct of its business shall require such
         qualifications.

              (iii) The  Company  has the power and  authority  to  execute  and
         deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms; the Company has full
         power and authority to purchase the  Certificates;  and the  execution,
         delivery and  performance of this Agreement has been duly authorized by
         the Company by all necessary action.

              (iv) The  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated by this
         Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof do not conflict with,
         result  in any  breach  of  any of the  terms  and  provisions  of,  or
         constitute  (with or without  notice or lapse of time) a default under,
         the articles of organization or operating  agreement of the Company, or
         any indenture,  agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a
         party or by which it is bound; nor result in the creation or imposition
         of any Lien  upon any of its  properties  pursuant  to the terms of any
         such indenture,  agreement or other instrument  (other than pursuant to
         the  Basic  Documents);  nor  violate  any law or,  to the  best of the
         Company's  knowledge,  any order, rule or regulation  applicable to the
         Company  of any  court  or of any  federal  or state  regulatory  body,
         administrative  agency  or other  governmental  instrumentality  having
         jurisdiction over the Company or its properties.

              (v) There are no proceedings or investigations  pending or, to the
         Company's best knowledge, threatened before any court, regulatory body,
         administrative  agency  or other  governmental  instrumentality  having
         jurisdiction  over the Company or its  properties:  (A)  asserting  the
         invalidity of this Agreement,  (B) seeking to prevent the  consummation
         of  any of the  transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement  or (C)
         seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely
         affect the performance by the Company of its obligations  under, or the
         validity or enforceability of, this Agreement.

                                  ARTICLE III

                     Certificates and Transfer of Interests
                     --------------------------------------

         SECTION 3.01. Initial Ownership. Upon the formation of the Trust by the
                       -----------------
contribution by the Depositor pursuant to Section 2.05 and until the issuance of
the Certificates, the Depositor shall be the sole beneficiary of the Trust.

         SECTION 3.02. The Certificates.  The Trust Certificates shall be issued
                       ----------------
in minimum  denominations of a one percent Percentage Interest in the Trust. The
Overcollateralization  Certificates shall be issued in minimum  denominations of
$1,000,000  principal amount of Certificate  Balance.  The Certificates shall be
executed  on  behalf  of the  Trust  by  manual  or  facsimile  signature  of an
authorized  officer of the Owner  Trustee.  Certificates  bearing  the manual or
facsimile  signatures of individuals  who were, at the time when such signatures
shall have been  affixed,  authorized  to sign on behalf of the Trust,  shall be
validly  issued and entitled to the benefit of this  Agreement,  notwithstanding
that such individuals or any of them shall have ceased to be so authorized prior
to the  authentication  and delivery of such  Certificates  or did not hold such
offices at the date of authentication and delivery of such Certificates.

         A transferee  of a  Certificate  shall become a  Certificateholder  and
shall  be  entitled  to  the  rights  and  subject  to  the   obligations  of  a
Certificateholder  hereunder upon such transferee's  acceptance of a Certificate
duly registered in such transferee's name pursuant to Section 3.04.

         SECTION 3.03. Authentication of Certificates.  On the Closing Date, the
                       ------------------------------
Owner  Trustee  shall cause the Trust  Certificates  in an aggregate  Percentage
Interest  equal  to  100%  and  the  Overcollateralization  Certificates  in  an
aggregate  principal  amount  equal to the  Initial  Certificate  Balance  to be
executed  on behalf of the Trust,  authenticated  and  delivered  to or upon the
written  order of the  Depositor,  signed  by its  chairman  of the  board,  its
president,  any vice president,  secretary or any assistant  treasurer,  without
further  corporate  action  by  the  Depositor,  in  the  respective  authorized
denominations. No Certificate shall entitle its Holder to any benefit under this
Agreement  or be  valid  for any  purpose  unless  there  shall  appear  on such
Certificate a certificate of authentication  substantially in the form set forth
in Exhibit  A-1 with  respect to the Trust  Certificates  and  Exhibit  A-2 with
respect to the Overcollateralization Certificates, executed by the Owner Trustee
or  [___________],  as the  Owner  Trustee's  authenticating  agent,  by  manual
signature;  such authentication  shall constitute  conclusive evidence that such
Certificate  shall have been duly  authenticated  and delivered  hereunder.  All
Certificates shall be dated the date of their authentication.

         SECTION 3.04.  Registration  of Transfer and Exchange of  Certificates;
                        --------------------------------------------------------
Limitations on Transfer.  The  Certificate  Registrar  shall keep or cause to be
- -----------------------
kept, at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 3.08, a Certificate
Register in which,  subject to such reasonable  regulations as it may prescribe,
the Owner Trustee  shall provide for the  registration  of  Certificates  and of
transfers and exchanges of Certificates as herein provided.  [___________] shall
be the initial Certificate Registrar.

         The  Certificates  have not been and will not be  registered  under the
Securities  Act and  will  not be  listed  on any  exchange.  No  transfer  of a
Certificate  shall be made unless such transfer is made pursuant to an effective
registration  statement  under  the  Securities  Act  and any  applicable  state
securities  laws or is  exempt  from the  registration  requirements  under  the
Securities Act and such state  securities  laws. In the event that a transfer is
to be made in  reliance  upon an  exemption  from the  Securities  Act and state
securities laws, in order to assure  compliance with the Securities Act and such
laws, the Holder desiring to effect such transfer and such Holder's  prospective
transferee  shall  each  certify  to the  Owner  Trustee  in  writing  the facts
surrounding the transfer in substantially  the forms set forth in Exhibit C (the
"Transferor  Certificate")  and either  Exhibit D (the  "Investment  Letter") or
Exhibit E (the "Rule 144A Letter"). Except in the case of a transfer as to which
the proposed  transferee  has  provided a Rule 144A Letter,  there shall also be
delivered to the Owner  Trustee an Opinion of Counsel that such  transfer may be
made pursuant to an exemption from the Securities Act and state securities laws,
which  Opinion  of  Counsel  shall not be an  expense  of the Trust or the Owner
Trustee;  provided  that such  Opinion of  Counsel in respect of the  applicable
state  securities laws may be a memorandum of law rather than an opinion if such
counsel is not licensed in the  applicable  jurisdiction.  The  Depositor  shall
provide to any Holder of a Certificate and any prospective transferee designated
by any such Holder,  information  regarding the Certificates and the Receivables
and such other  information  as shall be necessary  to satisfy the  condition to
eligibility  set forth in Rule  144A(d)(4) for transfer of any such  Certificate
without   registration   thereof  under  the  Securities  Act  pursuant  to  the
registration  exemption  provided  by Rule 144A.  Each  Holder of a  Certificate
desiring to effect such a transfer  shall,  and does hereby agree to,  indemnify
the Trust, the Owner Trustee,  and the Depositor  against any liability that may
result  if the  transfer  is not so  exempt  or is not made in  accordance  with
federal  and  state   securities  laws.  The  Owner  Trustee  shall  cause  each
Certificate to contain a legend in the form set forth on the form of Certificate
attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2, as applicable.

         Upon surrender for  registration  of transfer of any Certificate at the
office  or  agency  maintained  pursuant  to  Section  3.08 and  subject  to the
satisfaction  of the  preceding  paragraph,  the Owner  Trustee  shall  execute,
authenticate   and  deliver  (or  shall  cause   [___________________]   as  its
authenticating agent to authenticate and deliver), in the name of the designated
transferee or  transferees,  one or more new  Certificates  of like tenor and in
authorized  denominations of a like aggregate  Percentage  Interest or principal
amount, as applicable,  dated the date of authentication by the Owner Trustee or
any authenticating agent; provided that prior to such execution,  authentication
and delivery, the Owner Trustee shall have received an Opinion of Counsel to the
effect that the proposed  transfer will not cause the Trust to be  characterized
as an association (or a publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation or
alter the tax  characterization  of the Notes for federal income tax purposes or
Michigan  income and single  business tax  purposes.  At the option of a Holder,
Certificates  may be  exchanged  for  other  Certificates  of like  tenor and of
authorized  denominations of a like aggregate  Percentage  Interest or principal
amount, as applicable, upon surrender of the Certificates to be exchanged at the
office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 3.08.

         Every Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of transfer
or exchange  shall be  accompanied  by a written  instrument of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the Certificate Registrar duly executed by
the  Holder  or  such  Holder's  attorney  duly  authorized  in  writing.   Each
Certificate  surrendered  for  registration  of transfer  or  exchange  shall be
cancelled and  subsequently  disposed of by the Owner Trustee in accordance with
its customary practice.

         No service  charge  shall be made for any  registration  of transfer or
exchange of Certificates, but the Owner Trustee or the Certificate Registrar may
require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that
may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Certificates.

         The  preceding  provisions of this Section  notwithstanding,  the Owner
Trustee  shall not  make,  and the  Certificate  Registrar  shall  not  register
transfers or exchanges of,  Certificates  for a period of 15 days  preceding the
due date for any payment with respect to the Certificates.

         SECTION 3.05. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates. If (a)
                       -------------------------------------------------
any mutilated Certificate shall be surrendered to the Certificate Registrar,  or
if the Certificate  Registrar shall receive  evidence to its satisfaction of the
destruction,  loss or theft of any  Certificate and (b) there shall be delivered
to the Certificate Registrar and the Owner Trustee such security or indemnity as
may be  required by them to save each of them  harmless,  then in the absence of
notice that such  Certificate  has been acquired by a bona fide  purchaser,  the
Owner  Trustee on behalf of the Trust  shall  execute  and the Owner  Trustee or
[___________],  as the Owner Trustee's  authenticating agent, shall authenticate
and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated,  destroyed,  lost
or stolen  Certificate,  a new  Certificate of like tenor and  denomination.  In
connection  with the issuance of any new  Certificate  under this  Section,  the
Owner  Trustee or the  Certificate  Registrar  may  require the payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental  charge that may be imposed in
connection therewith.  Any duplicate Certificate issued pursuant to this Section
shall constitute conclusive evidence of ownership in the Trust, as if originally
issued,  whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate shall be found
at any time.

         SECTION 3.06.  Persons Deemed Owners.  Prior to due  presentation  of a
                        ---------------------
Certificate  for  registration of transfer,  the Owner Trustee,  the Certificate
Registrar or any Paying Agent may treat the Person in whose name any Certificate
is registered in the Certificate  Register as the owner of such  Certificate for
the purpose of  receiving  distributions  pursuant  to Section  5.02 and for all
other  purposes  whatsoever,  and none of the  Owner  Trustee,  the  Certificate
Registrar or any Paying Agent shall be bound by any notice to the contrary.

         SECTION  3.07.  Access  to  List  of   Certificateholders'   Names  and
                         -------------------------------------------------------
Addresses.  The Owner  Trustee  shall  furnish or cause to be  furnished  to the
- ---------
Servicer and the Depositor, within 15 days after receipt by the Owner Trustee of
a written request  therefor from the Servicer or the Depositor,  a list, in such
form as the Servicer or the Depositor may reasonably  require,  of the names and
addresses of the  Certificateholders  as of the most recent  Record  Date.  If a
Certificateholder  applies in writing to the Owner Trustee, and such application
states that the applicant  desires to communicate with other  Certificateholders
with  respect to their rights  under this  Agreement or under the  Certificates,
then the Owner  Trustee  shall,  within five  Business Days after the receipt of
such  application,  afford such applicant access during normal business hours to
the current list of Certificateholders.  Each Holder, by receiving and holding a
Certificate,  shall be deemed to have  agreed not to hold any of the  Depositor,
the Company,  the  Certificate  Registrar or the Owner  Trustee  accountable  by
reason of the disclosure of its name and address,  regardless of the source from
which such information was derived.

         SECTION 3.08.  Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Owner Trustee shall
                        -------------------------------
maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, an office or offices
or agency or agencies where  Certificates may be surrendered for registration of
transfer or exchange and where  notices and demands to or upon the Owner Trustee
in respect of the Certificates and the Basic Documents may be served.  The Owner
Trustee initially designates [___________],  [___________],  [___________]as its
office for such purposes.  The Owner Trustee shall give prompt written notice to
the Company and to the  Certificateholders  of any change in the location of the
Certificate Register or any such office or agency.

         SECTION 3.09.  Appointment of Paying Agent. The Paying Agent shall make

                        ---------------------------
distributions  to  Certificateholders  from the Collection  Account  pursuant to
Section  5.02 and shall  report the amounts of such  distributions  to the Owner
Trustee.  Subject to the  provisions  of Section 5.06 of the Sale and  Servicing
Agreement,  any Paying Agent shall have the  revocable  power to withdraw  funds
from the Collection Account for the purpose of making the distributions referred
to above. The Owner Trustee may revoke such power and remove the Paying Agent if
the Owner Trustee  determines in its sole discretion that the Paying Agent shall
have failed to perform its  obligations  under this  Agreement  in any  material
respect or that it is in the  interest of the  Certificateholders  to do so. The
Paying Agent initially shall be the Indenture  Trustee,  and any co-paying agent
chosen by the Indenture Trustee and acceptable to the Owner Trustee.  The Person
acting as Indenture  Trustee shall not be permitted to resign as Paying Agent so
long as such Person is acting as the Indenture Trustee.  The Owner Trustee shall
cause such successor  Paying Agent or any additional  Paying Agent  appointed by
the Owner  Trustee to execute and deliver to the Owner  Trustee an instrument in
which such  successor  Paying Agent or additional  Paying Agent shall agree with
the Owner  Trustee  that,  as  Paying  Agent,  such  successor  Paying  Agent or
additional  Paying Agent will hold all sums,  if any,  held by it for payment to
the  Certificateholders  in  trust  for the  benefit  of the  Certificateholders
entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such  Certificateholders.  The
Paying  Agent shall  return all  unclaimed  funds to the Owner  Trustee and upon
removal of a Paying  Agent such Paying  Agent shall also return all funds in its
possession to the Owner Trustee. The provisions of Sections 7.01, 7.03, 7.04 and
8.01 shall apply to the Owner Trustee also in its role as Paying  Agent,  for so
long  as the  Owner  Trustee  shall  act as  Paying  Agent  and,  to the  extent
applicable, to any other paying agent appointed hereunder. Any reference in this
Agreement  to the Paying  Agent shall  include any  co-paying  agent  unless the
context requires otherwise.

         SECTION 3.10. Definitive Certificates. The Certificates,  upon original
                       -----------------------
issuance, will be issued in definitive, fully registered form.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                            Actions by Owner Trustee
                            -------------------------

         SECTION 4.01.  Prior Notice to Owners with Respect to Certain  Matters.
                        --------------------------------------------------------
With respect to the following  matters,  the Owner Trustee shall not take action
unless at least 30 days  before the  taking of such  action,  the Owner  Trustee
shall have notified the Certificateholders in writing of the proposed action and
the Owners  shall not have  notified the Owner  Trustee in writing  prior to the
30th day after such notice is given that such Owners  have  withheld  consent or
provided alternative direction:

         (a) the  initiation of any claim or lawsuit by the Trust (except claims
or lawsuits  brought in connection with the collection of the  Receivables)  and
the compromise of any action,  claim or lawsuit  brought by or against the Trust
(except with respect to the aforementioned  claims or lawsuits for collection of
the Receivables);

         (b) the election by the Trust to file an  amendment to the  Certificate
of Trust (unless such amendment is required to be filed under the Business Trust
Statute);

         (c) the  amendment  of the  Indenture  by a  supplemental  indenture in
circumstances where the consent of any Noteholder is required;

         (d) the  amendment  of the  Indenture  by a  supplemental  indenture in
circumstances  where the  consent of any  Noteholder  is not  required  and such
amendment materially adversely affects the interests of the Owners;

         (e)  the  amendment,  change  or  modification  of  the  Administration
Agreement,  except to cure any ambiguity or to amend or supplement any provision
in a manner or add any provision that would not materially  adversely affect the
interests of the Owners; or

         (f) the  appointment  pursuant to the  Indenture  of a  successor  Note
Registrar,  Paying Agent or Indenture Trustee or pursuant to this Agreement of a
successor  Certificate  Registrar,  or the consent to the assignment by the Note
Registrar,  Paying Agent or Indenture  Trustee or  Certificate  Registrar of its
obligations under the Indenture or this Agreement, as applicable.

         SECTION  4.02.  Action by Owners with Respect to Certain  Matters.  The
                         -------------------------------------------------
Owner Trustee shall not have the power, except upon the direction of the Owners,
to (a) remove the Administrator  under the Administration  Agreement pursuant to
Section 8 thereof, (b) appoint a successor  Administrator  pursuant to Section 8
of the  Administration  Agreement,  (c) remove the  Servicer  under the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement pursuant to Section 8.01 thereof or (d) except as expressly
provided in the Basic Documents,  sell the Receivables  after the termination of
the  Indenture.  The Owner  Trustee  shall take the  actions  referred to in the
preceding sentence only upon written instructions signed by the Owners.

         SECTION 4.03.  Action by Owners with Respect to  Bankruptcy.  The Owner
                        --------------------------------------------
Trustee  shall  not have  the  power  to  commence  a  voluntary  proceeding  in
bankruptcy  relating to the Trust  without the unanimous  prior  approval of all
Owners and the delivery to the Owner Trustee by each such Owner of a certificate
certifying that such Owner reasonably believes that the Trust is insolvent.

         SECTION  4.04.  Restrictions  on Owners'  Power.  The Owners  shall not
                         -------------------------------
direct the Owner  Trustee to take or to refrain  from  taking any action if such
action or inaction would be contrary to any obligation of the Trust or the Owner
Trustee under this Agreement or any of the Basic  Documents or would be contrary
to Section  2.03,  nor shall the Owner  Trustee be  obligated to follow any such
direction, if given.

         SECTION 4.05.  Majority Control.  Except as expressly  provided herein,
                        ----------------
any action that may be taken by the Owners under this  Agreement may be taken by
the Holders of the Certificates  that include the Holders of Trust  Certificates
evidencing not less than a majority of the Percentage Interests evidenced by the
Trust  Certificates  and  the  Holders  of  Overcollateralization   Certificates
evidencing  not less  than a  majority  of the  Certificate  Balance.  Except as
expressly  provided herein,  any written notice of the Owners delivered pursuant
to  this  Agreement  shall  be  effective  if  signed  by  the  Holders  of  the
Certificates that include Holders of Trust Certificates evidencing not less than
a majority of the Percentage  Interests  evidenced by the Trust Certificates and
the Holders of  Overcollateralization  Certificates  evidencing  not less than a
majority of the Certificate  Balance,  in each case, at the time of the delivery
of such notice.

                                   ARTICLE V

                   Application of Trust Funds; Certain Duties
                   ------------------------------------------

         SECTION 5.01.  Establishment  of  Collection  Account.  The  Collection
                         -------------------------------------
Account shall be established and maintained pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Sale
and Servicing Agreement. The Collection Account shall be under the sole dominion
and control of the  Indenture  Trustee for the  benefit of  Noteholders  and the
Certificateholders,  as  applicable  in  accordance  with the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.

         SECTION  5.02.  Application  of Trust Funds.  (a) On each  Distribution
Date,  the  Servicer is  obligated  to instruct  the  Indenture  Trustee to make
distributions and allocations in accordance with Section 5.06(a)(ii) of the Sale
and Servicing  Agreement.  Distributions to  Certificateholders  will be made in
accordance with Section 5.06(a)(ii) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         (b) [Reserved].

         (c) In the event that any  withholding  tax is  imposed on the  Trust's
payment (or allocations of income) to an Owner, such tax shall reduce the amount
otherwise distributable to the Owner in accordance with this Section. The Paying
Agent is hereby  authorized  and  directed  to  retain  from  amounts  otherwise
distributable to the Owners  sufficient funds for the payment of any tax that is
legally  owed by the Trust (but such  authorization  shall not prevent the Owner
Trustee from contesting any such tax in appropriate  proceedings and withholding
payment  of  such  tax,  if  permitted  by  law,  pending  the  outcome  of such
proceedings). The amount of any withholding tax imposed with respect to an Owner
shall be treated as cash distributed to such Owner at the time it is withheld by
the  Trust and  remitted  to the  appropriate  taxing  authority.  If there is a
possibility that withholding tax is payable with respect to a distribution (such
as a  distribution  to a  non-U.S.  Owner),  the  Paying  Agent  may in its sole
discretion withhold such amounts in accordance with this paragraph.

         SECTION  5.03.   Method  of  Payment.   Subject  to  Section   9.01(c),
                          -------------------
distributions required to be made to Certificateholders on any Distribution Date
shall be made by the  Paying  Agent to each  Certificateholder  of record on the
preceding Record Date by wire transfer,  in immediately  available funds, to the
account of such Holder at a bank or other entity having  appropriate  facilities
therefor,  if such  Certificateholder  shall have  provided  to the  Certificate
Registrar  appropriate written instructions at least five Business Days prior to
such Distribution Date, or, if not, by check mailed to such Certificateholder at
the address of such Holder appearing in the Certificate Register.

         SECTION 5.04. [Reserved]

         SECTION  5.05.  Accounting  and  Reports  to Owners,  Internal  Revenue
                         ------------------------------------------------------
Service  and  Others.  The  Owner  Trustee  shall  deliver  to each  Owner  such
- --------------------
information, reports or statements as may be required by the Code and applicable
Treasury  Regulations and as may be required to enable each Owner to prepare its
federal   and  state   income  tax   returns.   Consistent   with  the   Trust's
characterization for tax purposes, as a security arrangement for the issuance of
non-recourse  debt, no federal income tax return shall be filed on behalf of the
Trust unless  either (i) the Owner  Trustee  shall receive an Opinion of Counsel
that, based on a change in applicable law occurring after the date hereof, or as
a result of a  transfer  by the  Company  permitted  by Section  3.04,  the Code
requires such a filing or (ii) the Internal Revenue Service shall determine that
the  Trust is  required  to file such a return.  Notwithstanding  the  preceding
sentence,  the Owner Trustee shall file Internal  Revenue  Service Form 8832 and
elect for the Trust to be treated as a domestic  eligible  entity  with a single
owner that is disregarded as a separate  entity,  which election shall remain in
effect so long as the Company or any other party is the sole Owner. In the event
that the Trust is required to file tax returns,  the Owner Trustee shall prepare
or shall cause to be prepared any tax returns  required to be filed by the Trust
and shall  remit such  returns to the  Company (or if the Company no longer owns
any  Certificates,  the Owner  designated for such purpose by the Company to the
Owner  Trustee in writing) at least five (5) days before such returns are due to
be filed.  The Company (or such designee  Owner,  as applicable)  shall promptly
sign such returns and deliver such returns after  signature to the Owner Trustee
and such returns  shall be filed by the Owner Trustee with the  appropriate  tax
authorities.  In no event  shall  the  Owner  Trustee  or the  Company  (or such
designee Owner, as applicable) be liable for any liabilities,  costs or expenses
of the Trust or the  Noteholders  arising out of the application of any tax law,
including federal,  state,  foreign or local income or excise taxes or any other
tax imposed on or measured by income (or any interest,  penalty or addition with
respect  thereto or arising from a failure to comply  therewith)  except for any
such liability, cost or expense attributable to any act or omission by the Owner
Trustee or the Company (or such designee Owner, as applicable),  as the case may
be, in breach of its obligations under this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                      Authority and Duties of Owner Trustee
                      --------------------------------------

         SECTION 6.01.  General  Authority.  The Owner Trustee is authorized and

                        ------------------
directed to execute and deliver the Basic  Documents to which the Trust is to be
a party and each  certificate  or other  document  attached  as an exhibit to or
contemplated  by the Basic Documents to which the Trust is to be a party and any
amendment or other  agreement or  instrument  described in Section 3.11, in each
case, in such form as the Company shall approve,  as evidenced  conclusively  by
the Owner Trustee's execution thereof.  In addition to the foregoing,  the Owner
Trustee is authorized,  but shall not be obligated, to take all actions required
of the Trust  pursuant  to the Basic  Documents.  The Owner  Trustee  is further
authorized from time to time to take such action as the Administrator recommends
with respect to the Basic Documents.

         SECTION 6.02. General Duties. It shall be the duty of the Owner Trustee
                       --------------
to discharge (or cause to be discharged) all of its responsibilities pursuant to
the  terms of this  Agreement  and the Basic  Documents  to which the Trust is a
party and to administer the Trust in the interest of the Owners,  subject to the
Basic  Documents  and in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of this  Agreement.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Owner  Trustee  shall be  deemed  to have
discharged  its  duties  and  responsibilities  hereunder  and  under  the Basic
Documents  to the extent  the  Administrator  has  agreed in the  Administration
Agreement  to  perform  any act or to  discharge  any duty of the Owner  Trustee
hereunder or under any Basic  Document,  and the Owner Trustee shall not be held
liable  for the  default  or  failure  of the  Administrator  to  carry  out its
obligations under the Administration Agreement.

         SECTION 6.03. Action upon Instruction. (a) Subject to Article IV and in
                       -----------------------
accordance  with the terms of the Basic  Documents,  the  Owners  may by written
instruction  direct the Owner  Trustee  in the  management  of the  Trust.  Such
direction  may be  exercised  at any time by written  instruction  of the Owners
pursuant to Article IV.

         (b)  The  Owner  Trustee  shall  not be  required  to take  any  action
hereunder or under any Basic Document if the Owner Trustee shall have reasonably
determined, or shall have been advised by counsel, that such action is likely to
result in liability on the part of the Owner Trustee or is contrary to the terms
hereof or of any Basic Document or is otherwise contrary to law.

         (c) Whenever the Owner Trustee is unable to decide between  alternative
courses of action  permitted or required by the terms of this Agreement or under
any Basic  Document,  the Owner Trustee shall promptly give notice (in such form
as shall be  appropriate  under  the  circumstances)  to the  Owners  requesting
instruction  as to the  course of action to be  adopted,  and to the  extent the
Owner Trustee acts in good faith in accordance  with any written  instruction of
the Owners  received,  the Owner  Trustee shall not be liable on account of such
action to any Person.  If the Owner Trustee shall not have received  appropriate
instruction within 10 days of such notice (or within such shorter period of time
as  reasonably  may be specified  in such notice or may be  necessary  under the
circumstances)  it may,  but  shall be under no duty to,  take or  refrain  from
taking such action not inconsistent  with this Agreement or the Basic Documents,
as it shall deem to be in the best  interests  of the Owners,  and shall have no
liability to any Person for such action or inaction.

         (d) In the event that the Owner Trustee is unsure as to the application
of any provision of this  Agreement or any Basic  Document or any such provision
is ambiguous as to its  application,  or is, or appears to be, in conflict  with
any other applicable provision,  or in the event that this Agreement permits any
determination  by the Owner  Trustee  or is silent  or is  incomplete  as to the
course of action that the Owner  Trustee is  required to take with  respect to a
particular  set of facts,  the Owner  Trustee  may give  notice (in such form as
shall  be  appropriate  under  the   circumstances)  to  the  Owners  requesting
instruction  and, to the extent  that the Owner  Trustee  acts or refrains  from
acting in good faith in accordance with any such instruction received, the Owner
Trustee  shall not be  liable,  on account of such  action or  inaction,  to any
Person.  If the Owner Trustee shall not have  received  appropriate  instruction
within  10 days  of such  notice  (or  within  such  shorter  period  of time as
reasonably  may be  specified  in such  notice  or may be  necessary  under  the
circumstances)  it may,  but  shall be under no duty to,  take or  refrain  from
taking such action not inconsistent  with this Agreement or the Basic Documents,
as it shall deem to be in the best  interests  of the Owners,  and shall have no
liability to any Person for such action or inaction.

         SECTION  6.04.  No Duties  Except as Specified in this  Agreement or in
                         -------------------------------------------------------
Instructions. The Owner Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to manage,
- ------------
make any  payment  with  respect  to,  register,  record,  sell,  dispose of, or
otherwise deal with the Owner Trust Estate, or to otherwise take or refrain from
taking any action under, or in connection with, any document contemplated hereby
to which the Owner Trustee is a party, except as expressly provided by the terms
of this  Agreement  or in any  document or written  instruction  received by the
Owner Trustee  pursuant to Section 6.03;  and no implied  duties or  obligations
shall be read  into  this  Agreement  or any Basic  Document  against  the Owner
Trustee. The Owner Trustee shall have no responsibility for filing any financing
or  continuation  statement  in any  public  office at any time or to  otherwise
perfect or maintain the  perfection of any security  interest or lien granted to
it hereunder or to prepare or file any Securities and Exchange Commission filing
for the Trust or to record  this  Agreement  or any  Basic  Document.  The Owner
Trustee nevertheless agrees that it will, at its own cost and expense,  promptly
take all action as may be necessary  to  discharge  any liens on any part of the
Owner Trust  Estate that result from  actions by, or claims  against,  the Owner
Trustee that are not related to the ownership or the administration of the Owner
Trust Estate.

         SECTION   6.05.  No  Action   Except  Under   Specified   Documents  or
                          ------------------------------------------------------
Instructions. The Owner Trustee shall not manage, control, use, sell, dispose of
- ------------
or  otherwise  deal  with any  part of the  Owner  Trust  Estate  except  (i) in
accordance with the powers granted to and the authority conferred upon the Owner
Trustee pursuant to this Agreement,  (ii) in accordance with the Basic Documents
and (iii) in accordance with any document or instruction  delivered to the Owner
Trustee pursuant to Section 6.03.

         SECTION 6.06. Restrictions. The Owner Trustee shall not take any action
                       ------------
(a) that is  inconsistent  with the  purposes  of the Trust set forth in Section
2.03 or (b) that, to the actual knowledge of the Owner Trustee,  would result in
the Trust's  becoming  taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.
The Owners shall not direct the Owner  Trustee to take action that would violate
the provisions of this Section.

                                  ARTICLE VII

                            Concerning Owner Trustee

         SECTION  7.01.  Acceptance  of Trusts  and  Duties.  The Owner  Trustee
                         ----------------------------------
accepts the trusts  hereby  created  and agrees to perform its duties  hereunder
with  respect to such  trusts,  but only upon the terms of this  Agreement.  The
Owner  Trustee  also  agrees to  disburse  all moneys  actually  received  by it
constituting  part of the  Owner  Trust  Estate  upon  the  terms  of the  Basic
Documents  and this  Agreement.  The Owner  Trustee  shall not be  answerable or
accountable  hereunder  or under any  Basic  Document  under any  circumstances,
except (i) for its own willful  misconduct  or negligence or (ii) in the case of
the  inaccuracy  of any  representation  or warranty  contained  in Section 7.03
expressly made by the Owner Trustee. In particular, but not by way of limitation
(and subject to the exceptions set forth in the preceding sentence):

         (a) The Owner  Trustee  shall not be liable  for any error of  judgment
made in good faith by the Owner Trustee;

         (b) The Owner  Trustee  shall not be liable with  respect to any action
taken or omitted to be taken by it in accordance  with the  instructions  of the
Administrator or any Owner;

         (c) No provision of this  Agreement or any Basic Document shall require
the Owner  Trustee  to expend or risk  funds or  otherwise  incur any  financial
liability in the  performance of any of its rights or powers  hereunder or under
any Basic  Document  if the Owner  Trustee  shall have  reasonable  grounds  for
believing that repayment of such funds or adequate  indemnity  against such risk
or liability is not reasonably assured or provided to it;

         (d)  Under no  circumstances  shall  the Owner  Trustee  be liable  for
indebtedness evidenced by or arising under any of the Basic Documents, including
the  principal  of and  interest  on the  Notes or any  amounts  payable  on the
Certificates;

         (e) The Owner Trustee shall not be responsible for or in respect of the
validity or sufficiency of this Agreement or for the due execution hereof by the
Depositor or the Company or for the form, character,  genuineness,  sufficiency,
value or validity of any of the Owner Trust Estate,  or for or in respect of the
validity or sufficiency of the Basic  Documents,  other than the  certificate of
authentication  on the  Certificates,  and the Owner  Trustee  shall in no event
assume or incur any  liability,  duty or obligation to any  Noteholder or to any
Owner, other than as expressly provided for herein or expressly agreed to in the
Basic Documents;

         (f) The Owner Trustee shall not be liable for the default or misconduct
of the Administrator,  CFC, as Seller or Depositor,  the Company,  the Indenture
Trustee or the Servicer under any of the Basic  Documents or otherwise,  and the
Owner Trustee  shall have no obligation or liability to perform the  obligations
of the Trust under this Agreement or the Basic Documents that are required to be
performed by the Administrator under the Administration Agreement, the Indenture
Trustee  under the  Indenture or the Servicer or CFC, as Depositor or as Seller,
under the Sale and Servicing Agreement; and

         (g) The Owner  Trustee  shall be under no obligation to exercise any of
the rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement, or to institute, conduct or
defend any  litigation  under this Agreement or otherwise or in relation to this
Agreement or any Basic  Document,  at the request,  order or direction of any of
the Owners,  unless such Owners have  offered to the Owner  Trustee  security or
indemnity  satisfactory to it against the costs,  expenses and liabilities  that
may be incurred by the Owner Trustee therein or thereby.  The right of the Owner
Trustee to perform any  discretionary act enumerated in this Agreement or in any
Basic Document shall not be construed as a duty, and the Owner Trustee shall not
be  answerable  for other  than its  negligence  or  willful  misconduct  in the
performance of any such act.

         SECTION 7.02. Furnishing of Documents.  The Owner Trustee shall furnish
                       -----------------------
to the Owners,  promptly upon receipt of a written request therefor,  duplicates
or copies of all reports, notices, requests,  demands,  certificates,  financial
statements  and any other  instruments  furnished to the Owner Trustee under the
Basic Documents.

         SECTION 7.03.  Representations and Warranties. The Owner Trustee hereby
                        ------------------------------
represents and warrants to the Company, for the benefit of the Owners, that:

         (a) It is a banking  corporation duly organized and validly existing in
good standing under the laws of [________]. It has all requisite corporate power
and  authority  to  execute,  deliver and  perform  its  obligations  under this
Agreement.

         (b) It has  taken all  corporate  action  necessary  to  authorize  the
execution  and  delivery by it of this  Agreement,  and this  Agreement  will be
executed and delivered by one of its officers who is duly  authorized to execute
and deliver this Agreement on its behalf.

         (c) Neither the execution or the delivery by it of this Agreement,  nor
the consummation by it of the transactions  contemplated  hereby, nor compliance
by it with any of the terms or provisions  hereof will contravene any federal or
Delaware law,  governmental  rule or  regulation  governing the banking or trust
powers  of the  Owner  Trustee  or any  judgment  or  order  binding  on it,  or
constitute  any default under its charter  documents or bylaws or any indenture,
mortgage,  contract,  agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which
any of its properties may be bound.

         SECTION 7.04. Reliance;  Advice of Counsel. (a) The Owner Trustee shall
                       ----------------------------
incur no liability to anyone in acting upon any signature,  instrument,  notice,
resolution,  request,  consent,  order,  certificate,  report, opinion, bond, or
other  document or paper  believed by it to be genuine and  believed by it to be
signed by the proper party or parties.  The Owner Trustee may accept a certified
copy of a resolution  of the board of directors or other  governing  body of any
corporate  party as  conclusive  evidence  that  such  resolution  has been duly
adopted  by such body and that the same is in full force and  effect.  As to any
fact or  matter  the  method  of  determination  of  which  is not  specifically
prescribed  herein,  the Owner  Trustee  may for all  purposes  hereof rely on a
certificate,  signed by the president or any vice  president or by the treasurer
or other  authorized  officers of the relevant party, as to such fact or matter,
and such  certificate  shall constitute full protection to the Owner Trustee for
any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in reliance thereon.

         (b) In the exercise or  administration  of the trusts  hereunder and in
the performance of its duties and obligations  under this Agreement or the Basic
Documents,  the Owner  Trustee  (i) may act  directly  or through  its agents or
attorneys  pursuant to agreements  entered into with any of them,  and the Owner
Trustee  shall not be liable for the  conduct or  misconduct  of such  agents or
attorneys  if such  agents or  attorneys  shall have been  selected by the Owner
Trustee with reasonable care, and (ii) may consult with counsel, accountants and
other skilled  Persons to be selected with  reasonable  care and employed by it.
The Owner Trustee shall not be liable for anything done,  suffered or omitted in
good faith by it in  accordance  with the written  opinion or advice of any such
counsel, accountants or other such Persons and not contrary to this Agreement or
any Basic Document.

         SECTION 7.05. Not Acting in Individual Capacity.  Except as provided in
                       ---------------------------------
this Article VII, in accepting the trusts hereby  created  [___________________]
acts solely as Owner Trustee hereunder and not in its individual  capacity,  and
all  Persons  having  any  claim  against  the  Owner  Trustee  by reason of the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement or any Basic  Document shall look
only to the Owner Trust Estate for payment or satisfaction thereof.

         SECTION 7.06. Owner Trustee Not Liable for Certificates or Receivables.
                       ---------------------------------------------------------
The recitals contained herein and in the Certificates  (other than the signature
and countersignature of the Owner Trustee on the Certificates) shall be taken as
the statements of the Depositor and the Company,  and the Owner Trustee  assumes
no  responsibility  for the  correctness  thereof.  The Owner  Trustee  makes no
representations  as to the validity or  sufficiency  of this  Agreement,  of any
Basic   Document  or  of  the   Certificates   (other  than  the  signature  and
countersignature  of the Owner Trustee on the  Certificates) or the Notes, or of
any Receivable or related documents. The Owner Trustee shall at no time have any
responsibility  or liability for or with respect to the  legality,  validity and
enforceability of any Receivable, or the perfection and priority of any security
interest created by any Receivable in any Financed Vehicle or the maintenance of
any such  perfection and priority,  or for or with respect to the sufficiency of
the Owner Trust Estate or its ability to generate the payments to be distributed
to  Certificateholders  under  this  Agreement  or  the  Noteholders  under  the
Indenture, including, without limitation: the existence, condition and ownership
of any Financed  Vehicle;  the  existence  and  enforceability  of any insurance
thereon;  the existence and contents of any  Receivable on any computer or other
record thereof; the validity of the assignment of any Receivable to the Trust or
of  any  intervening  assignment;   the  completeness  of  any  Receivable;  the
performance or enforcement of any  Receivable;  the compliance by the Depositor,
the Company or the Servicer with any warranty or  representation  made under any
Basic  Document or in any related  document or the accuracy of any such warranty
or representation,  or any action of the Administrator, the Indenture Trustee or
the Servicer or any subservicer taken in the name of the Owner Trustee.

         SECTION 7.07.  Owner Trustee May Own  Certificates and Notes. The Owner
                        --------------------------------------------
Trustee in its  individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee
of  Certificates  or Notes and may deal with the  Depositor,  the  Company,  the
Administrator,  the Indenture  Trustee and the Servicer in banking  transactions
with the same rights as it would have if it were not Owner Trustee.

         SECTION  7.08.  Pennsylvania  Motor Vehicle Sales Finance Act Licenses.
                         -------------------------------------------------------
The Owner  Trustee,  in its individual  capacity,  shall use its best efforts to
maintain,  and the Owner Trustee, as Owner Trustee, shall cause the Trust to use
its best efforts to maintain,  the  effectiveness of all licenses required under
the  Pennsylvania  Motor  Vehicle  Sales  Finance  Act in  connection  with this
Agreement and the Basic Documents and the transactions  contemplated  hereby and
thereby  until such time as the Trust shall  terminate  in  accordance  with the
terms hereof.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                          Compensation of Owner Trustee
                          -----------------------------

         SECTION 8.01.  Owner  Trustee's  Fees and  Expenses.  The Owner Trustee
                        ------------------------------------
shall receive as compensation for its services  hereunder such fees as have been
separately  agreed  upon before the date hereof  between the  Depositor  and the
Owner  Trustee,  and the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the
Depositor for its other reasonable expenses hereunder,  including the reasonable
compensation,  expenses  and  disbursements  of  such  agents,  representatives,
experts  and  counsel as the Owner  Trustee  may employ in  connection  with the
exercise and performance of its rights and its duties hereunder.

         SECTION 8.02. Indemnification. The Depositor shall be liable as primary
                       ---------------
obligor for, and shall indemnify the Owner Trustee and its successors,  assigns,
agents and servants (collectively,  the "Indemnified Parties") from and against,
any and all liabilities,  obligations,  losses,  damages, taxes, claims, actions
and  suits,  and  any and  all  reasonable  costs,  expenses  and  disbursements
(including reasonable legal fees and expenses) of any kind and nature whatsoever
(collectively,  "Expenses") which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by, or
asserted against the Owner Trustee or any Indemnified  Party in any way relating
to or  arising  out of this  Agreement,  the Basic  Documents,  the Owner  Trust
Estate,  the  administration of the Owner Trust Estate or the action or inaction
of the Owner  Trustee  hereunder,  except only that the  Depositor  shall not be
liable for or  required  to  indemnify  an  Indemnified  Party from and  against
Expenses  arising or  resulting  from any of the matters  described in the third
sentence of Section  7.01.  The  indemnities  contained  in this  Section  shall
survive the  resignation or termination of the Owner Trustee or the  termination
of this  Agreement.  In any event of any claim,  action or proceeding  for which
indemnity will be sought pursuant to this Section, the Owner Trustee's choice of
legal counsel shall be subject to the approval of the Depositor,  which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld.

         SECTION 8.03. Payments to Owner Trustee.  Any amounts paid to the Owner
                       -------------------------
Trustee  pursuant to this  Article  VIII shall be deemed not to be a part of the
Owner Trust Estate immediately after such payment.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                         Termination of Trust Agreement

         SECTION 9.01. Termination of Trust Agreement. (a) This Agreement (other
                       ------------------------------
than Article  VIII) and the Trust shall  terminate and be of no further force or
effect upon the final  distribution  by the Owner Trustee of all moneys or other
property or proceeds of the Owner Trust Estate in  accordance  with the terms of
the Indenture,  the Sale and Servicing  Agreement and Article V. The bankruptcy,
liquidation, dissolution, death or incapacity of any Owner shall not (x) operate
to terminate  this  Agreement  or the Trust or (y) entitle  such  Owner's  legal
representatives  or  heirs  to claim an  accounting  or to take  any  action  or
proceeding  in any court for a partition or winding up of all or any part of the
Trust or Owner Trust Estate or (z) otherwise affect the rights,  obligations and
liabilities of the parties hereto.

         (b) Except as provided in Section 9.01(a),  none of the Depositor,  the
Company or any Owner shall be entitled to revoke or terminate the Trust.

         (c) Notice of any termination of the Trust, specifying the Distribution
Date upon which  Certificateholders  shall surrender  their  Certificates to the
Paying Agent for payment of the final  distribution and  cancellation,  shall be
given by the Owner  Trustee by letter to  Certificateholders  mailed within five
Business Days of receipt of notice of such  termination  from the Servicer given
pursuant to Section 9.01(c) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, stating (i) the
Distribution   Date  upon  or  with  respect  to  which  final  payment  of  the
Certificates  shall be made upon  presentation and surrender of the Certificates
at the office of the Paying  Agent  therein  designated,  (ii) the amount of any
such final payment and (iii) that the Record Date  otherwise  applicable to such
Distribution Date is not applicable,  payments being made only upon presentation
and  surrender of the  Certificates  at the office of the Paying  Agent  therein
specified. The Owner Trustee shall give such notice to the Certificate Registrar
(if other than the Owner  Trustee)  and the Paying Agent at the time such notice
is  given  to  Certificateholders.   Upon  presentation  and  surrender  of  the
Certificates,   the   Paying   Agent   shall   cause   to  be   distributed   to
Certificateholders  amounts  distributable on such Distribution Date pursuant to
Section 5.02.

         In the event  that all of the  Certificateholders  shall not  surrender
their  Certificates for cancellation  within six months after the date specified
in the above  mentioned  written  notice,  the Owner Trustee shall give a second
written  notice  to  the  remaining   Certificateholders   to  surrender   their
Certificates for cancellation  and receive the final  distribution  with respect
thereto.  If within one year after the second notice all the Certificates  shall
not  have  been  surrendered  for  cancellation,  the  Owner  Trustee  may  take
appropriate steps, or may appoint an agent to take appropriate steps, to contact
the remaining Certificateholders concerning surrender of their Certificates, and
the cost  thereof  shall be paid out of the funds and other  assets  that  shall
remain subject to this Agreement.  Subject to applicable escheat laws, any funds
remaining in the Trust after exhaustion of such remedies shall be distributed by
the Paying Agent to the Company.

         (d) Upon the  winding  up of the Trust and its  termination,  the Owner
Trustee  shall  cause  the  Certificate  of Trust to be  cancelled  by  filing a
certificate of  cancellation  with the Secretary of State in accordance with the
provisions of Section 3810 of the Business Trust Statute.

                                   ARTICLE X

             Successor Owner Trustees and Additional Owner Trustees

         SECTION 10.01.  Eligibility  Requirements for Owner Trustee.  The Owner
                         -------------------------------------------
Trustee shall at all times be a corporation satisfying the provisions of Section
3807(a) of the Business Trust Statute;  authorized to exercise  corporate  trust
powers;  having a  combined  capital  and  surplus of at least  $50,000,000  and
subject to  supervision  or  examination  by federal or state  authorities;  and
having (or having a parent that has) time  deposits  that are rated at least A-1
by  Standard & Poor's and P-1 by  Moody's.  If such  corporation  shall  publish
reports of condition at least annually pursuant to law or to the requirements of
the aforesaid  supervising or examining authority,  then for the purpose of this
Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to
be its  combined  capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent  report of
condition so published.  In case at any time the Owner Trustee shall cease to be
eligible in accordance  with the  provisions of this Section,  the Owner Trustee
shall resign  immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section
10.02.

         SECTION  10.02.  Resignation  or  Removal of Owner  Trustee.  The Owner
                          ------------------------------------------
Trustee may at any time resign and be discharged  from the trusts hereby created
by giving  written  notice  thereof to the  Administrator.  Upon  receiving such
notice of  resignation,  the  Administrator  shall promptly  appoint a successor
Owner Trustee by written instrument,  in duplicate, one copy of which instrument
shall be delivered to the resigning  Owner Trustee and one copy to the successor
Owner  Trustee.  If no successor  Owner Trustee shall have been so appointed and
have  accepted  appointment  within 30 days after the  giving of such  notice of
resignation,  the  resigning  Owner  Trustee may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Owner Trustee.

         If at any  time  the  Owner  Trustee  shall  cease  to be  eligible  in
accordance  with the  provisions of Section 10.01 and shall fail to resign after
written  request  therefor  by the  Administrator,  or if at any time the  Owner
Trustee  shall be  legally  unable  to act,  or shall be  adjudged  bankrupt  or
insolvent,  or a  receiver  of the Owner  Trustee  or of its  property  shall be
appointed,  or any  public  officer  shall  take  charge or control of the Owner
Trustee  or of its  property  or  affairs  for the  purpose  of  rehabilitation,
conservation  or  liquidation,  then the  Administrator  may  remove  the  Owner
Trustee. If the Administrator shall remove the Owner Trustee under the authority
of the immediately preceding sentence,  the Administrator shall promptly appoint
a successor Owner Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which
instrument  shall be delivered to the outgoing  Owner Trustee so removed and one
copy to the successor Owner Trustee, and shall pay all fees owed to the outgoing
Owner Trustee.

         Any  resignation  or removal of the Owner Trustee and  appointment of a
successor Owner Trustee  pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall
not become  effective  until  acceptance of appointment  by the successor  Owner
Trustee  pursuant to Section  10.03 and payment of all fees and expenses owed to
the outgoing  Owner  Trustee.  The  Administrator  shall provide  notice of such
resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee to each of the Rating Agencies.

         SECTION 10.03.  Successor  Owner Trustee.  Any successor  Owner Trustee
                         ------------------------
appointed  pursuant to Section 10.02 shall execute,  acknowledge  and deliver to
the Administrator  and to its predecessor Owner Trustee an instrument  accepting
such appointment under this Agreement,  and thereupon the resignation or removal
of the  predecessor  Owner Trustee shall become  effective,  and such  successor
Owner Trustee,  without any further act, deed or conveyance,  shall become fully
vested with all the rights,  powers,  duties and  obligations of its predecessor
under this Agreement,  with like effect as if originally named as Owner Trustee.
The  predecessor  Owner  Trustee  shall upon  payment  of its fees and  expenses
deliver to the successor  Owner Trustee all documents and  statements and monies
held by it under this Agreement; and the Administrator and the predecessor Owner
Trustee shall execute and deliver such  instruments  and do such other things as
may reasonably be required for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in the
successor Owner Trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations.

         No successor Owner Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this
Section unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Owner Trustee shall
be eligible pursuant to Section 10.01.

         Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Owner Trustee pursuant to
this   Section,   the   Administrator   shall   mail   notice   thereof  to  all
Certificateholders,  the  Indenture  Trustee,  the  Noteholders  and the  Rating
Agencies.  If the  Administrator  shall fail to mail such notice  within 10 days
after  acceptance  of such  appointment  by the  successor  Owner  Trustee,  the
successor  Owner  Trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of
the Administrator.

         SECTION  10.04.   Merger  or  Consolidation   of  Owner  Trustee.   Any
                           ----------------------------------------------
corporation  into which the Owner  Trustee  may be merged or  converted  or with
which it may be  consolidated,  or any  corporation  resulting  from any merger,
conversion or  consolidation to which the Owner Trustee shall be a party, or any
corporation  succeeding  to all or  substantially  all  of the  corporate  trust
business  of the Owner  Trustee,  shall be the  successor  of the Owner  Trustee
hereunder,  without the execution or filing of any instrument or any further act
on the  part of any of the  parties  hereto,  anything  herein  to the  contrary
notwithstanding;  provided,  that such corporation shall be eligible pursuant to
Section 10.01 and, provided,  further,  that the Owner Trustee shall mail notice
of such merger or consolidation to the Rating Agencies.

         SECTION  10.05.   Appointment   of  Co-Trustee  or  Separate   Trustee.
                           -----------------------------------------------------
Notwithstanding  any other  provisions of this  Agreement,  at any time, for the
purpose of meeting any legal  requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part
of the Owner Trust  Estate or any  Financed  Vehicle may at the time be located,
the  Administrator and the Owner Trustee acting jointly shall have the power and
shall  execute  and  deliver  all  instruments  to appoint  one or more  Persons
approved by the  Administrator  and Owner Trustee to act as co-trustee,  jointly
with the Owner Trustee,  or as separate trustee or separate trustees,  of all or
any  part of the  Owner  Trust  Estate,  and to vest  in  such  Person,  in such
capacity,  such title to the Trust or any part thereof and, subject to the other
provisions of this Section, such powers, duties, obligations,  rights and trusts
as the Administrator and the Owner Trustee may consider  necessary or desirable.
If the  Administrator  shall not have joined in such appointment  within 15 days
after the  receipt by it of a request so to do, the Owner  Trustee  alone  shall
have the power to make such appointment. No co-trustee or separate trustee under
this Agreement shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor
Owner Trustee  pursuant to Section 10.01 and no notice of the appointment of any
co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required pursuant to Section 10.03.

         Each separate trustee and co-trustee  shall, to the extent permitted by
law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

         (a) All rights,  powers,  duties and  obligations  conferred or imposed
upon the Owner Trustee shall be conferred upon and exercised or performed by the
Owner  Trustee  and such  separate  trustee  or  co-trustee  jointly  (it  being
understood  that such separate  trustee or  co-trustee is not  authorized to act
separately  without the Owner Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent
that under any law of any  jurisdiction  in which any particular act or acts are
to be performed,  the Owner  Trustee  shall be  incompetent  or  unqualified  to
perform  such act or acts,  in which  event  such  rights,  powers,  duties  and
obligations  (including  the holding of title to the Owner  Trust  Estate or any
portion  thereof in any such  jurisdiction)  shall be  exercised  and  performed
singly by such separate  trustee or  co-trustee,  but solely at the direction of
the Owner Trustee;

         (b) No  trustee  under this  Agreement  shall be  personally  liable by
reason of any act or omission of any other trustee under this Agreement; and

         (c) The  Administrator  and the Owner Trustee acting jointly may at any
time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

         Any notice,  request or other  writing given to the Owner Trustee shall
be  deemed  to have  been  given  to  each of the  then  separate  trustees  and
co-trustees,  as  effectively  as if  given to each of  them.  Every  instrument
appointing any separate  trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and
the conditions of this Article.  Each separate trustee and co-trustee,  upon its
acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property
specified  in its  instrument  of  appointment,  either  jointly  with the Owner
Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions
of this  Agreement,  specifically  including  every  provision of this Agreement
relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording  protection
to,  the Owner  Trustee.  Each  such  instrument  shall be filed  with the Owner
Trustee and a copy thereof given to the Administrator.

         Any separate  trustee or  co-trustee  may at any time appoint the Owner
Trustee as its agent or attorney-in-fact  with full power and authority,  to the
extent not  prohibited  by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this
Agreement on its behalf and in its name.  If any separate  trustee or co-trustee
shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates,
properties,  rights,  remedies  and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the
Owner Trustee,  to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new
or successor co-trustee or separate trustee.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  Miscellaneous
                                  -------------

         SECTION  11.01.  Supplements  and  Amendments.  This  Agreement  may be
                          ----------------------------
amended by the Depositor,  the Company and the Owner Trustee, with prior written
notice to the Rating Agencies,  without the consent of any of the Noteholders or
the  Certificateholders,  to cure any  ambiguity,  to correct or supplement  any
provisions in this  Agreement or for the purpose of adding any  provisions to or
changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions in this Agreement or
of   modifying   in  any   manner  the   rights  of  the   Noteholders   or  the
Certificateholders;  provided, however, that such action shall not, as evidenced
by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect in any material respect the interests
of any Noteholder or Certificateholder.

         This  Agreement may also be amended from time to time by the Depositor,
the  Company  and the Owner  Trustee,  with prior  written  notice to the Rating
Agencies, with the consent of the Holders (as defined in the Indenture) of Notes
evidencing not less than a majority of the Outstanding  Amount of the Notes, the
consent of the Holders of Trust Certificates evidencing not less than a majority
of the Percentage  Interests evidenced by the Trust Certificates and the consent
of the Holders of Overcollateralization  Certificates evidencing not less than a
majority of the Certificate Balance, for the purpose of adding any provisions to
or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement
or  of  modifying  in  any  manner  the  rights  of  the   Noteholders   or  the
Certificateholders; provided, however, that no such amendment shall (a) increase
or reduce in any manner the  amount  of, or  accelerate  or delay the timing of,
collections of payments on Receivables or  distributions  that shall be required
to be made for the benefit of the Noteholders or the  Certificateholders  or (b)
reduce the aforesaid percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes or of the
Percentage  Interests  evidenced by the Trust  Certificates  or of the principal
amount of the  Certificate  Balance  with  respect to the  Overcollateralization
Certificates  required to consent to any such amendment,  without the consent of
the   Holders   of  all  the   outstanding   Notes,   Trust   Certificates   and
Overcollateralization Certificates.

         Promptly  after the  execution of any such  amendment  or consent,  the
Owner  Trustee  shall  furnish  written  notification  of the  substance of such
amendment or consent to each  Certificateholder,  the Indenture Trustee and each
of the Rating Agencies.

         It  shall  not be  necessary  for the  consent  of  Certificateholders,
Noteholders  or the  Indenture  Trustee  pursuant to this Section to approve the
particular form of any proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient
if such consent  shall approve the  substance  thereof.  The manner of obtaining
such consents (and any other consents of Certificateholders provided for in this
Agreement or in any other Basic Document) and of evidencing the authorization of
the execution thereof by Certificateholders  shall be subject to such reasonable
requirements as the Owner Trustee may prescribe.

         Promptly  after the  execution of any amendment to the  Certificate  of
Trust,  the Owner  Trustee  shall  cause the filing of such  amendment  with the
Secretary of State.

         Prior  to the  execution  of any  amendment  to this  Agreement  or the
Certificate  of Trust,  the Owner  Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely
upon an Opinion of Counsel  stating  that the  execution  of such  amendment  is
authorized or permitted by this Agreement.  The Owner Trustee may, but shall not
be obligated to, enter into any such amendment that affects the Owner  Trustee's
own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.

         In connection  with the execution of any amendment to this Agreement or
any amendment of any other  agreement to which the Issuer is a party,  the Owner
Trustee  shall be entitled to receive and  conclusively  rely upon an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that such  amendment  is  authorized  or  permitted by the
Basic Documents and that all conditions precedent in the Basic Documents for the
execution and delivery  thereof by the Issuer or the Owner Trustee,  as the case
may be, have been satisfied.

         SECTION  11.02.  No Legal  Title to Owner Trust  Estate in Owners.  The
                          ------------------------------------------------
Owners  shall not have legal  title to any part of the Owner Trust  Estate.  The
Owners  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  distributions  with  respect  to their
undivided  ownership interest therein only in accordance with Articles V and IX.
No transfer,  by operation of law or otherwise,  of any right, title or interest
of the Owners to and in their ownership interest in the Owner Trust Estate shall
operate to  terminate  this  Agreement  or the trusts  hereunder  or entitle any
transferee  to an accounting or to the transfer to it of legal title to any part
of the Owner Trust Estate.

         SECTION 11.03.  Limitations on Rights of Others. The provisions of this
                         -------------------------------
Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Owner Trustee,  the  Depositor,  the
Company,  the Owners,  the Administrator  and, to the extent expressly  provided
herein,  the  Indenture  Trustee  and  the  Noteholders,  and  nothing  in  this
Agreement,  whether express or implied,  shall be construed to give to any other
Person any legal or equitable  right,  remedy or claim in the Owner Trust Estate
or under  or in  respect  of this  Agreement  or any  covenants,  conditions  or
provisions contained herein.

         SECTION 11.04.  Notices.  (a) Unless otherwise  expressly  specified or
                         -------
permitted  by the terms  hereof,  all  notices  shall be in writing and shall be
deemed given upon receipt by the intended recipient or three Business Days after
mailing if mailed by certified mail,  postage prepaid (except that notice to the
Owner  Trustee  shall be deemed  given  only upon  actual  receipt  by the Owner
Trustee),  if to the Owner Trustee,  addressed to the Corporate Trust Office; if
to the Depositor, addressed to Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C., 27777 Franklin
Road, Southfield,  Michigan 48034,  Attention of Assistant Secretary;  if to the
Company,    addressed    to    [___________________],     [___________________],
[___________________],  Attention of Assistant Secretary;  or, as to each party,
at such other address as shall be  designated by such party in a written  notice
to each other party.

         (b) Any notice required or permitted to be given to a Certificateholder
shall be given by  first-class  mail,  postage  prepaid,  at the address of such
Holder as shown in the  Certificate  Register.  Any notice so mailed  within the
time prescribed in this Agreement  shall be  conclusively  presumed to have been
duly given, whether or not the Certificateholder receives such notice.

         SECTION  11.05.  Severability.  Any provision of this Agreement that is
                          ------------
prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction  shall, as to such jurisdiction,
be ineffective to the extent of such  prohibition  or  unenforceability  without
invalidating  the  remaining  provisions  hereof,  and any such  prohibition  or
unenforceability   in  any   jurisdiction   shall  not   invalidate   or  render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

         SECTION 11.06. Separate Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by
                        ---------------------
the parties hereto in separate counterparts,  each of which when so executed and
delivered  shall  be an  original,  but all  such  counterparts  shall  together
constitute but one and the same instrument.

         SECTION  11.07.  Successors  and Assigns.  All covenants and agreements
                          -----------------------
contained herein shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, each of the
Depositor,  the Company and its permitted  assignees,  the Owner Trustee and its
successors  and each Owner and its  successors  and  permitted  assigns,  all as
herein  provided.  Any  request,  notice,  direction,  consent,  waiver or other
instrument or action by an Owner shall bind the  successors  and assigns of such
Owner.

         SECTION 11.08.  Covenants of Company.  In the event that any litigation
                         --------------------
with claims in excess of  $1,000,000 to which the Company is a party which shall
be reasonably  likely to result in a material  judgment against the Company that
the Company will not be able to satisfy  shall be commenced by an Owner,  during
the period  beginning nine months  following the commencement of such litigation
and continuing until such litigation is dismissed or otherwise  terminated (and,
if such  litigation has resulted in a final judgment  against the Company,  such
judgment has been satisfied),  the Company shall not make any distribution on or
in respect  of its  membership  interests  to any of its  members,  or repay the
principal  amount of any  indebtedness  of the Company  held by CFC,  unless (i)
after giving  effect to such  distribution  or repayment,  the Company's  liquid
assets  shall not be less than the  amount of  actual  damages  claimed  in such
litigation or (ii) the Rating Agency  Condition  shall have been  satisfied with
respect to any such distribution or repayment.  The Company will not at any time
institute  against the Trust any bankruptcy  proceedings under any United States
federal or state  bankruptcy or similar law in connection  with any  obligations
relating to the  Certificates,  the Notes,  this  Agreement  or any of the Basic
Documents.

         SECTION 11.09.  No Petition.  The Owner Trustee,  by entering into this
                         -----------
Agreement, each Certificateholder, by accepting a Certificate, and the Indenture
Trustee and each Noteholder, by accepting the benefits of this Agreement, hereby
covenant and agree that they will not at any time institute  against the Company
or the Trust,  or join in any  institution  against the Company or the Trust of,
any bankruptcy  proceedings  under any United States federal or state bankruptcy
or similar law in connection with any obligations  relating to the Certificates,
the Notes, this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents.

         SECTION  11.10.  No  Recourse.  Each  Certificateholder  by accepting a
                          ------------
Certificate  acknowledges that such  Certificateholder's  Certificates represent
beneficial  interests  in the Trust only and do not  represent  interests  in or
obligations of the Depositor, the Servicer, the Company, the Administrator,  the
Owner Trustee,  the Indenture  Trustee or any Affiliate  thereof and no recourse
may be had against such parties or their assets,  except as may be expressly set
forth  or  contemplated  in  this  Agreement,  the  Certificates  or  the  Basic
Documents.

         SECTION  11.11.  Headings.  The  headings of the various  Articles  and
                         ---------
Sections  herein are for  convenience  of reference only and shall not define or
limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

         SECTION  11.12.  GOVERNING  LAW. THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
                          --------------
ACCORDANCE  WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF  DELAWARE,  WITHOUT  REFERENCE  TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW  PROVISIONS,  AND THE  OBLIGATIONS,  RIGHTS AND  REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

         SECTION 11.13. Certificate Transfer Restrictions.  The Certificates may
                        ---------------------------------
not be  acquired  by or for the  account  of (i) an  employee  benefit  plan (as
defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the  provisions  of Title I
of ERISA,  (ii) a plan described in Section  4975(e)(1) of the Code or (iii) any
entity  whose  underlying  assets  include  plan  assets  by  reason of a plan's
investment in the entity (each,  a "Benefit  Plan").  By accepting and holding a
Certificate,  the  Holder  thereof  shall  be  deemed  to have  represented  and
warranted that it is not a Benefit Plan.

         SECTION 11.14.  Depositor  Payment  Obligation.  The Depositor shall be
                         ------------------------------
responsible  for payment of the  Administrator's  fees under the  Administration
Agreement and shall reimburse the Administrator for all expenses and liabilities
of the Administrator  incurred thereunder.  In addition,  the Depositor shall be
responsible  for the payment of all fees and  expenses  of the Trust,  the Owner
Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee paid by any of them in connection with any of
their  obligations  under the Basic Documents to obtain or maintain any required
license under the Pennsylvania Motor Vehicle Sales Finance Act.




<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Amended and
Restated  Trust  Agreement  to be duly  executed  by their  respective  officers
hereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

                                  CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.,
                                  as Depositor



                                  By: _________________________________
                                      Name:
                                      Title:



                                  [_______________________]


                                  By:[_________________________],




                                  By: __________________________________
                                      Name:
                                      Title:



                                  [______________________],
                                   not in its individual capacity but solely
                                   as Owner Trustee



                                  By:___________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:




<PAGE>



                                                                EXHIBIT A-1

                            Form of Trust Certificate
                            -------------------------


THIS  CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED (THE  "SECURITIES  ACT"), OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE
OFFERED,  SOLD,  PLEDGED  OR  OTHERWISE  TRANSFERRED  IN  THE  ABSENCE  OF  SUCH
REGISTRATION  OR AN  EXEMPTION  THEREFROM.  IN  ADDITION,  THE  TRANSFER OF THIS
CERTIFICATE  IS SUBJECT  TO CERTAIN  RESTRICTIONS  AND  CONDITIONS  SET FORTH IN
SECTION 3.04 OF THE TRUST  AGREEMENT  UNDER WHICH THIS  CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED (A
COPY OF WHICH  TRUST  AGREEMENT  IS  AVAILABLE  FROM THE OWNER  TRUSTEE  OR UPON
REQUEST),  INCLUDING  RECEIPT BY THE OWNER  TRUSTEE OF AN  INVESTMENT  LETTER IN
WHICH THE TRANSFEREE MAKES CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS.

NUMBER                                                                Percentage
R-__                                                             Interest: ____%


                            PREMIER AUTO TRUST ____-_

                                TRUST CERTIFICATE

evidencing a fractional  undivided  interest in the Trust, as defined below, the
property of which includes a pool of retail  installment sale contracts  secured
by new and used automobiles and light duty trucks.

(This Trust  Certificate  does not  represent  an interest in or  obligation  of
Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C. or any of its affiliates, except to the extent
described below.)

         THIS  CERTIFIES  THAT  ______________________________________.  is  the
registered owner of a __________________________________  PERCENT nonassessable,
fully-paid,  undivided  percentage  interest  in Premier  Auto Trust  ___-_ (the
"Trust"),  formed by  Chrysler  Financial  Company  L.L.C.,  a Michigan  limited
liability company (the "Depositor"), and [___________________].,  a [__________]
[___________________] (the "Company").



<PAGE>


                  OWNER TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Trust Certificates referred to in the within-mentioned  Trust
Agreement.

                                        [____________________________________],
[____________________________________], or  as Owner Trustee
as Owner Trustee

                                         By:    [____________________________],
                                                 as Authenticating Agent

by:___________________________________   by: ___________________________________
         Authorized Signatory                     Authorized Signatory


<PAGE>


         The  Trust  was  created  pursuant  to a Trust  Agreement  dated  as of
[______________], 199_, as amended and restated by an Amended and Restated Trust
Agreement  dated as of  [______________],  199_, (as so amended and restated and
further amended or supplemented from time to time, the "Trust Agreement"), among
the Depositor,  the Company and  [______________],  as owner trustee (the "Owner
Trustee"),  a summary  of certain of the  pertinent  provisions  of which is set
forth below. To the extent not otherwise  defined herein,  the capitalized terms
used herein have the  meanings  assigned to them in the Trust  Agreement  or the
Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of [______________],  199_ (as amended and
supplemented from time to time, the "Sale and Servicing Agreement"), between the
Trust and the  Depositor,  as seller  and as  servicer  (in such  capacity,  the
"Servicer"), as applicable.

         This  Trust  Certificate  is  one  of  the  duly  authorized  class  of
certificates  designated  as "Trust  Certificates"  (herein  called  the  "Trust
Certificates"). Also issued under the Trust Agreement is a duly authorized class
of  certificates   designated  as   "Overcollateralization   Certificates"  (the
"Overcollateralization  Certificates" and, together with the Trust Certificates,
the   "Certificates").   Also   issued   under   an   Indenture   dated   as  of
[______________],    199_   (the    "Indenture"),    between   the   Trust   and
[______________], as indenture trustee, are the four classes of Notes designated
as "Class A-1 [___]% Asset Backed Notes," "Class A-2 [___]% Asset Backed Notes,"
"Class A-3 [___]% Asset Backed  Notes" and "Class A-4 [___]% Asset Backed Notes"
(collectively,  the  "Notes").  This Trust  Certificate  is issued  under and is
subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Trust Agreement, to which
Trust Agreement the Holder of this Trust Certificate by virtue of its acceptance
hereof  assents  and by which such  Holder is bound.  The  property of the Trust
consists  of a pool of  retail  installment  sale  contracts  for  new and  used
automobiles and light duty trucks (collectively, the "Receivables"),  all monies
received on or after  [___________],  199_,  security  interests in the vehicles
financed thereby, certain bank accounts and the proceeds thereof,  proceeds from
claims on certain  insurance  policies and certain  other rights under the Trust
Agreement  and  the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  and  all  proceeds  of the
foregoing.

         It is the intent of the  Depositor,  the Company,  the Servicer and the
Certificateholder  that, for purposes of federal income,  state and local income
and single business tax and any other income taxes, the Trust will be treated as
a security  arrangement for the issuance of debt by the sole  Certificateholder.
The Company,  by acceptance of the Trust  Certificates,  agrees to treat, and to
take no action  inconsistent with the above treatment for so long as the Company
is the sole Owner.

         Solely  in the event  the  Certificates  are held by more than a single
Owner,  it is the intent of the  Depositor,  the  Company,  the Servicer and the
Certificateholders  that, for purposes of federal income, state and local income
and single business tax and any other income taxes, the Trust will be treated as
a partnership and the Certificateholders (including the Company) will be treated
as partners in the partnership. The Company and the other Certificateholders, by
acceptance of a Certificate,  agree to treat, and to take no action inconsistent
with the Treatment  of, the  Certificates  for such tax purposes as  partnership
interests in the Trust.

         Each  Certificateholder,  by its acceptance of a Certificate  covenants
and agrees that such  Certificateholder  will not at any time institute  against
the Company,  or join in any institution against the Company of, any bankruptcy,
reorganization,  arrangement,  insolvency or liquidation  proceedings,  or other
proceedings  under any United States federal or state  bankruptcy or similar law
in  connection  with any  obligations  relating to the Trust  Certificates,  the
Notes, the Trust Agreement or any of the Basic Documents.

         Distributions on this Trust Certificate will be made as provided in the
Trust  Agreement  by the Paying  Agent by wire  transfer or check  mailed to the
Certificateholder of record in the Certificate Register without the presentation
or surrender  of this Trust  Certificate  or the making of any notation  hereon.
Except as otherwise  provided in the Trust  Agreement  and  notwithstanding  the
above, the final  distribution on this Trust  Certificate will be made after due
notice by the Owner Trustee of the pendency of such  distribution  and only upon
presentation  and  surrender of this Trust  Certificate  at the office or agency
maintained for that purpose by the Paying Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, The
City of New York.

         Reference  is  hereby  made to the  further  provisions  of this  Trust
Certificate set forth on the reverse hereof,  which further provisions shall for
all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

         Unless  the  certificate  of  authentication  hereon  shall  have  been
executed by an authorized  officer of the Owner  Trustee,  by manual  signature,
this Trust  Certificate shall not entitle the Holder hereof to any benefit under
the Trust  Agreement  or the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  or be valid for any
purpose.

         THIS TRUST  CERTIFICATE  SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS
OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE,  WITHOUT  REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS,
AND THE  OBLIGATIONS,  RIGHTS AND  REMEDIES  OF THE PARTIES  HEREUNDER  SHALL BE
DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Owner Trustee,  on behalf of the Trust and not
in its  individual  capacity,  has  caused  this  Trust  Certificate  to be duly
executed.

                                     PREMIER AUTO TRUST _____-_

                                      by: [___________], not in its individual
                                          capacity but solely as Owner Trustee




Dated:  _________________             by: ____________________________________
                                                Authorized Signatory


<PAGE>


                         [REVERSE OF TRUST CERTIFICATE]


         The  Trust  Certificates  do not  represent  an  obligation  of,  or an
interest in, the Depositor,  the Servicer, the Company, the Owner Trustee or any
affiliates  of any of them and no recourse  may be had against  such  parties or
their  assets,  except as expressly set forth or  contemplated  herein or in the
Trust Agreement or the Basic Documents.  In addition,  this Trust Certificate is
not guaranteed by any governmental  agency or instrumentality  and is limited in
right of payment to  certain  collections  and  recoveries  with  respect to the
Receivables  (and certain other  amounts),  all as more  specifically  set forth
herein and in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement.  A copy of each of the Sale and
Servicing   Agreement   and  the  Trust   Agreement   may  be  examined  by  any
Certificateholder  upon written  request  during  normal  business  hours at the
principal office of the Depositor and at such other places,  if any,  designated
by the Depositor.

         The Trust Agreement permits,  with certain exceptions therein provided,
the amendment  thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
Depositor  and the  Company and the rights of the  Certificateholders  under the
Trust Agreement at any time by the Depositor,  the Company and the Owner Trustee
with   the   consent   of  the   Holders   of  the   Trust   Certificates,   the
Overcollateralization  Certificates  and the  Notes,  each  voting  as a  class,
evidencing not less than a majority of the Percentage Interests evidenced by the
outstanding  Trust  Certificates,  or a  majority  of  the  Certificate  Balance
evidenced  by  the  Overcollateralization  Certificates  or a  majority  of  the
outstanding  principal balance of the Notes of each such class. Any such consent
by the Holder of this Trust  Certificate shall be conclusive and binding on such
Holder and on all future  Holders  of this  Trust  Certificate  and of any Trust
Certificate  issued upon the transfer  hereof or in exchange  herefor or in lieu
hereof,  whether  or not  notation  of such  consent  is made  upon  this  Trust
Certificate.  The Trust Agreement also permits the amendment thereof, in certain
limited  circumstances,  without  the  consent  of  the  Holders  of  any of the
Certificates.

         As provided in the Trust  Agreement and subject to certain  limitations
therein set forth, the transfer of this Trust Certificate is registerable in the
Certificate  Register upon surrender of this Trust  Certificate for registration
of transfer at the offices or agencies of the Certificate  Registrar  maintained
by the  Owner  Trustee  in the  Borough  of  Manhattan,  The  City of New  York,
accompanied  by a written  instrument  of transfer in form  satisfactory  to the
Owner Trustee and the  Certificate  Registrar duly executed by the Holder hereof
or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing,  and thereupon one or more
new Trust Certificates of authorized denominations evidencing the same aggregate
interest in the Trust will be issued to the designated  transferee.  The initial
Certificate  Registrar  appointed  under the Trust  Agreement is  [___________],
[___________], [_______________].

         Except as provided in the Trust Agreement,  the Trust  Certificates are
issuable  only as  registered  Trust  Certificates.  As  provided  in the  Trust
Agreement  and  subject  to  certain   limitations   therein  set  forth,  Trust
Certificates  are   exchangeable  for  new  Trust   Certificates  of  authorized
denominations  evidencing the same aggregate  denomination,  as requested by the
Holder  surrendering  the  same.  No  service  charge  will be made for any such
registration  of transfer or exchange,  but the Owner Trustee or the Certificate
Registrar  may  require  payment  of a  sum  sufficient  to  cover  any  tax  or
governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

         The Owner Trustee, the Certificate Registrar and any agent of the Owner
Trustee  or the  Certificate  Registrar  may treat the Person in whose name this
Trust  Certificate is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes,  and none
of the Owner  Trustee,  the  Certificate  Registrar  or any such agent  shall be
affected by any notice to the contrary.

         The obligations and responsibilities created by the Trust Agreement and
the Trust created thereby shall terminate upon the payment to Certificateholders
of all amounts  required to be paid to them pursuant to the Trust  Agreement and
the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement and the  disposition  of all property held as
part of the Owner  Trust  Estate.  The  Servicer of the  Receivables  may at its
option  purchase  the Owner Trust  Estate at a price  specified  in the Sale and
Servicing Agreement,  and such purchase of the Receivables and other property of
the Trust will effect  early  retirement  of the Trust  Certificates;  provided,
however,  such right of purchase is  exercisable  only as of the last day of any
Collection  Period as of which the Pool  Balance is less than or equal to 10% of
the Original Pool Balance.

         The Trust  Certificates  may not be acquired by (a) an employee benefit
plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the  provisions of
Title I of ERISA, (b) a plan described in Section  4975(e)(1) of the Code or (c)
any entity  whose  underlying  assets  include plan assets by reason of a plan's
investment in the entity or which uses plan assets to acquire Trust Certificates
(each, a "Benefit Plan"). By accepting and holding this Trust  Certificate,  the
Holder hereof shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that it is not a
Benefit Plan.


                                   ASSIGNMENT


         FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells,  assigns and transfers
unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR
OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 (Please print or type name and address, including postal zip code, of assignee)

the within Trust Certificate,  and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably
constitutes and appoints , attorney,  to transfer said Trust  Certificate on the
books of the  Certificate  Registrar,  with full  power of  substitution  in the
premises.

Dated:                             ________________________________________*/
                                              Signature Guaranteed:


                                          ____________________________*/


- -----------------

  */     NOTICE:  The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name
         of the  registered  owner as it appears on the face of the within Trust
         Certificate in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any
         change  whatever.  Such  signature  must be  guaranteed by an "eligible
         guarantor  institution"  meeting the  requirements  of the  Certificate
         Registrar,  which  requirements  include membership or participation in
         STAMP or such other "signature  guarantee program" as may be determined
         by the Certificate  Registrar in addition to, or in  substitution  for,
         STAMP,  all in accordance with the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
         amended.




<PAGE>


                                                                  EXHIBIT A-2

                    Form of Overcollateralization Certificate
                    -----------------------------------------


THIS  CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED (THE  "SECURITIES  ACT"), OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE
OFFERED,  SOLD,  PLEDGED  OR  OTHERWISE  TRANSFERRED  IN  THE  ABSENCE  OF  SUCH
REGISTRATION  OR AN  EXEMPTION  THEREFROM.  IN  ADDITION,  THE  TRANSFER OF THIS
CERTIFICATE  IS SUBJECT  TO CERTAIN  RESTRICTIONS  AND  CONDITIONS  SET FORTH IN
SECTION 3.04 OF THE TRUST  AGREEMENT  UNDER WHICH THIS  CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED (A
COPY OF WHICH  TRUST  AGREEMENT  IS  AVAILABLE  FROM THE OWNER  TRUSTEE  OR UPON
REQUEST),  INCLUDING  RECEIPT BY THE OWNER  TRUSTEE OF AN  INVESTMENT  LETTER IN
WHICH THE TRANSFEREE MAKES CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS.


No. R-__                                Initial Principal Balance: $____________


                           PREMIER AUTO TRUST _____-_

                        OVERCOLLATERALIZATION CERTIFICATE

evidencing a fractional  undivided  interest in the Trust, as defined below, the
property of which includes a pool of retail  installment sale contracts  secured
by new and used automobiles and light duty trucks.

(This  Overcollateralization  Certificate  does not  represent an interest in or
obligation of Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C. or any of its affiliates, except
to the extent described below.)

         THIS CERTIFIES THAT _________________________________ is the registered
owner    of    _______________________________________________    nonassessable,
fully-paid,  fractional  undivided  interest in Premier  Auto Trust  ___-__ (the
"Trust"),  formed by  Chrysler  Financial  Company  L.L.C.,  a Michigan  limited
liability  company  (the  "Depositor"),  and  [___________]  ,  a  [___________]
[___________] (the "Company").



<PAGE>


                  OWNER TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This  is  one  of  the  Overcollateralization  Certificates  referred  to in the
within-mentioned Trust Agreement.

[___________], as Owner Trustee                  [___________],
                                               or  as Owner Trustee

                                               by:    [___________],
                                                      as Authenticating Agent

by:________________________________
          Authorized Signatory                by: _____________________________
                                                       Authorized Signatory


<PAGE>


         The  Trust  was  created  pursuant  to a Trust  Agreement  dated  as of
[___________],  199_,  as amended and restated by an Amended and Restated  Trust
Agreement  dated as of  [___________],  199_,  (as so amended and  restated  and
further amended or supplemented from time to time, the "Trust Agreement"), among
the  Depositor,  the Company and  [___________],  as owner  trustee  (the "Owner
Trustee"),  a summary  of certain of the  pertinent  provisions  of which is set
forth below. To the extent not otherwise  defined herein,  the capitalized terms
used herein have the  meanings  assigned to them in the Trust  Agreement  or the
Sale and Servicing  Agreement  dated as of  [___________],  199_ (as amended and
supplemented from time to time, the "Sale and Servicing Agreement"), between the
Trust and the  Depositor,  as seller  and as  servicer  (in such  capacity,  the
"Servicer"), as applicable.

         This  Overcollateralization  Certificate is one of the duly  authorized
class of certificates designated as "Overcollateralization Certificates" (herein
called the  "Overcollateralization  Certificates").  Also issued under the Trust
Agreement  is a duly  authorized  class of  certificates  designated  as  "Trust
Certificates"    (the   "Trust    Certificates"    and,    together   with   the
Overcollateralization  Certificates,  the "Certificates").  Also issued under an
Indenture dated as of [___________],  199_ (the "Indenture"),  between the Trust
and [__________], as indenture trustee, are the four classes of Notes designated
as "Class A-1 [___]% Asset Backed Notes," "Class A-2 [___]% Asset Backed Notes,"
"Class A-3 [___]% Asset Backed  Notes" and "Class A-4 [___]% Asset Backed Notes"
(collectively,  the "Notes"). This  Overcollateralization  Certificate is issued
under and is  subject  to the  terms,  provisions  and  conditions  of the Trust
Agreement,  to which Trust  Agreement  the Holder of this  Overcollateralization
Certificate by virtue of its acceptance  hereof assents and by which such Holder
is bound.  The  property of the Trust  consists of a pool of retail  installment
sale contracts for new and used automobiles and light duty trucks (collectively,
the  "Receivables"),  all  monies  received  on or  after  [___________],  199_,
security  interests in the vehicles financed thereby,  certain bank accounts and
the proceeds  thereof,  proceeds from claims on certain  insurance  policies and
certain  other  rights  under the  Trust  Agreement  and the Sale and  Servicing
Agreement and all proceeds of the foregoing.

         It is the intent of the  Depositor,  the Company,  the Servicer and the
Certificateholder  that, for purposes of federal income,  state and local income
and single business tax and any other income taxes, the Trust will be treated as
a security  arrangement for the issuance of debt by the sole  Certificateholder.
The Company, by acceptance of the Overcollateralization  Certificates, agrees to
treat, and to take no action  inconsistent  with the above treatment for so long
as the Company is the sole Owner.

         Solely  in the event  the  Certificates  are held by more than a single
Owner,  it is the intent of the  Depositor,  the  Company,  the Servicer and the
Certificateholders  that, for purposes of federal income, state and local income
and single business tax and any other income taxes, the Trust will be treated as
a partnership and the Certificateholders (including the Company) will be treated
as partners in the partnership. The Company and the other Certificateholders, by
acceptance of a Certificate,  agree to treat, and to take no action inconsistent
with the Treatment  of, the  Certificates  for such tax purposes as  partnership
interests in the Trust.

         Each  Certificateholder,  by its acceptance of a Certificate  covenants
and agrees that such  Certificateholder  will not at any time institute  against
the Company,  or join in any institution against the Company of, any bankruptcy,
reorganization,  arrangement,  insolvency or liquidation  proceedings,  or other
proceedings  under any United States federal or state  bankruptcy or similar law
in  connection  with  any  obligations  relating  to  the  Overcollateralization
Certificates, the Notes, the Trust Agreement or any of the Basic Documents.

         Distributions on this Overcollateralization Certificate will be made as
provided in the Trust  Agreement by the Paying  Agent by wire  transfer or check
mailed to the  Certificateholder  of record in the Certificate  Register without
the presentation or surrender of this  Overcollateralization  Certificate or the
making  of any  notation  hereon.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in the Trust
Agreement  and  notwithstanding  the  above,  the  final  distribution  on  this
Overcollateralization  Certificate  will be made  after due  notice by the Owner
Trustee of the  pendency of such  distribution  and only upon  presentation  and
surrender  of this  Overcollateralization  Certificate  at the  office or agency
maintained for that purpose by the Paying Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, The
City of New York.

         Reference   is  hereby   made  to  the  further   provisions   of  this
Overcollateralization Certificate set forth on the reverse hereof, which further
provisions  shall for all purposes  have the same effect as if set forth at this
place.

         Unless  the  certificate  of  authentication  hereon  shall  have  been
executed by an authorized  officer of the Owner  Trustee,  by manual  signature,
this  Overcollateralization  Certificate  shall not entitle the Holder hereof to
any benefit under the Trust Agreement or the Sale and Servicing  Agreement or be
valid for any purpose.

         THIS OVERCOLLATERALIZATION CERTIFICATE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW
PROVISIONS,  AND THE OBLIGATIONS,  RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES  HEREUNDER
SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.



<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Owner Trustee,  on behalf of the Trust and not
in its individual capacity, has caused this Overcollateralization Certificate to
be duly executed.

                                     PREMIER AUTO TRUST ____-_

                                     by: [___________], not in its
                                         individual capacity but solely
                                         as Owner Trustee




Dated: _____________________          by: __________________________________
                                                Authorized Signatory


<PAGE>


                 [REVERSE OF OVERCOLLATERALIZATION CERTIFICATE]


         The  Overcollateralization  Certificates do not represent an obligation
of, or an interest in, the  Depositor,  the  Servicer,  the  Company,  the Owner
Trustee or any affiliates of any of them and no recourse may be had against such
parties or their assets, except as expressly set forth or contemplated herein or
in  the  Trust   Agreement   or  the  Basic   Documents.   In   addition,   this
Overcollateralization  Certificate is not guaranteed by any governmental  agency
or instrumentality and is limited in right of payment to certain collections and
recoveries with respect to the Receivables  (and certain other amounts),  all as
more  specifically set forth herein and in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement.  A
copy of each of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement and the Trust Agreement may be
examined by any  Certificateholder  upon written  request during normal business
hours at the principal office of the Depositor and at such other places, if any,
designated by the Depositor.

         The Trust Agreement permits,  with certain exceptions therein provided,
the amendment  thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
Depositor  and the  Company and the rights of the  Certificateholders  under the
Trust Agreement at any time by the Depositor,  the Company and the Owner Trustee
with   the   consent   of  the   Holders   of  the   Trust   Certificates,   the
Overcollateralization  Certificates  and the  Notes,  each  voting  as a  class,
evidencing not less than a majority of the Percentage Interests evidenced by the
outstanding  Trust  Certificates,  or a  majority  of  the  Certificate  Balance
evidenced  by  the  Overcollateralization  Certificates  or a  majority  of  the
outstanding  principal balance of the Notes of each such class. Any such consent
by the Holder of this Overcollateralization  Certificate shall be conclusive and
binding on such Holder and on all future  Holders of this  Overcollateralization
Certificate  and  of  any  Overcollateralization  Certificate  issued  upon  the
transfer  hereof  or in  exchange  herefor  or in lieu  hereof,  whether  or not
notation of such  consent is made upon this  Overcollateralization  Certificate.
The Trust  Agreement  also permits the  amendment  thereof,  in certain  limited
circumstances, without the consent of the Holders of any of the Certificates.

         As provided in the Trust  Agreement and subject to certain  limitations
therein set forth,  the transfer of this  Overcollateralization  Certificate  is
registerable   in   the   Certificate    Register   upon   surrender   of   this
Overcollateralization Certificate for registration of transfer at the offices or
agencies of the  Certificate  Registrar  maintained  by the Owner Trustee in the
Borough of Manhattan,  The City of New York, accompanied by a written instrument
of  transfer  in form  satisfactory  to the Owner  Trustee  and the  Certificate
Registrar  duly  executed by the Holder  hereof or such  Holder's  attorney duly
authorized  in  writing,  and  thereupon  one or more new  Overcollateralization
Certificates of authorized  denominations evidencing the same aggregate interest
in  the  Trust  will  be  issued  to  the  designated  transferee.  The  initial
Certificate  Registrar  appointed  under the Trust  Agreement is  [___________],
[___________], [___________].

         Except as provided in the Trust  Agreement,  the  Overcollateralization
Certificates are issuable only as registered Overcollateralization  Certificates
in minimum  denominations of $1,000,000  principal amount of Certificate Balance
and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.  As provided in the Trust
Agreement   and   subject   to   certain    limitations   therein   set   forth,
Overcollateralization      Certificates     are     exchangeable     for     new
Overcollateralization  Certificates of authorized  denominations  evidencing the
same aggregate  denomination,  as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.
No  service  charge  will be made  for any  such  registration  of  transfer  or
exchange, but the Owner Trustee or the Certificate Registrar may require payment
of a sum  sufficient  to  cover  any  tax  or  governmental  charge  payable  in
connection therewith.

         The Owner Trustee, the Certificate Registrar and any agent of the Owner
Trustee  or the  Certificate  Registrar  may treat the Person in whose name this
Overcollateralization  Certificate  is  registered  as the owner  hereof for all
purposes,  and none of the Owner Trustee, the Certificate  Registrar or any such
agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

         The obligations and responsibilities created by the Trust Agreement and
the Trust created thereby shall terminate upon the payment to Certificateholders
of all amounts  required to be paid to them pursuant to the Trust  Agreement and
the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement and the  disposition  of all property held as
part of the Owner  Trust  Estate.  The  Servicer of the  Receivables  may at its
option  purchase  the Owner Trust  Estate at a price  specified  in the Sale and
Servicing Agreement,  and such purchase of the Receivables and other property of
the  Trust  will   effect   early   retirement   of  the   Overcollateralization
Certificates;  provided,  however, such right of purchase is exercisable only as
of the last day of any  Collection  Period as of which the Pool  Balance is less
than or equal to 10% of the Original Pool Balance.

         The  Overcollateralization  Certificates  may not be acquired by (a) an
employee  benefit  plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to
the provisions of Title I of ERISA,  (b) a plan described in Section  4975(e)(1)
of the Code or (c) any entity  whose  underlying  assets  include plan assets by
reason of a plan's investment in the entity or which uses plan assets to acquire
Overcollateralization  Certificates  (each, a "Benefit Plan").  By accepting and
holding  this  Overcollateralization  Certificate,  the Holder  hereof  shall be
deemed to have represented and warranted that it is not a Benefit Plan.



<PAGE>


                                   ASSIGNMENT


         FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells,  assigns and transfers
unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR
OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE



________________________________________________________________________________
 (Please print or type name and address, including postal zip code, of assignee)

the within  Overcollateralization  Certificate,  and all rights thereunder,  and
hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints _____________, attorney, to transfer
said   Overcollateralization   Certificate  on  the  books  of  the  Certificate
Registrar, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                               ________________________________________*/
                                                  Signature Guaranteed:


                                              ____________________________*/


- -----------------

  */     NOTICE:  The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name
         of the  registered  owner  as it  appears  on the  face  of the  within
         Overcollateralization   Certificate   in  every   particular,   without
         alteration,  enlargement or any change whatever. Such signature must be
         guaranteed  by  an  "eligible   guarantor   institution"   meeting  the
         requirements of the Certificate  Registrar,  which requirements include
         membership or participation in STAMP or such other "signature guarantee
         program" as may be determined by the Certificate  Registrar in addition
         to,  or  in  substitution  for,  STAMP,  all  in  accordance  with  the
         Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.




<PAGE>


                                                                    EXHIBIT B

            Form of Certificate of Trust of Premier Auto Trust ___-_
            --------------------------------------------------------


         THIS  Certificate  of Trust of Premier Auto Trust ____-_ (the "Trust"),
dated  ___________,  199_, is being duly executed and filed by [___________],  a
[___________],  as trustee, to form a business trust under the Delaware Business
Trust Act (12 Del. Code, ss. 3801 et seq.).

         1. Name.  The name of the business  trust formed hereby is PREMIER AUTO
            ----
TRUST ____-_.

         2. Delaware  Trustee.  The name and business  address of the trustee of
            -----------------
the Trust in the State of Delaware is [___________], [___________],[___________]
, Attention: Corporate Trustee Administration Department.

         3. Effective  Date.  This  Certificate of Trust shall be effective upon
            ---------------
its filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.


         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned,  being the sole  trustee of the
Trust,  has  executed  this  Certificate  of Trust as of the  date  first  above
written.

                                     [-----------],
                                     not in its individual capacity but
                                     as owner trustee under the Trust Agreement
                                     dated as of ____________, 199__-__



                                     by:_______________________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:



<PAGE>


                                                                   EXHIBIT C


                         FORM OF TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE
                         ------------------------------


                         [DATE]


[Seller]
[Seller Address]
[Owner Trustee]
[Owner Trustee Address]

                  Re:      Premier Auto Trust ____-_
                           [Trust] [Overcollateralization] Certificates
                           --------------------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         In connection  with our  disposition  of the  above-referenced  [Trust]
[Overcollateralization] Certificates (the "Certificates") we certify that (a) we
understand that the  Certificates  have not been registered under the Securities
Act of 1933,  as  amended  (the  "Act"),  and are being  transferred  by us in a
transaction that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Act and (b)
we have not offered or sold any  Certificates to, or solicited offers to buy any
Certificates  from, any person,  or otherwise  approached or negotiated with any
person with  respect  thereto,  in a manner  that would be deemed,  or taken any
other action which would result in, a violation of Section 5 of the Act.

                                    Very truly yours,

                                    [NAME OF TRANSFEROR]




                                    By:_______________________________________
                                          Authorized Officer




<PAGE>


                                                                    EXHIBIT D


                           FORM OF INVESTMENT LETTER

                  [DATE]

[Seller]
[Seller Address]
[Owner Trustee]
[Owner Trustee Address]

                  Re:      Premier Auto Trust ____-_
                           [Trust] [Overcollateralization] Certificates
                           --------------------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         In connection  with our  acquisition  of the  above-referenced  [Trust]
[Overcollateralization] Certificates (the "Certificates") we certify that (a) we
understand that the  Certificates  are not being registered under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"),  or any state securities laws and are being
transferred  to us  in a  transaction  that  is  exempt  from  the  registration
requirements of the Act and any such laws, (b) we are an "accredited  investor,"
as defined in Regulation D under the Act, and have such knowledge and experience
in financial and business  matters that we are capable of evaluating  the merits
and risks of investments in the Certificates, (c) we have had the opportunity to
ask questions of and receive answers from the seller  concerning the purchase of
the Certificates and all matters relating thereto or any additional  information
deemed  necessary  to our  decision to  purchase  the  Certificates,  (d) we are
acquiring the  Certificates  for  investment  for our own account and not with a
view to any  distribution  of such  Certificates  (but without  prejudice to our
right  at all  times  to  sell  or  otherwise  dispose  of the  Certificates  in
accordance  with  clause  (f)  below),  (e) we have  not  offered  or  sold  any
Certificates to, or solicited  offers to buy any Certificates  from, any person,
or otherwise  approached or negotiated with any person with respect thereto,  or
taken any other  action that would result in a violation of Section 5 of the Act
or any state  securities  laws and (f) we will not sell,  transfer or  otherwise
dispose of any Certificates  unless (1) such sale, transfer or other disposition
is made  pursuant to an effective  registration  statement  under the Act and in
compliance  with any  relevant  state  securities  laws or is  exempt  from such
registration  requirements and, if requested,  we will at our expense provide an
Opinion of Counsel  satisfactory to the addresses of this  certificate that such
sale,  transfer or other  disposition  may be made pursuant to an exemption from
the Act, (2) the purchaser or transferee  of such  Certificate  has executed and
delivered  to you a  certificate  to  substantially  the  same  effect  as  this
certificate and (3) the purchaser or transferee has otherwise  complied with any
conditions  for transfer set forth in the Amended and Restated Trust dated as of
[___________],  199_,  between Chrysler  Financial Company L.L.C., as Depositor,
[___________] and [___________], as Owner Trustee.

                                    Very truly yours,

                                    [NAME OF TRANSFEROR]



                                    By:___________________________________
                                       Authorized Officer


<PAGE>


                                                                     EXHIBIT E


                            FORM OF RULE 144A LETTER


                           [DATE]

[Seller]
[Seller Address]
[Owner Trustee]
[Owner Trustee Address]

                  Re:      Premier Auto Trust ___-_
                           [Trust] [Overcollateralization] Certificates
                           --------------------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         In connection  with our  acquisition  of the  above-referenced  [Trust]
[Overcollateralization] Certificates (the "Certificates") we certify that (a) we
understand that the  Certificates  are not being registered under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"),  or any state securities laws and are being
transferred  to us  in a  transaction  that  is  exempt  from  the  registration
requirements  of the Act and any  such  laws,  (b) we have  such  knowledge  and
experience in financial  and business  matters that we are capable of evaluating
the merits and risks of  investments  in the  Certificates,  (c) we have had the
opportunity to ask questions of and receive  answers from the seller  concerning
the  purchase  of the  Certificates  and all  matters  relating  thereto  or any
additional  information  deemed  necessary  to  our  decision  to  purchase  the
Certificates,  (d) we have not,  nor has anyone  acting on our behalf,  offered,
transferred,  pledged,  sold or otherwise  disposed of the  Certificates  or any
interest in the Certificates, or solicited any offer to buy, transfer, pledge or
otherwise  dispose of the Certificates or any interest in the Certificates  from
any person in any manner,  or made any general  solicitation by means of general
advertising  or in any  other  manner,  or taken  any other  action  that  would
constitute a distribution of the Certificates under the Act or that would render
the  disposition of the  Certificates a violation of Section 5 of the Act or any
state securities laws or require registration  pursuant thereto, and we will not
act,  or  authorize  any  person to act,  in such  manner  with  respect  to the
Certificates,  (e) we are a  "qualified  institutional  buyer"  as that  term is
defined  in Rule 144A  under the Act.  We are aware that the sale to us is being
made in reliance on Rule 144A.  We are acquiring  the  Certificates  for our own
account  or  for  resale   pursuant  to  Rule  144A  and  understand  that  such
Certificates  may be  resold,  pledged  or  transferred  only  (i)  to a  person
reasonably believed to be a qualified institutional buyer that purchases for its
own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice
is given that the  resale,  pledge or transfer is being made in reliance on Rule
144A or (ii) pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Act.

                                    Very truly yours,

                                    [NAME OF TRANSFEROR]



                                    By:_________________________________________
                                          Authorized Officer


<PAGE>


                                                                   EXHIBIT 4.3



==============================================================================








                             AMENDED AND RESTATED

                                TRUST AGREEMENT


                                     among


                      Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C.,
                      ----------------------------------
                                 as Depositor,


                          [                         ]
                           -------------------------

                                      and

                          [                         ]
                           -------------------------
                               as Owner Trustee



                          Dated as of          , 199 
                                      ---------     -









==============================================================================


<PAGE>


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----

ARTICLE I

                                  Definitions

   SECTION  1.01. Capitalized Terms........................................  1
   SECTION  1.02. Other Definitional Provisions............................  4

ARTICLE II

                                 Organization

   SECTION  2.01. Name.....................................................  4
   SECTION  2.02. Office...................................................  4
   SECTION  2.03. Purposes and Powers......................................  5
   SECTION  2.04. Appointment of Owner Trustee.............................  5
   SECTION  2.05. Initial Capital Contribution of Series Owner Trust
                  Estate...................................................  6
   SECTION  2.06. Declaration of Trust.....................................  6
   SECTION  2.07. Liability of Owners......................................  6
   SECTION  2.08. Title to Trust Property..................................  6
   SECTION  2.09. Situs of Trust...........................................  6
   SECTION  2.10. Subdivision..............................................  7
   SECTION  2.11. Representations and Warranties of Depositor and
                  Company..................................................  8

ARTICLE III

                 Trust Certificates and Transfer of Interests

   SECTION  3.01. Initial Ownership; Beneficial Interests in the Trust..... 10
   SECTION  3.02. The Trust Certificates................................... 10
   SECTION  3.03. Authentication of Trust Certificates..................... 10
   SECTION  3.04. Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Trust
                  Certificates............................................. 10
   SECTION  3.05. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Trust
                  Certificates............................................. 12
   SECTION  3.06. Persons Deemed Owners.................................... 12
   SECTION  3.07. Access to List of Certificateholders' Names and
                  Addresses................................................ 12
   SECTION  3.08. Maintenance of Office or Agency.......................... 13
   SECTION  3.09. Appointment of Paying Agent.............................. 13
   SECTION  3.10. Fixed Value Securities................................... 13
   SECTION  3.11. Definitive Trust Certificates............................ 15

ARTICLE IV

                           Actions by Owner Trustee


<PAGE>


   SECTION  4.01. Prior Notice to Owners with Respect to Certain Matters... 15
   SECTION  4.02. Action by Owners with Respect to Certain Matters......... 15
   SECTION  4.03. Action by Owners with Respect to Bankruptcy.............. 16
   SECTION  4.04. Restrictions on Owners' Power............................ 16
   SECTION  4.05. Majority Control......................................... 16

ARTICLE V

                  Application of Trust Funds; Certain Duties

   SECTION  5.01. Establishment of Trust Account........................... 16
   SECTION  5.02. Application of Trust Funds............................... 17
   SECTION  5.03. Method of Payment........................................ 17
   SECTION  5.04. No Segregation of Moneys; No Interest.................... 17
   SECTION  5.05. Accounting and Reports to Owners, Internal Revenue
                  Service and Others....................................... 17

ARTICLE VI

                     Authority and Duties of Owner Trustee

   SECTION  6.01. General Authority........................................ 18
   SECTION  6.02. General Duties........................................... 18
   SECTION  6.03. Action upon Instruction.................................. 19
   SECTION  6.04. No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement or in
                  Instructions............................................. 20
   SECTION  6.05. No Action Except Under Specified Documents or
                  Instructions............................................. 20
   SECTION  6.06. Restrictions............................................. 20

ARTICLE VII

                           Concerning Owner Trustee

   SECTION  7.01. Acceptance of Trusts and Duties.......................... 20
   SECTION  7.02. Furnishing of Documents.................................. 22
   SECTION  7.03. Representations and Warranties........................... 22
   SECTION  7.04. Reliance; Advice of Counsel.............................. 22
   SECTION  7.05. Not Acting in Individual Capacity........................ 23
   SECTION  7.06. Owner Trustee Not Liable for Trust Certificates or
                  Receivables.............................................. 23
   SECTION  7.07. Owner Trustee May Own Trust Certificates and Notes....... 23
   SECTION  7.08. Pennsylvania Motor Vehicle Sales Finance Act Licenses.... 23

ARTICLE VIII


<PAGE>


                         Compensation of Owner Trustee

   SECTION  8.01. Owner Trustee's Fees and Expenses........................ 24
   SECTION  8.02. Indemnification.......................................... 24
   SECTION  8.03. Payments to Owner Trustee................................ 24

ARTICLE IX

                Dissolution and Termination of Trust Agreement

   SECTION  9.01. Dissolution of the Trust and Termination of Trust
                  Agreement................................................ 24

ARTICLE X

            Successor Owner Trustees and Additional Owner Trustees

   SECTION  10.01.   Eligibility Requirements for Owner Trustee............ 26
   SECTION  10.02.   Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee............... 26
   SECTION  10.03.   Successor Owner Trustee............................... 26
   SECTION  10.04.   Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee.............. 27
   SECTION  10.05.   Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee......... 27

ARTICLE XI

                                 Miscellaneous

   SECTION  11.01.   Supplements and Amendments............................ 28
   SECTION  11.02.   No Legal Title to any Series Owner Trust Estate in
                     Owners................................................ 30
   SECTION  11.03.   Limitations on Rights of Others....................... 30
   SECTION  11.04.   Notices............................................... 30
   SECTION  11.05.   Severability.......................................... 30
   SECTION  11.06.   Separate Counterparts................................. 30
   SECTION  11.07.   Successors and Assigns................................ 31
   SECTION  11.08.   Covenants of Company.................................. 31
   SECTION  11.09.   No Petition........................................... 31
   SECTION  11.10.   No Recourse........................................... 31
   SECTION  11.11.   Headings.............................................. 31
   SECTION  11.12.   GOVERNING LAW......................................... 31
   SECTION  11.13.   Trust Certificate Transfer Restrictions............... 32
   SECTION  11.14.   Depositor Payment Obligation.......................... 32


<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBITS

   EXHIBIT A   Form of Trust Certificate...................................A-1
   EXHIBIT B   Form of Certificate of Trust of Premier Auto Trust   - .....B-1
                                                                  -- -
   EXHIBIT C   Form of Transferor Certificate..............................C-1
   EXHIBIT D   Form of Investment Letter...................................D-1
   EXHIBIT E   Form of Rule 144A Letter....................................E-1
   EXHIBIT F   Form of Supplement .........................................F-1


<PAGE>


     AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST  AGREEMENT  dated as of        ,  199 ,  among
                                                        -------      -
     Chrysler  Financial Company L.L.C., a Michigan limited liability company,
     as  depositor  (the   "Depositor"),   [                          ]   (the
                                            --------------------------
     "Company"),       a                                          ,        and
                                ----------------------------------
     [                              ],  a                           , as owner
      ------------------------------      ----------- --------------
     trustee (the "Owner Trustee").

     WHEREAS, the Depositor,  the Owner Trustee and the Company entered into a
Trust Agreement dated as of            , 199  (the "Trust Agreement");
                            -----------     -

     WHEREAS, the Trust Agreement is being amended and restated as of        ,
                                                                      -------
199 ;
   -

     WHEREAS,  the Trust may purchase Receivables from the Depositor from time
to time; each group of Receivables so purchased will support a separate series
of Notes and/or Certificate issued by the Trust from time to time;

     WHEREAS,  the Depositor and the Company may enter into separate  Purchase
Agreements  from time to time,  pursuant to which the Depositor will assign to
the Company any and all of the  Depositor's  rights and interests with respect
to the  receipt  of amounts  from the  Reserve  Account  for a Series and with
respect to any Fixed Value Payments for a Series; and

     WHEREAS,  in  connection  therewith,  the  Company  is  willing to assume
certain obligations pursuant hereto;

     NOW, THEREFORE,  the Depositor,  the Company and the Owner Trustee hereby
agree as follows:


                                   ARTICLE I

                                  Definitions

     SECTION 1.01. Capitalized Terms. For all purposes of this Agreement,  the
                   -----------------
following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

     "Administration  Agreement:" with respect to a Series,  as defined in the
      -------------------------
related Supplement.

     "Administration"  shall mean Chrysler  Financial  Company L.L.C.  and its
      --------------
successors and permitted assigns.

     "Agreement"  shall mean this Amended and Restated Trust Agreement and all
      ---------
amendments hereof and supplements hereto, including each Supplement.

     "Basic  Documents"  shall mean,  with  respect to a Series,  the Purchase
      ----------------
Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Indenture, the Administration
Agreement and the Note  Depository  Agreement,  each as defined in the related
Supplement,  and the other documents and certificates  delivered in connection
therewith.


<PAGE>


     "Benefit  Plan" shall have the  meaning  assigned to such term in Section
      -------------
11.13.

     "Business  Trust  Statute"  shall  mean  Chapter  38 of  Title  12 of the
      ------------------------
Delaware  Code,  12 Del. Code Section 3801 et seq., as the same may be amended
                    ---- ----
from time to time.

     "Certificate of Trust" shall mean the Certificate of Trust in the form of
      --------------------
Exhibit B filed for the Trust  pursuant  to Section  3810(a)  of the  Business
Trust Statute.

         "Certificate  Register" and  "Certificate  Registrar"  shall mean the
          ---------------------        ----------------------
register mentioned in and the registrar appointed pursuant to Section 3.04.

         "Certificateholder"  or "Holder"  shall mean a Person in whose name a
          -----------------       ------
Trust Certificate is registered.

         "CFC"  shall  mean  Chrysler  Financial  Company  L.L.C.,  a Michigan
          ---
limited liability company, and any successor in interest.

         "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  and
          ----
Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

         "Company":  with  respect  to a Series,  as  defined  in the  related
          -------
Supplement.

         "Corporate  Trust  Office"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to the Owner
          ------------------------
Trustee,  the principal corporate trust office of the Owner Trustee located at
______________________________,  ______________,  or at such other  address as
the Owner Trustee may designate by notice to the Owners, the Depositor and the
Company,  or the  principal  corporate  trust  office of any  successor  Owner
Trustee at the address designated by such successor Owner Trustee by notice to
the Owners, the Depositor and the Company.

         "Depositor" shall mean CFC in its capacity as depositor hereunder.
          ---------

         "ERISA"  shall mean the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of
          -----
1974, as amended.

         "Exchange  Act" shall mean the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as
          -------------
amended.

         "Expenses"  shall have the  meaning  assigned to such term in Section
          --------
8.02.

         "Indemnified Parties" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
          -------------------
Section 8.02.

         "Indenture":  with  respect to a Series,  as  defined in the  related
          ---------
Supplement.

         "Note Depository Agreement":  with respect to a Series, as defined in
          -------------------------
the related Supplement.

         "Opinion of Counsel"  means one or more written  opinions of counsel,
          ------------------
who may be an  employee  of or  counsel  to the  Seller,  the  Company  or the
Servicer,  which counsel shall be  acceptable  to the Indenture  Trustee,  the
Owner Trustee or the Rating Agencies, as applicable.

                                                         2


<PAGE>



         "Owner" shall mean each Holder of a Trust Certificate.
          -----

         "Owner   Trustee"   shall   mean   _____________________________,   a
          ---------------
___________________________  corporation,  not in its individual  capacity but
solely as owner trustee under this Agreement,  and any successor Owner Trustee
hereunder.

         "Paying  Agent"  shall  mean  any  paying  agent or  co-paying  agent
          -------------
appointed    pursuant    to   Section    3.09   and   shall    initially    be
________________________.

         "Percentage  Interest"  means,  as to any  Trust  Certificate  of any
          --------------------
Series,  the  percentage  interest,  specified  on the  face  thereof,  in the
distributions  on the  Trust  Certificates  of such  Series  pursuant  to this
Agreement and the related Supplement.

         "Record Date" shall mean, with respect to any Distribution  Date, the
          -----------
15th day of the month preceding such Distribution Date.

         "Sale and Servicing Agreement":  with respect to a Series, as defined
          ----------------------------
in the related Supplement.

         "Secretary  of State" shall mean the  Secretary of State of the State
          -------------------
of Delaware.

         "Series"  shall mean any series of Notes and/or  Trust  Certificates,
          ------
which may include a class or classes of Notes and/or Trust Certificates.

         "Series  Certificate  Distribution  Account"  shall have the  meaning
          ------------------------------------------
assigned to such term in Section 5.01.

         "Series Owner Trust Estate":  with respect to a Series, as defined in
          -------------------------
the related Supplement.

         "Subdivision"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to a Series,  a  separate
          -----------
subdivision  of this Trust,  within the meaning of Section  3806(b)(2)  of the
Business Trust Statute,  containing  assets  separate and apart from all other
assets of the Trust, all as specified in the related Supplement.

         "Supplement"  shall mean,  with respect to a Series,  a supplement to
          ----------
this Agreement  executed in connection  with the issuance of a Series of Notes
and/or Trust Certificates.

         "Treasury Regulations" shall mean regulations,  including proposed or
          --------------------
temporary  Regulations,  promulgated  under  the  Code.  References  herein to
specific  provisions  of  proposed  or  temporary  regulations  shall  include
analogous provisions of final Treasury Regulations or other successor Treasury
Regulations.

         "Trust" shall mean the trust established by this Agreement.
          -----

         "Trust   Certificate"   shall  mean  a  certificate   evidencing  the
          -------------------
beneficial  interest  of an Owner  in the  Trust,  or,  if  specified  in such
certificate,  in a separate Subdivision for a Series substantially in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit A.



<PAGE>



         SECTION 1.02. Other  Definitional  Provisions.  (a) With respect to a
                       -------------------------------
Series,  capitalized  terms used and not  otherwise  defined  herein  have the
meanings assigned to them in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement for such Series
or, if not defined therein, in the Indenture for such Series.

         (b) All  terms  defined  in this  Agreement  shall  have the  defined
meanings  when used in any  certificate  or other  document  made or delivered
pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

         (c) As  used  in  this  Agreement  and in any  certificate  or  other
document made or delivered  pursuant hereto or thereto,  accounting  terms not
defined in this Agreement or in any such  certificate or other  document,  and
accounting  terms partly defined in this Agreement or in any such  certificate
or other  document  to the  extent  not  defined,  shall  have the  respective
meanings given to them under generally accepted accounting principles.  To the
extent that the  definitions  of accounting  terms in this Agreement or in any
such certificate or other document are inconsistent  with the meanings of such
terms  under  generally  accepted  accounting   principles,   the  definitions
contained in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document shall
control.

         (d) The words  "hereof,"  "herein,"  "hereunder" and words of similar
import when used in this  Agreement  shall refer to this  Agreement as a whole
and not to any  particular  provision of this  Agreement;  Section and Exhibit
references contained in this Agreement are references to Sections and Exhibits
in or to this Agreement unless otherwise  specified;  and the term "including"
shall mean "including without limitation".

         (e) The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the
singular  as well as the plural  forms of such terms and to the  masculine  as
well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms.

         (f) Any  agreement,  instrument  or statute  defined or  referred  to
herein or in any  instrument or certificate  delivered in connection  herewith
means such  agreement,  instrument  or  statute as from time to time  amended,
modified  or  supplemented   and  includes  (in  the  case  of  agreements  or
instruments)   references   to  all   attachments   thereto  and   instruments
incorporated  therein;  references  to a  Person  are  also  to its  permitted
successors and assigns.

                                  ARTICLE II

                                 Organization
                                 ------------

         SECTION  2.01.  Name.  The  Trust  created  hereby  shall be known as
                         ----
"Premier  Auto Trust  ____-_," in which name the Owner Trustee may conduct the
business of the Trust,  make and execute  contracts and other  instruments  on
behalf of the Trust and sue and be sued.

         SECTION 2.02. Office. The office of the Trust shall be in care of the
                       ------
Owner  Trustee  at the  Corporate  Trust  Office or at such  other  address in
Delaware as the Owner Trustee may  designate by written  notice to the Owners,
the Depositor and the Company.



<PAGE>



         SECTION 2.03. Purposes and Powers. (a) The purpose of the Trust is to
                       -------------------
engage in the following activities:

                   (i) to issue one or more  Series of Notes  pursuant  to the
         related  Indenture or Indentures  and one or more Series of the Trust
         Certificates pursuant to this Agreement and the related Supplement or
         Supplements and to sell the Notes and the Trust Certificates;

                   (ii)  with the  proceeds  of the sale of the  Notes and the
         Trust  Certificates of a Series, to purchase the Receivables for such
         Series, to fund the Reserve Account,  if any, for such Series, and to
         pay the balance to the  Depositor  pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
         Agreement for such Series;

                   (iii) to pay the organizational, start-up and transactional
         expenses of the Trust for each Series;

                   (iv) to  assign,  grant,  transfer,  pledge,  mortgage  and
         convey the Trust  Estate of a Series  pursuant to the  Indenture  for
         such Series and to hold, manage and distribute to the Owners pursuant
         to the terms of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement for such Series any
         portion of the Trust Estate of such Series released from the Lien of,
         and remitted to the Trust pursuant to, such Indenture;

                   (v) to enter into and  perform  its  obligations  under the
         Basic Documents for each Series to which it is to be a party;

                   (vi) to sell the Fixed  Value  Payments  of a Series to the
         Depositor  and,  if  requested  by the  Company  for such  Series (as
         assignee of the Depositor), subsequently to acquire the related Fixed
         Value Payments and to issue and sell the Fixed Value Securities;

                   (vii) to engage  in those  activities,  including  entering
         into  agreements,  that are necessary or suitable to  accomplish  the
         foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected therewith; and

                   (viii)  subject to compliance  with the Basic  Documents of
         each Series, to engage in such other activities as may be required in
         connection  with  conservation  of the Series  Owner Trust Estate for
         such Series and the making of distributions to the related Owners and
         the related  Noteholders and in respect of the Fixed Value Securities
         for such Series.

The Trust is hereby  authorized  to engage in the  foregoing  activities.  The
Trust  shall not  engage in any  activity  other than in  connection  with the
foregoing  or  other  than as  required  or  authorized  by the  terms of this
Agreement or the Basic Documents for a Series.

         SECTION 2.04.  Appointment  of Owner  Trustee.  The Depositor  hereby
                        ------------------------------
appoints  the Owner  Trustee as trustee of the Trust  effective as of the date
hereof, to have all the rights,  powers and duties set forth herein and in the
Business Trust Statute.



<PAGE>



         SECTION  2.05.  Initial  Capital  Contribution  of Series Owner Trust
                         -----------------------------------------------------
Estate. The Depositor hereby sells, assigns, transfers,  conveys and sets over
- ------
to the Owner Trustee,  as of the date hereof, the sum of $1. The Owner Trustee
hereby  acknowledges  receipt  in  trust  from the  Depositor,  as of the date
hereof,  of the foregoing  contribution,  which shall  constitute  the initial
Series  Owner  Trust  Estate  and  shall  be  deposited  in  the   Certificate
Distribution  Account. The Depositor shall pay organizational  expenses of the
Trust as they may  arise or shall,  upon the  request  of the  Owner  Trustee,
promptly  reimburse  the Owner Trustee for any such expenses paid by the Owner
Trustee.

         SECTION 2.06. Declaration of Trust. The Owner Trustee hereby declares
                       --------------------
that it will hold each Series  Owner Trust Estate in trust upon and subject to
the  conditions  set forth herein and the related  Supplement  for the use and
benefit of the related  Owners,  subject to the obligations of the Trust under
the related Basic  Documents.  It is the intention of the parties  hereto that
the Trust  constitute a business  trust under the Business  Trust  Statute and
that this  Agreement  constitute  the  governing  instrument  of such business
trust.  It is the intention of the parties hereto that,  solely for income and
franchise  tax  purposes,   with  respect  to  each  Series  and  the  related
Subdivision  (i) so  long  as  there  is a sole  Owner  with  respect  to such
Subdivision, such Subdivision shall be treated as a security arrangement, with
the assets of such Subdivision  being the Receivables and other assets held in
such  Subdivision,  the owner of such Receivables being the sole Owner and the
Notes of such Series  being  non-recourse  debt of such sole Owner and (ii) if
there  is more  than  one  Owner,  such  Subdivision  shall  be  treated  as a
partnership  for income and  franchise  tax  purposes,  with the assets of the
partnership  being the related  Receivables and other assets held by the Trust
in such  Subdivision,  the  partners  of the  partnership  being  such  Owners
(including  the Company as assignee of the Depositor  pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement for such Series, in its capacity as recipient of distributions  from
the  Reserve  Account  for such  Series)  and  such  Notes  being  debt of the
partnership.  The parties agree that, unless otherwise required by appropriate
tax  authorities,  the Trust  will  file or cause to be filed  annual or other
necessary   returns,   reports   and   other   forms   consistent   with   the
characterization  of  the  Trust  and  its  Subdivisions  as  provided  in the
preceding sentence for such tax purposes. Effective as of the date hereof, the
Owner Trustee shall have all rights, powers and duties set forth herein and in
the Business Trust Statute with respect to  accomplishing  the purposes of the
Trust.

         SECTION 2.07. Liability of Owners. The Owners (including the Company)
                       -------------------
shall be entitled to the same  limitation  of personal  liability  extended to
stockholders of private  corporations  for profit  organized under the general
corporation law of the State of Delaware.

         SECTION  2.08.  Title to Trust  Property.  Legal  title to all of the
                         ------------------------
Series  Owner Trust  Estate of each Series shall be vested at all times in the
Trust  as  a  separate  legal  entity  except  where  applicable  law  in  any
jurisdiction  requires  title to any part of a Series Owner Trust Estate to be
vested in a trustee or  trustees,  in which  case title  shall be deemed to be
vested in the Owner Trustee,  a co-trustee and/or a separate  trustee,  as the
case may be.

         SECTION  2.09.  Situs  of  Trust.  The  Trust  will  be  located  and
                         ----------------
administered  in the State of Delaware.  All bank  accounts  maintained by the
Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust shall be located in the State of Delaware
or the State of New York.  The Trust shall not have any employees in any state
other than Delaware;  provided, however, that nothing herein shall restrict or
prohibit the Owner Trustee from having  employees  within or without the State
of  Delaware.  Payments  will be received by the Trust only in Delaware or New
York, and payments  will be made by the Trust only from  Delaware or New York.
The only office of the Trust will be at the Corporate Trust Office in Delaware.



<PAGE>



         SECTION  2.10.  Subdivision.  (a) Each  Supplement  for a Series will
                         -----------
create a separate  Subdivision,  which shall  contain  the Series  Owner Trust
Estate for such Series, which will consist of the Receivables and other assets
specified in such Supplement.  The holders of the Notes and Trust Certificates
of a Series  shall  only have an  interest  in and  rights  and  claims to the
Subdivision  for such  Series  and the  Series  Owner  Trust  Estate  for such
Subdivision, and shall not have, and hereby agree that they will not have, any
interest in or rights or claims to the  Subdivision  for any other  Series and
the related Series Owner Trust Estate.  The holders of the Trust  Certificates
of any Series shall not have legal title to any part of the Series Owner Trust
Estate related to such Series of Trust Certificates.

         (b) Upon the written  direction of the  Depositor,  the Owner Trustee
and the Depositor shall enter into one or more Supplements,  providing for the
issuance  of separate  Series of Trust  Certificates.  Each Series  shall be a
separate  Series of the Trust within the meaning of Section  3806(b)(2) of the
Business Trust Statute.  Separate and distinct records (including tax records)
shall  be  maintained  for each  Series  and the  Series  Owner  Trust  Estate
associated  with each such Series shall be maintained  for each Series and the
Series  Owner Trust Estate  associated  with each such Series shall be held in
the Trust and accounted for  separately  from the Series Owner Trust Estate of
any other Series.  Except as specified in this Agreement or in any Supplement,
the Series  Owner Trust  Estate of any Series  shall not be subject to claims,
debts,  liabilities,  expenses or obligations  arising from or with respect to
the Trust or any other Series.  The debts,  obligations and expenses incurred,
contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to a particular Series shall
be  enforceable  against the related  Series  Owner Trust  Estate only and not
against the assets of the Trust generally or any other Series.  Notice of this
limitation on inter-series  liabilities  shall be set forth in the Certificate
of Trust  (whether  originally or by amendment) as filed with the Secretary of
State  pursuant to the  Business  Trust  Statute,  and upon the giving of such
notice in the Certificate of Trust,  the statutory  provisions of Section 3804
of  the  Business  Trust  Statute  relating  to  limitations  on  inter-series
liabilities (and the statutory effect under Section 3804 of setting forth such
notice in the Certificate Trust) shall become applicable to the Trust and each
Series of Trust Certificates.

         (c) Each Supplement shall contain  provisions  requiring that neither
the Depositor nor any Holder of a Trust  Certificate  of the related Series of
Trust  Certificates shall direct the Owner Trustee to (i) take any action that
would  cause  the  Series  Owner  Trust  Estate  of the  related  Series to be
substantively  consolidated  into any other  Series  Owner Trust Estate of any
other Series such that it will have its separate existence  disregarded in the
event of an  insolvency  event with respect to any  Certificateholder  of such
Series, the Trust or another Series, (ii) to commingle any of the Series Owner
Trust  Estate of the related  Series with the Series Owner Trust Estate of any
other Series, (iii) to maintain the corporate,  financial and accounting books
and records and  statements  of the related  Series,  if any, in a manner such
that they cannot be separated from those of any other Series, (iv) to take any
action that would cause (a) the funds and other assets of the related  Series,
if any, not be identifiable or the bank accounts,  corporate records and books
of account,  if any, of the related Series not to be inseparable from those of
any other  Series  and (b) the  Trust to pay,  other  than from  assets of the
related  Series,  any  obligations or indebtedness of any kind incurred by the
related  Series and payable by the Trust  pursuant to this  agreement,  (v) to
maintain the assets and liabilities of the related Series so that they are not
readily   ascertainable  from  those  of  any  other  Series  and  subject  to
segregation  without  requiring  substantial  time or  expense  to effect  and
account for such segregated  assets and liabilities,  (vi) to take any actions
with respect to the related  Series except in its capacity as Owner Trustee in
respect of such  Series.  The  Administrator  shall have the right to take any
action on behalf of the Trust to  enforce  the  foregoing  provisions  of each
Supplement for the benefit of the Trust and of each Series.



<PAGE>



         SECTION  2.11.   Representations  and  Warranties  of  Depositor  and
                          ----------------------------------------------------
Company.  (a) The Depositor hereby represents and warrants,  as of the date on
- -------
which this  Agreement is executed and delivered and as of each date on which a
Supplement is executed and delivered, to the Owner Trustee that:

                   (i) The Depositor is duly organized and validly existing as
         a limited  liability  company in good standing  under the laws of the
         State of Michigan, with power and authority to own its properties and
         to conduct its business as such  properties  are currently  owned and
         such business is presently conducted.

                   (ii) The  Depositor  is duly  qualified to do business as a
         foreign limited  liability  company in good standing and has obtained
         all necessary  licenses and approvals in all  jurisdictions  in which
         the ownership or lease of its property or the conduct of its business
         shall require such qualifications.

                   (iii) The  Depositor has the power and authority to execute
         and deliver this  Agreement and any  Supplement  and to carry out its
         terms;  the Depositor has full power and authority to sell and assign
         the property to be sold and assigned to and deposited  with the Trust
         and the Depositor has duly  authorized  such sale and  assignment and
         deposit  to the Trust by all  necessary  action;  and the  execution,
         delivery and  performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized
         by the Depositor by all necessary action.

                   (iv) The consummation of the  transactions  contemplated by
         this  Agreement  and  the  fulfillment  of the  terms  hereof  do not
         conflict  with,  result  in  any  breach  of any  of  the  terms  and
         provisions  of, or  constitute  (with or  without  notice or lapse of
         time) a default  under,  the  articles of  organization  or operating
         agreement  of the  Depositor,  or any  indenture,  agreement or other
         instrument to which the Depositor is a party or by which it is bound;
         nor result in the creation or  imposition of any Lien upon any of its
         properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture,  agreement or
         other  instrument  (other than pursuant to the Basic  Documents for a
         Series);  nor  violate  any law or,  to the  best of the  Depositor's
         knowledge,  any order, rule or regulation applicable to the Depositor
         of  any  court  or  of  any   federal  or  state   regulatory   body,
         administrative  agency or other governmental  instrumentality  having
         jurisdiction over the Depositor or its properties.

                   (v)  To  the  Depositor's  best  knowledge,  there  are  no
         proceedings or investigations pending or threatened before any court,
         regulatory  body,   administrative   agency  or  other   governmental
         instrumentality   having  jurisdiction  over  the  Depositor  or  its
         properties:  (A)  asserting the  invalidity of this  Agreement or any
         Supplement,  (B)  seeking to prevent the  consummation  of any of the
         transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement  or (C)  seeking  any
         determination  or ruling that might  materially and adversely  affect
         the  performance by the Depositor of its  obligations  under,  or the
         validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any Supplement.



<PAGE>



                   (vi) The  representations and warranties of the Company and
         the Depositor in Sections 3.01 and 3.02 of the Purchase Agreement for
         each Series are true and correct.

         (b) The Company  hereby  represents  and warrants,  as of the date on
which this  Agreement is executed and delivered and as of each date on which a
Supplement is executed and delivered, to the Owner Trustee that:

                   (i) The  Company  has been duly  organized  and is  validly
         existing as a [limited  liability company] in good standing under the
         laws of the  jurisdiction  of its  organization,  with the  power and
         authority to own its  properties  and to conduct its business as such
         properties  are  currently  owned  and  such  business  is  presently
         conducted.

                   (ii) The  Company is duly  qualified  to do  business  as a
         foreign [limited liability company] in good standing and has obtained
         all necessary  licenses and approvals in all  jurisdictions  in which
         the ownership or lease of its property or the conduct of its business
         shall require such qualifications.

                   (iii) The  Company has the power and  authority  to execute
         and deliver this  Agreement and any  Supplement  and to carry out its
         terms; the Company has full power and authority to purchase the Trust
         Certificates;  and the  execution,  delivery and  performance of this
         Agreement and any Supplement has been duly  authorized by the Company
         by all necessary action.

                   (iv) The consummation of the  transactions  contemplated by
         this Agreement and any  Supplement  and the  fulfillment of the terms
         hereof and thereof do not conflict with,  result in any breach of any
         of the terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice
         or lapse of time) a default under,  the articles of  organization  or
         operating  agreement of the Company,  or any indenture,  agreement or
         other  instrument  to which the  Company is a party or by which it is
         bound;  nor result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any
         of its  properties  pursuant  to the  terms  of any  such  indenture,
         agreement  or other  instrument  (other  than  pursuant  to the Basic
         Documents  for a Series);  nor violate any law or, to the best of the
         Company's knowledge,  any order, rule or regulation applicable to the
         Company  of any court or of any  federal  or state  regulatory  body,
         administrative  agency or other governmental  instrumentality  having
         jurisdiction over the Company or its properties.

                   (v) There are no proceedings or investigations  pending or,
         to  the  Company's  best  knowledge,  threatened  before  any  court,
         regulatory  body,   administrative   agency  or  other   governmental
         instrumentality   having   jurisdiction   over  the  Company  or  its
         properties:  (A) asserting  the  invalidity  of this  Agreement,  (B)
         seeking  to  prevent  the  consummation  of any  of the  transactions
         contemplated  by this Agreement or (C) seeking any  determination  or
         ruling that might  materially and adversely affect the performance by
         the  Company  of  its   obligations   under,   or  the   validity  or
         enforceability of, this Agreement.



<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE III

                 Trust Certificates and Transfer of Interests
                 --------------------------------------------

         SECTION 3.01. Initial Ownership;  Beneficial  Interests in the Trust.
                       ------------------------------------------------------
(a) Upon the  formation  of the  Trust by the  contribution  by the  Depositor
pursuant to Section 2.05 and until the issuance of the Trust  Certificates for
a Series, the Depositor shall be the sole beneficiary of the Trust.

         (b) Each  holder of a Trust  Certificate  of a Series  shall  hold an
exclusive,  divided  beneficial  interest in the Series  Owner Trust Estate of
such Series.

         SECTION 3.02. The Trust  Certificates.  The Trust  Certificates  of a
                       -----------------------
Series shall be issued in minimum  denominations  of a one percent  Percentage
Interest in the related Subdivision.  A Trust Certificate shall be executed on
behalf of the Trust by manual or facsimile  signature of an authorized officer
of the Owner  Trustee.  Trust  Certificates  bearing  the manual or  facsimile
signatures of  individuals  who were, at the time when such  signatures  shall
have been affixed, authorized to sign on behalf of the Trust, shall be validly
issued  and  entitled  to the  benefit  of  this  Agreement  and  the  related
Supplement,  notwithstanding  that such  individuals or any of them shall have
ceased to be so authorized  prior to the  authentication  and delivery of such
Trust  Certificates or did not hold such offices at the date of authentication
and delivery of such Trust Certificates.

         A transferee of a Trust Certificate shall become a  Certificateholder
and shall be  entitled  to the rights  and  subject  to the  obligations  of a
Certificateholder  hereunder and the related Supplement upon such transferee's
acceptance of a Trust  Certificate duly registered in such  transferee's  name
pursuant to Section 3.04.

         SECTION 3.03.  Authentication of Trust  Certificates.  On the Closing
                        -------------------------------------
Date, the Owner Trustee shall cause the Trust  Certificates  of a Series in an
aggregate  Percentage  Interest  equal to 100% to be executed on behalf of the
Trust,  authenticated  and  delivered  to or upon  the  written  order  of the
Depositor,  signed by its  chairman  of the  board,  its  president,  any vice
president,  secretary or any assistant  treasurer,  without further  corporate
action by the Depositor,  in authorized  denominations.  No Trust  Certificate
shall  entitle its Holder to any benefit  under this  Agreement or the related
Supplement or be valid for any purpose unless there shall appear on such Trust
Certificate  a certificate  of  authentication  substantially  in the form set
forth in Exhibit A, executed by the Owner Trustee or ________________________,
as the  Owner  Trustee's  authenticating  agent,  by  manual  signature;  such
authentication   shall   constitute   conclusive   evidence  that  such  Trust
Certificate shall have been duly  authenticated and delivered  hereunder.  All
Trust Certificates shall be dated the date of their authentication.

         SECTION  3.04.   Registration  of  Transfer  and  Exchange  of  Trust
                          ----------------------------------------------------
Certificates; Limitations on Transfer. The Certificate Registrar shall keep or
- -------------------------------------
cause to be kept, at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 3.08,
a Certificate  Register for each Series in which,  subject to such  reasonable
regulations  as it may  prescribe,  the Owner  Trustee  shall  provide for the
registration  of  Trust  Certificates  of such  Series  and of  transfers  and
exchanges    of    such    Trust     Certificates    as    herein    provided.
________________________ shall be the initial Certificate Registrar.



<PAGE>



         Unless  otherwise  provided  in the  related  Supplement,  the  Trust
Certificates  of a Series will not be registered  under the Securities Act and
will not be listed on any exchange.  No transfer of a Trust  Certificate shall
be made unless such  transfer is made  pursuant to an  effective  registration
statement under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws or
is exempt from the registration requirements under the Securities Act and such
state  securities laws. In the event that a transfer is to be made in reliance
upon an exemption from the Securities Act and state  securities laws, in order
to  assure  compliance  with the  Securities  Act and such  laws,  the  Holder
desiring to effect such  transfer  and such  Holder's  prospective  transferee
shall each certify to the Owner Trustee in writing the facts  surrounding  the
transfer in  substantially  the forms set forth in Exhibit C (the  "Transferor
Certificate") and either Exhibit D (the "Investment Letter") or Exhibit E (the
"Rule 144A Letter"). Except in the case of a transfer as to which the proposed
transferee  has provided a Rule 144A Letter,  there shall also be delivered to
the Owner  Trustee  an  Opinion  of  Counsel  that such  transfer  may be made
pursuant to an exemption from the Securities  Act and state  securities  laws,
which  Opinion  of  Counsel  shall not be an expense of the Trust or the Owner
Trustee;  PROVIDED  that such Opinion of Counsel in respect of the  applicable
state  securities  laws may be a  memorandum  of law rather than an opinion if
such counsel is not licensed in the  applicable  jurisdiction.  The  Depositor
shall  provide  to any  Holder  of a Trust  Certificate  and  any  prospective
transferee  designated  by any such Holder,  information  regarding  the Trust
Certificates  and the  Receivables  and  such  other  information  as shall be
necessary to satisfy the condition to eligibility set forth in Rule 144A(d)(4)
for transfer of any such Trust Certificate without  registration thereof under
the Securities  Act pursuant to the  registration  exemption  provided by Rule
144A.  Each Holder of a Trust  Certificate  desiring to effect such a transfer
shall, and does hereby agree to,  indemnify the Trust, the Owner Trustee,  and
the Depositor  against any liability that may result if the transfer is not so
exempt or is not made in accordance  with federal and state  securities  laws.
The Owner  Trustee shall cause each Trust  Certificate  to contain a legend in
the form set forth on the form of Trust  Certificate  attached hereto as Annex
A.

         Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Trust  Certificate
at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 3.08 and subject to the
satisfaction  of the preceding  paragraph,  the Owner  Trustee shall  execute,
authenticate  and deliver (or shall  cause  __________________________  as its
authenticating  agent  to  authenticate  and  deliver),  in  the  name  of the
designated  transferee or transferees,  one or more new Trust  Certificates of
the same Series in authorized  denominations  of a like  aggregate  Percentage
Interest  dated  the  date  of  authentication  by the  Owner  Trustee  or any
authenticating agent; PROVIDED that, unless otherwise specified in the related
Supplement,  prior to such execution,  authentication and delivery,  the Owner
Trustee  shall have  received  an  Opinion  of Counsel to the effect  that the
proposed  transfer  will  not  cause  the  Trust  to  be  characterized  as an
association  (or a publicly  traded  partnership)  taxable as a corporation or
alter the tax  characterization of the Notes of such Series for federal income
tax  purposes or Michigan  income and single  business  tax  purposes.  At the
option  of a Holder,  Trust  Certificates  may be  exchanged  for other  Trust
Certificates  of such Series of authorized  denominations  of a like aggregate
Percentage  Interest upon surrender of the Trust  Certificates to be exchanged
at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 3.08.

         Every Trust Certificate  presented or surrendered for registration of
transfer or exchange shall be accompanied by a written  instrument of transfer
in form  satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the Certificate  Registrar duly
executed by the Holder or such Holder's  attorney duly  authorized in writing.
Each Trust  Certificate  surrendered for  registration of transfer or exchange
shall be  cancelled  and  subsequently  disposed  of by the Owner  Trustee  in
accordance with its customary practice.



<PAGE>



         No service charge shall be made for any  registration  of transfer or
exchange  of Trust  Certificates,  but the Owner  Trustee  or the  Certificate
Registrar  may  require  payment  of a sum  sufficient  to  cover  any  tax or
governmental  charge that may be imposed in  connection  with any  transfer or
exchange of Trust Certificates.

         The preceding provisions of this Section  notwithstanding,  the Owner
Trustee  shall not make,  and the  Certificate  Registrar  shall not  register
transfers or exchanges of, Trust  Certificates  of a Series for a period of 15
days  preceding  the due  date  for any  payment  with  respect  to the  Trust
Certificates of such Series.

         SECTION   3.05.   Mutilated,   Destroyed,   Lost  or   Stolen   Trust
                           ---------------------------------------------------
Certificates.  If (a) any mutilated Trust  Certificate shall be surrendered to
- ------------
the  Certificate  Registrar,  or if the  Certificate  Registrar  shall receive
evidence to its  satisfaction of the  destruction,  loss or theft of any Trust
Certificate and (b) there shall be delivered to the Certificate  Registrar and
the Owner  Trustee  such  security or  indemnity as may be required by them to
save each of them  harmless,  then in the  absence  of notice  that such Trust
Certificate has been acquired by a bona fide  purchaser,  the Owner Trustee on
behalf   of   the   Trust   shall   execute   and   the   Owner   Trustee   or
[______________________],  as the Owner Trustee's  authenticating agent, shall
authenticate  and deliver,  in exchange for or in lieu of any such  mutilated,
destroyed,  lost or stolen Trust  Certificate,  a new Trust Certificate of the
same Series of like tenor and denomination. In connection with the issuance of
any new  Trust  Certificate  under  this  Section,  the Owner  Trustee  or the
Certificate Registrar may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any
tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection  therewith.
Any duplicate  Trust  Certificate of a Series issued  pursuant to this Section
shall constitute  conclusive evidence of ownership in the related Subdivision,
as if originally  issued,  whether or not the lost,  stolen or destroyed Trust
Certificate shall be found at any time.

         SECTION 3.06.  Persons Deemed Owners.  Prior to due presentation of a
                        ---------------------
Trust  Certificate  for  registration  of  transfer,  the Owner  Trustee,  the
Certificate  Registrar  or any Paying Agent may treat the Person in whose name
any Trust  Certificate is registered in the Certificate  Register as the owner
of such Trust Certificate for the purpose of receiving  distributions pursuant
to Section 5.02 and for all other purposes  whatsoever,  and none of the Owner
Trustee,  the Certificate  Registrar or any Paying Agent shall be bound by any
notice to the contrary.

         SECTION  3.07.  Access  to  List  of  Certificateholders'  Names  and
                         -----------------------------------------------------
Addresses.  The Owner  Trustee  shall  furnish or cause to be furnished to the
- ---------
Servicer and the Depositor,  within 15 days after receipt by the Owner Trustee
of a written request  therefor from the Servicer or the Depositor,  a list, in
such form as the Servicer or the  Depositor  may  reasonably  require,  of the
names and  addresses of the  Certificateholders  as of the most recent  Record
Date.  If a  Certificateholder  of a Series  applies  in  writing to the Owner
Trustee, and such application states that the applicant desires to communicate
with other  Certificateholders  of such  Series with  respect to their  rights
under  this   Agreement  and  the  related   Supplement  or  under  the  Trust
Certificates  of such  Series,  then the  Owner  Trustee  shall,  within  five
Business  Days after the receipt of such  application,  afford such  applicant
access during normal business hours to the current list of  Certificateholders
of such Series.  Each Holder,  by receiving  and holding a Trust  Certificate,
shall be deemed to have agreed not to hold any of the Depositor,  the Company,
the  Certificate  Registrar or the Owner Trustee  accountable by reason of the
disclosure  of its name and address,  regardless of the source from which such
information was derived.



<PAGE>



         SECTION  3.08.  Maintenance  of Office or Agency.  The Owner  Trustee
                         --------------------------------
shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, an office or
offices or agency or agencies where Trust  Certificates may be surrendered for
registration  of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon
the Owner Trustee in respect of the Trust Certificates and the Basic Documents
may  be   served.   The   Owner   Trustee   initially   designates   _________
_________________________________________________________  as its  office  for
such  purposes.  The Owner  Trustee  shall give prompt  written  notice to the
Company  and to the  Certificateholders  of any change in the  location of the
Certificate Register or any such office or agency.

         SECTION 3.09.  Appointment  of Paying  Agent.  The Paying Agent shall
                        -----------------------------
make  distributions  to  Certificateholders  of a Series from the  Certificate
Distribution  Account of such Series  pursuant to the related  Supplement  and
shall  report the  amounts of such  distributions  to the Owner  Trustee.  Any
Paying  Agent  shall  have  the  revocable  power  to  withdraw  funds  from a
Certificate  Distribution  Account for the purpose of making the distributions
referred  to above.  The Owner  Trustee  may revoke  such power and remove the
Paying Agent if the Owner Trustee  determines in its sole  discretion that the
Paying Agent shall have failed to perform its obligations under this Agreement
in   any   material   respect.   The   Paying   Agent   initially   shall   be
________________________,   and  any  co-paying   agent  chosen  by  _________
______________  and acceptable to the Owner Trustee.  ________________________
shall be permitted to resign as Paying Agent upon 30 day's  written  notice to
the Owner Trustee. In the event that ________________________  shall no longer
be the Paying  Agent,  the Owner  Trustee  shall appoint a successor to act as
Paying Agent (which  successor  shall be a bank or trust  company).  The Owner
Trustee shall cause such successor Paying Agent or any additional Paying Agent
appointed by the Owner  Trustee to execute and deliver to the Owner Trustee an
instrument in which such  successor  Paying Agent or  additional  Paying Agent
shall agree with the Owner  Trustee  that,  as Paying  Agent,  such  successor
Paying Agent or additional Paying Agent will hold all sums, if any, held by it
for  payment  to the  Certificateholders  in  trust  for  the  benefit  of the
Certificateholders  entitled  thereto  until  such sums  shall be paid to such
Certificateholders.  The Paying Agent shall return all unclaimed  funds to the
Owner  Trustee and upon removal of a Paying Agent such Paying Agent shall also
return all funds in its  possession to the Owner  Trustee.  The  provisions of
Section 7.01, 7.03, 7.04 and 8.01 shall apply to the Owner Trustee also in its
role as Paying  Agent,  for so long as the Owner  Trustee  shall act as Paying
Agent and,  to the extent  applicable,  to any other  paying  agent  appointed
hereunder.  Any reference in this  Agreement to the Paying Agent shall include
any co-paying agent unless the context requires otherwise.

         SECTION  3.10.  Fixed  Value  Securities.  Pursuant  to the  Sale and
                         ------------------------
Servicing  Agreement  and  the  Purchase  Agreement  for  a  Series,  promptly
following the sale of the Standard Receivables and Fixed Value Receivables for
such  Series  to the Trust on the  Closing  Date,  the Trust  will sell to the
Depositor  the related Fixed Value  Payments in accordance  with such Sale and
Servicing Agreement. Neither the Depositor nor the Company (as assignee of the
Depositor)  shall  transfer such Fixed Value Payments to any Person other than
the Trust and except as contemplated by such Purchase  Agreement.  At any time
after the Trust sells the Fixed Value  Payments of a Series to the  Depositor,
at the option of the Company (as assignee of the  Depositor)  and upon 10 days
prior written  notice to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee for such
Series,  the Company  will be  permitted  to sell to the Trust,  and the Trust
shall be obligated to purchase from the Company  (subject to the  availability
of  funds),  all or any  portion of such Fixed  Value  Payments  due under the
Receivables for such Series,  subject to the terms and conditions of such Sale
and Servicing  Agreement.  Upon any such sale, (i) the Depositor,  the Company
and the Owner  Trustee will enter into an amendment to this  Agreement and the
related  Supplement  to provide  for,  at the  election  of the  Company,  the
issuance  of  certificates  representing  ownership  interests  in the related
Subdivision  to the  extent  of such  Fixed  Value  Payments  due  under  such
Receivables or the issuance of indebtedness by the Trust secured by such Fixed
Value  Payments due under such  Receivables  and to make any other  provisions
herein that are  necessary or desirable in  connection  therewith and (ii) the
Owner  Trustee  and the  Depositor  will  enter into any other  agreements  or
instruments  related  thereto as may be requested  by the  Company;  provided,
however, that the Owner Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into
any such  amendment,  agreement or instrument that affects the Owner Trustee's
own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement; and provided,  further,
that the  obligation of the Owner Trustee to enter into any such  amendment or
other  agreement  or  instrument  is  subject  to  the  following   conditions
precedent:



<PAGE>



         (a) Such  amendment and other  agreements and  instruments,  in forms
satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and, in the case of amendments or agreements
to be executed and  delivered by the Indenture  Trustee for such Series,  such
Indenture  Trustee,  shall have been  executed by each other party thereto and
delivered to the Owner Trustee;

         (b) The Company  shall have  delivered to the Owner  Trustee and such
Indenture  Trustee an Officer's  Certificate  and an Opinion of Counsel to the
effect that each condition  precedent  (including the requirement with respect
to all required  filings)  provided by this Section has been complied with and
such amendment or other  agreement or instrument is authorized or permitted by
this Agreement;

         (c) The  Rating  Agency  Condition  shall  have been  satisfied  with
respect to such sale and issuance;

         (d) Such sale and issuance and such  amendment or other  agreement or
instrument  shall not adversely affect in any material respect the interest of
any Noteholder or Certificateholder of such Series, and the Company shall have
provided  to the  Owner  Trustee  and  such  Indenture  Trustee  an  Officer's
Certificate to such effect;

         (e) The Owner Trustee and such Indenture  Trustee shall have received
an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale and issuance  will not have
any material adverse tax consequence to the Trust, the related  Subdivision or
to any Noteholder or Certificateholder of such Series; and

         (f) All filings  and other  actions  required  to continue  the first
perfected  interest of the Trust in the Series  Owner Trust Estate and of such
Indenture  Trustee in the related  Trust  Estate  shall have been duly made or
taken by the Company.



<PAGE>



         SECTION  3.11.   Definitive  Trust  Certificates.   Unless  otherwise
                          -------------------------------
provided in the related  Supplement,  the Trust Certificates of a Series, upon
original issuance, will be issued in definitive, fully registered form.

                                  ARTICLE IV

                           Actions by Owner Trustee
                           ------------------------

         SECTION 4.01. Prior Notice to Owners with Respect to Certain Matters.
                       ------------------------------------------------------
With respect to the following matters with respect to a Series and the related
Subdivision,  the Owner  Trustee shall not take action unless at least 30 days
before the taking of such action,  the Owner  Trustee  shall have notified the
Certificateholders  of such Series in writing of the  proposed  action and the
Owners shall not have  notified the Owner Trustee in writing prior to the 30th
day after  such  notice is given that such  Owners  have  withheld  consent or
provided alternative direction:

         (a) the  initiation  of any claim or  lawsuit  by the  Trust  (except
claims  or  lawsuits   brought  in  connection  with  the  collection  of  the
Receivables) and the compromise of any action,  claim or lawsuit brought by or
against  the  Trust  (except  with  respect  to the  aforementioned  claims or
lawsuits for collection of the Receivables);

         (b) the election by the Trust to file an amendment to the Certificate
of Trust  (unless  such  amendment  is required to be filed under the Business
Trust Statute);

         (c) the amendment of the Indenture for such Series by a  supplemental
indenture  in  circumstances  where the consent of any related  Noteholder  is
required;

         (d) the amendment of the Indenture for such Series by a  supplemental
indenture in circumstances  where the consent of any related Noteholder is not
required and such amendment  materially adversely affects the interests of the
Owners of such Series;

         (e) the  amendment,  change  or  modification  of the  Administration
Agreement  for  such  Series,  except  to cure  any  ambiguity  or to amend or
supplement  any  provision  in a manner or add any  provision  that  would not
materially adversely affect the interests of the Owners of such Series; or

         (f) the  appointment  pursuant to the  Indenture of a successor  Note
Registrar,  Paying Agent or  Indenture  Trustee for such Series or pursuant to
this Agreement of a successor  Certificate  Registrar for such Series,  or the
consent to the  assignment by such Note  Registrar,  Paying Agent or Indenture
Trustee or Certificate  Registrar of its  obligations  under the Indenture for
such Series or this Agreement, as applicable.

         SECTION 4.02.  Action by Owners with Respect to Certain Matters.  The
                        ------------------------------------------------
Owner  Trustee  shall not have the power,  except  upon the  direction  of the
Owners,  to (a)  remove  the  Administrator  for a Series  under  the  related
Administration  Agreement  pursuant  to  the  terms  thereof,  (b)  appoint  a
successor Administrator pursuant to the terms of an Administration  Agreement,
(c) remove the Servicer under a Sale and Servicing  Agreement  pursuant to the
terms thereof or (d) except as expressly  provided in the Basic Documents of a
Series,  sell the related  Receivables  after the  termination  of the related
Indenture.  The  Owner  Trustee  shall  take the  actions  referred  to in the
preceding sentence only upon written  instructions signed by the Owners of the
related Series.



<PAGE>



         SECTION 4.03. Action by Owners with Respect to Bankruptcy.  The Owner
                       -------------------------------------------
Trustee  shall  not have the  power to  commence  a  voluntary  proceeding  in
bankruptcy  relating to the Trust without the unanimous  prior approval of all
Owners  and the  delivery  to the  Owner  Trustee  by  each  such  Owner  of a
certificate  certifying that such Owner reasonably  believes that the Trust is
insolvent.

         SECTION 4.04.  Restrictions  on Owners'  Power.  The Owners shall not
                        -------------------------------
direct the Owner  Trustee to take or to refrain from taking any action if such
action or inaction  would be contrary  to any  obligation  of the Trust or the
Owner Trustee under this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents of any Series
or would be contrary to Section 2.03, nor shall the Owner Trustee be obligated
to follow any such direction, if given.

         SECTION 4.05. Majority Control.  Except as expressly provided herein,
                       ----------------
any action  that may be taken by the Owners of a Series  under this  Agreement
and the related  Supplement may be taken by the Holders of Trust  Certificates
of such Series evidencing not less than a majority of the Percentage Interests
evidenced by such Trust  Certificates.  Except as expressly provided herein or
the related Supplement, any written notice of the Owners of a Series delivered
pursuant to this  Agreement and the related  Supplement  shall be effective if
signed by Holders of Trust  Certificates  of such Series  evidencing  not less
than  a  majority  of  the  Percentage   Interests   evidenced  by  the  Trust
Certificates of such Series at the time of the delivery of such notice.

                                   ARTICLE V

                  Application of Trust Funds; Certain Duties
                  ------------------------------------------

         SECTION 5.01.  Establishment of Trust Account. The Owner Trustee, for
                        ------------------------------
the benefit of the  Certificateholders  of each Series,  shall  establish  and
maintain  in the name of the Trust an  Eligible  Deposit  Account for a single
Series or two or more Series,  as specified  in the related  Supplements  (the
"Series  Certificate  Distribution  Account"),  bearing a designation  clearly
indicating that the funds deposited therein are held solely for the benefit of
the Certificateholders of the specified Series.

         The Owner Trustee shall possess all right,  title and interest in all
funds on deposit  from time to time in each  Series  Certificate  Distribution
Account and in all proceeds thereof.  Except as otherwise  expressly  provided
herein or the related Supplement, each Series Certificate Distribution Account
shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Owner  Trustee  solely for
the benefit of the  Certificateholders of the related Series. If, at any time,
a Series  Certificate  Distribution  Account ceases to be an Eligible  Deposit
Account,  the Owner Trustee (or the Depositor on behalf of the Owner  Trustee,
if such Certificate Distribution Account is not then held by the Owner Trustee
or an affiliate thereof) shall within 10 Business Days (or such longer period,
not to exceed 30 calendar  days,  as to which each Rating  Agency may consent)
establish a new Series Certificate Distribution Account as an Eligible Deposit
Account and shall transfer any cash and/or any  investments to such new Series
Certificate Distribution Account.



<PAGE>



         SECTION  5.02.  Application  of Trust  Funds.  (a) The holders of any
                         ----------------------------
Series of Trust Certificates  shall be entitled to receive  distributions with
respect to their undivided  ownership interest therein only in accordance with
the provisions of this Article V.

         (b) With respect to each Series on each Distribution  Date, the Owner
Trustee will distribute to  Certificateholders of such Series, on the basis of
the  Percentage  Interest  evidenced  by  their  Trust  Certificates,  amounts
deposited  in the Series  Certificate  Distribution  Account  for such  Series
pursuant to the applicable  provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement for
such Series with respect to such Distribution Date.

         (c) On each Distribution  Date for a Series,  the Owner Trustee shall
send to each  Certificateholder  of such Series the  statement  or  statements
provided  to the Owner  Trustee by the  Servicer  pursuant  to the  applicable
provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement for such Series with respect to
such Distribution Date.

         (d) In the event that any  withholding  tax is imposed on the Trust's
payment  (or  allocations  of income) to an Owner,  such tax shall  reduce the
amount otherwise  distributable to such Owner in accordance with this Section.
The Owner  Trustee is hereby  authorized  and  directed to retain from amounts
otherwise  distributable  to the Owners of a Series  sufficient funds from the
related  Series  Certificate  Distribution  Account for the payment of any tax
that is  legally  owed by the  Trust  in  respect  of such  Owners  (but  such
authorization shall not prevent the Owner Trustee from contesting any such tax
in appropriate  proceedings and withholding  payment of such tax, if permitted
by  law,  pending  the  outcome  of  such  proceedings).  The  amount  of  any
withholding  tax  imposed  with  respect to an Owner  shall be treated as cash
distributed to such Owner at the time it is withheld by the Trust and remitted
to  the  appropriate  taxing  authority.   If  there  is  a  possibility  that
withholding  tax  is  payable  with  respect  to  a  distribution  (such  as a
distribution  to a  non-U.S.  Owner),  the  Owner  Trustee  may  in  its  sole
discretion withhold such amounts in accordance with this paragraph (c).

         SECTION  5.03.  Method  of  Payment.   Subject  to  Section  9.01(c),
                         -------------------
distributions  required to be made to  Certificateholders  on any Distribution
Date shall be made to each Certificateholder of record on the preceding Record
Date by wire transfer,  in immediately available funds, to the account of such
Holder at a bank or other entity having appropriate  facilities  therefor,  if
such  Certificateholder  shall  have  provided  to the  Certificate  Registrar
appropriate  written  instructions  at least five  Business Days prior to such
Distribution  Date, or, if not, by check mailed to such  Certificateholder  at
the address of such Holder appearing in the Certificate Register.

         SECTION  5.04.  No  Segregation  of Moneys;  No Interest.  Subject to
                         ----------------------------------------
Sections 5.01 and 5.02,  moneys  received by the Owner Trustee  hereunder need
not be segregated  in any manner  except to the extent  required by law or the
related Sale and Servicing  Agreement and may be deposited  under such general
conditions  as may be  prescribed  by law, and the Owner  Trustee shall not be
liable for any interest thereon.

         SECTION  5.05.  Accounting  and Reports to Owners,  Internal  Revenue
                         -----------------------------------------------------
Service and Others.  The Owner Trustee shall deliver to each Owner of a Series
- ------------------
such information,  reports or statements with respect to such Series as may be
required  by  the  Code  and  applicable  Treasury  Regulations  and as may be
required to enable  each Owner to prepare  its  federal  and state  income tax
returns.  Unless  otherwise  provided  in respect  of a Series in the  related
Supplement,  consistent with the Trust's characterization for tax purposes, as
a security  arrangement  for the  issuance of  non-recourse  debt,  no federal
income tax return shall be filed on behalf of the Trust unless  either (i) the
Owner Trustee  shall receive an Opinion of Counsel that,  based on a change in
applicable law occurring  after the date hereof,  or as a result of a transfer
by the Company  permitted by Section 3.04,  the Code requires such a filing or
(ii) the  Internal  Revenue  Service  shall  determine  that the  Trust,  or a
Subdivision, is required to file such a return.  Notwithstanding the preceding
sentence,  the Owner Trustee shall file Internal Revenue Service Form 8832 and
elect for the Trust and each Subdivision to be treated as a domestic  eligible
entity with a single owner that is  disregarded  as a separate  entity,  which
election  shall  remain in effect so long as the Company or any other party is
the sole Owner.  In the event that the Trust is required to file tax  returns,
the Owner  Trustee shall prepare or shall cause to be prepared any tax returns
required to be filed by the Trust and shall remit such  returns to the Company
(or if the Company no longer owns any  Certificates,  the Owner designated for
such purpose by the Company to the Owner Trustee in writing) at least five (5)
days before such  returns are due to be filed.  The Company (or such  designee
Owner,  as  applicable)  shall  promptly  sign such  returns and deliver  such
returns  after  signature to the Owner Trustee and such returns shall be filed
by the Owner Trustee with the appropriate tax  authorities.  In no event shall
the Owner Trustee or the Company (or such designee  Owner,  as  applicable) be
liable for any liabilities,  costs or expenses of the Trust or the Noteholders
arising  out of the  application  of any tax law,  including  federal,  state,
foreign  or local  income or  excise  taxes or any  other  tax  imposed  on or
measured by income (or any interest,  penalty or addition with respect thereto
or arising from a failure to comply  therewith) except for any such liability,
cost or expense  attributable  to any act or omission by the Owner  Trustee or
the Company (or such designee Owner,  as  applicable),  as the case may be, in
breach of its obligations under this Agreement.



<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE VI

                     Authority and Duties of Owner Trustee
                     -------------------------------------

         SECTION 6.01. General Authority.  The Owner Trustee is authorized and
                       -----------------
directed to execute and deliver the Basic  Documents  for each Series to which
the Trust is to be a party and each certificate or other document  attached as
an exhibit to or  contemplated by the Basic Documents of a Series to which the
Trust is to be a party and any  amendment  or other  agreement  or  instrument
described in Section  3.10,  in each case, in such form as the Company for the
related Series shall approve, as evidenced conclusively by the Owner Trustee's
execution  thereof.  In  addition  to the  foregoing,  the  Owner  Trustee  is
authorized,  but shall not be obligated,  to take all actions  required of the
Trust  pursuant to the Basic  Documents of each Series.  The Owner  Trustee is
further  authorized from time to time to take such action as the Administrator
recommends with respect to the Basic Documents for each Series.

         SECTION  6.02.  General  Duties.  It shall  be the duty of the  Owner
                         ---------------
Trustee to discharge (or cause to be discharged)  all of its  responsibilities
pursuant  to the  terms  of this  Agreement,  each  Supplement  and the  Basic
Documents for each Series to which the Trust is a party and to administer  the
Trust in the interest of the Owners,  subject to the Basic  Documents for each
Series  and in  accordance  with the  provisions  of this  Agreement  and each
Supplement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Owner Trustee shall be deemed
to have  discharged  its duties  and  responsibilities  hereunder  and under a
Supplement  and  the  Basic  Documents  for  each  Series  to the  extent  the
Administrator  has  agreed in the  Administration  Agreement  for the  related
Series  to  perform  any act or to  discharge  any duty of the  Owner  Trustee
hereunder  or under  such  Supplement  and any Basic  Document,  and the Owner
Trustee  shall  not  be  held  liable  for  the  default  or  failure  of  the
Administrator to carry out its obligations under the Administration  Agreement
for the related Series.



<PAGE>



         SECTION 6.03. Action upon Instruction.  (a) Subject to Article IV and
                       -----------------------
in  accordance  with the  terms of the  Basic  Documents  of a Series  and the
related  Supplement,  the Owners of such  Series  may by  written  instruction
direct the Owner Trustee in the  management of the related  Subdivision.  Such
direction  may be exercised at any time by written  instruction  of the Owners
pursuant to Article IV.

         (b) The  Owner  Trustee  shall  not be  required  to take any  action
hereunder  or under any  Supplement  or related  Basic  Document  if the Owner
Trustee  shall  have  reasonably  determined,  or shall  have been  advised by
counsel,  that such action is likely to result in liability on the part of the
Owner  Trustee or is contrary  to the terms  hereof or of such  Supplement  or
Basic Document or is otherwise contrary to law.

         (c)  Whenever  the  Owner   Trustee  is  unable  to  decide   between
alternative  courses  of action  permitted  or  required  by the terms of this
Agreement or under any Supplement or related Basic Document, the Owner Trustee
shall  promptly  give notice (in such form as shall be  appropriate  under the
circumstances) to the Owners of the related Series  requesting  instruction as
to the course of action to be  adopted,  and to the  extent the Owner  Trustee
acts in good faith in accordance  with any written  instruction of such Owners
received,  the Owner  Trustee shall not be liable on account of such action to
any  Person.  If  the  Owner  Trustee  shall  not  have  received  appropriate
instruction  within 10 days of such notice (or within such  shorter  period of
time as reasonably  may be specified in such notice or may be necessary  under
the circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from
taking  such  action  not  inconsistent  with  this  Agreement,   the  related
Supplement, or the related Basic Documents, as it shall deem to be in the best
interests  of the Owners of such  Series,  and shall have no  liability to any
Person for such action or inaction.

         (d)  In  the  event  that  the  Owner  Trustee  is  unsure  as to the
application  of any provision of this  Agreement or any  Supplement or related
Basic  Document or any such provision is ambiguous as to its  application,  or
is, or appears to be, in conflict with any other applicable  provision,  or in
the event that this Agreement or a Supplement permits any determination by the
Owner  Trustee or is silent or is  incomplete  as to the course of action that
the Owner  Trustee is required  to take with  respect to a  particular  set of
facts, the Owner Trustee may give notice (in such form as shall be appropriate
under the  circumstances)  to the  Owners  of the  related  Series  requesting
instruction  and, to the extent that the Owner  Trustee acts or refrains  from
acting in good faith in accordance  with any such  instruction  received,  the
Owner Trustee shall not be liable,  on account of such action or inaction,  to
any  Person.  If  the  Owner  Trustee  shall  not  have  received  appropriate
instruction  within 10 days of such notice (or within such  shorter  period of
time as reasonably  may be specified in such notice or may be necessary  under
the circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from
taking  such  action  not  inconsistent  with this  Agreement  or the  related
Supplement and Basic  Documents,  as it shall deem to be in the best interests
of the Owners of the related Series, and shall have no liability to any Person
for such action or inaction.



<PAGE>



         SECTION 6.04.  No Duties Except as Specified in this  Agreement or in
                        ------------------------------------------------------
Instructions.  The  Owner  Trustee  shall not have any duty or  obligation  to
- ------------
manage, make any payment with respect to, register,  record, sell, dispose of,
or  otherwise  deal with the Series  Owner Trust  Estate of any Series,  or to
otherwise take or refrain from taking any action under, or in connection with,
any  document  contemplated  hereby  or by any  Supplement  to which the Owner
Trustee  is a  party,  except  as  expressly  provided  by the  terms  of this
Agreement  or  such  Supplement  or in any  document  or  written  instruction
received by the Owner Trustee  pursuant to Section 6.03; and no implied duties
or obligations shall be read into this Agreement,  any Supplement or any Basic
Document  against  the  Owner  Trustee.   The  Owner  Trustee  shall  have  no
responsibility  for filing any  financing  or  continuation  statement  in any
public office at any time or to otherwise  perfect or maintain the  perfection
of any security interest or lien granted to it hereunder or to prepare or file
any Securities and Exchange Commission filing for the Trust or any Subdivision
or to record this Agreement,  any Supplement or any Basic Document.  The Owner
Trustee  nevertheless  agrees  that it  will,  at its own  cost  and  expense,
promptly  take all action as may be necessary  to  discharge  any liens on any
part of any Series  Owner Trust  Estate that result from actions by, or claims
against,  the Owner  Trustee  that are not  related  to the  ownership  or the
administration of such Series Owner Trust Estate.

         SECTION  6.05.  No  Action  Except  Under   Specified   Documents  or
                         -----------------------------------------------------
Instructions.  The Owner Trustee shall not manage, control, use, sell, dispose
- ------------
of or otherwise  deal with any part of Series Owner Trust Estate except (i) in
accordance  with the powers  granted to and the authority  conferred  upon the
Owner Trustee  pursuant to this Agreement or the related  Supplement,  (ii) in
accordance  with the related Basic  Documents and (iii) in accordance with any
document or  instruction  delivered to the Owner  Trustee  pursuant to Section
6.03.

         SECTION  6.06.  Restrictions.  The Owner  Trustee  shall not take any
                         ------------
action (a) that is  inconsistent  with the  purposes of the Trust set forth in
Section 2.03 or (b) that, to the actual knowledge of the Owner Trustee,  would
result in the Trust or any Subdivision  becoming  taxable as a corporation for
federal income tax purposes.  The Owners shall not direct the Owner Trustee to
take action that would violate the provisions of this Section.

                                  ARTICLE VII

                           Concerning Owner Trustee
                           ------------------------

         SECTION  7.01.  Acceptance  of Trusts and Duties.  The Owner  Trustee
                         --------------------------------
accepts the trusts hereby  created and agrees to perform its duties  hereunder
with respect to such  trusts,  but only upon the terms of this  Agreement  and
each Supplement. The Owner Trustee also agrees to disburse all moneys actually
received by it  constituting  part of any Series  Owner Trust  Estate upon the
terms of this Agreement and the related  Supplement and Basic  Documents.  The
Owner Trustee shall not be  answerable or  accountable  hereunder or under the
related  Supplement and the related Basic  Document  under any  circumstances,
except (i) for its own willful misconduct or negligence or (ii) in the case of
the  inaccuracy of any  representation  or warranty  contained in Section 7.03
expressly  made  by  the  Owner  Trustee.  In  particular,  but  not by way of
limitation  (and  subject  to  the  exceptions  set  forth  in  the  preceding
sentence):



<PAGE>



         (a) The Owner  Trustee  shall not be liable for any error of judgment
made in good faith by the Owner Trustee;

         (b) The Owner  Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action
taken or omitted to be taken by it in accordance with the  instructions of the
Administrator or any Owner;

         (c) No  provision  of this  Agreement,  any  Supplement  or any Basic
Document  shall require the Owner Trustee to expend or risk funds or otherwise
incur any  financial  liability  in the  performance  of any of its  rights or
powers  hereunder or under any  Supplement or any Basic  Document if the Owner
Trustee shall have  reasonable  grounds for believing  that  repayment of such
funds or adequate  indemnity  against such risk or liability is not reasonably
assured or provided to it;

         (d) Under no  circumstances  shall the Owner  Trustee  be liable  for
indebtedness  evidenced  by or  arising  under  any  of the  Basic  Documents,
including the principal of and interest on the Notes of any Series;

         (e) The Owner Trustee shall not be  responsible  for or in respect of
the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement or any Supplement or for the due
execution  hereof by the Depositor or the Company or for the form,  character,
genuineness,  sufficiency, value or validity of any Series Owner Trust Estate,
or for or in respect of the validity or  sufficiency  of any Basic  Documents,
other than the certificate of authentication on the Trust  Certificates of any
Series, and the Owner Trustee shall in no event assume or incur any liability,
duty or obligation to any Noteholder or to any Owner,  other than as expressly
provided for herein or expressly agreed to in the related Basic Documents;

         (f)  The  Owner  Trustee  shall  not be  liable  for the  default  or
misconduct of the Administrator, CFC, as Seller or Depositor, the Company, the
Indenture Trustee or the Servicer of any Series under any of the related Basic
Documents or  otherwise,  and the Owner  Trustee  shall have no  obligation or
liability to perform the  obligations of the Trust under this  Agreement,  any
Supplement  or any Basic  Documents  that are  required to be performed by the
Administrator  under  the  related  Administration  Agreement,  the  Indenture
Trustee under the related Indenture or the Servicer or CFC, as Depositor or as
Seller, under the related Sale and Servicing Agreement; and

         (g) The Owner Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of
the rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement or any  Supplement,  or to
institute,  conduct  or defend any  litigation  under  this  Agreement  or any
Supplement or otherwise or in relation to this  Agreement,  any  Supplement or
any Basic Document,  at the request,  order or direction of any of the Owners,
unless such Owners have  offered to the Owner  Trustee  security or  indemnity
satisfactory  to it against the costs,  expenses and  liabilities  that may be
incurred  by the Owner  Trustee  therein  or  thereby.  The right of the Owner
Trustee to perform any  discretionary  act enumerated in this  Agreement,  any
Supplement  or any Basic  Document  shall not be construed as a duty,  and the
Owner Trustee shall not be answerable for other than its negligence or willful
misconduct in the performance of any such act.



<PAGE>



         SECTION  7.02.  Furnishing  of  Documents.  The Owner  Trustee  shall
                         -------------------------
furnish to the Owners of a Series,  promptly upon receipt of a written request
therefor,  duplicates or copies of all reports,  notices,  requests,  demands,
certificates,  financial statements and any other instruments furnished to the
Owner Trustee under the Basic Documents for such Series.

         SECTION  7.03.  Representations  and  Warranties.  The Owner  Trustee
                         --------------------------------
hereby  represents  and  warrants,  as of the date on which this  Agreement is
executed and  delivered  and as of each date on which a Supplement is executed
and  delivered,  to the  Depositor  and the Company and for the benefit of the
Owners that:

         (a) It is a banking  corporation  duly organized and validly existing
in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. It has all requisite
corporate power and authority to execute,  deliver and perform its obligations
under this Agreement and such Supplement.

         (b) It has taken all  corporate  action  necessary to  authorize  the
execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and such  Supplement,  and this
Agreement and such  Supplement  have been executed and delivered by one of its
officers who is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement and such
Supplement on its behalf.

         (c) Neither the execution or the delivery by it of this Agreement and
such Supplement,  nor the consummation by it of the transactions  contemplated
hereby or thereby,  nor  compliance  by it with any of the terms or provisions
hereof or thereof will  contravene  any federal or Delaware law,  governmental
rule or regulation  governing the banking or trust powers of the Owner Trustee
or any judgment or order  binding on it, or  constitute  any default under its
charter documents or bylaws or any indenture, mortgage, contract, agreement or
instrument  to which it is a party or by which  any of its  properties  may be
bound.

         SECTION  7.04.  Reliance;  Advice of Counsel.  (a) The Owner  Trustee
                         ----------------------------
shall incur no liability to anyone in acting upon any  signature,  instrument,
notice,  resolution,  request, consent, order,  certificate,  report, opinion,
bond, or other  document or paper believed by it to be genuine and believed by
it to be signed by the proper party or parties. The Owner Trustee may accept a
certified  copy of a resolution  of the board of directors or other  governing
body of any corporate  party as conclusive  evidence that such  resolution has
been duly  adopted by such body and that the same is in full force and effect.
As to any  fact  or  matter  the  method  of  determination  of  which  is not
specifically  prescribed herein, the Owner Trustee may for all purposes hereof
rely on a certificate, signed by the president or any vice president or by the
treasurer or other authorized  officers of the relevant party, as to such fact
or matter,  and such certificate shall constitute full protection to the Owner
Trustee  for any  action  taken or  omitted to be taken by it in good faith in
reliance thereon.

         (b) In the exercise or  administration of the trusts hereunder and in
the  performance  of its duties and  obligations  under  this  Agreement,  any
Supplement or any Basic  Documents,  the Owner Trustee (i) may act directly or
through its agents or attorneys  pursuant to agreements  entered into with any
of them,  and the  Owner  Trustee  shall  not be  liable  for the  conduct  or
misconduct of such agents or attorneys if such agents or attorneys  shall have
been selected by the Owner Trustee with reasonable  care, and (ii) may consult
with  counsel,  accountants  and other  skilled  Persons to be  selected  with
reasonable  care and employed by it. The Owner Trustee shall not be liable for
anything done,  suffered or omitted in good faith by it in accordance with the
written  opinion  or advice of any such  counsel,  accountants  or other  such
Persons  and not  contrary  to this  Agreement,  any  Supplement  or any Basic
Document.



<PAGE>



         SECTION 7.05. Not Acting in Individual  Capacity.  Except as provided
                       ----------------------------------
in   this   Article   VII,   in   accepting   the   trusts   hereby    created
_____________________________ acts solely as Owner Trustee hereunder and under
each Supplement and not in its individual capacity, and all Persons having any
claim against the Owner Trustee by reason of the transactions  contemplated by
this Agreement or any Basic Document shall look only to the applicable  Series
Owner Trust Estate for payment or satisfaction thereof.

         SECTION  7.06.  Owner  Trustee Not Liable for Trust  Certificates  or
                         -----------------------------------------------------
Receivables.  The  recitals  contained  herein and in any  Supplement  and the
- -----------
related Trust Certificates  (other than the signature and  countersignature of
the Owner Trustee on the Trust  Certificates) shall be taken as the statements
of  the  Depositor  and  the  Company,   and  the  Owner  Trustee  assumes  no
responsibility  for the  correctness  thereof.  The  Owner  Trustee  makes  no
representations  as to the validity or sufficiency of this  Agreement,  of any
Supplement or any Basic  Document or of the Trust  Certificates  of any Series
(other than the  signature  and  countersignature  of the Owner Trustee on the
Trust  Certificates)  or the  Notes of any  series,  or of any  Receivable  or
related documents.  The Owner Trustee shall at no time have any responsibility
or liability for or with respect to the legality,  validity and enforceability
of any  Receivable,  or the perfection  and priority of any security  interest
created by any  Receivable in any Financed  Vehicle or the  maintenance of any
such perfection and priority, or for or with respect to the sufficiency of any
Series  Owner  Trust  Estate or its  ability to  generate  the  payments to be
distributed  to the related  Certificateholders  under this  Agreement  or the
related  Supplement  or the  Noteholders  under the  Indenture for the related
Series, including, without limitation: the existence,  condition and ownership
of any Financed  Vehicle;  the existence and  enforceability  of any insurance
thereon; the existence and contents of any Receivable on any computer or other
record thereof;  the validity of the assignment of any Receivable to the Trust
or of any intervening  assignment;  the  completeness  of any Receivable;  the
performance or enforcement of any Receivable; the compliance by the Depositor,
the Company or the Servicer with any warranty or representation made under any
Basic Document or in any related document or the accuracy of any such warranty
or representation,  or any action of the Administrator,  the Indenture Trustee
or the  Servicer  for any Series or any  subservicer  taken in the name of the
Owner Trustee.

         SECTION 7.07. Owner Trustee May Own Trust Certificates and Notes. The
                       --------------------------------------------------
Owner Trustee in its  individual or any other capacity may become the owner or
pledgee of Trust  Certificates  or Notes and may deal with the Depositor,  the
Company, the Administrator,  the Indenture Trustee and the Servicer in banking
transactions  with  the same  rights  as it  would  have if it were not  Owner
Trustee.

         SECTION 7.08.  Pennsylvania Motor Vehicle Sales Finance Act Licenses.
                        -----------------------------------------------------
The Owner Trustee, in its individual  capacity,  shall use its best efforts to
maintain,  and the Owner Trustee,  as Owner Trustee,  shall cause the Trust to
use its best efforts to maintain,  the  effectiveness of all licenses required
under the Pennsylvania Motor Vehicle Sales Finance Act in connection with this
Agreement,  each  Supplement  and the  Basic  Documents  and the  transactions
contemplated  hereby and thereby until such time as the Trust shall  terminate
in accordance with the terms hereof.



<PAGE>



                                 ARTICLE VIII

                         Compensation of Owner Trustee
                         -----------------------------

         SECTION 8.01.  Owner  Trustee's Fees and Expenses.  The Owner Trustee
                        ----------------------------------
shall receive as  compensation  for its services  hereunder  such fees as have
been  separately  agreed upon before the date hereof between the Depositor and
the Owner Trustee, and the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed by
the  Depositor  for its other  reasonable  expenses  hereunder  and under each
Supplement, including the reasonable compensation,  expenses and disbursements
of such agents, representatives,  experts and counsel as the Owner Trustee may
employ in connection  with the exercise and  performance of its rights and its
duties hereunder.

         SECTION  8.02.  Indemnification.  The  Depositor  shall be  liable as
                         ---------------
primary obligor for, and shall indemnify the Owner Trustee and its successors,
assigns,  agents and servants  (collectively,  the "Indemnified Parties") from
and against, any and all liabilities,  obligations,  losses,  damages,  taxes,
claims,  actions and suits,  and any and all  reasonable  costs,  expenses and
disbursements  (including  reasonable legal fees and expenses) of any kind and
nature whatsoever (collectively,  "Expenses") which may at any time be imposed
on,  incurred  by, or asserted  against the Owner  Trustee or any  Indemnified
Party in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any Supplement,
any Basic Documents,  any Series Owner Trust Estate, the administration of any
Series  Owner  Trust  Estate or the action or  inaction  of the Owner  Trustee
hereunder or under any Supplement, except only that the Depositor shall not be
liable for or  required to  indemnify  an  Indemnified  Party from and against
Expenses  arising or resulting from any of the matters  described in the third
sentence of Section  7.01.  The  indemnities  contained in this Section  shall
survive the resignation or termination of the Owner Trustee or the termination
of this  Agreement  or any  Supplement.  In any event of any claim,  action or
proceeding for which  indemnity will be sought  pursuant to this Section,  the
Owner  Trustee's  choice of legal  counsel shall be subject to the approval of
the Depositor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

         SECTION  8.03.  Payments to Owner  Trustee.  Any amounts  paid to the
                         --------------------------
Owner  Trustee  pursuant to this Article VIII shall be deemed not to be a part
of any Series Owner Trust Estate immediately after such payment.

                                  ARTICLE IX

                Dissolution and Termination of Trust Agreement
                ----------------------------------------------

         SECTION  9.01.  Dissolution  of the  Trust and  Termination  of Trust
                         -----------------------------------------------------
Agreement.  (a) This  Agreement  (other than Article VIII) and the Trust shall
- ---------
terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the final  distribution by
the Owner  Trustee of all moneys or other  property or proceeds of each Series
Owner Trust  Estate in  accordance  with the terms of the related  Supplement,
Indenture,  Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  and  Article  V.  The  bankruptcy,
liquidation,  dissolution,  death or  incapacity  of any  Owner  shall not (x)
operate to terminate this  Agreement,  the Trust or the related  Supplement or
Subdivision  or (y) entitle such  Owner's  legal  representatives  or heirs to
claim an  accounting  or to take any action or  proceeding  in any court for a
partition  or winding up of all or any part of the Trust or such Series  Owner
Trust Estate or  Subdivision or (z) otherwise  affect the rights,  obligations
and liabilities of the parties hereto.



<PAGE>



         (b) Except as provided in Section 9.01(a), none of the Depositor, the
Company or any Owner shall be entitled to revoke or terminate the Trust or any
Subdivision.

         (c)  Notice  of  any   dissolution  and  termination  of  the  Trust,
specifying the Distribution Date upon which  Certificateholders of each Series
then outstanding shall surrender their Trust  Certificates to the Paying Agent
for payment of the final distribution and cancellation,  shall be given by the
Owner Trustee by letter to such Certificateholders mailed within five Business
Days of receipt of notice of such termination from the Servicer given pursuant
to each related Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  stating (i) the  Distribution
Date upon or with  respect to which final  payment of such Trust  Certificates
shall be made upon  presentation  and surrender of such Trust  Certificates at
the office of the Paying Agent therein designated, (ii) the amount of any such
final  payment and (iii) that the Record  Date  otherwise  applicable  to such
Distribution   Date  is  not   applicable,   payments  being  made  only  upon
presentation  and  surrender of such Trust  Certificates  at the office of the
Paying Agent  therein  specified.  The Owner Trustee shall give such notice to
the  Certificate  Registrar  (if other than the Owner  Trustee) and the Paying
Agent at the time  such  notice  is  given  to such  Certificateholders.  Upon
presentation and surrender of such Trust Certificates,  the Paying Agent shall
cause to be distributed to  Certificateholders  amounts  distributable on such
Distribution Date pursuant to Section 5.02.

         In the event that all of the  Certificateholders  shall not surrender
their Trust  Certificates  for  cancellation  within six months after the date
specified in the above mentioned written notice,  the Owner Trustee shall give
a second written notice to the remaining Certificateholders to surrender their
Trust  Certificates for cancellation and receive the final  distribution  with
respect  thereto.  If within one year  after the  second  notice all the Trust
Certificates  shall  not have been  surrendered  for  cancellation,  the Owner
Trustee  may  take  appropriate  steps,  or  may  appoint  an  agent  to  take
appropriate  steps,  to contact the  remaining  Certificateholders  concerning
surrender of their Trust Certificates,  and the cost thereof shall be paid out
of the funds and other  assets that shall  remain  subject to this  Agreement.
Subject to  applicable  escheat laws,  any funds  remaining in the Trust after
exhaustion of such remedies  shall be  distributed by the Owner Trustee to the
Company for the related Series.

         (d) Upon the winding up of the Trust and its  termination,  the Owner
Trustee  shall  cause the  Certificate  of Trust to be  cancelled  by filing a
certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State in accordance with the
provisions of Section 3810 of the Business Trust Statute.



<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE X

            Successor Owner Trustees and Additional Owner Trustees
            ------------------------------------------------------

         SECTION 10.01.  Eligibility Requirements for Owner Trustee. The Owner
                         ------------------------------------------
Trustee  shall at all times be a  corporation  satisfying  the  provisions  of
Section  3807(a)  of  the  Business  Trust  Statute;  authorized  to  exercise
corporate  trust  powers;  having a combined  capital  and surplus of at least
$50,000,000  and subject to  supervision  or  examination  by federal or state
authorities;  and having (or having a parent that has) time  deposits that are
rated  at  least  A-1 by  Standard  &  Poor's  and  P-1 by  Moody's.  If  such
corporation  shall publish reports of condition at least annually  pursuant to
law  or  to  the  requirements  of  the  aforesaid  supervising  or  examining
authority,  then for the purpose of this  Section,  the  combined  capital and
surplus of such  corporation  shall be deemed to be its  combined  capital and
surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so  published.  In
case at any time the Owner  Trustee  shall cease to be eligible in  accordance
with  the  provisions  of  this  Section,   the  Owner  Trustee  shall  resign
immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 10.02.

         SECTION 10.02.  Resignation  or Removal of Owner  Trustee.  The Owner
                         -----------------------------------------
Trustee  may at any time  resign  and be  discharged  from the  trusts  hereby
created by giving written notice thereof to the Administrator.  Upon receiving
such  notice  of  resignation,  the  Administrator  shall  promptly  appoint a
successor Owner Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which
instrument  shall be delivered to the resigning  Owner Trustee and one copy to
the successor Owner Trustee.  If no successor Owner Trustee shall have been so
appointed  and have  accepted  appointment  within 30 days after the giving of
such notice of resignation, the resigning Owner Trustee may petition any court
of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Owner Trustee.

         If at any time the  Owner  Trustee  shall  cease  to be  eligible  in
accordance with the provisions of Section 10.01 and shall fail to resign after
written  request  therefor by the  Administrator,  or if at any time the Owner
Trustee  shall be legally  unable to act,  or shall be  adjudged  bankrupt  or
insolvent,  or a receiver  of the Owner  Trustee or of its  property  shall be
appointed,  or any public  officer  shall take  charge or control of the Owner
Trustee or of its  property  or  affairs  for the  purpose of  rehabilitation,
conservation  or  liquidation,  then the  Administrator  may  remove the Owner
Trustee.  If the  Administrator  shall  remove  the  Owner  Trustee  under the
authority of the  immediately  preceding  sentence,  the  Administrator  shall
promptly  appoint  a  successor  Owner  Trustee  by  written  instrument,   in
duplicate,  one copy of which  instrument  shall be  delivered to the outgoing
Owner  Trustee so removed and one copy to the  successor  Owner  Trustee,  and
shall pay all fees owed to the outgoing Owner Trustee.

         Any  resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee and appointment of a
successor  Owner  Trustee  pursuant to any of the  provisions  of this Section
shall not become  effective  until  acceptance of appointment by the successor
Owner  Trustee  pursuant to Section 10.03 and payment of all fees and expenses
owed to the outgoing Owner Trustee.  The Administrator shall provide notice of
such  resignation  or  removal  of the  Owner  Trustee  to each of the  Rating
Agencies.

         SECTION 10.03.  Successor Owner Trustee.  Any successor Owner Trustee
                         -----------------------
appointed pursuant to Section 10.02 shall execute,  acknowledge and deliver to
the Administrator and to its predecessor Owner Trustee an instrument accepting
such  appointment  under this  Agreement,  and  thereupon the  resignation  or
removal of the  predecessor  Owner  Trustee shall become  effective,  and such
successor  Owner Trustee,  without any further act, deed or conveyance,  shall
become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its
predecessor  under this Agreement,  with like effect as if originally named as
Owner Trustee.  The  predecessor  Owner Trustee shall upon payment of its fees
and  expenses  deliver  to the  successor  Owner  Trustee  all  documents  and
statements and monies held by it under this Agreement;  and the  Administrator
and the predecessor  Owner Trustee shall execute and deliver such  instruments
and do such other things as may reasonably be required for fully and certainly
vesting and confirming in the successor Owner Trustee all such rights, powers,
duties and obligations.



<PAGE>



         No successor  Owner Trustee shall accept  appointment  as provided in
this  Section  unless  at the time of such  acceptance  such  successor  Owner
Trustee shall be eligible pursuant to Section 10.01.

         Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Owner Trustee  pursuant
to  this  Section,   the  Administrator  shall  mail  notice  thereof  to  all
Certificateholders, each Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders of each Series and
the Rating  Agencies.  If the  Administrator  shall  fail to mail such  notice
within 10 days after  acceptance of such  appointment  by the successor  Owner
Trustee,  the successor  Owner Trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at
the expense of the Administrator.

         SECTION  10.04.  Merger  or  Consolidation  of  Owner  Trustee.   Any
                          ---------------------------------------------
corporation  into which the Owner  Trustee may be merged or  converted or with
which it may be  consolidated,  or any corporation  resulting from any merger,
conversion or  consolidation  to which the Owner Trustee shall be a party,  or
any corporation  succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust
business of the Owner  Trustee,  shall be the  successor of the Owner  Trustee
hereunder,  without the  execution or filing of any  instrument or any further
act on the part of any of the parties hereto,  anything herein to the contrary
notwithstanding; provided, that such corporation shall be eligible pursuant to
Section 10.01 and, provided, further, that the Owner Trustee shall mail notice
of such merger or consolidation to the Rating Agencies.

         SECTION  10.05.   Appointment  of  Co-Trustee  or  Separate  Trustee.
                           --------------------------------------------------
Notwithstanding  any other provisions of this Agreement,  at any time, for the
purpose of meeting any legal  requirements  of any  jurisdiction  in which any
part of any Series Owner Trust Estate or any Financed  Vehicle may at the time
be located,  the Administrator and the Owner Trustee acting jointly shall have
the power and shall execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more
Persons approved by the  Administrator and Owner Trustee to act as co-trustee,
jointly with the Owner Trustee,  or as separate trustee or separate  trustees,
of all or any  part of any  Series  Owner  Trust  Estate,  and to vest in such
Person,  in such  capacity,  such title to the Trust or any part  thereof and,
subject  to the  other  provisions  of  this  Section,  such  powers,  duties,
obligations,  rights and trusts as the Administrator and the Owner Trustee may
consider necessary or desirable. If the Administrator shall not have joined in
such appointment within 15 days after the receipt by it of a request so to do,
the Owner  Trustee  alone  shall have the power to make such  appointment.  No
co-trustee or separate  trustee under this Agreement shall be required to meet
the terms of  eligibility  as a successor  Owner  Trustee  pursuant to Section
10.01 and no notice of the  appointment of any co-trustee or separate  trustee
shall be required pursuant to Section 10.03.



<PAGE>



         Each separate  trustee and co-trustee  shall, to the extent permitted
by  law,  be  appointed  and  act  subject  to the  following  provisions  and
conditions:

         (a) All rights,  powers,  duties and obligations conferred or imposed
upon the Owner Trustee  shall be conferred  upon and exercised or performed by
the Owner  Trustee and such separate  trustee or co-trustee  jointly (it being
understood  that such separate  trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act
separately  without  the Owner  Trustee  joining in such  act),  except to the
extent that under any law of any  jurisdiction  in which any particular act or
acts  are  to  be  performed,  the  Owner  Trustee  shall  be  incompetent  or
unqualified  to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights,  powers,
duties and  obligations  (including  the holding of title to any Series  Owner
Trust  Estate  or any  portion  thereof  in any  such  jurisdiction)  shall be
exercised and performed  singly by such separate  trustee or  co-trustee,  but
solely at the direction of the Owner Trustee;

         (b) No trustee under this  Agreement  shall be  personally  liable by
reason of any act or omission of any other trustee under this Agreement or any
Supplement; and

         (c) The Administrator and the Owner Trustee acting jointly may at any
time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

         Any notice, request or other writing given to the Owner Trustee shall
be  deemed  to have  been  given to each of the  then  separate  trustees  and
co-trustees,  as  effectively  as if given to each of them.  Every  instrument
appointing  any separate  trustee or co-trustee  shall refer to this Agreement
and the conditions of this Article. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon
its  acceptance of the trusts  conferred,  shall be vested with the estates or
property  specified in its instrument of appointment,  either jointly with the
Owner Trustee or separately,  as may be provided  therein,  subject to all the
provisions of this Agreement,  specifically  including every provision of this
Agreement relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording
protection to, the Owner Trustee. Each such instrument shall be filed with the
Owner Trustee and a copy thereof given to the Administrator.

         Any separate  trustee or co-trustee may at any time appoint the Owner
Trustee as its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the
extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this
Agreement  or the  related  Supplement  on its behalf and in its name.  If any
separate trustee or co-trustee  shall die, become incapable of acting,  resign
or be removed,  all of its estates,  properties,  rights,  remedies and trusts
shall vest in and be exercised by the Owner Trustee,  to the extent  permitted
by law,  without the appointment of a new or successor  co-trustee or separate
trustee.

                                  ARTICLE XI

                                 Miscellaneous
                                 -------------

         SECTION 11.01.  Supplements  and  Amendments.  This Agreement and any
                         ----------------------------
Supplement  may be amended by the Depositor,  the  applicable  Company and the
Owner Trustee,  with prior written notice to the Rating Agencies,  without the
consent of any of the Noteholders or the  Certificateholders of any Series, to
cure any ambiguity,  to correct or supplement any provisions in this Agreement
or for the  purpose of adding any  provisions  to or changing in any manner or
eliminating  any of the  provisions  in this  Agreement or of modifying in any
manner the rights of the Noteholders or the  Certificateholders of any Series;
provided,  however,  that such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of
Counsel,  adversely  affect  in any  material  respect  the  interests  of any
Noteholder or Certificateholder.



<PAGE>



         This  Agreement and any  Supplement  may also be amended from time to
time by the Depositor,  the Company and the Owner Trustee,  with prior written
notice to the Rating Agencies,  with the consent of the Holders (as defined in
the related  Indenture)  of Notes  evidencing  not less than a majority of the
Outstanding  Amount of the Notes of each Series adversely affected thereby and
the consent of the Holders of Trust  Certificates  evidencing  not less than a
majority of the Percentage  Interests  evidenced by the Trust  Certificates of
each  Series  adversely  affected  thereby,  for the  purpose  of  adding  any
provisions to or changing in any manner or  eliminating  any of the provisions
of this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the  Noteholders
or the Certificateholders; provided, however, that no such amendment shall (a)
increase  or reduce in any manner the  amount of, or  accelerate  or delay the
timing of, collections of payments on Receivables of a Series or distributions
that shall be required to be made for the  benefit of the  Noteholders  or the
Certificateholders  of a Series or (b) reduce the aforesaid  percentage of the
Outstanding  Amount of the Notes of a Series  or of the  Percentage  Interests
evidenced  by the Trust  Certificates  of a Series  required to consent to any
such  amendment,  without the  consent of the  Holders of all the  outstanding
Notes and Trust Certificates of a Series.

         Promptly  after the  execution  of any such  amendment  or consent in
respect of a Series,  the Owner Trustee shall furnish written  notification of
the substance of such amendment or consent to each  Certificateholder  of such
Series, the Indenture Trustee of such Series and each of the Rating Agencies.

         It shall not be necessary  for the consent of  Certificateholders  or
Noteholders  pursuant to this  Section to approve the  particular  form of any
proposed  amendment  or consent,  but it shall be  sufficient  if such consent
shall approve the  substance  thereof.  The manner of obtaining  such consents
(and any other consents of Certificateholders  provided for in this Agreement,
any Supplement or any Basic Document) and of evidencing the  authorization  of
the  execution  thereof  by  Certificateholders   shall  be  subject  to  such
reasonable requirements as the Owner Trustee may prescribe.

         Promptly  after the execution of any amendment to the  Certificate of
Trust,  the Owner  Trustee shall cause the filing of such  amendment  with the
Secretary of State.

         Prior  to the  execution  of any  amendment  to this  Agreement,  any
Supplement or the Certificate of Trust, the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to
receive and rely upon an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such
amendment is authorized or permitted by this Agreement. The Owner Trustee may,
but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such  amendment that affects the
Owner Trustee's own rights,  duties or immunities  under this  Agreement,  any
Supplement or otherwise.

         In  connection  with the  execution  of any  amendment  to this Trust
Agreement, any Supplement or any amendment of any other agreement to which the
Issuer  is a party,  the  Owner  Trustee  shall be  entitled  to  receive  and
conclusively rely upon an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment
is  authorized  or  permitted  by the  related  Basic  Documents  and that all
conditions  precedent in such Basic  Documents  for the execution and delivery
thereof  by the  Trust or the  Owner  Trustee,  as the case may be,  have been
satisfied.



<PAGE>



         SECTION  11.02.  No Legal Title to any Series  Owner Trust  Estate in
                          ----------------------------------------------------
Owners.  The Owners shall not have legal title to any part of any Series Owner
- ------
Trust  Estate.  The Owners  shall be  entitled to receive  distributions  with
respect to their undivided  ownership interest therein only in accordance with
Articles V and IX and the related Supplement. No transfer, by operation of law
or otherwise, of any right, title or interest of the Owners of a Series to and
in their  ownership  interest in the related  Series  Owner Trust Estate shall
operate to terminate  this  Agreement or the related  Supplement or the trusts
hereunder or thereunder  or entitle any  transferee to an accounting or to the
transfer to it of legal title to any part of such Series Owner Trust Estate.

         SECTION 11.03.  Limitations  on Rights of Others.  Subject to Section
                         --------------------------------
2.10 the  provisions of this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Owner
Trustee, the Depositor, the Company, the Owners, the Administrator and, to the
extent expressly  provided herein,  each Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders
of each Series,  and nothing in this  Agreement,  whether  express or implied,
shall be construed  to give to any other Person any legal or equitable  right,
remedy or claim in any  Series  Owner  Trust  Estate or under or in respect of
this Agreement or any covenants, conditions or provisions contained herein.

         SECTION 11.04.  Notices.  (a) Unless otherwise expressly specified or
                         -------
permitted by the terms  hereof,  all notices  shall be in writing and shall be
deemed  given upon receipt by the intended  recipient or three  Business  Days
after mailing if mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid (except that notice
to the Owner  Trustee  shall be deemed  given only upon actual  receipt by the
Owner  Trustee),  if to the Owner  Trustee,  addressed to the Corporate  Trust
Office; if to the Depositor,  addressed to Chrysler  Financial Company L.L.C.,
27777  Franklin  Road,  Southfield,  Michigan  48034,  Attention  of Assistant
Secretary;    if    to    the    Company,    addressed    to    [___________],
[______________________________________];  Attention of  Assistant  Secretary;
or, as to each party,  at such other  address as shall be  designated  by such
party in a written notice to each other party.

         (b)  Any   notice   required   or   permitted   to  be   given  to  a
Certificateholder  shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the
address  of such  Holder as shown in the  related  Certificate  Register.  Any
notice  so  mailed  within  the time  prescribed  in this  Agreement  shall be
conclusively   presumed  to  have  been  duly   given,   whether  or  not  the
Certificateholder receives such notice.

         SECTION 11.05. Severability.  Any provision of this Agreement that is
                        ------------
prohibited  or   unenforceable   in  any   jurisdiction   shall,  as  to  such
jurisdiction,   be   ineffective   to  the  extent  of  such   prohibition  or
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any
such prohibition or  unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate
or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

         SECTION 11.06. Separate Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed
                        ---------------------
by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed
and delivered shall be an original,  but all such counterparts  shall together
constitute but one and the same instrument.



<PAGE>



         SECTION 11.07.  Successors and Assigns.  All covenants and agreements
                         ----------------------
contained  herein shall be binding upon,  and inure to the benefit of, each of
the Depositor,  the Company and its permitted assignees, the Owner Trustee and
its successors and each Owner and its successors and permitted assigns, all as
herein provided.  Any request,  notice,  direction,  consent,  waiver or other
instrument or action by an Owner shall bind the successors and assigns of such
Owner.

         SECTION 11.08. Covenants of Company. In the event that any litigation
                        --------------------
with  claims in excess of  $1,000,000  to which the  Company is a party  which
shall be  reasonably  likely to  result in a  material  judgment  against  the
Company that the Company will not be able to satisfy  shall be commenced by an
Owner,  during the period  beginning nine months following the commencement of
such litigation and continuing until such litigation is dismissed or otherwise
terminated  (and, if such litigation has resulted in a final judgment  against
the Company, such judgment has been satisfied), the Company shall not make any
distribution  on or in  respect  of  its  membership  interests  to any of its
members, or repay the principal amount of any indebtedness of the Company held
by CFC, unless (i) after giving effect to such distribution or repayment,  the
Company's  liquid  assets shall not be less than the amount of actual  damages
claimed in such litigation or (ii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been
satisfied with respect to any such distribution or repayment. The Company will
not at any time institute  against the Trust any bankruptcy  proceedings under
any United  States  federal or state  bankruptcy  or similar law in connection
with any obligations relating to the Trust Certificates,  the Notes, the Trust
Agreement or any of the Basic Documents.

         SECTION 11.09. No Petition.  The Owner Trustee, by entering into this
                        -----------
Agreement, each Certificateholder,  by accepting a Trust Certificate,  and the
Indenture  Trustee  of each  Series and each  Noteholder  of each  Series,  by
accepting the benefits of this Agreement,  hereby covenant and agree that they
will not at any time  institute  against the Company or the Trust,  or join in
any  institution   against  the  Company  or  the  Trust  of,  any  bankruptcy
proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law
in connection with any obligations  relating to the Trust  Certificates of any
Series, the Notes of any Series,  this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents
for any Series.

         SECTION 11.10.  No Recourse.  Each  Certificateholder  by accepting a
                         -----------
Trust   Certificate   acknowledges   that   such   Certificateholder's   Trust
Certificates  represent  beneficial  interests in the related Subdivision only
and do not  represent  interests  in or  obligations  of  the  Depositor,  the
Servicer,  the Company,  the Administrator,  the Owner Trustee,  the Indenture
Trustee of any Series or any  Affiliate  thereof  and no  recourse  may be had
against such parties or their assets,  except as may be expressly set forth or
contemplated in this Agreement and the related  Supplement,  the related Trust
Certificates or the related Basic Documents.

         SECTION  11.11.  Headings.  The headings of the various  Articles and
                          --------
Sections  herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or
limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

         SECTION 11.12.  GOVERNING  LAW. THIS AGREEMENT  SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
                         --------------
ACCORDANCE  WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE,  WITHOUT  REFERENCE TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS,  AND THE  OBLIGATIONS,  RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.



<PAGE>



         SECTION  11.13.  Trust  Certificate  Transfer  Restrictions.   Unless
                          ------------------------------------------
otherwise  specified in any Supplement,  the Trust  Certificates of any Series
may not be acquired by or for the account of (i) an employee  benefit plan (as
defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the provisions of Title I
of ERISA, (ii) a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code or (iii) any
entity  whose  underlying  assets  include  plan  assets by reason of a plan's
investment in the entity (each, a "Benefit Plan").  By accepting and holding a
Trust Certificate,  the Holder thereof shall be deemed to have represented and
warranted that it is not a Benefit Plan.

         SECTION 11.14.  Depositor Payment Obligation.  The Depositor shall be
                         ----------------------------
responsible for payment of the  Administrator's  fees under the Administration
Agreement  for any  Series  and  shall  reimburse  the  Administrator  for all
expenses  and  liabilities  of  the  Administrator  incurred  thereunder.   In
addition,  the Depositor  shall be responsible for the payment of all fees and
expenses of the Trust,  the Owner Trustee and the  Indenture  Trustee for each
Series paid by any of them in connection with any of their  obligations  under
the related Basic  Documents to obtain or maintain any required  license under
the Pennsylvania Motor Vehicle Sales Finance Act.



<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Amended and
Restated  Trust  Agreement to be duly  executed by their  respective  officers
hereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

                                   Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C.,
                                   as Depositor

                                   By: ______________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                                   [___________________________]

                                   By:



                                   By: ______________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                                   [___________________________]
                                   not in its individual capacity but solely as
                                   Owner Trustee

                                   By: ______________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:


<PAGE>



                                                                     EXHIBIT A

                           Form of Trust Certificate
                           -------------------------

THIS  CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED (THE  "SECURITIES  ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE
OFFERED,  SOLD,  PLEDGED  OR  OTHERWISE  TRANSFERRED  IN THE  ABSENCE  OF SUCH
REGISTRATION  OR AN EXEMPTION  THEREFROM.  IN  ADDITION,  THE TRANSFER OF THIS
CERTIFICATE  IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN  RESTRICTIONS  AND  CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN
SECTION 3.04 OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT UNDER WHICH THIS  CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED (A
COPY OF WHICH TRUST  AGREEMENT  IS  AVAILABLE  FROM THE OWNER  TRUSTEE OR UPON
REQUEST),  INCLUDING  RECEIPT BY THE OWNER TRUSTEE OF AN INVESTMENT  LETTER IN
WHICH THE TRANSFEREE MAKES CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS.

NUMBER                                                              Percentage
R-__                                                        Interest: _______%


                    PREMIER AUTO TRUST ___-_, Series ____-_

                    ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATE, Series ____-_

evidencing a fractional undivided interest in the Subdivision of the Trust for
Series  199_-_,  as defined  below,  the property of which  includes a pool of
retail  installment  sale contracts and the  Amortizing  Payments on the Fixed
Value  Receivables   (each,  as  defined  herein)  secured  by  new  and  used
automobiles and light duty trucks.

(This Trust  Certificate  does not  represent an interest in or  obligation of
Chrysler  Financial  Company L.L.C.  or any of its  affiliates,  except to the
extent described below.)

         THIS CERTIFIES THAT _______________________________ is the registered
owner  of a  ________________  PERCENT  nonassessable,  fully-paid,  undivided
percentage interest in the Subdivision for Series 199_-_ of Premier Auto Trust
____-_ (the "Trust"),  formed by Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C., a Michigan
limited  liability  (the  "Depositor"),  and [Premier  Receivables  L.L.C.,  a
Michigan limited liability company] (the "Company").



<PAGE>



                 OWNER TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the  Trust  Certificates  referred  to in the  within-mentioned
Trust Agreement.

______________________________,           ______________________________,
as Owner Trustee                        or     as Owner Trustee

                                               by:  ________________________,
                                                    as Authenticating Agent

by: ______________________________
         Authorized Signatory

                                                    by: _____________________
                                                        Authorized Signatory



<PAGE>



         The Trust  was  created  pursuant  to a Trust  Agreement  dated as of
________  __, 199_,  as amended and restated by an Amended and Restated  Trust
Agreement  dated as of ________,  199_ (as so amended and restated and further
amended or supplemented from time to time, the "Trust  Agreement"),  among the
Depositor, the Company and ____________________,  as owner trustee (the "Owner
Trustee"),  a summary of certain of the  pertinent  provisions of which is set
forth  below.  The  Subdivision  for Series  199_-_ of the Trust (the  "Series
199_-_  Subdivision")  was created  pursuant to the  Supplement  (the  "Series
199_-_ Supplement") dated ___________,  199_-_ to the Trust Agreement.  To the
extent not otherwise  defined herein,  the capitalized  terms used herein have
the  meanings  assigned  to them in the Trust  Agreement,  the  Series  199_-_
Supplement or the Sale and Servicing  Agreement dated as of _______,  199_ (as
amended  and  supplemented   from  time  to  time,  the  "Sale  and  Servicing
Agreement"),  between the Trust and the  Depositor,  as seller and as servicer
(in such capacity, the "Servicer"), as applicable.

         This   Certificate  is  one  of  the  duly  authorized   certificates
designated as "Asset Backed  Certificates,  Series 199_-_"  (herein called the
"Series 199_-_ Trust  Certificates").  Also issued under an Indenture dated as
of _______, 199_ (the "Indenture"), between the Trust and [______________], as
indenture  trustee,  are the five  classes of Notes  designated  as "Class A-1
____% Asset Backed  Notes,"  "Class A-2 ____% Asset Backed  Notes," "Class A-3
____% Asset Backed  Notes,"  "Class A-4 ____% Asset Backed Notes" and "Class B
____% Asset Backed Notes"  (collectively,  the "Series  199_-_  Notes").  This
Trust Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms,  provisions and
conditions of the Trust Agreement, to which Trust Agreement the Holder of this
Series 199_-_ Trust Certificate by virtue of its acceptance hereof assents and
by which such Holder is bound.  The property of the Series 199_-_  Subdivision
consists  of a pool of  retail  installment  sale  contracts  for new and used
automobiles  and light duty  trucks and the  Amortizing  Payments on the Fixed
Value Receivables (collectively, the "Receivables"), all monies received on or
after ________ __, 1997,  security interests in the vehicles financed thereby,
certain  bank  accounts  and the  proceeds  thereof,  proceeds  from claims on
certain insurance policies and certain other rights under the Trust Agreement,
the Series  199_-_  Supplement  and the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement and all
proceeds of the  foregoing.  The term  "Fixed  Value  Receivables"  shall mean
retail sale contracts  secured by new  automobiles or light duty trucks with a
series of fixed level payment monthly installments (the "Amortizing Payments")
and a final fixed value payment that is greater than each Amortizing  Payment.
Distributions, if any, in respect of this Series 199_-_ Trust Certificate will
be made pursuant to Section 5.02 of the Trust Agreement.

         It is the intent of the Depositor,  the Company, the Servicer and the
Certificateholder that, for purposes of federal income, state and local income
and  single  business  tax and any  other  income  taxes,  the  Series  199_-_
Subdivision will be treated as a security arrangement for the issuance of debt
by the sole Certificateholder. The Company, by acceptance of the Series 199_-_
Trust  Certificates,  agrees to treat, and to take no action inconsistent with
the above treatment for so long as the Company is the sole Owner.

         Solely in the event the Series 199_-_ Trust  Certificates are held by
more than a single Owner, it is the intent of the Depositor,  the Company, the
Servicer and the  Certificateholders  that,  for  purposes of federal  income,
state and local income and single business tax and any other income taxes, the
Series  199_-_   Subdivision   will  be  treated  as  a  partnership  and  the
Certificateholders  (including the Company) will be treated as partners in the
partnership. The Company and the other Certificateholders,  by acceptance of a
Series  _-_  Trust  Certificate,  agree  to  treat,  and  to  take  no  action
inconsistent with the Treatment of, the Series _-_ Trust Certificates for such
tax purposes as partnership interests in the Trust.



<PAGE>



         Each  Certificateholder,  by its  acceptance of a Trust  Certificate,
covenants  and  agrees  that  such  Certificateholder  will  not at  any  time
institute against the Company,  or join in any institution against the Company
of, any  bankruptcy,  reorganization,  arrangement,  insolvency or liquidation
proceedings,  or other  proceedings  under any United States  federal or state
bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any  obligations  relating to the
Series _-_ Trust  Certificates,  the Series _-_ Notes,  the Trust Agreement or
any of the Basic Documents.

         The  holders of the Series  199_  Trust  Certificates  shall not have
legal title to any part of the Series  Owner Trust  Estate of any other Series
of Trust Certificates.

         Distributions on this Series 199_-_ Trust Certificate will be made as
provided in the Trust Agreement and the Series 199_-_  Supplement by the Owner
Trustee by wire transfer or check mailed to the Certificateholder of record in
the Certificate  Register without the presentation or surrender of this Series
199_-_  Trust  Certificate  or the making of any  notation  hereon.  Except as
otherwise provided in the Trust Agreement and the Series 199_-_ Supplement and
notwithstanding  the above, the final distribution on this Series 199_-_ Trust
Certificate will be made after due notice by the Owner Trustee of the pendency
of such  distribution and only upon  presentation and surrender of this Series
199_-_ Trust  Certificate at the office or agency  maintained for that purpose
by the Owner Trustee in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York.

         Reference  is hereby  made to the further  provisions  of this Series
199_-_  Trust  Certificate  set forth on the  reverse  hereof,  which  further
provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this
place.

         Unless  the  certificate  of  authentication  hereon  shall have been
executed by an authorized  officer of the Owner Trustee,  by manual signature,
this Series  199_-_ Trust  Certificate  shall not entitle the Holder hereof to
any benefit under the Trust  Agreement,  the Series  199_-_  Supplement or the
Sale and Servicing Agreement or be valid for any purpose.

         THIS SERIES 199_-_ TRUST CERTIFICATE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE,  WITHOUT  REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF
LAW  PROVISIONS,  AND THE  OBLIGATIONS,  RIGHTS AND  REMEDIES  OF THE  PARTIES
HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Trust and not
in its individual capacity, has caused this Series 199_-_ Trust Certificate to
be duly executed.

                                     PREMIER AUTO TRUST ____-_

                                     By:  _________________________________
                                          Not in its individual capacity but
                                          solely as Owner Trustee

Dated:                               By:   ______________________________
                                                Authorized Signatory



<PAGE>



                 [REVERSE OF SERIES 199_-_ TRUST CERTIFICATE]

         The Series 199_-_ Trust  Certificates  do not represent an obligation
of, or an interest in, the  Depositor,  the Servicer,  the Company,  the Owner
Trustee or any  affiliates  of any of them and no recourse  may be had against
such parties or their assets,  except as expressly  set forth or  contemplated
herein or in the Trust  Agreement,  the Series 199_-_  Supplement or the Basic
Documents. In addition, this Series 199_-_ Trust Certificate is not guaranteed
by any  governmental  agency or  instrumentality  and is  limited  in right of
payment to certain  collections and recoveries with respect to the Receivables
(and certain other amounts),  all as more specifically set forth herein and in
the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement.  A copy of each of the Sale and  Servicing
Agreement,  the  Trust  Agreement  and the  Series  199_-_  Supplement  may be
examined by any Certificateholder  upon written request during normal business
hours at the principal  office of the  Depositor and at such other places,  if
any, designated by the Depositor.

         The  Trust  Agreement   permits,   with  certain  exceptions  therein
provided,  the amendment  thereof and of the Series 199_-_  Supplement and the
modification  of the rights and  obligations  of the Depositor and the Company
and the rights of the  Certificateholders  under the Trust  Agreement  and the
Series  199_-_  Supplement at any time by the  Depositor,  the Company and the
Owner  Trustee  with the  consent of the  Holders of the Series  199_-_  Trust
Certificates and the Series 199_-_ Notes,  each voting as a class,  evidencing
not  less  than  a  majority  of the  Percentage  Interests  evidenced  by the
outstanding  Series 199_-_ Trust Certificates or a majority of the outstanding
principal  balance of the Series 199_-_ Notes of each class.  Any such consent
by the Holder of this Series 199_-_ Trust  Certificate shall be conclusive and
binding on such Holder and on all future  Holders of this Series  199_-_ Trust
Certificate  and of any  Series  199_-_  Trust  Certificate  issued  upon  the
transfer  hereof or in  exchange  herefor  or in lieu  hereof,  whether or not
notation of such consent is made upon this Series  199_-_  Trust  Certificate.
The Trust  Agreement  also permits the  amendment  thereof,  and of the Series
199_-_ Supplement,  in certain limited  circumstances,  without the consent of
the Holders of any of the Series 199_-_ Trust Certificates.

         As provided in the Trust Agreement and subject to certain limitations
therein set forth,  the transfer of this Series  199_-_ Trust  Certificate  is
registerable in the Certificate  Register upon surrender of this Series 199_-_
Trust  Certificate for  registration of transfer at the offices or agencies of
the  Certificate  Registrar  maintained by the Owner Trustee in the Borough of
Manhattan,  The City of New  York,  accompanied  by a  written  instrument  of
transfer  in form  satisfactory  to the  Owner  Trustee  and  the  Certificate
Registrar  duly executed by the Holder  hereof or such Holder's  attorney duly
authorized  in writing,  and  thereupon  one or more new Series  199_-_  Trust
Certificates  of  authorized   denominations  evidencing  the  same  aggregate
interest in the Trust will be issued to the designated transferee. The initial
Certificate    Registrar    appointed    under   the   Trust    Agreement   is
________________________, New York, New York.

         Except as  provided  in the Trust  Agreement  and the  Series  199_-_
Supplement,  the  Series  199_-_  Trust  Certificates  are  issuable  only  as
registered Trust Certificates.  As provided in the Trust Agreement and subject
to certain limitations therein set forth, Series 199_-_ Trust Certificates are
exchangeable   for  new  Series  199_-_  Trust   Certificates   of  authorized
denominations evidencing the same aggregate denomination,  as requested by the
Holder  surrendering  the same.  No service  charge  will be made for any such
registration of transfer or exchange, but the Owner Trustee or the Certificate
Registrar  may  require  payment  of a sum  sufficient  to  cover  any  tax or
governmental charge payable in connection therewith.



<PAGE>



         The Owner  Trustee,  the  Certificate  Registrar and any agent of the
Owner Trustee or the Certificate  Registrar may treat the Person in whose name
this Certificate is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes,  and none
of the Owner  Trustee,  the  Certificate  Registrar or any such agent shall be
affected by any notice to the contrary.

         The obligations and  responsibilities  created by the Trust Agreement
as they related to the Series 1997 _-_  Subdivision  shall  terminate upon the
payment to Series 199_-_ Certificateholders of all amounts required to be paid
to them pursuant to the Trust Agreement,  the Series 199_-_ Supplement and the
Sale and Servicing  Agreement and the disposition of all property held as part
of the Series Owner Trust Estate.  The Servicer of the  Receivables may at its
option purchase the Series Owner Trust Estate at a price specified in the Sale
and  Servicing  Agreement,  and such  purchase  of the  Receivables  and other
property of the Trust will effect early retirement of the Trust  Certificates;
provided,  however,  such right of purchase is exercisable only as of the last
day of any  Collection  Period as of which the Series  199_-_ Pool  Balance is
less than or equal to 10% of the Series 199_-_ Original Pool Balance.

         The Series  199_-_ Trust  Certificates  may not be acquired by (a) an
employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to
the provisions of Title I of ERISA, (b) a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1)
of the Code or (c) any entity whose  underlying  assets include plan assets by
reason  of a plan's  investment  in the  entity or which  uses plan  assets to
acquire Trust Certificates  (each, a "Benefit Plan"). By accepting and holding
this Series  199_-_ Trust  Certificate,  the Holder  hereof shall be deemed to
have represented and warranted that it is not a Benefit Plan.



<PAGE>



                                  ASSIGNMENT

         FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED  the  undersigned  hereby  sells,   assigns  and
transfers unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR
OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE


- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Please print or type name and address, including postal zip code, of assignee)

the  within  Trust  Certificate,   and  all  rights  thereunder,   and  hereby
irrevocably  constitutes  and  appoints  _____________________________________
_______________________,  attorney,  to transfer said Trust Certificate on the
books of the  Certificate  Registrar,  with full  power of substitution in the
premises.

Dated:

                               ___________________________________________*/
                                            Signature Guaranteed:

                                       ____________________________*/

- -----------------

  */     NOTICE:  The signature to this  assignment  must  correspond with the
         name of the registered  owner as it appears on the face of the within
         Trust   Certificate   in  every   particular,   without   alteration,
         enlargement or any change whatever. Such signature must be guaranteed
         by an "eligible  guarantor  institution"  meeting the requirements of
         the Certificate  Registrar,  which requirements include membership or
         participation in STAMP or such other "signature guarantee program" as
         may be determined by the Certificate  Registrar in addition to, or in
         substitution  for,  STAMP,  all in  accordance  with  the  Securities
         Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.



<PAGE>



                                                                     EXHIBIT B

           Form of Certificate of Trust of Premier Auto Trust ____-_
           ---------------------------------------------------------

               THIS  Certificate  of Trust of  Premier  Auto Trust  ____-_  (the
"Trust"),  dated  ___________,  199_,  is  being  duly  executed  and  filed  by
_____________________________,  a Delaware banking  corporation,  as trustee, to
form a business  trust  under the  Delaware  Business  Trust Act (12 Del.  Code,
                                                                     ----------
Section 3801 et seq.).

               1.  Name.  The name of the  business  trust  formed  hereby  is
                   ----
PREMIER AUTO TRUST ____-_.

               2.  Delaware  Trustee.  The name and  business  address  of the
                   -----------------
trustee     of    the    Trust    in    the    State    of     Delaware     is
_____________________________,  Attention:  Corporate  Trustee  Administration
Department.

               3.  Series  Trust.  The Trust  shall be a series  trust and the
                   -------------
debts,  liabilities,  obligations  and expenses  incurred,  contracted  for or
otherwise  existing with respect to a particular  series shall be  enforceable
against  the assets of such  series  only,  and not  against the assets of the
Trust generally.

               4. Effective Date. This Certificate of Trust shall be effective
                  --------------
upon its filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned,  being the sole trustee of
the Trust,  has executed this  Certificate of Trust as of the date first above
written.

                                 _____________________________________________
                                 not in its individual capacity but solely as
                                 owner trustee under the Trust Agreement dated
                                 as of ____________, 199_-_



                                 By: _______________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:



<PAGE>



                                                                     EXHIBIT C

                        FORM OF TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE

                        [DATE]

[Seller]
[Seller Address]
[Owner Trustee]
[Owner Trustee Address]

         Re:     Premier Auto Trust ___-_
                 Asset Backed Certificates, Series 199_-_
                 ----------------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

    In connection  with our disposition of the  above-referenced  Asset Backed
Certificates Series 199_-_ (the "Series 199_-_  Certificates") we certify that
(a) we understand that the Series 199_-_ Certificates have not been registered
under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended  (the  "Act"),  and are being
transferred  by us in a  transaction  that is  exempt  from  the  registration
requirements  of the Act and (b) we have not offered or sold any Series 199_-_
Certificates  to, or  solicited  offers to buy any  Series  199_-_Certificates
from, any person,  or otherwise  approached or negotiated with any person with
respect thereto,  in a manner that would be deemed,  or taken any other action
which would result in, a violation of Section 5 of the Act.

                                  Very truly yours,

                                  [NAME OF TRANSFEROR]

                                  By: _______________________________
                                      Authorized Officer



<PAGE>



                                                                     EXHIBIT D

                           FORM OF INVESTMENT LETTER

                           [DATE]

[Seller]
[Seller Address]
[Owner Trustee]
[Owner Trustee Address]

         Re:     Premier Auto Trust ____-_
                 Asset Backed Certificates Series ___-_

Ladies and Gentlemen:

    In connection  with our acquisition of the  above-referenced  Asset Backed
Certificates, Series 199_-_ (the "Series 199_-_ Certificates") we certify that
(a) we understand that the Series 199_-_ Certificates are not being registered
under  the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended  (the  "Act"),  or any state
securities  laws and are  being  transferred  to us in a  transaction  that is
exempt from the registration requirements of the Act and any such laws, (b) we
are an  "accredited  investor,"  as defined in Regulation D under the Act, and
have such knowledge and  experience in financial and business  matters that we
are capable of evaluating  the merits and risks of  investments  in the Series
199_-_  Certificates,  (c) we have had the opportunity to ask questions of and
receive  answers from the seller  concerning the purchase of the Series 199_-_
Certificates and all matters  relating  thereto or any additional  information
deemed  necessary to our decision to purchase the Series 199_-_  Certificates,
(d) we are acquiring the Series 199_-_ Certificates for investment for our own
account  and  not  with a view  to any  distribution  of  such  Series  199_-_
Certificates  (but  without  prejudice  to our  right at all  times to sell or
otherwise dispose of the Series 199_-_  Certificates in accordance with clause
(f) below), (e) we have not offered or sold any Series 199_-_ Certificates to,
or solicited offers to buy any Series 199_-_ Certificates from, any person, or
otherwise  approached or negotiated with any person with respect  thereto,  or
taken any other  action that would  result in a violation  of Section 5 of the
Act or any  state  securities  laws  and (f) we will  not  sell,  transfer  or
otherwise  dispose of any  Series  199_-_  Certificates  unless (1) such sale,
transfer or other  disposition  is made pursuant to an effective  registration
statement under the Act and in compliance  with any relevant state  securities
laws or is exempt from such registration  requirements  and, if requested,  we
will  at our  expense  provide  an  Opinion  of  Counsel  satisfactory  to the
addresses of this  certificate that such sale,  transfer or other  disposition
may be made  pursuant  to an  exemption  from the Act,  (2) the  purchaser  or
transferee of such Series 199_-_ Certificate has executed and delivered to you
a certificate to substantially the same effect as this certificate and (3) the
purchaser  or  transferee  has  otherwise  complied  with any  conditions  for
transfer  set forth in the  Amended  and  Restated  Trust dated as of _______,
199_,  between  Chrysler  Financial  Company  L.L.C.,  as  Depositor,  Premier
Receivables L.L.C. and [____________],  as Owner Trustee and the Series 199_-_
Series Supplement thereto dated as of ________________, 199_-_.

                              Very truly yours,

                              [NAME OF TRANSFEREE]

                              By: ____________________________
                                  Authorized Officer



<PAGE>


                                                                     EXHIBIT E

                           FORM OF RULE 144A LETTER

                           [DATE]

[Seller]
[Seller Address]
[Owner Trustee]
[Owner Trustee Address]

         Re:     Premier Auto Trust 199_-_
                 Asset Backed Certificates, Series 199_-_
                 ----------------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

    In connection  with our acquisition of the  above-referenced  Asset Backed
Certificates, Series 199_-_ (the "Series 199_-_ Certificates") we certify that
(a) we understand that the Series 199_-_ Certificates are not being registered
under  the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended  (the  "Act"),  or any state
securities  laws and are  being  transferred  to us in a  transaction  that is
exempt from the registration requirements of the Act and any such laws, (b) we
have such knowledge and  experience in financial and business  matters that we
are capable of evaluating  the merits and risks of  investments  in the Series
199_-_  Certificates,  (c) we have had the opportunity to ask questions of and
receive  answers from the seller  concerning the purchase of the Series 199_-_
Certificates and all matters  relating  thereto or any additional  information
deemed  necessary to our decision to purchase the Series 199_-_  Certificates,
(d) we have not, nor has anyone  acting on our behalf,  offered,  transferred,
pledged,  sold or otherwise disposed of the Series 199_-_  Certificates or any
interest in the Series  199_-_  Certificates,  or solicited  any offer to buy,
transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of the Series 199_-_ Certificates or any
interest in the Series 199_-_  Certificates  from any person in any manner, or
made any general  solicitation by means of general advertising or in any other
manner,  or taken any other action that would constitute a distribution of the
Series 199_-_  Certificates under the Act or that would render the disposition
of the Series 199_-_  Certificates  a violation of Section 5 of the Act or any
state securities laws or require  registration  pursuant thereto,  and we will
not act, or  authorize  any person to act, in such manner with  respect to the
Series 199_-_ Certificates,  and (e) we are a "qualified  institutional buyer"
as that term is defined in Rule 144A under the Act. We are aware that the sale
to us is being made in  reliance  on Rule 144A.  We are  acquiring  the Series
199_-_  Certificates  for our own account or for resale  pursuant to Rule 144A
and understand that such Series 199_-_ Certificates may be resold,  pledged or
transferred  only  (i)  to a  person  reasonably  believed  to be a  qualified
institutional buyer that purchases for its own account or for the account of a
qualified  institutional buyer to whom notice is given that the resale, pledge
or transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A or (ii) pursuant to another
exemption from registration under the Act.

                                  Very truly yours,

                                  [NAME OF TRANSFEREE]

                                  By: __________________________
                                      Authorized Officer


<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT F


                             [FORM OF SUPPLEMENT]

     SERIES 199_-_  SUPPLEMENT,  dated as of ____________,  199_ (this "Series
Supplement")  among CHRYSLER  FINANCIAL  COMPANY  L.L.C.,  a Michigan  limited
liability  company,   as  Depositor  (the  "Depositor"),   ______________,   a
____________   (the   "Company")  and   _____________,   a  Delaware   banking
corporation,  as Owner  Trustee (the "Owner  Trustee") is made pursuant to the
Amended  and  Restated  Trust  Agreement  dated as of  ____________,  199_ (as
amended or supplemented  from time to time, the "Trust  Agreement")  among the
Depositor, the Company and the Owner Trustee.

     The Trust  Agreement  provides,  among  other  things,  that the  parties
thereto may from time to time enter into a supplement  to the Trust  Agreement
to provide for the  issuance  by Trust of one or more  Series of Notes  and/or
Trust Certificates.

     Pursuant to this Series  Supplement,  the Trust shall create a new series
of Trust Certificates and authorize the issuance of a new Series of Notes.

     SECTION 1.  Designation  of Series  199_-_ Trust  Certificates.  There is
                 --------------------------------------------------
hereby  created a Series of Trust  Certificates  to be issued  under the Trust
Agreement and this Series Supplement that shall be known as the "Series 199_-_
Trust Certificates."

     SECTION  2.1.  Conflicts;  Definitions.  In the  event  that  any term or
                    -----------------------
provision  contained  herein shall conflict with or be  inconsistent  with any
provision  contained in the Trust Agreement,  the terms and provisions of this
Series  Supplement  shall  govern  with  respect  to the Series  199_-_  Trust
Certificates.  Each  capitalized  term defined herein shall relate only to the
Series  199_-_ Trust  Certificates  and no other Series of Trust  Certificates
issued by the Trust.

     "Administration  Agreement" shall mean the Administration Agreement dated
      -------------------------
as of ______________,  199_ among the Trust, the Indenture Trustee and CFC, as
Administrator.

     "Administrator"  shall  mean  CFC and  its  successors  as  Administrator
      -------------
pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement.

     "Company"  shall  mean  ________,  a  __________  and  any  successor  in
      -------
interest.

     "Series 199_ Note Depository Agreement" shall mean the Agreement dated as
      -------------------------------------
of _______, 199_ among the Trust, the Indenture Trustee, the Administrator and
The Depository Trust Company, as the initial Clearing Agency,  relating to the
Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes
and the Class B Notes, as the same may be amended and  supplemented  from time
to time.

     "Series 199_ Indenture" shall mean the Indenture dated  __________,  199_
      ---------------------
between the Trust and ____________, as Indenture Trustee.

     "Series 199_ Owner Trust Estate" shall mean all right, title and interest
      ------------------------------
of the Trust in and to the property and rights  assigned to the Trust pursuant
to Article II of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  all funds on deposit from
time to time in the Series 199_ Trust Accounts and the Series 199_ Certificate
Distribution  Account  and all other  property of the Trust  allocated  to the
Series 199_ Subdivision  from time to time,  including any rights of the Owner
Trustee and the Trust  pursuant to the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  and the
Administration Agreement.

     "Series  199_  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement"  shall  mean the Sale and
Servicing Agreement dated as of ________,  199_, between the Trust, as issuer,
and the  Depositor,  as seller  and  servicer,  as the same may be  amended or
supplemented from time to time.

     SECTION 2.2. Other Definitional Provisions.
                  -----------------------------

          (a) Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the
meanings  assigned to them in the Trust  Agreement  and the Sale and Servicing
Agreement or, if not defined therein, in the Indenture.

          (b) All terms  defined  in this  Series  Supplement  shall  have the
defined  meanings  when  used in any  certificate  or other  document  made or
delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

          (c) As used in this  Series  Supplement  and in any  certificate  or
other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto,  accounting terms
not  defined in this Series  Supplement  or in any such  certificate  or other
document,  and  accounting  terms partly  defined,  shall have the  respective
meanings given to them under generally accepted accounting principles.  To the
extent that the definitions of accounting  terms in this Series  Supplement or
in any such certificate or other document are  inconsistent  with the meanings
of such terms under generally accepted accounting principles,  the definitions
contained in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document shall
control.

          (d) The words "hereof,"  "herein,"  "hereunder" and words of similar
import  when  used  in this  Series  Supplement  shall  refer  to this  Series
Supplement  as a whole and not to any  particular  provisions  of this  Series
Supplement;  and the term  "including"  and its variants shall mean "including
without limitation".

          (e)  The  definitions   contained  in  this  Series  Supplement  are
applicable  to the  singular as well as the plural  forms of such terms and to
the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms.

          (f) Any  agreement,  instrument  or statute  defined or  referred to
herein or in any  instrument or certificate  delivered in connection  herewith
means such  agreement,  instrument  or  statute as from time to time  amended,
modified  or   supplements   and  includes  (in  the  case  of  agreements  or
instruments)   references   to  all   attachments   thereto  and   instruments
incorporated  therein;  references  to a  Person  are  also  to its  permitted
successors and assigns.

     SECTION 3.1. Creation of Series 199_ Subdivision. There is hereby created
                  -----------------------------------
a  Subdivision  of the Trust for Series 199_ (the "Series 199_  Subdivision").
The Series 199_ Owner Trust Estate shall be the only assets of the Series 199_
Subdivision.

     Separate and distinct records (including tax records) shall be maintained
for the Series 199_ Trust  Certificates,  the Series 199_  Subdivision and the
Series 199_ Owner Trust  Estate,  and the Series 199_ Owner Trust Estate shall
be maintained and accounted for separately  from the Series Owner Trust Estate
of any other  Series.  The Series 199_ Owner Trust Estate shall not be subject
to claims,  debts,  liabilities,  expenses or obligations arising from or with
respect to any other Series or the Trust generally. The debts, obligations and
expenses  incurred,  contracted for or otherwise  existing with respect to the
Series 199_  Subdivision  shall be  enforceable  against the Series 199_ Owner
Trust  Estate only and not against  the assets of the Trust  generally  or any
other Series.  The statutory  provisions of Section 3804 of the Business Trust
Statute relating to limitations on inter-series liabilities (and the statutory
effect  under  Section  3804 of setting  forth such notice in the  Certificate
Trust) are applicable to the Trust and each Series of Trust Certificates.

     Neither the Depositor,  the Company nor any Holder of a Series 199_ Trust
Certificate  shall direct the Owner  Trustee to (i) take any action that would
cause the Series 199_ Owner Trust Estate to be substantively consolidated into
any other Series Owner Trust Estate of any other Series such that it will have
its separate  existence  disregarded in the event of any insolvency event with
respect to any  Certificateholder of such Series, the Trust or another Series,
(ii) to  commingle  any of the Series 199_ Owner Trust  Estate with the Series
Owner Trust Estate of any other  Series,  (iii) to maintain the  financial and
accounting books and records and statements of the Series 199_ Subdivision, if
any, in a manner such that they  cannot be  separated  from those of any other
Series,  (iv) to take any  action  that  would  cause  (a) the funds and other
assets of the Series 199_ Subdivision, if any, not be identifiable or the bank
accounts,   records  and  books  of  account,  if  any,  of  the  Series  199_
Subdivision, not to be inseparable from those of any other Subdivision and (b)
the Trust to pay, other than from assets of the Series 199_  Subdivision,  any
obligations  or   indebtedness  of  any  kind  incurred  by  the  Series  199_
Subdivision and payable by the Trust pursuant to this Series  Supplement,  (v)
to maintain the assets and liabilities of the Series 199_  Subdivision so that
they are not readily  ascertainable  from those of any other  Subdivision  and
subject to segregation without requiring substantial time or expense to effect
and  account  for such  segregated  assets and  liabilities,  (vi) to take any
actions with respect to the Series 199_ Subdivision  except in its capacity as
Owner Trustee in respect of such Subdivision. The Administrator shall have the
right to take any  action  on behalf of the  Trust to  enforce  the  foregoing
provisions of this Series  Supplement  for the benefit of the Trust and of the
Series 199_ Subdivision.

     SECTION  3.2.  Issuance  of Series  199_  Trust  Certificates.  The Owner
                    ----------------------------------------------
Trustee shall execute, authenticate and deliver to the Company the Series 199_
Trust Certificates in accordance with Article III of the Trust Agreement.

     SECTION 4. Series 199_ Basic Documents. The Owner Trustee shall cause the
                ---------------------------
Trust to execute and deliver the Series 199_ Indenture, the Series 199_ Notes,
the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Administration  Agreement.  The Trust
shall perform its obligations under such agreements.

     SECTION  5.  Application  of Series  199_  Subdivision  Funds.  The Owner
                  ------------------------------------------------
Trustee shall establish the Series 199_  Certificate  Distribution  Account in
accordance with Section 5.01 of the Trust  Agreement.  The Owner Trustee shall
distribute the funds deposited into the Series 199_  Certificate  Distribution
Account  pursuant  to the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  to the  Series  199_
Certificateholders in accordance with Section 5.02 on each Distribution Date.

     SECTION 6.  Ratification  of Trust  Agreement.  As  supplemented  by this
                 ---------------------------------
Series  Supplement,  the  Trust  Agreement  is in all  respects  ratified  and
confirmed and the Trust Agreement as so supplemented by this Series Supplement
shall be read, taken, and construed as one and the same instrument.

     SECTION 7.  Counterparts.  This Series  Supplement may be executed in any
                 ------------
number of  counterparts,  each of which so  executed  shall be deemed to be an
original,  but all of such counterparts shall together  constitute but one and
the same instrument.

     SECTION 8.  GOVERNING LAW. THIS SERIES  SUPPLEMENT  SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
                 -------------
ACCORDANCE  WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE  WITHOUT  REFERENCE  TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS,  AND THE  OBLIGATIONS,  RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.


<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Series Supplement
to be duly executed by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized,  as
of the day and year first above written.

                            CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.,

                            as Depositor

                            By:____________________________
                                  Name:
                                  Title:

                            [                              ]
                             ------------------------------

                                  By:

                            By:____________________________
                                  Name:
                                  Title:

                            [                              ]
                             ------------------------------
                            not in its individual capacity by
                            solely as Owner Trustee

                            By:____________________________
                                  Name:
                                  Title:


<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 4.4





                   [FORM OF POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT]


                                     among


                       CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.
                            as Seller and Servicer,


                                      and


                                [             ]
                                 -------------
                                  as Trustee
                      on behalf of the Certificateholders






                           Dated as of [__________]



                           PREMIER AUTO TRUST ____-_

                   [___]% Asset Backed Certificates, Class A
                   [___]% Asset Backed Certificates, Class B


<PAGE>


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----

                                   ARTICLE I

                         Special Definitions and Terms

SECTION 1.01.  Special Definitions and Terms.................................1


                                  ARTICLE II

                            Establishment of Trust

SECTION 2.01.  Creation of Trust.............................................4
SECTION 2.02.  Acceptance by Trustee.........................................4


                                  ARTICLE III

                           Conveyance of Receivables

SECTION 3.01.  Conveyance of Initial Standard Receivables....................4
SECTION 3.02.  Conveyance of Subsequent Standard Receivables.................5
SECTION 3.03.  Conveyance of Fixed Value Receivables to Agent................8


                                  ARTICLE IV

                Incorporation of Standard Terms and Conditions

SECTION 4.01.  Incorporation of Standard Terms and Conditions
               Agreement.....................................................9


                                   ARTICLE V

                   Additional Representations and Warranties

SECTION 5.01.  Additional Representations and Warranties of the
               Seller........................................................9


                                  ARTICLE VI

                Additional Provisions Relating to the Servicer

SECTION 6.01.  Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C. Not to Resign as
               Servicer.....................................................10

SECTION 6.02.  Additional Covenant of the Servicer..........................10


<PAGE>


SCHEDULE A     Schedule of Receivables
SCHEDULE B     Location of Receivable Files
SCHEDULE C     Schedule of Eligible Investment Receivables


<PAGE>


     POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT dated as of [          ],  among CHRYSLER
                                                  ----------
FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C., a Michigan limited liability company, as seller (the
"Seller")  and  servicer  (the  "Servicer"),  and  [                    ],   a
                                                    --------------------
[                      ] banking corporation, as trustee (the "Trustee").
 ----------------------

     WHEREAS,  the Seller owns or will acquire certain  receivables arising in
connection  with  motor  vehicle  retail   installment   sale  contracts  (the
"Contracts")  generated by Chrysler  Financial  Company L.L.C. in the ordinary
course of its business; and

     WHEREAS,  the Seller,  the Servicer and the Trustee wish to set forth the
terms and conditions pursuant to which the Trust (as hereinafter defined) will
acquire the  Contracts  from the Seller,  and the  Servicer  will  service the
Contracts on behalf of the Trust;

     NOW,  THEREFORE,   in  consideration  of  the  premises  and  the  mutual
agreements  hereinafter  set forth,  the Seller,  the Servicer and the Trustee
agree as follows:


                                  ARTICLE I.

                         Special Definitions and Terms

     Section 1.01. Special  Definitions and Terms.  Capitalized terms used and
                   ------------------------------
not defined  herein have the meanings  assigned  thereto in the Standard Terms
and Conditions of Agreement.  Whenever used in this Agreement and the Standard
Terms and Conditions of Agreement,  the following words and phrases shall have
the following meanings:

     "Agency  Agreement" means the agreement dated as of the date hereof among
the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee and the Agent.

     "Agent" means                       , or a successor thereto.
                   ----------------------

     "Agreement"  means this Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  including the
Standard  Terms and  Conditions  of Agreement of Premier Auto Grantor  Trusts,
dated as of           , in the form attached hereto.
            ----------

     "Certificates"   means  the  Class  A   Certificates   and  the  Class  B
Certificates.

     "Class A  Certificate"  means a    % Asset Backed  Certificate,  Class A,
                                     ---
evidencing a beneficial  interest in the Trust,  substantially  in the form of
Exhibit A to the Standard Terms and Conditions of Agreement.

     "Class A Pass-Through Rate" means    %.
                                       ---

     "Class A Percentage" means    %.
                                ---


<PAGE>


     "Class A Prepayment Premium" means an amount equal to the excess, if any,
discounted as described below, of (i) the amount of interest that would accrue
on the Pre-Funded  Percentage  with respect to the Class A Certificates of any
remaining  Pre-Funded Amount (the "Class A Prepayment  Amount") at the Class A
Pass-Through   Rate  during  the  period   commencing  on  and  including  the
Distribution  Date on which such Class A  Prepayment  Amount is required to be
deposited  in the  Distribution  Account  pursuant to Section  14.08(b) to but
excluding                  ,  over (ii) the amount of interest that would have
           ----------------
accrued on such Class A Prepayment  Amount over the same period at a per annum
rate of  interest  equal  to the bond  equivalent  yield  to  maturity  on the
Determination    Date    preceding    such    Distribution    Date    on   the
                             .  Such excess shall be  discounted  on a monthly
- -----------------------------
basis to present  value to such  Distribution  Date at the yield  described in
clause (ii) above.

     "Class B  Certificate"  means a    % Asset Backed  Certificate,  Class B,
                                     ---
evidencing a beneficial  interest in the Trust,  substantially  in the form of
Exhibit B to the Standard Terms and Conditions of Agreement.

     "Class B Pass-Through Rate" means    %.
                                       ---

     "Class B Percentage" means    %.
                                ---

     "Class B Prepayment Premium" means an amount equal to the excess, if any,
discounted as described below, of (i) the amount of interest that would accrue
on the Pre-Funded  Percentage  with respect to the Class B Certificates of any
remaining  Pre-Funded Amount (the "Class B Prepayment  Amount") at the Class B
Pass-Through   Rate  during  the  period   commencing  on  and  including  the
Distribution  Date on which such Class B  Prepayment  Amount is required to be
deposited  in the  Distribution  Account  pursuant to Section  14.08(b) to but
excluding                  ,  over (ii) the amount of interest that would have
           ----------------
accrued on such Class B Prepayment  Amount over the same period at a per annum
rate of  interest  equal  to the bond  equivalent  yield  to  maturity  on the
Determination    Date    preceding    such    Distribution    Date    on   the
                             .  Such excess shall be  discounted  on a monthly
- -----------------------------
basis to present  value to such  Distribution  Date at the yield  described in
clause (ii) above.

     "Closing Date" means                       .
                          ----------------------

     "Corporate  Trust Office" means the principal  corporate  trust office of
the  Trustee,   which  at  the  time  of   execution  of  this   agreement  is
                      , Attention:             .
- ----------------------             ------------


<PAGE>


     "Depository Agreement" means the agreement dated              , among the
                                                      -------------
Trustee,  the Administrator,  and The Depository Trust Company, as the initial
Clearing  Agency,  substantially  in the form  attached  as  Exhibit  C to the
Standard Terms and Conditions of Agreement.

     "Distribution  Date" means, with respect to each Collection  Period,  the
        day of the following  calendar month or, if such day is not a Business
- -------
Day, the immediately following Business Day, commencing on                  .
                                                           ----------------- 

     "Final Scheduled Distribution Date" means                       .
                                               ----------------------

     "Final Scheduled Maturity Date" means                       .
                                           ----------------------

     "Funding  Period" means the period beginning on and including the Closing
Date and ending on the first to occur of (a) the  Determination  Date on which
the amount on deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account (after giving effect to any
transfers therefrom in connection with the transfer of Subsequent  Receivables
to the  Trustee  on  such  Determination  Date)  is  less  than  or  equal  to
$             , (b) the date on which an Event of Default occurs, (c) the date
 -------------
on  which an  Insolvency  Event  occurs  with  respect  to the  Seller  or the
Servicer,  and (d) the Determination Date with respect to the                 
                                                              ----------------
Distribution Date.

     "Initial Certificate Balance" means $                      .
                                          ----------------------

     "Initial Class A Balance" means $                      .
                                      ----------------------

     "Initial Class B Balance" means $                      .
                                      ----------------------

     "Initial Collection Period" means the period beginning on, and including,
                to and including                       .
- ---------------                  ----------------------

     "Initial  Cutoff  Date"  means                          with  respect  to
                                     ----------------------
Initial     Receivables     that    are     Precomputed     Receivables    and
                        with  respect to Initial  Receivables  that are Simple
- ----------------------
Interest Receivables.

     "Initial  Receivable"  means  any  Standard  Receivable  conveyed  to the
Trustee hereunder on the Closing Date and any Fixed Value Receivable  conveyed
to the Agent on the Closing Date pursuant to the Agency Agreement.

     "Pre-Funded  Amount" means,  with respect to any  Distribution  Date, the
amount  on  deposit  in the  Pre-Funding  Account,  which  initially  shall be
$                .
 ----------------

     "Reserve Account Initial Deposit" means, with respect to the Closing Date
and taking into account any transfer of Subsequent  Receivables  on such date,
an amount equal to the Specified  Reserve  Account Balance on the Closing Date
(which is equal to  $                )  and,  with respect to each  Subsequent
                     ----------------
Transfer Date after the Closing Date, an amount equal to    % of the Principal
                                                         ---
Balance  of the  Subsequent  Receivables  transferred  to the  Trust  on  such
Subsequent Transfer Date.


<PAGE>


     "Servicing Rate" means    % per annum.
                            ---

     "Specified Reserve Account Balance" means [STATE FORMULA].

     "Standard Terms and Conditions of Agreement" means the Standard Terms and
Conditions  of  Agreement  of  Premier  Auto  Grantor  Trusts,   dated  as  of
                      , in the form attached hereto.
- ----------------------

     "Subsequent Receivable" means any Subsequent Standard Receivable conveyed
to the Trustee  hereunder on a  Subsequent  Transfer  Date and any  Subsequent
Fixed Value  Receivable  conveyed to the Agent on a Subsequent  Transfer  Date
pursuant to the Agency Agreement.

     "Trustee" means                        ,  a                       banking
                      ----------------------      -------------------
corporation, its successors in interest and any successor Trustee hereunder.


                                 ARTICLE II.

                            Establishment of Trust

     Section 2.01.  Creation of Trust. Upon the execution of this Agreement by
                    -----------------
the parties hereto,  there is hereby created a separate trust,  which shall be
known  as  Premier  Auto  Trust      -   (the  "Trust").  The  Trust  shall be
                                 ---- -
administered  pursuant to the  provisions of this Agreement for the benefit of
the Certificateholders.

     Section  2.02.  Acceptance  by Trustee.  The Trustee  hereby  accepts all
                     ----------------------
consideration  conveyed by the Seller  pursuant to Section  3.01 and  declares
that it will hold such  consideration upon the trusts set forth herein for the
benefit of the Certificateholders, subject to the terms and provisions of this
Agreement.


                                 ARTICLE III.

                           Conveyance of Receivables

     Section   3.01.   Conveyance   of  Initial   Standard   Receivables.   In
                       -------------------------------------------------
consideration  of the  Trustee's  delivery on the Closing  Date to or upon the
order of the Seller of Class A Certificates in an initial aggregate  principal
amount  equal to the Initial  Class A Balance and Class B  Certificates  in an
initial aggregate  principal amount equal to the Initial Class B Balance,  the
Seller does hereby sell,  transfer,  assign,  set over and otherwise convey to
the  Trustee  for the  benefit  of the  Certificateholders,  without  recourse
(subject to the obligations set forth herein),  all right,  title and interest
of the Seller in and to:


<PAGE>


          (1) the Initial Standard Receivables,  and all moneys due thereon on
          or after           , in the case of Precomputed Receivables, and all
                   ----------
          moneys  received  thereon  on and after            ,  in the case of
                                                   ----------
          Simple Interest Receivables;

          (2) the  security  interests  in the  Financed  Vehicles  granted by
          Obligors pursuant to the Initial Standard  Receivables and any other
          interest of the Seller in such Financed Vehicles;

          (3) any proceeds  with respect to the Initial  Standard  Receivables
          from  claims  on any  physical  damage,  credit  life or  disability
          insurance policies covering Financed Vehicles or Obligors;

          (4) any  proceeds  from  recourse  to Dealers  on  Initial  Standard
          Receivables  with respect to which the Servicer  has  determined  in
          accordance  with its customary  servicing  procedures  that eventual
          payment in full is unlikely;

          (5) any  Financed  Vehicle  that shall have secured any such Initial
          Standard  Receivable and shall have been acquired by or on behalf of
          the Seller, the Servicer or the Trust; and

          (6) the proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.

     Section 3.02. Conveyance of Subsequent Standard Receivables.  (a) Subject
                   ---------------------------------------------
to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b) below,  in  consideration  of the
Trustee's  delivery on the  related  Subsequent  Transfer  Date to or upon the
order of the Seller of the amount  described in Section  14.08(a),  the Seller
does hereby  sell,  transfer,  assign,  set over and  otherwise  convey to the
Trustee, for the benefit of the Certificateholders,  without recourse (subject
to the  obligations  set forth herein),  all right,  title and interest of the
Seller in and to:

          (1) the Subsequent Standard  Receivables listed on Schedule A to the
          related Subsequent Transfer  Assignment,  and all moneys due thereon
          on or  after  the  related  Subsequent  Cutoff  Date in the  case of
          Precomputed  Receivables,  and all  moneys  received  thereon on and
          after  the  related  Subsequent  Cutoff  Date in the case of  Simple
          Interest Receivables;

          (2) the  security  interests  in the  Financed  Vehicles  granted by
          Obligors  pursuant to such Subsequent  Standard  Receivables and any
          other interest of the Seller in such Financed Vehicles;

          (3)  any  proceeds   with  respect  to  such   Subsequent   Standard
          Receivables  from  claims on any  physical  damage,  credit  life or
          disability insurance policies covering the related Financed Vehicles
          or Obligors;


<PAGE>


          (4) any proceeds from recourse to Dealers with respect to determined
          in accordance with its customary servicing  procedures that eventual
          payment in full is unlikely;

          (5) any Financed Vehicle that shall have secured any such Subsequent
          Standard  Receivable and shall have been acquired by or on behalf of
          the Seller, the Servicer or the Trust; and

          (6) the proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.

     (b) (1) The Seller shall transfer to the Trustee,  for the benefit of the
Certificateholders, the Subsequent Standard Receivables and the other property
and rights  related  thereto  described in  paragraph  (a) above only upon the
satisfaction of each of the following  conditions precedent on or prior to the
related Subsequent Transfer Date:

               (i) the  Seller  shall  have  delivered  to the  Trustee a duly
          executed  Subsequent  Transfer   Assignment,   which  shall  include
          supplements to Schedule A listing the Subsequent Receivables;

               (ii) the Seller shall have deposited in the Collection Account,
          to the extent required by Section 14.02,  all collections in respect
          of the Subsequent Receivables;

               (iii) as of each Subsequent Transfer Date, (A) the Seller shall
          not be insolvent  and shall not become  insolvent as a result of the
          transfer of Subsequent Receivables on such Subsequent Transfer Date,
          (B) the Seller  shall not  intend to incur or believe  that it shall
          incur  debts that  would be beyond its  ability to pay as such debts
          mature,  (C) such  transfer  shall not have  been  made with  actual
          intent to hinder,  delay or defraud any Person and (D) the assets of
          the Seller shall not constitute  unreasonably small capital to carry
          out its business as conducted;

               (iv) the applicable  Reserve  Account  Initial Deposit for such
          Subsequent  Transfer  Date shall have been made  pursuant to Section
          14.08(a);

               (v) the Funding Period shall not have terminated;

               (vi) the  Subsequent  Receivables  transferred  to the  Trustee
          pursuant  hereto and to the Agent pursuant to the Agency  Agreement,
          including  the  Subsequent  Receivables  to be so  conveyed  to  the
          Trustee and the Agent on such Subsequent  Transfer Date,  shall meet
          the following criteria (based on the  characteristics of the Initial
          Receivables   on  the  Initial   Cutoff  Date  and  the   Subsequent
          Receivables on the related  Subsequent  Cutoff Dates):  (A) not more
          than    % of the Principal  Balances of the Receivables  transferred
               ---
          to the  Trustee  and  the  Agent,  as  applicable,  shall  represent
          vehicles  financed at the Seller's used vehicle  rates;  and (B) the
          weighted  average APR of the Receivables  transferred to the Trustee
          and the Agent, as applicable,  shall not be less than    %,  unless,
                                                                ---
          with the prior consent of the Rating Agencies,  the Seller increases
          the Reserve Account Initial Deposit by the Additional  Amount solely
          relating  thereto;  and the weighted  average  remaining term of the
          Receivables transferred to the Trustee and the Agent, as applicable,
          including the  Subsequent  Receivables to be conveyed to the Trustee
          and the Agent on such Subsequent Transfer Date, shall not be greater
          than      months;
               ----


<PAGE>


               (vii) each of the  representations  and warranties  made by the
          Seller  pursuant  to Section  12.01 with  respect to the  Subsequent
          Receivables  shall be true and correct as of the related  Subsequent
          Transfer Date,  and the Seller shall have performed all  obligations
          to be  performed  by it  hereunder  on or prior  to such  Subsequent
          Transfer Date;

               (viii) the Seller shall, at its own expense, on or prior to the
          Subsequent  Transfer  Date  indicate in its computer  files that the
          Subsequent  Standard   Receivables   identified  in  the  Subsequent
          Transfer  Assignment have been sold to the Trustee  pursuant to this
          Agreement;

               (ix) the  Seller  shall  have  taken  any  action  required  to
          maintain the first  perfected  ownership  interest of the Trustee in
          the Trust property;

               (x)  no  selection  procedures  believed  by the  Seller  to be
          adverse to the interests of the  Certificateholders  shall have been
          utilized in selecting the Subsequent Receivables;

               (xi) the addition of any such Subsequent  Receivables shall not
          result in a material  adverse  tax  consequence  to the Trust or the
          Certificateholders; and

               (xii)  the  Seller  shall  have  delivered  to the  Trustee  an
          Officers' Certificate  confirming the satisfaction of each condition
          precedent specified in this paragraph (b)(1).


          (2)  In  addition,   any  such  conveyance  of  Subsequent  Standard
          Receivables made on one or more Subsequent  Transfer Dates occurring
          during  any   Collection   Period   also  will  be  subject  to  the
          satisfaction, on or before the            day of the month following
                                         ----------
          the end of such Collection  Period (or if such            day is not
                                                         ----------
          a Business Day, then on the next  succeeding  Business  Day), of the
          following conditions subsequent:

               (i) the Seller  shall have  delivered  to the  Trustee  and the
          Rating Agencies a statement listing the aggregate  Principal Balance
          of the Subsequent Standard Receivables so transferred to the Trustee
          and the Subsequent Fixed Value Receivables  transferred to the Agent
          during the  related  Collection  Period,  and any other  information
          reasonably  requested by any of the  foregoing  with respect to such
          Subsequent   Standard   Receivables   and  Subsequent   Fixed  Value
          Receivables;


<PAGE>


               (ii) each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Seller
          in writing  that,  following  the  transfer  of all such  Subsequent
          Standard  Receivables  to the  Trustee  and  Subsequent  Fixed Value
          Receivables  to  the  Agent,  as  applicable,   during  the  related
          Collection Period,  the (Class A) Certificates  continue to be rated
          in the  highest  investment  rating  category  by each  such  Rating
          Agency;

               (iii)  the  Seller  shall  have  delivered  (A) to  the  Rating
          Agencies an Opinion of Counsel  with respect to the transfer of such
          Subsequent   Standard   Receivables   and  Subsequent   Fixed  Value
          Receivables  substantially  in the form of the  Opinion  of  Counsel
          delivered to the Rating  Agencies on the Closing Date and (B) to the
          Trustee the Opinion of Counsel required by Section 21.02(i)(1);

               (iv) the Seller shall have delivered to the Trustee a letter of
          a firm of independent  certified public accountants  confirming that
          the  conditions set forth in Section  3.02(c)(1)(vi)  were satisfied
          with respect to those Subsequent  Standard  Receivables  conveyed to
          the Trustee and the Subsequent Fixed Value  Receivables  conveyed to
          the  Agent on each  Subsequent  Transfer  Date  during  the  related
          Collection  Period,  covering  substantially  the same  matters with
          respect to such Subsequent Receivables as are set forth on Exhibit D
          to the Standard  Terms and  Conditions of Agreement,  and, if any of
          such Subsequent Receivables are OMSC Receivables,  setting forth the
          aggregate Principal Balance thereof; and

               (v) the Seller shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
          Certificate  confirming the satisfaction of each condition specified
          in this paragraph (b)(2).

The  Seller  covenants  that  in the  event  any of the  foregoing  conditions
subsequent  are  not  satisfied  with  respect  to  any  Subsequent   Standard
Receivable  on  the  date  required  as  specified   above,  the  Seller  will
immediately  repurchase such Subsequent  Standard Receivable from the Trustee,
at a price equal to the Purchase  Amount thereof,  in the manner  specified in
Section 14.05.

     (c) The Seller covenants to transfer Subsequent  Standard  Receivables to
the Trustee  pursuant to  paragraph  (a) above and/or  Subsequent  Fixed Value
Receivables  to the Agent  pursuant to the Agency  Agreement with an aggregate
Principal  Balance  equal to  $          .  In the event that the Seller shall
                               ----------
fail to deliver  and sell to the  Trustee  and/or the Agent any or all of such
Subsequent  Receivables  by the date on which the Funding  Period ends and the
Pre-Funded  Amount is greater than  $           on such date, the Seller shall
                                     ----------
be  obligated to deposit an amount  equal to the  Prepayment  Premium into the
Certificate Distribution Account on the Distribution Date on which the Funding
Period ends (or, if the Funding Period does not end on a Distribution Date, on
the  first  Distribution  Date  following  the  end  of the  Funding  Period);
provided, however, that the foregoing shall be the sole remedy of the Trustee,
the Agent or the Certificateholders with respect to a failure of the Seller to
comply with such covenant.


<PAGE>


     Section 3.03.  Conveyance of Fixed Value Receivables to Agent. The Seller
                    ----------------------------------------------
hereby confirms that the Seller,  on the date hereof,  has sold,  transferred,
assigned and otherwise conveyed and, during the Funding Period (subject to the
conditions  set forth in  Section  3.02 of the Agency  Agreement),  will sell,
transfer,  assign and  otherwise  convey,  to the Agent for the benefit of the
Trust and the Seller,  without recourse,  all right, title and interest of the
Seller in and to:

          (1) the Initial Fixed Value  Receivables  and the  Subsequent  Fixed
          Value Receivables,  as applicable,  and all moneys due thereon on or
          after  the  related   Cutoff  Date,  in  the  case  of   Precomputed
          Receivables,  and all  moneys  received  thereon  on and  after  the
          related Cutoff Date, in the case of Simple Interest Receivables;

          (2) the  security  interests  in the  Financed  Vehicles  granted by
          Obligors  pursuant to the Initial  Fixed Value  Receivables  and the
          Subsequent  Fixed Value  Receivables  and any other  interest of the
          Seller in such Financed Vehicles;

          (3) any proceeds with respect to the Initial Fixed Value Receivables
          and the  Subsequent  Fixed  Value  Receivables  from  claims  on any
          physical  damage,  credit  life  or  disability  insurance  policies
          covering the related Financed Vehicles or Obligors;

          (4) any  proceeds  from  recourse to Dealers on Initial  Fixed Value
          Receivables  with respect to which the Servicer  has  determined  in
          accordance  with its customary  servicing  procedures  that eventual
          payment in full is unlikely; and

          (5) the proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.


                                 ARTICLE IV.

                Incorporation of Standard Terms and Conditions

     Section  4.01.   Incorporation   of  Standard  terms  and  Conditions  of
                      --------------------------------------------------------
Agreement.  This Pooling and Servicing  Agreement  does hereby  incorporate by
- ---------
reference  the  Standards  Terms and  Conditions of Agreement for Premier Auto
Grantor Trusts dated as of                          (the  "Standard  Terms and
                            ----------------------
Conditions of Agreement"), in the form attached hereto.


<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE V.

            Additional Representations and Warranties of the Seller

     Section 5.01.  Additional  Representations  and Warranties of the Seller.
                    ---------------------------------------------------------
The Seller makes the  following  representations  and  warranties on which the
Trustee  relies in accepting the Standard  Receivables  in trust and executing
and authenticating the Certificates. Such representations and warranties speak
as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date,
in the case of the Initial  Receivables,  and as of the applicable  Subsequent
Transfer  Date, in the case of the Subsequent  Receivables,  but shall survive
the sale, transfer and assignment of the Initial Standard  Receivables and the
Subsequent Standard Receivables to the Trustee.

               (i) Maturity of Receivables. Each Standard Receivable and Fixed
          Value   Receivable   has  a  final  maturity  date  not  later  than
                        ;  the weighted average  remaining term of the Initial
          --------------
          Receivables is             months as of the Initial Cutoff Date.
                         -----------

               (ii) Financing. Approximately      % of the aggregate principal
                                             -----
          balance  of the  Initial  Receivables,  constituting       %  of the
                                                                -----
          number  of  Initial  Receivables  as of  the  Initial  Cutoff  Date,
          represent  vehicles  financed at new vehicle rates; the remainder of
          the  Initial  Receivables  represent  financing  of  used  vehicles;
          approximately       %  of the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the
                         -----
          Initial Receivables  represent financing of vehicles manufactured or
          distributed by DaimlerChrysler Corporation;  approximately      % of
                                                                     -----
          the aggregate principal balance of the Initial Receivables as of the
          Initial  Cutoff  Date  represent  Precomputed  Receivables  and  the
          remainder  of the  Initial  Receivables  represent  Simple  Interest
          Receivables;  and      % of the aggregate  principal  balance of the
                            -----
          Initial  Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date consists of Fixed
          Value  Receivables.  The aggregate  Principal Balance of the Initial
          Receivables, as of the Initial Cutoff Date, is $          .
                                                          ----------


                                 ARTICLE VI.

                  Additional Provisions Relating to Servicer

     Section  6.01.  Chrysler  Financial  Company  L.L.C.  Not  to  Resign  as
                     ---------------------------------------------------------
Servicer. Subject to the provisions of Section 17.03 of the Standard Terms and
- --------
Conditions of Agreement,  Chrysler  Financial Company L.L.C.  shall not resign
from the  obligations  and duties hereby  imposed on it as Servicer under this
Agreement except upon  determination  that the performance of its duties under
this Agreement shall no longer be permissible  under applicable law. Notice of
any such  determination  permitting  the  resignation  of  Chrysler  Financial
Company  L.L.C.   shall  be  communicated  to  the  Trustee  at  the  earliest
practicable  time (and,  if such  communication  is not in  writing,  shall be
confirmed  in  writing  at  the  earliest   practicable  time)  and  any  such
determination  shall be  evidenced  by an Opinion  of  Counsel to such  effect
delivered to the Trustee  concurrently  with or promptly after such notice. No
such  resignation  shall  become  effective  until the  Trustee or a successor
Servicer shall have assumed the  responsibilities  and obligations of Chrysler
Financial  Company  L.L.C.  in  accordance  with Section 18.02 of the Standard
Terms and Conditions of Agreement.


<PAGE>


     Section 6.02.  Additional Covenant of the Servicer. If the Servicer takes
                    -----------------------------------
any action  pursuant to Section 13.02 of the Standard  Terms and Conditions of
Agreement that impairs the rights of the Certificateholders in any Receivable,
the Servicer shall purchase such  Receivable  pursuant to Section 13.07 of the
Standard Terms and Conditions of Agreement.


<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Seller, the Servicer and the Trustee have caused
this Pooling and Servicing  Agreement to be duly executed by their  respective
officers as of the day and year first above written.


                                     CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.


                                     By:                         
                                        -------------------------
                                     Name:
                                     Title:



                                     CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.


                                     By:                         
                                        -------------------------
                                     Name:
                                     Title:



                                     [                            ],
                                      ----------------------------
                                      as Trustee


                                     By:                         
                                        -------------------------
                                     Name:
                                     Title:


<PAGE>


                                  Schedule A

                            Schedule of Receivables



(To be delivered to the Trustee at Closing and supplemented on each Subsequent
Transfer Date on which Subsequent Standard  Receivables are transferred to the
Trust)


<PAGE>


                                  Schedule B

                         Location of Receivable Files


                       Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C.
                              27777 Franklin Road
                        Southfield, Michigan 48034-8288


<PAGE>


                                  Schedule C

                  Schedule of Eligible Investment Receivables

(To be delivered on each Subsequent Transfer Date on which Eligible Investment
Receivables are delivered to the Trust)


<PAGE>


                          PREMIER AUTO GRANTOR TRUSTS

                  STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT

                          Dated as of_______________

                                 INTRODUCTION

     These Standard  Terms and Conditions of Agreement  shall be applicable to
Premier  Auto Trust  grantor  trusts  formed on or after the date  hereof with
respect to which a Pooling and Servicing Agreement  incorporating by reference
these Standard Terms and Conditions of Agreement shall have been executed.


                                 ARTICLES I-X

                                   Reserved


                                  ARTICLE XI

                                  Definitions
                                  -----------

     SECTION 11.01 Definitions. Whenever used in this Agreement, the following
                   -----------
words and  phrases,  unless the  context  otherwise  requires,  shall have the
following meanings:

     "Additional  Amount"  means the  aggregate of all amounts  required to be
      ------------------
deposited  to the  Reserve  Account  in  connection  with  any  conveyance  of
Subsequent Receivables pursuant to an Agreement.

     "Advance" means either a Precomputed Advance or a Simple Interest
      -------
Advance or both, as applicable.

     "Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person
      ---------
controlling  or  controlled  by or under common  control  with such  specified
Person. For the purposes of this definition,  "control" when used with respect
to any Person  means the power to direct the  management  and policies of such
Person,  directly  or  indirectly,  whether  through the  ownership  of voting
securities,  by  contract  or  otherwise;  and  the  terms  "controlling"  and
"controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

     "Agreement" means a pooling and servicing  agreement among CFC, as seller
      ---------
and  servicer,  and the  Trustee  named in such  agreement  in  respect of any
Premier Auto Trust that is a grantor trust.

     "Amortizing Payment" means with respect to each Fixed Value Receivable or
      ------------------
Eligible Investment Fixed Value Receivable, as applicable, and each Collection
Period  prior to the date on which the Fixed Value  Payment is due, the amount
specified on the  applicable  Contract  prepayment  schedule as the "Amount of
Each  Payment,"  except  that in the  case  of a  prepayment,  liquidation  or
repurchase  by the  Servicer,  the  Amortizing  Payment  shall be equal to the
aggregate  "Amount of Each  Payment" that has not yet been paid for the period
through and  including the last payment prior to the date when the Fixed Value
Payment  is due less the  amount of the  unearned  finance  charges  under the
related  Contract  allocable to such amount in accordance  with the Servicer's
customary procedures.


<PAGE>


     "Amount  Financed"  means (a) with  respect to a Standard  Receivable  or
      ----------------
Eligible Investment Standard  Receivable,  as applicable,  the amount advanced
under such Standard  Receivable  or Eligible  Investment  Standard  Receivable
toward the  purchase  price of the  Financed  Vehicle and any  related  costs,
exclusive  of any amount  allocable  to the premium of  force-placed  physical
damage  insurance  covering  the Financed  Vehicle;  and (b) with respect to a
Fixed Value  Receivable  or Eligible  Investment  Fixed Value  Receivable,  as
applicable,  an amount equal to the present  value of the fixed level  payment
monthly  installments  (not including the amount designated as the Fixed Value
Payment) thereunder, assuming that each payment is made on the due date in the
month in which such payment is due, discounted at the APR for such Fixed Value
Receivable or Eligible Investment Fixed Value Receivable, as applicable.

     "Annual  Percentage  Rate" or "APR" of a Receivable means the annual rate
      ------------------------      ---
of finance charges stated in the related Contract.

     "Benefit Plan" has the meaning set forth in Section 15.04(b).
      ------------

     "Book-Entry  Certificates"  means,  unless  otherwise  specified  in  the
      ------------------------
Agreement,  a beneficial  interest in the Class A Certificates,  ownership and
transfers  of which shall be  registered  through  book  entries by a Clearing
Agency as described in Section 15.09.

     "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday,  a Sunday or a day on
      ------------
which  banking  institutions  or trust  companies  in The City of New York are
authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to be closed.

     "Certificate  Balance" means,  as of any date, the aggregate  outstanding
      --------------------
principal amount of the Certificates at such date.

     "Certificate Owner" means, with respect to a Book-Entry Certificate,  the
      -----------------
Person  who is  the  beneficial  owner  of  such  Book-Entry  Certificate,  as
reflected  on the  books of the  Clearing  Agency  or on the books of a Person
maintaining  an account  with such  Clearing  Agency  (directly  as a Clearing
Agency Participant or as an indirect  participant,  in each case in accordance
with the rules of such Clearing Agency).

     "Certificateholder"   or  "Holder"   means  a  Person  in  whose  name  a
      -----------------         ------
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.

     "Certificate  Register"  and  "Certificate  Registrar"  mean the register
      ---------------------         ----------------------
maintained and the registrar appointed pursuant to Section 15.03.


<PAGE>


     "Certificates" shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement.
      ------------

     "CFC"  means  Chrysler  Financial  Company  L.L.C.,  a  Michigan  limited
      ---
liability company, or its successors.

     "Class A Certificate Balance" means, as of any date of determination, the
      ---------------------------
Initial Class A Certificate Balance, as specified in the Agreement, reduced by
all amounts  previously  distributed  to Holders of Class A  Certificates  and
allocable to principal.

     "Class A Distributable  Amount" means,  with respect to any  Distribution
      -----------------------------
Date,  the sum of the Class A Principal  Distributable  Amount and the Class A
Interest Distributable Amount for such date.

     "Class  A  Interest  Carryover  Shortfall"  means,  with  respect  to any
      ----------------------------------------
Distribution  Date,  the  excess of the sum of the  Class A  Monthly  Interest
Distributable  Amount for the preceding  Distribution Date and any outstanding
Class A Interest Carryover Shortfall on such preceding Distribution Date, over
the amount in respect of  interest  that  Holders of the Class A  Certificates
actually received on such preceding  Distribution Date, plus 30 days' interest
on such excess,  to the extent  permitted by law, at the Class A  Pass-Through
Rate.

     "Class A  Interest  Distributable  Amount"  means,  with  respect  to any
      ----------------------------------------
Distribution  Date,  the sum of the  Class A  Monthly  Interest  Distributable
Amount for such Distribution Date and the Class A Interest Carryover Shortfall
for such  Distribution  Date.  Unless  otherwise  specified in the  Agreement,
interest  with  respect to the Class A  Certificates  shall be computed on the
basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

     "Class A Monthly Interest  Distributable  Amount" means,  with respect to
      -----------------------------------------------
any  Distribution  Date,  30 days of  interest  (or,  in the case of the first
Distribution Date, interest accrued from and including the Closing Date to but
excluding  such  Distribution  Date) at the Class A  Pass-Through  Rate on the
Class A Certificate Balance on the last day of the preceding Collection Period
(or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, on the Closing Date).

     "Class A Monthly Principal  Distributable  Amount" means, with respect to
      ------------------------------------------------
any  Distribution  Date, the Class A Percentage of the Principal  Distribution
Amount.

     "Class A  Pass-Through  Rate"  shall have the  meaning  specified  in the
      ---------------------------
Agreement.

     "Class A Percentage" means the aggregate  undivided ownership interest in
      ------------------
the  Trust  represented  by the  Class A  Certificates,  as  specified  in the
Agreement.

     "Class A Principal  Carryover  Shortfall"  means,  as of the close of any
      ---------------------------------------
Distribution  Date, the excess of the Class A Monthly Principal  Distributable
Amount and any  outstanding  Class A Principal  Carryover  Shortfall  from the
preceding  Distribution  Date, over the amount in respect of principal that is
actually  distributed to Holders of the Class A  Certificates  on such current
Distribution Date.

     "Class A  Principal  Distributable  Amount"  means,  with  respect to any
      -----------------------------------------
Distribution  Date,  the sum of the  Class A Monthly  Principal  Distributable
Amount  for  such  Distribution  Date  and  the  Class A  Principal  Carryover
Shortfall  as of the closing of the  preceding  Distribution  Date;  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the Class A Principal  Distributable Amount shall not exceed the
Class A Certificate Balance. In addition, on the Final Scheduled  Distribution
Date,  the  principal  required  to be  included  in  the  Class  A  Principal
Distributable  Amount will include the lesser of (a) the Class A Percentage of
(i) any  Scheduled  Payments of  principal  due and  remaining  unpaid on each
Precomputed Receivable and (ii) any principal due and remaining unpaid on each
Simple  Interest  Receivable,  in each  case,  in the  Trust  as of the  Final
Scheduled  Maturity  Date or (b) the amount that is  necessary  (after  giving
effect to the other  amounts to be  deposited in the  Distribution  Account on
such  Distribution  Date and  allocable  to  principal)  to reduce the Class A
Certificate Balance to zero.


<PAGE>


     "Class B Certificate Balance" means, as of any date of determination, the
      ---------------------------
Initial Class B Certificate Balance, as specified in the Agreement, reduced by
all amounts  previously  distributed  to Holders of Class B  Certificates  and
allocable to principal.

     "Class B Distributable  Amount" means,  with respect to any  Distribution
      -----------------------------
Date,  the sum of the Class B Principal  Distributable  Amount and the Class B
Interest Distributable Amount.

     "Class  B  Interest  Carryover  Shortfall"  means,  with  respect  to any
      ----------------------------------------
Distribution Date, the excess of the sum of the Class B Interest Distributable
Amount  for  the  preceding  Distribution  Date  and any  outstanding  Class B
Interest  Carryover  Shortfall on such preceding  Distribution  Date, over the
amount in  respect  of  interest  that  Holders  of the  Class B  Certificates
actually received on such preceding  Distribution Date, plus 30 days' interest
on such excess,  to the extent  permitted by law, at the Class B  Pass-Through
Rate.

     "Class B  Interest  Distributable  Amount"  means,  with  respect  to any
      ----------------------------------------
Distribution  Date,  the sum of the  Class B  Monthly  Interest  Distributable
Amount for such Distribution Date and the Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall
for such  Distribution  Date.  Unless  otherwise  specified in the  Agreement,
interest  with  respect to the Class B  Certificates  shall be computed on the
basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

     "Class B Monthly Interest  Distributable  Amount" means,  with respect to
      -----------------------------------------------
any  Distribution  Date,  30 days of  interest  (or,  in the case of the first
Distribution Date, interest accrued from and including the Closing Date to but
excluding  such  Distribution  Date) at the Class B  Pass-Through  Rate on the
Class B Certificate Balance on the last day of the preceding Collection Period
(or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, on the Closing Date).

     "Class B Monthly Principal  Distributable  Amount" means, with respect to
      ------------------------------------------------
any  Distribution  Date, the Class B Percentage of the Principal  Distribution
Amount.

     "Class B  Pass-Through  Rate"  shall have the  meaning  specified  in the
      ---------------------------
Agreement.

     "Class B Percentage" means the aggregate  undivided ownership interest in
      ------------------
the  Trust  represented  by the  Class B  Certificates,  as  specified  in the
Agreement.

     "Class B Principal  Carryover  Shortfall"  means,  as of the close of any
      ---------------------------------------
Distribution  Date, the excess of the Class B Monthly Principal  Distributable
Amount and any  outstanding  Class B Principal  Carryover  Shortfall  from the
preceding  Distribution  Date, over the amount in respect of principal that is
actually  distributed to Holders of the Class B  Certificates  on such current
Distribution Date.


<PAGE>


     "Class B  Principal  Distributable  Amount"  means,  with  respect to any
      -----------------------------------------
Distribution  Date,  the sum of the  Class B Monthly  Principal  Distributable
Amount  for  such  Distribution  Date  and  the  Class B  Principal  Carryover
Shortfall  as of the  close  of the  preceding  Distribution  Date;  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the Class B Principal  Distributable Amount shall not exceed the
Class B Certificate Balance. In addition, on the Final Scheduled  Distribution
Date,  the  principal  required  to be  included  in  the  Class  B  Principal
Distributable  Amount will include the lesser of (a) the Class B Percentage of
(i) any  Scheduled  Payments of  principal  due and  remaining  unpaid on each
Precomputed Receivable and (ii) any principal due and remaining unpaid on each
Simple  Interest  Receivable,  in each  case,  in the  Trust  as of the  Final
Scheduled  Maturity  Date or (b) the amount that is  necessary  (after  giving
effect to the other  amounts to be  deposited in the  Distribution  Account on
such  Distribution  Date and  allocable  to  principal)  to reduce the Class B
Certificate Balance to zero.

     "Clearing Agency" means an organization registered as a "clearing agency"
      ---------------
pursuant to Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     "Clearing  Agency  Participant"  means  a  broker,  dealer,  bank,  other
      -----------------------------
financial  institution  or other  Person for whom from time to time a Clearing
Agency effects book-entry  transfers and pledges of securities  deposited with
the Clearing Agency.

     "Closing  Date" with  respect to each Trust  shall have the  meaning  set
      -------------
forth in the applicable Agreement.

     "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
      ----

     "Collection  Account" means the account  designated as such,  established
      -------------------
and maintained pursuant to Section 14.01.

     "Collection  Period" means a calendar  month (or in the case of the first
      ------------------
Distribution  Date,  the period from and including the Initial  Cutoff Date to
and  including  the last day of the  calendar  month in which the Closing Date
occurs).  Any amount stated as of the last day of a Collection Period or as of
the  first day of a  Collection  Period  shall  give  effect to the  following
calculations  as  determined as of the close of business on such last day: (1)
all applications of collections,  (2) all current and previous Payaheads,  (3)
all  applications  of Payahead  Balances,  (4) all Advances and  reductions of
Advances and (5) all  distributions  to be made on the following  Distribution
Date.

     "Corporate Trust Office" means the principal office of the Trustee at the
      ----------------------
address set forth in the  related  Agreement  or at such other  address as the
Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to  Certificateholders,  the
Seller  and the  Servicer,  or the  principal  corporate  trust  office of any
successor  Trustee (of which address such  successor  Trustee shall notify the
Certificateholders, the Seller and Servicer).


<PAGE>


     "Cutoff  Date"  means,   with  respect  to  any  Receivable  or  Eligible
      ------------
Investment Receivable, as applicable, the date as of which collections on such
Receivable  or  Eligible  Investment  Receivable  will be  included in a Trust
pursuant to the related Agreement.

     "Dealer" means the dealer who sold a Financed  Vehicle and who originated
      ------
and assigned the related  Receivable to , under an existing  agreement between
such dealer and CFC.

     "Definitive  Certificates"  shall have the meaning  specified  in Section
      ------------------------
15.11.

     "Delivery" when used with respect to Trust Account Property means:
      --------

     (a) with respect to bankers'  acceptances,  commercial paper,  negotiable
certificates of deposit and other  obligations  that constitute  "instruments"
within the meaning of Section  9-105(1)(i)  of the UCC and are  susceptible of
physical delivery, transfer thereof to the Trustee or its nominee or custodian
by physical  delivery to the Trustee or its nominee or custodian  endorsed to,
or  registered  in the name of, the  Trustee or its  nominee or  custodian  or
endorsed in blank, and, with respect to a certificated security (as defined in
Section  8-102  of  the  UCC)  transfer   thereof  (i)  by  delivery  of  such
certificated  security  endorsed to, or registered in the name of, the Trustee
or its nominee or custodian  or endorsed in blank to a financial  intermediary
(as  defined  in Section  8-313 of the UCC) and the  making by such  financial
intermediary of entries on its books and records identifying such certificated
securities  as belonging  to the Trustee or its nominee or  custodian  and the
sending by such financial  intermediary  of a confirmation  of the purchase of
such certificated security by the Trustee or its nominee or custodian, or (ii)
by  delivery  thereof  to a  "clearing  corporation"  (as  defined  in Section
8-102(3)  of  the  UCC)  and  the  making  by  such  clearing  corporation  of
appropriate  entries on its books reducing the appropriate  securities account
of the  transferor  and increasing  the  appropriate  securities  account of a
financial  intermediary  by the  amount  of such  certificated  security,  the
identification by the clearing corporation of the certificated  securities for
the sole and exclusive account of the financial intermediary,  the maintenance
of such certificated  securities by such clearing  corporation or a "custodian
bank" (as  defined in Section  8-102(4)  of the UCC) or the nominee of either,
subject to the  clearing  corporation's  exclusive  control,  the sending of a
confirmation  by the financial  intermediary of the purchase by the Trustee or
its nominee or custodian of such  securities  and the making by such financial
intermediary of entries on its books and records identifying such certificated
securities as belonging to the Trustee or its nominee or custodian (all of the
foregoing, "Physical Property"), and, in any event, any such Physical Property
in  registered  form  shall be in the name of the  Trustee  or its  nominee or
custodian;  and such  additional  or  alternative  procedures as may hereafter
become  appropriate  to effect the complete  transfer of ownership of any such
Trust Account Property to the Trustee or its nominee or custodian,  consistent
with changes in applicable law or regulations or the interpretation thereof;

     (b) with  respect  to any  securities  issued by the U.S.  Treasury,  the
Federal Home Loan Mortgage  Corporation  or by the Federal  National  Mortgage
Association  that is a book-entry  security  held through the Federal  Reserve
System pursuant to federal book-entry  regulations,  the following procedures,
all  in  accordance  with  applicable  law,   including   applicable   federal
regulations and Articles 8 and 9 of the UCC:  book-entry  registration of such
Trust Account Property to an appropriate  book-entry account maintained with a
Federal Reserve Bank by a financial  intermediary  that is also a "depository"
pursuant to  applicable  federal  regulations  and issuance by such  financial
intermediary  of a  deposit  advice  or  other  written  confirmation  of such
book-entry  registration  to the  Trustee or its nominee or  custodian  of the
purchase  by the  Trustee  or its  nominee  or  custodian  of such  book-entry
securities;  the making by such financial intermediary of entries in its books
and records  identifying  such  book-entry  security  held through the Federal
Reserve System pursuant to federal book-entry  regulations as belonging to the
Trustee or its nominee or custodian and indicating  that such custodian  holds
such Trust Account  Property solely as agent for the Trustee or its nominee or
custodian;  and such  additional  or  alternative  procedures as may hereafter
become  appropriate to effect complete transfer of ownership of any such Trust
Account  Property to the Trustee or its nominee or custodian,  consistent with
changes in applicable law or regulations or the interpretation thereof; and


<PAGE>


     (c)  with  respect  to any  item of  Trust  Account  Property  that is an
uncertificated security under Article 8 of the UCC and that is not governed by
clause (b) above,  registration on the books and records of the issuer thereof
in the name of the financial  intermediary,  the sending of a confirmation  by
the  financial  intermediary  of the purchase by the Trustee or its nominee or
custodian  of such  uncertificated  security,  the  making  by such  financial
intermediary   of  entries  on  its  books  and   records   identifying   such
uncertificated  certificates  as  belonging  to the  Trustee or its nominee or
custodian.

     "Determination  Date"  means the          Business  Day of each  calendar
      -------------------              ------
month,  unless  a  different  date  is  identified  in  an  Agreement  as  the
Determination Date for the purposes of such Agreement.

     "Distribution  Account" means the account designated as such, established
      ---------------------
and maintained pursuant to Section 14.01.

     "Distribution Date" with respect to each Trust shall have the meaning set
      -----------------
forth in the applicable Agreement.

     "Duff &  Phelps"  means  Duff &  Phelps  Credit  Rating  Company,  or its
      --------------
successor.

     "Eligible Deposit Account" means either (a) a segregated  account with an
      ------------------------
Eligible  Institution  or (b) a segregated  trust  account with the  corporate
trust department of a depository  institution  organized under the laws of the
United  States of America or any one of the states  thereof or the District of
Colombia (or any domestic  branch of a foreign bank),  having  corporate trust
powers and acting as trustee for funds  deposited in such account,  so long as
any of the  securities  of such  depository  institution  shall  have a credit
rating from each Rating Agency in one of its generic  rating  categories  that
signifies investment grade.

     "Eligible  Institution"  means (a) the corporate trust  department of the
      ---------------------
Trustee or any other  entity  specified  in the  Agreement or (b) a depository
institution  organized  under the laws of the United  States of America or any
one of the states thereof or the District of Columbia (or any domestic  branch
of a foreign bank), which (i) has either (A) a long-term unsecured debt rating
of AAA or better by  Standard  & Poor's  and A1 or better by  Moody's or (B) a
certificate  of deposit  rating of A-1+ by Standard & Poor's and P-1 or better
by Moody's or any other long-term, short-term or certificate of deposit rating
acceptable to the Rating  Agencies and (ii) whose  deposits are insured by the
FDIC. If so qualified,  the Trustee or any such other entity  specified in the
Agreement may be considered an Eligible Institution for the purposes of clause
(b) of this definition.


<PAGE>


     "Eligible Investment Fixed Value Receivable" means any contract listed on
      ------------------------------------------
Schedule C to an Agreement  (which Schedule may be in the form of microfiche),
as such  Schedule  shall be  supplemented  to reflect the transfer of Eligible
Investment  Receivables  to the related  Trust on Subsequent  Transfer  Dates,
which contract  provides for  amortization  of the loan over a series of fixed
level payment monthly  installments  in accordance with the actuarial  method,
the  simple  interest  method or the Rule of 78s,  but also  requires  a final
payment that is greater than the scheduled  monthly  payments and is due after
payment of such scheduled monthly payments and that may be made by (i) payment
in full in cash of a fixed value amount,  (ii) return of the Financed  Vehicle
to the Servicer provided certain conditions are satisfied or (iii) refinancing
the final fixed value payment in accordance with certain conditions.

     "Eligible  Investment  Receivable"  means  (i)  any  Eligible  Investment
      --------------------------------
Standard  Receivable  and (ii) the  Amortizing  Payments  with  respect to any
Eligible Investment Fixed Value Receivable.

     "Eligible  Investment Standard Receivable" means any contract that is not
      ----------------------------------------
an Eligible  Investment  Fixed Value  Receivable,  which contract is listed on
Schedule C to an Agreement  (which Schedule may be in the form of microfiche),
as such  Schedule  shall be  supplemented  to reflect the transfer of Eligible
Investment Receivables to the related Trust on Subsequent Transfer Dates.

     "Eligible  Investment  Transfer  Assignment"  means a written  assignment
      ------------------------------------------
substantially in the form of Exhibit K.

     "Eligible Investments" mean book-entry securities, negotiable instruments
      --------------------
or securities  represented by  instruments in bearer or registered  form which
evidence:

     (a) direct  obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed as to timely
payment by, the United States of America;

     (b) demand  deposits,  time  deposits or  certificates  of deposit of any
depository  institution  or trust company  incorporated  under the laws of the
United  States of America or any state  thereof (of any  domestic  branch of a
foreign bank) and subject to supervision  and  examination by Federal or State
banking or depository institution authorities;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that at the
time of the  investment  or  contractual  commitment  to invest  therein,  the
commercial  paper or other short-term  unsecured debt obligations  (other than
such  obligations the rating of which is based on the credit of a Person other
than such depository institution or trust company) thereof shall have a credit
rating from each of the Rating  Agencies in the  highest  investment  category
granted thereby;

     (c) commercial paper having, at the time of the investment or contractual
commitment to invest therein, a rating from each of the Rating Agencies in the
highest investment category granted thereby;


<PAGE>


     (d)  investments  in money  market funds having a rating from each of the
Rating Agencies in the highest investment  category granted thereby (including
funds for which the Trustee or any of its Affiliates is investment  manager or
advisor);

     (e) bankers'  acceptances  issued by any depository  institution or trust
company referred to in clause (b) above;

     (f) repurchase  obligations with respect to any security that is a direct
obligation  of, or fully  guaranteed  by, the United  States of America or any
agency or  instrumentality  thereof the obligations of which are backed by the
full faith and credit of the United States of America,  in either case entered
into with a depository  institution  or trust  company  (acting as  principal)
described in clause (b);

     (g)  repurchase  obligations  with respect to any security or whole loan,
entered into with (i) a depository  institution  or trust  company  (acting as
principal)  described in clause (b) above (except that the rating  referred to
in the  provision  in such  clause  (b)  shall be A-1 or higher in the case of
Standard & Poor's)(such depository institution or trust company being referred
to in this  definition  as a "financial  institution"),  (ii) a  broker/dealer
(acting as principal) registered as a broker or dealer under Section 15 of the
Exchange Act (a "broker/dealer")  the unsecured short-term debt obligations of
which are rated P-1 by  Moody's  and at least A-1 by  Standard & Poor's at the
time of entering into such  repurchase  obligation (a "rated  broker/dealer"),
(iii)  an  unrated  broker/dealer  (an  "unrated  broker/dealer"),  acting  as
principal, that is a wholly-owned subsidiary of a non-bank holding company the
unsecured short-term debt obligations of which are rated P-1 by Moody's and at
least A-1 by  Standard & Poor's at the time of entering  into such  repurchase
obligation  (a "Rated  Holding  Company")  or (iv) an  unrated  subsidiary  (a
"Guaranteed  Counterparty"),  acting  as  principal,  that  is a  wholly-owned
subsidiary  of a  direct  or  indirect  parent  Rated  Holding  Company,  that
guarantees such  subsidiary's  obligations  under such  repurchase  agreement;
PROVIDED that the following conditions are satisfied:

          (1) the aggregate amount of funds invested in repurchase obligations
     of  a  financial   institution,   a  rated   broker/dealer,   an  unrated
     broker/dealer  or Guaranteed  Counterparty in respect of which Standard &
     Poor's  unsecured  short-term  ratings are A-1 (in the case of an unrated
     broker/dealer or Guaranteed  Counterparty,  such rating being that of the
     Rated Holding  Company) shall not exceed 20% of the  Certificate  Balance
     (there  being no limit on the  amount of funds  that may be  invested  in
     repurchase  obligations in respect of which such Standard & Poor's rating
     is  A-1+  (in  the  case  of  an  unrated   broker/dealer  or  Guaranteed
     Counterparty,  such  rating  being  that  of the  related  Rated  Holding
     Company));

          (2) in the case of the Reserve Account and the Pre-Funding  Account,
     the rating from Standard & Poor's in respect of the unsecured  short-term
     debt  obligations  of the  financial  institution,  rated  broker/dealer,
     unrated  broker/dealer  or  Guaranteed  Counterparty  (in the  case of an
     unrated broker/dealer or Guaranteed Counterparty,  such rating being that
     of the related Rated Holding Company) shall be A-1+;

          (3) the repurchase obligation must mature within 30 days of the date
     on which the Trustee on behalf of the Trust,  enters into such repurchase
     obligation;


<PAGE>


          (4) the repurchase obligation shall not be subordinated to any other
     obligation of the related  financial  institution,  rated  broker/dealer,
     unrated broker/dealer or Guaranteed Counterparty;

          (5) the collateral subject to the repurchase  obligation is held, in
     the appropriate form, by a custodial bank on behalf of the Trustee;

          (6) the  repurchase  obligation  shall  require that the  collateral
     subject thereto shall be marked to market daily;

          (7)  in  the  case  of  a  repurchase  obligation  of  a  Guaranteed
     Counterparty, the following conditions shall also be satisfied:

               (A) the  Trustee  shall  have  received  an  opinion of counsel
          (which may be in-house  counsel) to the effect that the guarantee of
          the  related  Rated  Holding  Company is a legal,  valid and binding
          agreement of the Rated Holding  Company,  enforceable  in accordance
          with  its  terms,   subject  as  to  enforceability  to  bankruptcy,
          insolvency,  reorganization  and  moratorium  or other  similar laws
          affecting  creditor's  rights  generally  and to  general  equitable
          principles;

               (B)  the  Trustee   shall  have   received  (x)  an  incumbency
          certificate  for the  signer  of  such  guarantee,  certified  by an
          officer of such Rated Holding Company,  (y) a resolution,  certified
          by an officer of the Rated  Holding  Company  and (z) a  resolution,
          certified by an officer of the Rated Holding  Company,  of the board
          of directors (or applicable  committee thereof) of the Rated Holding
          Company authorizing the execution,  delivery and performance of such
          guarantee by the Rated Holding Company;

               (C) the only conditions to the obligation of such Rated Holding
          Company  to pay on behalf of the  Guaranteed  Counterparty  shall be
          that the  Guaranteed  Counterparty  shall not have paid  under  such
          repurchase  obligation  when required (it being  understood that not
          notice to,  demand on or other  action in respect of the  Guaranteed
          Counterparty  is necessary) and that Trustee or the Trust shall make
          a demand on the Rated Holding  Company to make the payment due under
          such guarantee;

               (D)  the  guarantee  of the  Rated  Holding  Company  shall  be
          irrevocable with respect to such repurchase obligation and shall not
          be  subordinated  to  any  other  obligation  of the  Rated  Holding
          Company; and

               (E) each of  Standard & Poor's and  Moody's  has  confirmed  in
          writing  to  the  Trustee  that  it has  reviewed  the  form  of the
          guarantee of the Rated Holding  Company and has determined  that the
          issuance  of such  guarantee  will not  result in the  downgrade  or
          withdrawal of the ratings assigned to the Certificates.

          (8) the  repurchase  obligation  shall  require that the  repurchase
     obligation be overcollateralized and shall provide that, upon any failure
     to maintain such  overcollateralization,  the repurchase obligation shall
     become due and payable, and unless the repurchase obligation is satisfied
     immediately,  the collateral subject to the repurchase agreement shall be
     liquidated and the proceeds applied to satisfy the unsatisfied portion of
     the repurchase obligation; and


<PAGE>


     (h) Eligible  Investment  Receivables;  PROVIDED that Eligible Investment
Receivables  shall  be  Eligible  Investments  only for  funds in the  Reserve
Account and only to the extent of the portion of the Specified Reserve Account
Balance  specified  in the  Agreement  in  clause  (ii) of the  definition  of
"Specified Reserve Account Balance"; and

     (i) any  other  investment  with  respect  to which  the  Trustee  or the
Servicer has received written  notification  from the Rating Agencies that the
acquisition of such investment as an Eligible  Investment will not result in a
withdrawal or downgrading of the ratings of the Certificates.

     "ERISA"  means the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as
      -----
amended.

     "Event of Default" means an event specified in Section 18.01.
      ----------------

     "FDIC" means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
      ----

     "Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date"  means  the date  specified  in an
      ------------------------------------
Agreement as the final scheduled distribution date with respect to the related
Certificates.

     "Final Scheduled  Maturity Date" means the final scheduled  maturity date
      ------------------------------
specified  in an Agreement in respect of the  Receivables  transferred  to the
Trust under such Agreement.

     "Financed Vehicle" means an automobile or light-duty truck, together with
      ----------------
all  accessions  thereto,   securing  an  Obligor's   indebtedness  under  the
respective Standard Receivable,  Fixed Value Receivable or Eligible Investment
Receivable, as the case may be.

     "Fitch" means Fitch Investors Service, Inc., or its successor.
      -----

     "Fixed Value Payment" means,  with respect to each Fixed Value Receivable
      -------------------
or Eligible  Investment  Fixed Value  Receivable,  as  applicable,  the amount
specified in the  applicable  Contract as the "amount of Fixed Value  Payment"
reduced (i) in the case of a prepayment  or  repurchase,  by the amount of the
unearned  finance  charges  under the  Contract  allocable  to such payment in
accordance with the Servicer's  customary procedures and (ii) in the case of a
liquidation,  by the excess of Liquidation  Proceeds collected by the Servicer
over the Amortizing Payment on such date.

     "Fixed Value  Receivable"  means any contract  listed on Schedule A to an
      -----------------------
Agreement  (which  Schedule  may be in the  form  of a  microfiche),  as  such
Schedule  shall  be   supplemented  to  reflect  the  transfer  of  Subsequent
Receivables to the Trust on each Subsequent  Transfer Date pursuant to Section
3.02, which provides for amortization of the loan over a series of fixed level
payment  monthly  installments in accordance  with the actuarial  method,  the
simple  interest  method or the Rule of 78s, but also requires a final payment
that is greater than the scheduled  monthly payments and such final payment is
due after payment of such  scheduled  monthly  payments and may be made by (i)
payment in full in cash of a fixed value  amount,  (ii) return of the Financed
Vehicle to the Servicer  provided  certain  conditions  are satisfied or (iii)
refinancing   the  final  fixed  value  payment  in  accordance  with  certain
conditions.


<PAGE>


     "Funding  Period"  with  respect to each Trust shall have the meaning set
      ---------------
forth in the applicable Agreement.

     "Initial  Cutoff  Date"  means  the date or  dates  as of  which  Initial
      ---------------------
Receivables,  if  any,  are  conveyed  to a  Trust  pursuant  to  the  related
Agreement.

     "Initial  Receivables"  means the Standard  Receivables,  if any, and the
      --------------------
Fixed Value  Receivables,  if any, conveyed to a Trust on the Closing Date and
listed on Schedule A to the related Agreement.

     "Insolvency  Event" means,  with respect to a specified  Person,  (a) the
      -----------------
filing of a decree or order for relief by a court having  jurisdiction  in the
premises in respect of such Person or any substantial  part of its property in
an  involuntary  case  under  any  applicable  federal  or  state  bankruptcy,
insolvency  or other  similar law now or hereafter in effect,  or appointing a
receiver,  liquidator,  assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator, or similar
official  for such  Person or for any  substantial  part of its  property,  or
ordering the  winding-up or  liquidation  or such Person's  affairs,  and such
decree  or order  shall  remain  unstayed  and in  effect  for a period  of 60
consecutive  days; or (b) the  commencement by such Person of a voluntary case
under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy,  insolvency or other similar
law now or hereafter in effect,  or the consent by such Person to the entry of
an order for relief in an involuntary  case under any such law, or the consent
by such  Person to the  appointment  of or taking  possession  by, a receiver,
liquidator,  assignee, custodian,  trustee,  sequestrator, or similar official
for such Person or for any substantial part of its property,  or the making by
such Person of any general  assignment  for the benefit of  creditors,  or the
failure by such Person generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or
the taking of action by such Person in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

     "Interest  Distribution  Amount" means,  with respect to any Distribution
      ------------------------------
Date, the sum of the following amounts in respect of the preceding  Collection
Period:  (i)  that  portion  of  all  collections  on  Receivables  (including
Payaheads)  allocable to interest,  (ii) Liquidation  Proceeds with respect to
the Receivables to the extent  allocable to interest due thereon in accordance
with the Servicer's customary servicing procedures; (iii) all Advances made by
the Servicer of interest due on Receivables,  (iv) the Purchase Amount of each
Receivable that became a Purchased  Receivable  during the related  Collection
Period to the extent  attributable to accrued  interest on such Receivable (v)
Recoveries for such Collection Period,  and (vi) Investment  Earnings for such
Collection  Period;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that  in  calculating  the  Interest
Distribution  Amount the following will be excluded:  (i) amounts  received on
Precomputed Receivables to the extent that the Servicer has previously made an
unreimbursed  Precomputed Advance of interest;  (ii) Liquidation Proceeds with
respect  to  a  particular   Precomputed  Receivable  to  the  extent  of  any
unreimbursed Precomputed Advances of interest; (iii) all payments and proceeds
(including  Liquidation  Proceeds) of any Purchased  Receivables  the Purchase
Amount of which has been  included in the  Interest  Distribution  Amount in a
prior Collection  Period;  (v) the sum for all Simple Interest  Receivables of
collections  on each such  Simple  Interest  Receivable  received  during  the
preceding  Collection Period in excess of the amount of interest that would be
due on the  aggregate  Principal  Balance of the Simple  Interest  Receivables
during  such  Collection  Period at their  respective  APRs if a payment  were
received on each Simple Interest  Receivable  during such Collection Period on
the date  payment  is due  under  the  terms  of the  related  Contract;  (vi)
Liquidation Proceeds with respect to a Simple Interest Receivable attributable
to accrued and unpaid  interest  thereon (but not  including  interest for the
then  current  Collection  Period) but only to the extent of any  unreimbursed
Simple  Interest  Advances;  and (vii) amounts  released from the  Pre-Funding
Account.


<PAGE>


     "Investment  Earnings" means, with respect to any Distribution  Date, the
      --------------------
investment  earnings  (net of losses and  investment  expenses)  on amounts on
deposit in the Trust Accounts to be deposited to the  Distribution  Account on
such Distribution Date pursuant to Section 14.01(b).

     "Lien"  means a security  interest,  lien,  charge,  pledge,  equity,  or
      ----
encumbrance of any kind, other than tax liens,  mechanics' liens and any liens
that attach to the  respective  Receivable  by operation of law as a result of
any act or omission by the related Obligor.

     "Liquidated  Receivable"  means any  Receivable  or  Eligible  Investment
      ----------------------
Receivable,  as  applicable,  liquidated  by the  Servicer  through  sale of a
Financed Vehicle or otherwise.

     "Liquidation  Proceeds" means,  with respect to a Liquidated  Receivable,
      ---------------------
the monies  collected in respect  thereof,  from whatever  source,  during the
Collection Period in which such Receivable or Eligible Investment  Receivable,
as applicable,  became a Liquidated Receivable,  net of the sum of any amounts
expended by the Servicer in connection with such liquidation, plus any amounts
required by law to be remitted to the Obligor.

     "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or its successor.
      -------

     "Obligor" on a Receivable  means the  purchaser or  co-purchasers  of the
      -------
Financed Vehicle and any other Person who owes payments under the Receivable.

     "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by the (a) chairman of
      ---------------------
the board,  the president,  any executive vice president or any vice president
and (b) any treasurer,  assistant treasurer,  secretary or assistant secretary
of the Seller or the Servicer, as appropriate.

     "OMSC" means Overseas Military Sales Corporation, or its successor.
      ----

     "OMSC  Receivable"  means any  Standard  Receivable  acquired by CFC from
      ----------------
OMSC.

     "Opinion of Counsel" means one or more written  opinions of counsel,  who
      ------------------
may be an employee of or counsel to the Seller or the Servicer,  which counsel
shall be acceptable to the Trustee or Rating Agencies, as applicable.

     "Original  Pool  Balance"  means  the sum,  as of any  date,  of the Pool
      -----------------------
Balance as of the Initial Cutoff Date, plus the aggregate Principal Balance of
the Subsequent Receivables,  if any, sold to the Trust, as of their respective
Cutoff Dates.


<PAGE>


     "Outstanding  Precomputed Advances" on the Precomputed  Receivables means
      ---------------------------------
the sum, as of the close of business on the last day of a  Collection  Period,
of all Precomputed Advances, reduced as provided by Section 14.04(a).

     "Outstanding Simple Interest Advances" on the Simple Interest Receivables
      ------------------------------------
means the sum,  as of the close of  business  on the last day of a  Collection
Period,  of all  Simple  Interest  Advances,  reduced as  provided  in Section
14.04(b).

     "Payahead"  on a Receivable  that is a Precomputed  Receivable  means the
      --------
amount,  as of the close of business on the last day of a  Collection  Period,
computed in accordance with Section 14.03 with respect to such Receivable.

     "Payahead  Balance" on a Precomputed  Receivable means the sum, as of the
      -----------------
close of business on the last day of a  Collection  Period,  of all  Payaheads
made  by or on  behalf  of  the  Obligor  with  respect  to  such  Precomputed
Receivable,  as reduced by applications of previous  Payaheads with respect to
such Precomputed Receivable, pursuant to Sections 14.03 and 14.04.

     "Person" means any individual,  corporation,  estate, partnership,  joint
      ------
venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization,
or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

     "Physical  Property"  has  the  meaning  assigned  to  such  term  in the
      ------------------
definition of "Delivery" above.

     "Pool  Balance"  means,  as of the close of business on the last day of a
      -------------
Collection  Period,  the aggregate  Principal Balance of the Receivables as of
such date (excluding Purchased Receivables and Liquidated Receivables).

     "Pool  Factor"  means,  as of the close of  business on the last day of a
      ------------
Collection  Period,  a  seven-digit  decimal  figure equal to the Pool Balance
divided by the Original Pool Balance.  The Pool Factor will be 1.0000000 as of
the Initial Cutoff Date;  thereafter,  the Pool Factor will decline to reflect
reductions in the Pool Balance.

     "Precomputed  Advance"  means the amount,  as of the close of business on
      --------------------
the last day of a Collection Period, which the Servicer is required to advance
on any Precomputed Receivable pursuant to Section 14.04(a).

     "Precomputed  Receivable"  means any  Receivable  or Eligible  Investment
      -----------------------
Receivable,  as applicable,  under which the portion of each payment allocable
to earned  interest  (which may be referred to in the  Receivable as an add-on
finance  charge)  and  the  portion  allocable  to  the  Amount  Financed  are
determined  according  to the sum of  periodic  balances or the sum of monthly
balances or any equivalent method, or which is a monthly actuarial receivable.

     "Pre-Funded  Amount" means,  with respect to any  Distribution  Date, the
      ------------------
amount on  deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account.  The  amount,  if any,  to be
deposited  initially  to the  PreFunding  Account  will  be  specified  in the
Agreement.


<PAGE>


     "Pre-Funded  Percentage"  means, with respect to the Class A Certificates
      ----------------------
and the Class B Certificates,  the quotient (expressed as a percentage) of (i)
the initial Class A Certificate Balance or Class B Certificate Balance, as the
case may be, and (ii) the Initial Certificate Balance.

     "Pre-Funding  Account"  means the Trust Account  established  pursuant to
      --------------------
Section 14.01(a)(ii).

     "Prepayment  Premium" means the Class A Prepayment Premium or the Class B
      -------------------
Prepayment Premium, or both, as specified in the Agreement.

     "Principal  Balance"  means the Amount  Financed minus the sum, as of the
      ------------------
close of business on the last day of a Collection  Period, of (a) with respect
to a Precomputed  Receivable (i) that portion of all Scheduled Payments due on
or prior to such day  allocable to principal  using the  actuarial or constant
yield method,  (ii) any refunded portion of extended warranty  protection plan
costs or of physical  damage,  credit life or  disability  insurance  premiums
included  in the Amount  Financed,  (iii) any payment of the  Purchase  Amount
allocable  to  principal  and  (iv)  any  prepayment  in full  or any  partial
prepayments  applied to reduce the Principal Balance and (b) with respect to a
Simple  Interest  Receivable  (i) the  portion of all  payments  made by or on
behalf  of the  related  Obligor  on or  prior to such  day and  allocable  to
principal  using  the  Simple  Interest  Method  and (ii) any  payment  of the
Purchase Amount allocable to principal.

     "Principal Distribution Amount" means, for any Distribution Date, the sum
      -----------------------------
of the following amounts with respect to the preceding  Collection Period: (i)
that portion of all collections on Receivables  (including  amounts  withdrawn
from the Payahead  Account but excluding  amounts  deposited into the Payahead
Account) allocable to principal; (ii) all Liquidation Proceeds attributable to
the principal amount of Receivables that became Liquidated  Receivables during
the Collection  Period in accordance with the Servicer's  customary  servicing
procedures, plus the amount of Realized Losses with respect to such Liquidated
Receivables;  (iii) all Precomputed Advances made by the Servicer of principal
due  on the  Precomputed  Receivables;  (iv)  to the  extent  attributable  to
principal,  the Purchase  Amount received with respect to each Receivable that
became a  Purchased  Receivable  during the  related  Collection  Period;  (v)
partial  prepayments  relating to refunds of extended warranty protection plan
costs or of  physical  damage,  credit  life or  disability  insurance  policy
premiums,  but only if such costs or premiums were financed by the  respective
Obligor  as of the  date of the  original  contract;  and  (vi)  on the  Final
Scheduled  Distribution  Date,  any amounts  advanced by the  Servicer on such
Final   Scheduled   Distribution   Date  with  respect  to  principal  on  the
Receivables.

     "Purchase  Amount"  means the amount,  as of the close of business on the
      ----------------
last day of a Collection  Period,  required to prepay in full a Receivable  or
Eligible  Investment  Receivable,  as  applicable,  under  the  terms  thereof
including interest to the end of the month of purchase.

     "Purchased   Receivable"  means  a  Receivable  or  Eligible   Investment
      ----------------------
Receivable,  as applicable,  purchased as of the close of business on the last
day of a Collection Period by the Servicer pursuant to Section 13.07 or by the
Seller pursuant to Section 12.04.


<PAGE>


     "Rating  Agency" means Moody's and Standard & Poor's and, for purposes of
      --------------
Section  3.02(b) of the Agreement  only,  Fitch and Duff & Phelps.  If no such
organization  or successor is any longer in existence,  "Rating  Agency" shall
mean  any  nationally  recognized  statistical  rating  organization  or other
comparable Person designated by the Seller,  notice of which designation shall
be given to the Trustee and the Servicer. Any notice required to be given to a
Rating Agency pursuant to this Agreement shall also be given to Fitch and Duff
&  Phelps,  although,  except as set forth  above,  neither  shall be deemed a
Rating Agency for any purposes of this Agreement.

     "Rating Agency Condition"  means,  with respect to any action,  that each
      -----------------------
Rating Agency shall have been given 10 days' (or such shorter  period as shall
be acceptable to each Rating Agency) prior notice thereof and that each of the
Rating  Agencies shall have notified the Seller,  the Servicer and the Trustee
in writing  that such action will not result in a reduction or  withdrawal  of
the then current rating of the Certificates.

     "Realized  Losses"  means,  with  respect to any  Receivable  or Eligible
      ----------------
Investment  Receivable,  as applicable,  that becomes a Liquidated Receivable,
the  excess  of the  Principal  Balance  of such  Liquidated  Receivable  over
Liquidation Proceeds to the extent allocable to principal.

     "Receivable"  means (i) any Standard  Receivable  and (ii) the Amortizing
      ----------
Payments with respect to any Fixed Value  Receivable.  An Eligible  Investment
Receivable is not a Receivable.

     "Receivable Files" means the documents specified in Section 12.05.
      ----------------

     "Record Date" with respect to each  Distribution Date means the first day
      -----------
of the calendar month in which such Distribution Date occurs, unless otherwise
specified in the Agreement.

     "Recoveries" means, with respect to any Receivable or Eligible Investment
      ----------
Receivable,  as  applicable,  that  becomes a  Liquidated  Receivable,  monies
collected in respect  thereof,  from whatever  source,  during any  Collection
Period  following the Collection  Period in which such  Receivable or Eligible
Investment  Receivable became a Liquidated  Receivable,  net of the sum of any
amounts  expended  by the  Servicer  for the  account of the  Obligor  and any
amounts required by law to be remitted to the Obligor.

     "Reserve Account" means the account  designated as such,  established and
      ---------------
maintained pursuant to Section 14.01(a)(iv).

     "Reserve  Account Initial Deposit" with respect to a Trust shall have the
      --------------------------------
meaning set forth in the Agreement.

     "Scheduled Payment" on a Precomputed Receivable means that portion of the
      -----------------
payment  required to be made by the  Obligor  during  each  Collection  Period
sufficient  to amortize the  Principal  Balance  thereof  under the  actuarial
method over the term of the Receivable and to provide interest at the APR.


<PAGE>


     "Seller" means Chrysler  Financial  Company  L.L.C.,  a Michigan  limited
      ------
liability  company,  and its  successors  in interest to the extent  permitted
hereunder.

     "Servicer"  means Chrysler  Financial  Company L.L.C., a Michigan limited
      --------
liability  company,  as the servicer of the  Receivables,  and each  successor
Servicer pursuant to Section 17.03 or 18.02.

     "Servicer's  Certificate" means an Officers'  Certificate of the Servicer
      -----------------------
delivered pursuant to Section 13.09, substantially in the form of Exhibit E.

     "Servicing  Fee"  means the fee  payable  to the  Servicer  for  services
      --------------
rendered during each Collection Period, determined pursuant to Section 13.08.

     "Servicing  Rate" means,  unless  otherwise  specified in the  Agreement,
      ---------------
1.00%

     "Simple Interest  Advance" means the amount of interest,  as of the close
      ------------------------
of  business on the last day of a  Collection  Period,  which the  Servicer is
required  to advance on the Simple  Interest  Receivables  pursuant to Section
14.04(b).

     "Simple  Interest  Method"  means the method of  allocating a fixed level
      ------------------------
payment to  principal  and  interest,  pursuant  to which the  portion of such
payment  that is  allocated  to  interest is equal to the product of the fixed
rate of interest  multiplied by the unpaid principal balance multiplied by the
period of time elapsed  since the  preceding  payment of interest was made and
the remainder of such payment is allocable to principal.

     "Simple Interest  Receivable" means any Receivable or Eligible Investment
      ---------------------------
Receivable,  as applicable,  under which the portion of a payment allocable to
interest and the portion  allocable to principal is  determined  in accordance
with the Simple Interest Method.

     "Specified  Reserve Account  Balance" means the amount of funds generally
      -----------------------------------
required to be maintained in the Reserve  Account,  determined as specified in
the Agreement.

     "Standard  &  Poor's"  means  Standard  & Poor's  Ratings  Group,  or its
      -------------------
successor.

     "Standard  Receivable"  means  any  contract  that is not a  Fixed  Value
      --------------------
Receivable and that is listed on Schedule A (which schedule may be in the form
of microfiche), as such Schedule shall be supplemented to reflect the transfer
of Subsequent Receivables, if any, to the Trust pursuant to the Agreement.

     "Subsequent Cutoff Date" means any date as of which particular Subsequent
      ----------------------
Receivables are conveyed to a Trust pursuant to the Agreement.

     "Subsequent  Receivables" means the Standard  Receivables and Fixed Value
      -----------------------
Receivables  transferred to a Trust pursuant to the Agreement,  which shall be
listed on Schedule A to the related Subsequent Transfer Assignment.

     "Subsequent Transfer Assignment" means a written assignment substantially
      ------------------------------
in the form of Exhibit J.


<PAGE>


     "Subsequent Transfer Date" means, with respect to Subsequent Receivables,
      ------------------------
any date during the Funding Period on which  Subsequent  Receivables are to be
transferred  to a Trust and a Subsequent  Transfer  Assignment is executed and
delivered to the related  Trustee  pursuant to the Agreement and, with respect
to Eligible  Investment  Receivables,  any date on which  Eligible  Investment
Receivables  are to be  transferred  to a  Trust  and an  Eligible  Investment
Transfer  Assignment is executed and delivered to the related Trustee pursuant
to the Agreement.

     "Total Distribution Amount" means, for each Distribution Date, the sum of
      -------------------------
the Interest Distribution Amount and the Principal  Distribution Amount (other
than the portion thereof attributable to Realized Losses).

     "Trust" shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement.
      -----

     "Trust  Account  Property"  with  respect to each  Trust  means the Trust
      ------------------------
Accounts,  all  amounts  and  investments  held from time to time in any Trust
Account  (whether  in  the  form  of  deposit  accounts,   Physical  Property,
book-entry securities,  uncertificated securities or otherwise), including the
Reserve Account Initial Deposit, and all proceeds of the foregoing.

     "Trust Accounts" has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 14.01.
      --------------

     "Trustee"  with  respect to each Trust  shall have the  meaning  assigned
      -------
thereto in the Agreement.

     "Trustee  Officer" means any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of
      ----------------
the  Trustee,  including  the  chairman  or  vice-chairman  of  the  board  of
directors,  the chairman or  vice-chairman  of the executive  committee of the
board of directors,  the president,  any vice  president,  the secretary,  any
assistant  secretary,  the treasurer,  any assistant  treasurer,  or any other
officer  of the  Trustee  customarily  performing  functions  similar to those
performed by any of the above designated  officers and also, with respect to a
particular  corporate  trust matter,  any other officer to whom such matter is
referred  because of such  officer's  knowledge  of and  familiarity  with the
particular subject.

     "UCC" means the Uniform  Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New
      ---
York on the date hereof.

     SECTION 11.02.  Other Definitional  Provisions.  (a) All terms defined in
                     ------------------------------
this Standard  Terms and  Conditions of Agreement or any Agreement  shall have
the defined  meanings when used in any  certificate  or other document made or
delivered pursuant hereto or thereto unless otherwise defined therein.

     (b) As used herein,  in any  Agreement  and in any  certificate  or other
document made or delivered  pursuant hereto or thereto,  accounting  terms not
defined  herein  or in such  Agreement  or in any  such  certificate  or other
document,  and accounting  terms partly defined herein or in such Agreement or
in any such  certificate  or other  document to the extent not defined,  shall
have the respective meanings given to them under generally accepted accounting
principles.  To the extent that the definitions of accounting terms herein, in
any  related  Agreement  or in any  such  certificate  or other  document  are
inconsistent  with  the  meanings  of  such  terms  under  generally  accepted
accounting principles,  the definitions contained herein, in such Agreement or
in any such certificate or other document shall control.


<PAGE>


     (c) The words "hereof," "herein,"  "hereunder" and word of similar import
when  used  herein  shall  refer to these  Standard  Terms and  Conditions  of
Agreement and the Agreement as a whole and not to any particular  provision of
the Standard  Terms and  Conditions  of Agreement or the  Agreement;  Article,
Section,  Schedule and Exhibit references  contained in the Standard Terms and
Conditions of Agreement or any Agreement are references to Articles, Sections,
Schedules and Exhibits in or to the Standard Terms and Conditions of Agreement
and  the  Agreement,   respectively;  and  the  term  "including"  shall  mean
"including without limitation".

     (d) The  definitions  contained in these Standard Terms and Conditions of
Agreement  and the  Agreement  are  applicable  to the singular as well as the
plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and
neuter genders of such terms.

     (e) Any agreement, instrument or statute defined or referred to herein or
in any instrument or certificate  delivered in connection  herewith means such
agreement,  instrument  or statute as from time to time  amended,  modified or
supplemented   and  includes  (in  the  case  of  agreements  or  instruments)
references to all attachments  thereto and instruments  incorporated  therein;
references to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns.


                                  ARTICLE XII

                                The Receivables
                                ---------------

     SECTION 12.01. Representations and Warranties of Seller. The Seller makes
                    ----------------------------------------
the following  representations  and warranties as to the  Receivables on which
the Trustee shall be deemed to rely in accepting the  Receivables in trust and
executing  and  authenticating  the  Certificates.  Such  representations  and
warranties  speak as of the  execution and delivery of the Agreement and as of
the Closing  Date, in the case of the Initial  Receivables,  if any, and as of
the  applicable  Subsequent  Transfer  Date,  in the  case  of the  Subsequent
Receivables,  if any, but shall survive the sale,  transfer and  assignment of
any Initial Receivables and Subsequent Receivables to the Trustee.

          (i)  Characteristics  of Receivables.  Each Standard  Receivable and
               -------------------------------
     each Fixed Value  Receivable (a) shall have been originated in the United
     States of America  (except for any OMSC  Receivables) by a Dealer for the
     retail sale of a Financed Vehicle in the ordinary course of such Dealer's
     business,  shall have been fully and  properly  executed  by the  parties
     thereto,  shall have been  purchased  by the Seller from CFC,  which,  in
     turn,  shall have  purchased  such  Standard  Receivable  or Fixed  Value
     Receivable from such Dealer under an existing dealer  agreement with CFC,
     (b)  shall  have  created  or  shall  create  a  valid,   subsisting  and
     enforceable  first  priority  security  interest  in  favor of CFC in the
     Financed Vehicle, which security interest has been assigned by CFC to the
     Seller,  and  shall  be  assignable  by the  Seller,  (c)  shall  contain
     customary and enforceable provisions such that the rights and remedies of
     the  holder  thereof  shall  be  adequate  for  realization  against  the
     collateral of the benefits of the  security,  (d) shall provide for level
     monthly payments (PROVIDED that the payment in the first or last month in
     the life of the  Standard  Receivable  or Fixed Value  Receivable  may be
     minimally  different  from the level payments and that the payment in the
     last month of a Fixed Value Receivable may be a Fixed Value Payment) that
     fully amortize the Amount  Financed by maturity and yield interest at the
     Annual Percentage Rate, and (v) in the case of a Precomputed  Receivable,
     in  the  event  that  such  contract  is  prepaid,  shall  provide  for a
     prepayment  that fully pays the  Principal  Balance  and  includes a full
     month's  interest,  in the month of prepayment,  at the Annual Percentage
     Rate.  The  Obligor  on each OMSC  Receivable  was in the  service of the
     United States of America  military at the time such OMSC  Receivable  was
     originated.


<PAGE>


          (ii) Schedule of Receivables.  The information set forth in Schedule
               -----------------------
     A to each Agreement and Schedule A to any Subsequent  Transfer Assignment
     shall be true and correct in all  material  respects as of the opening of
     business on the related Cutoff Date, and no selection procedures believed
     to be  adverse to the  Certificateholders  shall  have been  utilized  in
     selecting the Standard  Receivables or the Fixed Value Receivables.  Each
     computer tape or other listing  regarding  the Standard  Receivables  and
     Fixed Value  Receivables  made available to the Trustee shall be true and
     correct in all respects.

          (iii) Compliance with Law. Each Standard  Receivable and Fixed Value
                -------------------
     Receivable and the sale of the Financed  Vehicle shall comply at the time
     of the  execution  of the  Agreement in all  material  respects  with all
     requirements of applicable federal,  state and local laws and regulations
     thereunder  (or,  in  the  case  of  OMSC  Receivables,  Swiss  laws  and
     regulations  and the laws and regulations of the  jurisdiction  where the
     Receivable was originated),  including,  without limitation,  usury laws,
     the Federal  Truth-in-Lending  Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the
     Fair Credit  Reporting Act, the Fair Debt  Collection  Practices Act, the
     Federal Trade Commission Act, the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, the Federal
     Reserve Board's  Regulations B and Z, the Texas Consumer Credit Code, and
     State  adaptations  of the  National  Consumer  Act  and  of the  Uniform
     Consumer  Credit Code,  and other  consumer  credit laws and equal credit
     opportunity and disclosure laws.

          (iv) Binding  Obligation.  Each Standard  Receivable and Fixed Value
               -------------------
     Receivable shall represent the genuine,  legal, valid and binding payment
     obligation in writing of the Obligor,  enforceable  by the holder thereof
     in accordance with its terms.

          (v) No Government Obligor. None of the Standard Receivables or Fixed
              ---------------------
     Value  Receivables  shall be due from the United States of America or any
     State or from any agency,  department  or  instrumentality  of the United
     States of America or any State.

          (vi) Security Interest in Financed Vehicle. Immediately prior to the
               -------------------------------------
     sale,  assignment and transfer thereof, each Standard Receivable and each
     Fixed  Value  Receivable  shall be secured by a validly  perfected  first
     security  interest  in the  Financed  Vehicle  in favor of the  Seller as
     secured party or all necessary  and  appropriate  actions shall have been
     commenced  that would result in the valid  perfection of a first security
     interest in the Financed Vehicle in favor of the Seller as secured party.


<PAGE>


          (vii)  Receivables in Force.  No Standard  Receivable or Fixed Value
                 --------------------
     Receivable  shall have been  satisfied,  subordinated  or rescinded,  nor
     shall any Financed  Vehicle have been  released  from the lien granted by
     the related Standard  Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable in whole or in
     part.

          (viii) No Waiver.  No  provision of a Standard  Receivable  or Fixed
                 ---------
     Value Receivable shall have been waived.

          (ix) No Amendments. No Standard Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable
               -------------
     shall have been amended such that the amount of the  Obligor's  Scheduled
     Payments  shall have been increased  except for increases  resulting from
     the inclusion of any premiums for forced placed physical damage insurance
     covering the Financed Vehicle.

          (x) No Defenses.  No right of rescission,  setoff,  counterclaim  or
              -----------
     defense  shall  have been  asserted  or  threatened  with  respect to any
     Standard Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable.

          (xi) No Liens.  To the best of the Seller's  knowledge,  no liens or
               --------
     claims shall have been filed for work,  labor or materials  relating to a
     Financed  Vehicle  that shall be liens  prior to, or equal or  coordinate
     with,  the  security  interest  in the  Financed  Vehicle  granted by the
     Standard Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable.

          (xii) No Default.  No Standard  Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable
                ----------
     has a payment that is more than 90 days overdue as of the related  Cutoff
     Date,  and, except as permitted in this  paragraph,  no default,  breach,
     violation  or  event  permitting  acceleration  under  the  terms  of any
     Standard  Receivable  or Fixed  Value  Receivable  has  occurred;  and no
     continuing  condition  that  with  notice  or the  lapse  of  time  would
     constitute a default,  breach, violation or event permitting acceleration
     under the terms of any Standard  Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable has
     arisen;  and the  Seller  has not  waived  and shall not waive any of the
     foregoing.

          (xiii)  Insurance.  The Seller,  in  accordance  with its  customary
                  ---------
     procedures,  shall have determined that the Obligor has obtained physical
     damage insurance covering the Financed Vehicle and under the terms of the
     Standard  Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable the Obligor is required to
     maintain such insurance.

          (xiv) Title. It is the intention of the Seller that the transfer and
                -----
     assignment  herein  contemplated   constitute  a  sale  of  the  Standard
     Receivables and Fixed Value  Receivables from the Seller to the Trust and
     that the beneficial interest in and title to the Standard Receivables and
     Fixed Value  Receivables  not be part of the debtor's estate in the event
     of the filing of a bankruptcy petition by or against the Seller under any
     bankruptcy law. No Standard Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable has been
     sold, transferred,  assigned or pledged by the Seller to any Person other
     than the Trustee. Immediately prior to the transfer and assignment herein
     contemplated,  the Seller had good and marketable  title to each Standard
     Receivable  and  Fixed  Value  Receivable  free and  clear of all  Liens,
     encumbrances,  security  interests and rights of others and,  immediately
     upon  the  transfer  thereof,   the  Trustee,  for  the  benefit  of  the
     Certificateholders,  shall  have good and  marketable  title to each such
     Standard  Receivable  and Fixed Value  Receivable,  free and clear of all
     Liens,  encumbrances,  security  interests and rights of others;  and the
     transfer has been perfected under the UCC.


<PAGE>


          (xv)  Lawful  Assignment.  No  Standard  Receivable  or Fixed  Value
                ------------------
     Receivable shall have been originated in, or shall be subject to the laws
     of, any  jurisdiction  under which the sale,  transfer and  assignment of
     such Standard Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable under the Agreement or
     any  Subsequent  Transfer  Assignment  or  pursuant to  transfers  of the
     Certificates shall be unlawful, void or voidable.

          (xvi)  All  Filings  Made.  All  filings   (including  UCC  filings)
                 ------------------
     necessary  in any  jurisdiction  to give the  Trustee  a first  perfected
     ownership  interest  in the  Standard  Receivables  and the  Fixed  Value
     Receivables shall have been made.

          (xvii) One Original.  There shall be only one original executed copy
                 ------------
     of each Standard Receivable and each Fixed Value Receivable.

          (xviii) Scheduled  Payments.  (a) Each Standard Receivable and Fixed
                  -------------------
     Value  Receivable  has a first  Scheduled  Payment  due,  in the  case of
     Precomputed  Receivables,  or a scheduled due date, in the case of Simple
     Interest  Receivables,  on or prior to the end of the month following the
     related  Cutoff  Date  and (b) no  Standard  Receivable  or  Fixed  Value
     Receivable  has a  payment  that is more than 90 days  overdue  as of the
     related Cutoff Date, and has a final scheduled payment date no later than
     the Final Scheduled Maturity Date.

          (xix) Location of Receivable Files. The Receivable Files are kept at
                ----------------------------
     one or more of the locations listed in Schedule B to the Agreement.

          (xx)  Remaining  Maturity.  The  latest  scheduled  maturity  of any
                -------------------
     Standard  Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable shall be no later than the
     Final Scheduled Maturity Date.

          (xxi) Outstanding  Principal Balance.  Each Standard  Receivable and
                ------------------------------
     Fixed  Value  Receivable  has an  outstanding  gross  balance of at least
     $1,000.

          (xxii) No  Bankruptcies  or  First-Time  Buyers.  No  Obligor on any
                 ----------------------------------------
     Standard   Receivable  or  Fixed  Value  Receivable  as  of  the  related
     Subsequent Cutoff Date was noted in the related Receivable File as having
     filed for  bankruptcy,  and no such Obligor  financed a Financed  Vehicle
     under CFC's "New Finance Buyer Plan" program.

          (xxiii) No Repossessions.  No Financed Vehicle securing any Standard
                  ----------------
     Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable is in repossession status.

          (xxiv) Chattel Paper. Each Standard  Receivable and each Fixed Value
                 -------------
     Receivable constitutes "chattel paper" under the UCC.

          (xxv) Agreement. The representations and warranties contained herein
                ---------
     and in the Agreement shall be true and correct.


<PAGE>


          (xxvi)  Remaining  Maturity.  The latest  scheduled  maturity of any
                  -------------------
     Standard  Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable shall be no later than the
     Final Scheduled Maturity Date.

     SECTION 12.02. Conveyance of Fixed Value Payments. (a) Promptly following
                    ----------------------------------
the transfer to the Trustee of the Initial Receivables on the Closing Date and
of Subsequent  Receivables on any Subsequent Transfer Date, the Trustee shall,
and  without  further  action  hereunder  or  thereunder,  be  deemed to sell,
transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Seller, effective as of
the Closing  Date or the related  Subsequent  Transfer  Date,  as  applicable,
without  recourse,  representation  or  warranty,  all the  right,  title  and
interest of the Trustee in and to the related Fixed Value Payments, all monies
due and to become due and all amounts  received  with respect  thereto and all
proceeds thereof, subject to Section 14.03(b).

     (b) The Seller  shall not,  after any such  transfer to it of Fixed Value
Payments by the Trustee, sell, transfer,  assign, set over or otherwise convey
such Fixed Value Payments to any other Person.

     SECTION 12.03. Purchase of Eligible Investment Receivables.  (a) Pursuant
                    -------------------------------------------
to Section  14.01(b),  the Trustee may invest funds in the Reserve  Account in
Eligible Investment  Receivables,  but only up to the portion of the Specified
Reserve  Account  Balance,  if any,  specified  in the  definition  "Specified
Reserve  Account  Balance"  contained in the  Agreement.  Eligible  Investment
Receivables  shall be part of the Reserve Account and shall not be Receivables
hereunder  and,  except for  Investment  Earnings  in respect of the  Eligible
Investment  Receivables  (which Investment  Earnings shall be deposited in the
Collection  Account  pursuant to Section 14.01(b) and are part of the Interest
Distribution  Amount),  collections  on and  Purchase  Amounts  in  respect of
Eligible  Investment  Receivables  shall  be  applied  as part of the  Reserve
Account  pursuant  to  Section  14.07  and  shall  not be  part  of the  Total
Distribution  Amount.  Upon delivery by the Trustee to the Seller of an amount
equal  to  the  aggregate   Principal  Balance  of  the  Eligible   Investment
Receivables then being purchased by the Trustee,  the Seller does hereby sell,
transfer,  assign,  set over and  otherwise  convey  to the  Trustee,  without
recourse (subject to the obligations set forth herein),  all right,  title and
interest of the Seller in and to:

          (i) the Eligible Investment  Receivables listed on Schedule A to the
     related  Eligible  Investment  Transfer  Assignment,  and all  moneys due
     thereon,  on or after the related Cutoff Date, in the case of Precomputed
     Receivables,  and all moneys received  thereon,  on and after the related
     Cutoff Date, in the case of Simple Interest Receivables;

          (ii) the  security  interests in the  Financed  Vehicles  granted by
     Obligors pursuant to such Eligible  Investment  Receivables and any other
     interest of the Seller in such Financed Vehicles;

          (iii)  any  proceeds  with  respect  to  such  Eligible   Investment
     Receivables from claims on any physical damage, credit life or disability
     insurance policies covering Financed Vehicles or Obligors;


<PAGE>


          (iv) any proceeds  from recourse to Dealers with respect to Eligible
     Investment Receivables in respect of which the Servicer has determined in
     accordance with its customary servicing  procedures that eventual payment
     in full is unlikely;

          (v) any Financed  Vehicle that shall have secured any such  Eligible
     Investment Receivable and shall have been acquired by or on behalf of the
     Seller, the Servicer or the Trustee; and

          (vi) the proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.

     (b) The Seller  shall  transfer to the Trustee  the  Eligible  Investment
Receivables  and the other  property and rights related  thereto  described in
paragraph  (a)  above  only  upon the  satisfaction  of each of the  following
conditions precedent on or prior to the related Subsequent Transfer Date:

          (i) the Seller shall have  delivered to the Trustee a duly  executed
     Eligible  Investment  Transfer  Assignment  substantially  in the form of
     Exhibit K, which  shall  include  supplements  to  Schedule C listing the
     Eligible Investment Receivables;

          (ii) the Seller shall, to the extent required by Section 14.02, have
     deposited  in the  Reserve  Account  all  amounts (A) due on or after the
     applicable Cutoff Date in respect of such Eligible Investment Receivables
     that  are  Precomputed  Receivables  or  (B)  received  on or  after  the
     applicable Cutoff Date in respect of such Eligible Investment Receivables
     that are Simple Interest Receivables;

          (iii) as of each related  Subsequent  Transfer  Date, (A) the Seller
     shall not be insolvent and shall not become  insolvent as a result of the
     transfer of Eligible  Investment  Receivables on such Subsequent Transfer
     Date,  (B) the Seller  shall not intend to incur or believe that it shall
     incur debts that would be beyond its ability to pay as such debts mature,
     (C) such transfer  shall not be made with actual intent to hinder,  delay
     or  defraud  any  Person  and (D) the  assets  of the  Seller  shall  not
     constitute  unreasonably  small  capital  to carry  out its  business  as
     conducted;

          (iv) each of the  representations  and warranties made by the Seller
     pursuant to Section  12.01  (other than clause  (xxi))  shall be true and
     correct  with respect to the Eligible  Investment  Receivables  as of the
     related Subsequent Transfer Date, and the Seller shall have performed all
     obligations  to  be  performed  by  it  hereunder  on or  prior  to  such
     Subsequent Transfer Date;

          (v) not more than [30]% of the  Principal  Balances of the  Eligible
     Investment  Receivables  in the Reserve  Account,  including the Eligible
     Investment  Receivables to be conveyed to the Trustee on such  Subsequent
     Transfer  Date  (based  on the  characteristics  of  all of the  Eligible
     Investment  Receivables  included in the Reserve Account of their related
     Cutoff  Dates) shall  represent  vehicles  financed at CFC's used vehicle
     rates;

          (vi)  the  Seller  shall,  at its own  expense,  on or  prior to the
     related Subsequent  Transfer Date indicate in its computer files that the
     Eligible  Investment  Receivables  identified in the Eligible  Investment
     Transfer  Assignment  have  been  sold to the  Trustee  pursuant  to this
     Agreement and the related Eligible Investment Transfer Assignment;


<PAGE>


          (vii) the Seller  shall have taken any action  required  to maintain
     the  first  perfected  ownership  interest  of the  Trustee  in the Trust
     Estate;

          (viii) no selection  procedures believed by the Seller to be adverse
     to the  interests of the  Certificateholders  shall have been utilized in
     selecting the Eligible Investment Receivables;

          (ix) the addition of any such Eligible Investment  Receivables shall
     not  result in a material  adverse  tax  consequence  to the Trust or the
     Certificateholders;

          (x) the Seller shall have  delivered  (A) to the Rating  Agencies an
     Opinion  of  Counsel  with  respect  to the  transfer  of  such  Eligible
     Investment Receivables in the form of the Opinion of Counsel delivered to
     the  Rating  Agencies  on the  Closing  Date and (B) to the  Trustee  the
     Opinion of Counsel  required by Section  21.02(i)(1);  PROVIDED  that the
     Opinions of Counsel referred to in clauses (A) and (B) shall be delivered
     only (X) during the Funding  Period,  on the date on which the Opinion of
     Counsel  required by the  Agreement is required to be delivered and shall
     relate  to  the  Eligible  Investment  Receivables   transferred  in  the
     preceding  Collection Period and (Y) after the Pre-Funding Period, on the
     Subsequent  Transfer  Date  on  which  the  aggregate  Principal  Balance
     (calculated as of the respective Cutoff Dates) of the Eligible Investment
     Receivables delivered under this Section 12.03 and not previously covered
     by an Opinion of Counsel  required  by this  clause (Y) equals or exceeds
     $5,000,000; and

          (xi) the Seller  shall have  delivered  to the Trustee an  Officers'
     Certificate  confirming the  satisfaction of each condition  specified in
     this paragraph (b).

     (c) Promptly following the transfer to the Trustee of Eligible Investment
Receivables  on any Subsequent  Transfer Date, the Trustee shall,  and without
further action hereunder or thereunder,  be deemed to sell, transfer,  assign,
set over and  otherwise  convey to the  Seller,  effective  as of the  related
Transfer Date,  without recourse,  representation or warranty,  all the right,
title and interest of the Trustee in and to the related Fixed Value  Payments,
all monies due and to become due and all amounts received with respect thereto
and all proceeds thereof, subject to Section 14.03(b).

     (d) Except as  described  in Section  21.08,  the Seller  shall not sell,
transfer,  assign,  set over or  otherwise  convey  the Fixed  Value  Payments
derived from the Eligible Investment Receivables.

     (e) Except as otherwise  provided  herein,  all of the provisions of this
Agreement  (exclusive of Section 12.01(xxi) and Section 14.04) applicable to a
Receivable  shall also apply to the Eligible  Investment  Receivables,  except
that,  pursuant  to Section  14.02,  collections  on and  Purchase  Amounts in
respect of the Eligible  Investment  Receivables  shall be deposited  into the
Reserve  Account  at the time when  collections  on and  Purchase  Amounts  in
respect of the  Receivables  are required to be deposited  into the Collection
Account.  For purposes of calculating the amount in the Reserve  Account,  the
amount represented by an Eligible Investment Receivable shall be its Principal
Balance. The Servicer shall receive a Servicing Fee in respect of the Eligible
Investment Receivables calculated in the manner specified in Section 13.08 and
payable  out  of  any  collections  on  the  Eligible  Investment  Receivables
allocable to interest.


<PAGE>


     SECTION 12.04.  Repurchase Upon Breach.  The Seller,  the Servicer or the
                     ----------------------
Trustee,  as the case may be, shall inform the other  parties to the Agreement
promptly,  in  writing,  upon the  discovery  of any  breach  of the  Seller's
representations and warranties made pursuant to Section 12.01 or 16.01. Unless
any such breach shall have been cured by the last day of the second Collection
Period  following  the  discovery  thereof  by the  Trustee  or receipt by the
Trustee of notice from the Seller or the Servicer of such  breach,  the Seller
shall be  obligated  to  repurchase  any  Standard  Receivable  or Fixed Value
Receivable  materially  and  adversely  affected by any such breach as of such
last day (or, at the  Seller's  option,  the last day of the first  Collection
Period following such discovery or notice). In consideration of the repurchase
of any Standard  Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable,  the Seller shall remit
the Purchase Amount, in the manner specified in Section 14.05.  Subject to the
provisions of Section 16.03, the sole remedy of the Trustee,  the Trust or the
Certificateholders  with respect to a breach of representations and warranties
pursuant to Section 12.01 or 16.01 and the agreement contained in this Section
shall be to require the Seller to  repurchase  Standard  Receivables  or Fixed
Value  Receivables  pursuant to this Section 12.04,  subject to the conditions
contained herein.

     SECTION 12.05.  Custody of Receivable Files. To assure uniform quality in
                     ---------------------------
servicing the Receivables  and to reduce  administrative  costs,  the Trustee,
upon the execution and delivery of the Agreement,  hereby  revocably  appoints
the Servicer, and the Servicer hereby accepts such appointment,  to act as the
agent of the Trustee as custodian of the  following  documents or  instruments
which are hereby constructively  delivered to the Trustee as of the earlier of
the  Initial  Cutoff  Date  and  the  Closing  Date  (in the  case of  Initial
Receivables)  and  as of  each  Subsequent  Transfer  Date  (in  the  case  of
Subsequent Receivables) with respect to each Receivable:

          (i) the  original  of the  Standard  Receivable  or the Fixed  Value
     Receivable;

          (ii) the original credit application fully executed by the Obligor;

          (iii) the original  certificate  of title or such documents that the
     Servicer  or the  Seller  shall  keep on  file,  in  accordance  with its
     customary  procedures,  evidencing the security interest of the Seller in
     the Financed Vehicle; and

          (iv) any and all other  documents  that the  Servicer  or the Seller
     shall keep on file, in accordance with its customary procedures, relating
     to a Standard  Receivable  or a Fixed Value  Receivable,  an Obligor or a
     Financed Vehicle.

     SECTION  12.06.  Duties of Servicer as Custodian.  (a)  Safekeeping.  The
                      -------------------------------
Servicer shall hold the Receivable Files as custodian on behalf of the Trustee
for the  benefit  of all  present  and  future  Certificateholders,  and shall
maintain such  accurate and complete  accounts,  records and computer  systems
pertaining to each  Receivable File as shall enable the Trustee to comply with
these  Standard  Terms and  Conditions  of  Agreement  and the  Agreement.  In
performing  its duties as  custodian  the Servicer  shall act with  reasonable
care,  using that degree of skill and  attention  that the Servicer  exercises
with respect to the receivable  files  relating to all  comparable  automotive
receivables  that the  Servicer  services  for itself or others.  The Servicer
shall  conduct,  or cause to be conducted,  periodic  audits of the Receivable
Files held by it under the Agreement, and of the related accounts, records and
computer  systems,  in such a manner as shall enable the Trustee to verify the
accuracy of the Servicer's record keeping.  The Servicer shall promptly report
to the  Trustee  any  failure  on its part to hold the  Receivable  Files  and
maintain its  accounts,  records and computer  systems as herein  provided and
shall  promptly take  appropriate  action to remedy any such failure.  Nothing
herein shall be deemed to require an initial review or any periodic  review by
the Trustee of the Receivable Files.


<PAGE>


     (b)  Maintenance  of and Access to Records.  The Servicer  shall maintain
          -------------------------------------
each  Receivable  File at one of its  offices  specified  in Schedule B to the
Agreement  or at such other  office as shall be  specified  to the  Trustee by
written  notice  not later  than 90 days  after any  change in  location.  The
Servicer  shall  make  available  to  the  Trustee  or  its  duly   authorized
representatives,  attorneys or auditors a list of locations of the  Receivable
Files and the related accounts, records and computer systems maintained by the
Servicer at such times  during  normal  business  hours as the  Trustee  shall
instruct.

     (c) Release of Documents. Upon instruction from the Trustee, the Servicer
         --------------------
shall release any Receivable  File to the Trustee,  the Trustee's agent or the
Trustee's designee, as the case may be, at such place or places as the Trustee
may designate, as soon as practicable.

     SECTION  12.07.  Instructions;  Authority to Act.  The Servicer  shall be
                      -------------------------------
deemed to have received  proper  instructions  with respect to the  Receivable
Files upon its receipt of written instructions signed by a Trustee Officer.

     SECTION  12.08.  Custodian's  Indemnification.  The Servicer as custodian
                      ----------------------------
shall indemnify the Trustee and each of its officers, directors, employees and
agents for any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, compensatory damages,
payments,  costs,  or expenses of any kind  whatsoever that may be imposed on,
incurred by or asserted against the Trustee or any of its officers, directors,
employees  or agents as the result of any  improper act or omission in any way
relating to the  maintenance  and custody by the  Servicer as custodian of the
Receivable Files; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that the Servicer shall not be liable to
the Trustee or any such officers,  director,  employee or agent of the Trustee
for any portion of any such amount resulting from the willful misfeasance, bad
faith or negligence of the Trustee or any such officer, director,  employee or
agent of the Trustee.

     SECTION  12.09.   Effective  Period  and   Termination.   The  Servicer's
appointment as custodian shall become  effective as of the Initial Cutoff Date
or, if no Initial  Receivables  are conveyed to the Trustee,  the Closing Date
and shall continue in full force and effect until terminated  pursuant to this
Section  12.09.  If CFC  shall  resign  as  Servicer  in  accordance  with the
provisions  hereof or if all of the rights  and  obligations  of any  Servicer
shall have been  terminated  under  Section  18.01,  the  appointment  of such
Servicer as custodian shall be terminated by the Trustee, or by Holders of the
[Class  A]  Certificates  evidencing  not  less  than  25%  of the  [Class  A]
Certificate  Balance,  in the same manner as the  Trustee or such  Holders may
terminate the rights and obligations of the Servicer under Section 18.01.  The
Trustee may terminate the Servicer's appointment as custodian,  with cause, at
any time upon written notification to the Servicer,  and without cause upon 30
days' prior written notification. As soon as practicable after any termination
of such  appointment,  the Servicer shall deliver the Receivable  Files to the
Trustee  or the  Trustee's  agent at such place or places as the  Trustee  may
reasonably designate.


<PAGE>


                                 ARTICLE XIII

                  Administration and Servicing of Receivables
                  -------------------------------------------

     SECTION 3.01. Duties of Servicer.  The Servicer, as agent for the Trustee
                   ------------------
(to the extent provided herein),  shall manage,  service,  administer and make
collections  on  the  Receivables  (other  than  Purchased  Receivables)  with
reasonable  care,  using that degree of skill and attention  that the Servicer
exercises  with  respect  to all  comparable  automotive  receivables  that it
services for itself or others.  The Servicer's duties shall include collection
and  posting of all  payments,  responding  to  inquiries  of Obligors on such
Receivables, investigating delinquencies, sending payment coupons to Obligors,
reporting tax information to Obligors, accounting for collections,  furnishing
monthly and annual  statements  to the Trustee with respect to  distributions,
and making  Advances  pursuant to Section 14.04.  Subject to the provisions of
Section 13.02, the Servicer shall follow its customary standards, policies and
procedures  in  performing  its  duties  as  Servicer.  Without  limiting  the
generality of the  foregoing,  the Servicer is authorized and empowered by the
Trustee  to  execute  and  deliver,  on  behalf  of  itself,  the  Trust,  the
Certificateholders,  the Trustee,  or any of them, any and all  instruments of
satisfaction or cancellation, or partial or full release or discharge, and all
other  comparable  instruments,  with  respect to such  Receivables  or to the
Financed Vehicles securing such Receivables.  If the Servicer shall commence a
legal  proceeding  to enforce a  Receivable,  the  Trustee (in the case of any
Receivable  other than a Purchased  Receivable)  shall  thereupon be deemed to
have  automatically  assigned,  solely  for the  purpose of  collection,  such
Receivable to the Servicer.  If in any enforcement suit or legal proceeding it
shall be held that the  Servicer  may not enforce a  Receivable  on the ground
that it shall not be a real party in interest or a holder  entitled to enforce
such Receivable,  the Trustee shall, at the Servicer's  expense and direction,
take steps to enforce such Receivable,  including bringing suit in its name or
the name of the Certificateholders. The Trustee shall, upon written request of
the  Servicer,  furnish the  Servicer  with any powers of  attorney  and other
documents  reasonably necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry
out its servicing and administrative duties hereunder.

     SECTION  13.02.  Collection and  Allocation of Receivable  Payments.  The
                      --------------------------------------------------
Servicer  shall make  reasonable  efforts to collect all  payments  called for
under the terms and  provisions of the  Receivables as and when the same shall
become due and shall  follow such  collection  procedures  as it follows  with
respect to all comparable  automotive  receivables that it services for itself
or others.  The Servicer  shall  allocate  collections  between  principal and
interest in accordance with the customary servicing procedures it follows with
respect to all comparable  automotive  receivables that it services for itself
or others.  The Servicer may grant  extensions,  rebates or  adjustments  on a
Standard  Receivable  or a Fixed Value  Receivable,  which shall not,  for the
purposes of the  Agreement,  modify the  original  due dates or amounts of the
Scheduled  Payments on a  Precomputed  Receivable or the original due dates or
amounts of the originally  scheduled  payments of interest on Simple  Interest
Receivables;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that if the  Servicer  extends the date for
final  payment by the  Obligor of any  Receivable  beyond the Final  Scheduled
Maturity Date, it shall promptly  repurchase the Receivable  from the Trust in
accordance with the terms of Section 13.07. The Servicer may in its discretion
waive any late  payment  charge or any other fees that may be collected in the
ordinary course of servicing a Receivable. The Servicer shall not agree to any
alteration  of the  interest  rate on any  Receivable  or of the amount of any
Scheduled  Payment on  Precomputed  Receivables  or the  originally  scheduled
payments on Simple Interest Receivables.


<PAGE>


     SECTION 13.03. Realization Upon Receivables.  On behalf of the Trust, the
                    ----------------------------
Servicer shall use its best efforts,  consistent with its customary  servicing
procedures,  to repossess or otherwise  convert the  ownership of the Financed
Vehicle securing any Receivable as to which the Servicer shall have determined
eventual payment in full is unlikely. The Servicer shall follow such customary
and usual  practices and procedures as it shall deem necessary or advisable in
its servicing of automotive receivables,  which may include reasonable efforts
to realize upon any  recourse to Dealers and selling the  Financed  Vehicle at
public or private sale. The foregoing  shall be subject to the provision that,
in any case in which the Financed  Vehicle  shall have  suffered  damage,  the
Servicer  shall  not  expend  funds  in  connection  with  the  repair  or the
repossession  of such  Financed  Vehicle  unless  it  shall  determine  in its
discretion that such repair and/or  repossession will increase the Liquidation
Proceeds by an amount greater than the amount of such expenses.

     SECTION 13.04.  Physical Damage  Insurance.  The Servicer,  in accordance
                     --------------------------
with its customary servicing procedures, shall require that each Obligor shall
have obtained  physical damage  insurance  covering the Financed Vehicle as of
the execution of the Standard Receivable or the Fixed Value Receivable.

     SECTION 13.05.  Maintenance of Security  Interests in Financed  Vehicles.
                     --------------------------------------------------------
The Servicer  shall, in accordance  with its customary  servicing  procedures,
take such  steps as are  necessary  to  maintain  perfection  of the  security
interest  created by each Standard  Receivable and each Fixed Value Receivable
in the related Financed Vehicle. The Trustee hereby authorizes the Servicer to
take such steps as are  necessary  to  re-perfect  such  security  interest on
behalf of the Trust in the event of the  relocation  of a Financed  Vehicle or
for any other reason.

     SECTION 13.06.  Covenants of Servicer. The Servicer shall not release the
                     ---------------------
Financed Vehicle securing any Receivable from the security interest granted by
such  Receivable in whole or in part except in the event of payment in full by
the Obligor  thereunder  or  repossession,  nor shall the Servicer  impair the
rights of the Trust or the  Certificateholders in such Receivables,  nor shall
the Servicer  increase  the number of scheduled  payments due under a Standard
Receivable or a Fixed Value Receivable.

     SECTION 13.07.  Purchase of Receivables Upon Breach.  The Servicer or the
                     -----------------------------------
Trustee shall inform the other party and the Seller promptly, in writing, upon
the discovery of any breach pursuant to Section 13.02, 13.05 or 13.06.  Unless
the breach  shall  have been  cured by the last day of the  second  Collection
Period following such discovery (or, at the Servicer's election,  the last day
of the first  following  Collection  Period),  the Servicer shall purchase any
Receivable  materially  and adversely  affected by such breach as of such last
day. If the Servicer  takes any action in any  Collection  Period  pursuant to
Section  13.02  that  impairs  the  right  of the  Trustee,  the  Trust or the
Certificateholders  in any  Receivable  or as  otherwise  provided  in Section
13.02,  the Servicer shall purchase such Receivable as of the last day of such
Collection  Period.  In  consideration  of the purchase of any such Receivable
pursuant to either of the two preceding  sentences,  the Servicer  shall remit
the Purchase Amount in the manner  specified in Section 14.05. For purposes of
this Section 13.07,  the Purchase Amount shall consist in part of a release by
the  Servicer  of all rights of  reimbursement  with  respect  to  Outstanding
Precomputed   Advances  or  Outstanding   Simple  Interest   Advances  on  the
Receivable.  Subject to Section  17.02,  the sole remedy of the  Trustee,  the
Trust or the  Certificateholders  with respect to a breach pursuant to Section
13.02,  13.05  or  13.06  shall  be to  require  the  Servicer  to  repurchase
Receivables  pursuant to this Section 13.07. The Trustee shall have no duty to
conduct any  affirmative  investigation  as to the occurrence of any condition
requiring the repurchase of any Receivable pursuant to this Section.


<PAGE>


     SECTION 13.08.  Servicing Fee. The Servicing Fee for a Distribution  Date
                     -------------
shall equal the product of (a) one twelfth, (b) the Servicing Rate and (c) the
Pool  Balance  as of the first day of the  preceding  Collection  Period.  The
Servicer  shall  also  be  entitled  to  all  late  fees,  prepayment  charges
(including,  in the case of a Receivable that provides for payments  according
to the "Rule of 78s" and that is prepaid in full, the  difference  between the
Principal  Balance of such  Receivable  (plus accrued  interest to the date of
prepayment) and the principal balance of such Receivable computed according to
the "Rule of 78s") and other administrative fees or similar charges allowed by
applicable  law with  respect to the  Receivables,  collected  (from  whatever
source) on the Receivables, plus any reimbursement pursuant to Section 17.02.

     SECTION 13.09. Servicer's Certificate.  Not later than 11:00 am (New York
                    ----------------------
time) on each  Determination  Date, the Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee,
the Rating Agencies and the Seller,  a Servicer's  Certificate  containing all
information  necessary to make the  distributions on the related  Distribution
Date pursuant to Section 14.06 for the related Collection Period.  Receivables
to be purchased by the  Servicer or to be  repurchased  by the Seller shall be
identified by the Servicer by account  number with respect to such  Receivable
(as specified in Schedule A).

     SECTION 13.10. Annual Statement as to Compliance;  Notice of Default. (a)
                    -----------------------------------------------------
The Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee, on or before April 30 of each year,
an  Officers'  Certificate,  dated as of  December 31 of the  preceding  year,
stating  that  (i) a review  of the  activities  of the  Servicer  during  the
preceding  12-month period (or such shorter period as shall have elapsed since
the Closing Date) and of its performance hereunder and under the Agreement has
been  made  under  such  officers'  supervision  and  (ii) to the best of such
officers' knowledge,  based on such review, the Servicer has fulfilled all its
obligations  hereunder  and under the  Agreement  throughout  such year or, if
there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such obligation, specifying
each such default  known to such  officers and the nature and status  thereof.
The Trustee shall send a copy of such  certificate  and the report referred to
in Section 13.11 to the Rating  Agencies.  A copy of such  certificate and the
report  referred to in Section 13.11 may be obtained by any  Certificateholder
by a request  in writing  to the  Trustee  addressed  to the  Corporate  Trust
Office.


<PAGE>


     (b) The Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee and to the Rating Agencies,
promptly after having obtained knowledge thereof, but in no event later than 5
Business Days  thereafter,  written notice in an Officers'  Certificate of any
event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both,  would become
an Event of Default under clause (iii) or (iv) of Section 18.01(a) or (b).

     SECTION 13.11. Annual Independent  Certified Public Accountant's  Report.
                    ---------------------------------------------------------
The Servicer shall cause a firm of independent  certified public  accountants,
who may also  render  other  services  to the  Servicer,  the  Seller or their
Affiliates,  to  deliver  to the  Trustee  on or before  April 30 of each year
beginning April 30, 199__, a report addressed to the Board of Directors of the
Servicer to the effect that such firm has examined the financial statements of
CFC and issued its report  thereon and that such  examination  (1) was made in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and accordingly included
such tests of the  accounting  records and such other  auditing  procedures as
such firm  considered  necessary  in the  circumstances;  (2)  included  tests
relating  to  automotive  loans  serviced  for others in  accordance  with the
requirements  of the Uniform  Single Audit  Program for Mortgage  Bankers (the
"Program"), to the extent the procedures in such Program are applicable to the
servicing  obligations  set forth  herein;  and (3) except as described in the
report,  disclosed  no  exceptions  or  errors  in  the  records  relating  to
automobile  and light  truck loans  serviced  for others  that,  in the firm's
opinion, paragraph four of such Program requires such firm to report.

     The  Report  will  also  indicate  that  the firm is  independent  of the
Servicer within the meaning of the Code of Professional Ethics of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

     SECTION 13.12. Access to Certain  Documentation and Information Regarding
                    ----------------------------------------------------------
Receivables.  The Servicer shall provide to the  Certificateholders  access to
- -----------
the  Receivable  Files in such  cases  where  the  Certificateholder  shall be
required by applicable  statutes or regulations to review such  documentation.
Access shall be afforded without charge,  but only upon reasonable request and
during the normal  business  hours at the offices of the Servicer.  Nothing in
this  Section  shall  affect the  obligation  of the  Servicer  to observe any
applicable law prohibiting  disclosure of information  regarding the Obligors,
and the failure of the Servicer to provide  access to  information as a result
of such obligation shall not constitute a breach of this Section.

     SECTION 13.13.  Servicer Expenses.  The Servicer shall be required to pay
                     -----------------
all  expenses  incurred by it in  connection  with its  activities  hereunder,
including fees and disbursements of independent accountants,  taxes imposed on
the  Servicer and  expenses  incurred in  connection  with  distributions  and
reports to Certificateholders.

     SECTION 13.14.  Appointment of Subservicer.  The Servicer may at any time
                     --------------------------
appoint a  subservicer  to perform  all or any portion of its  obligations  as
Servicer hereunder;  PROVIDED that the Rating Agency Condition shall have been
satisfied in connection therewith;  and, PROVIDED,  FURTHER, that the Servicer
shall  remain   obligated   and  shall  be  liable  to  the  Trustee  and  the
Certificateholders  for the servicing and  administering of the Receivables in
accordance  with the provisions  hereof without  diminution of such obligation
and liability by virtue of the appointment of such subservicer and to the same
extent and under the same terms and  conditions as if the Servicer  alone were
servicing  and  administering  the  Receivables.  The fees and expenses of the
subservicer  shall be as agreed between the Servicer and its subservicer  from
time to time,  and none of the Trust,  the  Trustee or the  Certificateholders
shall have any responsibility therefor.


<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE XI.

                        Distributions; Reserve Account;
                       Statements to Certificateholders
                       --------------------------------

     SECTION 14.01.  Establishment of Trust Accounts. (a)(i) The Servicer, for
                     -------------------------------
the benefit of the  Certificateholders,  shall  establish  and maintain in the
name of the Trustee an Eligible  Deposit Account (the  "Collection  Account"),
bearing a designation  clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are
held for the benefit of the Certificateholders.

          (i) The Servicer, for the benefit of the  Certificateholders,  shall
     establish  and  maintain in the name of the  Trustee an Eligible  Deposit
     Account  (the  "Pre-Funding  Account"),  bearing  a  designation  clearly
     indicating that the funds  deposited  therein are held for the benefit of
     the Certificateholders.

          (ii) The Servicer, for the benefit of the Certificateholders,  shall
     establish  and  maintain in the name of the  Trustee an Eligible  Account
     (the "Distribution  Account"),  bearing a designation  clearly indicating
     that  the  funds  deposited  therein  are  held  for the  benefit  of the
     Certificateholders.

                (iii) The Servicer, for the benefit of the Certificateholders,
         shall  establish  and maintain in the name of the Trustee an Eligible
         Deposit  Account  (the  "Reserve  Account"),  bearing  a  designation
         clearly  indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the
         benefit of the Certificateholders.

     (b) Funds on deposit in the Collection Account,  the Pre-Funding Account,
the  Distribution  Account and the Reserve  Account  (collectively  the "Trust
Accounts") shall be invested by the Trustee in Eligible  Investments  selected
in writing by the Servicer or an investment  manager selected by the Servicer,
which  investment  manager shall have agreed to comply with the terms of these
Standard Terms and Conditions of Agreement and the Agreement as they relate to
investing such funds; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that it is understood and agreed that
the Trustee  shall not be liable for any loss arising from such  investment in
Eligible  investments.  All  such  Eligible  Investments  shall be held by the
Trustee  for the  benefit of the  Certificateholders;  PROVIDED,  that on each
Determination Date all interest and other investment income (net of losses and
investment  expenses) on funds on deposit  therein shall be deposited into the
Collection Account and shall be deemed to constitute a portion of the Interest
Distribution  Amount;  and,  PROVIDED,  FURTHER,  that any  interest and other
investment  income on Eligible  Investment  Receivables in the Reserve Account
earned in respect of a Collection  Period shall be deposited in the Collection
Account on the second  Determination Date following such Collection Period and
shall be deemed to  constitute a portion of the Interest  Distribution  Amount
for the  related  Distribution  Date.  Other than as  permitted  by the Rating
Agencies, funds on deposit in the Collection Account, the Pre-Funding Account,
the Reserve Account and the Distribution Account shall be invested in Eligible
Investments  that will mature (A) not later than the Business Day  immediately
preceding the next  Distribution Date or (B) on such next Distribution Date if
either (x) such investment is held in the trust  department of the institution
with which the  Collection  Account,  the  Pre-Funding  Account,  the  Reserve
Account or the Distribution Account, as applicable,  is then maintained and is
invested in a time deposit of [the  Trustee]  rated at least A-1 by Standard &
Poor's and P-1 by Moody's  (such  account  being  maintained  within the trust
department  of [the  Trustee])  or (y) the Trustee (so long as the  short-term
unsecured debt obligations of the Trustee are either (i) rated at least P-1 by
Moody's  and A-1 by Standard & Poor's on the date such  investment  is made or
(ii) guaranteed by an entity whose  short-term  unsecured debt obligations are
rated at least P-1 by  Moody's  and A-1 by  Standard & Poor's on the date such
investment is made) has agreed to advance funds on such  Distribution  Date to
the  Distribution  Account in the amount  payable on such  investment  on such
Distribution  Date  pending  receipt  thereof to the extent  necessary to make
distributions on such  Distribution  Date;  PROVIDED that Eligible  Investment
Receivables  need  not  satisfy  such  maturity  requirements.  The  guarantee
referred to in clause (y) of the  preceding  sentence  shall be subject to the
Rating Agency Condition. For the purpose of the foregoing,  unless the Trustee
affirmatively  agrees in writing  to make such  advance  with  respect to such
investment  prior to the time an investment is made, it shall not be deemed to
have agreed to make such advance.  Funds deposited in a Trust Account upon the
maturity  of any  Eligible  Investments  on the day  immediately  preceding  a
Distribution Date are not required to be invested overnight.


<PAGE>


     (c) (i) The Trustee  shall  possess all right,  title and interest in all
     funds on  deposit  from  time to time in the  Trust  Accounts  and in all
     proceeds  thereof  (including  all income  thereon)  and all such  funds,
     investments,  proceeds and income shall be part of the Trust Estate.  The
     Trust  Accounts  shall be under  the sole  dominion  and  control  of the
     Trustee for the benefit of the  Certificateholders.  If, at any time, any
     of the Trust  Accounts  ceases to be an  Eligible  Deposit  Account,  the
     Trustee (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall within 10 Business Days (or
     such  longer  period,  not to exceed 30 calendar  days,  as to which each
     Rating  Agency may consent)  establish a new Trust Account as an Eligible
     Deposit  Account and shall  transfer any cash and/or any  investments  to
     such new Trust Account.

          (ii) With respect to the Trust Account Property, the Trustee agrees,
     by its acceptance hereof, that:

               (A) any Trust Account Property that is held in deposit accounts
          shall be held solely in the Eligible  Deposit  Accounts,  subject to
          the last  sentence of Section  14.01(c)(i);  and each such  Eligible
          Deposit  Account  shall be  subject  to the  exclusive  custody  and
          control of the Trustee,  and the Trustee  shall have sole  signature
          authority with respect thereto;

               (B)  any  Trust  Account  Property  that  constitutes  Physical
          Property  shall be  delivered  to the  Trustee  in  accordance  with
          paragraph (a) of the  definition  of  "Delivery"  and shall be held,
          pending  maturity  or  disposition,  solely  by  the  Trustee  or  a
          financial  intermediary (as such term is defined in Section 8-313(4)
          of the UCC) acting solely for the Trustee;


<PAGE>


               (C) any Trust Account  Property  that is a book-entry  security
          held  through  the  Federal   Reserve  System  pursuant  to  federal
          book-entry   regulations  shall  be  delivered  in  accordance  with
          paragraph  (b)  of  the   definition  of  "Delivery"  and  shall  be
          maintained by the Trustee, pending maturity or disposition,  through
          continued book-entry  registration of such Trust Account Property as
          described in such paragraph; and

               (D) any  Trust  Account  Property  that  is an  "uncertificated
          security"  under Article VIII of the UCC and that is not governed by
          clause (C) above shall be  delivered  to the  Trustee in  accordance
          with  paragraph (c) of the  definition  of  "Delivery"  and shall be
          maintained by the Trustee, pending maturity or disposition,  through
          continued registration of the Trustee's (or its nominee's) ownership
          of such security.

          (iii) The Servicer  shall have the power,  revocable by the Trustee,
     to instruct the Trustee to make  withdrawals  and payments from the Trust
     Accounts  for the  purpose of  permitting  the  Servicer to carry out its
     respective duties hereunder.

     (d) (i) The Servicer  shall  establish  and maintain  with the Trustee an
     Eligible Deposit Account (the "Payahead  Account").  The Payahead Account
     shall not be property of the Trust.

          (ii) The Servicer shall on or prior to each  Distribution  Date (and
     prior  to  deposits  to  the  Distribution  Account)  transfer  from  the
     Collection  Account to the Payahead Account all Payaheads as described in
     Section  14.03  received by the Servicer  during the  Collection  Period.
     Notwithstanding  the foregoing and the first  sentence of Section  14.02,
     for so long as the Servicer is permitted to make monthly  remittances  to
     the Collection  Account pursuant to Section 14.02,  Payaheads need not be
     remitted  to and  deposited  in the  Payahead  Account but instead may be
     remitted to and held by the Servicer.  So long as such  condition is met,
     the  Servicer  shall not be  required  to  segregate  or  otherwise  hold
     separate any Payaheads remitted to the Servicer as aforesaid but shall be
     required to remit Payaheads to the Collection  Account in accordance with
     Section 14.06(a).

     SECTION 14.02. Collections.  The Servicer shall remit within two Business
                    -----------
Days of receipt thereof to the Collection Account all payments by or on behalf
of  the  Obligors  with  respect  to the  Receivables  (other  than  Purchased
Receivables  and not  including  Fixed  Value  Payments)  and all  Liquidation
Proceeds, both as collected during the Collection Period.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing,  for so long as (i) CFC  remains  the  Servicer,  (ii) no  Event of
Default  shall  have  occurred  and  be  continuing  and  (iii)(x)  CFC  is  a
wholly-owned  subsidiary  of CFC and CFC  maintains a short-term  rating of at
least A-1 by Standard & Poor's and P-1 by Moody's (and for five  Business Days
following a reduction  in either  such  rating) or (y) prior to ceasing  daily
remittances,  the Rating Agency  Condition  shall have been satisfied (and any
conditions  or  limitations  imposed  by the  Rating  Agencies  in  connection
therewith are complied with),  the Servicer shall remit such  collections with
respect  to the  preceding  calendar  month to the  Collection  Account on the
Determination  Date immediately  preceding the related  Distribution Date. For
purposes of this Article XIV the phrase "payments by or on behalf of Obligors"
shall mean payments made with respect to the Receivables by Persons other than
the Servicer or the Seller.


<PAGE>


     SECTION  14.03.  Application  of  Collections.  All  collections  for the
                      ----------------------------
Collection Period shall be applied by the Servicer as follows:

          With respect to each Receivable (other than a Purchased Receivable),
     payments by or on behalf of the Obligor  shall be applied  first,  in the
     case  of  Precomputed  Receivables,  to  reduce  Outstanding  Precomputed
     Advances  as  described  in Section  14.04(a)  and, in the case of Simple
     Interest  Receivables,  to reduce Outstanding Simple Interest Advances to
     the extent  described  in Section  14.04(b).  Next,  any excess  shall be
     applied, in the case of Precomputed Receivables, to the Scheduled Payment
     and,  in the  case  of  Simple  Interest  Receivables,  to  interest  and
     principal in accordance with the Simple Interest Method.  With respect to
     Precomputed  Receivables,  any  remaining  excess  shall  be added to the
     Payahead  Balance,  and  shall  be  applied  to  prepay  the  Precomputed
     Receivable,  but only if the sum of such excess and the previous Payahead
     Balance shall be sufficient to prepay the Receivable in full.  Otherwise,
     any such remaining  excess payments shall constitute a Payahead and shall
     increase the Payahead Balance.

     (b) All Liquidation  Proceeds and any subsequent  recoveries with respect
to any Fixed Value Receivable shall be applied first to the related Receivable
and only  after the  payment in full of the  Principal  Balance  thereof  plus
accrued  but  unpaid  interest  thereon  shall  any  Liquidation  Proceeds  or
recoveries be applied to, or constitute, the related Fixed Value Payment.

     SECTION 14.04.  Advances. (a) As of the close of business on the last day
                     --------
of each Collection Period, if the payments by or on behalf of the Obligor on a
Precomputed  Receivable (other than a Purchased Receivable) shall be less than
the Scheduled  Payment,  the Payahead Balance shall be applied by the Servicer
to the extent of the  shortfall  and such  Payahead  Balance  shall be reduced
accordingly.  Next, the Servicer shall advance any remaining  shortfall  (such
amount a "Precomputed  Advance"), to the extent that the Servicer, at its sole
discretion,  shall determine that the Precomputed Advance shall be recoverable
from the Obligor, the Purchase Amount, Liquidation Proceeds or proceeds of any
other Precomputed  Receivables.  With respect to each Precomputed  Receivable,
the  Precomputed  Advance shall  increase  Outstanding  Precomputed  Advances.
Outstanding Precomputed Advances shall be reduced by subsequent payments by or
on behalf of the Obligor,  collections of  Liquidation  Proceeds in respect of
Precomputed  Receivables,  or  payments of the  Purchase  Amount in respect of
Precomputed Receivables.

     If the Servicer shall determine that an Outstanding  Precomputed  Advance
with  respect  to any  Precomputed  Receivable  shall  not be  recoverable  as
aforesaid, the Servicer shall be reimbursed from any collections made on other
Precomputed  Receivables in the Trust,  and Outstanding  Precomputed  Advances
with respect to such Precomputed Receivable shall be reduced accordingly.

     (b) At the close of business on the last day of each  Collection  Period,
the  Servicer  shall  advance an amount equal to the amount of interest due on
the Simple  Interest  Receivables  at their  respective  APR's for the related
Collection  Period  (assuming  the Simple  Interest  Receivables  pay on their
respective  due dates) minus the amount of interest  actually  received on the
Simple Interest Receivables during the related Collection Period (such amount,
a "Simple Interest Advance"). With respect to each Simple Interest Receivable,
the  Simple  Interest  Advance  shall  increase  Outstanding  Simple  Interest
Advances. If such calculation results in a negative number, an amount equal to
such  negative  number  shall  be  paid to the  Servicer  and  the  amount  of
Outstanding  Simple  Interest  Advances  shall be reduced by such  amount.  In
addition,  in the event that a Simple Interest Receivable becomes a Liquidated
Receivable,   Liquidation  Proceeds  with  respect  to  such  Simple  Interest
Receivable  attributable  to accrued  and  unpaid  interest  thereon  (but not
including  interest for the then current  Collection  Period) shall be paid to
the Servicer to reduce Outstanding  Simple Interest Advances,  but only to the
extent of any  Outstanding  Simple Interest  Advances.  The Servicer shall not
make any advance with respect to principal of Simple  Interest  Receivables or
in respect of Eligible Investment Receivables.


<PAGE>


     SECTION  14.05.  Additional  Deposits.  The Servicer shall deposit in the
                      --------------------
Collection  Account the aggregate  Advances  pursuant to Section 14.04. To the
extent that the Servicer fails to make a Simple Interest  Advance  pursuant to
Section 14.04(b) on the date required,  the Trustee shall withdraw such amount
(or,  if  determinable,  such  portion  of such  amount as does not  represent
advances for delinquent  interest)  from the Reserve  Account and deposit such
amount in the Collection Account. The Servicer and the Seller shall deposit or
cause to be deposited in the Collection  Account the aggregate Purchase Amount
with respect to Purchased Receivables,  and the Servicer shall deposit therein
all amounts to be paid under  Section  20.02.  The Servicer  shall deposit the
aggregate  Purchase  Amount with  respect to Purchased  Receivables  when such
obligations  are due,  unless the Servicer shall not be required to make daily
deposits pursuant to Section 14.02.

     SECTION 14.06. Distributions.  (a) On each Distribution Date, the Trustee
                    -------------
shall cause to be transferred

          (i) From the  Collection  Account to the  Distribution  Account,  in
     immediately  available  funds,  the entire  amount then on deposit in the
     Collection  Account;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that  in the  event  that  the
     Servicer  is required to make  deposits  to the  Collection  Account on a
     daily  basis  pursuant  to  Section  14.02,   the  amount  of  the  funds
     transferred from the Collection Account to the Distribution  Account will
     include only those funds that were  deposited in the  Collection  Account
     for the Collection Period related to such Distribution Date.

          (ii) From the  Payahead  Account,  or from the Servicer in the event
     that  the  second  and  third  sentences  of  Section   14.01(d)(ii)  are
     applicable,  to the Distribution Account, in immediately available funds,
     the aggregate  previous  Payaheads to be applied to Scheduled Payments on
     Precomputed  Receivables for the related Collection Period or prepayments
     for the related Collection Period,  pursuant to Sections 14.03 and 14.04,
     in the amounts set forth in the Servicer's  Certificate  delivered on the
     related Determination Date. A single, net transfer may be made.

     (b) On each  Distribution  Date,  the Trustee  (based on the  information
contained in the Servicer's Certificate delivered on the related Determination
Date  pursuant to Section  14.09) shall  distribute  amounts on deposit in the
Distribution Account and, if applicable, the Reserve Account in the manner and
priority set forth below:


<PAGE>


          (i) to the  Servicer,  from the Interest  Distribution  Amount,  the
     Servicing  Fee  and all  unpaid  Servicing  Fees  from  prior  Collection
     Periods;

          (ii) to the Class A Certificateholders:

               (A) from the Class A Percentage  of the  Interest  Distribution
          Amount  (except as  provided  in the  proviso to  subsection  (c)(i)
          below) (as such  Interest  Distribution  Amount has been  reduced by
          Servicing Fee payments), the Class A Interest Distributable Amount;

               (B) from the Class A Percentage of the  Principal  Distribution
          Amount, the Class A Principal Distributable Amount;

          (iii) to the Class B Certificateholders:

               (A) from the Class B Percentage  of the  Interest  Distribution
          Amount (as such  Interest  Distribution  Amount has been  reduced by
          Servicing Fee payments),  the Class B Interest Distributable Amount;
          and

               (B) from the Class B Percentage of the  Principal  Distribution
          Amount, the sum of the Class B Principal Distributable Amount.

     (c) The rights of the Class B Certificateholders to receive distributions
in respect of the Class B Certificates shall be and hereby are subordinated to
the  rights of the Class A  Certificateholders  to  receive  distributions  in
respect of the Class A Certificates  and the rights of the Servicer to receive
the  Servicing  Fee (and any  accrued  and  unpaid  Servicing  Fees from prior
Collection   Periods)  in  the  event  of   delinquency  or  defaults  on  the
Receivables. Such subordination shall be effected as follows, and all payments
shall be effected  pursuant to clause (i) below prior to any payments pursuant
to clause (ii):

          (i) If the Class A Percentage  of the Interest  Distribution  Amount
     (as such Interest  Distribution  Amount has been reduced by Servicing Fee
     payments) is less than the Class A Interest  Distributable  Amount on any
     Distribution  Date, the Class A  Certificateholders  shall be entitled to
     receive distributions in respect of such deficiency first, from the Class
     B Percentage of the Interest Distribution Amount; second, if such amounts
     are  insufficient,  from amounts on deposit in the Reserve  Account;  and
     third, if such amounts are  insufficient,  from the Class B Percentage of
     the Principal Distribution Amount; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that if the amount
     of Simple Interest Advances required to be made for the Collection Period
     have not been paid by the Servicer or withdrawn from the Reserve Account,
     the  shortfall in either such amount shall be allocated  pro rata between
     the  Class A  Certificates  and the  Class B  Certificates  and any  such
     shortfall  with  respect  to the  Class A  Certificates  (and any Class A
     Carryover  Shortfalls  attributable  thereto)  shall  be paid  only  from
     amounts that are or become  available in the Reserve Account after giving
     effect to any deposit thereto on such day.


<PAGE>


          (ii) If the Class A Percentage of the Principal  Distribution Amount
     is less than the sum of the Class A Principal Distributable Amount on any
     Distribution  Date, the Class A  Certificateholders  shall be entitled to
     receive distributions in respect of such deficiency first, from the Class
     B  Percentage  of the  Principal  Distribution  Amount;  second,  if such
     amounts are insufficient, from amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account;
     and third, if such amounts are insufficient,  from the Class B Percentage
     of the Interest Distribution Amount.

     (d) Subject to Section 20.01 respecting the final payment upon retirement
of each Certificate, the Servicer shall on each Distribution Date instruct the
Trustee to  distribute  to each  Certificateholder  of record on the preceding
Record Date  either by wire  transfer in  immediately  available  funds to the
account of such Holder at a bank or other entity having appropriate facilities
therefor,  if such  Certificateholder  shall  have  provided  to the  Servicer
appropriate  instructions  prior to such  Distribution  Date and such Holder's
Certificates  of either Class in the aggregate  evidence a denomination of not
less than $1,000,000, or, if not, by check mailed to such Certificateholder at
the address of such Holder appearing in the Certificate Register,  the amounts
to  be  distributed  to  such  Certificateholder  pursuant  to  such  Holder's
Certificates.

     SECTION 14.07. Reserve Account. (a) On the Closing Date, the Trustee will
                    ---------------
deposit, on behalf of the Seller, the Reserve Account Initial Deposit into the
Reserve Account from the net proceeds of the sale of the Certificates.

     (b) If the amount on deposit in the Reserve  Account on any  Distribution
Date (after giving effect to all deposits thereto or withdrawals  therefrom on
such Distribution  Date) is greater than the Specified Reserve Account Balance
for such  Distribution  Date,  the  Servicer  shall  instruct  the  Trustee to
distribute  the amount of such excess to the Seller,  which  distribution  may
include Eligible Investment  Receivables;  PROVIDED, that no such excess shall
be distributed  unless the letter from a firm of independent  certified public
accountants  required to be  delivered  under the  Agreement in respect of the
Collection Period immediately following the Closing Date has been delivered to
the Trustee.

     (c) If the  Servicer  determines  pursuant  to  Section  14.04 that it is
required to make an Advance on any  Distribution  Date and does not do so from
its own funds,  the Servicer shall instruct the Trustee to withdraw funds from
the Reserve  Account and deposit them in the  Collection  Account to cover any
shortfall.  Such  payment  shall be deemed  to have been made by the  Servicer
pursuant to Section 14.04 for purposes of making distributions pursuant to the
Agreement,  but shall not  otherwise  satisfy  the  Servicer's  obligation  to
deliver the amount of the Advances, and the Servicer shall within two Business
Days replace any funds in the Reserve Account so used.

     (d)  (i) In the  event  that  the  Class  A  Distributable  Amount  for a
     Distribution  Date exceeds the sum of the amounts  distributed to Holders
     of the Class A  Certificates  pursuant  to Section  14.06(b)(ii)  on such
     Distribution  Date,  the Servicer  shall instruct the Trustee to withdraw
     from the Reserve  Account on such  Distribution  Date an amount  equal to
     such excess,  to the extent of funds  available  therein,  and distribute
     such amount to the Holders of the Class A Certificates.


<PAGE>


          (ii) In the event that the Class A Principal Distributable Amount on
     the Final Scheduled  Distribution Date exceeds the amount  distributed to
     Holders of Class A Certificates  pursuant to Section  14.06(b)(ii)(B)  on
     such  Distribution  Date,  the  Servicer  shall  instruct  the Trustee to
     withdraw  from the Reserve  Account on such  Distribution  Date an amount
     equal to such  excess,  to the  extent of funds  available  therein,  and
     distribute such amount to the Holders of the Class A Certificates.

     (e)  (i) In the  event  that  the  Class  B  Distributable  Amount  for a
     Distribution  Date exceeds the sum of the amounts  distributed to Holders
     of the Class B  Certificates  pursuant to Section  14.06(b)(iii)  on such
     Distribution  Date,  the Servicer  shall instruct the Trustee to withdraw
     from the Reserve  Account on such  Distribution  Date an amount  equal to
     such excess, to the extent of funds available therein after giving effect
     to  paragraphs  (c) and (d)  above,  and  distribute  such  amount to the
     Holders of the Class B Certificates.

          (ii)  In  the   event   that   the   Certificateholders'   Principal
     Distributable Amount on the Final Scheduled Distribution Date exceeds the
     amount  distributed  to Holders of the Class B  Certificates  pursuant to
     Section  14.06(b)(iii)(B),  the  Servicer  shall  instruct the Trustee to
     withdraw  from the Reserve  Account on such  Distribution  Date an amount
     equal to such  excess,  to the extent of funds  available  therein  after
     giving effect to paragraphs  (d) and (e)(i) above,  and  distribute  such
     amount to the Holders of the Class B Certificates.

    (f)  Following the payment in full of the  Certificate  Balance and of all
other   amounts   owing  or  to  be   distributed   under  the   Agreement  to
Certificateholders  and the termination of the Trust,  any amount remaining on
deposit in the  Reserve  Account  shall be  distributed  to the Seller and any
Eligible Investment Receivables in the Reserve Account shall be transferred to
the Seller.

    SECTION 14.08.  Pre-Funding  Account. (a) On the Closing Date, the Trustee
                    --------------------
will deposit the amount, if any, specified in the Agreement in the Pre-Funding
Account  on  behalf of the  Seller  from the net  proceeds  of the sale of the
Certificates.  On each  Subsequent  Transfer Date, the Servicer shall instruct
the Trustee to withdraw  from the  Pre-Funding  Account an amount equal to (i)
the Principal Balance of the Subsequent  Receivables  transferred to the Trust
on such Subsequent  Transfer Date less the Reserve Account Initial Deposit for
such  Subsequent  Transfer Date, and to distribute  such amount to or upon the
order of the  Seller  upon  satisfaction  of the  conditions  set forth in the
Agreement with respect to such transfer,  and (ii) the Reserve Account Initial
Deposit for such  Subsequent  Transfer  Date and, on behalf of the Seller,  to
deposit such amount in the Reserve  Account.  If  Subsequent  Receivables  are
transferred to the Trust on the Closing Date, the Closing Date shall also be a
Subsequent Transfer Date for the purposes of this Section.

    (b) If (x) the  Pre-Funded  Amount  has not  been  reduced  to zero on the
Distribution  Date on which the Funding Period ends (or, if the Funding Period
does not end on a Distribution  Date, on the first Distribution Date following
the end of the Funding  Period) or (y) the Pre-Funded  Amount has been reduced
to $        or less on any  Determination  Date,  in either case after  giving
    -------
effect to any reductions in the Pre-Funded Amount on such Distribution Date or
Determination  Date  pursuant  to  paragraph  (a) above,  the  Servicer  shall
instruct the Trustee to withdraw from the Pre-Funding  Account, in the case of
(x), on such  Distribution  Date or, in the case of (y),  on the  Distribution
Date  immediately  succeeding such  Determination  Date, (i) if the Pre-Funded
Amount is equal to or less than  $       ,  the Pre-Funded Amount and  deposit
                                  -------
such amount in the Distribution  Account for payment as principal of the Class
A-1 Certificates up to the Class A Certificate Balance and then for payment of
principal of the Class A-2 Certificates,  and (ii) if the Pre-Funded Amount is
greater than $          ,  amounts equal to the Pre-Funded Percentage for each
              ----------
Class of Certificates of the Pre-Funded Amount and deposit such amounts in the
Distribution  Account.  In addition,  if the Pre-Funded Amount is greater than
$         ,  the Seller will deposit into the  Distribution  Account an amount
 ---------
equal to the sum of the Class A Prepayment  Premium and the Class B Prepayment
Premium.


<PAGE>


    SECTION  14.09.  Statements to  Certificateholders.  On each  Distribution
                     ---------------------------------
Date,  the Servicer shall provide to the Trustee for the Trustee to forward to
each  Certificateholder  of  record  as of the  most  recent  Record  Date,  a
statement  substantially  in the form of Exhibit E setting  forth at least the
following  information  as  to  each  Class  of  Certificates  to  the  extent
applicable:

          (i) the amount of such distribution allocable to principal allocable
     to each class of Certificates;

          (ii) the amount of such distribution allocable to interest allocable
     to each class of Certificates;

          (iii) for the final  Distribution  Date with  respect to the Funding
     Period,  the amount of any remaining  Pre-Funded Amount that has not been
     used to fund the purchase of Subsequent Receivables;

          (iv) the Pool Balance as of the close of business on the last day of
     the related Collection Period,  after giving effect to payments allocated
     to principal reported under (i) above;

          (v) the Class A  Certificate  Balance  and the  Class B  Certificate
     Balance  as of the  close of  business  on the  last  day of the  related
     Collection Period, after giving effect to payments allocated to principal
     reported under (i) above;

          (vi) the  amount  of the  Servicing  Fee paid to the  Servicer  with
     respect to the related Collection Period;

          (vii) the amount of the Class A Principal  Carryover  Shortfall  and
     Class A Interest  Carryover  Shortfall  and Class B  Principal  Carryover
     Shortfall and Class B Interest  Carryover  Shortfall,  as applicable,  if
     any,  on such  Distribution  Date and the change in the Class A Principal
     Carryover  Shortfall and Class A Interest Carryover Shortfall and Class B
     Principal Carryover  Shortfall and Class B Interest Carryover  Shortfall,
     as applicable, from the preceding Distribution Date;

          (viii) the amount of Realized  Losses,  if any,  with respect to the
     related Collection Period;


<PAGE>


          (ix)   the   amount   otherwise   distributable   to  the   Class  B
     Certificateholders  that is distributed to Class A Certificateholders  on
     such Distribution Date;

          (x) the balance of the Reserve  Account on such  Distribution  Date,
     after giving effect to deposits and withdrawals made on such Distribution
     Date;

          (xi) the aggregate  Payahead  Balance and the change in such balance
     from the preceding Distribution Date; and

          (xii)  for  Distribution   Dates  during  the  Funding  Period,  the
     remaining Pre-Funded Amount.

Each amount set forth pursuant to subclauses  (i),  (ii),  (vi) or (vii) above
shall be expressed as a dollar amount per $1,000 of original principal balance
of a Class A or Class B Certificate, as applicable.

     SECTION 14.10. Accounting and Tax Returns. The Trustee shall (a) maintain
                    --------------------------
(or cause to be  maintained)  the books of the Trust on a calendar  year basis
and the  accrual  method of  accounting  and (b)  deliver to each  Holder of a
Certificate,   as  may  be  required  by  the  Code  and  applicable  Treasury
Regulations,  such information as may be required  (including Schedule K-1) to
enable each Holder to prepare its federal and state income tax returns.

     SECTION 14.11. Net Deposits. As an administrative convenience, unless the
                    ------------
Servicer  is  required  to  remit  collections  daily,  the  Servicer  will be
permitted to make the deposit of  collections  on the  Receivables,  aggregate
Advances and Purchase  Amounts for or with respect to each  Collection  Period
net of  distributions  to be  made  to  the  Servicer  with  respect  to  such
Collection Period. The Servicer,  however,  will account to the Trustee and to
the  Certificateholders  as if all deposits,  distributions and transfers were
made individually.

     [SECTION 14.12.  Transfer of the Class B  Certificates.  In the event any
                      -------------------------------------
Holder of a Class B Certificate shall wish to transfer such  Certificate,  the
Seller shall provide to such Holder and any prospective  transferee designated
by  such  Holder  information  regarding  the  Class  B  Certificates  and the
Receivables  and such other  information  as shall be necessary to satisfy the
condition to eligibility set forth in Rule 144A(d)(4) for transfer of any such
Class B Certificate without  registration  thereof under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule
144A.]


                                  ARTICLE XV

                               The Certificates
                               ----------------

     SECTION  15.01.  The  Certificates.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in the
                      -----------------
Agreement,  the  Certificates  shall be  issued  in fully  registered  form in
minimum  denominations of $1,000. The Certificates shall be executed on behalf
of the Trust by manual or facsimile  signature of an authorized officer of the
Trustee.   Certificates   bearing  the  manual  or  facsimile   signatures  of
individuals  who  were,  at the time  when  such  signatures  shall  have been
affixed,  authorized to sign on behalf of the Trust,  shall be validly  issued
and  entitled  to the  benefit  of the  Agreement,  notwithstanding  that such
individuals or any of them shall have ceased to be so authorized  prior to the
authentication  and delivery of such Certificates or did not hold such offices
at the date of authentication and delivery of such Certificates.

     A transferee of a Certificate shall become a Certificateholder  and shall
be   entitled   to  the  rights  and   subject   to  the   obligations   of  a
Certificateholder hereunder upon such transferee's acceptance of a Certificate
duly registered in such transferee's name pursuant to Section 15.03.

     SECTION 15.02.  Authentication  of Certificates.  The Trustee shall cause
                     -------------------------------
the  Certificates  to be  executed on behalf of the Trust,  authenticated  and
delivered to or upon the written  order of the Seller,  signed by its chairman
of the board,  its  president,  any vice  president,  secretary,  or assistant
treasurer,  without  further  corporate  action by the Seller,  in  authorized
denominations,  pursuant to the Agreement.  No  Certificate  shall entitle its
Holder to any benefit  under the  Agreement  or shall be valid for any purpose
unless there shall appear on such Certificate a certificate of  authentication
substantially  in  the  form  set  forth  in  Exhibit  A or  Exhibit  B to the
Agreement, as appropriate,  executed by the Trustee by manual signature.  Such
authentication  shall  constitute  conclusive  evidence that such  Certificate
shall have been duly authenticated and delivered  hereunder.  All Certificates
shall be dated the date of their authentication.

     SECTION 15.03. Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Certificates. The
                    -----------------------------------------------------
Certificate  Registrar shall keep or cause to be kept, at the office or agency
maintained pursuant to Section 15.08, a Certificate Register in which, subject
to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe,  the Trustee shall provide
for the  registration  of  Certificates  and of  transfers  and  exchanges  of
Certificates as herein provided.  Unless otherwise specified in the Agreement,
the Trustee shall be the initial Certificate Registrar.

     Upon  surrender for  registration  of transfer of any  Certificate at the
Corporate Trust Office,  the Trustee shall execute,  authenticate and deliver,
in the  name of the  designated  transferee  or  transferees,  one or more new
Certificates in authorized  denominations of a like aggregate amount dated the
date of authentication by the Trustee. At the option of a Holder, Certificates
may be exchanged for other Certificates of authorized  denominations of a like
aggregate  amount  upon  surrender  at  the  Corporate  Trust  Office  of  the
Certificates to be exchanged.

     Every  Certificate  presented or surrendered for registration of transfer
or exchange shall be  accompanied by a written  instrument of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Trustee and the Certificate Registrar duly executed by the
Holder or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing.  Each Certificate
surrendered  for  registration of transfer and exchange shall be cancelled and
subsequently disposed of by the Trustee.

     No service  charge  shall be made for any  registration  of  transfer  or
exchange  of  Certificates,  but the  Trustee  may  require  payment  of a sum
sufficient  to cover any tax or  governmental  charge  that may be  imposed in
connection with any transfer or exchange of Certificates.


<PAGE>


     [SECTION 15.04. Limitations on Transfer of the Class B Certificates.  (a)
                     ---------------------------------------------------
Unless  otherwise set forth in the Agreement,  the Class B Certificates  shall
not have been and will not be registered under the Securities Act and will not
be listed on any exchange.  No transfer of a Class B Certificate shall be made
unless such transfer is made pursuant to an effective  registration  statement
under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws or is exempt
from the  registration  requirements  under said Act and such state securities
laws. In the event that a transfer is to be made in reliance upon an exemption
from the  Securities  Act and  state  securities  laws,  in  order  to  assure
compliance  with the  Securities  Act and such laws,  the Holder  desiring  to
effect such  transfer  and such  Holder's  prospective  transferee  shall each
certify to the  Trustee in  writing  the facts  surrounding  the  transfer  in
substantially the forms set forth in Exhibit F (the "Transferor  Certificate")
and either  Exhibit G (the  "Investment  Letter") or Exhibit H (the "Rule 144A
Letter"). Except in the case of a transfer as to which the proposed transferee
has provided a Rule 144A Letter,  there shall also be delivered to the Trustee
an opinion of counsel that such  transfer may be made pursuant to an exemption
from the Securities Act and state  securities  laws,  which opinion of counsel
shall not be an expense of the Trust or Trustee; PROVIDED that such opinion of
counsel in respect of the applicable state securities laws may be a memorandum
of law  rather  than  an  opinion  if  such  counsel  is not  licensed  in the
applicable  jurisdiction.  The Seller shall provide to any Holder of a Class B
Certificate  and any  prospective  transferee  designated  by any such Holder,
information  regarding the Class B Certificates  and the  Receivables and such
other   information  as  shall  be  necessary  to  satisfy  the  condition  to
eligibility  set forth in Rule  144A(d)(4)  for  transfer  of any such Class B
Certificates without registration thereof under the Securities Act pursuant to
the  registration  exemption  provided by Rule 144A.  Each Holder of a Class B
Certificate  desiring to effect such a transfer  shall,  and does hereby agree
to, indemnify the Trust, the Trustee and the Seller against any liability that
may result if the transfer is not so exempt or is not made in accordance  with
federal and state securities laws.

     (b) No transfer of a Class B Certificate shall be made unless the Trustee
shall  have  received a  representation  from the  transferee  of such Class B
Certificate,  acceptable  to and in form  and  substance  satisfactory  to the
Trustee,  to the effect that such transferee is not an employee  benefit plan,
trust  or  account   (each  a  "Benefit   Plan")   subject  to  the  fiduciary
responsibility  provisions  of ERISA or  Section  4975 of the Code or a Person
acting on behalf of any such Benefit Plan or using assets of a Benefit Plan to
acquire Class B  Certificates.  For purposes of the preceding  sentence,  such
representation  shall  be  deemed  to have  been  made to the  Trustee  by the
transferee's  (including  an  initial  acquiror's)  acceptance  of a  Class  B
Certificate.  Notwithstanding  anything  else  to  the  contrary  herein,  any
proposed  transfer of a Class B Certificate  to or on behalf of a Benefit Plan
subject to ERISA or to the Code  without  the  delivery  to the  Trustee of an
opinion of counsel  satisfactory  to the Trustee as  described  above shall be
void and of no effect.  The Trustee  shall be under no liability to any Person
for any  registration  of transfer of any Class B Certificate  that is in fact
not  permitted  by this  Section  15.04 or for making any payments due on such
Class B  Certificate  to the Holder  thereof or taking any other  action  with
respect to such Holder under the  provisions  of the  Agreement so long as the
transfer  was  registered  by the  Trustee in  accordance  with the  foregoing
requirements.  The Trustee shall be entitled,  but not  obligated,  to recover
from any  Holder of any Class B  Certificate  that was in fact a Benefit  Plan
subject  to Section  406 of ERISA or to  Section  4975 of the Code or a Person
acting on behalf  of any such  Benefit  Plan at the time it became a Holder or
subsequently  became such a Benefit Plan or Person  acting on behalf of such a
Benefit  Plan,  all  payments  made on such Class B  Certificate  at and after
either such time.  Any such payments so recovered by the Trustee shall be paid
and delivered by the Trustee to the last preceding  Holder of such Certificate
that is not, and was not at the time it held such Certificate,  such a Benefit
Plan or Person acting on behalf of a Benefit Plan.

     (c) The Trustee shall cause each Class B Certificate  to contain a legend
stating  that  transfer  of the Class B  Certificates  is  subject  to certain
restrictions and referring prospective  purchasers of the Class B Certificates
to this Section 15.04 with respect to such restrictions.

     (d) Unless otherwise set forth in the Agreement, no transfer of a Class B
Certificate  or any  interest  therein  shall  be made  unless  prior  to such
transfer the Holder of such Class B Certificate delivers to the Seller and the
Trustee  either a ruling of the  Internal  Revenue  Service  or an  Opinion of
Counsel,  to the  effect  that the  proposed  transfer  will not result in the
arrangement  contemplated  by the Agreement  being  treated as an  association
taxable as a  corporation  under either the Code or [the tax laws of the State
of New York].]

     SECTION 15.05. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost, or Stolen Certificates. If (a)
                    --------------------------------------------------
any mutilated  Certificate shall be surrendered to the Certificate  Registrar,
or if the Certificate  Registrar shall receive evidence to its satisfaction of
the  destruction,  loss or theft of any  Certificate  and (b)  there  shall be
delivered  to the  Certificate  Registrar  and the  Trustee  such  security or
indemnity  as may be required by them to save each of them  harmless,  then in
the absence of notice that such  Certificate  has been acquired by a bona fide
purchaser,  the Trustee on behalf of the Trust shall execute,  and the Trustee
shall  authenticate  and  deliver,  in  exchange  for or in lieu  of any  such
mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or stolen Certificate,  a new Certificate of like
tenor and denomination. In connection with the issuance of any new Certificate
under this Section, the Trustee and the Certificate  Registrar may require the
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that
may be imposed in  connection  therewith.  Any  duplicate  Certificate  issued
pursuant to this Section shall constitute  conclusive evidence of ownership in
the  Trust,  as if  originally  issued,  whether  or not the  lost,  stolen or
destroyed Certificate shall be found at any time.

     SECTION  15.06.  Persons Deemed Owners.  Prior to due  presentation  of a
                      ---------------------
Certificate  for  registration  of  transfer,  the Trustee or the  Certificate
Registrar  may  treat  the  Person  in  whose  name any  Certificate  shall be
registered  as the owner of such  Certificate  for the  purpose  of  receiving
distributions pursuant to Section 14.06 and for all other purposes whatsoever,
and neither the Trustee nor the  Certificate  Registrar  shall be bound by any
notice to the contrary.

     SECTION 15.07. Access to List of Certificateholders' Names and Addresses.
                    ---------------------------------------------------------
The Trustee shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Servicer,  within 15
days after  receipt by the Trustee of a request  therefor from the Servicer in
writing, a list, in such form as the Servicer may reasonably  require,  of the
names and  addresses of the  Certificateholders  as of the most recent  Record
Date. If three or more Certificateholders, or one or more Holders of [Class A]
Certificates  evidencing not less than 25% of the Certificate Balance apply in
writing to the Trustee, and such application states that the applicants desire
to  communicate  with other  Certificateholders  with  respect to their rights
under the Agreement or under the Certificates  and such  application  shall be
accompanied by a copy of the  communication  that such  applicants  propose to
transmit,  then the Trustee shall, within five Business Days after the receipt
for such  application,  afford such  applicants  access during normal business
hours to the current list of Certificateholders. Each Holder, by receiving and
holding a  Certificate,  shall be deemed to have  agreed to hold  neither  the
Servicer nor the Trustee  accountable  by reason of the disclosure of its name
and address, regardless of the source from which such information was derived.


<PAGE>


     SECTION  15.08.  Maintenance  of  Office or  Agency.  The  Trustee  shall
                      ----------------------------------
maintain  in the  Borough  of  Manhattan,  The City of New York,  an office or
offices  or agency or  agencies  where  Certificates  may be  surrendered  for
registration  of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon
the Trustee in respect of the  Certificates  and the  Agreement may be served.
The Trustee  initially  designates the Corporate  Trust Office as specified in
the Agreement as its office for such  purposes.  The Trustee shall give prompt
written notice to the Servicer and to  Certificateholders of any change in the
location of the Certificate Register or any such office or agency.

     SECTION 15.09. Book-Entry Certificates.  The Class A Certificates and, if
                    -----------------------
so specified in the Agreement,  the Class B Certificates  may be issued in the
form  of  one  or  more  typewritten   Certificates   representing  Book-Entry
Certificates,  to be delivered  by, or on behalf of, the Seller to the initial
Clearing Agency, which, unless otherwise specified in the Agreement,  shall be
The Depository Trust Company. In such case, the Certificates  delivered to the
Depository  Trust  Company shall  initially be  registered on the  Certificate
Register  in the  name of Cede & Co.,  the  nominee  of the  initial  Clearing
Agency,  and no  Certificate  Owner  will  receive  a  definitive  certificate
representing such Certificate Owner's interest in the Certificates,  except as
provided  in Section  15.11.  Unless and until  definitive,  fully  registered
Certificates  (the  "Definitive   Certificates")  have  been  issued  to  such
Certificate Owners pursuant to Section 15.11:

          (i) the  provisions  of this  Section  shall  be in full  force  and
     effect;

          (ii) the Seller,  the Servicer,  the  Certificate  Registrar and the
     Trustee may deal with the Clearing Agency for all purposes (including the
     making of distributions on such  Certificates) as the sole Holder of such
     Certificates  and shall have no  obligation  to the  related  Certificate
     Owners;

          (iii) to the extent that the  provisions  of this  Section  conflict
     with any other  provisions  of this  Agreement,  the  provisions  of this
     Section shall control;

          (iv) the rights of such  Certificate  Owners shall be exercised only
     through the Clearing Agency and shall be limited to those  established by
     law and  agreements  between  such  Certificate  Owners and the  Clearing
     Agency  and/or  the  Clearing  Agency   Participants.   Pursuant  to  the
     Depository Agreement, unless and until Definitive Certificates are issued
     pursuant  to  Section  15.11,  the  initial  Clearing  Agency  will  make
     book-entry  transfers among the Clearing Agency  Participants and receive
     and transmit distributions of principal and interest on such Certificates
     to such Clearing Agency Participants; and

          (v) whenever the Agreement  requires or permits  actions to be taken
     based  upon   instructions  or  directions  of  Holders  of  Certificates
     evidencing  a  specified  percentage  of  the  Certificate  Balance,  the
     Clearing  Agency shall be deemed to represent such percentage only to the
     extent that it has received  instructions to such effect from Certificate
     Owners  and/or  Clearing  Agency  Participants  owning  or  representing,
     respectively, such required percentage of the beneficial interest in such
     Certificates and has delivered such instructions to the Trustee.


<PAGE>


     SECTION  15.10.  Notices to  Clearing  Agency.  Whenever  notice or other
                      ----------------------------
communication  to the  Certificateholders  is required  under this  Agreement,
unless and until Definitive Certificates shall have been issued to Certificate
Owners pursuant to Section 15.11,  the Trustee and the Servicer shall give all
such notices and  communications  specified  herein to be given to Certificate
Owners to the Clearing Agency.

     SECTION 15.11. Definitive  Certificates.  If (i) the Servicer advises the
                    ------------------------
Trustee in writing  that the Clearing  Agency is no longer  willing or able to
properly discharge its responsibilities under the Depository Agreement and the
Trustee  or the  Seller is unable to locate a  qualified  successor,  (ii) the
Seller  at its  option  advises  the  Trustee  in  writing  that it  elects to
terminate the book-entry system through the Clearing Agency or (iii) after the
occurrence of an Event of Default,  Certificate Owners representing beneficial
interests  aggregating  not less than a majority of the aggregate  outstanding
principal  amount of the  Book-Entry  Certificates  advise the Trustee and the
Clearing  Agency in  writing  that the  continuation  of a  book-entry  system
through  the  Clearing  Agency  is no  longer  in the  best  interests  of the
Certificate  Owners,  then the Clearing  Agency  shall notify all  Certificate
Owners and the Trustee of the occurrence of such event and of the availability
of Definitive  Certificates  to Certificate  Owners  requesting the same. Upon
surrender  to the Trustee of the  typewritten  Certificates  representing  the
Book-Entry  Certificates by the Clearing  Agency,  accompanied by registration
instructions,  the Trustee  shall  execute  and  authenticate  the  Definitive
Certificates in accordance with the instructions of the Clearing Agency.  None
of the Seller,  the  Certificate  Registrar or the Trustee shall be liable for
any delay in delivery of such  instructions and may conclusively  rely on, and
shall be  protected  in relying on, such  instructions.  Upon the  issuance of
Definitive  Certificates,  the  Trustee  shall  recognize  the  Holders of the
Definitive  Certificates  as  Certificateholders   hereunder.  The  Definitive
Certificates shall be printed,  lithographed or engraved or may be produced in
any other manner as is reasonably  acceptable to the Trustee,  as evidenced by
its execution thereof.


                                  ARTICLE XVI

                                  The Seller
                                  ----------

     SECTION 16.01.  Representations of Seller. The Seller makes the following
                     -------------------------
representations  on which  the  Trustee  shall be  deemed  to have  relied  in
accepting  the  Receivables  in trust and  executing  and  authenticating  the
Certificates.  The  representations  speak as of the execution and delivery of
the Agreement and as of the Closing Date, in the case of Initial  Receivables,
if any, and as of the  applicable  Subsequent  Transfer  Date,  in the case of
Subsequent Receivables,  if any, and shall survive the sale of the Receivables
to the Trustee.

          (i) Organization and Good Standing. The Seller is duly organized and
              ------------------------------
     validly  existing as a limited  liability  company in good standing under
     the laws of the State of  Michigan,  with power and  authority to own its
     properties  and to conduct its business as such  properties are currently
     owned and such business is presently  conducted,  and had at all relevant
     times,  and has, the power,  authority and legal right to acquire and own
     the Standard Receivables and the Fixed Value Receivables.


<PAGE>


          (ii) Due Qualification.  The Seller is duly qualified to do business
               -----------------
     as a foreign limited liability company in good standing, and has obtained
     all necessary  licenses and approvals in all  jurisdictions  in which the
     ownership  or lease of  property  or the  conduct of its  business  shall
     require such qualifications.

          (iii) Power and Authority. The Seller has the power and authority to
                -------------------
     execute and deliver the Agreement and to carry out its terms;  the Seller
     has full power and  authority  to sell and assign the property to be sold
     and assigned to and deposited with the Trustee as part of the Trust,  and
     the Seller shall have duly  authorized  such sale and  assignment  to the
     Trustee  by  all  necessary  action;  and  the  execution,  delivery  and
     performance of the Agreement and of each Subsequent  Transfer  Assignment
     or Eligible Investment  Transfer  Assignment,  as applicable,  shall have
     been duly authorized by the Seller by all necessary action.

          (iv) Binding  Obligation.  The Agreement,  each Subsequent  Transfer
               -------------------
     Assignment and Eligible Investment Transfer Assignment, when executed and
     delivered  by the Seller,  shall  constitute  a legal,  valid and binding
     obligation of the Seller enforceable in accordance with its terms.

          (v) No Violation. The consummation of the transactions  contemplated
              ------------
     by the Agreement and the  fulfillment of the terms hereof do not conflict
     with,  result in any  breach of any of the  terms and  provisions  of, or
     constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under, the
     articles of  organization  or operating  agreement of the Seller,  or any
     indenture,  agreement or other  instrument to which the Seller is a party
     or by which it is bound;  or result in the creation or  imposition of any
     Lien  upon  any of its  properties  pursuant  to the  terms  of any  such
     indenture,  agreement  or other  instrument  (other than  pursuant to the
     Agreement); or violate any law or, to the best of the Seller's knowledge,
     any order, rule or regulation applicable to the Seller of any court or of
     any  federal or state  regulatory  body,  administrative  agency or other
     governmental  instrumentality  having jurisdiction over the Seller or its
     properties.

          (vi) No Proceedings.  To the Seller's best  knowledge,  there are no
               --------------
     proceedings or investigations  pending, or threatened,  before any court,
     regulatory   body,    administrative   agency   or   other   governmental
     instrumentality  having  jurisdiction  over the Seller or its properties:
     (i) asserting the invalidity of the Agreement or the  Certificates;  (ii)
     seeking to prevent the issuance of the  Certificates or the  consummation
     of any of the transactions  contemplated by the Agreement;  (iii) seeking
     any  determination  or ruling that might  materially and adversely affect
     the performance by the Seller of its  obligations  under, or the validity
     or  enforceability  of, the Agreement or the  Certificates,  or (iv) that
     might  adversely   affect  the  federal  income  tax  attributes  of  the
     Certificates.

     SECTION 16.02.  Existence.  During the term of the Agreement,  the Seller
                     ---------
will keep in full force and effect its  existence,  rights and franchises as a
limited   liability  company  under  the  laws  of  the  jurisdiction  of  its
organization and will obtain and preserve its  qualification to do business in
each  jurisdiction  in which such  qualification  is or shall be  necessary to
protect  the  validity  and  enforceability  of the  Agreement  and each other
instrument or agreement necessary or appropriate to the proper  administration
of the Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.


<PAGE>


     SECTION 16.03.  Liabilities of Seller;  Indemnities.  The Seller shall be
                     -----------------------------------
liable  in  accordance   herewith  only  to  the  extent  of  the  obligations
specifically undertaken by the Seller under the Agreement.

          (i) The Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Trustee
     and the Trust from and against any taxes that may at any time be asserted
     against  the  Trustee  or the  Trust  with  respect  to the  transactions
     contemplated  in the  Agreement,  including  any sales,  gross  receipts,
     general corporation,  tangible personal property,  privilege,  or license
     taxes (but, in the case of the Trust,  not  including any taxes  asserted
     with respect to, and as the date of, the sale of the  Receivables  to the
     Trust or the issuance and original sale of the Certificates,  or asserted
     with  respect to  ownership  of the  Receivables  or Eligible  Investment
     Receivables,  or  federal  or  other  income  taxes  arising  out  of the
     distributions  on the  Certificates)  and costs and expenses in defending
     against the same.

          (ii) The  Seller  shall  indemnify,  defend  and hold  harmless  the
     Trustee and the  Certificateholders  from and against any loss, liability
     or expense  incurred by reason of (a) the Seller's  willful  misfeasance,
     bad  faith or  negligence  in the  performance  of its  duties  under the
     Agreement,  or by reason of reckless  disregard  of its  obligations  and
     duties under the Agreement,  and (b) the Seller's or Trust's violation of
     federal or state securities laws in connection with the offering and sale
     of the Certificates.

          (iii) The  Seller  shall  indemnify,  defend and hold  harmless  the
     Trustee  and its  officers,  directors,  employees  and  agents  from and
     against all costs,  expenses,  losses,  claims,  damages and  liabilities
     arising  out  of  or  incurred  in  connection  with  the  acceptance  or
     performance  of the  trusts  and  duties  herein  and  in  the  Agreement
     contained,  except to the extent that such cost,  expense,  loss,  claim,
     damage or liabilities shall be due to the willful misfeasance,  bad faith
     or negligence (except for errors in judgment) of the Trustee.

     Indemnification under this Section 16.03 shall survive the resignation or
removal of the Trustee and the  termination of the Agreement and shall include
reasonable  fees and  expenses of counsel and expenses of  litigation.  If the
Seller shall have made any indemnity  payments to the Trustee pursuant to this
Section and the Trustee  thereafter  shall  collect any of such  amounts  from
others,  the Trustee shall promptly repay such amounts to the Seller,  without
interest.

     SECTION  16.04.   Merger  or  Consolidation  of,  or  Assumption  of  the
                       -------------------------------------------------------
Obligations of, Seller.  Any Person (a) into which the Seller may be merged or
- ----------------------
consolidated,  (b) which may result from any merger or  consolidation to which
the Seller  shall be a party or (c) which may  succeed to the  properties  and
assets of the  Seller  substantially  as a whole,  which  Person in any of the
foregoing   cases  executes  an  agreement  of  assumption  to  perform  every
obligation  of the Seller under the  Agreement,  shall be the successor to the
Seller  hereunder  without  the  execution  or filing of any  document  or any
further act by any of the parties to the Agreement;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that
(i) immediately after giving effect to such transaction,  no representation or
warranty  made pursuant to Section 12.01 shall have been breached and no Event
of Default,  and no event which, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would
become an Event of Default  shall have  happened and be  continuing,  (ii) the
Seller shall have  delivered to the Trustee an  Officers'  Certificate  and an
Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation,  merger or succession
and such  agreement  of  assumption  comply  with  this  Section  and that all
conditions  precedent,  if any, provided for in the Agreement relating to such
transaction have been complied with, (iii) the Rating Agency Requirement shall
have been satisfied with respect to such transaction and (iv) the Seller shall
have  delivered  to the  Trustee an Opinion of Counsel  stating  that,  in the
opinion of such Counsel,  either (A) all financing statements and continuation
statements  and  amendments  thereto  have been  executed  and filed  that are
necessary  fully to preserve  and  protect the  interest of the Trustee in the
Receivables  and  reciting  the details of such  filings or (B) no such action
shall be  necessary to preserve  and protect  such  interest.  Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary,  the execution of the foregoing  agreement of
assumption and compliance  with clauses (i), (ii),  (iii) and (iv) above shall
be conditions to the consummation of the  transactions  referred to in clauses
(a), (b) or (c) above.

     SECTION 16.05.  Limitation on Liability of Seller and Others.  The Seller
                     --------------------------------------------
and any  director,  officer,  employee or agent of the Seller may rely in good
faith on the advice of counsel or on any  document  of any kind,  prima  facie
properly  executed and submitted by any Person  respecting any matters arising
hereunder.  The  Seller  shall  not be under  any  obligation  to  appear  in,
prosecute  or defend  any legal  action  that shall not be  incidental  to its
obligations  under the Agreement and that in its opinion may involve it in any
expense or liability.

     SECTION 16.06. Seller May Own Certificates.  The Seller and any Affiliate
                    ---------------------------
thereof  may in its  individual  or any  other  capacity  become  the owner or
pledgee of  Certificates  with the same rights as it would have if it were not
the Seller or an Affiliate thereof, except as otherwise provided herein.


                                 ARTICLE XVII

                                 The Servicer
                                 ------------

     SECTION  17.01.  Representations  of  Servicer.  The  Servicer  makes the
                      -----------------------------
following  representations on which the Trustee shall be deemed to have relied
in accepting the  Receivables  in trust and executing and  authenticating  the
Certificates.  The  representations  speak as of the execution and delivery of
the  Agreement  and  as of  the  Closing  Date,  in the  case  of the  Initial
Receivables, if any, and as of the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date, in the
case of the Subsequent Receivables or Eligible Investment Receivables, if any,
and shall survive the sale of the Receivables to the Trustee.

     (a)  Organization  and Good Standing.  The Servicer is duly organized and
          -------------------------------
validly  existing as a limited  liability  company in good standing  under the
laws of the state of its  organization,  with power and  authority  to own its
properties and to conduct its business as such  properties are currently owned
and such business is presently  conducted,  and had at all relevant times, and
has, the power,  authority  and legal right to acquire,  own, sell and service
the  Standard  Receivables  and the Fixed  Value  Receivables  and to hold the
Receivable Files as custodian.


<PAGE>


     (b) Due Qualification. The Servicer is duly qualified to do business as a
         -----------------
foreign  limited  liability  company in good  standing,  and has  obtained all
necessary  licenses and approvals in all  jurisdictions in which the ownership
or lease of property or the conduct of its business  (including  the servicing
of the Standard Receivables and the Fixed Value Receivables as required by the
Agreement) shall require such qualifications.

     (c) Power and  Authority.  The  Servicer  has the power and  authority to
         --------------------
execute  and  deliver  the  Agreement  and to  carry  out its  terms;  and the
execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement have been duly authorized
by the Servicer by all necessary action.

     (d) Binding  Obligation.  The Agreement  constitutes  a legal,  valid and
         -------------------
binding obligation of the Servicer enforceable in accordance with its terms.

     (e) No Violation.  The consummation of the  transactions  contemplated by
         ------------
the Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof shall not conflict with,
result in any  breach of any of the terms  and  provisions  of, or  constitute
(with or without  notice or lapse of time) a default  under,  the  articles of
organization  or  operating  agreement  of the  Servicer,  or  any  indenture,
agreement or other  instrument to which the Servicer is a party or by which it
is bound;  or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its
properties  pursuant to the terms of any such  indenture,  agreement  or other
instrument  (other than the Agreement);  or violate any law or, to the best of
the  Servicer's  knowledge,  any order,  rule or regulation  applicable to the
Servicer  of  any  court  or  of  any  federal  or  state   regulatory   body,
administrative   agency   or   other   governmental   instrumentality   having
jurisdiction over the Servicer or its properties.

     (f) No  Proceedings.  To the  Servicer's  best  knowledge,  there  are no
         ---------------
proceedings  or  investigations  pending,  or  threatened,  before  any court,
regulatory body,  administrative agency or other governmental  instrumentality
having  jurisdiction  over the Servicer or its  properties:  (i) asserting the
invalidity of the Agreement or the  Certificates,  (ii) seeking to prevent the
issuance of the  Certificates or the  consummation of any of the  transactions
contemplated by the Agreement,  (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that
might  materially and adversely  affect the performance by the Servicer of its
obligations  under, or the validity or enforceability of, the Agreement or the
Certificates,  or (iv)  relating to the  Servicer  and which  might  adversely
affect the federal income tax attributes of the Certificates.

     (g) No Insolvent Obligors. As of the related Cutoff Date, no Obligor on a
         ---------------------
Standard Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable shall be shown on the Receivable
Files as the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding.

     SECTION 17.02.  Indemnities of Servicer.  The Servicer shall be liable in
                     -----------------------
accordance  herewith  only  to  the  extent  of the  obligations  specifically
undertaken by the Servicer under the Agreement.


<PAGE>


     (a) The Servicer  shall defend,  indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee,
the Trust, the  Certificateholders and the Seller from and against any and all
costs, expenses,  losses, damages, claims, and liabilities,  arising out of or
resulting  from  the  use,  ownership  or  operation  by the  Servicer  or any
Affiliate thereof of a Financed Vehicle.

     (b) The Servicer shall  indemnify,  defend and hold harmless the Trustee,
the Seller, the Trust and the Certificateholders  from and against any and all
costs, expenses,  losses, claims,  damages, and liabilities to the extent that
such cost,  expense,  loss,  claim,  damage, or liability arose out of, or was
imposed upon any such Person through,  the negligence,  willful misfeasance or
bad faith of the Servicer in the performance of its duties under the Agreement
or by reason of reckless  disregard  of its  obligations  and duties under the
Agreement.

     For  purposes of this  Section,  in the event of the  termination  of the
rights and  obligations of CFC (or any successor  thereto  pursuant to Section
17.03) as  Servicer  pursuant  to  Section  18.01,  or a  resignation  by such
Servicer  pursuant to the  Agreement,  such Servicer shall be deemed to be the
Servicer pending  appointment of a successor Servicer (other than the Trustee)
pursuant to Section 18.02.

     Indemnification  under this  Section  shall  survive the  resignation  or
removal of the Trustee or the  termination  of the Agreement and shall include
reasonable  fees and  expenses of counsel and expenses of  litigation.  If the
Servicer shall have made any indemnity  payments  pursuant to this Section and
the recipient thereafter collects any of such amounts from others, such Person
shall promptly repay such amounts to the Servicer, without interest.

     SECTION  17.03.   Merger  or  Consolidation  of,  or  Assumption  of  the
                       -------------------------------------------------------
Obligations of, Servicer. Any Person (a) into which the Servicer may be merged
- ------------------------
or  consolidated,  (b) which may result  from any merger or  consolidation  to
which the Servicer  shall be a party,  (c) which may succeed to the properties
and assets of the Servicer substantially as a whole or (d) with respect to the
Servicer's  obligations  hereunder,  which is a corporation 50% or more of the
voting stock of which is owned,  directly or  indirectly,  by  DaimlerChrysler
Corporation, which Person executed an agreement of assumption to perform every
obligation  of the Servicer  hereunder  shall be the successor to the Servicer
under the Agreement  without  further act on the part of any of the parties to
the Agreement;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) immediately after giving effect to
such  transaction,  no Event of Default and no event  which,  after  notice or
lapse of time,  or both,  would become an Event of Default shall have happened
and be  continuing,  (ii) the Servicer  shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officers'  Certificate  and an  Opinion  of  Counsel  each  stating  that such
consolidation,  merger or succession and such  agreement of assumption  comply
with  this  Section  and that all  conditions  precedent  provided  for in the
Agreement  relating to such  transaction  have been complied  with,  (iii) the
Rating  Agency  Condition  shall  have been  satisfied  with  respect  to such
transaction  and (iv) the  Servicer  shall have  delivered  to the  Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel  stating that,  in the opinion of such counsel,  either (A)
all financing  statements and continuation  statements and amendments  thereto
have been executed and filed that are necessary  fully to preserve and protect
the  interest of the Trustee in the  Receivables  and  reciting the details of
such  filings or (B) no such action shall be necessary to preserve and protect
such interest.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the execution
of the foregoing  agreement of  assumption  and  compliance  with clauses (i),
(ii),  (iii) and (iv) above shall be  conditions  to the  consummation  of the
transactions referred to in clauses (a), (b) or (c) above.


<PAGE>


     SECTION  17.04.  Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others.  Neither
                      ----------------------------------------------
the Servicer nor any of the  directors,  officers,  employees or agents of the
Servicer shall be under any liability to the Trust or the  Certificateholders,
except as provided under the Agreement, for any action taken or for refraining
from the  taking of any  action  pursuant  to the  Agreement  or for errors in
judgment;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that  this  provision  shall not  protect  the
Servicer or any such Person  against any  liability  that would  otherwise  be
imposed  by reason of  willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or  negligence  in the
performance of duties or by reason of reckless  disregard of  obligations  and
duties under the Agreement. The Servicer and any director,  officer,  employee
or agent of the  Servicer  may rely in good faith on any  document of any kind
prima facie  properly  executed  and  submitted by any Person  respecting  any
matters arising under the Agreement.

     Except as provided in the Agreement,  the Servicer shall not be under any
obligation  to appear in,  prosecute or defend any legal action that shall not
be incidental to its duties to service the  Receivables in accordance with the
Agreement  and that in its opinion may involve it in any expense or liability;
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that the Servicer may undertake any reasonable action that
it may deem  necessary or desirable in respect of the Agreement and the rights
and  duties  of  the  parties  to  the  Agreement  and  the  interests  of the
Certificateholders under the Agreement.


                                 ARTICLE XVIII

                                    Default
                                    -------

     SECTION  18.01.  Events of Default.  If any one of the  following  events
                      -----------------
("Events of Default") shall occur and be continuing:

     (a) Any failure by the  Servicer to deliver to the Trustee for deposit to
any Trust  Account any proceeds or payment  required to be so delivered  under
the terms of the Certificates and the Agreement that shall continue unremedied
for a period of three  Business Days after  written  notice of such failure is
received by the Servicer  from the Trustee or after  discovery of such failure
by an officer of the Servicer; or

     (b) Failure by the  Servicer  or the Seller,  as the case may be, duly to
observe  or to  perform  in  any  material  respect  any  other  covenants  or
agreements of the Servicer or the Seller (as the case may be) set forth in the
Certificates  or in the  Agreement,  which  failure shall (a)  materially  and
adversely affect the rights of Certificateholders  and (b) continue unremedied
for a  period  of 60 days  after  the  date on which  written  notice  of such
failure,  requiring the same to be remedied,  shall have been given (1) to the
Servicer  or the  Seller  (as the  case may be) by the  Trustee  or (2) to the
Servicer  or the Seller (as the case may be) and to the Trustee by the Holders
of  [Class  A]  Certificates  evidencing  not less  than 25% of the  [Class A]
Certificate Balance; or

     (c) The occurrence of an Insolvency Event with respect to the Servicer or
the Seller;

then,  and in each and every case,  so long as the Event of Default  shall not
have  been  remedied,   either  the  Trustee  or  the  Holders  of  [Class  A]
Certificates  evidencing  not  less  than  25% of the  [Class  A]  Certificate
Balance,  by notice then given in writing to the Servicer  (and to the Trustee
if  given  by  Certificateholders)   may  terminate  all  of  the  rights  and
obligations  (other than the  obligations  set forth in Section  17.02) of the
Servicer under the Agreement.  On or after the receipt by the Servicer of such
written  notice,  all authority and power of the Servicer under the Agreement,
whether with respect to the  Certificates  or the  Receivables  or  otherwise,
shall,  without further  action,  pass to and be vested in the Trustee or such
successor  Servicer as may be appointed  under  Section  18.02;  and,  without
limitation,  the Trustee is hereby  authorized  and  empowered  to execute and
deliver,  on  behalf  of the  predecessor  Servicer,  as  attorney-in-fact  or
otherwise,  any  and  all  documents  and  other  instruments,  and  to  do or
accomplish  all other acts or things  necessary or  appropriate  to effect the
purposes of such notice of  termination,  whether to complete the transfer and
endorsement  of the  Receivables  and related  documents,  or  otherwise.  The
predecessor  Servicer  shall  cooperate  with the  successor  Servicer and the
Trustee in effecting the termination of the responsibilities and rights of the
predecessor  Servicer  under the  Agreement,  including  the  transfer  to the
successor  Servicer for administration by it of all cash amounts that shall at
the time be held by the predecessor  Servicer for deposit, or shall thereafter
be received with respect to any Receivable.  All reasonable costs and expenses
(including  attorneys'  fees)  incurred in connection  with  transferring  the
Receivable  Files to the  successor  Servicer and  amending  the  Agreement to
reflect such succession as Servicer  pursuant to this Section shall be paid by
the predecessor Servicer upon presentation of reasonable documentation of such
costs and  expenses.  Upon receipt of notice of the  occurrence of an Event of
Default, the Trustee shall give notice thereof to the Rating Agencies.


<PAGE>


     SECTION 18.02.  Appointment of Successor. (a) Upon the Servicer's receipt
                     ------------------------
of  notice  of  termination  pursuant  to  Section  18.01  or  the  Servicer's
resignation  in accordance  with the terms of the Agreement,  the  predecessor
Servicer  shall  continue  to perform  its  functions  as  Servicer  under the
Agreement,  in the case of termination,  only until the date specified in such
termination  notice  or,  if  no  such  date  is  specified  in  a  notice  of
termination,  until  receipt of such notice  and, in the case of  resignation,
until the later of (x) the date 45 days from the  delivery  to the  Trustee of
written notice of such resignation (or written confirmation of such notice) in
accordance  with the terms of the  Agreement  and (y) the date upon  which the
predecessor  Servicer shall become unable to act as Servicer,  as specified in
the notice of resignation and accompanying Opinion of Counsel. In the event of
the Servicer's  termination  hereunder,  the Trustee shall appoint a successor
Servicer, and the successor Servicer shall accept its appointment by a written
assumption in form  acceptable  to the Trustee.  In the event that a successor
Servicer has not been appointed at the time when the predecessor  Servicer has
ceased to act as Servicer in accordance with this Section, the Trustee without
further  action shall  automatically  be appointed the successor  Servicer and
shall be entitled to the Servicing Fee. Notwithstanding the above, the Trustee
shall, if it shall be legally unable so to act,  appoint,  or petition a court
of competent jurisdiction to appoint, any established institution having a net
worth of not less than  $100,000,000  and whose regular business shall include
the servicing of automotive receivables as the successor to the Servicer under
the Agreement.

     (b) Upon  appointment,  the  successor  Servicer  (including  the Trustee
acting as successor  Servicer)  shall be the  successor in all respects to the
predecessor Servicer and shall be subject to all the responsibilities,  duties
and liabilities  arising thereafter relating thereto placed on the predecessor
Servicer  and shall be  entitled  to the  Servicing  Fee and all of the rights
granted  to the  predecessor  Servicer  by the  terms  and  provisions  of the
Agreement.


<PAGE>


     (c) The Servicer may not resign unless it is  prohibited  from serving as
such by law.

     SECTION 18.03.  Repayment of Advances.  If the Servicer shall change, the
                     ---------------------
predecessor   Servicer  shall  be  entitled  to  receive   reimbursement   for
Outstanding  Advances pursuant to Sections 14.03 and 14.04 with respect to all
Advances made by the predecessor Servicer.

     SECTION 18.04.  Notification to Certificateholders.  Upon any termination
                     ----------------------------------
of, or  appointment  of a successor to, the Servicer  pursuant to this Article
XVIII,   the   Trustee   shall  give   prompt   written   notice   thereof  to
Certificateholders and to the Rating Agencies.

     SECTION  18.05.  Waiver  of Past  Defaults.  The  Holders  of  [Class  A]
                      -------------------------
Certificates  evidencing not less than a majority of the [Class A] Certificate
Balance  may, on behalf of all Holders of  Certificates,  waive any default by
the  Servicer  in  the  performance  of  its  obligations  hereunder  and  its
consequences,  except a default in making any required deposits to or payments
from the Trust Accounts in accordance with the Agreement. Upon any such waiver
of a past default, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default
arising  therefrom  shall be deemed to have been remedied for every purpose of
the Agreement.  No such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default
or impair any right consequent thereon.


                                  ARTICLE XIX

                                  The Trustee
                                  -----------

     SECTION 19.01. Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred
                    -----------------
and is continuing,  the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in
it by the  Agreement  and use the  same  degree  of care  and  skill  in their
exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the  circumstances in
the conduct of such  person's  own  affairs;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that if the
Trustee shall assume the duties of the Servicer pursuant to Section 18.02, the
Trustee in performing  such duties shall use the degree of skill and attention
customarily  exercised by a servicer  with respect to  automobile  receivables
that it services for itself or others.

     (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

          (i) the  Trustee  undertakes  to perform  such  duties and only such
     duties as are  specifically  set forth in the  Agreement  and no  implied
     covenants or  obligations  shall be read into the  Agreement  against the
     Trustee; and

          (ii) in the  absence  of bad  faith on its  part,  the  Trustee  may
     conclusively  rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness
     of  the  opinions  expressed  therein,   upon  certificates  or  opinions
     furnished  to the  Trustee  and  conforming  to the  requirements  of the
     Agreement;   PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that  the  Trustee  shall  examine  the
     certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the
     requirements of the Agreement.


<PAGE>


     (c) The  Trustee  shall  take and  maintain  custody of the  Schedule  of
Receivables  included  as an exhibit  to the  Agreement  and shall  retain all
Servicer's   Certificates   identifying   Receivables  that  become  Purchased
Receivables and Liquidated Receivables.

     (d) The  Trustee  shall not be liable with  respect to any action  taken,
suffered or omitted to be taken in good faith in accordance with the Agreement
or at the direction of the Holders of [Class A]  Certificates  evidencing  not
less  than 25% of the  [Class A]  Certificate  Balance  relating  to the time,
method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy  available to the
Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee under the
Agreement;

     (e) The Trustee may not be relieved from  liability for its own negligent
action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except
that:

          (i) this  paragraph  does not limit the effect of clause (d) of this
     Section;

          (ii) the Trustee  shall not be liable for any error of judgment made
     in good faith by a Trustee  Officer  unless it is proved that the Trustee
     was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

          (iii) the Trustee  shall not be liable with respect to any action it
     takes or  omits to take in good  faith  in  accordance  with a  direction
     received by it pursuant to the Agreement.

     (f) No provision of the Agreement  shall require the Trustee to expend or
risk its own funds or otherwise incur  financial  liability in the performance
of any of its  duties  hereunder  or in the  exercise  of any of its rights or
powers, if it shall have reasonable  grounds to believe that repayment of such
funds or adequate  indemnity  against such risk or liability is not reasonably
assured to it.

     SECTION 19.02.  Certain Matters  Affecting  Trustee.  Except as otherwise
                     -----------------------------------
provided in Section 19.01:

     (a) The Trustee may rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and
to have been signed or  presented by the proper  Person.  The Trustee need not
investigate any fact or matter stated in any such document.

     (b) The Trustee may consult  with  counsel,  and the advice or opinion of
counsel  with  respect to legal  matters or relating to the  Agreement  or the
Certificates  shall be full and complete  authorization  and  protection  from
liability in respect of any action taken,  suffered or omitted by it under the
Agreement in good faith and in accordance  with such advice or opinion of such
counsel.

     (c) The  Trustee  shall be under no  obligation  to  exercise  any of the
rights or powers vested in it by the  Agreement,  or to institute,  conduct or
defend any litigation  under the Agreement at the request,  order or direction
of any of the Certificateholders  pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement,
unless such  Certificateholders  shall have offered to the Trustee  reasonable
security or indemnity against the costs,  expenses and liabilities that may be
incurred therein or thereby.


<PAGE>


     (d) The  Trustee  shall not be liable for any action  taken,  suffered or
omitted by it in good faith which it believes to be  authorized  or within its
rights or  powers  conferred  upon it by the  Agreement;  PROVIDED,  that such
conduct does not constitute willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence on the
part of the Trustee.

     (e) The  Trustee  may  execute any of the trusts or powers or perform any
duties  hereunder  either  directly or by or through  agents or attorneys or a
custodian,  and the Trustee  shall not be  responsible  for any  misconduct or
negligence of any such agent, attorney or custodian appointed with due care by
it hereunder.

     SECTION 19.03.  Trustee Not Liable for  Certificates or Receivables.  The
                     ---------------------------------------------------
recitals contained herein and in the Certificates  (other than the certificate
of authentication on the Certificates) shall be taken as the statements of the
Seller  or the  Servicer,  as the  case may be,  and the  Trustee  assumes  no
responsibility  for  the  correctness  thereof.  The  Trustee  shall  make  no
representations  as to the validity or  sufficiency of the Agreement or of the
Certificates   (other  than  the   certificate   of   authentication   on  the
Certificates),  or of any  Receivable  or Eligible  Investment  Receivable  or
related  document.  The Trustee  shall at no time have any  responsibility  or
liability for or with respect to the legality,  validity and enforceability of
any  Receivable  or Eligible  Investment  Receivable,  or the  perfection  and
priority  of any  security  interest  created by any  Receivable  or  Eligible
Investment  Receivable in any Financed  Vehicle or the maintenance of any such
perfection  and priority,  or for or with respect to the efficacy of the Trust
or  its   ability   to   generate   the   payments   to  be   distributed   to
Certificateholders  under the Agreement,  including,  without limitation:  the
existence,  condition and ownership of any Financed Vehicle; the existence and
enforceability  of any  insurance  thereon;  the existence and contents of any
Receivable or Eligible  Investment  Receivable or any computer or other record
thereof;  the  validity  of the  assignment  of  any  Receivable  or  Eligible
Investment  Receivable  to the  Trust or of any  intervening  assignment;  the
completeness  of  any  Receivable  or  Eligible  Investment  Receivable;   the
performance  or   enforcement   of  any  Receivable  or  Eligible   Investment
Receivable;  the compliance by the Seller or the Servicer with any warranty or
representation  made under the  Agreement  or in any related  document and the
accuracy of any such warranty or  representation or any action of the Servicer
taken in the name of the Trustee.

     SECTION  19.04.  Trustee  May  Own  Certificates.   The  Trustee  in  its
                      -------------------------------
individual  or  any  other  capacity  may  become  the  owner  or  pledgee  of
Certificates  and may  deal  with  the  Seller  and the  Servicer  in  banking
transactions with the same rights as it would have if it were not Trustee.

     SECTION 19.05. Trustee's Fees and Expenses. The Servicer shall pay to the
                    ---------------------------
Trustee, and the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, reasonable compensation
as shall have been  separately  agreed upon  before the date of the  Agreement
between  the  Seller  and the  Trustee  (which  shall  not be  limited  by any
provision of law regarding the  compensation of a trustee of an express trust)
for all services  rendered by it in the execution of the trusts created by the
Agreement and in the exercise and  performance of any of the Trustee's  powers
and duties under the Agreement. The Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed
by the Seller for its reasonable  expenses under the Agreement,  including the
reasonable   compensation,   expenses  and   disbursements   of  such  agents,
representatives,  experts and counsel as the Trustee may employ in  connection
with  the  exercise  and  performance  of its  rights  and  duties  under  the
Agreement.


<PAGE>


     SECTION 19.06. Eligibility Requirements for Trustee. The Trustee shall at
                    ------------------------------------
all times be a corporation  having an office in the same state as the location
of the Corporate Trust Office;  organized and doing business under the laws of
such  state or the United  States of  America;  authorized  under such laws to
exercise  corporate trust powers;  having a combined capital and surplus of at
least  $50,000,000  and subject to  supervision  or  examination by federal or
state  authorities;  and having  (or having a parent  that has) a rating of at
least Baa3 by Moody's.  If such corporation shall publish reports of condition
at least  annually  pursuant to law or to the  requirements  of the  aforesaid
supervising or examining authority,  then for the purpose of this Section, the
combined  capital  and surplus of such  corporation  shall be deemed to be its
combined  capital  and  surplus  as set  forth in its most  recent  report  of
condition  so  published.  In case at any time the  Trustee  shall cease to be
eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section,  the Trustee shall
resign  immediately  in the manner and with the  effect  specified  in Section
19.07.

     SECTION 19.07.  Resignation or Removal of Trustee. The Trustee may at any
                     ---------------------------------
time resign and be discharged from the trusts hereby created by giving written
notice thereof to the Servicer. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the
Servicer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee by written instrument,  in
duplicate,  one copy of which  instrument  shall be delivered to the resigning
Trustee and one copy to the successor  Trustee.  If no successor Trustee shall
have been so appointed and have accepted  appointment within 30 days after the
giving of such notice of resignation,  the resigning  Trustee may petition any
court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

     If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance  with
the provisions of Section 19.06 and shall fail to resign after written request
therefor  by the  Servicer,  or if at any time the  Trustee  shall be  legally
unable to act, or shall be adjudged  bankrupt or  insolvent,  or a receiver of
the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall
take  charge or control of the  Trustee or of its  property or affairs for the
purpose of rehabilitation,  conservation or liquidation, then the Servicer may
remove  the  Trustee.  If the  Servicer  shall  remove the  Trustee  under the
authority of the immediately  preceding sentence,  the Servicer shall promptly
appoint a successor Trustee by written instrument,  in duplicate,  one copy of
which instrument shall be delivered to the outgoing Trustee so removed and one
copy to the  successor  Trustee,  and shall pay all fees owed to the  outgoing
Trustee.

     Any  resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor
Trustee  pursuant to any of the  provisions  of this Section  shall not become
effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee pursuant to
Section  19.08  and  payment  of all fees and  expenses  owed to the  outgoing
Trustee.  The Servicer shall provide notice of such  resignation or removal of
the Trustee to each of the Rating Agencies.


<PAGE>


     SECTION  19.08.   Successor  Trustee.  Any  successor  Trustee  appointed
                       ------------------
pursuant  to Section  19.07  shall  execute,  acknowledge  and  deliver to the
Servicer  and  to  its  predecessor  Trustee  an  instrument   accepting  such
appointment  under the Agreement,  and thereupon the resignation or removal of
the  predecessor  Trustee shall become  effective and such successor  Trustee,
without any further act,  deed or  conveyance,  shall become fully vested with
all the rights,  powers,  duties and obligations of its predecessor  under the
Agreement, with like effect as if originally named as Trustee. The predecessor
Trustee  shall upon payment of its fees and expenses  deliver to the successor
Trustee  all  documents  and  statements  and  monies  held  by it  under  the
Agreement;  and the Servicer and the  predecessor  Trustee  shall  execute and
deliver  such  instruments  and do such  other  things  as may  reasonably  be
required  for fully and  certainly  vesting and  confirming  in the  successor
Trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations.

     No successor Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section
unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be eligible
pursuant to Section 19.06.

     Upon  acceptance of appointment by a successor  Trustee  pursuant to this
Section, the Servicer shall mail notice thereof to all  Certificateholders and
to the Rating Agencies.  If the Servicer shall fail to mail such notice within
10  days  after  acceptance  of  appointment  by the  successor  Trustee,  the
successor  Trustee  shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of the
Servicer.

     SECTION 19.09.  Merger or Consolidation of Trustee.  Any corporation into
                     ----------------------------------
which  the  Trustee  may be  merged  or  converted  or  with  which  it may be
consolidated,  or any  corporation  resulting  from any merger,  conversion or
consolidation  to which  the  Trustee  shall be a  party,  or any  corporation
succeeding to all or substantially  all of the corporate trust business of the
Trustee,  shall be the  successor  of the  Trustee  hereunder,  PROVIDED  such
corporation shall be eligible pursuant to Section 19.06, without the execution
or  filing  of any  instrument  or any  further  act on the part of any of the
parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary  notwithstanding.  The Trustee
shall mail notice of any such merger or consolidation to the Rating Agencies

     SECTION   19.10.   Appointment   of  Co-Trustee   or  Separate   Trustee.
                        -----------------------------------------------------
Notwithstanding  any other  provisions of the Agreement,  at any time, for the
purpose of meeting any legal  requirements  of any  jurisdiction  in which any
part of the Trust or any  Financed  Vehicle  may at the time be  located,  the
Servicer and the Trustee acting jointly shall have the power and shall execute
and deliver all  instruments  to appoint one or more  Persons  approved by the
Trustee to act as co-trustee, jointly with the Trustee, or separate trustee or
separate  trustees,  of all or any  part  of the  Trust,  and to  vest in such
Person, in such capacity and for the benefit of the  Certificateholders,  such
title to the Trust or any part thereof and, subject to the other provisions of
this Section,  such powers,  duties,  obligations,  rights,  and trusts as the
Servicer and the Trustee may consider necessary or desirable.  If the Servicer
shall not have joined in such appointment  within 15 days after the receipt by
it of a request so to do, the Trustee  alone shall have the power to make such
appointment.  No co-trustee or separate  trustee under the Agreement  shall be
required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor  Trustee  pursuant to
Section 19.06 and no notice of the  appointment  of any co-trustee or separate
trustee shall be required pursuant to Section 19.08.


<PAGE>


     Each separate  trustee and co-trustee  shall, to the extent  permitted by
law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

          (i) All rights,  powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed
     upon any such separate  trustee or co-trustee shall be conferred upon and
     exercised  or  performed  by the  Trustee  and such  separate  trustee or
     co-trustee  jointly (it being  understood  that such separate  trustee or
     co-trustee  is not  authorized  to act  separately  without  the  Trustee
     joining  in such  act),  except to the  extent  that under any law of any
     jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed, the
     Trustee shall be  incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts,
     in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the
     holding  of  title  to the  Trust  or any  portion  thereof  in any  such
     jurisdiction)  shall be exercised and  performed  singly by such separate
     trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Trustee;

          (ii) No trustee  under the Agreement  shall be personally  liable by
     reason of any act or omission of any other trustee  under the  Agreement;
     and

          (iii) The  Servicer and the Trustee  acting  jointly may at any time
     accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

     Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee shall be deemed
to have been given to each of the then separate  trustees and co-trustees,  as
effectively  as if given  to each of them.  Every  instrument  appointing  any
separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to the Agreement and the conditions
of this Article. Each separate trustee and co-trustee,  upon its acceptance of
the trusts conferred,  shall be vested with the estates or property  specified
in  its  instrument  of  appointment,  either  jointly  with  the  Trustee  or
separately,  as may be provided therein,  subject to all the provisions of the
Agreement, specifically including every provision of the Agreement relating to
the conduct of,  affecting the liability of, or affording  protection  to, the
Trustee.  Each such  instrument  shall be filed  with the  Trustee  and a copy
thereof given to the Servicer.

     Any separate  trustee or  co-trustee  may at any time appoint the Trustee
its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not
prohibited  by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of the  Agreement
on its behalf and in its name.  If any separate  trustee or  co-trustee  shall
die,  become  incapable of acting,  resign or be removed,  all of its estates,
properties,  rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the
Trustee,  to the extent  permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or
successor co-trustee or separate trustee.

     SECTION 19.11.  Representations  and  Warranties of Trustee.  The Trustee
                     -------------------------------------------
shall make the following  representations  and  warranties on which the Seller
and Certificateholders shall be deemed to rely:

          (i) The Trustee is a banking  corporation  duly  organized,  validly
     existing  and  in  good   standing   under  the  laws  of  its  place  of
     incorporation.

          (ii) The Trustee has full corporate power, authority and legal right
     to  execute  and  deliver,  and to perform  its  obligations  under,  the
     Agreement,  and shall have taken all  necessary  action to authorize  the
     execution and delivery of, and the performance of its obligations  under,
     the Agreement.


<PAGE>


          (iii) The  Agreement  shall have been duly executed and delivered by
     the Trustee.

     SECTION 19.12. No Bankruptcy Petition.  The Trustee, by entering into the
                    ----------------------
Agreement,  and each  Certificateholder,  by accepting a  Certificate,  hereby
covenant and agree that they will not at any time institute  against,  or join
any  other  Person  in  instituting  against,  the  Seller  or the  Trust  any
bankruptcy,    reorganization,    arrangement,   insolvency   or   liquidation
proceedings,   or  other  similar  proceedings  under  any  federal  or  state
bankruptcy  or  similar  law  in  connection  with  the  Certificates  or  the
Agreement.


                                  ARTICLE XX

                                  Termination
                                  -----------

     SECTION 20.01.  Termination of the Trust. (a) The respective  obligations
                     ------------------------
and  responsibilities  of the Seller,  the  Servicer  and the Trustee  created
hereby and the Trust  created by the  Agreement  shall  terminate (i) upon the
payment  to  Certificateholders  of all  amounts  required  to be paid to them
pursuant to the Agreement and the  disposition of all property held as part of
the Trust and (ii) at the time provided in Section 20.02;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,
that in no event shall the trust created by the Agreement  continue beyond the
expiration of 21 years from the death of the last survivor of the  descendants
of Joseph P. Kennedy, the late ambassador of the United States to the Court of
St. James,  living on the date of the  Agreement.  The Servicer shall promptly
notify the Trustee of any prospective termination pursuant to this Section.

     (b) Except as  provided in Section  20.01(a),  neither the Seller nor any
Owner shall be entitled to revoke or terminate the Trust.

     (c) Notice of any termination of the Trust,  specifying the  Distribution
Date upon which  Certificateholders  shall surrender their Certificates to the
Trustee  for  payment  of  the  final  distribution  and  cancellation  of the
Certificates,  shall be given by the  Trustee by letter to  Certificateholders
mailed  not  earlier  than the 15th day and not later than the 25th day of the
month  next  preceding  the  specified   Distribution  Date  stating  (A)  the
Distribution  Date upon which final payment of the Certificates  shall be made
upon  presentation  and  surrender  of the  Certificates  at the office of the
Trustee therein designated,  (B) the amount of such final payment and (C) that
the  Record  Date  otherwise  applicable  to  such  Distribution  Date  is not
applicable,  payments being made only upon  presentation  and surrender of the
Certificates at the office of the Trustee therein specified. The Trustee shall
give such notice to the  Certificate  Registrar (if other than the Trustee) at
the time such notice is given to  Certificateholders.  Upon  presentation  and
surrender of the  Certificates,  the Trustee shall cause to be  distributed to
Certificateholders amounts distributable on such Distribution Date pursuant to
Section 14.06.


<PAGE>


     In the event that all of the Certificateholders shall not surrender their
Certificates  for  cancellation  within six months after the date specified in
the above mentioned  written  notice,  the Trustee shall give a second written
notice to the remaining Certificateholders to surrender their Certificates for
cancellation  and receive the final  distribution  with  respect  thereto.  If
within one year after such  second  notice all of the  Certificates  shall not
have been  surrendered  for  cancellation,  the Trustee  may take  appropriate
steps,  or may  appoint an agent to take  appropriate  steps,  to contact  the
remaining Certificateholders  concerning surrender of their Certificates,  and
the cost  thereof  shall be paid out of the funds and other  assets that shall
remain  subject  to the  Agreement.  Any funds  remaining  in the Trust  after
exhaustion of such remedies shall be distributed by the Trustee to the Seller.

     SECTION 20.02.  Optional Purchase of All Receivables.  On the last day of
                     ------------------------------------
any Collection Period as of which the Pool Balance shall be less than or equal
to 10% of the Original  Pool  Balance,  the Servicer  shall have the option to
purchase the corpus of the Trust; provided, however, that the Servicer may not
effect any such  purchase if at such time the rating of CFC's  long-term  debt
obligations  is less than Baa3 by  Moody's,  unless  the  Trustee  shall  have
received  an Opinion of Counsel  to the effect  that such  purchase  would not
constitute  a fraudulent  conveyance.  To exercise  such option,  the Servicer
shall deposit an amount into the Collection  Account pursuant to Section 14.05
equal  to  the  aggregate  Purchase  Amount  for  the  Receivables  (including
defaulted Receivables), plus the appraised value of any other property held by
the Trust, such value to be determined by an appraiser mutually agreed upon by
the Servicer and the Trustee.  The Servicer  thereafter  shall  succeed to all
interests in and to the Trust.


                                  ARTICLE XXI

                           Miscellaneous Provisions
                           ------------------------

     SECTION 21.01. Amendment. The Agreement may be amended by the Seller, the
                    ---------
Servicer and the Trustee,  without the consent of the  Certificateholders,  to
cure any  ambiguity,  to correct or supplement any provisions in the Agreement
or for the  purpose of adding any  provisions  to or changing in any manner or
eliminating  any  provision in the Agreement or of modifying in any manner the
rights of the  Certificateholders;  provided,  however, that such action shall
not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel delivered to the Trustee, adversely
affect in any material respect the interests of any Certificateholder.

     The  Agreement  may also be amended from time to time by the Seller,  the
Servicer  and  the  Trustee  with  the  consent  of the  Holders  of  Class  A
Certificates  and Class B Certificates  (which consent shall be conclusive and
binding on such Holders and on all future Holders of such  Certificates and of
any Certificates  issued upon the transfer  therefor or in exchange thereof or
in lieu  thereof,  whether or not  notation  of such  consent is made upon the
Certificates),  each voting as a class, evidencing not less than a majority of
the Class A Certificate Balance and Class B Certificate Balance, respectively,
for the  purpose  of adding any  provisions  to or  changing  in any manner or
eliminating  any of the  provisions of the  Agreement,  or of modifying in any
manner the rights of the Certificateholders;  provided,  however, that no such
amendment  shall (a)  increase  or  reduce in any  manner  the  amount  of, or
accelerate or delay the timing of,  collections  of payments on Receivables or
distributions  that shall be  required  to be made on any  Certificate  or (b)
reduce the aforesaid percentage of the Class A Certificate Balance and Class B
Certificate  Balance  required  to consent to any such  amendment  without the
consent of the Holders of all Certificates then outstanding.


<PAGE>


     Promptly  after the  execution  of any such  amendment  or  consent,  the
Trustee shall furnish written  notification of the substance of such amendment
or consent to each Certificateholder and the Rating Agencies.

     It shall not be necessary for the consent of Certificateholders  pursuant
to this Section to approve the  particular  form of any proposed  amendment or
consent,  but it  shall  be  sufficient  if such  consent  shall  approve  the
substance  thereof.  The  manner of  obtaining  such  consents  (and any other
consents  of  Certificateholders  provided  for  in  this  Agreement)  and  of
evidencing  the  authorization  of any action by  Certificateholders  shall be
subject to such reasonable requirements as the Trustee may prescribe.

     Prior to the  execution of any  amendment to the  Agreement,  the Trustee
shall be entitled to receive and rely upon an Opinion of Counsel  stating that
the  execution of such  amendment is  authorized or permitted by the Agreement
and the  Opinion of Counsel  referred to in Section  21.02(i)(1).  The Trustee
may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such amendment that affects
the  Trustee's  own  rights,  duties  or  immunities  under the  Agreement  or
otherwise.

     SECTION 21.02. Protection of Title to Trust. (a) The Seller shall execute
                    ----------------------------
and file such  financing  statements  and cause to be executed  and filed such
continuation  statements,  all in such  manner  and in such  places  as may be
required by law fully to  preserve,  maintain  and protect the interest of the
Certificateholders  and the  Trustee in the  Receivables  and in the  proceeds
thereof.  The Seller shall  deliver (or cause to be  delivered) to the Trustee
file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts for, any document filed as provided
above, as soon as available following such filing.

     (b) Neither the Seller nor the Servicer  shall change its name,  identity
or  corporate  structure  in any manner  that  would,  could or might make any
financing  statement  or  continuation  statement  filed  in  accordance  with
paragraph (a) above seriously misleading within the meaning of ss. 9-402(7) of
the UCC,  unless it shall  have given the  Trustee  at least five days'  prior
written notice thereof and shall have promptly filed appropriate amendments to
all previously filed financing statements or continuation statements.

     (c) Each of the Seller and the Servicer  shall have an obligation to give
the Trustee at least 60 days' prior  written  notice of any  relocation of its
principal executive office if, as a result of such relocation,  the applicable
provisions  of the UCC  would  require  the  filing  of any  amendment  of any
previously  filed financing or continuation  statement or of any new financing
statement,  and  shall  promptly  file any  such  amendment  or new  financing
statement.  The Servicer shall at all times  maintain its principal  executive
office and each  office  from which it shall  service  Receivables  within the
United States of America.

     (d) The Servicer shall maintain  accounts and records as to each Standard
Receivable and each Fixed Value Receivable accurately and in sufficient detail
to  permit  (i) the  reader  thereof  to know at any time the  status  of such
Receivable, including payments and recoveries made and payments owing (and the
nature of each) and (ii) reconciliation  between payments or recoveries on (or
with respect to) each  Receivable  and the amounts from time to time deposited
in  the  Distribution   Account  and  Payahead  Account  in  respect  of  such
Receivable.


<PAGE>


     (e) The Servicer  shall maintain its computer  systems so that,  from and
after the time of sale under the Agreement of the Standard Receivables and the
Fixed Value Receivables, the Servicer's master computer records (including any
back-up  archives)  that  refer  to a  Standard  Receivable  or a Fixed  Value
Receivable  shall indicate  clearly the interest of the Trust in such Standard
Receivable  or Fixed Value  Receivable  and that such  Standard  Receivable or
Fixed Value  Receivable  is owned by the Trustee.  Indication of the Trustee's
ownership of a Standard Receivable or Fixed Value Receivables shall be deleted
from or modified on the Servicer's  computer systems when, and only when, such
Receivable shall have been paid in full or repurchased.

     (f) If at any time the  Seller or the  Servicer  shall  propose  to sell,
grant a security interest in, or otherwise transfer any interest in automotive
receivables to, any prospective  purchaser,  lender or other  transferee,  the
Servicer shall give to such prospective purchaser,  lender or other transferee
computer  tapes,  records or print-outs  (including  any restored from back-up
archives)  that, if they shall refer in any manner  whatsoever to any Standard
Receivable  or Fixed  Value  Receivable,  shall  indicate  clearly  that  such
Standard  Receivable or such Fixed Value Receivable has been sold and is owned
by the Trustee.

     (g) The  Servicer  shall  permit the  Trustee  and its agents at any time
during  normal  business  hours  to  inspect,  audit  and make  copies  of and
abstracts from the Servicer's records regarding any Receivable.

     (h) Upon request, the Servicer shall furnish to the Trustee,  within five
Business  Days,  a list of all  Receivables  (by  contract  number and name of
Obligor)  then held as part of the Trust,  together with a  reconciliation  of
such  list to the  Schedule  of  Receivables  and to  each  of the  Servicer's
Certificates  furnished before such request  indicating removal of Receivables
from the Trust.

     (i) The Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee:

          (1) promptly  after the execution and delivery of the Agreement and,
     if required  pursuant to Section 21.01,  of each amendment  hereto and on
     certain  Distribution Dates as required by Sections  3.02(b)(2)(iii)  (B)
     and 12.03(b)(x)(B) of the Agreement,  an Opinion of Counsel stating that,
     in the opinion of such Counsel,  either (A) all financing  statements and
     continuation  statements  have been executed and filed that are necessary
     fully  to  preserve  and  protect  the  interest  of the  Trustee  in the
     Receivables,  and  reciting  the details of such  filings or referring to
     prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given, or (B) no such
     action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such interest; and

          (2)  within  90 days  after  the  beginning  of each  calendar  year
     beginning  with the first  calendar year beginning more than three months
     after the initial Cutoff Date, an Opinion of Counsel,  dated as of a date
     during such 90-day period,  stating that, in the opinion of such counsel,
     either (A) all financing statements and continuation statements have been
     executed and filed that are  necessary  fully to preserve and protect the
     interest of the Trustee in the  Receivables,  and reciting the details of
     such  filings or  referring  to prior  Opinions  of Counsel in which such
     details are given,  or (B) no such action  shall be necessary to preserve
     and protect such interest.


<PAGE>


Each Opinion of Counsel  referred to in clause (l) or (2) above shall  specify
any  action  necessary  (as of the  date of such  opinion)  to be taken in the
following year to preserve and protect such interest.

     (j) The Seller shall, to the extent required by applicable law, cause the
Certificates  to be registered  with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission
pursuant to Section 12(b) or Section 12(g) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934 within the time periods specified in such sections.

     SECTION 21.03.  Separate  Counterparts.  The Agreement may be executed by
                     ---------------------
the parties  hereto in separate  counterparts,  each of which when so executed
and delivered shall be an original,  but all such counterparts  shall together
constitute but one and the same instrument.

     SECTION 21.04. Limitation on Rights of Certificateholders.  (a) The death
                    ------------------------------------------
or  incapacity  of any  Certificateholder  shall not operate to terminate  the
Agreement   or  the  Trust,   nor  entitle  such   Certificateholder's   legal
representatives  or  heirs to claim an  accounting  or to take any  action  or
commence  any  proceeding  in any court for a  partition  or winding up of the
Trust,  nor otherwise  affect the rights,  obligations  and liabilities of the
parties to the Agreement or any of them.

     (b) No Certificateholder shall have any right to vote (except as provided
in Section  21.01 or 18.05) or in any manner  otherwise  control the operation
and  management  of  the  Trust  or the  obligations  of  the  parties  to the
Agreement;  nor shall any  provision  in the  Agreement  or  contained  in the
Certificates be construed so as to constitute the Certificateholders from time
to  time  as   partners   or  members  of  an   association;   nor  shall  any
Certificateholder  be under any liability to any third person by reason of any
action taken pursuant to any provision of the Agreement.

     (c) No  Certificateholder  shall  have any right to  institute  any suit,
action or  proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or with respect to the
Agreement,  unless: (i) such Holder previously shall have given to the Trustee
written  notice  of a  continuing  Event  of  Default;  (ii)  the  Holders  of
Certificates  evidencing  not less than 25% of the  Certificate  Balance shall
have made written  request upon the Trustee to institute such action,  suit or
proceeding  in its own name as  Trustee  under the  Agreement  and shall  have
offered to the Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the
costs,  expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby;  (iii) the
Trustee,  for 60 days after its receipt of such  notice,  request and offer of
indemnity  shall have neglected or refused to institute any such action,  suit
or  proceeding;  and (iv)  during  such  60-day  period no  request  or waiver
inconsistent with such written request shall have been given to the Trustee by
Holders  representing a majority of the Certificate  Balance. It is understood
and intended that no one or more Holders of Certificates  shall have any right
in any manner  whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provisions of the
Agreement to affect,  disturb or prejudice  the rights of any other Holders of
Certificates,  or to obtain or seek to obtain  priority  over or preference to
any other such Holder, or to enforce any right under the Agreement,  except in
the manner provided in the Agreement.


<PAGE>


     SECTION  21.05.  Governing  Law.  THE  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE  CONSTRUED  IN
                      --------------
ACCORDANCE  WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK,  WITHOUT  REFERENCE TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS,  AND THE  OBLIGATIONS,  RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES UNDER THE AGREEMENT SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

     SECTION 21.06.  Notices. All demands,  notices and communications upon or
                     -------
to the Seller,  the  Servicer,  the Trustee or the Rating  Agencies  under the
Agreement  shall be in writing,  personally  delivered  or mailed by certified
mail,  return receipt  requested,  and shall be deemed to have been duly given
upon  receipt (a) in the case of the Seller,  to  Chrysler  Financial  Company
L.L.C.,  27777  Franklin  Road,  Southfield,   Michigan  48034,  Attention  of
Secretary,  ((810)  948-3060);  (b) in the case of the  Servicer,  to Chrysler
Financial  Company L.L.C.,  27777 Franklin Road,  Southfield,  Michigan 48034,
Attention of Secretary ((810)  948-3060);  (c) in the case of the Trustee,  at
the Corporate Trust Office;  (d) in the case of Moody's,  to Moody's Investors
Service, Inc., ABS Monitoring Department, 99 Church Street, New York, New York
10007;  (e) in the case of  Standard & Poor's,  to  Standard & Poor's  Ratings
Group, 25 Broadway - 15th Floor,  New York, New York 10004,  Attention:  Asset
Backed Surveillance Department;  (f) in the case of Duff and Phelps, to Duff &
Phelps Credit Rating  Company,  55 East Monroe  Street,  35th Floor,  Chicago,
Illinois 60603,  Attention:  Structured Finance; and (g) in the case of Fitch,
to Fitch Investors  Service,  Inc., One State Street Plaza, New York, New York
10004, Attention:  Structured Surveillance Department.  Any notice required or
permitted  to be mailed to a  Certificateholder  shall be given by first class
mail,  postage  prepaid,  at the  address  of  such  Holder  as  shown  in the
Certificate  Register.  Any notice so mailed within the time prescribed in the
Agreement shall be conclusively  presumed to have been duly given,  whether or
not the Certificateholder shall receive such notice.

     SECTION 21.07. Severability of Provisions. Any provision of the Agreement
                    --------------------------
that is prohibited or  unenforceable  in any  jurisdiction  shall,  as to such
jurisdiction,   be   ineffective   to  the  extent  of  such   prohibition  or
unenforceability   without   invalidating  the  remaining  provisions  of  the
Agreement,  and any such prohibition or  unenforceability  in any jurisdiction
shall not  invalidate  or render  unenforceable  such  provision  in any other
jurisdiction.

     SECTION  21.08.  Assignment.  Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary
                      ----------
contained  herein,  except  as  provided  in  Sections  16.04 and 17.03 and as
provided in the provisions of the Agreement  concerning the resignation of the
Servicer,  the  Agreement  may not be assigned  by the Seller or the  Servicer
without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the  Trustee  and  the  Holders  of
Certificates evidencing not less than 66% of the Certificate Balance.

    SECTION    21.09.    Certificates    Nonassessable    and   Fully   Paid.
                         ---------------------------------------------------
Certificateholders  shall not be  personally  liable  for  obligations  of the
Trust. The interests  represented by the  Certificates  shall be nonassessable
for any losses or expenses of the Trust or for any reason whatsoever.

     SECTION 21.10.  Limitations  on Rights of Others.  The provisions of this
                     ---------------------------------
Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Seller, the Servicer,  the Trustee
and the Certificateholders,  and nothing in this Agreement, whether express or
implied,  shall be  construed  to give any other Person any legal or equitable
right,  remedy or claim in  respect of the Trust or under or in respect of the
Agreement or any covenants, conditions or provisions contained herein.


<PAGE>


     SECTION  21.11.  Headings.  The  headings  of the  various  Articles  and
                      --------
Sections  herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or
limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

     SECTION  21.12.  Nonpetition  Covenants.  (a)  Notwithstanding  any prior
                      ----------------------
termination of this Agreement, the Servicer and the Seller shall not, prior to
the date that is one year and one day after the  termination  of the Agreement
with respect to the Trust, acquiesce to, petition or otherwise invoke or cause
the Trust to invoke the process of any court or  government  authority for the
purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Trust under any federal
or state  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or similar  law, or  appointing a receiver,
liquidator,  assignee,  trustee,  custodian,  sequestrator,  or other  similar
official of the Trust or any substantial part of its property, or ordering the
winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Trust.

     (b) Notwithstanding any prior termination of the Agreement,  the Servicer
shall  not,  prior  to the  date  that  is one  year  and one  day  after  the
termination  of the  Agreement  with  respect  to the  Seller,  acquiesce  to,
petition or otherwise  invoke or cause the Seller to invoke the process of any
court or  government  authority  for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a
case against the Seller under any federal or state  bankruptcy,  insolvency or
similar law, appointing a receiver, liquidator,  assignee, trustee, custodian,
sequestrator,  or other similar official of the Seller or any substantial part
of its property,  or ordering the winding up or  liquidation of the affairs of
the Seller.


<PAGE>


                                                                     EXHIBIT A

                          FORM OF CLASS A CERTIFICATE
                          ---------------------------

UNLESS THIS  CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE  OF THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,  EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT,  AND ANY CERTIFICATE
ISSUED IS  REGISTERED  IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH  OTHER  NAME AS IS
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE  OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO
CEDE  &  CO.  OR  TO  SUCH  OTHER  ENTITY  AS IS  REQUESTED  BY AN  AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER,  PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR
OTHERWISE  BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL  INASMUCH AS THE  REGISTERED  OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

DISTRIBUTIONS  IN  REDUCTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL   BALANCE  OF  THIS  CLASS  A
CERTIFICATE WILL BE MADE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE
OUTSTANDING  PRINCIPAL  AMOUNT OF THIS CLASS B CERTIFICATE  AT ANY TIME MAY BE
LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

NUMBER                                                                $
R-                                                               CUSIP NO.

                           PREMIER AUTO TRUST 199 - 
                                                 - -

                        % ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATE, CLASS A
                    ----

evidencing a fractional undivided interest in the Trust, as defined below, the
property of which includes a pool of retail installment sale contracts and the
Amortizing  Payments on the Fixed Value Receivables  (each, as defined herein)
secured by new and used automobiles and light duty trucks.

(This Class A  Certificate  does not represent an interest in or obligation of
Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C., Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C. or any of
their respective affiliates, except to the extent described below.)

     THIS  CERTIFIES  THAT                       is the  registered  owner  of
                            -------------------
                             DOLLARS  nonassessable,   fully-paid,  fractional
- ---------------------------
undivided  interest in Premier Auto Trust 199 -  (the "Trust") formed pursuant
                                             - -
to  the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  (the  "Agreement")  dated  as  of
                 , among Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C., a Michigan limited
- -----------------
liability  company,  as seller  (the  "Seller"),  Chrysler  Financial  Company
L.L.C., a Michigan limited liability company, as servicer (the "Servicer") and
                      ,     a                                          banking
- ----------------------            --------------------------------
association, as trustee (the "Trustee"), a summary of certain of the pertinent
provisions of which is set forth below.  To the extent not  otherwise  defined
herein,  the capitalized  terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them
in the Agreement.


<PAGE>


     This  Certificate  is one of a duly  authorized  series of  Certificates,
designated as the    % Asset Backed  Certificates,  Class A (herein called the
                  --
"Class A  Certificates"),  all issued under the Agreement,  to which Agreement
reference  is  hereby  made  for a  statement  of the  respective  rights  and
obligations thereunder of the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee and Holders of
the  Certificates.  The Class A  Certificates  are subject to all terms of the
Agreement.

     The  property  of the Trust  includes a pool of retail  installment  sale
contracts  for  new  and  used  automobiles  and  light  duty  trucks  and the
Amortizing  Payments  on  the  Fixed  Value  Receivables  (collectively,   the
"Receivables"),  all monies due under such Receivables on or after the related
Cutoff Date, in the case of Precomputed  Receivables,  or received on or after
the related Cutoff Date, in the case of Simple Interest Receivables,  security
interests  in the vehicles  financed  thereby,  certain bank  accounts and the
proceeds thereof,  proceeds from claims on certain insurance  policies and all
proceeds of the  foregoing.  The term  "Fixed  Value  Receivables"  shall mean
retail sale contracts  secured by new  automobiles or light duty trucks with a
series of fixed level payment monthly installments (the "Amortizing Payments")
and a final fixed value payment that is greater than each Amortizing Payment.

     Under the  Agreement,  there will be  distributed on the      day of each
                                                              ----
month or, if such      day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day (each,
                  ----
a "Distribution Date"), commencing on                       , to the Person in
                                      ----------------------
whose name this Class A Certificate  is registered at the close of business on
the first day of the month in which such Distribution Date occurs (the "Record
Date"), such  Certificateholder's  fractional undivided interest in the amount
to be distributed to Class A Certificateholders on such Distribution Date.

     It is the intent of the Seller,  the  Trustee and the  Certificateholders
that,  for  purposes  of  federal  income,  state and local  income and single
business  tax and any other  income  taxes,  the Trust  will be  treated  as a
grantor trust and the  Certificates  will be treated as interests in a grantor
trust. The Seller, the Servicer,  the Trustee and the  Certificateholders,  by
acceptance  of  a  Certificate,   agree  to  treat,  and  to  take  no  action
inconsistent  with the treatment of, the Certificates for such tax purposes as
interests in a grantor trust.

     Distributions on this Class A Certificate will be made as provided in the
Agreement   by  the  Trustee  by  wire   transfer  or  check   mailed  to  the
Certificateholder   of  record  in  the  Certificate   Register   without  the
presentation  or  surrender of this Class A  Certificate  or the making of any
notation hereon,  except that with respect to Class A Certificates  registered
on the  Record  Date  in  the  name  of the  nominee  of the  Clearing  Agency
(initially,  such  nominee  to be Cede & Co.),  payments  will be made by wire
transfer in  immediately  available  funds to the account  designated  by such
nominee. Except as otherwise provided in the Agreement and notwithstanding the
above,  the final  distribution on this Class A Certificate will be made after
due notice by the Trustee of the pendency of such  distribution  and only upon
presentation and surrender of this Class A Certificate at the office or agency
maintained  for that purpose by the Trustee in the Borough of  Manhattan,  The
City of New York.

     Reference  is  hereby  made to the  further  provisions  of this  Class A
Certificate set forth on the reverse hereof,  which further  provisions  shall
for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.


<PAGE>


     Unless the certificate of authentication  hereon shall have been executed
by an authorized  officer of the Trustee,  by manual  signature,  this Class A
Certificate  shall not  entitle  the Holder  hereof to any  benefit  under the
Agreement or be valid for any purpose.

     THIS TRUST  CERTIFICATE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK,  WITHOUT  REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW  PROVISIONS,
AND THE  OBLIGATIONS,  RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES  HEREUNDER  SHALL BE
DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.


     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Trustee,  on behalf of the Trust and not in its
individual capacity, has caused this Class A Certificate to be duly executed.

Date:                               PREMIER AUTO TRUST 199   -  
                                                           -- --

                                    By:                         , not in its
                                        ------------------------
                                             individual capacity but solely as
                                             Trustee

                                             By:
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                  Authorized Signatory



                         CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Class A  Certificates  referred to in the  within-mentioned
Agreement.


Date:
                                             ---------------------------------
                                                      as Trustee

                                             By:
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                      Authorized Signatory


<PAGE>


                       [REVERSE OF CLASS A CERTIFICATE]

     The  Class A  Certificates  do not  represent  an  obligation  of,  or an
interest in, the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee or any affiliates of any of
them,  and no recourse may be had against such parties or their assets  except
as  expressly  set  forth  or  contemplated  herein  or in the  Agreement.  In
addition,  this Class A  Certificate  is not  guaranteed  by any  governmental
agency or  instrumentality  and is  limited  in right of  payment  to  certain
collections and recoveries with respect to the Receivables  (and certain other
amounts),  all as more  specifically set forth herein and in the Agreement.  A
copy of the  Agreement may be examined by any  Certificateholder  upon written
request during normal business hours at the principal office of the Seller and
at such other places, if any, designated by the Seller.

     The Agreement  permits,  with certain  exceptions  therein provided,  the
amendment  thereof and the  modification  of the rights and obligations of the
Seller, the Servicer and the Trustee and the rights of the  Certificateholders
at any time by the Seller,  the  Servicer  and the Trustee with the consent of
the  Holders  of  Certificates  evidencing  not less  than a  majority  of the
Certificate  Balance.  Any  such  consent  by  the  Holder  of  this  Class  A
Certificate  shall be conclusive  and binding on such Holder and on all future
Holders of this  Certificate  and of any Class A  Certificate  issued upon the
transfer  hereof or in  exchange  herefor  or in lieu  hereof,  whether or not
notation of such consent is made upon this Class A Certificate.  The Agreement
also permits the amendment thereof, in certain limited circumstances,  without
the consent of the Holders of any of the Certificates.

     As provided in the Agreement and subject to certain  limitations  therein
set forth,  the transfer of this Class A Certificate  is  registerable  in the
Certificate   Register  upon  surrender  of  this  Class  A  Certificate   for
registration  of  transfer  at the  offices  or  agencies  of the  Certificate
Registrar  maintained by the Trustee in the Borough of Manhattan,  The City of
New York, accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory
to the  Trustee  and the  Certificate  Registrar  duly  executed by the Holder
hereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one
or more new Class A Certificates  of authorized  denominations  evidencing the
same  aggregate  interest  in the  Trust  will  be  issued  to the  designated
transferee. The initial Certificate Registrar appointed under the Agreement is
                                .
- --------------------------------

     Except  as  provided  in the  Agreement,  the  Class A  Certificates  are
issuable  only  as  registered  certificates  without  coupons  in  a  minimum
denomination of $        . As provided in the Agreement and subject to certain
                 --------
limitations  therein set forth,  Class A Certificates are exchangeable for new
Class A Certificates of authorized denominations evidencing the same aggregate
denomination,  as requested by the Holder  surrendering  the same.  No service
charge will be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the
Trustee or the  Certificate  Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient
to cover any tax or governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

     The Trustee,  the  Certificate  Registrar and any agent of the Trustee or
the  Certificate  Registrar  may treat the  Person in whose  name this Class A
Certificate  is registered  as the owner hereof for all purposes,  and none of
the Trustee, the Certificate  Registrar or any such agent shall be affected by
any notice to the contrary.


<PAGE>


     The  obligations  and  responsibilities  created by the Agreement and the
Trust created thereby shall  terminate upon the payment to  Certificateholders
of all amounts  required to be paid to them  pursuant to the Agreement and the
disposition of all property held by the Trust. The Servicer of the Receivables
may at its option  purchase  the Trust  property at a price  specified  in the
Agreement,  and such  purchase of the  Receivables  and other  property of the
Trust will effect early retirement of the Certificates; HOWEVER, such right of
purchase is exercisable only as of the last day of any Collection Period as of
which  the Pool  Balance  is less  than or equal to 10% of the  Original  Pool
Balance.


<PAGE>


                                  ASSIGNMENT

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED the  undersigned  hereby sells,  assigns and transfers
unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR
OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Please print or type name and address, including postal zip code, of assignee)



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the within Class A Certificate, and all rights thereunder,  hereby irrevocably
constituting  and  appointing                                               to
                                ------------------------------------------
transfer said Class A Certificate on the books of the  Certificate  Registrar,
with full power of substitution in the premises.


Dated:

                                                            */
                 -------------------------------------------
                             Signature Guaranteed:


                                                    */
                        ----------------------------



- -----------------------

*/ NOTICE:  The signature to this  assignment must correspond with the name as
- -
it  appears  upon  the  face  of the  within  Class  A  Certificate  in  every
particular,  without  alteration,  enlargement  or any change  whatever.  Such
signature  must be guaranteed by a member firm of the New York Stock  Exchange
or a commercial bank or trust company.


<PAGE>


                                                                     EXHIBIT B

                          FORM OF CLASS B CERTIFICATE
                          ---------------------------

THIS CLASS B CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES  ACT") OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY
NOT BE OFFERED,  SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH
REGISTRATION  OR  AN  EXEMPTION  THEREFROM.  THE  TRANSFER  OF  THIS  CLASS  B
CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE
AGREEMENT  UNDER WHICH THIS CLASS B CERTIFICATE  IS ISSUED (A COPY OF WHICH IS
AVAILABLE FROM THE TRUSTEE UPON REQUEST),  INCLUDING RECEIPT BY THE TRUSTEE OF
AN   INVESTMENT   LETTER  IN  WHICH  THE   TRANSFEREE   SHALL   MAKE   CERTAIN
REPRESENTATIONS.

THIS  CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE PURCHASED BY OR TRANSFERRED TO ANY PERSON THAT IS
AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN SUBJECT TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF
THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA"),  OR
SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE"), OR
ANY  GOVERNMENTAL  PLAN, AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA,  SUBJECT TO ANY
FEDERAL,  STATE OR LOCAL LAW THAT IS, TO A  MATERIAL  EXTENT,  SIMILAR  TO THE
FOREGOING  PROVISIONS  OF ERISA OR THE CODE  (COLLECTIVELY,  A "PLAN")  OR ANY
PERSON  INVESTING  THE ASSETS OF A PLAN EXCEPT AS  PROVIDED  IN THE  AGREEMENT
REFERRED TO HEREIN.

DISTRIBUTIONS  IN  REDUCTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL   BALANCE  OF  THIS  CLASS  B
CERTIFICATE WILL BE MADE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE
OUTSTANDING  PRINCIPAL  AMOUNT OF THIS CLASS B CERTIFICATE  AT ANY TIME MAY BE
LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

NUMBER                                                                $
R-                                                               CUSIP NO.

                           PREMIER AUTO TRUST 199 - 
                                                 - -

                        % ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATE, CLASS B
                    ----

evidencing a fractional undivided interest in the Trust, as defined below, the
property of which includes a pool of retail installment sale contracts and the
Amortizing  Payments on the Fixed Value Receivables  (each, as defined herein)
secured by new and used automobiles and light duty trucks.

(This Class B  Certificate  does not represent an interest in or obligation of
Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C., Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C. or any of
their respective affiliates, except to the extent described below.)


<PAGE>


     THIS   CERTIFIES   THAT                                          is   the
                               ------------------------------------
registered  owner  of                                  DOLLARS  nonassessable,
                        ----------------------------
fully-paid,  fractional  undivided  interest in Premier Auto Trust 199 -  (the
                                                                      - -
"Trust")   formed   pursuant  to  a  Pooling  and  Servicing   Agreement  (the
"Agreement") dated as of                   ,  among Chrysler Financial Company
                          -----------------
L.L.C.,  a Michigan  limited  liability  company,  as seller  (the  "Seller"),
Chrysler  Financial Company L.L.C., a Michigan limited liability  company,  as
servicer (the "Servicer") and                      ,  a                       
                               --------------------      ---------------------
banking association, as trustee (the "Trustee"), a summary of  certain  of the
pertinent provisions of which is set forth below. To the extent not  otherwise
defined   herein,  the   capitalized  terms  used  herein  have  the  meanings
assigned to them in the Agreement.

     This  Certificate  is one of a duly  authorized  series of  Certificates,
designated as the   % Asset Backed  Certificates,  Class B (herein  called the
                  --
"Class B  Certificates")  all, issued under the Agreement,  to which Agreement
reference  is  hereby  made  for a  statement  of the  respective  rights  and
obligations thereunder of the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee and HolderS of
the  Certificates.  The Class B  Certificates  are subject to all terms of the
Agreement.

     The  property  of the Trust  includes a pool of retail  installment  sale
contracts  for  new  and  used  automobiles  and  light  duty  trucks  and the
Amortizing  Payments  on  the  Fixed  Value  Receivables  (collectively,   the
"Receivables"),   all  monies  due  under   such   Receivables   on  or  after
                ,  in the case of Precomputed  Receivables,  or received on or
- ----------------
after                 ,  in the case of Simple Interest Receivables,  security
       ---------------
interests  in the vehicles  financed  thereby,  certain bank  accounts and the
proceeds thereof,  proceeds from claims on certain insurance  policies and all
proceeds of the  foregoing.  The term  "Fixed  Value  Receivables"  shall mean
retail sale contracts  secured by new  automobiles or light duty trucks with a
series of fixed level payment monthly installments (the "Amortizing Payments")
and a final fixed value payment that is greater than each Amortizing Payment.

     Under the  Agreement,  there will be  distributed  on the          day of
                                                               --------
each month or, if such         day is not a Business  Day,  the next  Business
                       -------
Day (each, a "Distribution Date"),  commencing on                        ,  to
                                                   ----------------------
the Person in whose name this Class B  Certificate  is registered at the close
of  business  on the first day of the month in which  such  Distribution  Date
occurs (the "Record  Date"),  such  Certificateholder's  fractional  undivided
interest in the amount to be distributed to Class B Certificateholders on such
Distribution Date.

     It is the  intent  of the  Seller,  the  Servicer,  the  Trustee  and the
Certificateholders  that,  for  purposes  of federal  income,  state and local
income and single  business tax and any other income taxes,  the Trust will be
treated as a grantor trust and the  Certificates  will be treated as interests
in  a  grantor  trust.  The  Seller,   the  Servicer,   the  Trustee  and  the
Certificateholders,  by acceptance of a  Certificate,  agree to treat,  and to
take no action  inconsistent  with the treatment of, the Certificates for such
tax purposes as interests in a grantor trust.

     Distributions on this Class B Certificate will be made as provided in the
Agreement   by  the  Trustee  by  wire   transfer  or  check   mailed  to  the
Certificateholder   of  record  in  the  Certificate   Register   without  the
presentation  or  surrender of this Class B  Certificate  or the making of any
notation hereon,  except that with respect to Class B Certificates  registered
on the  Record  Date  in  the  name  of the  nominee  of the  Clearing  Agency
(initially,  such  nominee  to be Cede & Co.),  payments  will be made by wire
transfer in  immediately  available  funds to the account  designated  by such
nominee. Except as otherwise provided in the Agreement and notwithstanding the
above,  the final  distribution on this Class B Certificate will be made after
due notice by the Trustee of the pendency of such  distribution  and only upon
presentation and surrender of this Class B Certificate at the office or agency
maintained  for that purpose by the Trustee in the Borough of  Manhattan,  The
City of New York.


<PAGE>


     Reference  is  hereby  made to the  further  provisions  of this  Class B
Certificate set forth on the reverse hereof,  which further  provisions  shall
for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

     Unless the certificate of authentication  hereon shall have been executed
by an authorized  officer of the Trustee,  by manual  signature,  this Class B
Certificate  shall not  entitle  the Holder  hereof to any  benefit  under the
Agreement or be valid for any purpose.

     THIS CLASS B CERTIFICATE  SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH THE LAWS
OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS,
AND THE  OBLIGATIONS,  RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES  HEREUNDER  SHALL BE
DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.


     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Trustee,  on behalf of the Trust and not in its
individual capacity, has caused this Class B Certificate to be duly executed.


                                  PREMIER AUTO TRUST 199_-_

                                   by:                            , not in its
                                         -------------------------
                                         individual capacity but solely as
                                         Trustee



Date:                                     by:
                                              --------------------------------
                                                    Authorized Signatory


<PAGE>


                         CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Class B  Certificates  referred to in the  within-mentioned
Trust Agreement.

Date:
                                      -----------------------------------
                                         as Trustee

                                      by: ------------------------------------
                                                  Authorized Signatory


<PAGE>


                       [REVERSE OF CLASS B CERTIFICATE]

     The  Class B  Certificates  do not  represent  an  obligation  of,  or an
interest in, the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee or any affiliates of any of
them,  and no recourse may be had against such parties or their assets  except
as  expressly  set  forth  or  contemplated  herein  or in the  Agreement.  In
addition,  this Class B  Certificate  is not  guaranteed  by any  governmental
agency or  instrumentality  and is  limited  in right of  payment  to  certain
collections and recoveries with respect to the Receivables  (and certain other
amounts),  all as more  specifically set forth herein and in the Agreement.  A
copy of the  Agreement may be examined by any  Certificateholder  upon written
request during normal business hours at the principal office of the Seller and
at such other places, if any, designated by the Seller.

     The Agreement  permits,  with certain  exceptions  therein provided,  the
amendment  thereof and the  modification  of the rights and obligations of the
Seller, the Servicer and the Trustee and the rights of the  Certificateholders
under the  Agreement  at any time by the Seller,  the Servicer and the Trustee
with the consent of the  Holders of  Certificates  evidencing  not less than a
majority of the  Certificate  Balance.  Any such consent by the Holder of this
Class B Certificate  shall be conclusive and binding on such Holder and on all
future  Holders of this  Class B  Certificate  and of any Class B  Certificate
issued  upon the  transfer  hereof or in exchange  herefor or in lieu  hereof,
whether or not notation of such consent is made upon this Class B Certificate.
The  Agreement  also  permits  the  amendment  thereof,   in  certain  limited
circumstances, without the consent of the Holders of any of the Certificates.

     No transfer of this Class B Certificate will be made unless such transfer
is exempt from the  registration  requirements  of the  Securities Act and any
applicable  state  securities  laws or is made in accordance with said Act and
laws. In the event that the Holder hereof desires to make such a transfer, the
Holder and such  Holder's  transferee  will be required to comply with certain
procedures  set forth in the  Agreement,  including  the  delivery  of certain
certificates and investment letters.  The Holder hereof, by acceptance of this
Certificate,  does hereby agree to  indemnify  the  Trustee,  the Seller,  the
Servicer and the Certificate  Registrar  against any liability that may result
if any  such  transfer  is not so  exempt  or is not made in  accordance  with
federal and state laws. In connection with any such transfer, the Trustee will
also  require  (i) a  representation  letter,  in the  form  described  in the
Agreement,  stating  that the  transferee  is not a Plan and is not  acting on
behalf of a Plan or using the assets of a Plan to effect such purchase or (ii)
if such transferee is a Plan, an opinion of counsel  acceptable to and in form
and substance  satisfactory  to the Trustee and the Depository with respect to
certain matters described in the Agreement.

     Except  as  provided  in the  Agreement,  the  Class B  Certificates  are
issuable  only  as  registered  certificates  without  coupons  in  a  minimum
denominations  of  $        .  As  provided  in the  Agreement  and subject to
                    --------
certain  limitations  therein set forth, Class B Certificates are exchangeable
for new Class B Certificates of authorized  denominations  evidencing the same
aggregate  denomination,  as requested by the Holder surrendering the same. No
service charge will be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange,
but the Trustee or the  Certificate  Registrar  may  require  payment of a sum
sufficient  to cover any tax or  governmental  charge  payable  in  connection
therewith.


<PAGE>


     The Trustee,  the  Certificate  Registrar and any agent of the Trustee or
the  Certificate  Registrar  may treat the  Person in whose  name this Class B
Certificate  is registered  as the owner hereof for all purposes,  and none of
the Trustee, the Certificate  Registrar or any such agent shall be affected by
any notice to the contrary.

     The  obligations  and  responsibilities  created by the Agreement and the
Trust created thereby shall  terminate upon the payment to  Certificateholders
of all amounts  required to be paid to them  pursuant to the Agreement and the
disposition of all property by the Trust.  The Servicer of the Receivables may
at its  option  purchase  the  Trust  property  at a  price  specified  in the
Agreement,  and such  purchase of the  Receivables  and other  property of the
Trust will effect early retirement of the Class B Certificates;  HOWEVER, such
right of purchase  is  exercisable  only as of the last day of any  Collection
Period  as of  which  the  Pool  Balance  is less  than or equal to 10% of the
Original Pool Balance.


<PAGE>


                                  ASSIGNMENT

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED the  undersigned  hereby sells,  assigns and transfers
unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR
OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Please print or type name and address, including postal zip code, of assignee)



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the within Class B Certificate, and all rights thereunder,  hereby irrevocably
constituting and appointing
                            ---------------------------------------------------
to  transfer  said  Class  B  Certificate  on the  books  of  the  Certificate
Registrar, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:

                                                            */
                 -------------------------------------------
                             Signature Guaranteed:


                                                    */
                        ----------------------------

- -----------------------

*/ NOTICE:  The signature to this  assignment must correspond with the name as
- -
it  appears  upon  the  face  of the  within  Class  B  Certificate  in  every
particular,  without  alteration,  enlargement  or any change  whatever.  Such
signature  must be guaranteed by a member firm of the New York Stock  Exchange
or a commercial bank or trust company.


<PAGE>


                                                                     EXHIBIT C

                        [FORM OF DEPOSITORY AGREEMENT]


<PAGE>


                                                                     EXHIBIT D

                        FORM OF SERVICER'S CERTIFICATE

                    PREMIER AUTO RECEIVABLES TRUST 199  -  
                                                      -- --
                       % Asset Backed Certificates, Class A
                    ---
                       % Asset Backed Certificates, Class B
                    ---

Distribution Date:

Collection Period:

     Under the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement dated as of             by and
                                                            -----------
among Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C., as Seller, Chrysler Financial Company
L.L.C., as Servicer, and            ,  as Trustee, the Servicer is required to
                         -----------
prepare certain  information  each month regarding  current  distributions  to
Certificateholders and the performance of the Trust during the previous month.
The  information  that  is  required  to  be  prepared  with  respect  to  the
Distribution  Date and  Collection  Period  listed  above is set forth  below.
Certain of the information is presented on the basis of an original  principal
amount  of  $1,000  per  Class  A  Certificate  or  Class  B  Certificate,  as
appropriate,  and  certain  other  information  is  presented  based  upon the
aggregate amounts for the Trust as a whole.

A.  Information Regarding the Current Monthly Distribution.
    ------------------------------------------------------ 

    1.  Class A Certificates.
        -------------------- 

        (a)    The aggregate amount of the distribution
               to Class A Certificateholders ...........................$       
                                                                         -------

        (b)    The amount of the distribution set forth in
               paragraph A.1.(a) above in respect of interest...........$       
                                                                         -------

        (c)    The amount of the distribution set forth in
               paragraph A.1.(a) above in respect of principal..........$       
                                                                         -------

        (d)    The amount of the distribution set forth in
               paragraph A.1.(a) above per $1,000 interest..............$       
                                                                         -------

        (e)    The amount of the distribution set forth in
               paragraph A.1.(b) above per $1,000 interest..............$       
                                                                         -------

        (f)    The amount of the distribution set forth in
               paragraph A.1.(c) above per $1,000 interest..............$       
                                                                         -------

    2.  Class B Certificates.
        -------------------- 

        (a)    The aggregate amount of the distribution
               to Class B Certificateholders ...........................$       
                                                                         -------


<PAGE>


        (b)    The amount of the distribution set forth in
               paragraph A.2(a) above in respect of interest............$
                                                                         -------

        (c)    The amount of the distribution set forth in
               paragraph A.2(a) above in respect of principal...........$
                                                                         -------

        (d)    The amount of the distribution set forth in
               paragraph A.2(a) above per $1,000 interest...............$
                                                                         -------

        (e)    The amount of the distribution set forth in
               paragraph A.2(b) above per $1,000 interest...............$
                                                                         -------

        (f)    The amount of the distribution set forth in
               paragraph A.2(c) above per $1,000 interest...............$
                                                                         -------

B.  Information Regarding the Performance of the Trust.
    -------------------------------------------------- 

    1.  Pool Balance and Certificate Balances.
        ------------------------------------- 

        (a)    The Pool Balance close of business on the last
               day of the preceding Collection Period...................$
                                                                         -------

        (b)    The  Class A  Certificate  Balance  as of the  close of
               business  on the last day of the  preceding  Collection
               Period,  after giving  effect to payments  allocated to
               principal set forth in Paragraph A.1(c) above............$
                                                                         -------

        (c)    The  Class B  Certificate  Balance  as of the  close of
               business  of the last day of the  preceding  Collection
               Period,  after giving  effect to payments  allocated to
               principal set forth in paragraph A.2(c) above............$
                                                                         -------

        (d)    The Pool Factor as of the close of business on
               the last day of the preceding Collection Period..........$
                                                                         -------

    2.  Servicing Fee and Advances.
        -------------------------- 

        (a)    The aggregate amount of the Servicing
               Fee paid to the Servicer with respect
               to the preceding Collection Period.......................$
                                                                         -------

        (b)    The amount of such Servicing Fee per
               $1,000 interest..........................................$
                                                                         -------

        (c)    The amount of any unpaid Servicing Fee...................$
                                                                         -------


<PAGE>


        (d)    The change in the amount of any  unpaid  Servicing  Fee
               from the previous Distribution Date......................$
                                                                         -------

        (e)    Aggregate Advances on such
               Distribution Date........................................$
                                                                         -------

    3.  Payment Shortfalls.
        ------------------

        (a)    The amount of the Class A Interest Carryover  Shortfall
               after giving effect to the payments
               set forth in paragraph A.1(b) above.....................$
                                                                         -------

        (b)    The amount of the Class A Principal Carryover Shortfall
               after giving effect to the payment
               set forth in paragraph A.1(c) above.....................$
                                                                         -------

        (c)    The amount of the Class B Interest Carryover  Shortfall
               after giving effect to the payments
               set forth in paragraph A.2(b) above.....................$
                                                                         -------


<PAGE>


        (d)    The amount of the Class B Principal Carryover Shortfall
               after giving effect to the payments
               set forth in paragraph A.2(c) above.....................$
                                                                         -------

        (e)    The   amount   otherwise   distributable   to  Class  B
               Certificateholders that is distributed
               to Class A Certificateholders ..........................$
                                                                         -------

    4.  Payahead Account.
        ---------------- 

        (a)    The aggregate Payahead Balance .........................$
                                                                         -------

        (b)    The change in the Payahead Balance from
               the previous Distribution Date..........................$
                                                                         -------

    5.  Reserve Account.

        (a)    The Reserve Account balance after
               giving effect to distributions made on
               such Distribution Date..................................$
                                                                         -------

        (b)    The change in the Reserve Account
               on such Distribution Date ..............................$
                                                                         -------


<PAGE>


                                                                     EXHIBIT E


                         [FORM OF ACCOUNTANTS' LETTER]


<PAGE>


                                                                     EXHIBIT F





                        FORM OF TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE

                                                                     [DATE]

[Seller]
[Seller Address]
[Trustee]
[Trustee Address]

            Re:  Premier Auto Trust 199  -  
                                       -- --
                 Asset Backed Certificates, Class B
                 ----------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     In connection with our disposition of the above-referenced        % Asset
                                                                 ------
Certificates,  Class B (the  "Certificates") we certify that (a) we understand
that the  Certificates  have not been  registered  under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Act"), and are being transferred by us in a transaction
that is exempt from the  registration  requirements of the Act and (b) we have
not  offered  or sold any  Certificates  to,  or  solicited  offers to buy any
Certificates from, any person, or otherwise  approached or negotiated with any
person with respect  thereto,  in a manner that would be deemed,  or taken any
other action which would result in, a violation of Section 5 of the Act.

                                 Very truly yours,

                                 [NAME OF TRANSFEROR]



                                 By:
                                    ---------------------------------
                                        Authorized Officer


<PAGE>


                                                                     EXHIBIT G


                           FORM OF INVESTMENT LETTER

                                                                     [DATE]

[Seller]
[Seller Address]
[Trustee]
[Trustee Address]

            Re:  Premier Auto Trust 199  -  
                                       -- --
                 Asset Backed Certificates, Class B
                 ----------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     In connection with our acquisition of the  above-referenced  Asset Backed
Certificates,  Class B (the  "Certificates") we certify that (a) we understand
that the  Certificates  are not being  registered  under the Securities Act of
1933,  as amended  (the  "Act"),  or any state  securities  laws and are being
transferred  to us in a  transaction  that is  exempt  from  the  registration
requirements  of the  Act  and  any  such  laws,  (b)  we  are an  "accredited
investor," as defined in  Regulation D under the Act, and have such  knowledge
and  experience  in  financial  and  business  matters  that we are capable of
evaluating  the merits and risks of investments  in the  Certificates,  (c) we
have had the  opportunity  to ask  questions  of and receive  answers from the
seller  concerning the purchase of the  Certificates  and all matters relating
thereto or any  additional  information  deemed  necessary  to our decision to
purchase the  Certificates,  (d) we are not an employee  benefit plan or trust
account  that is subject to the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of
1974,  as amended,  or section 4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as
amended,  nor are we acting on behalf of any such Plan or using the  assets of
any such  Plan to  acquire  Class B  Certificates,  (e) we are  acquiring  the
Certificates  for  investment  for our own  account and not with a view to any
distribution of such  Certificates  (but without prejudice to our right at all
times to sell or otherwise  dispose of the  Certificates  in  accordance  with
clause (g)  below),  (f) we have not offered or sold any  Certificates  to, or
solicited  offers to buy any  Certificates  from,  any  person,  or  otherwise
approached or negotiated  with any person with respect  thereto,  or taken any
other  action that would  result in a violation of Section 5 of the Act or any
state securities laws and (g) we will not sell,  transfer or otherwise dispose
of any  Certificates  unless (1) such sale,  transfer or other  disposition is
made  pursuant to an  effective  registration  statement  under the Act and in
compliance  with any  relevant  state  securities  laws or is exempt from such
registration requirements and, if requested, we will at our expense provide an
opinion of counsel  satisfactory  to the addressees of this  certificate  that
such sale,  transfer or other disposition may be made pursuant to an exemption
from the Act, (2) the  purchaser or  transferee  of such Note has executed and
delivered  to you a  certificate  to  substantially  the same  effect  as this
certificate  and (3) the purchaser or transferee  has otherwise  complied with
any conditions  for transfer set forth in the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement
dated as of           ,  among Chrysler  Financial  Company  L.L.C.,  Chrysler
            ----------
Financial Company L.L.C. and           .
                             ----------


<PAGE>


                                       Very truly yours,

                                       [NAME OF TRANSFEREE]



                                       By:
                                          ----------------------------------
                                            Authorized Officer


<PAGE>


                                                                     EXHIBIT H


                           FORM OF RULE 144A LETTER

                                                                     [DATE]

[Seller]
[Seller Address]
[Trustee]
[Trustee Address]

            Re:  Premier Auto Trust 199  -  
                                       -- --
                 Asset Backed Certificates, Class B
                 ----------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     In connection with our acquisition of the  above-referenced       % Asset
                                                                  -----
Backed  Certificates,  Class B (the  "Certificates")  we  certify  that (a) we
understand that the Certificates are not being registered under the Securities
Act of 1933,  as amended (the  "Act"),  or any state  securities  laws and are
being  transferred to us in a transaction that is exempt from the registration
requirements  of the Act and any such  laws,  (b) we have such  knowledge  and
experience in financial and business matters that we are capable of evaluating
the merits and risks of investments in the  Certificates,  (c) we have had the
opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from the seller concerning
the  purchase  of the  Certificates  and all matters  relating  thereto or any
additional  information  deemed  necessary  to our  decision to  purchase  the
Certificates,  (d) we are not an employee  benefit plan, trust or account that
is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended,
or section 4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  nor are we
acting on  behalf  of any such  Plan or using  the  assets of any such Plan to
acquire  Class B  Certificates,  (e) we have not, nor has anyone acting on our
behalf,  offered,  transferred,  pledged,  sold or  otherwise  disposed of the
Certificates,  any interest in the  Certificates or any other similar security
to,  or  solicited  any  offer to buy or  accept a  transfer,  pledge or other
disposition of the Certificates, any interest in the Certificates or any other
similar  security from or otherwise  approached or negotiated  with respect to
the  Certificates,  any  interest  in the  Certificates  or any other  similar
security with, any person in any manner,  or made any general  solicitation by
means of general advertising or in any other manner, or taken any other action
that would constitute a distribution of the Certificates under the Act or that
would render the  disposition of the  Certificates a violation of Section 5 of
the Act or any state securities laws or require registration pursuant thereto,
and we will not act,  or  authorize  any person to act,  in such  manner  with
respect to the Certificates,  and (f) we are a "qualified institutional buyer"
as that term is defined in Rule 144A under the Act. We are aware that the sale
to us  is  being  made  in  reliance  on  Rule  144A.  We  are  acquiring  the
Certificates  for our own  account  or for  resale  pursuant  to Rule 144A and
understand that such  Certificates may be resold,  pledged or transferred only
(i) to a person reasonably believed to be a qualified institutional buyer that


<PAGE>


purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified  institutional
buyer to whom  notice is given that the  resale,  pledge or  transfer is being
made in  reliance  on Rule 144A or (ii)  pursuant  to another  exemption  from
registration under the Act.

                                       Very truly yours,

                                       [NAME OF TRANSFEREE]



                                       By:
                                          ---------------------------------
                                           Authorized Officer


<PAGE>


                                                                     EXHIBIT J

                    SUBSEQUENT TRANSFER ASSIGNMENT NO.    
                                                       ---

     For value  received,  in  accordance  with and subject to the Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement dated as of            ,  199  (the  "Agreement"),  among
                                 -----------      -
Chrysler  Financial  Company L.L.C., a Michigan limited liability company (the
"Seller"),  Chrysler  Financial  Company L.L.C., a Michigan limited  liability
company (the "Servicer"),  and             , a                (the "Trustee"),
                               ------------    --------------
the Seller does hereby sell,  assign,  transfer and otherwise  convey unto the
Trustee, for the benefit of the  Certificateholders,  without recourse (except
as expressly provided in the Agreement),  all right, title and interest of the
Seller in and to (i) the Subsequent Receivables, having an aggregate Principal
Balance equal to $    , set forth on Schedule A hereto (which shall supplement
Schedule A to the  Agreement)  and all monies due thereon on or after the date
hereof (the "Subsequent Cutoff Date"), in the case of Precomputed Receivables,
and all monies  received  thereon on and after the Subsequent  Cutoff Date, in
the case of Simple Interest  Receivables;  (ii) the security  interests in the
Financed  Vehicles  granted  by  the  Obligors  pursuant  to  such  Subsequent
Receivable  and any other  interest of the Seller in such  Financed  Vehicles;
(iii) any proceeds with respect to such Subsequent  Receivables from claims on
any physical damage,  credit life or disability  insurance  policies  covering
Financed  Vehicles  or  Obligors;  (iv)  any  proceeds  with  respect  to such
Subsequent  Receivables from recourse to Dealers thereon with respect to which
the  Servicer  has  determined  in  accordance  with its  customary  servicing
procedures that eventual payment in full is unlikely; (v) any Financed Vehicle
that shall have  secured any such  Subsequent  Receivable  and that shall have
been  acquired by or on behalf of the Seller,  the Servicer or the Trust;  and
(vi) the proceeds of any and all of the foregoing. The foregoing sale does not
constitute and is not intended to result in any assumption by the Trust of any
obligation  of the Seller to the  Obligors,  insurers  or any other  person in
connection with the Standard Receivables, Fixed Value Receivables,  Receivable
Files, any insurance  policies or any agreement or instrument  relating to any
of them.

     This  Assignment  is  made  pursuant  to and  upon  the  representations,
warranties and agreements on the part of the Seller contained in the Agreement
(including  the  Officers'   Certificate  of  the  Seller   accompanying  this
Assignment,  in the  form of  Annex A  hereto)  and is to be  governed  in all
respects by the Agreement.

     Capitalized  terms used and not otherwise  defined  herein shall have the
meanings assigned thereto in the Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Assignment to be duly
executed as of          , 199 .
                             -

                                  Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C.


                                  By:
                                     -------------------------------------
                                      Name:
                                      Title:


<PAGE>


                                                                 SCHEDULE A TO
                                                Subsequent Transfer Assignment


                      Schedule of Subsequent Receivables
                      ----------------------------------


<PAGE>


                                                                    ANNEX A TO
                                                Subsequent Transfer Assignment

                       Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C.

                             OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE

     The undersigned,               and               , the duly qualified and
                      -------------     --------------
elected            and                    of Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C.
        ----------      ----------------
(the "Seller"), in connection with the conveyance of Subsequent Receivables to
Premier  Auto Trust 199 - (the  "Trust")  pursuant  to Section  3.02(b) of the
Pooling  and  Servicing   Agreement   dated  as  of           ,   199 ,   (the
                                                     ---------       -
"Agreement"),   among  the  Seller,             ,  as  trustee,  and  Chrysler
                                     -----------
Financial Company L.L.C., as servicer,  and Subsequent Transfer Assignment No.
    dated as of the date hereof from the Seller, hereby certify that:
- ---

          (a)        % of the  Principal  Balances of the  Receivables  in the
               ------
     Trust on the date hereof (including the Subsequent  Receivables  conveyed
     to the Trust on the date  hereof)  represent  vehicles  financed at CFC's
     used vehicle rate.

          (b) The weighted  average APR of the Receivables in the Trust on the
     date hereof (including the Subsequent  Receivables  conveyed to the Trust
     on the date hereof) is      %.
                            -----

          (c)  The  weighted   average   remaining   term  of  the  Subsequent
     Receivables  in the Trust on the date hereof  (including  the  Subsequent
     Receivables  conveyed  to the Trust on the date  hereof) is              
                                                                  ------------
     months.

          (d) All other conditions  precedent set forth in Section  3.02(b)(1)
     of the Agreement relating to the conveyance of Subsequent  Receivables to
     the Trust have been satisfied.

     All  capitalized  terms used but not otherwise  defined herein shall have
the meanings assigned thereto in the Agreement.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I have  hereunto set my hand as of this      day of
                                                                   ----
             , 199 .
- -------------     -


                                 ----------------------------------------
                                     Name:
                                     Title:



                                 ----------------------------------------
                                     Name:
                                     Title:


<PAGE>


                                                                     EXHIBIT K

                ELIGIBLE INVESTMENT TRANSFER ASSIGNMENT NO.    
                                                            ---

     For value  received,  in  accordance  with and subject to the Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement dated as of            ,  199   (the "Agreement"),  among
                                 -----------      --
Chrysler  Financial  Company L.L.C., a Michigan limited liability company (the
"Seller"),  Chrysler  Financial  Company L.L.C., a Michigan limited  liability
company (the  "Servicer"),  and         ,  as trustee,  the Seller does hereby
                                --------
sell, assign,  transfer and otherwise convey unto the Issuer, without recourse
(except as expressly provided in the Agreement), all right, title and interest
of the Seller in and to (i) the  Eligible  Investment  Receivables,  having an
aggregate  Principal  Balance  equal to  $         ,  set forth on  Schedule A
                                          ---------
hereto (which shall supplement Schedule C to the Agreement) and all monies due
thereon on or after the date hereof (the  "Subsequent  Cutoff  Date"),  in the
case of Precomputed Receivables,  and all monies received thereon on and after
the Subsequent Cutoff Date, in the case of Simple Interest  Receivables;  (ii)
the  security  interests  in the  Financed  Vehicles  granted by the  Obligors
pursuant to such Eligible Investment Receivables and any other interest of the
Seller in such  Financed  Vehicles,  (iii) any  proceeds  with respect to such
Eligible  Investment  Receivables from claims on any physical  damage,  credit
life or disability  insurance policies covering Financed Vehicles or Obligors;
(iv) any proceeds with respect to such Eligible  Investment  Receivables  from
recourse to Dealers  thereon with respect to which the Servicer has determined
in accordance with its customary servicing procedures that eventual payment in
full is unlikely,  (v) any  Financed  Vehicle that shall have secured any such
Eligible  Investment  Receivable  and that shall have been  acquired  by or on
behalf of the Seller,  the Servicer or the Trust, and (vi) the proceeds of any
and all of the  foregoing.  The foregoing  sale does not constitute and is not
intended to result in any  assumption  by the Trust of any  obligation  of the
Seller to the Obligors,  insurers or any other person in  connection  with the
Eligible  Investment  Standard  Receivables,  Eligible  Investment Fixed Value
Receivables,  Receivable  File,  any  insurance  policies or any  agreement or
instrument relating to any of them.

     This  Assignment  is  made  pursuant  to and  upon  the  representations,
warranties and agreements on the part of the Seller contained in the Agreement
(including  the  Officers'   Certificate  of  the  Seller   accompanying  this
Assignment,  in the  form of  Annex A  hereto)  and is to be  governed  in all
respects by the Agreement.

     Capitalized  terms used and not otherwise  defined  herein shall have the
meanings assigned thereto in the Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Assignment to be duly
executed as of                   , 199 .
               ------------------     -

                                       Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C.



                                       By:
                                          -----------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


<PAGE>


                                                                 SCHEDULE A TO
                                       Eligible Investment Transfer Assignment


                  Schedule of Eligible Investment Receivables
                  -------------------------------------------


<PAGE>


                                                                    ANNEX A TO
                                       Eligible Investment Transfer Assignment



                       Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C.

                             OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE

     The undersigned                           and                           ,
                     -------------------------     --------------------------
the   duly   qualified   and   elected                                     and
                                          ------------------------------
                              of  Chrysler   Financial   Company  L.L.C.  (the
- ---------------------------
"Seller'),   in  connection   with  the  conveyance  of  Eligible   Investment
Receivables to Premier Auto Trust  199  -   (the "Trust")  pursuant to Section
                                      -- --
12.03  of the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  dated as of       ,  199   
                                                               ------      ---
(the "Agreement"), among the Seller, as trustee, and Chrysler Financial Company
L.L.C.,  as servicer,  and Eligible  Investment  Transfer  Assignment No.    ,
                                                                          ---
dated as of the date hereof from the Seller, hereby certify that:

          (a)      % of the  Principal  Balances  of the  Eligible  Investment
               ----
     Receivables  in the  Reserve  Account on the date hereof  (including  the
     Eligible  Investment  Receivables  conveyed to the Reserve Account on the
     date hereof) represent vehicles financed at CFC's used vehicle rate.

          (b) All other conditions precedent set forth in Section 12.03 of the
     Agreement relating to the conveyance of Eligible  Investment  Receivables
     to the Reserve Account have been satisfied.

     All  capitalized  terms used but not otherwise  defined herein shall have
the meanings assigned thereto in the Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  I have hereunto set my hand as of this      day   of
                                                                 ----
          , 199 .
- ----------     -




                                          -----------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:




                                          -----------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:



<PAGE>



                                                                  EXHIBIT 5.1

                         [Brown & Wood LLP Letterhead]

                                                January 26, 1999

Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C.
27777 Franklin Road
Southfield, Michigan 48034

Re:      Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C.
         Registration Statement on Form S-3
         ----------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have  acted as  special  counsel  for you in  connection  with the
Registration Statement on Form S-3 (the "Registration Statement"),  filed with
the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended  (the "Act"),  for the  registration  under the Act of  $4,000,000,000
aggregate  principal  amount of asset  backed  notes (the  "Notes")  and asset
backed  certificates   ("Certificates"  and,  together  with  the  Notes,  the
"Securities"). Each series of such Securities will be issued pursuant to (i) a
separate   pooling  and  servicing   agreement  (the  "Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement"),  among Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C. (the "Registrant") and a
trustee to be  identified  in the  prospectus  supplement  for such  series of
Securities,  (ii) a trust  agreement (the "Trust  Agreement")  among a trustee
named in the related prospectus supplement,  the Registrant and another entity
named  in  such   prospectus   supplement   and/or  (iii)  an  indenture  (the
"Indenture")  between the trust formed pursuant to the Trust Agreement and the
indenture trustee named in the related prospectus supplement.

         We have made such  investigation of law as we deemed  appropriate and
have  examined the  proceedings  heretofore  taken and are  familiar  with the
procedures  proposed  to be taken by the  Registrant  in  connection  with the
authorization, issuance and sale of the Securities.

         Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

         1. When each  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  and/or  Indenture in
respect  of  which  we have  participated  has  been  duly  authorized  by all
necessary  action and has been duly  executed and  delivered,  the Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement  will  constitute a valid and binding  obligation  of the
Registrant and the Indenture will constitute a valid and binding obligation of
the trust referred to therein, in each case enforceable in accordance with its
terms,  subject  to  applicable  bankruptcy,  reorganization,  insolvency  and
similar  laws  affecting  creditors'  rights  generally  and  subject,  as  to
enforceability,  to  general  principles  of  equity  (regardless  of  whether
enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law); and

         2. When the issuance, execution and delivery of the Securities issued
pursuant to a Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  or an Indenture in respect of
which we have  participated have been duly authorized by all necessary action,
and when such  Securities  have been duly  executed and delivered and sold and
paid for as described in the Registration  Statement,  such Securities will be
legally and validly issued and the holders of such Securities will be entitled
to the  benefits  provided  by the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  or the
Indenture, as applicable, pursuant to which such Securities were issued.

         In rendering the foregoing opinions, we have assumed the accuracy and
truthfulness  of  all  public  records  regarding  the  Registrant  and of all
certifications,  documents and other proceedings examined by us that have been
executed or certified by officials of the  Registrant  acting within the scope
of  their   official   capacities  and  have  not  verified  the  accuracy  or
truthfulness  thereof.  We have also assumed the genuineness of the signatures
appearing upon such public records, certifications, documents and proceedings.
In addition,  we have assumed that each such Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement
and Indenture and the related Securities, as applicable,  will be executed and
delivered  in  substantially  the form filed as exhibits  to the  Registration
Statement with such changes acceptable to us, and that such Securities will be
sold as described in the Registration  Statement.  We express no opinion as to
the laws of any jurisdiction  other than the laws of the State of New York and
the federal laws of the United States of America.

         We hereby  consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration  Statement  and to the  reference  to this firm under the heading
"Legal  Matters"  in  the  Prospectus  forming  a  part  of  the  Registration
Statement,  without  implying or admitting  that we are  "experts"  within the
meaning of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission  issued  thereunder,  with respect to any part of the  Registration
Statement, including this exhibit.

                                                Very truly yours,

                                                /s/ Brown & Wood LLP
                                                --------------------


<PAGE>



                                                                  EXHIBIT 5.2

                [Letterhead of Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A.]

                                                  January 25, 1999

Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C.
27777 Franklin Road
Southfield, Michigan 48034

         Re:      Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C.
                  Registration Statement on Form S-3
                  ----------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have acted as special  Delaware  counsel  for  Chrysler  Financial
Company  L.L.C.  (the   "Registrant")  in  connection  with  the  Registration
Statement  on  Form  S-3  (the  "Registration  Statement"),   filed  with  the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
amended  (the  "Act"),   for  the   registration   under  the  Act  of  up  to
$4,000,000,000  aggregate principal amount of asset backed notes (the "Notes")
and asset backed  certificates  (the  "Certificates";  and  together  with the
Notes,  the  "Securities").  Each  series  of such  Securities  may be  issued
pursuant to a trust agreement (the "Trust Agreement") among a trustee named in
the related prospectus supplement,  the Registrant and another entity named in
such  prospectus  supplement.  This opinion is being  delivered to you at your
request.

         For  purposes  of giving the  opinions  hereinafter  set  forth,  our
examination  of documents has been limited to the  examination of originals or
copies of the following:

         (a) The form of Trust Agreement (including the form of Certificate of
Trust (the "Certificate of Trust") attached as Exhibit B thereto); and

         (b)      The Registration Statement.

         Initially capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined are
used as defined in the Trust Agreement.

         For purposes of this  opinion,  we have not  reviewed  any  documents
other than the documents  listed above,  and we have assumed that there exists
no provision in any document  that we have not reviewed  that bears upon or is
inconsistent with the opinions stated herein. We have conducted no independent
factual  investigation  of our own but  rather  have  relied  solely  upon the
foregoing documents,  the statements and information set forth therein and the
additional  matters recited or assumed herein, all of which we have assumed to
be true, complete and accurate in all material respects.

         With respect to all documents examined by us, we have assumed (i) the
authenticity of all documents submitted to us as authentic originals, (ii) the
conformity  with the originals of all  documents  submitted to us as copies or
forms, and (iii) the genuineness of all signatures.

         For  purposes  of this  opinion,  we have  assumed (i) that the Trust
Agreement will constitute the entire  agreement among the parties thereto with
respect to the subject matter thereof, including with respect to the creation,
operation  and  termination  of  the  Trust,  (ii)  the  due  creation  or due
organization or due formation, as the case may be, and valid existence in good
standing of each party to the  documents  examined by us under the laws of the
jurisdiction  governing its  creation,  organization  or formation,  (iii) the
legal capacity of natural persons who are parties to the documents examined by
us, and (iv) that each of the parties to the documents  examined by us has the
power and  authority  to execute and deliver,  and to perform its  obligations
under,  such  documents.  We have not  participated  in the preparation of the
Registration Statement and assume no responsibility for its contents.

         This  opinion  is  limited  to the  laws  of the  State  of  Delaware
(excluding  the  securities  laws of the State of  Delaware),  and we have not
considered  and  express  no  opinion  on the laws of any other  jurisdiction,
including  federal  laws and  rules  and  regulations  relating  thereto.  Our
opinions  are  rendered   only  with  respect  to  Delaware  laws  and  rules,
regulations and orders thereunder which are currently in effect.

         Based upon the foregoing,  and upon our examination of such questions
of law and statutes of the State of Delaware as we have  considered  necessary
or appropriate,  and subject to the assumptions,  qualifications,  limitations
and exceptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:


         1. When each Trust Agreement in respect of which we have participated
as your counsel has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and
has been duly executed and delivered,  it will  constitute a valid and binding
obligation of the Registrant enforceable in accordance with its terms; and

         2. When the issuance,  execution and delivery of the  Certificates in
respect  of  which  we  have  participated  as your  counsel  have  been  duly
authorized by all necessary  corporate action, and when such Certificates have
been duly  executed and  delivered  and sold as described in the  Registration
Statement,  such  Certificates  will be  legally  and  validly  issued and the
holders of such  Certificates will be entitled to the benefits provided by the
Trust Agreement pursuant to which such Certificates were issued.

         The foregoing  opinions  regarding  enforceability are subject to (i)
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium,  reorganization,  receivership,
fraudulent conveyance and similar laws relating to or affecting the rights and
remedies of creditors  generally,  (ii)  principles of equity  (regardless  of
whether  considered and applied in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (iii)
the effect of  applicable  public policy on the  enforceability  of provisions
relating to indemnification or contribution.

         We hereby  consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration  Statement  and to the  reference  to this firm under the heading
"Legal  Matters"  in  the  Prospectus  forming  a  part  of  the  Registration
Statement.  In giving the foregoing consents,  we do not thereby admit that we
come within the category of Persons whose consent is required  under Section 7
of the Act,  or the rules  and  regulations  of the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission thereunder with respect to any part of the Registration  Statement,
including this exhibit.

                                           Very truly yours,

                                          /s/ Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A.

EAM


<PAGE>



                                                                 Exhibit 8.1

                         [Brown & Wood LLP Letterhead]

                                                   January 26, 1999

Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C.
27777 Franklin Road
Southfield, Michigan 48034

Re: Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C.
    Registration Statement on Form S-3
    ----------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have acted as special  federal tax counsel to the trusts  referred
to below in connection with the filing by Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C., a
Michigan  limited  liability  company (the  "Registrant"),  of a  Registration
Statement on Form S-3 (such registration statement, together with the exhibits
and  any  amendments   thereto  as  of  the  date  hereof,  the  "Registration
Statement")  with the Securities and Exchange  Commission  (the  "Commission")
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act") for the  registration
under  the  Act  of  asset  backed  notes  (the   "Notes")  and  asset  backed
certificates (the  "Certificates")  in an aggregate  principal amount of up to
$4,000,000,000.  As described in the Registration Statement,  the Notes and/or
the Certificates will be issued from time to time in series,  with each series
being  issued by a trust  (each,  a  "Trust")  to be formed by the  Registrant
pursuant  to  a  Trust  Agreement  (each,  a  "Trust   Agreement")  among  the
Registrant,  a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Registrant and an owner trustee,
or  a  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  (each,  a  "Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement") between the Registrant and a trustee.  Each series may include one
or more  classes  of Notes,  which  will be issued  pursuant  to an  Indenture
between the related  Trust and an indenture  trustee.  Each series may include
one or more classes of Certificates,  which will be issued pursuant to a Trust
Agreement or a Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

         We have advised the Registrant with respect to certain federal income
tax consequences of the proposed  issuance of the notes and the  Certificates.
This advice is summarized under the headings  "Summary of Terms -- Tax Status"
and "Certain  Federal Income Tax  Consequences" in the Prospectus and "Summary
of  Terms - Tax  Status"  in  the  Prospectus  Supplements,  all a part of the
Registration  Statement.  Such  description  does not  purport to discuss  all
possible federal income tax ramifications of the proposed  issuance,  but with
respect to those federal income tax  consequences  that are discussed,  in our
opinion, the description is accurate in all material respects.

         We hereby  consent to the filing of this  letter as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to a reference to this firm (as special federal tax
counsel  to  the  Trust)  under  the  heading   "Certain  Federal  Income  Tax
Consequences" in the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration  Statement,
without  implying or admitting that we are "experts" within the meaning of the
Act or the rules and  regulations of the Commission  issued  thereunder,  with
respect to any part of the Registration Statement, including this exhibit.

                                                 Very truly yours,

                                                /s/ Brown & Wood LLP


<PAGE>



                                                                 EXHIBIT 24.1

                                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY

         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned Managers
of Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C. hereby severally constitutes and appoints
CHRISTOPHER  TARAVELLA,  BYRON C.  BABBISH and SILVIA M. KLEER,  or any one or
more of them,  to be his agents,  proxies and  attorneys-in-fact,  to sign and
execute  in his  name,  place and  stead  and on his  behalf  as a Manager  of
Chrysler  Financial  Company  L.L.C.,  and to file  with  the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission,  the Registration Statement of Chrysler Financial Company
L.L.C. on Form S-3,  registering under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
asset backed securities having an aggregate initial public offering price of $
billion  and  any  and  all  further  amendments   (including   post-effective
amendments) to such Registration  Statement,  and to file all exhibits thereto
and   other   documents   in   connection   therewith,   granting   unto  said
attorneys-in-fact  and agents and each of them, full power and authority to do
and  perform  each and  every act and  thing  required  to be done that may be
necessary or desirable,  hereby  approving,  ratifying and confirming all that
the aforesaid  agents,  proxies and  attorneys-in-fact  do, or that any one of
them  does or causes  to be done,  on his  behalf  pursuant  to this  Power of
Attorney.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned have hereunto set their hands as
of this 25th day of January, 1999.

/s/  T. P. Capo             
- ----------------------
     T. P. Capo

/s/ D. L. Davis        
- ----------------------
    D. L. Davis

/s/ R. L. Franson                  
- ----------------------
    R. L. Franson

/s/ W. J. O'Brien III 
- ----------------------
    W. J. O'Brien III

/s/ G. C. Valade
- ----------------------
    G. C. Valade


<PAGE>



                                                           EXHIBIT 25.1

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM T-1
                                   --------

                           STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
                     UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939
                 OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

               CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY
                  OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(B)(2)_____

                                   --------

                      THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO
              (EXACT NAME OF TRUSTEE AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

  A NATIONAL BANKING ASSOCIATION                            36-0899825
                                                         (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
                                                      IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)

ONE FIRST NATIONAL PLAZA, CHICAGO, ILLINOIS                60670-0126
  (ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)                 (ZIP CODE)

                      THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO
                     ONE FIRST NATIONAL PLAZA, SUITE 0286
                         CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60670-0286
            ATTN: LYNN A. GOLDSTEIN, LAW DEPARTMENT (312) 732-6919
           (NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)

                                  --------
                   PREMIER AUTO TRUST ____-__ AND EACH OTHER
                PREMIER AUTO TRUST _____ - __ THAT ISSUES NOTES
            UNDER THE RELATED PROSPECTUS AND PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
              (EXACT NAME OF OBLIGOR AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

       DELAWARE                                             APPLIED FOR
 (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF                          (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)                        IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)

C/O CHASE MANHATTAN BANK DELAWARE, AS OWNER TRUSTEE
1201 MARKET STREET
9TH FLOOR
WILMINGTON, DELAWARE                 
or such other address specified in
the applicable Prospectus Supplement                            19801
(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)                        (ZIP CODE)


                              Asset Backed Notes
                     (title of the indenture securities)

ITEM 1.  GENERAL INFORMATION.  FURNISH THE FOLLOWING  INFORMATION AS TO THE
         -------------------
         TRUSTEE:

         (A) NAME AND ADDRESS OF EACH  EXAMINING OR  SUPERVISING  AUTHORITY TO
         WHICH IT IS SUBJECT.

         Comptroller of Currency,  Washington, D.C.; Federal Deposit Insurance
         Corporation,  Washington, D.C.; The Board of Governors of the Federal
         Reserve System, Washington D.C..

         (B) WHETHER IT IS AUTHORIZED TO EXERCISE CORPORATE TRUST POWERS.

         The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

ITEM 2.  AFFILIATIONS WITH THE OBLIGOR.  IF THE OBLIGOR
         -----------------------------
         IS AN AFFILIATE OF THE TRUSTEE, DESCRIBE EACH
         SUCH AFFILIATION.

         No such affiliation exists with the trustee.

ITEM 16. LIST OF  EXHIBITS.  LIST BELOW ALL  EXHIBITS  FILED AS A
         -----------------
         PART OF THIS STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY.

         1. A copy  of the  articles  of  association  of the  trustee  now in
            effect.*

         2. A copy of the certificates of authority of the trustee to commence
            business.*

         3. A copy of the  authorization of the trustee to exercise  corporate
            trust powers.*

         4. A copy of the existing by-laws of the trustee.*

         5. Not Applicable.

         6. The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.


         7.  A copy of the latest  report of condition of the trustee
             published  pursuant  to law or the  requirements  of its
             supervising or examining authority.

         8.  Not Applicable.

         9.  Not Applicable.

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
         amended,  the trustee, The First National Bank of Chicago, a national
         banking  association  organized  and  existing  under the laws of the
         United  States  of  America,   has  duly  caused  this  Statement  of
         Eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto
         duly authorized, all in the City of Chicago and State of Illinois, on
         the 21st day of January, 1999.

                      THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                      TRUSTEE

                      BY /S/ STEVEN M. WAGNER        
                         -------------------------
                           STEVEN M. WAGNER
                           FIRST VICE PRESIDENT

* EXHIBITS  1, 2, 3 AND 4 ARE HEREIN  INCORPORATED  BY  REFERENCE  TO EXHIBITS
BEARING  IDENTICAL  NUMBERS  IN ITEM 16 OF THE FORM T-1 OF THE FIRST  NATIONAL
BANK OF CHICAGO, FILED AS EXHIBIT 25 TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-3
OF U S WEST CAPITAL  FUNDING,  INC.,  FILED WITH THE  SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION ON MAY 6, 1998 (REGISTRATION NO. 333-51907-01).


                                                      EXHIBIT 6

                      THE CONSENT OF THE TRUSTEE REQUIRED
                         BY SECTION 321(b) OF THE ACT

                                               January 21, 1999

Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C.  20549

Gentlemen:

In connection  with the  qualification  of an indenture  between  Premier Auto
Trust  _____-__ and each other  Premier Auto Trust ____ - __ that issues notes
under the related prospectus and prospectus  supplement and The First National
Bank of Chicago,  as Trustee,  the  undersigned,  in  accordance  with Section
321(b) of the Trust  Indenture Act of 1939, as amended,  hereby  consents that
the  reports  of  examinations  of the  undersigned,  made by Federal or State
authorities  authorized  to make such  examinations,  may be furnished by such
authorities  to the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  upon  its  request
therefor.

                                        Very truly yours,

                                        THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO

                           BY: /S/ STEVEN M. WAGNER  
                               ----------------------
                                   STEVEN M. WAGNER
                                   FIRST VICE PRESIDENT



                                   EXHIBIT 7

Legal Title of Bank:       The First National Bank of Chicago
Call Date:                 09/30/98  ST-BK:  17-1630 FFIEC 031
Address:                   One First National Plaza, Ste 0460   Page RC-1
City, State  Zip:          Chicago, IL  60670
FDIC Certificate No.:      0/3/6/1/8
                           ---------

CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF CONDITION FOR INSURED COMMERCIAL
AND STATE-CHARTERED SAVINGS BANKS FOR SEPTEMBER 30, 1998

All  schedules  are to be reported in thousands of dollars.  Unless  otherwise
indicated,  report  the amount  outstanding  of the last  business  day of the
quarter.

SCHEDULE RC--BALANCE SHEET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS       C400
                                                                                                                 ----
                                                                               RCFD          BIL MIL THOU
                                                                               ----          ------------
<S>                                                                            <C>           <C>                 <C>

ASSETS

1.  Cash and balances due from depository institutions (from Schedule
    RC-A):                                                                     RCFD
                                                                               ----
    a. Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin(1) .........         0081          4,898,646            1.a
    b. Interest-bearing balances(2)..................                          0071          4,612,143            1.b
2.  Securities
    a. Held-to-maturity securities(from Schedule RC-B, column A) .....         1754                  0            2.a
    b. Available-for-sale securities (from Schedule RC-B, column D)...         1773          9,817,318            2.b
3.  Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to
    resell                                                                     1350          6,071,229            3.
4.  Loans and lease financing receivables:
    a. Loans and leases, net of unearned income (from Schedule                 RCFD
                                                                               ----
    RC-C).............................................................         2122         26,327,215            4.a
    b. LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses .....................         3123            412,850            4.b
    c. LESS: Allocated transfer risk reserve .........................         3128                  0            4.c
    d. Loans and leases, net of unearned income, allowance, and                RCFD
                                                                               ----
       reserve (item 4.a minus 4.b and 4.c) ..........................         2125         25,914,365            4.d
5.  Trading assets (from Schedule RD-D)...............................         3545          6,924,064            5.
6.  Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases) .........         2145            731,747            6.
7.  Other real estate owned (from Schedule RC-M) .....................         2150              6,424            7.
8.  Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated
    companies (from Schedule RC-M) ...................................         2130            153,385            8.
9.  Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding               2155            352,324            9.
10. Intangible assets (from Schedule RC-M)............................         2143            295,823           10.
11. Other assets (from Schedule RC-F) ................................         2160          2,193,803           11.
12. Total assets (sum of items 1 through 11)..........................         2170         61,971,271           12.
</TABLE>


- --------
(1) Includes  cash items in process of  collection  and unposted  debits.
(2) Includes time certificates of deposit not held for trading.


Legal Title of Bank:    The First National Bank of Chicago
Call Date:              09/30/98 ST-BK:  17-1630 FFIEC 031
Address:                One First National Plaza, Ste 0460      Page RC-2
City, State  Zip:       Chicago, IL  60670
FDIC Certificate No.:   0/3/6/1/8
                        ---------

SCHEDULE RC-CONTINUED

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN
                                                                                                   THOUSANDS

LIABILITIES

<S>                                                                               <C>           <C>              <C>

13. Deposits:
    a. In domestic offices (sum of totals of columns A and C                       RCON
                                                                                   ----
       from Schedule RC-E, part 1).....................                            2200          20,965,124       13.a
       (1) Noninterest-bearing(1)......................                            6631           9,191,662       13.a1
       (2) Interest-bearing............................                            6636          11,773,462       13.a2

    b. In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and                    RCFN
                                                                                   ----
       IBFs (from Schedule RC-E, part II)..............                            2200          15,912,956       13.b
       (1) Noninterest bearing.........................                            6631             475,182       13.b1
       (2) Interest-bearing............................                            6636          15,437,774       13.b2
14. Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements
    to repurchase:                                                                 RCFD 2800      4,245,925       14
15. a. Demand notes issued to the U.S. Treasury                                    RCON 2840        359,381       15.a
    b. Trading Liabilities(from Sechedule RC-D)........                            RCFD 3548      5,614,049       15.b

16. Other borrowed money:                                                          RCFD
                                                                                   ----
    a. With original maturity of one year or less......                            2332           4,603,402       16.a
    b. With original  maturity of more than one year...                            A547             328,001       16.b
    c.  With original maturity of more than three years..                          A548             324,984       16.c

17. Not applicable
18. Bank's liability on acceptance executed and outstanding ..                     2920             352,324       18.
19. Subordinated notes and debentures................                              3200           2,400,000       19.
20. Other liabilities (from Schedule RC-G)...........                              2930           1,833,935       20.
21. Total liabilities (sum of items 13 through 20)...                              2948          56,940,081        21.
22. Not applicable

EQUITY CAPITAL

23. Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus....                              3838                    0       23.
24. Common stock.....................................                              3230              200,858       24.
25. Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)                       3839            3,192,857       25.
26. a. Undivided profits and capital reserves........                              3632            1,614,511       26.a
    b. Net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale
       securities....................................                              8434               27,815       26.b
27. Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments                            3284               (4,851)      27.
28. Total equity capital (sum of items 23 through 27)                              3210             5,031,190      28.
29. Total liabilities, limited-life preferred stock, and equity
    capital (sum of items 21, 22, and 28)............                              3300            61,971,271      29.
</TABLE>

Memorandum

To be reported only with the March Report of Condition.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>             <C>
1.   Indicate in the box at the right the number of the  statement  below that
     best  describes the most  comprehensive  level of auditing work performed
     for the  bank by  independent  external  Number  auditors  as of any date                     Number
     during  1996 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RCFD 6724. . . .    /N.A./          M.1.
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                              <C>

1 = Independent  audit of the bank  conducted in accordance      4. =   Directors' examination  of the bank  performed  by other
     with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified          external  auditors (may be required by state
     public  accounting  firm  which  submits a report on the           chartering  authority)
     bank
2 = Independent audit of the bank's parent holding company       5 =    Review of the bank's financial statements by external
     conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing           auditors
     standards by a certified public accounting firm which       6 =    Compilation of the bank's financial statements by external
     submits a report on the consolidated holding company               auditors
     (but not on the bank separately)                            7 =    Other audit procedures (excluding tax preparation work)
3 = Directors' examination of the bank conducted in              8 =    No external audit work
     accordance with generally accepted auditing standards
     by a certified public accounting firm (may be required by
     state chartering authority)
</TABLE>

(1) Includes total demand  deposits and  noninterest-bearing  time and savings
    deposits.


<PAGE>


                                                            EXHIBIT 25.2

========================================================================

                                   FORM T-1

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                            Washington, D.C. 20549

                           STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

                  UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

                   CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

                     CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE

                     ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO

                            SECTION 305(b)(2) |__|

                             THE BANK OF NEW YORK

              (Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

New York                                         13-5160382
(State of incorporation                          (I.R.S. employer
if not a U.S. national bank)                     identification no.)

One Wall Street, New York, N.Y.                  10286
(Address of principal executive offices)         (Zip code)

                    PREMIER AUTO TRUST ___-_ AND EACH OTHER
                  PREMIER AUTO TRUST ___-_ THAT ISSUES NOTES
            UNDER THE RELATED PROSPECTUS AND PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

              (Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

Delaware                                         Applied for
(State or other jurisdiction of                  (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization)                   identification no.)

c/o Chase Manhattan Bank
Delaware, as Owner Trustee
1201 Market Street
9th Floor
Wilmington, DE                                    19801     
or such other address specified in                (Zip code)
the applicable Prospectus Supplement              
(Address of principal executive offices)         

                                 -------------

                              Asset Backed Notes

                      (Title of the indenture securities)

========================================================================

<PAGE>


1.   GENERAL INFORMATION.  FURNISH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION AS TO THE TRUSTEE:

     (A) ____ NAME AND ADDRESS OF EACH EXAMINING OR  SUPERVISING  AUTHORITY
TO WHICH IT IS SUBJECT.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Name                                        Address

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Superintendent of Banks of the State of    2 Rector Street, New York,
New York                                   N.Y.  10006, and Albany, N.Y. 12203

Federal Reserve Bank of New York           33 Liberty Plaza, New York,
                                           N.Y. 10045

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation      Washington, D.C.  20429

New York Clearing House Association        New York, New York   10005

        (B) ____ WHETHER IT IS AUTHORIZED TO EXERCISE CORPORATE TRUST POWERS.

        Yes.

2.      AFFILIATIONS WITH OBLIGOR.

        IF THE OBLIGOR IS AN  AFFILIATE  OF THE  TRUSTEE,  DESCRIBE  EACH SUCH
AFFILIATION.

        None.

16.     LIST OF EXHIBITS.

        EXHIBITS IDENTIFIED IN PARENTHESES BELOW, ON FILE WITH THE COMMISSION,
        ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE AS AN EXHIBIT HERETO, PURSUANT TO
        RULE 7A-29  UNDER THE TRUST  INDENTURE  ACT OF 1939 (THE "ACT") AND 17
        C.F.R. 229.10(D).

        1.     A copy of the Organization  Certificate of The Bank of New York
               (formerly  Irving  Trust  Company)  as  now  in  effect,  which
               contains  the  authority  to commence  business  and a grant of
               powers  to  exercise  corporate  trust  powers.  (Exhibit  1 to
               Amendment No. 1 to Form T-1 filed with  Registration  Statement
               No.  33-6215,  Exhibits  1a  and  1b to  Form  T-1  filed  with
               Registration  Statement No.  33-21672 and Exhibit 1 to Form T-1
               filed with Registration Statement No. 33-29637.)

        4.     A copy of the existing By-laws of the Trustee.    (Exhibit 4 to
               Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-31019.)

        6.     The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.
               (Exhibit 6 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement
               No. 33-44051.)

        7.     A  copy  of the  latest  report  of  condition  of the  Trustee
               published  pursuant  to  law  or to  the  requirements  of  its
               supervising or examining authority.

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURE

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Act, the Trustee,  The Bank of New
York, a corporation  organized and existing under the laws of the State of New
York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned,  thereunto duly  authorized,  all in The City of New York,
and State of New York, on the 21st day of January, 1999.

                                    THE BANK OF NEW YORK

                                    By:       /s/  VAN K. BROWN
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                        Name:    VAN K. BROWN
                                        Title:      ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENT


<PAGE>



- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                Exhibit 7 - Consolidated Report of Condition of

                             THE BANK OF NEW YORK

                    of 48 Wall Street, New York, N.Y. 10286

                    And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,

a member of the Federal  Reserve  System,  at the close of  business  June 30,
1998,  published in accordance with a call made by the Federal Reserve Bank of
this District pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Reserve Act.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                  Dollar Amounts
ASSETS                                                                                            in Thousands 

<S>                                                                                             <C>
Cash and balances due from depository institutions:
   Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin..                                           $7,301,241
   Interest-bearing balances...........................                                            1,385,944
Securities:
   Held-to-maturity securities.........................                                            1,000,737
   Available-for-sale securities.......................                                            4,240,655
Federal funds sold and Securities purchased under                                                            
   agreements to resell................................                                              971,453
Loans and lease financing receivables:
   Loans and leases, net of unearned                                                                         
     income............................................                                           38,788,269 
   LESS: Allowance for loan and                                                                              
     lease losses......................................                                              632,875
   LESS: Allocated transfer risk                                                                             
     reserve...........................................                                                    0
   Loans and leases, net of unearned income,                                                                 
     allowance, and reserve............................                                           38,155,394
Assets held in trading accounts........................                                            1,307,562
Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized                                                             
   leases).............................................                                              670,445
Other real estate owned................................                                               13,598
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and                                                               
   associated companies................................                                              215,024
Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances                                                             
   outstanding.........................................                                              974,237
Intangible assets......................................                                            1,102,625
Other assets...........................................                                            1,944,777
                                                                                                  ----------
Total assets...........................................                                          $59,283,692
                                                                                                  ==========
LIABILITIES
Deposits:
   In domestic offices.................................                                          $26,930,258
   Noninterest-bearing.................................                                           11,579,390
   Interest-bearing....................................                                           15,350,868
   In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement                                                                    
     subsidiaries, and IBFs............................                                           16,117,854
   Noninterest-bearing.................................                                              187,464
   Interest-bearing....................................                                           15,930,390
Federal funds purchased and Securities sold under                                                            
   agreements to repurchase............................                                            2,170,238
Demand notes issued to the U.S.Treasury................                                              300,000
Trading liabilities....................................                                            1,310,867
Other borrowed money:
   With remaining maturity of one year or less.........                                            2,549,479
   With remaining maturity of more than one year                                                             
     through three years...............................                                                    0
   With remaining maturity of more than three years....                                               46,654
Bank's liability on acceptances executed and                                                                 
   outstanding.........................................                                              983,398
Subordinated notes and debentures......................                                            1,314,000
Other liabilities......................................                                            2,295,520
                                                                                                  ----------
Total liabilities......................................                                           54,018,268
                                                                                                  ==========
EQUITY CAPITAL
Common stock...........................................                                            1,135,284
Surplus................................................                                              731,319
Undivided profits and capital reserves.................                                            3,385,227
Net unrealized holding gains (losses) on                                                                     
   available-for-sale securities.......................                                               51,233
Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments....                                         (     37,639)
                                                                                                  ----------
Total equity capital...................................                                            5,265,424
                                                                                                  ----------
Total liabilities and equity capital...................                                          $59,283,692
                                                                                                  ==========
</TABLE>

         I, Robert E. Keilman,  Senior Vice  President and  Comptroller of the
above-named  bank do hereby  declare  that this Report of  Condition  has been
prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the Board of Governors
of the  Federal  Reserve  System and is true to the best of my  knowledge  and
belief.

                                                       Robert E. Keilman

         We, the  undersigned  directors,  attest to the  correctness  of this
Report of  Condition  and declare  that it has been  examined by us and to the
best of our  knowledge and belief has been  prepared in  conformance  with the
instructions  issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System
and is true and correct.


J. Carter Bacot
Thomas A. Renyi                     Directors
Alan R. Griffith


<PAGE>


                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.1
================================================================================








                     [FORM OF SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT]

                          SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT


                                     between


                            PREMIER AUTO TRUST ___-_
                                     Issuer,


                                       and


                       CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.,
                               Seller and Servicer



                           Dated as of [_______], 199_









===============================================================================


<PAGE>

                                Table of Contents
                                                                           Page

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   Definitions

SECTION 1.01.     Definitions.................................................1
SECTION 1.02.     Other Definitional Provisions..............................16

                                   ARTICLE II
                           Conveyance of Receivables

SECTION 2.01.     Conveyance of Receivables..................................17
SECTION 2.02.     Conveyance of Fixed Value Payments and Fixed Value 
                  Finance Charges............................................17
SECTION 2.03.     Fixed Value Securities.....................................18

                                  ARTICLE III
                                The Receivables

SECTION 3.01.     Representations and Warranties of Seller with 
                  Respect to the Receivables.................................19
SECTION 3.02.     Repurchase upon Breach.....................................22
SECTION 3.03.     Custody of Receivable Files................................23
SECTION 3.04.     Duties of Servicer as Custodian............................23
SECTION 3.05.     Instructions; Authority To Act.............................24
SECTION 3.06.     Custodian's Indemnification................................24
SECTION 3.07.     Effective Period and Termination...........................24

                                   ARTICLE IV
                  Administration and Servicing of Receivables

SECTION 4.01.     Duties of Servicer.........................................25
SECTION 4.02.     Collection and Allocation of Receivable Payments...........25
SECTION 4.03.     Realization upon Receivables...............................26
SECTION 4.04.     Physical Damage Insurance..................................26
SECTION 4.05.     Maintenance of Security Interests in Financed Vehicles.....26
SECTION 4.06.     Covenants of Servicer......................................26
SECTION 4.07.     Purchase of Receivables upon Breach........................26
SECTION 4.08.     Servicing Fee..............................................27
SECTION 4.09.     Servicer's Certificate.....................................27
SECTION 4.10.     Annual Statement as to Compliance; Notice of Default.......27
SECTION 4.11.     Annual Independent Certified Public Accountants' Report....28
SECTION 4.12.     Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding 
                  Receivables................................................28
SECTION 4.13.     Servicer Expenses..........................................28
SECTION 4.14.     Appointment of Subservicer.................................28

                                   ARTICLE V
                        Distributions; Reserve Account;
                        Statements to Certificateholders
                                and Noteholders

SECTION 5.01.     Establishment of Collection Account........................29
SECTION 5.02.     Collections................................................31
SECTION 5.03.     Application of Collections.................................31
SECTION 5.04.     [ Reserved ]...............................................32
SECTION 5.05.     Additional Deposits........................................32
SECTION 5.06.     Distributions..............................................32
SECTION 5.07.     Reserve Account............................................34
SECTION 5.08.     [ Reserved ]...............................................35
SECTION 5.09.     Statements to Noteholders and Certificateholders...........35
SECTION 5.10.     Net Deposits...............................................36

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                   The Seller

SECTION 6.01.     Representations of Seller..................................36
SECTION 6.02.     Existence..................................................37
SECTION 6.03.     Liability of Seller; Indemnities...........................37
SECTION 6.04.     Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of 
                  Obligations of, Seller.....................................38
SECTION 6.05.     Limitation on Liability of Seller and Others...............39
SECTION 6.06.     Seller May Own Notes.......................................39

                                  ARTICLE VII
                                  The Servicer

SECTION 7.01.     Representations of Servicer................................39
SECTION 7.02.     Indemnities of Servicer....................................40
SECTION 7.03.     Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of
                  Obligations of, Servicer...................................41
SECTION 7.04.     Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others.............42
SECTION 7.05.     CFC Not To Resign as Servicer..............................42

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                    Default

SECTION 8.01.     Servicer Default...........................................43
SECTION 8.02.     Appointment of Successor...................................44
SECTION 8.03.     Notification to Noteholders and Certificateholders.........44
SECTION 8.04.     Waiver of Past Defaults....................................45

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                  Termination

SECTION 9.01.     Optional Purchase of All Receivables.......................45

                                   ARTICLE X
                                 Miscellaneous

SECTION 10.01.    Amendment..................................................46
SECTION 10.02.    Protection of Title to Trust...............................47
SECTION 10.03.    Notices....................................................49
SECTION 10.04.    Assignment by the Seller or the Servicer...................49
SECTION 10.05.    Limitations on Rights of Others............................49
SECTION 10.06.    Severability...............................................49
SECTION 10.07.    Separate Counterparts......................................50
SECTION 10.08.    Headings...................................................50
SECTION 10.09.    Governing Law..............................................50
SECTION 10.10.    Assignment by Issuer.......................................50
SECTION 10.11.    Nonpetition Covenants......................................50
SECTION 10.12.    Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee and 
                  Indenture Trustee..........................................50


SCHEDULE A        Schedule of Receivables
SCHEDULE B        Location of Receivable Files

EXHIBIT A         [ Reserved ]
EXHIBIT B         Form of Distribution Statement to Noteholders.............B-1
EXHIBIT C         Form of Servicer's Certificate............................C-1


<PAGE>



         SALE AND  SERVICING  AGREEMENT  dated as of  [_______],  199_,  between
         PREMIER AUTO TRUST ____-_,  a Delaware  business trust (the  "Issuer"),
         and CHRYSLER  FINANCIAL  COMPANY L.L.C., a Michigan  limited  liability
         company, as seller and servicer.

         WHEREAS  the Issuer  desires to  purchase a  portfolio  of  receivables
arising  in  connection  with  automobile  retail   installment  sale  contracts
generated  by  Chrysler  Financial  Company  L.L.C.  in the  ordinary  course of
business; and

         WHEREAS  Chrysler  Financial  Company L.L.C.  is  willing  to sell such
receivables to, and to service such receivables on behalf of, the Issuer;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  the  mutual
covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:


                                   ARTICLE I

                                  Definitions
                                  -----------

         SECTION  1.01.  Definitions.  Whenever  used  in  this  Agreement,  the
                         -----------
following words and phrases,  unless the context otherwise requires,  shall have
the following meanings:

         "Accelerated  Principal Distribution Amount" means, with respect to any
          ------------------------------------------
Distribution  Date,  an  amount  equal to that  portion,  if any,  of the  Total
Distribution Amount for such Distribution Date that remains after the payment of
(i) the Servicing Fee (together  with any Servicing Fee that remains unpaid from
prior Distribution Dates), (ii) the Noteholders' Interest  Distributable Amount,
(iii) the Regular  Principal  Distribution  Amount and (iv) the amount,  if any,
required  to be  allocated  to the  Reserve  Account on such  Distribution  Date
pursuant to Section 5.06(a)(ii)(C).

         "Amortizing Payment" means, with respect to each Fixed Value Receivable
          ------------------
and each  Collection  Period prior to the date on which the Fixed Value  Payment
relating to such  Receivable  is due,  the amount  specified  in the  applicable
Contract in the payment schedule as the "Amount of Each Payment", except that in
the case of a prepayment, liquidation or repurchase by the Seller or purchase by
the Servicer,  the Amortizing Payment shall be equal to the aggregate "Amount of
Each  Payment"  that has not yet been paid for the period  through and including
the last payment  prior to the date when the Fixed Value Payment is due less the
amount of the unearned finance charges under the related  Contract  allocable to
such amount in accordance with the Servicer's customary procedures.

         "Amortizing Payment Finance Charge" means, with respect to each payment
          ---------------------------------
collected  on a Fixed  Value  Receivable,  the finance  charge  included in such
payment (as determined in accordance with the Servicer's  customary  procedures)
that is allocable to the related Principal Balance.

         "Amount Financed" means (i) with respect to a Standard Receivable,  the
          ---------------
amount advanced under such Standard  Receivable toward the purchase price of the
Financed Vehicle and any related costs, exclusive of any amount allocable to the
premium of force-placed physical damage insurance covering the Financed Vehicle;
and (ii) with  respect  to a Fixed  Value  Receivable,  an  amount  equal to the
present value of the fixed level payment monthly installments (not including the
amount designated as the Fixed Value Payment) under such Fixed Value Receivable,
assuming  that each  payment  is made on the due date in the month in which such
payment is due, discounted at the APR for such Fixed Value Receivable.

         "Annual Percentage Rate" or "APR" of a Receivable means the annual rate
          ----------------------
of finance charges stated in the related Contract.

         "Basic  Documents"  means  the  Indenture,  the  Trust  Agreement,  the
          ---------------- 
Administration Agreement and the Purchase Agreement.

         "Cash  Release  Amount"  means on each  Distribution  Date  during  the
          ---------------------
Release  Period,  the portion,  if any, of the Total  Distribution  Amount which
remains after payment of (a) the Servicing  Fee, (b) the  Noteholders'  Interest
Distributable   Amount,   (c)  the   Release   Period   Noteholders'   Principal
Distributable Amount and (d) the amount, if any, required to increase the amount
in the Reserve  Account to the Specified  Reserve  Amount;  provided that on the
Last Release  Distribution  Date the Cash Release Amount shall equal the Initial
Overcollateralization  Amount less the aggregate of the Cash Release Amounts for
all prior Distribution Dates.

         "Certificate Balance"  has  the  meaning  assigned  to such term in the
          -------------------
Trust Agreement.

         "Certificateholders" has the meaning assigned to such term in the Trust
          ------------------
Agreement.

         "Certificates" means the Trust Certificates and  the Overcollateraliza-
          ------------
tion Certificates.

         "CFC"  means  Chrysler  Financial  Company  L.L.C., a Michigan  limited
          ---
liability company, or its successors.

         "Class" means any one of the classes of Notes
          -----

         "Class A-1 Final Scheduled  Distribution Date" means the [_______] 199_
          --------------------------------------------
Distribution Date.

         "Class A-1 Initial Principal  Balance" shall mean $[_______].
          ------------------------------------

         "Class A-1 Noteholder"  means the Person in whose name a Class A-1 Note
          --------------------
is registered in the Note Register.

         "Class A-2  Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date" means  the April 2001
          -----------------------------------------------
Distribution Date.

         "Class A-2 Noteholder"  means the Person in whose name a Class A-2 Note
          --------------------
is registered in the Note Register.

         "Class  A-3 Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date" mean  the  July  2002
          -------------------------------------------
Distribution Date.

         "Class A-3 Noteholder"  means the Person in whose name a Class A-3 Note
          --------------------
is registered in the Note Register.

         "Class  A-4 Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date"  means the April 2003
          -----------------------------------------------
Distribution Date.

         "Class A-4 Noteholder"  means the Person in whose name a Class A-4 Note
          --------------------
is registered in the Note Register.

         "Collection Account" means the account designated as such,  established
          ------------------
and maintained pursuant to Section 5.01(a)(i).

         "Collection Period" means a calendar month. Any amount stated as of the
          -----------------
last day of a Collection  Period or as of the first day of a  Collection  Period
shall give effect to the following calculations as determined as of the close of
business on such last day:  (1) all  applications  of  collections,  and (2) all
distributions to be made on the following Distribution Date.

         "Company"  means  [__________],  a [__________]  [__________],  and any
          -------
successor in interest  or, if the Rights (as defined in the Purchase  Agreement)
have been  assigned to a Person that becomes a  transferee  in  accordance  with
Section 5.06 of the Purchase Agreement, such transferee Person and any successor
in interest.

         "Contract" means a motor vehicle retail installment sale contract.
          --------

         "Corporate  Trust Office"  means the principal  office of the Indenture
          -----------------------
Trustee at which at any  particular  time its corporate  trust business shall be
administered,  which office at the date of the  execution  of this  Agreement is
located at [________],  [___], [___], [___];  Corporate Trust Services Division;
or at such other  address as the Indenture  Trustee may  designate  from time to
time by notice to the  Noteholders  and the Seller,  or the principal  corporate
trust office of any successor Indenture Trustee (of which address such successor
Indenture Trustee will notify the Noteholders and the Seller).

         "Cutoff Date" means [_______], 199_.
          -----------

         "Dealer"  means  the  dealer  who  sold  a  Financed  Vehicle  and  who
          ------
originated  and  assigned  the  related  Receivable  to CFC  under  an  existing
agreement between such dealer and CFC.

         "Delivery" when used with respect to Trust Account Property means:
          --------

                  (a) with respect to bankers'  acceptances,  commercial  paper,
         negotiable   certificates  of  deposit  and  other   obligations   that
         constitute  "instruments"  within the meaning of Section 9-105(1)(i) of
         the UCC and are susceptible of physical  delivery,  transfer thereof to
         the Indenture  Trustee or its nominee or custodian by physical delivery
         to the  Indenture  Trustee or its nominee or custodian  endorsed to, or
         registered  in the name of, the  Indenture  Trustee  or its  nominee or
         custodian or endorsed in blank,  and,  with  respect to a  certificated
         security (as defined in Section 8-102 of the UCC) transfer  thereof (i)
         by delivery of such certificated security endorsed to, or registered in
         the name of, the  Indenture  Trustee or its  nominee  or  custodian  or
         endorsed in blank to a securities  intermediary  (as defined in Section
         8-102 of the UCC) and the  making by such  securities  intermediary  of
         entries  on  its  books  and  records   identifying  such  certificated
         securities  (as defined in Section  8-102 of the UCC) of the  Indenture
         Trustee or its nominee or  custodian  or (ii) by delivery  thereof to a
         "clearing corporation" (as defined in Section 8-102 of the UCC) and the
         making by such clearing corporation of appropriate entries on its books
         reducing  the  appropriate  securities  account of the  transferor  and
         increasing  the   appropriate   securities   account  of  a  securities
         intermediary  by  the  amount  of  such  certificated   security,   the
         identification  by the  clearing  corporation  on its books and records
         that the certificated securities are credited to the sole and exclusive
         securities account of the securities  intermediary,  the maintenance of
         such  certificated   securities  by  such  clearing  corporation  or  a
         custodian or the nominee of such  clearing  corporation  subject to the
         clearing  corporation's  exclusive  control,  and  the  making  by such
         securities intermediary of entries on its books and records identifying
         such  certificated  securities  as  being  credited  to the  securities
         account of the  Indenture  Trustee or its nominee or custodian  (all of
         the  foregoing,  "Physical  Property"),  and,  in any  event,  any such
         Physical  Property  in  registered  form  shall  be in the  name of the
         Indenture  Trustee or its nominee or custodian;  and such additional or
         alternative  procedures as may hereafter  become  appropriate to effect
         the complete  transfer of ownership of any such Trust Account  Property
         (as  defined  herein)  to  the  Indenture  Trustee  or its  nominee  or
         custodian,  consistent with changes in applicable law or regulations or
         the interpretation thereof;

                  (b)  with  respect  to  any  securities  issued  by  the  U.S.
         Treasury,  the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation or by the Federal
         National  Mortgage  Association  that are  book-entry  securities  held
         through  the Federal  Reserve  System  pursuant  to Federal  book-entry
         regulations,   the  following   procedures,   all  in  accordance  with
         applicable law, including applicable Federal regulations and Articles 8
         and 9 of  the  UCC:  book-entry  registration  of  such  Trust  Account
         Property to an appropriate book-entry account maintained with a Federal
         Reserve Bank by a securities  intermediary which is also a "depository"
         pursuant to applicable Federal  regulations;  the identification by the
         Federal Reserve Bank of such book-entry  securities on its record being
         credited  to the  securities  intermediary's  securities  account;  the
         making by such  securities  intermediary  of  entries  in its books and
         records  identifying such book-entry  security held through the Federal
         Reserve  System  pursuant to Federal  book-entry  regulations  as being
         credited  to the  Indenture  Trustee's  securities  account;  and  such
         additional  or   alternative   procedures   as  may  hereafter   become
         appropriate to effect complete  transfer of ownership of any such Trust
         Account Property to the Indenture  Trustee or its nominee or custodian,
         consistent  with  changes  in  applicable  law  or  regulations  or the
         interpretation thereof; and

                  (c) with respect to any item of Trust Account Property that is
         an  uncertificated  security under Article 8 of the UCC and that is not
         governed by clause (a) above,  registration on the books and records of
         the issuer  thereof  in the name of the  securities  intermediary,  the
         sending  of a  confirmation  by  the  securities  intermediary  of  the
         purchase by the  Indenture  Trustee or its nominee or custodian of such
         uncertificated  security, the making by such securities intermediary of
         entries  on its  books  and  records  identifying  such  uncertificated
         certificates  as belonging to the  Indenture  Trustee or its nominee or
         custodian.

         "Depositor"  means the Seller in its  capacity as  Depositor  under the
          ---------
Trust Agreement.

         "Distribution  Date" means, with respect to each Collection Period, the
          ------------------
eighth day of the  following  month or, if such day is not a Business  Day,  the
immediately following Business Day, commencing on [_______], 199_.

         "Eligible  Deposit Account" means either (a) a segregated  account with
          -------------------------
an Eligible  Institution  or (b) a segregated  trust  account with the corporate
trust  department of a depository  institution  organized  under the laws of the
United  States of America or any one of the states  thereof or the  District  of
Columbia (or any domestic  branch of a foreign  bank),  having  corporate  trust
powers and acting as trustee for funds deposited in such account, so long as any
of the securities of such depository institution shall have a credit rating from
each  Rating  Agency in one of its  generic  rating  categories  that  signifies
investment grade.

         "Eligible  Institution" means (a) the corporate trust department of the
          ---------------------
Indenture  Trustee,  the  Owner  Trustee  or  [__________]  or (b) a  depository
institution  organized under the laws of the United States of America or any one
of the states  thereof or the District of Columbia (or any domestic  branch of a
foreign bank), which (i) has either (A) a long-term unsecured debt rating of AAA
or better by Standard & Poor's and A1 or better by Moody's or (B) a  certificate
of deposit rating of A-1+ by Standard & Poor's and P-1 or better by Moody's,  or
any other long-term,  short-term or certificate of deposit rating  acceptable to
the Rating  Agencies  and (ii) whose  deposits  are  insured by the FDIC.  If so
qualified,  the  Indenture  Trustee,  the Owner Trustee or  [__________]  may be
considered  an  Eligible  Institution  for the  purposes  of clause  (b) of this
definition.

         "Eligible   Investments"   means  book-entry   securities,   negotiable
          ----------------------
instruments  or securities  represented  by  instruments in bearer or registered
form which evidence:

                  (a) direct obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed as
         to the full and timely payment by, the United States of America;

                  (b) demand deposits,  time deposits or certificates of deposit
         of any depository  institution or trust company  incorporated under the
         laws of the  United  States of  America  or any state  thereof  (or any
         domestic  branch of a foreign  bank) and  subject  to  supervision  and
         examination  by Federal  or State  banking  or  depository  institution
         authorities;  provided,  however, that at the time of the investment or
         contractual commitment to invest therein, the commercial paper or other
         short-term  unsecured debt obligations (other than such obligations the
         rating  of which is based on the  credit  of a Person  other  than such
         depository  institution or trust  company)  thereof shall have a credit
         rating  from each of the  Rating  Agencies  in the  highest  applicable
         rating category granted thereby;

                  (c)  commercial  paper,  variable  amount notes or other short
         term  debt  obligations  having,  at  the  time  of the  investment  or
         contractual  commitment  to invest  therein,  a rating from each of the
         Rating  Agencies  in the highest  applicable  rating  category  granted
         thereby;

                  (d) investments in money market or common trust funds having a
         rating  from each of the  Rating  Agencies  in the  highest  applicable
         rating  category  granted  thereby   (including  funds  for  which  the
         Indenture  Trustee  or the  Owner  Trustee  or any of their  respective
         Affiliates is investment manager or advisor);

                  (e) bankers' acceptances issued by any depository  institution
         or trust company referred to in clause (b) above;

                  (f) repurchase  obligations  with respect to any security that
         is a direct obligation of, or fully guaranteed by, the United States of
         America or any agency or  instrumentality  thereof the  obligations  of
         which are backed by the full  faith and credit of the United  States of
         America,  in either case entered into with a depository  institution or
         trust company (acting as principal) described in clause;

                  (g)  repurchase  obligations  with  respect to any security or
         whole loan,  entered  into with (i) a depository  institution  or trust
         company  (acting as  principal)  described in clause (b) above  (except
         that the rating  referred to in the proviso in such clause (b) shall be
         A-1 or  higher  in the case of  Standard  &  Poor's)  (such  depository
         institution or trust company being referred to in this  definition as a
         "financial  institution"),  (ii) a broker/dealer  (acting as principal)
         registered  as a broker or dealer under  Section 15 of the Exchange Act
         (a "broker/dealer")  the unsecured short-term debt obligations of which
         are rated P-1 by Moody's  and at least A-1 by  Standard & Poor's at the
         time  of   entering   into  such   repurchase   obligation   (a  "rated
         broker/dealer"),   (iii)  an   unrated   broker/dealer   (an   "unrated
         broker/dealer"), acting as principal, that is a wholly-owned subsidiary
         of a non-bank holding company the unsecured short-term debt obligations
         of which are rated P-1 by Moody's and at least A-1 by Standard & Poor's
         at the time of  entering  into  such  repurchase  obligation  (a "Rated
         Holding  Company")  or  (iv)  an  unrated   subsidiary  (a  "Guaranteed
         Counterparty"),  acting as principal, that is a wholly-owned subsidiary
         of a direct or indirect parent Rated Holding Company,  which guarantees
         such subsidiary's obligations under such repurchase agreement; provided
         that the following conditions are satisfied:

                           (A)  the  aggregate   amount  of  funds  invested  in
                  repurchase  obligations  of a financial  institution,  a rated
                  broker/dealer,   an  unrated   broker/dealer   or   Guaranteed
                  Counterparty  in  respect  of  which  the  Standard  &  Poor's
                  unsecured  short-term  ratings  are  A-1  (in  the  case of an
                  unrated broker/dealer or Guaranteed Counterparty,  such rating
                  being that of the related  Rated  Holding  Company)  shall not
                  exceed  20% of  the  sum of  the  then  outstanding  principal
                  balance  of the Notes  (there  being no limit on the amount of
                  funds  that  may be  invested  in  repurchase  obligations  in
                  respect of which such Standard & Poor's rating is A-1+ (in the
                  case of an unrated  broker/dealer or Guaranteed  Counterparty,
                  such rating being that of the related Rated Holding Company));

                           (B) in the case of the  Reserve  Account,  the rating
                  from Standard & Poor's in respect of the unsecured  short-term
                  debt   obligations   of  the  financial   institution,   rated
                  broker/dealer,    unrated    broker/dealer    or    Guaranteed
                  Counterparty  (in the  case  of an  unrated  broker/dealer  or
                  Guaranteed Counterparty, such rating being that of the related
                  Rated Holding Company) shall be A-1+;

                           (C) the repurchase  obligation  must mature within 30
                  days of the date on which the Indenture Trustee or the Issuer,
                  as applicable, enters into such repurchase obligation;

                           (D)   the   repurchase   obligation   shall   not  be
                  subordinated to any other obligation of the related  financial
                  institution,  rated  broker/dealer,  unrated  broker/dealer or
                  Guaranteed Counterparty;

                           (E)  the   collateral   subject  to  the   repurchase
                  obligation  is held, in the  appropriate  form, by a custodial
                  bank on behalf of the  Indenture  Trustee  or the  Issuer,  as
                  applicable;

                           (F) the repurchase  obligation shall require that the
                  collateral subject thereto shall be marked to market daily;

                           (G) in  the  case  of a  repurchase  obligation  of a
                  Guaranteed  Counterparty,  the following conditions shall also
                  be satisfied:

                                            (i)  the  Indenture  Trustee  or the
                           Issuer, as applicable, shall have received an opinion
                           of counsel  (which may be  in-house  counsel)  to the
                           effect  that  the  guarantee  of  the  related  Rated
                           Holding  Company  is  a  legal,   valid  and  binding
                           agreement of the Rated Holding  Company,  enforceable
                           in   accordance   with  its  terms,   subject  as  to
                           enforceability     to     bankruptcy,     insolvency,
                           reorganization  and  moratorium or other similar laws
                           affecting  creditors' rights generally and to general
                           equitable principles;

                                            (ii) the  Indenture  Trustee  or the
                           Issuer,  as  applicable,  shall have  received (x) an
                           incumbency   certificate   for  the  signer  of  such
                           guarantee,  certified  by an  officer  of such  Rated
                           Holding Company and (y) a resolution, certified by an
                           officer of the Rated Holding Company, of the board of
                           directors (or  applicable  committee  thereof) of the
                           Rated  Holding  Company  authorizing  the  execution,
                           delivery  and  performance  of such  guarantee by the
                           Rated Holding Company;

                                            (iii)  the  only  conditions  to the
                           obligation  of such Rated  Holding  Company to pay on
                           behalf of the Guaranteed  Counterparty  shall be that
                           the Guaranteed Counterparty shall not have paid under
                           such  repurchase  obligation  when required (it being
                           understood  that no  notice  to,  demand  on or other
                           action in respect of the Guaranteed  Counterparty  is
                           necessary)  and that  the  Indenture  Trustee  or the
                           Issuer  shall  make a  demand  on the  Rated  Holding
                           Company to make the payment due under such guarantee;

                                            (iv)  the  guarantee  of  the  Rated
                           Holding Company shall be irrevocable  with respect to
                           such   repurchase   obligation   and   shall  not  be
                           subordinated  to any  other  obligation  of the Rated
                           Holding Company; and

                                            (v) each of  Standard  & Poor's  and
                           Moody's  has  confirmed  in writing to the  Indenture
                           Trustee  or  Issuer,  as  applicable,   that  it  has
                           reviewed  the  form  of the  guarantee  of the  Rated
                           Holding  Company and has determined that the issuance
                           of such guarantee will not result in the downgrade or
                           withdrawal of the ratings assigned to the Notes.

                           (H) the repurchase  obligation shall require that the
                  repurchase obligation be overcollateralized  and shall provide
                  that, upon any failure to maintain such overcollateralization,
                  the repurchase  obligation  shall become due and payable,  and
                  unless the repurchase obligation is satisfied immediately, the
                  collateral  subject  to  the  repurchase  agreement  shall  be
                  liquidated and the proceeds applied to satisfy the unsatisfied
                  portion of the repurchase obligation;

                  (h) any other  investment  with respect to which the Issuer or
         the Servicer has received written notification from the Rating Agencies
         that the acquisition of such investment as an Eligible  Investment will
         not result in a withdrawal or downgrading of the ratings on the Notes.

         "FDIC" means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
          ----

         "Final Scheduled Maturity Date" means October 23, 2004.
          -----------------------------

         "Financed  Vehicle" means an automobile or light-duty  truck,  together
          -----------------
with all  accessions  thereto,  securing  an  Obligor's  indebtedness  under the
respective Standard Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable.

         "First Release  Distribution  Date" means the first  Distribution  Date
          ---------------------------------
that is the later of (a) the Distribution  Date following the Distribution  Date
on which the  Overcollateralization  Amount is at least  equal to the sum of (i)
the Initial  Overcollateralization Amount and (ii) the product of (x) 2% and (y)
the excess of the Related Pool Balance for such preceding Distribution Date over
the  Initial  Overcollateralization  Amount and (b) the  Distribution  Date next
succeeding the Distribution  Date on which the Class A-1 Notes have been paid in
full.

         "Fixed  Value  Finance  Charge"  means,  with  respect to each  payment
          -----------------------------
collected  on a Fixed  Value  Receivable,  the finance  charge  included in such
payment (as determined in accordance with the Servicer's  customary  procedures)
that is allocable to the related Fixed Value Payment.

         "Fixed  Value  Payment"  means,   with  respect  to  each  Fixed  Value
          ---------------------
Receivable,  the amount  specified on the applicable  Contract as the "Amount of
Fixed Value Payment"  reduced (i) in the case of a prepayment or repurchase,  by
the amount of the unearned finance charges under the Contract  allocable to such
payment in accordance with the Servicer's  customary  procedures and (ii) in the
case of a liquidation,  by the excess of Liquidation  Proceeds  collected by the
Servicer over the Amortizing Payment on such date.

         "Fixed Value Receivable" means any Contract listed on Schedule A (which
          ----------------------
Schedule may be in the form of microfiche) that provides for amortization of the
loan over a series of fixed level  payment  monthly  installments  in accordance
with the simple  interest  method,  but also  requires a final  payment  that is
greater than the  scheduled  monthly  payments and is due after  payment of such
scheduled  monthly  payments and that may be made by (i) payment in full in cash
of a fixed value  amount,  (ii) return of the  Financed  Vehicle to the Servicer
provided certain  conditions are satisfied or (iii)  refinancing the final fixed
value payment in accordance with specified conditions.

         "Fixed  Value  Securities"  has the  meaning  assigned  to such term in
          ------------------------
Section 2.03.

          "Indenture" means the Indenture dated as of [_______],  199_,  between
           ---------
the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.

         "Indenture  Trustee" means the Person acting as Indenture Trustee under
          ------------------
the Indenture,  its  successors in interest and any successor  trustee under the
Indenture.

         "Initial Overcollateralization Amount" means $[_______].
          ------------------------------------

         "Insolvency  Event" means, with respect to a specified Person,  (a) the
          -----------------
filing of a decree or order for  relief by a court  having  jurisdiction  in the
premises in respect of such Person or any substantial part of its property in an
involuntary case under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or
other  similar  law now or  hereafter  in  effect,  or  appointing  a  receiver,
liquidator,  assignee,  custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for
such  Person  or for any  substantial  part of its  property,  or  ordering  the
winding-up or  liquidation  of such Person's  affairs,  and such decree or order
shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive  days; or (b)
the commencement by such Person of a voluntary case under any applicable federal
or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect,
or the  consent  by such  Person  to the  entry of an  order  for  relief  in an
involuntary  case  under  any such law,  or the  consent  by such  Person to the
appointment  of  or  taking  possession  by a  receiver,  liquidator,  assignee,
custodian,  trustee, sequestrator or similar official for such Person or for any
substantial  part of its  property,  or the making by such Person of any general
assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure by such Person generally
to pay its  debts as such  debts  become  due,  or the  taking of action by such
Person in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

         "Interest  Distribution Amount" means, with respect to any Distribution
          -----------------------------
Date, the sum of the following amounts, without duplication, with respect to the
Receivables in respect of the  Collection  Period  preceding  such  Distribution
Date: (a) that portion of all  collections on Receivables  allocable to interest
(exclusive of collections allocable to Fixed Value Finance Charges in accordance
with Section 5.03(b)),  (b) Liquidation Proceeds with respect to the Receivables
to the  extent  allocable  to  interest  due  thereon  in  accordance  with  the
Servicer's  customary  servicing  procedures,  (c) the  Purchase  Amount of each
Receivable that became a Purchased  Receivable  during such Collection Period to
the extent  attributable to accrued interest on such Receivable,  (d) Recoveries
for  such  Collection  Period,  and (e)  Investment  Earnings  for  the  related
Distribution  Date;  provided,   however,   that  in  calculating  the  Interest
Distribution Amount all payments and proceeds (including  Liquidation  Proceeds)
of any Purchased  Receivables  the Purchase Amount of which has been included in
the Interest Distribution Amount in a prior Collection Period shall be excluded.

         "Investment Earnings" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the
          -------------------
investment  earnings  (net of losses  and  investment  expenses)  on  amounts on
deposit  in the  Collection  Account to be  applied  on such  Distribution  Date
pursuant to Section 5.01(b).

         "Issuer" means Premier Auto Trust ____-_.
          ------

         "Last Release  Distribution  Date" means the Distribution Date on which
          --------------------------------
the aggregate  amount of the Cash Release Amounts  released from the lien of the
Indenture  pursuant to Section  5.06(a)(ii)(D) on such Distribution Date and all
prior Distribution Dates is equal to the Initial Overcollateralization Amount.

         "Lien"  means a security  interest,  lien,  charge,  pledge,  equity or
          ----
encumbrance of any kind,  other than tax liens,  mechanics'  liens and any liens
that attach to the respective  Receivable by operation of law as a result of any
act or omission by the related Obligor.

         "Liquidated Receivable" means any  Receivable liquidated by the Service
          ---------------------
through the sale of a Financed Vehicle or otherwise.

         "Liquidation   Proceeds"   means,   with  respect  to  any   Liquidated
          ----------------------
Receivable,  the moneys collected in respect thereof,  from whatever source on a
Liquidated  Receivable  during the  Collection  Period in which such  Receivable
became a Liquidated  Receivable,  net of the sum of any amounts  expended by the
Servicer in connection with such  liquidation and any amounts required by law to
be remitted to the Obligor on such Liquidated Receivable.

         "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or its successor.
          -------

         "Note Pool Factor" means, with respect to each Class of Notes as of the
          ----------------
close of business on the last day of a Collection Period, a seven-digit  decimal
figure equal to the outstanding  principal balance of such Class of Notes (after
giving effect to any reductions thereof to be made on the immediately  following
Distribution Date) divided by the original outstanding principal balance of such
Class of Notes.  The Note Pool Factor will be 1.0000000 as of the Closing  Date;
thereafter,  the Note Pool  Factor  will  decline to reflect  reductions  in the
outstanding principal balance of such Class of Notes.

         "Noteholders'   Distributable   Amount"  means,  with  respect  to  any
          -------------------------------------
Distribution Date, the sum of the Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount and
the Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date.

         "Noteholders'  Interest Carryover Shortfall" means, with respect to any
          -----------
Distribution  Date, the excess of the sum of the  Noteholders'  Monthly Interest
Distributable  Amount for the preceding  Distribution  Date and any  outstanding
Noteholders'  Interest Carryover Shortfall on such preceding  Distribution Date,
over the amount in respect of  interest  that is  actually  paid on the Notes on
such preceding  Distribution  Date,  plus interest on the amount of interest due
but not paid to  Noteholders on the preceding  Distribution  Date, to the extent
permitted by law, at the  respective  Interest  Rates borne by each Class of the
Notes for the related Interest Period.

         "Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
          ------------------------------------------
Distribution  Date, the sum of the Noteholders'  Monthly Interest  Distributable
Amount  for such  Distribution  Date  and the  Noteholders'  Interest  Carryover
Shortfall for such Distribution Date. For all purposes of this Agreement and the
Basic  Documents,  interest  with respect to all Classes of Notes other than the
Class A-1 Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year  consisting  of
twelve 30-day months;  and interest with respect to the Class A-1 Notes shall be
computed on the basis of the actual number of days in each applicable  Class A-1
Interest Accrual Period divided by 360.

         "Noteholders'  Monthly  Interest   Distributable  Amount"  means,  with
          -------------------------------------------------------
respect to any  Distribution  Date,  interest  accrued for the related  Interest
Accrual  Period or, in the case of the Class A-1 Notes,  the  related  Class A-1
Interest Accrual Period, on each Class of Notes at the respective  Interest Rate
for such Class on the outstanding  principal  balance of the Notes of such Class
on the  immediately  preceding  Distribution  Date (or, in the case of the first
Distribution   Date,  on  the  Closing   Date),   after  giving  effect  to  all
distributions  of principal to the Noteholders of such Class on or prior to such
Distribution  Date  (or,  in the case of the  first  Distribution  Date,  on the
Closing Date).

         "Noteholders'  Monthly  Principal  Distributable  Amount"  means,  with
          -------------------------------------------------------
respect  to  any  Distribution  Date,  the  sum  of (i)  the  Regular  Principal
Distribution Amount plus (ii) the Accelerated Principal Distribution Amount plus
(iii) any  accelerated  payments of  principal  required to be made from amounts
allocated to the Reserve Account pursuant to Section 5.07(b)(ii).

         "Noteholders'  Principal Carryover Shortfall" means, as of the close of
          -------------------------------------------
any  Distribution  Date,  the  excess  of  the  Noteholders'  Monthly  Principal
Distributable  Amount  and  any  outstanding  Noteholders'  Principal  Carryover
Shortfall  from the  preceding  Distribution  Date over the amount in respect of
principal  that is  actually  paid as  principal  of the  Notes on such  current
Distribution Date.

         "Noteholders'  Principal  Distributable  Amount" means, with respect to
          ----------------------------------------------
any  Distribution   Date,  the  sum  of  the  Noteholders'   Monthly   Principal
Distributable  Amount for such Distribution Date and the Noteholders'  Principal
Carryover  Shortfall  as of  the  close  of  the  preceding  Distribution  Date;
provided,  however, that the Noteholders'  Principal  Distributable Amount shall
not exceed the outstanding  principal balance of the Notes. In addition,  (a) on
the Class A-1 Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date, the principal  required to be
allocated for  distribution to the Class A-1 Noteholders will include the amount
necessary  (after  giving  effect  to the  other  amounts  to be  allocated  for
distribution  to the  Class  A-1  Noteholders  on  such  Distribution  Date  and
allocable to principal) to reduce the Outstanding  Amount of the Class A-1 Notes
to zero; (b) on the Class A-2 Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date, the principal
required to be allocated  for  distribution  to the Class A-2  Noteholders  will
include the amount  necessary  (after  giving  effect to the other amounts to be
allocated for  distribution  to the Class A-2  Noteholders on such  Distribution
Date and allocable to principal) to reduce the  Outstanding  Amount of the Class
A-2 Notes to zero; (c) on the Class A-3 Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date, the
principal required to be allocated for distribution to the Class A-3 Noteholders
will include the amount  necessary  (after giving effect to the other amounts to
be allocated for distribution to the Class A-3 Noteholders on such  Distribution
Date and allocable to principal) to reduce the  Outstanding  Amount of the Class
A-3 Notes to zero; (d) on the Class A-4 Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date, the
principal required to be allocated for distribution to the Class A-4 Noteholders
will include the amount  necessary  (after giving effect to the other amounts to
be allocated for distribution to the Class A-4 Noteholders on such  Distribution
Date and allocable to principal) to reduce the  Outstanding  Amount of the Class
A-4 Notes to zero.

         "Notes" means the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes and
          -----
Class A-4 Notes.

         "Obligor" on a Receivable  means the purchaser or  co-purchasers of the
          -------
Financed Vehicle and any other Person who owes payments under the Receivable.

         "Officers'  Certificate" means a certificate signed by (a) the chairman
          ----------------------
of the board, any vice president, the controller or any assistant controller and
(b) the  president,  a treasurer,  assistant  treasurer,  secretary or assistant
secretary of the Seller, the Company or the Servicer, as appropriate.

         "OMSC" means Overseas Military Sales Corporation, or its successor.
          ----

         "OMSC Receivable" means any Standard  Receivable  acquired by CFC from
          ---------------
OMSC.

         "Opinion of Counsel" means one or more written opinions of counsel, who
          ------------------
may be an  employee of or counsel to the  Seller,  the Company or the  Servicer,
which counsel shall be acceptable to the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee or
the Rating Agencies, as applicable.

         "Original Pool Balance" means $[_______].
          ---------------------

         "Overcollateralization  Amount" means, with respect to any Distribution
          -----------------------------
Date, (i) the Related Pool Balance minus (ii) the Securities Amount.

         "Overcollateralization Certificates"  has the meaning assigned to such
          ----------------------------------
term in the Trust Agreement.

         "Overcollateralization   Percentage"   means,   with   respect  to  any
          ----------------------------------
Distribution  Date, the percentage  derived from the fraction,  the numerator of
which is the  Overcollateralization  Amount for such  Distribution  Date and the
denominator of which is the Related Pool Balance.

         "Owner Trust Estate" has the meaning assigned to such term in the Trust
          ------------------
Agreement.

         "Owner  Trustee"  means the Person  acting as Owner  Trustee  under the
          --------------
Trust  Agreement,  its  successors in interest and any  successor  owner trustee
under the Trust Agreement.

         "Payment  Determination  Date" means,  with respect to any Distribution
          ----------------------------
Date, the Business Day immediately preceding such Distribution Date.

         "Physical  Property"  has the  meaning  assigned  to  such  term in the
          ------------------
definition of "Delivery" above.

         "Pool Balance"  means, as of the close of business on the last day of a
          ------------
Collection Period, the aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables as of such
day (excluding Purchased Receivables and Liquidated Receivables).

         "Principal Balance" of a Receivable, as of the close of business on the
          -----------------
last day of a Collection Period,  means the Amount Financed minus the sum of (i)
the portion of all  payments  made by or on behalf of the related  Obligor on or
prior to such day and allocable to principal  using the Simple  Interest  Method
and (ii) any  payment of the  Purchase  Amount  with  respect to the  Receivable
allocable to principal.

         "Purchase   Agreement"  means  the  Purchase   Agreement  dated  as  of
          --------------------
[_______], 199_, between the Seller and the Company.

         "Purchase  Amount" means the amount, as of the close of business on the
          ----------------
last day of a Collection  Period,  required to prepay in full a Receivable under
the terms thereof including interest to the end of the month of purchase.

         "Purchased  Receivable" means a Receivable purchased as of the close of
          ---------------------
business  on the last day of a  Collection  Period by the  Servicer  pursuant to
Section 4.07 or by the Seller pursuant to Section 3.02.

         "Rating  Agency"  means  Moody's  and  Standard & Poor's or, if no such
          --------------
organization  or successor is any longer in existence,  a nationally  recognized
statistical  rating  organization or other comparable  Person  designated by the
Seller, notice of which designation shall be given to the Indenture Trustee, the
Owner  Trustee  and the  Servicer.  Any notice  required to be given to a Rating
Agency  pursuant to this Agreement  shall also be given to Fitch IBCA,  Inc. and
Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.,  although,  except as set forth above,  neither
shall be deemed to be a Rating Agency for any purposes of this Agreement.

         "Rating Agency Condition" means, with respect to any action,  that each
          -----------------------
Rating Agency shall have been given 10 days' (or such shorter period as shall be
acceptable  to each Rating  Agency)  prior  notice  thereof and that each of the
Rating Agencies shall have notified the Seller, the Company,  the Servicer,  the
Owner  Trustee and the  Indenture  Trustee in writing  that such action will not
result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating of the Notes.

         "Realized  Losses" means, with respect to any Receivable that becomes a
          ----------------
Liquidated  Receivable,  the excess of the Principal  Balance of such Liquidated
Receivable over Liquidation Proceeds to the extent allocable to principal.

         "Receivable" means (i) any Standard  Receivable and (ii) the Amortizing
          ----------
Payments with respect to any Fixed Value Receivable.

         "Receivable Files" means the documents specified in Section 3.03.
          ----------------

         "Recoveries"  means,  with  respect to any  Receivable  that  becomes a
          ----------
Liquidated  Receivable,  monies  collected  in respect  thereof,  from  whatever
source,  during any Collection  Period following the Collection  Period in which
such Receivable  became a Liquidated  Receivable,  net of the sum of any amounts
expended by the Servicer for the account of the Obligor and any amounts required
by law to be remitted to the Obligor.

         "Regular  Principal  Distribution  Amount"  means,  with respect to any
          ----------------------------------------
Distribution Date, the sum of the following amounts,  without duplication,  with
respect to the  Receivables in respect of the Collection  Period  preceding such
Distribution Date: (a) that portion of all collections on Receivables  allocable
to principal,  (b) all Liquidation Proceeds attributable to the principal amount
of Receivables that became Liquidated  Receivables during such Collection Period
in accordance  with the  Servicer's  customary  servicing  procedures,  plus the
amount of Realized Losses with respect to such Liquidated Receivables and (c) to
the extent  attributable  to principal,  the Purchase  Amount of each Receivable
that became a Purchased Receivable during such Collection Period.

         "Related Pool Balance" means,  with respect to any  Distribution  Date,
          --------------------
the Pool Balance as of the end of the related Collection Period.

         "Release  Period" means the period from and including the First Release
          ---------------
Distribution Date to and including the Last Release Distribution Date.

         "Release Period  Noteholders'  Principal  Distributable  Amount" means,
          --------------------------------------------------------------
with  respect to any  Distribution  Date during the Release  Period,  the amount
equal to the excess,  if any, of (a) the Securities  Amount on such Distribution
Date (but prior to giving effect to any distributions on such Distribution Date)
over (b) the product of (1) 95.00% and (2) the Related  Pool  Balance;  provided
further  that  on  the  Last  Release  Distribution  Date,  the  Release  Period
Noteholders'  Principal  Distributable  Amount shall equal (x) the  Noteholders'
Principal Distributable Amount less (y) the Cash Release Amount.

         "Reserve  Account"  means the  account  that is part of the  Collection
          ----------------
Account  and is  designated  as such,  established  and  maintained  pursuant to
Section 5.01.

         "Reserve Account Initial Deposit" means the initial deposit of cash and
          -------------------------------
Eligible  Investments  in the amount of  $[_______]  made by the Seller into the
Collection Account on the Closing Date.

         "Securities  Amount" means, with respect to any Distribution  Date, the
          ------------------
sum  of  the  aggregate  Outstanding  Principal  Amount  of the  Notes  and  the
Certificate  Balance  of the  Overcollateralization  Certificates  after  giving
effect to payments of principal made on the Notes and the  Overcollateralization
Certificates on such Distribution Date.

         "Seller"  means  CFC and  its  successors  in  interest  to the  extent
          ------
permitted hereunder.

         "Servicer"  means CFC,  as the  servicer of the  Receivables,  and each
          --------
successor to CFC (in the same capacity) pursuant to Section 7.03 or 8.02.

         "Servicer Default" means an event specified in Section 8.01.
          ----------------

         "Servicer's Certificate" means an Officers' Certificate of the Servicer
          ----------------------
delivered pursuant to Section 4.09, substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

         "Servicing  Fee" means the fee  payable to the  Servicer  for  services
          --------------
rendered during each Collection Period, determined pursuant to Section 4.08.

         "Servicing Fee Rate" means 1.00% per annum.
          ------------------

         "Simple  Interest  Method" means the method of allocating a fixed level
          ------------------------
payment to principal and interest, pursuant to which the portion of such payment
that is  allocated  to  interest  is equal to the  product  of the fixed rate of
interest  multiplied by the unpaid principal  balance  multiplied by a fraction,
the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed since the preceding payment
of interest was made, the denominator of which is 365, and the remainder of such
payment is allocable to principal.

         "Simple  Interest  Receivable"  means any  Receivable  under  which the
          ----------------------------
portion  of a  payment  allocable  to  interest  and the  portion  allocable  to
principal is determined in accordance with the Simple Interest Method.

         "Specified  Reserve  Amount"  means,  with respect to any  Distribution
          --------------------------
Date, an amount equal to the Reserve Account Initial Deposit.

         "Standard  &  Poor's"  means  Standard  & Poor's  Ratings  Services,  a
          -------------------
division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or its successor.

         "Standard  Receivable"  means any Contract  listed on Schedule A (which
          --------------------
Schedule may be in the form of microfiche) that is not a Fixed Value Receivable.

         "Total Distribution  Amount" means, for each Distribution Date, the sum
          --------------------------
of the  applicable  Interest  Distribution  Amount  and the  applicable  Regular
Principal  Distribution  Amount (other than the portion thereof  attributable to
Realized Losses).

         "Trust" means the Issuer.
          -----

         "Trust Account Property" means the Collection Account,  all amounts and
          ----------------------
investments  held from time to time in the  Collection  Account  (whether in the
form  of   deposit   accounts,   Physical   Property,   book-entry   securities,
uncertificated  securities or otherwise),  including the Reserve Account Initial
Deposit, and all proceeds of the foregoing.

         "Trust  Agreement" means the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement dated
          ----------------
as of [_______], 199_, among the Seller, the Company and the Owner Trustee.

         "Trust Certificates" has the meaning assigned to such term in the Trust
          ------------------
Agreement.

         "Trust  Officer"  means,  in the  case of the  Indenture  Trustee,  any
          --------------
Officer within the Corporate  Trust Office of the Indenture  Trustee,  including
any Vice President, Assistant Vice President,  Secretary, Assistant Secretary or
any other  officer of the Indenture  Trustee  customarily  performing  functions
similar to those  performed  by any of the above  designated  officers and also,
with respect to a particular  matter,  any other  officer to whom such matter is
referred  because  of such  officer's  knowledge  of and  familiarity  with  the
particular  subject and, with respect to the Owner  Trustee,  any officer in the
Corporate  Trust  Administration  Department  of the Owner  Trustee  with direct
responsibility  for the  administration  of the  Trust  Agreement  and the Basic
Documents on behalf of the Owner Trustee.

         SECTION 1.02. Other Definitional Provisions. (a) Capitalized terms used
                       -----------------------------
herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them
in the Indenture.

         (b) All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings
when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto
unless otherwise defined therein.

         (c) As used in this Agreement and in any  certificate or other document
made or delivered  pursuant hereto or thereto,  accounting  terms not defined in
this  Agreement or in any such  certificate  or other  document,  and accounting
terms  partly  defined in this  Agreement  or in any such  certificate  or other
document to the extent not defined,  shall have the respective meanings given to
them under  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  To the extent that the
definitions of accounting  terms in this Agreement or in any such certificate or
other document are inconsistent  with the meanings of such terms under generally
accepted accounting  principles,  the definitions contained in this Agreement or
in any such certificate or other document shall control.

         (d) The words  "hereof",  "herein",  "hereunder"  and words of  similar
import when used in this Agreement  shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and
not to any particular provision of this Agreement;  Article,  Section,  Schedule
and Exhibit  references  contained in this Agreement are references to Articles,
Sections,  Schedules  and  Exhibits  in or to this  Agreement  unless  otherwise
specified; and the term "including" shall mean "including without limitation".

         (e) The  definitions  contained in this Agreement are applicable to the
singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the  masculine as well
as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms.

         (f) Any agreement,  instrument or statute defined or referred to herein
or in any instrument or certificate  delivered in connection herewith means such
agreement,  instrument  or statute  as from time to time  amended,  modified  or
supplemented and includes (in the case of agreements or instruments)  references
to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein; references to a
Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns.

                                   ARTICLE II

                            Conveyance of Receivables
                            -------------------------

         SECTION  2.01.  Conveyance  of  Receivables.  In  consideration  of the
                         ---------------------------
Issuer's  delivery to or upon the order of the Seller of (x)  $[_______]  (which
amount represents the Original Pool Balance less (i) the Reserve Account Initial
Deposit,  (ii) the  Initial  Overcollateralization  Amount,  (iii) the Class A-1
Initial Principal Balance,  (iv) the Initial  Certificate Balance (as defined in
the Trust Agreement) and (v) certain other expenses of the Issuer),  and (y) the
Certificates,  the Seller  does  hereby  sell,  transfer,  assign,  set over and
otherwise convey to the Issuer,  without recourse (subject to the obligations of
the Seller set forth herein), all right, title and interest of the Seller in and
to:

              (a) the Receivables  and all moneys received  thereon on and after
         [_______], 199_;

              (b) the security  interests in the  Financed  Vehicles  granted by
         Obligors  pursuant  to the  Receivables  and any other  interest of the
         Seller in the Financed Vehicles;

              (c) any proceeds  with respect to the  Receivables  from claims on
         any  physical  damage,  credit life or  disability  insurance  policies
         covering Financed Vehicles or Obligors;

              (d)  any  proceeds  from  recourse  to  Dealers  with  respect  to
         Receivables  with  respect  to which the  Servicer  has  determined  in
         accordance  with  its  customary  servicing  procedures  that  eventual
         payment in full is unlikely;

              (e) any Financed  Vehicle that shall have secured a Receivable and
         shall have been  acquired by or on behalf of the Seller,  the Servicer,
         the Company or the Trust;

              (f) all right,  title and  interest  in all funds on deposit  from
         time to time in the Collection  Account,  including the Reserve Account
         Initial Deposit, and in all investments and proceeds thereof (including
         all income thereon); and

              (g) the proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.

              (h) The Seller hereby directs the Issuer to issue the Certificates
         to the Company.  The Seller and the Issuer  acknowledge that $[_______]
         of the  purchase  price of the  Receivables  owed by the  Issuer to the
         Seller  pursuant  to this  Section  2.01  shall be offset by the Issuer
         against delivery of the Class A-1 Notes to the Seller.

         SECTION  2.02.  Conveyance  of Fixed  Value  Payments  and Fixed  Value
                         -------------------------------------------------------
Finance  Charges.   Promptly  following  the  transfer  to  the  Issuer  of  the
- ----------------
Receivables  on the Closing  Date,  the Issuer  shall,  without  further  action
hereunder, be deemed to sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to
the Seller,  effective as of the Closing Date, without recourse,  representation
or warranty, all the right, title and interest of the Issuer in and to the Fixed
Value Payments and the Fixed Value Finance Charges, all monies due and to become
due and all amounts  received  with respect  thereto and all  proceeds  thereof,
subject to Section 5.03(b).

         SECTION 2.03. Fixed Value Securities. (a) At any time after the Closing
                       ----------------------
Date,  at the option of the  Seller  and upon 10 days prior  notice to the Owner
Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee,  the Seller will be permitted to sell to the
Issuer,  and the Issuer shall be obligated to purchase from the Seller  (subject
to the  availability  of funds),  all or any portion of the Fixed Value Payments
and/or  Fixed  Value  Finance  Charges,  subject  to the  terms  and  conditions
described  below.  Upon any such sale, (x) the Seller and the Owner Trustee will
enter into an amendment  to this  Agreement  and the Basic  Documents to provide
for, at the election of the Seller,  the issuance of  certificates  representing
ownership  interests  in the Trust to the  extent of such Fixed  Value  Payments
and/or Fixed Value Finance Charges or the issuance of indebtedness by the Issuer
secured  by  such  Fixed  Value   Payments   (collectively,   the  "Fixed  Value
Securities")  and to make  any  other  provisions  herein  or  therein  that are
necessary or desirable in  connection  therewith  and (y) the Owner Trustee will
enter into any other  agreements or instruments  related thereto as requested by
the Seller;  provided,  however,  that the Owner  Trustee  may, but shall not be
obligated  to,  enter into any such  amendment,  agreement  or  instrument  that
affects  the Owner  Trustee's  own  rights,  duties  or  immunities  under  this
Agreement  or  any  other  Basic  Document;  and  provided,  further,  that  the
obligation  of the Issuer to purchase  such Fixed Value  Payments  and/or  Fixed
Value Finance  Charges and of the Owner Trustee to enter into any such amendment
or  other  agreement  or  instrument  is  subject  to the  following  conditions
precedent:

              (i) such amendment and other agreements and instruments,  in forms
         satisfactory  to the Owner  Trustee and, in the case of  amendments  or
         agreements to be executed and delivered by the  Indenture  Trustee,  in
         forms satisfactory to the Indenture  Trustee,  shall have been executed
         by each other party  thereto and  delivered to the Owner Trustee or the
         Indenture Trustee as appropriate;

              (ii) the Seller shall have  delivered to the Owner Trustee and the
         Indenture Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to
         the effect that each condition  precedent  (including  the  requirement
         with respect to all required filings) provided by this Section has been
         complied  with and such  amendment or other  agreement or instrument is
         authorized or permitted by this Agreement;

              (iii) the Rating Agency  Condition  shall have been satisfied with
         respect to such sale and issuance;

              (iv) such sale and issuance and such amendment or other  agreement
         or instrument  shall not adversely  affect in any material  respect the
         interest of any  Noteholder  or  Certificateholder,  and the  Depositor
         shall have provided to the Owner  Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee an
         Officers' Certificate to such effect;

              (v)  the  Owner  Trustee  and the  Indenture  Trustee  shall  have
         received  an  Opinion  of  Counsel  to the  effect  that  such sale and
         issuance will not have any material tax  consequence  to any Noteholder
         or Certificateholder; and

              (vi) all filings and other actions  required to continue the first
         perfected  interest  of the Trust in the  Owner  Trust  Estate  and the
         Indenture  Trustee in the Collateral shall have been duly made or taken
         by the Seller.

         (b) Except as  described  in Section  10.04,  the Seller will not sell,
transfer,  assign,  set over or  otherwise  convey the Fixed Value  Payments and
Fixed Value Finance Charges other than to the Issuer pursuant to paragraph (a) .


                                  ARTICLE III

                                The Receivables
                                ---------------

         SECTION 3.01.  Representations and Warranties of Seller with Respect to
                        --------------------------------------------------------
the Receivables.  The Seller makes the following  representations and warranties
- ---------------
as to the  Receivables on which the Issuer is deemed to have relied in acquiring
the Receivables.  Such  representations and warranties speak as of the execution
and delivery of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date, but shall survive the
sale,  transfer and  assignment of the  Receivables to the Issuer and the pledge
thereof to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.

              (a)  Characteristics of Receivables.  Each Standard Receivable and
                   ------------------------------
         Fixed  Value  Receivable  (A) was  originated  in the United  States of
         America by a Dealer for the  retail  sale of a Financed  Vehicle in the
         ordinary  course of such  Dealer's  business,  was  fully and  properly
         executed by the parties thereto,  was purchased by the Seller from such
         Dealer  under an existing  dealer  agreement,  (B) has created or shall
         create a valid,  subsisting and  enforceable  first  priority  security
         interest in favor of the Seller and is  assignable by the Seller to the
         Issuer  and by  the  Issuer  to the  Indenture  Trustee,  (C)  contains
         customary and enforceable  provisions such that the rights and remedies
         of  the  holder  thereof  are  adequate  for  realization  against  the
         collateral of the benefits of the security,  and (D) provides for level
         monthly payments (provided, that the payment in the first or last month
         in the life of the Standard Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable may be
         minimally different from the level payments and that the payment in the
         last month of a Fixed Value  Receivable  may be a Fixed Value  Payment)
         that fully amortize the Amount  Financed by maturity and yield interest
         at the Annual Percentage Rate. No Receivable  conveyed to the Issuer on
         the Closing Date is an OMSC Receivable.

              (b) Schedule of Receivables. The information set forth in Schedule
                  -----------------------
         A to this Agreement is true and correct in all material  respects as of
         the opening of business on the applicable Cutoff Date, and no selection
         procedures   believed   to   be   adverse   to   the   Noteholders   or
         Certificateholders  were  utilized in selecting  the  Receivables.  The
         computer tape or other listing  regarding the Standard  Receivables and
         the Fixed  Value  Receivables  made  available  to the  Issuer  and its
         assigns  (which  computer  tape or  other  listing  is  required  to be
         delivered as specified herein) is true and correct in all respects.

              (c) Compliance with Law. Each Standard  Receivable and Fixed Value
                  -------------------
         Receivable and the sale of the Financed Vehicle complied at the time it
         was  originated  or made  and,  at the  execution  of  this  Agreement,
         complies in all material  respects with all  requirements of applicable
         federal,  state and local laws and  regulations  thereunder (or, in the
         case of the OMSC  Receivables,  Swiss laws and regulations and the laws
         and   regulations  of  the   jurisdiction   where  the  Receivable  was
         originated),  including usury laws, the federal  Truth-in-Lending  Act,
         the Equal Credit  Opportunity  Act, the Fair Credit  Reporting Act, the
         Fair Debt Collection  Practices Act, the Federal Trade  Commission Act,
         the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, the Federal Reserve Board's Regulations
         B and Z, the Texas  Consumer  Credit Code and State  adaptations of the
         National  Consumer Act and of the Uniform  Consumer  Credit  Code,  and
         other consumer credit laws and equal credit  opportunity and disclosure
         laws.

              (d) Binding  Obligation.  Each Standard Receivable and Fixed Value
                  -------------------
         Receivable  represents the genuine,  legal,  valid and binding  payment
         obligation in writing of the Obligor, enforceable by the holder thereof
         in accordance with its terms.

              (e) No Government  Obligor.  None of the Standard  Receivables  or
                  ----------------------
         Fixed Value Receivables is due from the United States of America or any
         State or from any agency,  department or  instrumentality of the United
         States of America or any State.

              (f) Security  Interest in Financed  Vehicle.  Immediately prior to
                  ---------------------------------------
         the sale, assignment and transfer thereof, each Standard Receivable and
         Fixed Value  Receivable  shall be secured by a validly  perfected first
         security  interest  in the  Financed  Vehicle in favor of the Seller as
         secured  party or all  necessary  and  appropriate  actions  have  been
         commenced that would result in the valid perfection of a first security
         interest  in the  Financed  Vehicle  in favor of the  Seller as secured
         party.

              (g)  Receivables in Force.  No Standard  Receivable or Fixed Value
                   --------------------
         Receivable has been satisfied,  subordinated or rescinded,  nor has any
         Financed  Vehicle  been  released  from the lien granted by the related
         Standard Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable in whole or in part.

              (h)  No  Amendments.   No  Standard   Receivable  or  Fixed  Value
                   --------------
         Receivable  has been  amended  such that the  amount  of the  Obligor's
         scheduled  payments has been increased  except for increases  resulting
         from the  inclusion of any premiums for forced placed  physical  damage
         insurance covering the Financed Vehicle.

              (i) No Waiver.  No  provision  of a Standard  Receivable  or Fixed
                  ---------
         Value Receivable has been waived.

              (j) No Defenses. No right of rescission,  setoff,  counterclaim or
                  -----------
         defense has been  asserted or  threatened  with respect to any Standard
         Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable.

              (k) No Liens. To the best of the Seller's  knowledge,  no liens or
                  --------
         claims  have been  filed for work,  labor or  materials  relating  to a
         Financed  Vehicle  that are liens  prior to, or equal to or  coordinate
         with,  the  security  interest in the Financed  Vehicle  granted by any
         Standard Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable.

              (l) No Default.  No Standard  Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable
                  ----------
         has a  payment  that is more  than 30 days  overdue  as of the  related
         Cutoff Date, and,  except as permitted in this  paragraph,  no default,
         breach,  violation or event permitting  acceleration under the terms of
         any Standard Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable has occurred;  and no
         continuing  condition  that  with  notice  or the  lapse of time  would
         constitute   a  default,   breach,   violation   or  event   permitting
         acceleration under the terms of any Standard  Receivable or Fixed Value
         Receivable  has  arisen;  and the  Seller  has not waived and shall not
         waive any of the foregoing.

              (m)  Insurance.  The  Seller,  in  accordance  with its  customary
                   ---------
         procedures,  has  determined  that, at the  origination of the Standard
         Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable, the Obligor had obtained physical
         damage  insurance  covering the Financed Vehicle and under the terms of
         the  Standard  Receivable  and Fixed  Value  Receivable  the Obligor is
         required to maintain such insurance.

              (n) Title. It is the intention of the Seller that the transfer and
                  -----
         assignment herein contemplated  constitute a sale of the --------------
         Standard Receivables and Fixed Value Receivables from the Seller to the
         Issuer and that the  beneficial  interest in and title to the  Standard
         Receivables  and Fixed Value  Receivables  not be part of the  debtor's
         estate  in the  event of the  filing  of a  bankruptcy  petition  by or
         against the Seller under any bankruptcy law. No Standard  Receivable or
         Fixed Value Receivable has been sold, transferred,  assigned or pledged
         by the Seller to any Person other than the Issuer. Immediately prior to
         the transfer and assignment  herein  contemplated,  the Seller had good
         and  marketable  title to each  Standard  Receivable  and  Fixed  Value
         Receivable  free  and  clear  of  all  Liens,  encumbrances,   security
         interests  and  rights of others  and,  immediately  upon the  transfer
         thereof,  the  Issuer  shall  have  good and  marketable  title to each
         Standard  Receivable and Fixed Value Receivable,  free and clear of all
         Liens,  encumbrances,  security interests and rights of others; and the
         transfer has been perfected under the UCC.

              (o) Lawful  Assignment.  No  Standard  Receivable  or Fixed  Value
                  ------------------
         Receivable  has been  originated  in, or is subject to the laws of, any
         jurisdiction  under which the sale,  transfer  and  assignment  of such
         Standard  Receivable or Fixed Value  Receivable or any Receivable under
         this Agreement or the Indenture is unlawful, void or voidable.

              (p)  All  Filings  Made.  All  filings   (including  UCC  filings)
                   ------------------
         necessary  in any  jurisdiction  to give the  Issuer a first  perfected
         ownership   interest  in  the  Standard   Receivable  and  Fixed  Value
         Receivables,  and to give  the  Indenture  Trustee  a  first  perfected
         security interest therein, shall have been made.

              (q) One Original. There is only one original executed copy of each
                  ------------
         Standard Receivable and Fixed Value Receivable.

              (r) Maturity of  Receivables.  Each Standard  Receivable and Fixed
                  ------------------------
         Value  Receivable  has a final maturity date not later than October 31,
         2004.

              (s) Scheduled  Payments.  (A) Each Standard  Receivable  and Fixed
                  -------------------
         Value  Receivable has a first scheduled due date on or prior to the end
         of the month  following  the  related  Cutoff  Date and (B) no Standard
         Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable has a payment that is more than 30
         days overdue as of the related Cutoff Date,  and has a final  scheduled
         payment date no later than the Final Scheduled Maturity Date.

              (t) Location of Receivable Files. The Receivable Files are kept at
                  ----------------------------
         one or more of the locations listed in Schedule B.

              (u)  Remaining  Maturity.  The latest  scheduled  maturity  of any
                   -------------------
         Standard  Receivable or Fixed Value  Receivable  shall be no later than
         the Final Scheduled Maturity Date.

              (v) Outstanding  Principal Balance.  Each Standard  Receivable and
                  ------------------------------
         Fixed Value Receivable has an outstanding principal balance of at least
         $300.00.

              (w) No  Bankruptcies  or  First-Time  Buyers.  No  Obligor  on any
                  ----------------------------------------
         Standard  Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable as of the related Cutoff
         Date was  noted in the  related  Receivable  File as the  subject  of a
         bankruptcy proceeding,  and no such Obligor financed a Financed Vehicle
         under the Seller's "New Finance Buyer Plan" program.

              (x) No  Repossessions.  No Financed  Vehicle securing any Standard
                  -----------------
         Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable is in repossession status.

              (y)  Chattel  Paper.  Each  Standard  Receivable  and Fixed  Value
                   --------------
         Receivable constitutes "chattel paper" as defined in the UCC.

              (z) Agreement.  The  representations of the Seller in Section 6.01
                  ---------
         are true and correct.

              (aa) Financing. As of the Cutoff Date, approximately [___]% of the
                   ---------
         aggregate principal balance of the Receivables,  constituting [___]% of
         the  number of  Receivables,  represents  previously  titled  vehicles;
         approximately   [___]%  of  the  aggregate  principal  balance  of  the
         Receivables,   constituting   [___]%  of  the  number  of  Receivables,
         represents  financing  of  vehicles   manufactured  or  distributed  by
         DaimlerChrysler Corporation; all of the Receivables are Simple Interest
         Receivables;  by aggregate principal balance,  approximately  [___]% of
         the Receivables are Fixed Value  Receivables.  The aggregate  principal
         balance  of the  Receivables,  as of the  Cutoff  Date  is  $[_______].
         Receivable shall mean only that portion of the Receivables with respect
         to which the Trust has an ownership interest.

         SECTION 3.02.  Repurchase upon Breach.  The Seller, the Servicer or the
                        ----------------------
Owner  Trustee,  as the case may be,  shall  inform  the other  parties  to this
Agreement and the Indenture Trustee promptly,  in writing, upon the discovery of
any breach of the  Seller's  representations  and  warranties  made  pursuant to
Section  3.01 or 6.01.  Unless any such breach shall have been cured by the last
day of the second Collection Period following the discovery thereof by the Owner
Trustee or receipt by the Owner Trustee of written notice from the Seller or the
Servicer  of such  breach,  the Seller  shall be  obligated  to  repurchase  any
Receivable  materially and adversely affected by any such breach as of such last
day (or, at the Seller's  option,  the last day of the first  Collection  Period
following  the  discovery).  In  consideration  of the  repurchase  of any  such
Receivable,  the Seller shall remit the Purchase Amount, in the manner specified
in Section 5.05.  Subject to the  provisions of Section 6.03, the sole remedy of
the Issuer,  the Owner Trustee,  the Indenture  Trustee,  the Noteholders or the
Certificateholders  with respect to a breach of  representations  and warranties
pursuant to Section 3.01 and the agreement contained in this Section shall be to
require the Seller to repurchase  Receivables pursuant to this Section,  subject
to the conditions contained herein.

         SECTION 3.03. Custody of Receivable Files. To assure uniform quality in
                       ---------------------------
servicing the Receivables and to reduce  administrative costs, the Issuer hereby
revocably   appoints  the  Servicer,   and  the  Servicer  hereby  accepts  such
appointment,  to act for the benefit of the Issuer and the Indenture  Trustee as
custodian of the  following  documents or  instruments  which are hereby or will
hereby be constructively  delivered to the Indenture Trustee,  as pledgee of the
Issuer, as of the Closing Date with respect to each Receivable:

              (a) the fully  executed  original of the  Standard  Receivable  or
         Fixed Value Receivable;

              (b) the original credit application fully executed by the Obligor;

              (c) the original  certificate  of title or such documents that the
         Servicer  or the Seller  shall  keep on file,  in  accordance  with its
         customary procedures, evidencing the security interest of the Seller in
         the Financed Vehicle; and

              (d) any and all other  documents  that the  Servicer or the Seller
         shall  keep on  file,  in  accordance  with its  customary  procedures,
         relating to a Standard Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable, an Obligor
         or a Financed Vehicle.

         SECTION 3.04.  Duties of Servicer as Custodian.  (a)  Safekeeping.  The
                        -------------------------------        -----------
Servicer  shall hold the  Receivable  Files as custodian  for the benefit of the
Issuer and maintain  such accurate and complete  accounts,  records and computer
systems  pertaining to each Receivable File as shall enable the Issuer to comply
with this  Agreement.  In performing  its duties as custodian the Servicer shall
act with  reasonable  care,  using that degree of skill and  attention  that the
Servicer  exercises  with  respect  to  the  receivable  files  relating  to all
comparable  automotive  receivables  that the  Servicer  services  for itself or
others. The Servicer shall conduct, or cause to be conducted, periodic audits of
the  Receivable  Files  held  by it  under  this  Agreement  and of the  related
accounts,  records and  computer  systems,  in such a manner as shall enable the
Issuer or the Indenture  Trustee to verify the accuracy of the Servicer's record
keeping.  The Servicer  shall  promptly  report to the Issuer and the  Indenture
Trustee any failure on its part to hold the  Receivable  Files and  maintain its
accounts,  records and computer  systems as herein  provided and shall  promptly
take  appropriate  action to remedy any such  failure.  Nothing  herein shall be
deemed to require an initial review or any periodic  review by the Issuer or the
Indenture Trustee of the Receivable Files.

         (b)  Maintenance of and Access to Records.  The Servicer shall maintain
              ------------------------------------
each  Receivable  File at one of its offices  specified in Schedule B or at such
other office as shall be specified  to the Issuer and the  Indenture  Trustee by
written notice not later than 90 days after any change in location. The Servicer
shall make available to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee or their respective
duly  authorized  representatives,  attorneys or auditors a list of locations of
the  Receivable  Files and the related  accounts,  records and computer  systems
maintained  by the Servicer at such times during  normal  business  hours as the
Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall instruct.

         (c) Release of Documents.  Upon instruction from the Indenture Trustee,
             --------------------
the Servicer shall release any  Receivable  File to the Indenture  Trustee,  the
Indenture Trustee's agent or the Indenture  Trustee's designee,  as the case may
be, at such place or places as the Indenture  Trustee may designate,  as soon as
practicable.

         SECTION  3.05.  Instructions;  Authority To Act. The Servicer  shall be
                         -------------------------------
deemed to have received proper instructions with respect to the Receivable Files
upon its  receipt  of  written  instructions  signed by a Trust  Officer  of the
Indenture Trustee.

         SECTION 3.06.  Custodian's  Indemnification.  The Servicer as custodian
                        ----------------------------
shall indemnify the Trust, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee and each
of their respective  officers,  directors,  employees and agents for any and all
liabilities,  obligations,  losses,  compensatory  damages,  payments,  costs or
expenses of any kind  whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted
against the Trust,  the Owner Trustee or the  Indenture  Trustee or any of their
respective  officers,  directors,  employees  and  agents  as the  result of any
improper act or omission in any way relating to the  maintenance  and custody by
the Servicer as custodian of the Receivable Files;  provided,  however, that the
Servicer  shall not be liable to the Owner  Trustee  for any portion of any such
amount  resulting from the willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or negligence of the
Owner Trustee, and the Servicer shall not be liable to the Indenture Trustee for
any portion of any such amount resulting from the willful misfeasance, bad faith
or negligence of the Indenture Trustee.

         SECTION  3.07.   Effective  Period  and  Termination.   The  Servicer's
                          -----------------------------------
appointment as custodian shall become  effective as of the Cutoff Date and shall
continue in full force and effect until terminated  pursuant to this Section. If
CFC shall resign as Servicer in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement
or if all  of the  rights  and  obligations  of any  Servicer  shall  have  been
terminated  under Section 8.01,  the  appointment  of such Servicer as custodian
shall  be  terminated  by the  Indenture  Trustee  or by the  Holders  of  Notes
evidencing not less than 25% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes or, with the
consent of Holders of the Notes  evidencing not less than 25% of the Outstanding
Amount of the Notes,  by the Owner Trustee,  in the same manner as the Indenture
Trustee or such Holders may terminate the rights and obligations of the Servicer
under Section 8.01. The Indenture  Trustee or, with the consent of the Indenture
Trustee,  the  Owner  Trustee  may  terminate  the  Servicer's   appointment  as
custodian,  with cause,  at any time upon written  notification  to the Servicer
and, without cause, upon 30 days' prior written notification to the Servicer. As
soon as  practicable  after any  termination of such  appointment,  the Servicer
shall deliver the  Receivable  Files to the  Indenture  Trustee or the Indenture
Trustee's agent at such place or places as the Indenture  Trustee may reasonably
designate.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                  Administration and Servicing of Receivables
                  -------------------------------------------

         SECTION 4.01. Duties of Servicer.  The Servicer, for the benefit of the
                       ------------------
Issuer (to the extent provided herein),  shall manage,  service,  administer and
make  collections on the  Receivables  (other than Purchased  Receivables)  with
reasonable  care,  using that degree of skill and  attention  that the  Servicer
exercises with respect to all comparable automotive receivables that it services
for itself or others. The Servicer's duties shall include collection and posting
of all  payments,  responding  to  inquiries  of Obligors  on such  Receivables,
investigating delinquencies,  sending payment coupons to Obligors, reporting tax
information to Obligors,  accounting for collections and furnishing  monthly and
annual statements to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee with respect to
distributions.  Subject to the  provisions of Section 4.02,  the Servicer  shall
follow its customary standards, policies and procedures in performing its duties
as Servicer.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,  the Servicer is
authorized  and  empowered  to execute  and  deliver,  on behalf of itself,  the
Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Certificateholders and the
Noteholders  or  any of  them,  any  and  all  instruments  of  satisfaction  or
cancellation,  or partial or full release or discharge, and all other comparable
instruments,  with  respect  to such  Receivables  or to the  Financed  Vehicles
securing such Receivables.  If the Servicer shall commence a legal proceeding to
enforce a  Receivable,  the  Issuer  (in the case of a  Receivable  other than a
Purchased Receivable) shall thereupon be deemed to have automatically  assigned,
solely for the purpose of collection, such Receivable to the Servicer. If in any
enforcement  suit or legal proceeding it shall be held that the Servicer may not
enforce a Receivable on the ground that it shall not be a real party in interest
or a holder entitled to enforce such Receivable, the Owner Trustee shall, at the
Servicer's  expense  and  direction,  take  steps to  enforce  such  Receivable,
including  bringing  suit in its  name or the  name of the  Owner  Trustee,  the
Indenture Trustee, the Certificateholders or the Noteholders.  The Owner Trustee
shall upon the written  request of the Servicer  furnish the  Servicer  with any
powers of attorney and other  documents  reasonably  necessary or appropriate to
enable  the  Servicer  to carry  out its  servicing  and  administrative  duties
hereunder.

         SECTION 4.02.  Collection  and Allocation of Receivable  Payments.  The
                        --------------------------------------------------
Servicer shall make reasonable  efforts to collect all payments called for under
the terms and  provisions of the  Receivables  as and when the same shall become
due and shall follow such  collection  procedures  as it follows with respect to
all comparable automotive receivables that it services for itself or others. The
Servicer shall allocate collections between principal and interest in accordance
with  the  customary  servicing  procedures  it  follows  with  respect  to  all
comparable  automotive  receivables  that it services for itself or others.  The
Servicer may grant extensions,  rebates or adjustments on a Standard  Receivable
or Fixed Value Receivable,  which shall not, for the purposes of this Agreement,
modify the original due dates or amounts of the originally scheduled payments of
interest  on such  Standard  Receivable  or Fixed  Value  Receivable;  provided,
however,  that if the Servicer extends the date for final payment by the Obligor
of any Receivable  beyond the Final  Scheduled  Maturity Date, it shall promptly
repurchase the Standard  Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable from the Issuer in
accordance  with the terms of Section 4.07.  The Servicer may in its  discretion
waive any late  payment  charge or any other fees that may be  collected  in the
ordinary  course of servicing a Standard  Receivable or Fixed Value  Receivable.
The  Servicer  shall not agree to any  alteration  of the  interest  rate or the
originally  scheduled  payments  on  any  Standard  Receivable  or  Fixed  Value
Receivable.

         SECTION 4.03.  Realization upon  Receivables.  On behalf of the Issuer,
                        -----------------------------
the Servicer shall use its best efforts, consistent with its customary servicing
procedures,  to  repossess or  otherwise  convert the  ownership of the Financed
Vehicle  securing any Receivable as to which the Servicer shall have  determined
eventual  payment in full is unlikely.  The Servicer shall follow such customary
and usual  practices and  procedures as it shall deem  necessary or advisable in
its servicing of automotive receivables, which may include reasonable efforts to
realize upon any recourse to Dealers and selling the Financed  Vehicle at public
or private sale.  The foregoing  shall be subject to the provision  that, in any
case in which the Financed  Vehicle  shall have  suffered  damage,  the Servicer
shall not expend funds in connection with the repair or the repossession of such
Financed  Vehicle unless it shall  determine in its discretion  that such repair
and/or repossession will increase the Liquidation  Proceeds by an amount greater
than the amount of such expenses.

         SECTION  4.04.  Physical  Damage  Insurance.  The  Servicer  shall,  in
                         ---------------------------
accordance with its customary  servicing  procedures,  require that each Obligor
shall have obtained  physical damage insurance  covering the Financed Vehicle as
of the execution of the Standard Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable.

         SECTION 4.05.  Maintenance of Security  Interests in Financed Vehicles.
                        -------------------------------------------------------
The Servicer shall, in accordance with its customary servicing procedures,  take
such steps as are  necessary to maintain  perfection  of the  security  interest
created by each Standard  Receivable  and Fixed Value  Receivable in the related
Financed  Vehicle.  The Servicer is hereby  authorized to take such steps as are
necessary to re-perfect  such security  interest on behalf of the Issuer and the
Indenture  Trustee in the event of the  relocation of a Financed  Vehicle or for
any other reason.

         SECTION 4.06. Covenants of Servicer. The Servicer shall not release the
                       ---------------------
Financed Vehicle  securing any Receivable from the security  interest granted by
such  Receivable  in whole or in part  except in the event of payment in full by
the Obligor thereunder or repossession, nor shall the Servicer impair the rights
of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the  Certificateholders or the Noteholders
in such  Receivable,  nor shall the  Servicer  increase  the number of scheduled
payments due under a Standard Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable.

         SECTION 4.07.  Purchase of Receivables upon Breach. The Servicer or the
                        -----------------------------------
Owner  Trustee  shall inform the other party and the  Indenture  Trustee and the
Seller  promptly,  in  writing,  upon the  discovery  of any breach  pursuant to
Section 4.02, 4.05 or 4.06.  Unless the breach shall have been cured by the last
day of the  second  Collection  Period  following  such  discovery  (or,  at the
Servicer's election, the last day of the first following Collection Period), the
Servicer shall purchase any Receivable materially and adversely affected by such
breach  as of such  last day.  If the  Servicer  takes  any  action  during  any
Collection  Period  pursuant  to  Section  4.02 that  impairs  the rights of the
Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the  Certificateholders or the Noteholders in any
Receivable or as otherwise provided in Section 4.02, the Servicer shall purchase
such Receivable as of the last day of such Collection  Period.  In consideration
of the purchase of any such  Receivable  pursuant to either of the two preceding
sentences,  the Servicer shall remit the Purchase Amount in the manner specified
in Section  5.05.  Subject to Section 7.02,  the sole remedy of the Issuer,  the
Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the  Certificateholders or the Noteholders
with  respect to a breach  pursuant  to Section  4.02,  4.05 or 4.06 shall be to
require the Servicer to purchase Receivables pursuant to this Section. The Owner
Trustee shall have no duty to conduct any  affirmative  investigation  as to the
occurrence of any condition  requiring the repurchase of any Receivable pursuant
to this Section.

         SECTION 4.08.  Servicing Fee. The Servicing Fee for a Distribution Date
                        -------------
shall  equal the  product of (a)  one-twelfth  (or,  in the case of the  initial
Collection Period, a fraction,  the numerator of which is equal to the number of
days  elapsed  from  the  Cutoff  Date  through  the  last  day of such  initial
Collection  Period and the  denominator  of which is 360), (b) the Servicing Fee
Rate and (c) the Pool  Balance as of the first day of the  preceding  Collection
Period.  The  Servicer  shall  also be  entitled  to all late  fees,  prepayment
charges,  and other administrative fees or similar charges allowed by applicable
law with respect to the  Receivables,  collected  (from whatever  source) on the
Receivables,  plus any  reimbursement  pursuant to the last paragraph of Section
7.02.

         SECTION 4.09.  Servicer's  Certificate.  Not later than 11:00 A.M. (New
                        -----------------------
York time) on each Payment Determination Date, the Servicer shall deliver to the
Owner Trustee,  each Paying Agent, the Indenture Trustee and the Seller,  with a
copy to the Rating Agencies, a Servicer's Certificate containing all information
necessary to make the distributions to be made on the related  Distribution Date
pursuant  to  Sections  5.06  and  5.07  for  the  related   Collection  Period.
Receivables  to be purchased by the Servicer or to be  repurchased by the Seller
shall be  identified  by the  Servicer by account  number  with  respect to such
Receivable (as specified in Schedule A).

         SECTION 4.10. Annual Statement as to Compliance; Notice of Default. (a)
                       ----------------------------------------------------
The Servicer shal ldeliver to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee, on or
before April 30 of each year beginning April 30, ____, an Officers' Certificate,
dated as of December 31 of the preceding year,  stating that (i) a review of the
activities of the Servicer during the preceding  12-month period (or such longer
period as shall have  elapsed  since the  Closing  Date) and of its  performance
under this Agreement has been made under such officers'  supervision and (ii) to
the best of such  officers'  knowledge,  based on such review,  the Servicer has
fulfilled all its obligations  under this Agreement  throughout such year or, if
there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such  obligation,  specifying
each such default known to such officers and the nature and status thereof.  The
Indenture  Trustee shall send a copy of such certificate and the report referred
to in Section 4.11 to the Rating  Agencies.  A copy of such  certificate and the
report  referred to in Section  4.11 may be  obtained by any  Certificateholder,
Noteholder or Note Owner by a request in writing to the Owner Trustee  addressed
to the Corporate Trust Office.  Upon the telephone request of the Owner Trustee,
the  Indenture  Trustee  will  promptly  furnish  the  Owner  Trustee  a list of
Noteholders as of the date specified by the Owner Trustee.

         (b) The Servicer  shall  deliver to the Owner  Trustee,  the  Indenture
Trustee  and the Rating  Agencies,  promptly  after  having  obtained  knowledge
thereof,  but in no event later than five (5) Business Days thereafter,  written
notice in an Officers'  Certificate of any event which with the giving of notice
or lapse of time, or both, would become a Servicer Default under Section 8.01(a)
or (b).

         SECTION 4.11. Annual Independent  Certified Public Accountants' Report.
                       -------------------------------------------------------- 
The Servicer shall cause a firm of  independent  certified  public  accountants,
which may also  render  other  services  to the  Servicer,  the  Seller or their
Affiliates,  to deliver to the Owner  Trustee  and the  Indenture  Trustee on or
before April 30 of each year beginning April 30, ___, a report  addressed to the
Board of  Directors of the  Servicer,  to the effect that such firm has examined
the  financial  statements  of CFC and issued its report  thereon  and that such
examination  (a)  was  made  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards and accordingly included such tests of the accounting records and such
other   auditing   procedures   as  such  firm   considered   necessary  in  the
circumstances;  (b) included  tests  relating to automotive  loans  serviced for
others in accordance  with the  requirements  of the Uniform Single  Attestation
Program for Mortgage  Bankers (the  "Program"),  to the extent the procedures in
such  Program are  applicable  to the  servicing  obligations  set forth in this
Agreement; and (c) except as described in the report, disclosed no exceptions or
errors in the records relating to automobile and light-duty truck loans serviced
for others that, in the firm's opinion,  paragraph four of such Program requires
such firm to report.

         Such  report will also  indicate  that the firm is  independent  of the
Servicer within the meaning of the Code of  Professional  Ethics of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

         SECTION 4.12. Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding
                       ---------------------------------------------------------
Receivables.   The  Servicer  shall  provide  to  the   Certificateholders   and
- ----------
Noteholders   access  to  the   Receivable   Files  in  such  cases   where  the
Certificateholders  or Noteholders  shall be required by applicable  statutes or
regulations  to review such  documentation.  Access  shall be  afforded  without
charge, but only upon reasonable request and during the normal business hours at
the offices of the Servicer. Nothing in this Section shall affect the obligation
of the  Servicer  to  observe  any  applicable  law  prohibiting  disclosure  of
information  regarding  the  Obligors and the failure of the Servicer to provide
access to  information  as a result of such  obligation  shall not  constitute a
breach of this Section.

         SECTION 4.13. Servicer Expenses.  The Servicer shall be required to pay
                       -----------------
all  expenses  incurred  by it in  connection  with  its  activities  hereunder,
including fees and  disbursements of independent  accountants,  taxes imposed on
the Servicer and expenses incurred in connection with  distributions and reports
to Certificateholders and Noteholders.

         SECTION 4.14. Appointment of Subservicer.  The Servicer may at any time
                       --------------------------
appoint a  subservicer  to  perform  all or any  portion of its  obligations  as
Servicer hereunder;  provided,  however,  that the Rating Agency Condition shall
have been satisfied in connection  therewith;  and provided,  further,  that the
Servicer shall remain obligated and be liable to the Issuer,  the Owner Trustee,
the  Indenture  Trustee,  the  Certificateholders  and the  Noteholders  for the
servicing and administering of the Receivables in accordance with the provisions
hereof  without  diminution  of such  obligation  and liability by virtue of the
appointment of such  subservicer and to the same extent and under the same terms
and  conditions as if the Servicer alone were  servicing and  administering  the
Receivables. The fees and expenses of the subservicer shall be as agreed between
the Servicer and its subservicer from time to time, and none of the Issuer,  the
Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the  Certificateholders or the Noteholders
shall have any responsibility therefor.

                                   ARTICLE V

                        Distributions; Reserve Account;
                Statements to Certificateholders and Noteholders
                ------------------------------------------------

         SECTION 5.01.  Establishment of Collection  Account.  (a) The Servicer,
                        ------------------------------------
for the benefit of the Noteholders and the  Certificateholders,  shall establish
and maintain in the name of the Indenture  Trustee an Eligible  Deposit  Account
(the "Collection  Account"),  bearing a designation  clearly indicating that the
funds  deposited  therein  are held for the benefit of the  Noteholders  and the
Certificateholders.  The Servicer shall establish the Reserve Account as part of
the Collection Account.

         (b) Funds on deposit in the Collection Account shall be invested (1) by
the  Indenture  Trustee  in  Eligible  Investments  selected  in  writing by the
Servicer or an investment  manager  selected by the Servicer,  which  investment
manager  shall  have  agreed to comply  with the terms of this  Agreement  as it
relates to  investing  such funds or (2) by an  investment  manager in  Eligible
Investments  selected  by  such  investment  manager;  provided  that  (A)  such
investment  manager  shall be  selected  by the  Servicer,  (B) such  investment
manager  shall  have  agreed to comply  with the terms of this  Agreement  as it
relates  to  investing  such  funds,  (C) any  investment  so  selected  by such
investment  manager shall be made in the name of the Indenture Trustee and shall
be settled by a Delivery to the  Indenture  Trustee that complies with the terms
of this  Agreement as it relates to investing  such funds,  and (D) prior to the
settlement  of any  investment  so  selected  by  such  investment  manager  the
Indenture  Trustee shall affirm that such investment is an Eligible  Investment.
The  Servicer  initially  appoints  the  Indenture  Trustee  investment  manager
hereunder,  which the Indenture  Trustee  hereby  accepts.  It is understood and
agreed that the Indenture  Trustee shall not be liable for any loss arising from
an  investment  in Eligible  Investments  made in  accordance  with this Section
5.01(b).  All such Eligible  Investments  shall be held by the Indenture Trustee
for the benefit of the  Noteholders and the  Certificateholders,  as applicable;
provided,  that on each  Payment  Determination  Date  all  interest  and  other
investment income (net of losses and investment expenses) on funds on deposit in
the  Collection  Account shall be deemed to constitute a portion of the Interest
Distribution  Amount for the related  Distribution Date. Other than as permitted
by the Rating  Agencies,  funds on deposit in the  Collection  Account  shall be
invested  in  Eligible  Investments  that will  mature  (1) not  later  than the
Business Day  immediately  preceding the next  Distribution  Date or (2) on such
next  Distribution  Date if either (x) such  investment is held in the corporate
trust  department of the institution  with which the Collection  Account is then
maintained  and is invested  either in a time deposit of the  Indenture  Trustee
rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor's and P-1 by Moody's  (such  account being
maintained within the corporate trust department of the Indenture Trustee) or in
the Indenture  Trustee's  common trust fund so long as such fund is rated in the
highest  applicable  rating category by Standard & Poor's and Moody's or (y) the
Indenture  Trustee (so long as the short-term  unsecured debt obligations of the
Indenture  Trustee  are  either  (i)  rated at least P-1 by  Moody's  and A-1 by
Standard & Poor's on the date such  investment is made or (ii)  guaranteed by an
entity whose  short-term  unsecured debt  obligations  are rated at least P-1 by
Moody's  and A-1 by Standard & Poor's on the date such  investment  is made) has
agreed to advance funds on such  Distribution Date in the amount payable on such
investment  on such  Distribution  Date  pending  receipt  thereof to the extent
necessary  to  make  distributions  on such  Distribution  Date.  The  guarantee
referred  to in clause  (y) of the  preceding  sentence  shall be subject to the
Rating Agency Condition. For the purpose of the foregoing,  unless the Indenture
Trustee  affirmatively  agrees in writing to make such  advance  with respect to
such investment  prior to the time an investment is made, it shall not be deemed
to have agreed to make such advance.  Funds deposited in the Collection  Account
on a day which immediately precedes a Distribution Date upon the maturity of any
Eligible Investments are not required to be invested overnight.

         (c) (i) The  Indenture  Trustee  shall  possess  all  right,  title and
interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Collection Account and
in all  proceeds  thereof  (including  all income  thereon)  and all such funds,
investments,  proceeds  and  income  shall  be part  of the  Trust  Estate.  The
Collection Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Indenture
Trustee  for the  benefit  of the  Noteholders  and the  Certificateholders,  as
applicable.  If, at any time,  the  Collection  Account ceases to be an Eligible
Deposit  Account,  the  Indenture  Trustee (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall
within 10 Business Days (or such longer period,  not to exceed 30 calendar days,
as to which each Rating Agency may consent)  establish a new Collection  Account
as  an  Eligible  Deposit  Account  and  shall  transfer  any  cash  and/or  any
investments to such new Collection Account.

              (ii) With respect to the Trust  Account  Property,  the  Indenture
         Trustee agrees, by its acceptance hereof, that:

                    (A) any  Trust  Account  Property  that  is held in  deposit
              accounts  shall be held solely in the Eligible  Deposit  Accounts,
              subject to the last sentence of Section 5.01(c)(i);  and each such
              Eligible Deposit Account shall be subject to the exclusive custody
              and control of the Indenture  Trustee,  and the Indenture  Trustee
              shall have sole signature authority with respect thereto;

                    (B) any Trust  Account  Property that  constitutes  Physical
              Property shall be delivered to the Indenture Trustee in accordance
              with  paragraph (a) of the  definition of "Delivery"  and shall be
              held,  pending  maturity or  disposition,  solely by the Indenture
              Trustee or a securities  intermediary  (as such term is defined in
              Section 8-102 of the UCC) acting solely for the Indenture Trustee;

                    (C) any Trust Account Property that is a book-entry security
              held  through  the  Federal  Reserve  System  pursuant  to federal
              book-entry  regulations  shall be  delivered  in  accordance  with
              paragraph  (b)  of the  definition  of  "Delivery"  and  shall  be
              maintained  by  the  Indenture   Trustee,   pending   maturity  or
              disposition,  through  continued  book-entry  registration of such
              Trust Account Property as described in such paragraph; and

                    (D) any Trust Account  Property  that is an  "uncertificated
              security"  under  Article VIII of the UCC and that is not governed
              by clause (C) above shall be delivered to the Indenture Trustee in
              accordance  with paragraph (c) of the definition of "Delivery" and
              shall be maintained by the Indenture Trustee,  pending maturity or
              disposition,  through  continued  registration  of  the  Indenture
              Trustee's (or its nominee's) ownership of such security.

              (iii)  The  Servicer  shall  have  the  power,  revocable  by  the
         Indenture  Trustee  or by the Owner  Trustee  with the  consent  of the
         Indenture   Trustee,   to  instruct  the  Indenture   Trustee  to  make
         withdrawals and payments from the Collection Account for the purpose of
         permitting the Servicer to carry out its respective duties hereunder or
         permitting  the  Indenture  Trustee to carry out its  duties  under the
         Indenture.

         SECTION 5.02. Collections. Subject to the continued satisfaction of the
                       -----------
commingling  conditions  described  below,  the  Servicer  shall  remit  to  the
Collection  Account all payments by or on behalf of the Obligors with respect to
the Receivables (other than Purchased  Receivables and not including Fixed Value
Payments),  all  Liquidation  Proceeds and any  subsequent  Recoveries,  both as
collected during a Collection  Period, on or prior to the Payment  Determination
Date preceding the related Distribution Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if
any of the commingling  conditions ceases to be met, the Servicer shall remit to
the Collection Account all payments by or on behalf of the Obligors with respect
to the  Receivables  (other than Purchased  Receivables  and not including Fixed
Value Payments),  all Liquidation Proceeds and any subsequent  Recoveries within
two Business Days of receipt thereof. The commingling conditions are as follows:
(i) CFC must be the Servicer,  (ii) no Servicer  Default shall have occurred and
be continuing  and (iii) (x) CFC must  maintain a short-term  rating of at least
A-1 by  Standard & Poor's and P-1 by Moody's or (y) if daily  remittances  occur
hereunder, prior to ceasing daily remittances, the Rating Agency Condition shall
have been satisfied  (and any  conditions or  limitations  imposed by the Rating
Agencies in connection  therewith are complied with).  Notwithstanding  anything
herein to the contrary,  so long as CFC is the  Servicer,  CFC may withhold from
the deposit  into the  Collection  Account any amounts  indicated on the related
Servicer's  Certificate  as being due and  payable  to CFC or the Seller and pay
such amounts directly to CFC or the Seller, as applicable.  For purposes of this
Article V, the phrase "payments by or on behalf of Obligors" shall mean payments
made with respect to the  Receivables  by Persons other than the Servicer or the
Seller.  In the event the commingling  conditions  cease to be met, the Servicer
shall make daily remittance of collections to the Collection  Account within two
Business  Days of  receipt  thereof;  provided  however,  daily  remittance  may
commence  no later  than five  Business  Days  following  a  reduction  of CFC's
short-term ratings below A-1 by Standard & Poor's or P-1 by Moody's.

         SECTION 5.03.  Application of Collections.  (a) All collections for the
                        --------------------------
Collection Period shall be applied by the Servicer as follows:

              With   respect  to  each   Receivable   (other  than  a  Purchased
         Receivable),  payments by or on behalf of the Obligor  shall be applied
         to  interest  and  principal  in  accordance  with the Simple  Interest
         Method.

         (b) All collections of finance charges on a Fixed Value  Receivable (as
determined in accordance  with the  Servicer's  customary  procedures)  shall be
applied,  first, to the Amortizing Payment Finance Charges due and unpaid on the
related  Principal  Balance and then to the Fixed Value Finance  Charges due and
unpaid on the related  Fixed Value  Payment.  The Servicer  shall release to the
Company the Collections allocated to Fixed Value Finance Charges pursuant to the
preceding sentence.  All Liquidation Proceeds and any subsequent Recoveries with
respect to any Fixed  Value  Receivable  shall be applied  first to the  related
Receivable and only after the payment in full of the Principal  Balance  thereof
plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon shall any such Liquidation  Proceeds or
Recoveries be applied to, or constitute, the related Fixed Value Payment.

         SECTION 5.04. [Reserved]

         SECTION 5.05.  Additional  Deposits.  The Servicer and the Seller shall
                        --------------------
deposit  or  cause to be  deposited  in the  Collection  Account  the  aggregate
Purchase  Amount with respect to Purchased  Receivables  and the Servicer  shall
deposit  therein all amounts to be paid under  Section  9.01.  The Servicer will
deposit the aggregate Purchase Amount with respect to Purchased Receivables when
such  obligations  are due,  unless the  Servicer  shall not be required to make
daily  deposits  pursuant to Section 5.02. All such other deposits shall be made
on the Payment Determination Date for the related Collection Period.

         SECTION 5.06. Distributions.
                       -------------

         (a)  (i)  On  each  Payment  Determination  Date,  the  Servicer  shall
calculate all amounts  required to be  distributed  to the  Noteholders  and the
Certificateholders and all amounts to be allocated within the Collection Account
as described  below.  For purposes of this  Section,  the  Servicing Fee for the
related  Distribution  Date and any previously  unpaid Servicing Fees shall, and
the  Cash  Release  Amount  to be  distributed  to  the  Holders  of  the  Trust
Certificates may, be deducted from the Total Distribution  Amount at any time on
or prior to the Distribution Date.

              (ii) On each  Distribution  Date,  the Servicer shall instruct the
         Indenture Trustee (based on the information contained in the Servicer's
         Certificate   delivered  on  the  related  Payment  Determination  Date
         pursuant  to  Section  4.09)  to make  the  following  allocations  and
         distributions by 11:00 A.M. (New York time), to the extent of the Total
         Distribution  Amount (net of the  Servicing  Fee for such  Distribution
         Date and any  previously  unpaid  Servicing  Fees and any Cash  Release
         Amount deducted pursuant to Section 5.06(a)(i)), in the following order
         of priority:

                    (A) allocate to the Noteholders for distribution pursuant to
              Section 8.02 of the Indenture, from the Total Distribution Amount,
              the Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount;

                    (B) allocate to the Noteholders for distribution pursuant to
              Section 8.02 of the Indenture,  from the Total Distribution Amount
              remaining  after the  application of clause (A), the  Noteholders'
              Principal  Distributable Amount;  provided,  however, that on each
              Distribution  Date during the Release  Period,  the Release Period
              Noteholder's  Principal  Distributable  Amount  (rather  than  the
              Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount) shall be allocated to
              the  Noteholders for  distribution to the Noteholders  pursuant to
              Section 8.02 of the Indenture;

                    (C)  allocate  to  the  Reserve  Account,   from  the  Total
              Distribution Amount remaining after the application of clauses (A)
              and  (B) (it  being  understood  that  the  Accelerated  Principal
              Distribution  Amount and the Cash Release Amount are a function of
              and subject to the amount  required to be allocated to the Reserve
              Account  pursuant to this clause (C)), the excess,  if any, of the
              Specified  Reserve  Amount over the amount then  allocated  to the
              Reserve Account;

                    (D) if all of the  conditions  set forth in Section  5.06(b)
              are   satisfied,   distribute   to  the   Holders   of  the  Trust
              Certificates,  from the Total Distribution  Amount remaining after
              the  application  of clauses (A)  through  (C),  the Cash  Release
              Amount  for  such  Distribution  Date to the  extent  not  already
              deducted pursuant to Section 5.06(a)(i);

                    (E)  distribute to the Holders of the  Overcollateralization
              Certificates,  the Total  Distribution  Amount remaining after the
              application  of clauses  (A)  through (D) and only after the Notes
              have been paid in full,  until the  Certificate  Balance  has been
              reduced to zero; and

                    (F) distribute to the Holders of the Trust  Certificates the
              portion,  if any, of the Total Distribution Amount remaining after
              the application of clauses (A) through (E).

If pursuant to Section 5.02,  the Servicer is permitted to remit  collections on
the  Receivables to the  Collection  Account on the Payment  Determination  Date
preceding the related  Distribution Date, then the Servicer may net the amounts,
if any,  distributable  pursuant  to clauses  (D),  (E) and (F) out of the Total
Distribution  Amount before  depositing the Total  Distribution  Amount into the
Collection Account and pay such amounts directly to the related recipient.

         Notwithstanding  that the Notes have been paid in full,  the  Indenture
Trustee shall continue to maintain the Collection  Account  hereunder  until the
Pool Balance is reduced to zero.

         (b) The  distribution  of a Cash  Release  Amount  pursuant  to Section
5.06(a)(ii)(D)  on a Distribution  Date shall be subject to the  satisfaction of
all of the following conditions:

              (i) no such  distribution or release shall be made until the First
         Release Distribution Date; and

              (ii) the amount  allocated to the Reserve  Account is equal to the
         Specified  Reserve  Amount  and the  aggregate  amount of Cash  Release
         Amounts distributed  pursuant to Section  5.06(a)(ii)(D) on or prior to
         such    Distribution    Date    shall   not    exceed    the    Initial
         Overcollateralization Amount.

         SECTION  5.07.  Reserve  Account.  (a) On the Closing  Date,  the Owner
                         ----------------
Trustee  will  deposit,  on behalf of the Seller,  the Reserve  Account  Initial
Deposit  into the  Collection  Account  from the net proceeds of the sale of the
Notes which amount shall be allocated to the Reserve Account.

         (b) (i) After  giving  effect  to  clause  (ii)  below,  if the  amount
allocated to the Reserve Account on any  Distribution  Date (after giving effect
to all allocations  thereto or withdrawals  therefrom on such Distribution Date)
is greater than the Specified  Reserve  Amount,  the Servicer shall instruct the
Indenture Trustee to distribute the amount of such excess to the Seller.

              (ii) On each  Distribution  Date  subsequent  to any  reduction or
         withdrawal  by any  Rating  Agency of its rating of any Class of Notes,
         unless such rating has been  restored,  if the amount  allocated to the
         Reserve  Account  (after  taking into account any  allocations  thereto
         pursuant  to Section  5.06(a)  and  withdrawals  therefrom  pursuant to
         Section  5.07(c)  or (d) on such date) is  greater  than the  Specified
         Reserve Amount,  then the Servicer shall instruct the Indenture Trustee
         to  include  the  amount  of such  excess in the  Noteholders'  Monthly
         Principal Distribution Amount and to allocate the amount of such excess
         for distribution to Noteholders as an accelerated  payment of principal
         on such Distribution  Date;  provided,  that the amount of such deposit
         shall not exceed the outstanding  principal  balance of the Notes after
         giving  effect to all other  payments of  principal  to be made on such
         date.

         (c) (i) In the event that the Noteholders'  Distributable  Amount for a
Distribution  Date exceeds the sum of the amounts  allocated for distribution to
the Noteholders pursuant to Section  5.06(a)(ii)(A) and (B) on such Distribution
Date,  the Servicer  shall  instruct the Indenture  Trustee to withdraw from the
Reserve Account on such Distribution Date an amount equal to such excess, to the
extent of funds available therein,  and allocate such amount for distribution to
the  Noteholders;  provided  that such  amount  shall be applied  first,  to the
payment of  interest  due on the Notes to the  extent,  if any,  that the amount
allocated  pursuant to Section  5.06(a)(ii)(A)  is not  sufficient to cover such
payment of interest; and second, to the payment of principal of the Notes.

              (ii) In the event that the  Noteholders'  Principal  Distributable
         Amount on the Class A-1 Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date, the Class
         A-2 Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date, the Class A-3 Final Scheduled
         Distribution  Date or the Class A-4 Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date
         exceeds  the  amount  allocated  for  distribution  to the  Noteholders
         pursuant  to Section  5.06(a)(ii)(B)  on such  Distribution  Date,  the
         Servicer  shall  instruct the  Indenture  Trustee to withdraw  from the
         Reserve  Account  on such  Distribution  Date an  amount  equal to such
         excess,  to the extent of funds  available  therein,  and allocate such
         amount for distribution to the Noteholders.

         (d)  Subject to  Section  9.01,  amounts  will  continue  to be applied
pursuant to Section  5.06(a)  following  payment in full of both the Outstanding
Amount of the Notes and of the Certificate Balance of the  Overcollateralization
Certificates until the Pool Balance is reduced to zero. Following the payment in
full of the  aggregate  Outstanding  Amount of the Notes and of the  Certificate
Balance of the Overcollateralization Certificates and of all other amounts owing
or to be distributed  hereunder or under the Indenture or the Trust Agreement to
Noteholders and the  termination of the Trust,  any amount then allocated to the
Reserve Account shall be distributed to the Seller.

         SECTION 5.08. [ Reserved ]

         SECTION 5.09. Statements to Noteholders and Certificateholders. On each
                       ------------------------------------------------
Distribution  Date, the Servicer shall provide to the Owner Trustee (with a copy
to the Rating  Agencies and each Paying  Agent) for the Owner Trustee to forward
to each Certificateholder of record as of the most recent Record Date and to the
Indenture  Trustee (with a copy to each Paying Agent) for the Indenture  Trustee
to forward to each  Noteholder  of record as of the most  recent  Record  Date a
statement  substantially  in the form of Exhibit B,  setting  forth at least the
following information as to the Notes, to the extent applicable:

              (i)  the  amount  of  such  distribution  allocable  to  principal
         allocable to each Class of Notes;

              (ii)  the  amount  of  such  distribution  allocable  to  interest
         allocable to each Class of Notes;

              (iii) the outstanding principal balance of each Class of Notes and
         the Note Pool Factor for each such Class as of the close of business on
         the last day of the preceding Collection Period, after giving effect to
         payments allocated to principal reported under clause (i) above;

              (iv) the amount of the  Servicing  Fee paid to the  Servicer  with
         respect to the related Collection Period;

              (v) the amount of Realized  Losses,  if any,  with  respect to the
         related Collection Period;

              (vi) the amount  allocated to the Reserve  Account on such Payment
         Determination  Date after  giving  effect to  allocations  thereto  and
         withdrawals  therefrom  to be made on the next  following  Distribution
         Date, if any;

              (vii) the Pool Balance as of the close of business on the last day
         of the  related  Collection  Period,  after  giving  effect to payments
         allocated to principal reported under clause (i) above; and

              (viii) the  amount,  if any,  allocated  for  distribution  to the
         Certificateholders.

         Each amount set forth on the Distribution  Date statement under clauses
(i),  (ii) or (iv) above  shall be  expressed  as a dollar  amount per $1,000 of
original principal balance of a Note.

         SECTION 5.10. Net Deposits.  As an administrative  convenience,  unless
                       ------------
the  Servicer is required  to remit  collections  daily,  the  Servicer  will be
permitted to make the deposit of  collections  on the  Receivables  and Purchase
Amounts for or with respect to the Collection  Period net of distributions to be
made to the  Servicer  with  respect to the  Collection  Period.  The  Servicer,
however,  will  account  to  the  Owner  Trustee,  the  Indenture  Trustee,  the
Noteholders and the  Certificateholders  as if all deposits,  distributions  and
transfers were made individually.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                   The Seller
                                   ----------

         SECTION 6.01. Representations of Seller. The Seller makes the following
                       -------------------------
representations  on which the Issuer is deemed to have relied in  acquiring  the
Receivables.  The representations speak as of the execution and delivery of this
Agreement  and as of the  Closing  Date,  and  shall  survive  the  sale  of the
Receivables  to the  Issuer  and the pledge  thereof  to the  Indenture  Trustee
pursuant to the Indenture.

              (a) Organization  and Good Standing.  The Seller is duly organized
                  -------------------------------
         and validly  existing as a limited  liability  company in good standing
         under the laws of the State of Michigan,  with the power and  authority
         to own its  properties  and to conduct its business as such  properties
         are currently owned and such business is presently  conducted,  and had
         at all relevant times, and has, the power, authority and legal right to
         acquire  and  own  the  Standard   Receivables   and  the  Fixed  Value
         Receivables.

              (b) Due Qualification. The Seller is duly qualified to do business
                  -----------------
         as a  foreign  limited  liability  company  in good  standing,  and has
         obtained all necessary licenses and approvals,  in all jurisdictions in
         which the ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business
         shall require such qualifications.

              (c) Power and Authority. The Seller has the power and authority to
                  -------------------
         execute and deliver this  Agreement  and to carry out their  respective
         terms;  the Seller has full power and  authority to sell and assign the
         property to be sold and assigned to and deposited with the Issuer,  and
         the Seller shall have duly  authorized  such sale and assignment to the
         Issuer  by all  necessary  action;  and  the  execution,  delivery  and
         performance of this Agreement has been duly authorized by the Seller by
         all necessary action.

              (d) Binding Obligation.  This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid
                  ------------------
         and binding obligation of the Seller enforceable in accordance with its
         terms.

              (e)  No   Violation.   The   consummation   of  the   transactions
                   --------------
         contemplated  by this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof
         do not  conflict  with,  result  in any  breach of any of the terms and
         provisions of, or constitute  (with or without notice or lapse of time)
         a  default  under,  the  articles  of  organization  or  the  operating
         agreement  of  the  Seller,  or  any  indenture,   agreement  or  other
         instrument  to which the Seller is a party or by which it is bound;  or
         result  in the  creation  or  imposition  of any  Lien  upon any of its
         properties  pursuant to the terms of any such  indenture,  agreement or
         other  instrument  (other than pursuant to this Agreement and the Basic
         Documents);  or  violate  any  law  or,  to the  best  of the  Seller's
         knowledge,  any order,  rule or regulation  applicable to the Seller of
         any court or of any federal or state  regulatory  body,  administrative
         agency or other governmental  instrumentality  having jurisdiction over
         the Seller or its properties.

              (f) No Proceedings.  To the Seller's best knowledge,  there are no
                  --------------
         proceedings or  investigations  pending or threatened before any court,
         regulatory   body,   administrative   agency   or  other   governmental
         instrumentality  having jurisdiction over the Seller or its properties:
         (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, the Indenture or any of
         the other Basic Documents, the Notes or the Certificates,  (ii) seeking
         to  prevent  the  issuance  of the  Notes  or the  Certificates  or the
         consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
         the  Indenture or any of the other Basic  Documents,  (iii) seeking any
         determination  or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the
         performance by the Seller of its obligations  under, or the validity or
         enforceability  of, this  Agreement,  the  Indenture,  any of the other
         Basic  Documents,  the Notes or the  Certificates  or (iv) which  might
         adversely  affect the  federal or state  income tax  attributes  of the
         Notes or the Certificates.

         SECTION 6.02. Existence.  During the term of this Agreement, the Seller
                       ---------
will keep in full force and effect its  existence,  rights and  franchises  as a
limited  liability  company  (or  another  legal  entity)  under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its organization and will obtain and preserve its  qualification
to do business in each  jurisdiction in which such  qualification is or shall be
necessary to protect the  validity and  enforceability  of this  Agreement,  the
Basic Documents and each other instrument or agreement  necessary or appropriate
to the proper administration of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated
hereby.  In addition,  all  transactions and dealings between the Seller and its
Affiliates (including the Company) will be conducted on an arm's-length basis.

         SECTION  6.03.  Liability of Seller;  Indemnities.  The Seller shall be
                         ---------------------------------
liable in accordance herewith only to the extent of the obligations specifically
undertaken by the Seller under this Agreement:

              (a) The  Seller  shall  indemnify,  defend and hold  harmless  the
         Issuer, the Owner Trustee,  the Indenture Trustee,  the Company and the
         Servicer and any of the  officers,  directors,  employees and agents of
         the  Issuer,  the Owner  Trustee  and the  Indenture  Trustee  from and
         against  any taxes that may at any time be  asserted  against  any such
         Person with respect to the transactions  contemplated herein and in the
         Basic  Documents,   including  any  sales,   gross  receipts,   general
         corporation,  tangible  personal  property,  privilege or license taxes
         (but, in the case of the Issuer,  not including any taxes asserted with
         respect to, and as of the date of, the sale of the  Receivables  to the
         Issuer or the issuance and original  sale of the  Certificates  and the
         Notes,  or asserted  with respect to ownership of the  Receivables,  or
         federal or other  income  taxes  arising  out of  distributions  on the
         Certificates or the Notes) and costs and expenses in defending  against
         the same.

              (b) The  Seller  shall  indemnify,  defend and hold  harmless  the
         Issuer,  the Owner Trustee,  the Indenture  Trustee,  the Company,  the
         Certificateholders  and  the  Noteholders  and  any  of  the  officers,
         directors,  employees  and agents of the Issuer,  the Owner Trustee and
         the Indenture  Trustee from and against any loss,  liability or expense
         incurred by reason of (i) the Seller's willful  misfeasance,  bad faith
         or negligence in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, or
         by reason of reckless  disregard  of its  obligations  and duties under
         this  Agreement  and (ii) the  Seller's or the  Issuer's  violation  of
         federal or state  securities  laws in connection  with the offering and
         sale of the Notes and the Certificates.

              (c) The Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Owner
         Trustee  and the  Indenture  Trustee  and  their  respective  officers,
         directors,  employees and agents from and against all costs,  expenses,
         losses,  claims,  damages and liabilities arising out of or incurred in
         connection  with the acceptance or performance of the trusts and duties
         herein and in the Trust Agreement  contained,  in the case of the Owner
         Trustee, and in the Indenture  contained,  in the case of the Indenture
         Trustee,  except to the extent that such cost,  expense,  loss,  claim,
         damage or liability: (i) in the case of the Owner Trustee, shall be due
         to the willful misfeasance,  bad faith or negligence (except for errors
         in  judgment)  of the Owner  Trustee  or, in the case of the  Indenture
         Trustee,  shall  be  due to  the  willful  misfeasance,  bad  faith  or
         negligence (except for errors in judgment) of the Indenture Trustee; or
         (ii) in the case of the Owner  Trustee,  shall arise from the breach by
         the Owner Trustee of any of its representations or warranties set forth
         in Section 7.03 of the Trust Agreement.

              (d) The Seller shall pay any and all taxes levied or assessed upon
         all or any part of the Owner Trust Estate.

         Indemnification  under this Section  shall survive the  resignation  or
removal of the Owner Trustee or the  Indenture  Trustee and the  termination  of
this  Agreement  and shall include  reasonable  fees and expenses of counsel and
expenses of  litigation.  If the Seller shall have made any  indemnity  payments
pursuant to this  Section  and the Person to or on behalf of whom such  payments
are made thereafter  shall collect any of such amounts from others,  such Person
shall promptly repay such amounts to the Seller, without interest.


         SECTION 6.04.  Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of Obligations
                        --------------------------------------------------------
of, Seller.  Any Person (a) into which the Seller may be merged or consolidated,
- ----------
(b) which may result from any merger or  consolidation to which the Seller shall
be a party or (c) which may succeed to the  properties  and assets of the Seller
substantially as a whole, which Person in any of the foregoing cases executes an
agreement of  assumption  to perform  every  obligation of the Seller under this
Agreement,  shall be the successor to the Seller hereunder without the execution
or filing of any  document  or any  further  act by any of the  parties  to this
Agreement;  provided,  however, that (i) immediately after giving effect to such
transaction,  no  representation or warranty made pursuant to Section 3.01 shall
have been breached and no Servicer  Default,  and no event that, after notice or
lapse of time, or both,  would become a Servicer Default shall have occurred and
be continuing, (ii) the Seller shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee and the
Indenture  Trustee an  Officers'  Certificate  and an  Opinion  of Counsel  each
stating that such  consolidation,  merger or  succession  and such  agreement of
assumption comply with this Section and that all conditions  precedent,  if any,
provided for in this Agreement  relating to such  transaction have been complied
with,  (iii) the Rating Agency  Condition shall have been satisfied with respect
to such  transaction  and (iv) the  Seller  shall  have  delivered  to the Owner
Trustee and the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel either (A) stating that,
in the  opinion of such  counsel,  all  financing  statements  and  continuation
statements  and  amendments  thereto  have  been  executed  and  filed  that are
necessary  fully to preserve and protect the  interest of the Owner  Trustee and
Indenture Trustee,  respectively, in the Receivables and reciting the details of
such  filings,  or (B) stating  that,  in the opinion of such  counsel,  no such
action   shall  be   necessary   to  preserve   and  protect   such   interests.
Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary, the execution of the foregoing
agreement of assumption  and compliance  with clauses (i), (ii),  (iii) and (iv)
above shall be conditions to the consummation of the transactions referred to in
clauses (a) , (b) or (c) above.

         SECTION 6.05.  Limitation on Liability of Seller and Others. The Seller
                        --------------------------------------------
and any  director,  officer,  employee  or agent of the  Seller may rely in good
faith on the advice of  counsel  or on any  document  of any kind,  prima  facie
properly  executed and submitted by any Person  respecting  any matters  arising
hereunder.  The Seller shall not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute
or defend any legal action that shall not be incidental to its obligations under
this  Agreement,  and that in its  opinion  may  involve  it in any  expense  or
liability.

         SECTION  6.06.  Seller  May Own Notes.  The  Seller  and any  Affiliate
                         ---------------------
thereof may in its individual or any other capacity  become the owner or pledgee
of Notes  with the same  rights as it would have if it were not the Seller or an
Affiliate thereof, except as expressly provided herein or in any Basic Document.
The Seller shall not own any Certificates  unless the Rating Agency Condition is
satisfied.


                                  ARTICLE VII

                                  The Servicer
                                  ------------

         SECTION  7.01.  Representations  of Servicer.  The  Servicer  makes the
                         ----------------------------
following  representations  on which the  Issuer  is  deemed  to have  relied in
acquiring the  Receivables.  The  representations  speak as of the execution and
delivery of this  Agreement  and as of the Closing  Date,  and shall survive the
sale of the  Receivables  to the Issuer and the pledge  thereof to the Indenture
Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.

              (a) Organization and Good Standing. The Servicer is duly organized
                  ------------------------------
         and validly  existing as a limited  liability  company in good standing
         under  the laws of the  state of its  organization,  with the power and
         authority  to own its  properties  and to conduct its  business as such
         properties   are  currently   owned  and  such  business  is  presently
         conducted, and had at all relevant times, and has, the power, authority
         and  legal  right to  acquire,  own,  sell  and  service  the  Standard
         Receivables and the Fixed Value  Receivables and to hold the Receivable
         Files as custodian.

              (b)  Due  Qualification.  The  Servicer  is duly  qualified  to do
                   ------------------
         business as a foreign limited liability  company in good standing,  and
         has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals, in all jurisdictions
         in which the  ownership  or lease of  property  or the  conduct  of its
         business  (including the servicing of the Standard  Receivables and the
         Fixed Value  Receivables as required by this  Agreement)  shall require
         such qualifications.

              (c) Power and Authority.  The Servicer has the power and authority
                  -------------------
         to execute and deliver this  Agreement and to carry out its terms;  and
         the  execution,  delivery and  performance  of this Agreement have been
         duly authorized by the Servicer by all necessary action.

              (d) Binding Obligation.  This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid
                  ------------------
         and binding  obligation of the Servicer  enforceable in accordance with
         its terms.

              (e)  No   Violation.   The   consummation   of  the   transactions
                   --------------
         contemplated  by this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof
         shall not conflict  with,  result in any breach of any of the terms and
         provisions of, or constitute  (with or without notice or lapse of time)
         a  default  under,  the  articles  of  organization  or  the  operating
         agreement  of  the  Servicer,  or any  indenture,  agreement  or  other
         instrument to which the Servicer is a party or by which it is bound; or
         result  in the  creation  or  imposition  of any  Lien  upon any of its
         properties  pursuant to the terms of any such  indenture,  agreement or
         other instrument (other than this Agreement); or violate any law or, to
         the best of the  Servicer's  knowledge,  any order,  rule or regulation
         applicable  to the  Servicer  of any court or of any  federal  or state
         regulatory   body,   administrative   agency   or  other   governmental
         instrumentality   having   jurisdiction   over  the   Servicer  or  its
         properties.

              (f) No Proceedings. To the Servicer's best knowledge, there are no
                  --------------
         proceedings or  investigations  pending or threatened before any court,
         regulatory   body,   administrative   agency   or  other   governmental
         instrumentality   having   jurisdiction   over  the   Servicer  or  its
         properties:  (i)  asserting  the  invalidity  of  this  Agreement,  the
         Indenture,  any  of  the  other  Basic  Documents,  the  Notes  or  the
         Certificates,  (ii) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Notes or the
         Certificates   or  the   consummation   of  any  of  the   transactions
         contemplated by this Agreement, the Indenture or any of the other Basic
         Documents,  (iii)  seeking  any  determination  or  ruling  that  might
         materially and adversely  affect the performance by the Servicer of its
         obligations   under,  or  the  validity  or  enforceability   of,  this
         Agreement,  the Indenture,  any of the other Basic Documents, the Notes
         or the  Certificates  or (iv)  relating to the Servicer and which might
         adversely  affect the  federal or state  income tax  attributes  of the
         Notes or the Certificates.

              (g) No  Insolvent  Obligors.  As of the related  Cutoff  Date,  no
                  -----------------------
         Obligor on a Standard  Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable is shown on
         the Receivable Files as the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding.

         SECTION 7.02.  Indemnities of Servicer. The Servicer shall be liable in
                        -----------------------
accordance  herewith  only  to  the  extent  of  the  obligations   specifically
undertaken by the Servicer under this Agreement:

              (a) The Servicer  shall  indemnify,  defend and hold  harmless the
         Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders,  the
         Certificateholders, the Company and the Seller and any of the officers,
         directors,  employees  and agents of the Issuer,  the Owner Trustee and
         the  Indenture  Trustee  from and against any and all costs,  expenses,
         losses,  damages,  claims and  liabilities  arising out of or resulting
         from the use,  ownership or operation by the Servicer or any  Affiliate
         thereof of a Financed Vehicle.

              (b) The Servicer  shall  indemnify,  defend and hold  harmless the
         Issuer,  the Owner  Trustee,  the Indenture  Trustee,  the Seller,  the
         Company,  the  Certificateholders  and the  Noteholders  and any of the
         officers,  directors,  employees  and agents of the  Issuer,  the Owner
         Trustee and the  Indenture  Trustee from and against any and all costs,
         expenses,  losses,  claims,  damages and liabilities to the extent that
         such cost,  expense,  loss, claim, damage or liability arose out of, or
         was  imposed  upon any such Person  through,  the  negligence,  willful
         misfeasance  or bad faith of the  Servicer  in the  performance  of its
         duties under this  Agreement or by reason of reckless  disregard of its
         obligations and duties under this Agreement.

         For purposes of this Section,  in the event of the  termination  of the
rights and  obligations  of CFC (or any  successor  thereto  pursuant to Section
7.03) as Servicer  pursuant to Section 8.01,  or a resignation  by such Servicer
pursuant to this  Agreement,  such  Servicer  shall be deemed to be the Servicer
pending  appointment of a successor  Servicer (other than the Indenture Trustee)
pursuant to Section 8.02.

         Indemnification  under this Section  shall survive the  resignation  or
removal of the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or the termination of this
Agreement and shall include reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and expenses
of litigation.  If the Servicer shall have made any indemnity  payments pursuant
to this  Section and the Person to or on behalf of whom such  payments  are made
thereafter  collects any of such amounts from others, such Person shall promptly
repay such amounts to the Servicer, without interest.

         SECTION 7.03.  Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of Obligations
                        --------------------------------------------------------
of,  Servicer.  Any  Person  (a)  into  which  the  Servicer  may be  merged  or
- -------------
consolidated, (b) which may result from any merger or consolidation to which the
Servicer shall be a party, (c) which may succeed to the properties and assets of
the  Servicer  substantially  as a whole or (d) with  respect to the  Servicer's
obligations  hereunder,  which is a legal entity 50% or more of the voting power
of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by DaimlerChrysler  Corporation or an
affiliate of or successor to DaimlerChrysler Corporation or an affiliate of such
successor,  which Person  executed an agreement of  assumption  to perform every
obligation  of the Servicer  hereunder,  shall be the  successor to the Servicer
under this  Agreement  without  further act on the part of any of the parties to
this Agreement;  provided,  however, that (i) immediately after giving effect to
such transaction,  no Servicer Default and no event which, after notice or lapse
of time,  or both,  would become a Servicer  Default  shall have occurred and be
continuing,  (ii) the Servicer shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee and the
Indenture  Trustee an  Officers'  Certificate  and an  Opinion  of Counsel  each
stating that such  consolidation,  merger or  succession  and such  agreement of
assumption comply with this Section and that all conditions  precedent  provided
for in this  Agreement  relating to such  transaction  have been complied  with,
(iii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such
transaction,  (iv)  immediately  after giving  effect to such  transaction,  the
successor  to  the   Servicer   shall   become  the   Administrator   under  the
Administration  Agreement in accordance with Section 8 of such Agreement and (v)
the Servicer shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee
an Opinion of Counsel  stating that, in the opinion of such counsel,  either (A)
all financing statements and continuation statements and amendments thereto have
been  executed  and filed that are  necessary  fully to preserve and protect the
interest of the Owner Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee,  respectively,  in the
Receivables and reciting the details of such filings or (B) no such action shall
be necessary to preserve and protect such  interests.  Notwithstanding  anything
herein to the contrary,  the execution of the foregoing  agreement of assumption
and  compliance  with  clauses  (i),  (ii),  (iii),  (iv) and (v) above shall be
conditions to the consummation of the  transactions  referred to in clause (a) ,
(b) or (c) above.

         SECTION 7.04.  Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others.  Neither
                        ----------------------------------------------
the  Servicer  nor any of the  directors,  officers,  employees or agents of the
Servicer  shall be under any  liability to the Issuer,  the  Noteholders  or the
Certificateholders,  except as  provided  under this  Agreement,  for any action
taken or for refraining from the taking of any action pursuant to this Agreement
or for errors in judgment;  provided,  however,  that this  provision  shall not
protect  the  Servicer  or any such  person  against  any  liability  that would
otherwise be imposed by reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or negligence
in the  performance of duties or by reason of reckless  disregard of obligations
and  duties  under this  Agreement.  The  Servicer  and any  director,  officer,
employee or agent of the  Servicer may rely in good faith on any document of any
kind prima facie  properly  executed and submitted by any person  respecting any
matters arising under this Agreement.

         Except as provided in this  Agreement,  the Servicer shall not be under
any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action that shall not
be incidental to its duties to service the  Receivables in accordance  with this
Agreement  and that in its opinion  may involve it in any expense or  liability;
provided, however, that the Servicer may undertake any reasonable action that it
may deem  necessary  or  desirable  in respect of this  Agreement  and the Basic
Documents  and the rights and duties of the  parties to this  Agreement  and the
Basic Documents and the interests of the Certificateholders under this Agreement
and the Noteholders under the Indenture.

         SECTION 7.05. CFC Not To Resign as Servicer.  Subject to the provisions
                       -----------------------------
of Section  7.03,  CFC shall not resign from the  obligations  and duties hereby
imposed on it as Servicer under this Agreement except upon a determination  that
the  performance  of  its  duties  under  this  Agreement  shall  no  longer  be
permissible  under  applicable  law and  cannot  be  cured.  Notice  of any such
determination  permitting the  resignation of CFC shall be  communicated  to the
Owner Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee at the earliest  practicable time (and,
if such  communication  is not in writing,  shall be confirmed in writing at the
earliest  practicable time) and any such determination  shall be evidenced by an
Opinion  of  Counsel  to such  effect  delivered  to the Owner  Trustee  and the
Indenture  Trustee  concurrently  with or promptly  after such  notice.  No such
resignation  shall become  effective until the Indenture  Trustee or a successor
Servicer shall (i) have assumed the  responsibilities  and obligations of CFC in
accordance  with Section 8.02 and (ii) have become the  Administrator  under the
Administration Agreement in accordance with Section 8 of such Agreement.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                    Default
                                    -------

         SECTION 8.01. Servicer Default. If any one of the following events   (a
                       ----------------
"Servicer Default") shall occur and be continuing:

              (a) any  failure by the  Servicer  to  deposit  in the  Collection
         Account any required payment or to direct the Indenture Trustee to make
         any  required   distributions   therefrom,   which  failure   continues
         unremedied  for a period of five Business Days after written  notice of
         such failure is received by the Servicer  from the Owner Trustee or the
         Indenture  Trustee or after  discovery of such failure by an officer of
         the Servicer; or

              (b) failure by the  Servicer  or the  Seller,  as the case may be,
         duly to  observe  or to  perform  in any  material  respect  any  other
         covenants or  agreements of the Servicer or the Seller (as the case may
         be) set forth in this  Agreement  or any other  Basic  Document,  which
         failure  shall  (i)  materially  and  adversely  affect  the  rights of
         Certificateholders  or Noteholders  and (ii) continue  unremedied for a
         period  of 60 days  after  the date on  which  written  notice  of such
         failure,  requiring the same to be remedied,  shall have been given (A)
         to the Servicer or the Seller (as the case may be) by the Owner Trustee
         or the  Indenture  Trustee or (B) to the Servicer or the Seller (as the
         case may be), and to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee by the
         Holders  of  Notes,   Trust   Certificates   or   Overcollateralization
         Certificates,  as  applicable,  evidencing  not  less  than  25% of the
         Outstanding Amount of the Notes,  evidencing  Percentage  Interests (as
         defined in the Trust Agreement)  aggregating at least 25% or evidencing
         not less than 25% of the Certificate Balance; or

              (c) the  occurrence  of an  Insolvency  Event with  respect to the
         Seller, the Servicer or the Company;

then, and in each and every case, so long as the Servicer Default shall not have
been remedied,  either the Indenture  Trustee or the Holders of Notes evidencing
not less than 25% of the  Outstanding  Amount of the Notes, by notice then given
in writing to the Servicer (and to the  Indenture  Trustee and the Owner Trustee
if given by the Noteholders) may terminate all the rights and obligations (other
than the  obligations  set forth in Section 7.02  hereof) of the Servicer  under
this Agreement.  On or after the receipt by the Servicer of such written notice,
all  authority  and power of the  Servicer  under this  Agreement,  whether with
respect to the Notes, the  Certificates or the Receivables or otherwise,  shall,
without further action,  pass to and be vested in the Indenture  Trustee or such
successor  Servicer  as  may be  appointed  under  Section  8.02;  and,  without
limitation,  the Indenture  Trustee and the Owner Trustee are hereby  authorized
and  empowered  to execute  and  deliver,  for the  benefit  of the  predecessor
Servicer,  as  attorney-in-fact  or  otherwise,  any and all documents and other
instruments,  and to do or  accomplish  all other  acts or things  necessary  or
appropriate  to effect the  purposes of such notice of  termination,  whether to
complete the transfer and endorsement of the Receivables and related  documents,
or  otherwise.  The  predecessor  Servicer  shall  cooperate  with the successor
Servicer,  the  Indenture  Trustee  and  the  Owner  Trustee  in  effecting  the
termination of the responsibilities and rights of the predecessor Servicer under
this   Agreement,   including  the  transfer  to  the  successor   Servicer  for
administration  by it of all cash  amounts that shall at the time be held by the
predecessor  Servicer for deposit,  or shall  thereafter  be received by it with
respect  to  any  Receivable.  All  reasonable  costs  and  expenses  (including
attorneys'  fees) incurred in connection with  transferring the Receivable Files
to the successor Servicer and amending this Agreement to reflect such succession
as Servicer  pursuant to this Section shall be paid by the predecessor  Servicer
upon presentation of reasonable  documentation of such costs and expenses.  Upon
receipt of notice of the  occurrence  of a Servicer  Default,  the Owner Trustee
shall give notice thereof to the Rating Agencies.

         SECTION 8.02. Appointment of Successor. (a) Upon the Servicer's receipt
                       ------------------------
of notice of termination pursuant to Section 8.01 or the Servicer's  resignation
in accordance with the terms of this Agreement,  the predecessor  Servicer shall
continue to perform its functions as Servicer under this Agreement,  in the case
of termination,  only until the date specified in such termination notice or, if
no such date is  specified  in a notice of  termination,  until  receipt of such
notice and, in the case of resignation,  until the later of (i) the date 45 days
from the  delivery  to the Owner  Trustee and the  Indenture  Trustee of written
notice  of  such  resignation  (or  written  confirmation  of  such  notice)  in
accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement  and (ii) the date upon  which the
predecessor Servicer shall become unable to act as Servicer, as specified in the
notice of resignation and accompanying  Opinion of Counsel.  In the event of the
Servicer's  termination  hereunder,   the  Indenture  Trustee  shall  appoint  a
successor  Servicer,  and the successor  Servicer  shall accept its  appointment
(including its appointment as Administrator  under the Administration  Agreement
as set forth in Section  8.02(b)) by a written  assumption in form acceptable to
the Owner  Trustee  and the  Indenture  Trustee.  In the event that a  successor
Servicer has not been  appointed at the time when the  predecessor  Servicer has
ceased to act as Servicer in accordance with this Section, the Indenture Trustee
without further action shall  automatically be appointed the successor  Servicer
and  the   Indenture   Trustee   shall  be  entitled  to  the   Servicing   Fee.
Notwithstanding  the above, the Indenture  Trustee shall, if it shall be legally
unable so to act,  appoint or  petition  a court of  competent  jurisdiction  to
appoint  any  established  institution,  having a net  worth  of not  less  than
$100,000,000   and  whose  regular  business  shall  include  the  servicing  of
automotive receivables, as the successor to the Servicer under this Agreement.

         (b) Upon appointment,  the successor Servicer  (including the Indenture
Trustee acting as successor Servicer) shall (i) be the successor in all respects
to the  predecessor  Servicer and shall be subject to all the  responsibilities,
duties  and  liabilities  arising  thereafter  relating  thereto  placed  on the
predecessor  Servicer  and shall be  entitled to the  Servicing  Fee and all the
rights granted to the  predecessor  Servicer by the terms and provisions of this
Agreement and (ii) become the Administrator  under the Administration  Agreement
in accordance with Section 8 of such Agreement.

         (c) The Servicer may not resign unless it is prohibited from serving as
such by law.

         SECTION 8.03. Notification to Noteholders and Certificateholders.  Upon
                       --------------------------------------------------
any termination  of, or appointment of a successor to, the Servicer  pursuant to
this Article VIII, the Owner Trustee shall give prompt written notice thereof to
Certificateholders,  and the Indenture  Trustee shall give prompt written notice
thereof to Noteholders and the Rating Agencies.

         SECTION 8.04. Waiver of Past Defaults.  The Holders of Notes evidencing
                       -----------------------
not less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, the Holders (as
defined in the Trust Agreement) of Trust Certificates evidencing not less than a
majority of the Percentage  Interests (as defined in the Trust Agreement) or the
Holders  (as   defined  in  the  Trust   Agreement)   of   Overcollateralization
Certificates evidencing not less than a majority of the Certificate Balance may,
on behalf of all  Noteholders,  the  Holders  of the Trust  Certificates  or the
Holders of the Overcollateralization  Certificates, as the case may be, waive in
writing  any  default by the  Servicer  in the  performance  of its  obligations
hereunder  and its  consequences,  except  a  default  in  making  any  required
allocations or distributions from the Collection Account in accordance with this
Agreement.  Upon any such waiver of a past default,  such default shall cease to
exist, and any Servicer  Default arising  therefrom shall be deemed to have been
remedied for every purpose of this Agreement. No such waiver shall extend to any
subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereto.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                  Termination
                                  -----------

         SECTION 9.01. Optional Purchase of All Receivables.  (a) As of the last
                       ------------------------------------
day of any Collection  Period  immediately  preceding a Distribution  Date as of
which the then  outstanding  Pool  Balance is 10% or less of the  Original  Pool
Balance  and the Class A-1 Notes,  Class A-2 Notes and Class A-3 Notes have been
paid in full,  the  Servicer  shall have the option to purchase  the Owner Trust
Estate,  other than the Collection  Account;  provided,  however,  that,  unless
Moody's agrees  otherwise,  the Servicer may not effect any such purchase if the
rating of CFC's long-term debt obligations is less than Baa3 by Moody's,  unless
the Owner  Trustee and the  Indenture  Trustee shall have received an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect  that such  purchase  would not  constitute  a  fraudulent
conveyance.  To exercise such option,  the Servicer  shall  deposit  pursuant to
Section 5.05 in the Collection Account an amount equal to the aggregate Purchase
Amount for the Receivables (including defaulted Receivables), plus the appraised
value of any such other  property  held by the Trust  other than the  Collection
Account, such value to be determined by an appraiser mutually agreed upon by the
Servicer,  the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee, and shall succeed to all
interests in and to the Trust. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer shall
not be  permitted to exercise  such option  unless the amount to be deposited in
the  Collection  Account  pursuant to the preceding  sentence is greater than or
equal to the sum of the  outstanding  principal  balance  of the  Notes  and the
Certificate  Balance of the  Overcollateralization  Certificates and all accrued
but unpaid interest (including any overdue interest and premium) thereon.

         (b) As  described in Article IX of the Trust  Agreement,  notice of any
termination of the Trust shall be given by the Servicer to the Owner Trustee and
the  Indenture  Trustee as soon as  practicable  after the Servicer has received
notice thereof.

                                   ARTICLE X

                                 Miscellaneous
                                 -------------

         SECTION 10.01. Amendment.  This Agreement may be amended by the Seller,
                        ---------
the  Servicer and the Issuer,  with the consent of the  Indenture  Trustee,  but
without the consent of any of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders, to cure
any ambiguity,  to correct or supplement any provisions in this Agreement or for
the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating
any of the  provisions in this  Agreement  (including  for the issuance of Fixed
Value  Securities  pursuant to Section  2.03) or of  modifying in any manner the
rights of the Noteholders or the  Certificateholders;  provided,  however,  that
such action shall not, as  evidenced  by an Opinion of Counsel  delivered to the
Owner  Trustee  and the  Indenture  Trustee,  adversely  affect in any  material
respect the interests of any Noteholder or Certificateholder.

         This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by the Seller, the
Servicer and the Issuer, with the consent of the Indenture Trustee,  the consent
of the Holders of Notes  evidencing not less than a majority of the  Outstanding
Amount of the  Notes,  the  consent  of the  Holders  (as  defined  in the Trust
Agreement) of outstanding Trust Certificates evidencing not less than a majority
of the Percentage  Interests (as defined in the Trust Agreement) and the consent
of the  Holders  (as defined in the Trust  Agreement)  of  Overcollateralization
Certificates  evidencing not less than a majority of the Certificate  Balance of
the Overcollateralization Certificates, for the purpose of adding any provisions
to or  changing  in any  manner or  eliminating  any of the  provisions  of this
Agreement  or of modifying  in any manner the rights of the  Noteholders  or the
Certificateholders; provided, however, that no such amendment shall (a) increase
or reduce in any manner the  amount  of, or  accelerate  or delay the timing of,
collections of payments on Receivables or  distributions  that shall be required
to be made for the benefit of the Noteholders or the  Certificateholders  or (b)
reduce the aforesaid  percentage  of the  Outstanding  Amount of the Notes,  the
Percentage  Interests  (as  defined  in the Trust  Agreement)  or the  aforesaid
percentage of the Certificate Balance of the Overcollateralization Certificates,
the Holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment,  without the
consent of the Holders of all the outstanding  Notes, the Holders (as defined in
the Trust Agreement) of all the outstanding  Trust  Certificates and the Holders
(as defined in the Trust Agreement) of all the outstanding Overcollateralization
Certificates.

         Promptly  after the  execution of any such  amendment  or consent,  the
Owner  Trustee  shall  furnish  written  notification  of the  substance of such
amendment or consent to each  Certificateholder,  the Indenture Trustee and each
of the Rating Agencies.

         It shall not be  necessary  for the  consent of  Certificateholders  or
Noteholders  pursuant  to this  Section to approve  the  particular  form of any
proposed amendment or consent,  but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall
approve the substance thereof.

         Prior to the  execution of any amendment to this  Agreement,  the Owner
Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely upon an
Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment is authorized or
permitted by this  Agreement  and the Opinion of Counsel  referred to in Section
10.02(i)(1).  The Owner Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee may, but shall not be
obligated to, enter into any such amendment which affects the Owner Trustee's or
the Indenture Trustee's,  as applicable,  own rights, duties or immunities under
this Agreement or otherwise.

         SECTION  10.02.  Protection  of Title to Trust.  (a) The  Seller  shall
                          -----------------------------
execute and file such  financing  statements  and cause to be executed and filed
such  continuation  statements,  all in such manner and in such places as may be
required by law fully to  preserve,  maintain  and  protect the  interest of the
Issuer and of the  Indenture  Trustee  in the  Receivables  and in the  proceeds
thereof.  The  Seller  shall  deliver  (or cause to be  delivered)  to the Owner
Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee  file-stamped  copies of, or filing  receipts
for, any document filed as provided above,  as soon as available  following such
filing.

         (b) Neither the Seller nor the Servicer shall change its name, identity
or  corporate  structure  in any  manner  that  would,  could or might  make any
financing statement or continuation statement filed in accordance with paragraph
(a) above  seriously  misleading  within the meaning of ss. 9-402(7) of the UCC,
unless it shall have given the Owner Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee at least
five  days'  prior  written   notice  thereof  and  shall  have  promptly  filed
appropriate   amendments  to  all  previously  filed  financing   statements  or
continuation statements.

         (c) Each of the Seller and the  Servicer  shall have an  obligation  to
give the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee at least 60 days' prior written
notice of any  relocation of its principal  executive  office if, as a result of
such relocation,  the applicable  provisions of the UCC would require the filing
of any amendment of any previously filed financing or continuation  statement or
of any new financing statement and shall promptly file any such amendment or new
financing  statement.  The Servicer shall at all times maintain each office from
which it shall service Receivables,  and its principal executive office,  within
the United States of America.

         (d)  The  Servicer  shall  maintain  accounts  and  records  as to each
Standard Receivable and each Fixed Value Receivable accurately and in sufficient
detail to permit (i) the  reader  thereof to know at any time the status of such
Standard Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable, including payments and recoveries
made and payments owing (and the nature of each) and (ii) reconciliation between
payments or recoveries on (or with respect to) each Standard Receivable or Fixed
Value  Receivable  and the amounts from time to time deposited in the Collection
Account in respect of such Standard Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable.

         (e) The Servicer shall maintain its computer  systems so that, from and
after the time of sale under this Agreement of the Standard  Receivables and the
Fixed Value  Receivables,  the Servicer's master computer records (including any
backup  archives) that refer to a Standard  Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable
shall indicate  clearly the interest of the Issuer and the Indenture  Trustee in
such  Standard  Receivable  or Fixed  Value  Receivable  and that such  Standard
Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable is owned by the Issuer and has been pledged
to the Indenture Trustee. Indication of the Issuer's and the Indenture Trustee's
interest in a Standard  Receivable  or Fixed Value  Receivable  shall be deleted
from or modified on the  Servicer's  computer  systems when,  and only when, the
related Receivable shall have been paid in full or repurchased.

         (f) If at any time the Seller or the  Servicer  shall  propose to sell,
grant a security  interest in, or otherwise  transfer any interest in automotive
receivables  to any  prospective  purchaser,  lender  or other  transferee,  the
Servicer shall give to such  prospective  purchaser,  lender or other transferee
computer  tapes,  records or  printouts  (including  any  restored  from  backup
archives)  that,  if they shall refer in any manner  whatsoever  to any Standard
Receivable or Fixed Value Receivable,  shall indicate clearly that such Standard
Receivable  or Fixed Value  Receivable  has been sold and is owned by the Issuer
and has been pledged to the Indenture Trustee.

         (g) The Servicer  shall permit the Indenture  Trustee and its agents at
any time during normal  business hours to inspect,  audit and make copies of and
abstracts from the Servicer's records regarding any Standard Receivable or Fixed
Value Receivable.

         (h) Upon request, the Servicer shall furnish to the Owner Trustee or to
the Indenture Trustee,  within five Business Days, a list of all Receivables (by
contract  number and name of Obligor)  then held as part of the Trust,  together
with a reconciliation of such list to the Schedule of Receivables and to each of
the Servicer's  Certificates furnished before such request indicating removal of
Receivables from the Trust.

         (i) The Servicer  shall  deliver to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture
Trustee:

              (1) promptly  after the execution  and delivery of this  Agreement
         and of each amendment  hereto,  an Opinion of Counsel  stating that, in
         the opinion of such counsel,  either (A) all financing  statements  and
         continuation statements have been executed and filed that are necessary
         fully to preserve and protect the interest of the Owner Trustee and the
         Indenture Trustee in the Receivables,  and reciting the details of such
         filings or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details
         are given,  or (B) no such action  shall be  necessary  to preserve and
         protect such interest; and

              (2)  within 90 days  after the  beginning  of each  calendar  year
         beginning with the first calendar year beginning more than three months
         after the Cutoff Date, an Opinion of Counsel, dated as of a date during
         such 90-day  period,  stating  that,  in the  opinion of such  counsel,
         either (A) all financing  statements and  continuation  statements have
         been  executed  and filed  that are  necessary  fully to  preserve  and
         protect the interest of the Owner Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee in
         the Receivables,  and reciting the details of such filings or referring
         to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given, or (B) no
         such action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such interest.

Each Opinion of Counsel referred to in clause (1) or (2) above shall specify any
action  necessary  (as of the date of such opinion) to be taken in the following
year to preserve and protect such interest.

         (j) The Seller shall,  to the extent  required by applicable law, cause
the Notes to be  registered  with the  Commission  pursuant to Section  12(b) or
Section  12(g) of the  Exchange  Act within the time  periods  specified in such
sections.

         SECTION  10.03.  Notices.  All  demands,  notices,  communications  and
                          -------
instructions  upon or to the  Seller,  the  Servicer,  the  Owner  Trustee,  the
Indenture  Trustee  or the Rating  Agencies  under  this  Agreement  shall be in
writing,  personally  delivered  or mailed by  certified  mail,  return  receipt
requested,  and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon  receipt (a) in the
case of the Seller or the Servicer,  to Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C., 27777
Franklin Road,  Southfield,  Michigan  48034,  Attention of Assistant  Secretary
((248)  948-3067),  (b) in the case of the Issuer or the Owner  Trustee,  at the
Corporate Trust Office (as defined in the Trust  Agreement),  (c) in the case of
the  Indenture  Trustee,  at the  Corporate  Trust  Office,  (d) in the  case of
Moody's,  to Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc., ABS Monitoring  Department,  99
Church Street,  New York, New York 10007,  (e) in the case of Standard & Poor's,
to Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill  Companies,
Inc., 25 Broadway  (15th Floor),  New York,  New York 10004,  Attention of Asset
Backed  Surveillance  Department,  (f) in the case of Fitch IBCA,  Inc.,  to One
State Street Plaza,  New York, N.Y. 10004,  and (g) in the case of Duff & Phelps
Credit Rating Co., to 17 State Street, 12th Floor, New York, New York 10004; or,
as to each of the  foregoing,  at such other  address as shall be  designated by
written notice to the other parties.

         SECTION   10.04.   Assignment   by  the   Seller   or   the   Servicer.
                            ---------------------------------------------------
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, except as provided in
the remainder of this Section,  as provided in Sections 6.04 and 7.03 herein and
as provided in the  provisions of this Agreement  concerning the  resignation of
the Servicer,  this Agreement may not be assigned by the Seller or the Servicer.
The Issuer and the Servicer hereby acknowledge and consent to the conveyance and
assignment (i) by the Seller to the Company  pursuant to the Purchase  Agreement
and (ii) by the Company to a limited liability company or other Person (provided
that  conveyance and  assignment is made in accordance  with Section 5.06 of the
Purchase  Agreement),  of any and all of the Seller's  rights and interests (and
corresponding  obligations,  if any) hereunder with respect to receiving amounts
from the Reserve  Account and with respect to receiving  and conveying any Fixed
Value  Payments,  and the Issuer and the Servicer hereby agree that the Company,
and any such  assignee of the Company,  shall be entitled to enforce such rights
and interests directly against the Issuer as if the Company, or such assignee of
the Company, were itself a party to this Agreement.

         SECTION 10.05.  Limitations on Rights of Others. The provisions of this
                         -------------------------------
Agreement  are  solely for the  benefit  of the  Seller,  the  Company  (and any
assignee of the Company  pursuant to Section 10.04),  the Servicer,  the Issuer,
the  Owner  Trustee,  the  Certificateholders,  the  Indenture  Trustee  and the
Noteholders, and nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, shall be
construed to give to any other Person any legal or  equitable  right,  remedy or
claim in the Owner Trust Estate or under or in respect of this  Agreement or any
covenants, conditions or provisions contained herein.

         SECTION  10.06.  Severability.  Any provision of this Agreement that is
                          ------------
prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction  shall, as to such jurisdiction,
be ineffective to the extent of such  prohibition  or  unenforceability  without
invalidating  the  remaining  provisions  hereof,  and any such  prohibition  or
unenforceability   in  any   jurisdiction   shall  not   invalidate   or  render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

         SECTION 10.07. Separate Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by
                        ---------------------
the parties hereto in separate counterparts,  each of which when so executed and
delivered  shall  be an  original,  but all  such  counterparts  shall  together
constitute but one and the same instrument.

         SECTION  10.08.  Headings.  The  headings of the various  Articles  and
                          --------
Sections  herein are for  convenience  of reference only and shall not define or
limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

         SECTION  10.09.  Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be construed in
                          --------------
accordance  with the laws of the State of New  York,  without  reference  to its
conflict of law  provisions,  and the  obligations,  rights and  remedies of the
parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

         SECTION 10.10. Assignment by Issuer. The Seller hereby acknowledges and
                        --------------------
consents to any mortgage, pledge, assignment and grant of a security interest by
the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture for the benefit of
the Noteholders of all right,  title and interest of the Issuer in, to and under
the  Receivables  and/or the assignment of any or all of the Issuer's rights and
obligations hereunder to the Indenture Trustee.

         SECTION 10.11.  Nonpetition  Covenants.  (a)  Notwithstanding any prior
                         ----------------------
termination of this  Agreement,  the Servicer and the Seller shall not, prior to
the date which is one year and one day after the  termination  of this Agreement
with  respect to the Issuer or the  Company,  acquiesce,  petition or  otherwise
invoke or cause the  Issuer  or the  Company  (or any  assignee  of the  Company
pursuant  to  Section  10.04) to invoke the  process of any court or  government
authority  for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Issuer
or the Company (or any assignee of the Company  pursuant to Section 10.04) under
any federal or state  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or similar  law, or  appointing a
receiver,  liquidator,  assignee,  trustee,  custodian,  sequestrator  or  other
similar  official of the Issuer or the  Company (or any  assignee of the Company
pursuant to Section 10.04) or any substantial part of its property,  or ordering
the  winding up or  liquidation  of the affairs of the Issuer or the Company (or
any assignee of the Company pursuant to Section 10.04).

         (b)  Notwithstanding  any  prior  termination  of this  Agreement,  the
Servicer  shall  not,  prior to the date which is one year and one day after the
termination of this Agreement with respect to the Seller, acquiesce, petition or
otherwise  invoke or cause the  Seller to  invoke  the  process  of any court or
government  authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against
the Seller under any federal or state bankruptcy,  insolvency or similar law, or
appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or
other similar official of the Seller or any substantial part of its property, or
ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Seller.

         SECTION  10.12.  Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee and Indenture
                          ------------------------------------------------------
Trustee.  (a)Notwithstanding  anything  contained  herein to the contrary,  this
- -------
Agreement has been countersigned by [__________] not in its individual  capacity
but solely in its capacity as Owner  Trustee of the Issuer and in no event shall
[__________] in its individual  capacity or, except as expressly provided in the
Trust  Agreement,  as beneficial  owner of the Issuer have any liability for the
representations,  warranties,  covenants, agreements or other obligations of the
Issuer hereunder or in any of the certificates,  notices or agreements delivered
pursuant  hereto,  as to all of which recourse shall be had solely to the assets
of the Issuer.  For all purposes of this  Agreement,  in the  performance of its
duties  or  obligations  hereunder  or in  the  performance  of  any  duties  or
obligations of the Issuer hereunder,  the Owner Trustee shall be subject to, and
entitled to the  benefits of, the terms and  provisions  of Articles VI, VII and
VIII of the Trust Agreement.

         (b)  Notwithstanding  anything  contained herein to the contrary,  this
Agreement has been accepted by [__________],  not in its individual capacity but
solely  as  Indenture  Trustee  and in no  event  shall  [__________]  have  any
liability for the representations,  warranties,  covenants,  agreements or other
obligations of the Issuer  hereunder or in any of the  certificates,  notices or
agreements  delivered  pursuant hereto, as to all of which recourse shall be had
solely to the assets of the Issuer.



<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly  executed by their  respective  officers as of the day and year first above
written.

                                   PREMIER AUTO TRUST ____-_

                                   By:  [__________], not in its individual
                                        capacity but solely as Owner Trustee
                                        on behalf of the Trust


                                        By: ___________________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:

                                   CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.,
                                   Seller and Servicer



                                   By: ________________________________________
                                   Name:
                                   Title:

Acknowledged and accepted
as of the day and year
first above written:

[___________],
not in its individual capacity
but solely as Indenture Trustee



By: ______________________________
Name:
Title:



<PAGE>

                                   Schedule B



<PAGE>


                                                                      SCHEDULE A

                             Schedule of Receivables
                            ------------------------



         Delivered to the Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee at Closing


<PAGE>


                                                                      SCHEDULE B

                          Location of Receivable Files
                          ----------------------------

                        Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C.
                               27777 Franklin Road
                            Southfield, MI 48034-8288


<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT A



                                  [Reserved]


<PAGE>



                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                 Form of Distribution Statement to Noteholders


Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C.
Premier Auto Trust ____-_ Distribution Date Statement to Noteholders

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Principal Distribution Amount
   Class A-1 Notes:             ($     per $1,000 original principal amount)
   Class A-2 Notes:             ($     per $1,000 original principal amount)
   Class A-3 Notes:             ($     per $1,000 original principal amount)
   Class A-4 Notes:             ($     per $1,000 original principal amount)

Interest Distribution Amount
   Class A-1 Notes:             ($     per $1,000 original principal amount)
   Class A-2 Notes:             ($     per $1,000 original principal amount)
   Class A-3 Notes:             ($     per $1,000 original principal amount)
   Class A-4 Notes:             ($     per $1,000 original principal amount)

Note Balance
   Class A-1 Notes
   Class A-2 Notes
   Class A-3 Notes
   Class A-4 Notes

Note Pool Factor
   Class A-1 Notes
   Class A-2 Notes
   Class A-3 Notes
   Class A-4 Notes

Servicing Fee
Servicing Fee Per $1,000 Note

Realized Losses

Reserve Account Balance


<PAGE>



                                                                       EXHIBIT C

                         Form of Servicer's Certificate

Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C.
Premier Auto Trust ____-_ Monthly Servicer's Certificate
================================================================================

Period
Distribution Date
Dates Covered                 From & Incl.        To & Incl.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Collections
Accrual
         30/360 Days
         Actual/360 Days

Receivables Balances           Beginning          Ending
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pool Balance
Simple Interest
Original Pool Balance

Principal Distribution Amount
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Principal Collections
         +        Repurchases
         +        Liquidation Proceeds
         +        Realized Losses

Interest Distribution Amount
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Collections - Simple Interest Contracts
         +        Investment Earnings

Total Distribution Amount
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Principal Distribution Amount
         +        Interest Distribution Amount
         --       Realized Losses

Total Distribution Amount:

Loss & Delinquency




<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             Account Activity
                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Beginning      Ending                        Interest/Interest
                                        Balance        Balance   Change   Factor     Servicing         
                                        --------------------------------------------------------------
 Shortfall
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>            <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>    

Initial Pool
Principal Paydown
Reserve
Notes
  Class A-1
  Class A-2
  Class A-3
  Class A-4
Overcollateralization
Overcollateralization Percentage
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Principal Allocation
                                                  -----------------------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Mandatory
                         Regular           Accelerated      Redemption/      Total         Principal
                         Principal         Principal        Repayment        Principal     Shortfall
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>               <C>              <C>              <C>           <C>      

Notes
   Class A-1
   Class A-2
   Class A-3
   Class A-4
Total                    ======================================================
</TABLE>

===============================================================================


                                 Miscellaneous
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Amounts allocated for distribution to Certificateholders
Release Period Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount
Cash Release Amount
Receivables to be released
Specified Reserve Amount
Distribution Amount to Seller
Servicing Fee to Servicer

                              Allocation of Funds
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sources
- -------

Principal Distribution Amount
Interest Distribution Amount
Redemption/Prepay Amount

TOTAL SOURCES


<PAGE>




                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.2



                       [FORM OF ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT]




                  This  ADMINISTRATION  AGREEMENT dated as of [________],  199_,
         among  PREMIER  AUTO  TRUST  ____-_  a  Delaware  business  trust  (the
         "Issuer"),  CHRYSLER  FINANCIAL  COMPANY  L.L.C.,  a  Michigan  limited
         liability  company,   as  administrator  (the   "Administrator"),   and
         [____________],  a [_______], not in its individual capacity but solely
         as Indenture Trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"),

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

         WHEREAS, the Issuer is issuing the Class A-1 [___]% Asset Backed Notes,
the Class A-2 [___]% Asset Backed Notes, the Class A-3 [___]% Asset Backed Notes
and the Class A-4 [___]% Asset Backed Notes (collectively, the "Notes") pursuant
to the Indenture dated as of [________],  199_ (as amended and supplemented from
time to time,  the  "Indenture"),  between the Issuer and the Indenture  Trustee
(capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings
assigned to such terms in the Indenture);

         WHEREAS,  the Issuer has entered into certain  agreements in connection
with the issuance of the Notes and of certain beneficial  ownership interests in
the Issuer, including (i) a Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of [________],
199_ (as amended and  supplemented  from time to time,  the "Sale and  Servicing
Agreement"), between the Issuer and Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C., as seller
(in  such  capacity,   the  "Seller")  and  servicer  (in  such  capacity,   the
"Servicer"), (ii) a Letter of Representations dated [________], 199_ (as amended
and supplemented from time to time, the "Note Depository Agreement"),  among the
Issuer,  the Indenture  Trustee,  the  Administrator  and The  Depository  Trust
Company  relating to the Notes and (iii) the  Indenture  (the Sale and Servicing
Agreement,  the Note  Depository  Agreement and the Indenture  being referred to
hereinafter collectively as the "Related Agreements");

         WHEREAS,  pursuant to the Related Agreements,  the Issuer and the Owner
Trustee are required to perform  certain duties in connection with (a) the Notes
and the collateral therefor pledged pursuant to the Indenture (the "Collateral")
and (b) the beneficial ownership interests in the Issuer (the registered holders
of such interests being referred to herein as the "Owners");

         WHEREAS,   the  Issuer  and  the  Owner  Trustee  desire  to  have  the
Administrator  perform certain of the duties of the Issuer and the Owner Trustee
referred to in the  preceding  clause and to provide  such  additional  services
consistent  with the terms of this  Agreement and the Related  Agreements as the
Issuer and the Owner Trustee may from time to time request; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Administrator  has the  capacity to provide the services
required  hereby and is willing to perform such  services for the Issuer and the
Owner Trustee on the terms set forth herein;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration  of the mutual  covenants  contained
herein, and other good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and adequacy of
which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

         1. Duties of the  Administrator.  (a) Duties  with  Respect to the Note
            ----------------------------       ---------------------------------
Depository Agreement and the Indenture.  (i) The Administrator agrees to perform
- --------------------------------------
all its  duties as  Administrator  and the  duties of the  Issuer  and the Owner
Trustee under the Note  Depository  Agreement.  In addition,  the  Administrator
shall consult with the Owner  Trustee  regarding the duties of the Issuer or the
Owner  Trustee  under  the  Indenture  and the Note  Depository  Agreement.  The
Administrator  shall monitor the  performance of the Issuer and shall advise the
Owner  Trustee when action is necessary to comply with the Issuer's or the Owner
Trustee's  duties under the Indenture  and the Note  Depository  Agreement.  The
Administrator  shall  prepare for  execution  by the Issuer,  or shall cause the
preparation  by other  appropriate  persons  of,  all such  documents,  reports,
filings, instruments, certificates and opinions that it shall be the duty of the
Issuer  or the  Owner  Trustee  to  prepare,  file or  deliver  pursuant  to the
Indenture or the Note Depository Agreement. In furtherance of the foregoing, the
Administrator  shall take all appropriate  action that is the duty of the Issuer
or the Owner  Trustee  to take  pursuant  to the  Indenture  including,  without
limitation,  such of the foregoing as are required with respect to the following
matters under the Indenture (references are to sections of the Indenture):

               (A) the duty to cause  the Note  Register  to be kept and to give
          the  Indenture  Trustee  notice  of  any  appointment  of a  new  Note
          Registrar  and the  location,  or  change  in  location,  of the  Note
          Register (Section 2.05);

               (B)  the  notification  of  Noteholders  of the  final  principal
          payment on their Notes (Section 2.08(b));

               (C) the  fixing or causing  to be fixed of any  specified  record
          date and the  notification  of the Indenture  Trustee and  Noteholders
          with respect to special payment dates, if any (Section 2.08(c));

               (D)  the  preparation  of  or  obtaining  of  the  documents  and
          instruments  required for  authentication of the Notes and delivery of
          the same to the Indenture Trustee (Section 2.02);

               (E) the  preparation,  obtaining  or filing  of the  instruments,
          opinions and certificates and other documents required for the release
          of collateral (Section 2.10);

               (F) the  maintenance  of an office in the  Borough of  Manhattan,
          City of New York,  for  registration  of transfer or exchange of Notes
          (Section 3.02);

               (G) the duty to cause newly appointed  Paying Agents,  if any, to
          deliver to the  Indenture  Trustee  the  instrument  specified  in the
          Indenture regarding funds held in trust (Section 3.03);

               (H) the direction to the Indenture Trustee to deposit moneys with
          Paying  Agents,  if any,  other than the  Indenture  Trustee  (Section
          3.03);

               (I) the obtaining and preservation of the Issuer's  qualification
          to do business in each jurisdiction in which such  qualification is or
          shall be necessary to protect the validity and  enforceability  of the
          Indenture,  the Notes,  the Collateral  and each other  instrument and
          agreement included in the Trust Estate (Section 3.04);

               (J) the  preparation  of all  supplements  and  amendments to the
          Indenture  and  all  financing  statements,  continuation  statements,
          instruments of further  assurance and other instruments and the taking
          of such other action as is necessary or advisable to protect the Trust
          Estate (Section 3.05);

               (K) the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel on the Closing Date and
          the annual delivery of Opinions of Counsel as to the Trust Estate, and
          the annual  delivery of the  Officer's  Certificate  and certain other
          statements as to  compliance  with the  Indenture  (Sections  3.06 and
          3.09);

               (L) the  identification  to the Indenture Trustee in an Officer's
          Certificate of a Person with whom the Issuer has contracted to perform
          its duties under the Indenture (Section 3.07(b));

               (M) the  notification  of the  Indenture  Trustee  and the Rating
          Agencies of a Servicer Default under the Sale and Servicing  Agreement
          and, if such Servicer  Default arises from the failure of the Servicer
          to perform any of its duties  under the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement
          with respect to the  Receivables,  the taking of all reasonable  steps
          available to remedy such failure (Section 3.07(d));

               (N) the duty to cause the Servicer to comply with Sections  4.09,
          4.10,  4.11 and  5.09(b)  and  Article  XI of the  Sale and  Servicing
          Agreement (Section 3.14);

               (O) the  preparation  and obtaining of documents and  instruments
          required for the release of the Issuer from its obligations  under the
          Indenture (Section 3.10(b));

               (P) the delivery of written  notice to the Indenture  Trustee and
          the Rating  Agencies of each Event of Default  under the Indenture and
          each  default  by the  Servicer  or the  Seller  under  the  Sale  and
          Servicing  Agreement  and  by the  Seller  or the  Company  under  the
          Purchase Agreement (Section 3.19);

               (Q)  the  monitoring  of  the  Issuer's  obligations  as  to  the
          satisfaction  and discharge of the Indenture and the preparation of an
          Officer's  Certificate  and the obtaining of an Opinion of Counsel and
          the Independent Certificate relating thereto (Section 4.01);

               (R) the  compliance  with any written  directive of the Indenture
          Trustee with respect to the sale of the Trust Estate in a commercially
          reasonable  manner if an Event of Default  shall have  occurred and be
          continuing (Section 5.04);

               (S) the  preparation and delivery of notice to Noteholders of the
          removal of the Indenture  Trustee and the  appointment  of a successor
          Indenture Trustee (Section 6.08);

               (T)  the  preparation  of any  written  instruments  required  to
          confirm more fully the authority of any co-trustee or separate trustee
          and  any  written   instruments   necessary  in  connection  with  the
          resignation or removal of any co-trustee or separate trustee (Sections
          6.08 and 6.10);

               (U) the  furnishing of the  Indenture  Trustee with the names and
          addresses of Noteholders  during any period when the Indenture Trustee
          is not the Note Registrar (Section 7.01);

               (V) the  preparation  and,  after  execution  by the Issuer,  the
          filing with the  Commission,  any  applicable  state  agencies and the
          Indenture  Trustee  of  documents  required  to be filed on a periodic
          basis  with,  and  summaries  thereof as may be  required by rules and
          regulations  prescribed by, the  Commission  and any applicable  state
          agencies and the transmission of such summaries,  as necessary, to the
          Noteholders (Section 7.03);

               (W) the opening of one or more accounts in the Issuer's name, the
          preparation and delivery of Issuer Orders,  Officer's Certificates and
          Opinions of Counsel and all other  actions  necessary  with respect to
          investment  and  reinvestment  of  funds  in  the  Collection  Account
          (Sections 8.02 and 8.03);

               (X)  the   preparation   of  an  Issuer   Request  and  Officer's
          Certificate and the obtaining of an Opinion of Counsel and Independent
          Certificates,  if  necessary,  for the  release  of the  Trust  Estate
          (Sections 8.04 and 8.05);

               (Y)  the  preparation  of  Issuer  Orders  and the  obtaining  of
          Opinions of Counsel  with  respect to the  execution  of  supplemental
          indentures and the mailing to the  Noteholders of notices with respect
          to such supplemental indentures (Sections 9.01, 9.02 and 9.03);

               (Z) the  execution  and delivery of new Notes  conforming  to any
          supplemental indenture (Section 9.06);

               (AA) the duty to notify Noteholders of redemption of the Notes or
          to cause the Indenture Trustee to provide such  notification  (Section
          10.02);

               (BB) the preparation and delivery of all Officer's  Certificates,
          Opinions of Counsel and Independent  Certificates  with respect to any
          requests  by the  Issuer to the  Indenture  Trustee to take any action
          under the Indenture (Section 11.01(a));

               (CC) the preparation and delivery of Officer's  Certificates  and
          the  obtaining of  Independent  Certificates,  if  necessary,  for the
          release of property from the lien of the Indenture (Section 11.01(b));

               (DD) the notification of the Rating Agencies, upon the failure of
          the Indenture  Trustee to give such  notification,  of the information
          required pursuant to Section 11.04 of the Indenture (Section 11.04);

               (EE)  the   preparation  and  delivery  to  Noteholders  and  the
          Indenture  Trustee of any agreements with respect to alternate payment
          and notice provisions (Section 11.06);

               (FF) the  recording  of the  Indenture,  if  applicable  (Section
          11.15); and

               (GG) the  preparation of Definitive  Notes in accordance with the
          instructions of the Clearing Agency (Section 2.13).

               (ii) The Administrator will:

               (A) pay the  Indenture  Trustee  (and  any  separate  trustee  or
          co-trustee  appointed  pursuant to Section  6.10 of the  Indenture  (a
          "Separate Trustee")) from time to time reasonable compensation for all
          services rendered by the Indenture Trustee or Separate Trustee, as the
          case may be,  under the  Indenture  (which  compensation  shall not be
          limited by any  provision  of law in regard to the  compensation  of a
          trustee of an express trust);

               (B) except as  otherwise  expressly  provided  in the  Indenture,
          reimburse  the  Indenture  Trustee or any  Separate  Trustee  upon its
          request  for  all  reasonable  expenses,  disbursements  and  advances
          incurred or made by the Indenture Trustee or Separate Trustee,  as the
          case  may be,  in  accordance  with  any  provision  of the  Indenture
          (including the reasonable compensation,  expenses and disbursements of
          its agents and  counsel),  except any such  expense,  disbursement  or
          advance as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith;

               (C) indemnify the Indenture  Trustee and any Separate Trustee and
          their  respective  agents for,  and hold them  harmless  against,  any
          losses,  liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith
          on their part,  arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or
          administration  of the  transactions  contemplated  by the  Indenture,
          including the  reasonable  costs and expenses of defending  themselves
          against any claim or  liability  in  connection  with the  exercise or
          performance of any of their powers or duties under the Indenture; and

               (D) indemnify the Owner Trustee and its agents for, and hold them
          harmless  against,  any losses,  liability or expense incurred without
          negligence or bad faith on their part, arising out of or in connection
          with the acceptance or administration of the transactions contemplated
          by the Trust Agreement, including the reasonable costs and expenses of
          defending themselves against any claim or liability in connection with
          the exercise or performance of any of their powers or duties under the
          Trust Agreement.

         (b)  Additional   Duties.   (i)  In  addition  to  the  duties  of  the
Administrator set forth above, the Administrator shall perform such calculations
and shall prepare or shall cause the  preparation by other  appropriate  persons
of, and shall  execute on behalf of the  Issuer or the Owner  Trustee,  all such
documents,  reports,  filings,  instruments,  certificates  and opinions that it
shall be the duty of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee to prepare, file or deliver
pursuant to the Related  Agreements or Section 5.05 of the Trust Agreement,  and
at the request of the Owner Trustee shall take all appropriate action that it is
the duty of the Issuer or the Owner  Trustee  to take  pursuant  to the  Related
Agreements. In furtherance thereof, the Owner Trustee shall, on behalf of itself
and of  the  Issuer,  execute  and  deliver  to the  Administrator  and to  each
successor  Administrator  appointed  pursuant to the terms  hereof,  one or more
powers of attorney substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, appointing the
Administrator the  attorney-in-fact  of the Owner Trustee and the Issuer for the
purpose  of  executing  on behalf of the Owner  Trustee  and the Issuer all such
documents, reports, filings, instruments,  certificates and opinions. Subject to
Section 5 of this Agreement,  and in accordance with the directions of the Owner
Trustee,   the  Administrator   shall  administer,   perform  or  supervise  the
performance  of  such  other   activities  in  connection  with  the  Collateral
(including  the Related  Agreements)  as are not covered by any of the foregoing
provisions  and  as are  expressly  requested  by  the  Owner  Trustee  and  are
reasonably  within the capability of the  Administrator.  Such  responsibilities
shall include the  obtainment  and  maintenance  of any licenses  required to be
obtained or maintained by the Trust under the  Pennsylvania  Motor Vehicle Sales
Finance Act. In addition,  the Administrator shall promptly notify the Indenture
Trustee and the Owner  Trustee in writing of any  amendment to the  Pennsylvania
Motor Vehicle Sales Finance Act that would affect the duties or  obligations  of
the Indenture  Trustee or the Owner  Trustee under any Basic  Document and shall
assist  the  Indenture  Trustee  or the  Owner  Trustee  in its  obtainment  and
maintenance  of any  licenses  required  to be  obtained  or  maintained  by the
Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee thereunder.  In connection therewith, the
Administrator  shall  cause the Seller to pay all fees and  expenses  under such
Act.

               (ii)  Notwithstanding  anything in this  Agreement or the Related
Agreements to the contrary,  the Administrator shall be responsible for promptly
notifying  the  Owner  Trustee  and the  Paying  Agent  in the  event  that  any
withholding tax is imposed on the Trust's payments (or allocations of income) to
an Owner as  contemplated in Section  5.02(c) of the Trust  Agreement.  Any such
notice shall specify the amount of any  withholding  tax required to be withheld
by the Paying Agent pursuant to such provision.

               (iii)  Notwithstanding  anything in this Agreement or the Related
Agreements  to  the  contrary,   the  Administrator  shall  be  responsible  for
performance  of the duties of the Owner Trustee set forth in Section 5.05 of the
Trust Agreement.

               (iv) The Administrator shall satisfy its obligations with respect
to  clauses  (ii) and (iii)  above by  retaining,  at the  expense  of the Trust
payable by the  Administrator,  a firm of independent  public  accountants  (the
"Accountants")  acceptable  to  the  Owner  Trustee,  which  shall  perform  the
obligations of the Administrator  thereunder.  In connection with paragraph (ii)
above, the Accountants will provide prior to [________],  199_, a letter in form
and  substance  satisfactory  to the Owner  Trustee  and the Paying  Agent as to
whether any tax withholding is then required and, if required, the procedures to
be followed with respect  thereto to comply with the  requirements  of the Code.
The Accountants shall be required to update the letter in each instance that any
additional tax withholding is subsequently  required or any previously  required
tax withholding shall no longer be required.

               (v)  The   Administrator   shall   perform   the  duties  of  the
Administrator  specified in Section 10.02 of the Trust Agreement  required to be
performed in connection  with the  resignation  or removal of the Owner Trustee,
and any other duties  expressly  required to be  performed by the  Administrator
under the Trust Agreement.

               (vi) In  carrying  out the  foregoing  duties or any of its other
obligations under this Agreement,  the Administrator may enter into transactions
or otherwise deal with any of its affiliates;  provided, however, that the terms
of any such  transactions or dealings shall be in accordance with any directions
received from the Issuer and shall be, in the  Administrator's  opinion, no less
favorable to the Issuer than would be available from unaffiliated parties.

         (c)  Non-Ministerial  Matters.  (i) With respect to matters that in the
reasonable judgment of the Administrator are non-ministerial,  the Administrator
shall not take any action unless  within a reasonable  time before the taking of
such action,  the  Administrator  shall have  notified the Owner  Trustee of the
proposed  action  and the Owner  Trustee  shall  not have  withheld  consent  or
provided an alternative  direction.  For the purpose of the preceding  sentence,
"non-ministerial matters" shall include, without limitation:

               (A) the amendment of or any supplement to the Indenture;

               (B) the  initiation of any claim or lawsuit by the Issuer and the
          compromise of any action,  claim or lawsuit  brought by or against the
          Issuer  (other  than  in  connection   with  the   collection  of  the
          Receivables);

               (C)  the  amendment,   change  or  modification  of  the  Related
          Agreements;

               (D) the  appointment  of  successor  Note  Registrars,  successor
          Paying  Agents  and  successor  Indenture  Trustees  pursuant  to  the
          Indenture or the appointment of successor  Administrators or Successor
          Servicers,  or the consent to the  assignment  by the Note  Registrar,
          Paying  Agent  or  Indenture  Trustee  of its  obligations  under  the
          Indenture; and

               (E) the removal of the Indenture Trustee.

               (ii)Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in this Agreement,
the  Administrator  shall  not be  obligated  to,  and shall  not,  (x) make any
payments to the  Noteholders  under the Related  Agreements,  (y) sell the Trust
Estate  pursuant to Section  5.04 of the  Indenture or (z) take any other action
that the Issuer directs the Administrator not to take on its behalf.

         2. Records.  The  Administrator  shall  maintain  appropriate  books of
            -------
account and records  relating to services  performed  hereunder,  which books of
account and records  shall be  accessible  for  inspection by the Issuer and the
Company at any time during normal business hours.

         3.   Compensation.   As   compensation   for  the  performance  of  the
              ------------
Administrator's  obligations  under this Agreement and as reimbursement  for its
expenses related thereto,  the Administrator shall be entitled to $200 per month
which shall be solely an obligation of the Seller.

         4. Additional  Information To Be Furnished to Issuer. The Administrator
            -------------------------------------------------
shall  furnish  to the  Issuer  from  time to time such  additional  information
regarding the Collateral as the Issuer shall reasonably request.

         5. Independence of  Administrator.  For all purposes of this Agreement,
            ------------------------------
the Administrator shall be an independent contractor and shall not be subject to
the supervision of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee with respect to the manner in
which it  accomplishes  the  performance of its  obligations  hereunder.  Unless
expressly authorized by the Issuer, the Administrator shall have no authority to
act for or  represent  the Issuer or the Owner  Trustee in any way and shall not
otherwise be deemed an agent of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee.

         6. No Joint  Venture.  Nothing  contained in this  Agreement  (i) shall
            -----------------
constitute  the  Administrator  and either of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee as
members   of   any   partnership,   joint   venture,   association,   syndicate,
unincorporated  business or other  separate  entity,  (ii) shall be construed to
impose any  liability  as such on any of them or (iii) shall be deemed to confer
on any of  them  any  express,  implied  or  apparent  authority  to  incur  any
obligation or liability on behalf of the others.

         7. Other Activities of Administrator.  Nothing herein shall prevent the
            ---------------------------------
Administrator  or its  Affiliates  from engaging in other  businesses or, in its
sole discretion,  from acting in a similar capacity as an administrator  for any
other  person or entity even though such person or entity may engage in business
activities  similar to those of the Issuer,  the Owner  Trustee or the Indenture
Trustee.

         8. Term of Agreement;  Resignation  and Removal of  Administrator.  (a)
            --------------------------------------------------------------
This Agreement shall continue in force until the dissolution of the Issuer, upon
which event this Agreement shall automatically terminate.

         (b) Subject to Section 8(e),  the  Administrator  may resign its duties
hereunder by providing the Issuer with at least 60 days' prior written notice.

         (c) Subject to Section  8(e),  the Issuer may remove the  Administrator
without  cause by  providing  the  Administrator  with at  least 60 days'  prior
written notice.

         (d) Subject to Section  8(e),  at the sole  option of the  Issuer,  the
Administrator may be removed immediately upon written notice of termination from
the Issuer to the Administrator if any of the following events shall occur:

            (i) the Administrator shall default in the performance of any of its
duties under this Agreement  and,  after notice of such default,  shall not cure
such default  within ten days (or, if such default cannot be cured in such time,
shall not give  within ten days such  assurance  of cure as shall be  reasonably
satisfactory to the Issuer);

            (ii) a court  having  jurisdiction  in the  premises  shall  enter a
decree or order for relief, and such decree or order shall not have been vacated
within 60 days, in respect of the  Administrator  in any involuntary  case under
any applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in
effect  or  appoint  a  receiver,  liquidator,   assignee,  custodian,  trustee,
sequestrator or similar  official for the  Administrator or any substantial part
of its property or order the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs; or

            (iii) the  Administrator  shall  commence a voluntary case under any
applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or other  similar law now or  hereafter  in
effect, shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case
under any such law, shall consent to the appointment of a receiver,  liquidator,
assignee,  trustee,   custodian,   sequestrator  or  similar  official  for  the
Administrator  or any  substantial  part of its  property,  shall consent to the
taking  of  possession  by any  such  official  of any  substantial  part of its
property,  shall make any general  assignment  for the benefit of  creditors  or
shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due.

         The Administrator agrees that if any of the events specified in clauses
(ii) or (iii) of this Section shall occur,  it shall give written notice thereof
to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee within seven days after the happening of
such event.

         (e) No  resignation  or removal of the  Administrator  pursuant to this
Section shall be effective until (i) a successor  Administrator  shall have been
appointed by the Issuer and (ii) such successor  Administrator shall have agreed
in writing to be bound by the terms of this  Agreement in the same manner as the
Administrator is bound hereunder.

         (f) The appointment of any successor  Administrator  shall be effective
only after  satisfaction  of the Rating  Agency  Condition  with  respect to the
proposed appointment.

         (g) Subject to Sections 8(e) and 8(f), the  Administrator  acknowledges
that upon the  appointment  of a  Successor  Servicer  pursuant  to the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement,  the  Administrator  shall  immediately  resign  and  such
Successor  Servicer  shall  automatically  become the  Administrator  under this
Agreement.

         9. Action upon Termination,  Resignation or Removal.  Promptly upon the
            ------------------------------------------------
effective date of termination of this Agreement  pursuant to Section 8(a) or the
resignation  or removal of the  Administrator  pursuant to Section  8(b) or (c),
respectively,  the  Administrator  shall  be  entitled  to be paid  all fees and
reimbursable   expenses  accruing  to  it  to  the  date  of  such  termination,
resignation or removal.  The Administrator shall forthwith upon such termination
pursuant to Section 8(a) deliver to the Issuer all property and  documents of or
relating  to the  Collateral  then in the custody of the  Administrator.  In the
event of the  resignation  or removal of the  Administrator  pursuant to Section
8(b) or (c), respectively, the Administrator shall cooperate with the Issuer and
take all  reasonable  steps  requested to assist the Issuer in making an orderly
transfer of the duties of the Administrator.

         10. Notices. Any notice,  report or other communication given hereunder
             -------
shall be in writing and addressed as follows:

         (a) if to the Issuer or the Owner Trustee, to:

                  Premier Auto Trust ___-_
                  c/o [__________________]
                  [_________________]
                  [_________________]
                  Attention:  Corporate Trustee Administration Department

         (b) if to the Administrator, to:

                  Chrysler Financial Company L.L.C.
                  27777 Franklin Road
                  Southfield, Michigan 48034
                  Attention:  Assistant Secretary

         (c)      if to the Indenture Trustee, to:

                  [__________________]
                  [__________________]
                  [__________________]
                  [__________________]
                  Attention:  Corporate Trust Services Division
or to such other  address as any party shall have  provided to the other parties
in writing. Any notice required to be in writing hereunder shall be deemed given
if such notice is mailed by certified mail,  postage prepaid,  or hand-delivered
to the address of such party as provided above.

         11.  Amendments.  This  Agreement may be amended from time to time by a
              __________
written  amendment duly executed and delivered by the Issuer,  the Administrator
and the  Indenture  Trustee,  with the  written  consent  of the Owner  Trustee,
without  the  consent of the  Noteholders  and the  Certificateholders,  for the
purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any
of the  provisions of this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of
the Noteholders or Certificateholders; provided that such amendment will not, in
an Opinion of Counsel  satisfactory  to the Indenture  Trustee,  materially  and
adversely  affect the  interest of any  Noteholder  or  Certificateholder.  This
Agreement may also be amended by the Issuer, the Administrator and the Indenture
Trustee with the written  consent of the Owner  Trustee and the holders of Notes
evidencing  at least a majority  of the  Outstanding  Amount of the  Notes,  the
holders of Trust  Certificates  evidencing at least a majority of the percentage
interests   evidenced   by  the   Trust   Certificates   and  the   holders   of
Overcollateralization  Certificates  evidencing  at  least  a  majority  of  the
Certificate Balance of the Overcollateralization Certificates for the purpose of
adding any  provisions  to or changing in any manner or  eliminating  any of the
provisions  of this  Agreement  or of  modifying  in any  manner  the  rights of
Noteholders or the Certificateholders; provided, however, that no such amendment
may (i) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or  accelerate  or delay
the timing of,  collections of payments on Receivables or distributions that are
required to be made for the benefit of the Noteholders or  Certificateholders or
(ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of the holders of Notes, Trust Certificates
or Overcollateralization  Certificates which are required to consent to any such
amendment,  without  the consent of the  holders of all the  outstanding  Notes,
Trust Certificates and Overcollateralization  Certificates.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Administrator may not amend this Agreement without the permission
of the  Seller  and the  Company,  which  permission  shall not be  unreasonably
withheld.

         12.  Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement may not be assigned by the
              ---------------------
Administrator  unless such  assignment is previously  consented to in writing by
the Issuer and the Owner Trustee and subject to the  satisfaction  of the Rating
Agency  Condition  in respect  thereof.  An  assignment  with such  consent  and
satisfaction,  if accepted by the assignee, shall bind the assignee hereunder in
the same manner as the  Administrator  is bound hereunder.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  this  Agreement  may be  assigned by the  Administrator  without the
consent  of  the  Issuer  or  the  Owner  Trustee  to  a  corporation  or  other
organization  that is a  successor  (by  merger,  consolidation  or  purchase of
assets) to the Administrator; provided that such successor organization executes
and  delivers to the Issuer,  the Owner  Trustee  and the  Indenture  Trustee an
agreement in which such  corporation  or other  organization  agrees to be bound
hereunder  by  the  terms  of  said   assignment  in  the  same  manner  as  the
Administrator is bound hereunder. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall
bind any successors or assigns of the parties hereto.

         13. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
             -------------
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK,  WITHOUT  REFERENCE  TO ITS  CONFLICT  OF LAW
PROVISIONS,  AND THE OBLIGATIONS,  RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES  HEREUNDER
SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

         14.  Headings.  The  section  headings  hereof have been  inserted  for
              --------
convenience  of reference only and shall not be construed to affect the meaning,
construction or effect of this Agreement.

         15. Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each
             ------------
of which when so executed shall be an original,  but all of which together shall
constitute but one and the same agreement.

         16. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or
             ------------
unenforceable  in any  jurisdiction  shall be  ineffective to the extent of such
prohibition or unenforceability  without  invalidating the remaining  provisions
hereof and any such prohibition or  unenforceability  in any jurisdiction  shall
not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

         17. Not  Applicable  to  Chrysler  Financial  Company  L.L.C.  in Other
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
Capacities.  Nothing in this  Agreement  shall  affect any  obligation  Chrysler
- ----------                                                              --------
Financial Company L.L.C. may have in any other capacity.
- -----------------------

         18. Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee. (a)
             --------------------------------------------------------------
Notwithstanding  anything contained herein to the contrary,  this instrument has
been countersigned by [___________] not in its individual capacity but solely in
its capacity as Owner Trustee of the Issuer and in no event shall  [___________]
in its  individual  capacity  or any  beneficial  owner of the  Issuer  have any
liability for the representations,  warranties,  covenants,  agreements or other
obligations  of the Issuer  hereunder,  as to all of which recourse shall be had
solely to the assets of the Issuer.  For all purposes of this Agreement,  in the
performance  of any duties or  obligations  of the Issuer  hereunder,  the Owner
Trustee  shall be subject  to, and  entitled to the  benefits  of, the terms and
provisions of Articles VI, VII and VIII of the Trust Agreement.

         (b)  Notwithstanding  anything  contained herein to the contrary,  this
Agreement has been countersigned by [___________] not in its individual capacity
but solely as  Indenture  Trustee and in no event shall  [___________]  have any
liability for the representations,  warranties,  covenants,  agreements or other
obligations of the Issuer  hereunder or in any of the  certificates,  notices or
agreements  delivered  pursuant hereto, as to all of which recourse shall be had
solely to the assets of the Issuer.

         19.  Third-Party  Beneficiary.  The  Owner  Trustee  is  a  third-party
beneficiary  to this  Agreement  and is  entitled  to the  rights  and  benefits
hereunder and may enforce the provisions hereof as if it were a party hereto.

                                  * * * * * * *



<PAGE>




                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have caused this Agreement to
be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.


                            PREMIER AUTO TRUST ____-_

                             By:      [___________],
                                       not in its individual capacity
                                       solely as Owner Trustee



                                       By:__________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:



                             [________________],
                               not in its individual capacity
                               but solely as Indenture Trustee



                                       By:__________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:



                              CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.,
                                as Administrator



                                       By:___________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:


<PAGE>



                                                                    EXHIBIT A

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY


STATE OF NEW YORK                   }
                                    }
COUNTY OF NEW YORK                  }

         KNOW       ALL       MEN      BY       THESE       PRESENTS,       that
___________________________________,  a ______________ banking corporation,  not
in its individual capacity but solely as owner trustee (the "Owner Trustee") for
Premier  Auto Trust  ____-_ (the  "Trust"),  does hereby  make,  constitute  and
appoint  Chrysler   Financial  Company  L.L.C.,   as  administrator   under  the
Administration Agreement dated ______________ (the "Administration  Agreement"),
among    the    Trust,     Chrysler     Financial     Company     L.L.C.     and
___________________________________________,  as Indenture Trustee,  as the same
may  be  amended  from  time  to  time,  and  its  agents  and   attorneys,   as
Attorneys-in-Fact to execute on behalf of the Owner Trustee or the Trust any and
all such documents, reports, filings, instruments,  certificates and opinions as
it should  be the duty of the Owner  Trustee  or the Trust to  prepare,  file or
deliver  pursuant to the Basic  Documents,  or  pursuant to Section  5.05 of the
Trust Agreement,  including, without limitation, to appear for and represent the
Owner Trustee and the Trust in connection with the preparation, filing and audit
of federal,  state and local tax returns  pertaining  to the Trust,  if any, and
with full power to perform  any and all acts  associated  with such  returns and
audits,  if any,  that  the  Owner  Trustee  could  perform,  including  without
limitation, the right to distribute and receive confidential information, defend
and assert positions in response to audits, initiate and defend litigation,  and
to execute waivers of restrictions on assessments of  deficiencies,  consents to
the extension of any statutory or regulatory time limit, and settlements.

         All powers of attorney for this purpose heretofore filed or executed by
the Owner Trustee are hereby revoked.

         Capitalized  terms that are used and not otherwise defined herein shall
have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Administration Agreement.

         EXECUTED this ___ of _____________, 199_.


                                         [____________________],
                                         not in its individual capacity
                                         but solely as Owner Trustee

                                         Name:
                                         Title:



<PAGE>



STATE OF ___________       }
                           }
COUNTY OF __________       }


         Before me, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared ,
known  to me to be  the  person  whose  name  is  subscribed  to  the  foregoing
instrument,  and acknowledged to me that he/she signed the same for the purposes
and considerations therein expressed.

Sworn to before me this ___
day of _______, 199__.



______________________________
Notary Public - State of      


<PAGE>


                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.3



                          [FORM OF PURCHASE AGREEMENT]



         This PURCHASE  AGREEMENT dated as of [_______],  199_, between CHRYSLER
FINANCIAL  COMPANY L.L.C., a Michigan limited  liability company (the "Seller"),
and [__________________], a [_______] [_______] (the "Company").

                             W I T N E S S E T H :

         WHEREAS the Seller and the  Company  have  entered  into an Amended and
Restated Trust  Agreement  dated as of [_______],  199_,  among the Seller,  the
Company and [_________], as owner trustee (as amended and supplemented from time
to time,  the "Trust  Agreement"),  pursuant  to which the Company has agreed to
assume certain  obligations with respect to Premier Auto Trust ____-_ a Delaware
business trust (the "Issuer"); and

         WHEREAS  the  Company  has  agreed to acquire  all of the Asset  Backed
Certificates  (the   "Certificates"),   which  represent  undivided   percentage
interests in the assets of the Issuer;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  foregoing,  other good and
valuable  consideration and the mutual terms and covenants contained herein, the
parties hereto agree as follows.

                                   ARTICLE I

                                  Definitions
                                  -----------

         Capitalized  terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the
meanings assigned to such terms in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement dated as of
[_______],  199_ (the "Sale and  Servicing  Agreement"),  between the Issuer and
Chrysler  Financial  Company  L.L.C.,  as seller  and as  servicer,  which  also
contains rules as to usage and construction that shall be applicable herein.

                                   ARTICLE II

         Conveyance of Rights to Excess Cash Flow from Reserve Account
         -------------------------------------------------------------
              and Fixed Value Payments with respect to Receivables
              ----------------------------------------------------

         Section 2.01.  Conveyance of Rights.  In consideration of the Company's
                        --------------------
delivery to or upon the order of the Seller of approximately  $[___________]  on
the  Closing  Date and,  in the case of the items in clauses  (b) and (c),  as a
contribution to the Company, (i) the Seller does hereby sell, transfer,  assign,
set over and otherwise convey to the Company,  without recourse  (subject to the
obligations herein), all of the Seller's right, title and interest in and to the
following:  (a) any amounts to be released from the Reserve Account from time to
time to the Seller pursuant to the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  (b) any Fixed
Value Payments and Fixed Value Finance  Charges  (subject to Section  5.03(b) of
the Sale and Servicing  Agreement)  arising in  connection  with the Fixed Value
Receivables  and transferred by the Trust to the Seller pursuant to Section 2.02
of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  (c) all rights to sell any or all of such
Fixed Value  Payments  and/or  Fixed Value  Finance  Charges to the Trust and to
cause the Trust to issue Fixed Value Securities  pursuant to Section 2.03 of the
Sale and Servicing  Agreement and (d) all rights with respect to the enforcement
of any or all of the foregoing,  all present and future claims,  demands, causes
of action and choses in action in respect of any or all of the foregoing and all
payments  on or under,  and any and all  proceeds  of every kind and nature with
respect to, any or all of the  foregoing  (collectively,  the "Rights") and (ii)
the Seller  shall  cause the  Overcollateralization  Certificates  and the Trust
Certificates  to be issued to the Company.  The items referred to in clauses (b)
and (c) shall be a contribution of capital to the Company.

                                  ARTICLE III

                         Representations and Warranties
                         ------------------------------

         Section  3.01.  Representations  and  Warranties  of the  Company.  The
                         -------------------------------------------------
Company  hereby  represents and warrants to the Seller as of the date hereof and
as of the Closing Date:

         (a) Organization and Good Standing. The Company has been duly organized
             ------------------------------
and is validly  existing as a limited  liability  company in good standing under
the laws of the  State of  Michigan,  with the power  and  authority  to own its
properties and to conduct its business as such  properties  are currently  owned
and such business is presently  conducted,  and had at all relevant  times,  and
has, the power,  authority and legal right to acquire,  own, hold and convey the
Rights.

         (b) Due Qualification.  The Company is duly qualified to do business as
             -----------------
a foreign  limited  liability  company in good  standing,  and has  obtained all
necessary licenses and approvals, in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or
lease  of its  property  or the  conduct  of its  business  shall  require  such
qualifications.

         (c) Power and  Authority.  The Company has the power and  authority  to
             --------------------
execute  and  deliver  this  Agreement  and to  carry  out  its  terms,  and the
execution,  delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized
by the Company by all necessary action.

         (d) No Violation. The consummation of the transactions  contemplated by
             ------------
this  Agreement and the  fulfillment of the terms hereof will not conflict with,
result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute  (with
or  without  notice  or  lapse  of  time)  a  default  under,  the  articles  of
organization or operating agreement of the Company, or any indenture,  agreement
or other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound; nor
result in the  creation  or  imposition  of any Lien upon any of its  properties
pursuant  to the  terms of any such  indenture,  agreement  or other  instrument
(other  than the Basic  Documents);  nor  violate any law or, to the best of the
Company's knowledge,  any order, rule or regulation applicable to the Company of
any court or of any federal or state regulatory body,  administrative  agency or
other governmental  instrumentality  having jurisdiction over the Company or its
properties.

         (e) No Proceedings.  There are no proceedings or investigations pending
             --------------
or, to the Company's best knowledge,  threatened,  before any court,  regulatory
body,  administrative  agency  or  other  governmental   instrumentality  having
jurisdiction over the Company or its properties: (i) asserting the invalidity of
this  Agreement,  (ii)  seeking  to  prevent  the  consummation  of  any  of the
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement or (iii) seeking any  determination
or ruling that might  materially  and adversely  affect the  performance  by the
Company of its  obligations  under, or the validity or  enforceability  of, this
Agreement.

         Section 3.02.  Representations and Warranties of the Seller. The Seller
                        --------------------------------------------
hereby  represents  and  warrants to the Company as of the date hereof and as of
the Closing Date and any Transfer Date:

         (a) Organization and Good Standing.  The Seller has been duly organized
             ------------------------------
and is validly  existing as a limited  liability  company in good standing under
the laws of the  State of  Michigan,  with the power  and  authority  to own its
properties and to conduct its business as such  properties  are currently  owned
and such business is presently  conducted,  and had at all relevant  times,  and
has, the power, authority and legal right to convey and assign the Rights.

         (b) Due Qualification. The Seller is duly qualified to do business as a
             -----------------
foreign  limited  liability  company  in good  standing,  and has  obtained  all
necessary licenses and approvals, in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or
lease  of  property  or  the  conduct  of  its  business   shall   require  such
qualifications.

         (c) Power and  Authority.  The  Seller has the power and  authority  to
             --------------------
execute and deliver this  Agreement  and to carry out its terms;  the Seller has
duly  authorized  the sale and  assignment  of the Rights to the  Company by all
necessary action; and the execution,  delivery and performance of this Agreement
have been duly authorized by the Seller by all necessary action.

         (d) No Violation. The consummation of the transactions  contemplated by
             ------------
this  Agreement and the  fulfillment of the terms hereof will not conflict with,
result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute  (with
or  without  notice  or  lapse  of  time)  a  default  under,  the  articles  of
organization or operating  agreement of the Seller, or any indenture,  agreement
or other  instrument to which the Seller is a party or by which it is bound; nor
result in the  creation  or  imposition  of any Lien upon any of its  properties
pursuant  to the  terms of any such  indenture,  agreement  or other  instrument
(other  than the Basic  Documents);  nor  violate any law or, to the best of the
Seller's  knowledge,  any order, rule or regulation  applicable to the Seller of
any court or of any federal or state regulatory body,  administrative  agency or
other governmental  instrumentality  having  jurisdiction over the Seller or its
properties.

         (e) No  Proceedings.  To the  Seller's  best  knowledge,  there  are no
             ---------------
proceedings or investigations pending or threatened before any court, regulatory
body,  administrative  agency  or  other  governmental   instrumentality  having
jurisdiction over the Seller or its properties:  (i) asserting the invalidity of
this  Agreement,  (ii)  seeking  to  prevent  the  consummation  of  any  of the
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement or (iii) seeking any  determination
or ruling that might  materially  and adversely  affect the  performance  by the
Seller of its  obligations  under,  or the validity or  enforceability  of, this
Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                   Conditions
                                   ----------

         Section 4.01.  Conditions to Obligation of the Company.  The obligation
                        ---------------------------------------
of the Company to  purchase  the Rights and the  Certificates  is subject to the
satisfaction of the following conditions:

         (a)  Representations  and  Warranties  True.  The  representations  and
              --------------------------------------
warranties of the Seller  hereunder  shall be true and correct as of the date of
execution of this  Agreement  and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as
if then  made,  and the  Seller  shall  have  performed  all  obligations  to be
performed by it hereunder on or prior to the Closing Date.

         (b) Other Transactions.  The transactions  contemplated by the Sale and
             ------------------
Servicing  Agreement  to  be  consummated  as  of  the  Closing  Date  shall  be
consummated as of such date.

         Section 4.02. Conditions to Obligation of the Seller. The obligation of
                       --------------------------------------
the Seller to sell the Rights to the  Company and cause the  Certificates  to be
issued  to  the  Company  is  subject  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  following
conditions:

         (a)  Representations  and  Warranties  True.  The  representations  and
              --------------------------------------
warranties of the Company  hereunder shall be true and correct as of the date of
execution of this  Agreement  and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as
if then  made,  and the  Company  shall have  performed  all  obligations  to be
performed by it hereunder on or prior to the Closing Date.

         (b)  Purchase  Price.  On the  Closing  Date,  the  Company  shall have
              ---------------
delivered to the Seller the purchase price specified in Section 2.01.

                                   ARTICLE V

                                   Covenants
                                   ---------

         Section 5.01.  Legal  Existence.  (a) During the term of this Agreement
                        ----------------
and the Trust  Agreement,  the  Company  will keep in full  force and effect its
existence,  rights and franchises as a limited  liability company under the laws
of the  jurisdiction  of its  organization  and will  obtain  and  preserve  its
qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is
or shall be  necessary  to  protect  the  validity  and  enforceability  of this
Agreement,  the Basic Documents and each other instrument or agreement necessary
or  appropriate  to the  proper  administration  of this  Agreement,  the  Basic
Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

         (b)  During the term of this  Agreement  and the Trust  Agreement,  the
Company shall observe the applicable  legal  requirements for the recognition of
the Company as a legal entity separate and apart from its Affiliates,  including
as follows:

              (i) the  Company  shall  maintain  records  and  books of  account
         separate from those of its Affiliates;

              (ii) except as otherwise  provided in this Agreement,  the Company
         shall not commingle its assets and funds with those of its Affiliates;

              (iii) the  Company  shall hold such  appropriate  meetings  of its
         members as are  necessary to  authorize  all of the  Company's  actions
         required by law to be  authorized  by the members  thereof,  shall keep
         minutes of such  meetings and observe all other  customary  formalities
         respecting limited liability  companies (and any successor Company that
         is not a limited liability company shall observe similar  procedures in
         accordance with its governing documents and applicable law);

              (iv) the Company  shall at all times hold itself out to the public
         under the  Company's  own name as a legal entity  separate and distinct
         from its Affiliates; and

              (v) all  transactions  and  dealings  between  the Company and its
         Affiliates,   including  this  Agreement,   will  be  conducted  on  an
         arm's-length basis.

         Section  5.02.  Merger  or  Consolidation  of,  or  Assumption  of  the
                         -------------------------------------------------------
Obligations of, the Company. Any Person (a) into which the Company may be merged
- ---------------------------
or consolidated,  (b) which may result from any merger or consolidation to which
the  Company  shall be a party or (c) which may  succeed to the  properties  and
assets  of the  Company  substantially  as a whole,  which  Person in any of the
foregoing cases executes an agreement of assumption to perform every  obligation
of the  Company  under  this  Agreement  and the Trust  Agreement,  shall be the
successor  to the Company  hereunder  and  thereunder  without the  execution or
filing  of any  document  or any  further  act by  any of the  parties  to  this
Agreement or the Trust Agreement;  provided, however, that (i) immediately after
giving effect to such  transaction,  no representation or warranty made pursuant
to Section 3.01 shall have been breached,  (ii) the Company shall have delivered
to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee an Officer's  Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel each stating that such  consolidation,  merger or  succession
and  such  agreement  of  assumption  comply  with  this  Section  and  that all
conditions  precedent,  if any, provided for in this Agreement  relating to such
transaction  have been complied with and (iii) the Rating Agency Condition shall
have been satisfied with respect to such transaction.  Notwithstanding  anything
herein to the contrary,  the execution of the foregoing  agreement of assumption
and compliance with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above shall be conditions to the
consummation of the transactions referred to in clause (a), (b) or (c) above.

         Section 5.03.  Limitation  on Liability of the Company and Others.  The
                        --------------------------------------------------
Company and any director,  officer, employee or agent of a member of the Company
may rely in good faith on the advice of counsel or on any  document of any kind,
prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters
arising  hereunder.  The Company shall not be under any obligation to appear in,
prosecute  or defend  any legal  action  that  shall  not be  incidental  to its
obligations  under this Agreement or under the Trust Agreement,  and that in its
opinion may involve it in any expense or liability.

         Section  5.04.  The  Company  May Own  Notes.  The  Company  may in its
                         ----------------------------
individual or any other  capacity  become the owner or pledgee of Notes with the
same  rights as it would have if it were not the  Company,  except as  expressly
provided herein or in any Basic Document.

         Section 5.05.  Covenants of the Seller. (a) The Seller hereby agrees to
                        -----------------------
provide to the Company copies of each notice and certificate the Seller receives
pursuant  to the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  insofar  as  such  notice  or
certificate  relates  to  the  Rights  (including  each  Servicer's  Certificate
delivered for each Distribution Date pursuant thereto). In addition,  the Seller
hereby agrees to sell any vehicle that is received by the Company at any time in
satisfaction  of a Fixed  Value  Payment  on behalf  and for the  benefit of the
Company.

         (b) The  Seller  hereby  agrees  that it will  not,  without  the prior
written  consent  of the  Company,  enter  into  any  amendment  to the Sale and
Servicing Agreement or the Trust Agreement.

         (c) The Seller  shall not,  prior to the date which is one year and one
day  after  the  termination  of the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  acquiesce,
petition or  otherwise  invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any
court or government authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case
against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar
law  or  appointing  a  receiver,  liquidator,   assignee,  trustee,  custodian,
sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of
its property,  or ordering the winding up or  liquidation  of the affairs of the
Company.

         Section  5.06.  Sale of the Rights by the  Company.  After the  Closing
                         ----------------------------------
Date, the Company may sell,  transfer and assign the Rights to another Person (a
"Transferee");  provided, that the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee shall
have  received an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such  transfer  will not
cause the Trust to be  characterized  as an  association  (or a publicly  traded
partnership)  taxable  as a  corporation  for  federal  income tax  purposes  or
Michigan  income and single  business  tax  purposes.  Notwithstanding  anything
herein to the contrary,  compliance  with the proviso of the preceding  sentence
shall be a condition to the consummation of the transaction referred to above.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                 Miscellaneous
                                 -------------

         Section  6.01.  Amendment.  This  Agreement may be amended from time to
                         ---------
time by a written  amendment  duly  executed and delivered by the Seller and the
Company,  with the consent of the Indenture Trustee,  but without the consent of
the Noteholders or the Certificateholders,  to cure any ambiguity, to correct or
supplement  any  provisions  in this  Agreement or for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating  any of the provisions of
this  Agreement  or of  modifying  in any manner the rights of the Seller or the
Company;  provided,  however,  that such  amendment will not, as evidenced by an
Opinion of Counsel delivered to the Indenture Trustee,  materially and adversely
affect the interest of any Noteholder or  Certificateholder.  This Agreement may
also be amended by the Seller and the Company with the consent of the  Indenture
Trustee,  the consent of the Holders of Notes  evidencing at least a majority of
the Outstanding  Amount of the Notes,  the consent of the Holders (as defined in
the Trust Agreement) of Trust Certificates evidencing at least a majority of all
the percentage  interests evidenced by the Trust Certificates and the consent of
the  Holders  (as  defined  in the  Trust  Agreement)  of  Overcollateralization
Certificates  evidencing at least a majority of the  Certificate  Balance of the
Overcollateralization  Certificates, for the purpose of adding any provisions to
or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement
or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Seller or the Company; provided,
however,  that no such amendment  shall (i) increase or reduce in any manner the
amount of, or  accelerate  or delay the timing of,  collections  of  payments on
Receivables  or  distributions  that are  required to be made for the benefit of
Noteholders or Certificateholders or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of the
Outstanding Amount of the Notes, the percentage interests evidenced by the Trust
Certificates   or  the   percentage   of   the   Certificate   Balance   of  the
Overcollateralization  Certificates  required to consent to any such  amendment,
without the consent of the Holders of all the outstanding Notes, the Holders (as
defined in the Trust  Agreement) of all the outstanding  Trust  Certificates and
the  Holders  (as  defined  in  the  Trust  Agreement)  of all  the  outstanding
Overcollateralization Certificates.

         Promptly  after the  execution of any such  amendment  or consent,  the
Seller shall furnish written  notification of the substance of such amendment or
consent to each of the Rating Agencies.

         Section 6.02.  Waivers.  No failure or delay on the part of the Company
                        -------
in exercising any power, right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a
waiver  thereof,  nor shall any single or partial  exercise  of any such  power,
right or remedy preclude any other or further  exercise  thereof or the exercise
of any other power, right or remedy.

         Section 6.03. Notices.  All demands,  notices and communications  under
                       -------
this Agreement shall be in writing,  personally delivered or mailed by certified
mail, return receipt requested, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon
receipt (a) in the case of the Seller,  to Chrysler  Financial  Company  L.L.C.,
27777  Franklin  Road,  Southfield,   Michigan  48034,  Attention  of  Assistant
Secretary ((248) 948-3067) and (b) in the case of the Company, to [___________],
[___________],  [___________],  [___________],  Attention of Assistant Secretary
[___________]; or as to each of the foregoing, at such other address as shall be
designated by written notice to the other party.

         Section 6.04.  Limitations on Rights of Others.  The provisions of this
                        -------------------------------
Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Seller,  the Company,  the Servicer,
the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Certificateholders, the Indenture Trustee and
the  Noteholders,  and nothing in this  Agreement,  whether  express or implied,
shall be construed  to give to any other  Person any legal or  equitable  right,
remedy  or  claim  under  or in  respect  of this  Agreement  or any  covenants,
conditions or provisions contained herein.

         Section 6.05.  Severability.  Any provision of this  Agreement  that is
                        ------------
prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction  shall, as to such jurisdiction,
be ineffective to the extent of such  prohibition  or  unenforceability  without
invalidating  the  remaining  provisions  hereof,  and any such  prohibition  or
unenforceability   in  any   jurisdiction   shall  not   invalidate   or  render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

         Section  6.06.  Representations  of the  Seller  and the  Company.  The
                         -------------------------------------------------
respective agreements,  representations,  warranties and other statements by the
Seller and the Company set forth in or made  pursuant  to this  Agreement  shall
remain  in full  force  and  effect  and  will  survive  the  execution  of this
Agreement.

         Section  6.07.  Headings.  The various  headings in this  Agreement are
                         --------
included for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation
of any  provision of this  Agreement.  References  in this  Agreement to Section
names or numbers are to such Sections of this Agreement.

         Section  6.08.  GOVERNING  LAW.  THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
                         --------------
ACCORDANCE  WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW  YORK,  WITHOUT  REFERENCE  TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW  PROVISIONS,  AND THE  OBLIGATIONS,  RIGHTS AND  REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

         Section 6.09.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement may be executed in two or
                        ------------
more  counterparts and by different  parties on separate  counterparts,  each of
which shall be an original,  but all of which together shall  constitute one and
the same instrument.

                              * * * * * * * * * *


<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their  respective  officers duly  authorized as of the date and year
first above written.

                                   CHRYSLER FINANCIAL COMPANY L.L.C.



                                   By: _______________________________          
                                   Name:
                                   Title:



                                   [-----------]

                                   By:  [_______],
                                        as a Member

                                   By: _______________________________          
                                   Name:
                                   Title:



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission